Tender 21024

TENDER NO.
PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024
TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR
DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY FOR PROPOSED MUNDRA – PANIPAT CRUDE
OIL PIPELINE:
GROUP-A: GUJARAT STATE
GROUP-B: RAJASTHAN & HARYANA STATE.
VOLUME (I OF I)
PART – A
Special Instructions to Tenderer (SIT) - [CHAPTER-I]
General Conditions of Contract (GCC) - [CHAPTER-II]
Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) - [CHAPTER-III]
Annexure Commercial bid [CHAPTER-IV]
Annexure Technical bid [CHAPTER-V]
Specification-S#1 (Survey Works)
Specification-S#2 (Civil Works)
Issued by
Deputy General Manager (PJ-Contracts)
Indian Oil Corporation Limited
Indian Oil Bhawan
A-1, Udyog Marg, Sector-1
Noida (U.P.) - 201 301, INDIA
I
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED
(PIPELINES DIVISION)
TENDER NO. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

INDEX
S. DESCRIPTION PAGE No.

No.
VOLUME-I OF I (PART-A)
1. INNER COVER I
2. INDEX II
3. DETAILED NOTICE INVITING TENDER 1-6
4. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS (SIT) [CHAPTER-I]
[SECTION-A – TECHNICAL] 1-6
[SECTION-B – COMMERCIAL] 1-26
5. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) [CHAPTER-II] 1-141
6. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC) [CHAPTER-III]
[SECTION-A – TECHNICAL] 1-17
[SECTION-B – COMMERCIAL] 1-20
7. ANNEXURE COMMERCIAL BID [CHAPTER-IV] 1-48
8. ANNEXURES TECHNICAL 1-47
9. Specification-S#1 (Survey Works) 1-79
10. Specification-S#2 (Civil Works) 1-132
VOLUME-I OF I (PART-B)
11. SCHEDULE OF RATES
➢ PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024-GROUP-A 1-11
➢ PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024-GROUP-B 1-17
II
DETAILED NIT
1. Name of work DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY FOR PROPOSED MUNDRA –
PANIPAT CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
GROUP-B: RAJASTHAN & HARYANA STATE
2. Tender No PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024
3. E-Tender –ID 2021_PLHO_133801_1 and 2021_PLHO_133801_2
4. Division PIPELINES DIVISION
5. Area Construction
6. Type of tender Open (National), Tender cum Auction.
7. Cost of tender document No Tender fee is applicable for this tender, since the bidders are required to download
the tender documents from IOCL e-tender website (https://iocletenders.nic.in)
8. Start date for download of 01.04.2021
Tender Document
9. Pre-Bid Meeting Not Applicable
10. Online Bid preparation & 11.04.2021 to 22.04.2021 up to 14:30 Hrs.
Submission
11. Online Bid opening 23.04.2021 at 15:00 Hrs. or convenient date there after
12. Earnest money Deposit In line with the govt circulars, EMD must be waived off in all tenders till 31.12.2021.
Bidders must submit Bid Security Declaration in lieu of EMD attached Annexure-A.
Bidders eligible for EMD exemption is not required to submit Bid Security
Declaration.
13. Job completion time The overall time of completion for entire works under the scope of this contract shall
be 180 (One Hundred & Eighty) days from the date of issuance of Letter of
Acceptance (LOA) by the Owner.
Details as per Clause, clause 16.0.0 & its sub-clauses of SCC [Section-A (Technical)]
14. Site Location In State of Gujarat, Rajasthan & Haryana State

15. Required Qualification CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION – COMMERCIAL
(commercial)
9.1.1 Annual turnover of the Bidder (on the basis of standalone financials of
bidding entity) during any one of the preceding 3 (three) financial years shall
be at least of the value mentioned below:
Group Amount (In Rs. Lakh)
A 88.60
B 189.99
A+B 278.59
Notes:
i) Turnover shall be as per the audited Standalone Financial Statements of the
Bidder. However, if the Bidder is not required to get its accounts audited
under section 44AB of the income Tax Act, 1961, a certificate from a
Practicing Chartered Accountant towards the turnover of the Bidder along
with copy of its Income Tax Return shall be furnished.
ii) If Audited Financial Report of foreign Bidder/ foreign parent company of
Wholly Owned Indian subsidiary Company (in case bidding entity is as per
Clause No. 8.1.0 c above), is in currency other than INR, the respective/
desired figure for calculation of Annual Turnover shall be converted into
equivalent INR considering the conversion factor indicated in their Audited
Financial Report. In case the same is not indicated, the conversion rate of
Page 1 of 6
INR as on last date of financial year shall be considered based on TT Selling
exchange rate published by State Bank of India/ RBI/ Other scheduled bank/
Customs Notified exchange rate/ any other reputed Financial Institutions.
iii) In case the tenders having the bid closing date up to 30th September of the
current financial year and audited financial results of the immediate three
preceding financial years are not available, the Bidder has an option to
submit the audited financial results of the three financial years immediately
prior to that. Wherever the closing date of the bid is after 30th September of
the current financial year, Bidder has to compulsorily submit the audited
financial results for the immediate three preceding financial years. The
immediate preceding financial year shall be considered accordingly. The
audited financial results should be certified by a statutory auditor on or
before the bid submission closing date
iv) In case, any foreign Bidder due to their internal/ local regulations, is unable
to submit audited financial statements, the following shall apply:
In such cases, CEO’s/ CFO’s certificate in original, from the company or

from the parent company (in case Bidder is a subsidiary) stating the turnover
of the bidding entity along with a declaration that the bidding company is not
in a position to submit its financial statement as per the local regulation
(clearly specifying the applicable regulation) with an endorsement by
Chartered Accountant/ Statutory Auditor/ Certified Public Accountant (not
being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in the Bidder(s)
company/ firm) shall be accepted.
Wherever Chartered Accountant/ Statutory Auditor/ Certified Public

Accountant (not being an employee or a Director or not having any interest
in the Bidder(s) company/ firm) is not in a position to endorse such CEO’s/
CFO’s certificate due to local regulations, CEO’s/ CFO’s certificate in
original without endorsement may be accepted provided a reference of the
local regulation restricting this endorsement is given in the CEO’s/ CFO’s
certificate.
v) For the Bidders whose financial year is calendar year, the audited financial
results shall be considered as calendar year, in lieu of financial year.
vi) The audited financial statement shall be signed with membership No. and
UDIN No. of the statutory auditor as per statutory norms (Applicable for
Indian entities).
9.1.2 The Bidder should have successfully completed/executed similar work, as a
main contractor or as an approved subcontractor (by the end-client), during
any of the last Seven (7) years ending on last day of the month, immediately
previous to the month in which the last date of bid submission falls. Even in
case the date of bid submission is extended, the date originally considered as
reference date for experience criteria, shall remain unchanged. The value of
completed work for evaluation shall be considered as under:
(a) One similar completed/executed work (including goods and services tax/
service tax whichever is applicable) costing not less than the value
mentioned below,

A 73.84
B 158.33
A+B
232.17
Page 2 of 6
OR
(b) Two similar completed/executed works (including goods and services tax/
service tax whichever is applicable) each costing not less than the value
mentioned below,

A 59.07
B 126.66
A+B 185.73
OR
(c) Three similar completed/executed works (including goods and services
tax/service tax whichever is applicable) each costing not less than the value
mentioned below.
A 44.30
B 95.00
A+B 139.3
The similar work mentioned above is defined as “Reconnaissance Survey/Detailed
Engineering Survey/Cadastral Survey works for Cross Country Hydrocarbon
Pipelines/Railways/Highways”.
Note:
i) In case the work order submitted by the Bidder is in multiple currency/ non
INR, the same shall be converted in equivalent INR considering the
conversion rate as on the date of issue of the reference order(s) based on TT
selling exchange rate published by SBI or RBI/ Other scheduled bank/
ii) The qualification documents shall include copy of work order (WO) along
with Completion certificate, issued to the Bidder as a main Contractor or as
an approved subcontractor, clearly specifying WO number., final executed
value and duration of Contract. In case, if the value of executed amount is not
specified in the completion certificate, Bidder shall submit certified copy (by
order issuing authority/ consultant) of final bill/ invoice. Copy of TDS
Certificate is required to be submitted in case where the tender issuing
authority specifically asks for the same.
For work executed as an approved subcontractor, necessary documentary
evidence from end user conveying such approval, as approved subcontractor
shall be furnished along with the bid. Copy of TDS Certificates is also
required to be submitted in case of subcontracted work orders. The TDS
certificate must be for the duration of work executed as indicated in the work
order and completion certificate.
iii) Bidders are required to ensure that the value of completed job indicated by
them depicts separately the value of completed job and GST/ Service tax as
applicable. Accordingly, the completion certificate submitted by the Bidder
should separately indicate the Service tax/ Goods and Services tax amount
included in the value of completed job OR a separate certificate from the
respective client, mentioning the Service tax/ Goods and Services tax amount
if any, included in the value of completed job under consideration, should be
submitted by the Bidder.
Page 3 of 6
In case Service tax/ Goods and Services tax amount/ component is not
specified in the submitted completion certificate, then it shall be presumed
that the amount mentioned in the certificate is including Goods and Services
tax/ Service tax (whichever is applicable) and the offer shall be evaluated
accordingly.
iv) For Annual Rate Contracts (ARC) of repetitive nature, similar ARC job that
has been successfully completed by Bidder for the originally awarded period
of such ARC, shall be considered as completed works even though such ARC
is under execution on account of extension. However, the original contract
must have been completed within the cut-off date of completion as
mentioned under Clause No. 9.1.2 above and supporting documentary
evidence regarding date of completion and executed value of work till that
cut off date shall be provided by the Bidder.
v) If a Bidder has executed a work jointly in consortium (including an
unincorporated JV) , the Bidder shall be considered eligible subject to the
following:
A. The Bidder should meet required technical experience as per Clause
No. 8.0(A) of Special Instruction to Tenderer– [Section-A
(Technical)] and required commercial experience as per Clause No.
9.1.0 of Special Instruction to Tenderer – [Section-B (Commercial)]
B. The detailed scope of work/ responsibility matrix of each Member, the
percentage/ quantum of payment to be received by each Member,
executed value of the work with the client shall be evident from any
of the following document(s) duly certified by the client:
a. MOU Agreement between the consortium or unincorporated JV
partners.
b. Work order issued by the client to the Consortium/ unincorporated
JV.
c. Contract document between the consortium/ unincorporated JV and
client.
d. Completion certificate issued by the client
In case, no separate document regarding the percentage/ quantum of payment to be

received by each Member is not available, the same shall be considered based on
the share holding pattern of the Joint Venture Company. Bidder shall submit JV
agreement
Note: Unique Document Identification Number (UDIN) has been mandatory for all
certificate issued by CA.
Criteria for Consortium shall not be applicable, Incorporated Joint Venture shall be as
per Clause 9.3.0 and criteria for Indian Wholly Owned subsidiary of Foreign/ Indian
company shall be as per clause 7.4.0 of SIT (Commercial).
Details as per Clause, clause 9.0.0 & it’s sub-clauses of Special Instructions to
Tenderers–[Section-B (Commercial)]
16. Required Experience

8.1.0 Any bidder participating in this tender must have experience as described
(Technical)
herein and the evaluation of their offers/ bids shall be primarily done on the
basis of qualifying criteria as detailed hereunder subsequent clauses.
8.2.0 The Bidder should have successfully completed/executed a work of
carrying out Reconnaissance Survey, Detailed Engineering Survey and
Page 4 of 6
Cadastral Survey either in a single work order (or) separate work orders
for Reconnaissance Survey, Detailed Engineering Survey and Cadastral
Survey of the length not less than specified below for Cross Country
Hydrocarbon Pipeline/ Railways/ Highways against a single work order
during last 7 (seven) years ending on the last day of the month, immediately
previous to the month in which the last date of bid submission falls. Even in
case the date of bid submission is extended, the date originally considered as
reference date for experience criteria, shall remain unchanged.
Surveyed length against

Tender Group
Single Work Order
Group-A Not less than 175.00 Km
Group-B Not less than 385.00 Km
Combined for Group-A Not less than 560.00 Km
& B (A+B)
8.3.0 Documents in support of above in the form of copy(ies) of Work Order(s),

Bill of quantities, Execution/ Experience/ Completion certificate, etc. shall
also be furnished in addition to other stated requirements. For work done as
sub-contractor, necessary documentary evidence from client/ end user for
carrying out works as sub-contractor to be furnished along with bid.
8.4.0 The Tenderer shall have the requisite experience of completing similar work
on their own. No sub-contractor shall be allowed carrying out any work in
full or part.
8.5.0 In addition to above, the performance of past/ ongoing works executed
for IOCL, if any, and performance in past/ ongoing works for other
clients shall have important bearing in evaluating the tenderers’ techno-
commercial capability. Bidders may be disqualified based on poor/ non-
satisfactory performance in past/ ongoing works executed for IOCL or
for any other client.
8.6.0 The final techno-commercial evaluation shall be done on the basis of
evaluation of financial soundness, past experience, present commitment,
capability to deploy specified manpower & equipment for the work and
confirmation regarding strict adherence to the time schedule to be submitted
in the form of a bar chart for the present work.
8.7.0 While bidding, prospective Tenderer(s) shall ensure on their own that the
above qualifying criteria have been fully understood and complied with and
the same shall be evaluated based on the documents submitted with their
offer in line with tender conditions.
8.8.0 The Tenderer shall satisfy himself and submit all enclosures along with the
bid as defined in the checklist. The Tenderer shall submit all relevant data,
documentation and drawings as specified in the checklist so as to enable the
owner to conclude the evaluation at the first instance itself. Incomplete
information/ submission will be treated as non-compliance and no technical
clarification may be sought from the Tenderers.
Details as per Clause No. 8.0.0 and its sub clauses of SIT- [Section-A -Technical]
17. Others 1. The tenderer shall furnish necessary documents online in support of required
qualification and experience along with their offer.
2. Bidders to note that Reverse Auction will be conducted for finalizing this Tender.
Please refer Special Instruction to Tenderers (Section B-Commercial) for further
Page 5 of 6
details.
3. The Tenderers shall upload scanned copy of necessary documents in support of
required qualification and experience along with their offer as per instruction
given in the Special Instructions to Tenderers.
4. Physical Bids will not be accepted. Tender Document can be downloaded from
https://iocletenders.nic.in and online bids are required to be submitted with
Digital signatures on the system.
5. IOCL reserves the right of annulment of tender without assigning any reasons
whatsoever.
6. The tender documents are non-transferable.
7. Purchase Preferences to MSME Industry as Public Procurement Policy for Micro
& Small Enterprises (MSEs) Order 2012 issued vide Gazette Notification dated
23.03.2012 is not applicable for the current tender.
8. PPLC CLAUSE is applicable for this tender.
Note: Some selections/preferences for the submitting bid can only be opted once
namely EMD Exemption and Preferential Bidding.
Such selection/preferences are non-changeable either after vendor’s confirmation or

after bid submission.
To avail preferential bidding successfully, vendors has to –
1. Opt as preferential bidder during the account registration process or can

update later under ‘My Accounts’ section of their profile.
2. During bid submission, vendor should update ‘Profile’ details under ‘Bid
Process List’ section to update any changes made in the profile.
3. If preferential bidding is applicable for a tender, vendor has to specifically
opt for preferential bidding during bid submission in order to avail the same.
General prompt by the system will appear if no action is taking on vendor’s
behalf.
During re-submission of bid, vendor only gets an option to update the supporting
document for the claimed preferential category. Vendor does not get an option to
change the declaration for benefit claimed (Yes/No) for corresponding preferential
status.
18. Issuing/ Submission Deputy General Manager (PJ-Contracts)
Office Address Indian Oil Corporation Limited (Pipelines Division)
A-1, Udyog Marg, Sector-1, NOIDA (UP) 201 301, INDIA
Phone: 91-120-2448 409/408/9429521183
E-mail: anilkumar@indianoil.in; kumardilip@indianoil.in
Page 6 of 6
CHAPTER – IA
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
[SECTION-A – TECHNICAL]
इं डियन ऑयल कॉर्पोरे शन डलडिटे ि
(र्पाइर्पलाइन्स प्रभाग)
र्पाइर्पलाइन्स िु ख्यालय, नोएिा
CHAPTER-I: SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

[SECTION-A: TECHNICAL]
INDEX
1.0.0 INFORMATION 2
2.0.0 INTRODUCTION 2
3.0.0 BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK 3
4.0.0 SITE LOCATION 4
5.0.0 SITE VISIT 4
6.0.0 LOCAL CONDITIONS 4
7.0.0 SUBMISSION OF OFFER (TECHNICAL BID) 5
8.0.0 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION (TECHNICAL) 5
9.0.0 SUFFICIENCY OF TENDER 6
Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Special Instruction to Tenderers [Section-A: Technical] Page 1 of 6
CHAPTER-I: SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS

1.0.0 INFORMATION
1.1.0 The information given in the Bid Documents and in the plans and drawings forming part thereof is
merely intended as general information without undertaking on the part of the Owner as to its
accuracy and without obligation relative thereto upon the Owner. Bidders are expected to conduct
their own surveys and investigations prior to Bidding.
1.2.0 Before bidding, the Bidder shall undertake and shall be deemed before bidding to have undertaken a
thorough study of the proposed work, the job site(s) involved, the site conditions, the labour, power,
water, material and equipment availability, transport and communication facilities and temporary
offices and accommodation quarters, and all other factors, constraints and facilities necessary for the
formulation of the Bid, supply of materials and the performance of the work.
1.3.0 The Bidder shall inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and shall satisfy himself before
submitting his tender as to the nature of the ground present, physical conditions and all roads,
approaches and lands which may be used temporarily otherwise in connection with the works, means
of access to the site accommodation he may require and in general shall himself obtain all necessary
information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect his
tender.
2.0.0 INTRODUCTION
2.1.0 Pipelines Division of Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL), a Government of India Undertaking
(hereinafter called as the Owner), owns and operates more than 15,000 km of pipeline network.
2.2.0 Indian Oil Corporation Limited, a company registered in India under the Companies Act 1956, invites
tenders through its e-tender portal from bona fide and experienced Contractors of financial standing
and reputation for the following job:
NAME OF DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY FOR PROPOSED MUNDRA –

WORK: PANIPAT CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
TENDER NO.: PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024
2.3.0 The Owner is augmenting the processing capacity of its Panipat Refinery and linked crude oil pipeline
system. As a part of this project, the Owner intends to carry out detailed engineering survey for laying
of new crude oil pipeline from its Mundra installation to Panipat Refinery complex.
2.4.0 The work is tendered in two groups as per details given below:
Tender
State Route Description
Group
A Gujarat WRPL Mundra installation to Gujarat-Rajasthan Border Point
B Rajasthan & Haryana Gujarat-Rajasthan Border Point to Pipeline Delivery Point at
Panipat Refinery.
2.5.0 The proposed pipeline will originate from existing WRPL Mundra (Gujarat) installation and will
traverse through Rajasthan & Haryana sate in North-East direction to reach the pipeline delivery point
at Panipat Refinery (Haryana). The approximate length of proposed pipeline route is 1121 Km.
Tender group-wise details of pipeline route length are as per following:

Tender Route Length

State Section Description
Group (Approx.)
A Gujarat WRPL Mundra to Gujarat-Rajasthan Border Point 350.50 Km
Total Route Length (Group-A) = 350.50 Km
B Rajasthan Gujarat-Rajasthan Border Point to Rajasthan-Haryana 600.00 Km
Border Point
Haryana Rajasthan-Haryana Border Point to Pipeline Delivery 170.50 Km
Point at Panipat Refinery.
Total Route Length (Group-B) = 770.50 Km
Total Route Length (Group- A+B) = 1,121.00 Km
2.6.0 The tentative location State Border Points (Gujarat-Rajasthan & Rajasthan-Haryana) for
start/end of survey works shall be communicated by the Owner to successful bidder. Upon
completion of Reconnaissance Survey and receipt of requisite details from the Contractor(s) of
both the groups, the locations shall be finalised and communicated to the Contractor(s). The
location of State Border Points, as decided by the Owner, shall be final and binding upon the
Contractor(s) of both groups.
2.7.0 Further details of pipeline route are given under relevant clauses of Special Conditions of Contract
(Section-A: Technical) of Tender Document.
3.0.0 BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK
3.1.0 The brief scope of work under this tender shall include but not limited to the following:
1) Carrying out Reconnaissance Survey of the diverted route/ new route if any.
2) Carrying out Detailed Engineering Survey for the entire pipeline route portion including
taking DGPS co-ordinates of all important points, supply of district-wise base maps containing
required information and integrating all survey data and deliverables (Route map, Profile Map,
Alignment Sheets, Crossing drawings etc.) onto Owner’s Arc GIS (ESRI) server to provide
seamless geo-referenced data.
3) Providing & fixing RCC Pillars/ markers along the surveyed route.
4) Marking-up of the final alignment of pipeline route staked on ground along with other relevant
information (E.g. ROW Limit; Turning Points; Major Crossings viz. Perennial Rivers,
Railways, National Highways, State Highways, Major Canals etc.; Forest Areas; Wildlife
Sanctuaries; Restricted ROW; etc.) on Google Earth & saving all the information layer wise in
.KML format.
5) Preparing a separate .KML file (indicating pipeline ROW details & forest specific areas etc.
obtained from DGPS Survey) for obtaining necessary forest clearance as described separately
in this Tender Document.
6) The Contractor in consultation with the Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge, shall ensure that
proposed pipeline route does not fall in the forest areas which are in the close proximity of
Maoist/ Naxalite Belt and effort should be made in selecting the ROW, which is approachable
from the existing Road network.
7) Deleted.
8) Carrying out Population Density Index Survey of the entire pipeline route.
9) Collection/ generation of Hydrological Data for river crossings.

10) Carrying out Soil Resistivity Survey, Soil Chemical Analysis Survey, Soil Stratification
Survey & Data Generation survey for the finalised (by the Owner) pipeline route.
11) Carrying out Cadastral Survey and other related activities including computerization of land
records for entire existing, new/ additional pipeline route portion and preparation & submission
of schedule u/s 3(1) for establishing Right of User (ROU) in Right of Way (ROW) under
P&MP Act, 1962 for the new/additional pipeline route if any including integrating all data and
deliverables onto Owner’s Arc GIS server to provide seamless geo-referenced data.
12) Submission of final technical report in Six (6) sets including complete descriptions of tests
supported by tables, graphs, analysis, and any other measure as deemed fit to describe the data
complete in all respect.
13) Activities associated with Detailed Engineering Survey & Cadastral Survey shall be
synchronized with each other at an interval of 50 km and the report shall be submitted to
IOCL in a progressive manner.
3.2.0 The detailed scope of work is enumerated in the Special Conditions of Contract (Section-A:
Technical) and Specifications of Tender Document.
4.0.0 SITE LOCATION
4.1.0 The tendered work under Group-A is to be carried out in Gujarat State.
4.2.0 The tendered work under Group-B is to be carried out in Rajasthan & Haryana State.
4.3.0 The tentative details of pipeline route to be surveyed under each group are given herein under clause
2.5.0.
4.4.0 The Google Earth image showing tentative pipeline route marked on it is given at Annexure-T#6 of
Tender Document.
5.0.0 SITE VISIT
5.1.0 The intending Tenderers may contact the following site office of the Owner for necessary guidance
and help during site visits:
GENERAL MANAGER (PJ-CIVIL)

Indian Oil Corporation Limited (Pipelines Division)
Pipelines Division Head Office,
Indian Oil Bhawan, A-1, Udyog Marg,
Sector-1, NOIDA - 201301 (UTTAR PRADESH)
5.2.0 The intending Tenderers shall be deemed to have visited the site & familiarized themselves with the
existing conditions before submitting the offer. Non familiarity with site conditions shall not be
considered a reason either for extra claims or for not carrying out the work conforming to the
specifications.
6.0.0 LOCAL CONDITIONS
6.1.0 It will be imperative on the part of each Bidder to acquaint himself with all local laws, conditions and
factors which may have any effect or bearing on the execution of works and supplies under the scope
of this tender. The Bidders are requested to familiarise themselves with (but not limited to) the Indian
Income Tax Act, Indian Companies Act, Indian Customs Act, Factories and Boiler Act, Contract
Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, Arbitration Act and other related Acts and Laws &
Regulations of India with their latest Amendments, as applicable. In respect of Foreign Contractors,
necessary permission from the Income Tax Authority and assessment of income tax deduction rate at
source, are pre-requisites for release of any payments. The Owner shall not entertain any clarification
from the Bidder(s) regarding such local conditions.
6.2.0 Tenderer may also obtain details of the typical socio-economic conditions of the region in which work

shall take place.

6.3.0 The successful Tenderer, to whom the work shall be awarded, shall arrange all necessary permissions
/ clearances on his own initiative and contingent costs thereto.
6.4.0 It must be understood and agreed that such factors have properly been investigated and considered
while submitting the Bid. No claim for financial and other adjustments to the contract price, on
account of lack of clarity or proper understanding of such factors, shall be entertained.
7.0.0 SUBMISSION OF OFFER (TECHNICAL BID)
7.1.0 As a part of Technical Bid, Bidders shall furnish legible scanned copies of following documents duly
signed & stamped and filled with requisite information, if specified:
1) Duly filled “Checklist for submission of technical bid” in format as per Annexure-T#1 of the
Tender Document.
2) Details of Bidder’s experience meeting technical (experience) qualification criteria as per clause
8.0.0 hereof. The details shall be submitted in format as per Annexure-T#2 of the Tender
Document along with relevant documents, such as copies of Work Order and Completion
Certificate, supporting the claim. Final evaluation of the bidders shall be carried out based on
the work details submitted as per Annexure-T#2 in the ORIGINAL BID. Bids not giving
precise technical details as per Annexure-T#2 are liable to be rejected.
3) Exceptions & Deviations Statement (Technical) in format as per Annexure-T#3 indicating
exceptions/ deviations, if any, proposed by the Bidder to/ from Technical terms & conditions
and Specifications of Tender Document. In case no exceptions/ deviations proposed by the
Bidder, the statement shall be submitted indicating as ‘NIL”.
4) Duly signed copies of the prescribed formats for preparation of various Survey Reports as per
Annexure-T#4 & Annexure-T#5 of the Tender Document.
5) Duly signed Corrigendum/ Addendum, if any, issued to the Bidder.
7.2.0 All technical annexure shall be filled as per the attached formats only. In no case formats other
than those mentioned in sub-sequent clauses shall be accepted.
7.3.0 Failure to furnish all information required as per the tender documents or submission of bid not
substantially responsive to the Tender Documents, in every respect, may result in rejection of the bid.
8.0.0 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION (TECHNICAL)
8.1.0 Any bidder participating in this tender must have experience as described herein and the evaluation of
their offers/ bids shall be primarily done on the basis of qualifying criteria as detailed hereunder
subsequent clauses.
8.2.0 The Bidder should have successfully completed/executed a work of carrying out Reconnaissance
Survey, Detailed Engineering Survey and Cadastral Survey either in a single work order (or)
separate work orders for Reconnaissance Survey, Detailed Engineering Survey and Cadastral
Survey of the length not less than specified below for Cross Country Hydrocarbon Pipeline/
Railways/ Highways against a single work order during last 7 (seven) years ending on the last day
of the month, immediately previous to the month in which the last date of bid submission falls. Even
in case the date of bid submission is extended, the date originally considered as reference date for
experience criteria, shall remain unchanged.
Tender Group Surveyed length against Single Work Order

Group-A Not less than 175.00 Km
Group-B Not less than 385.00 Km
Combined for Group-A & B (A+B) Not less than 560.00 Km

8.3.0 Documents in support of above in the form of copy(ies) of Work Order(s), Bill of quantities,
Execution/ Experience/ Completion certificate, etc. shall also be furnished in addition to other stated
requirements. For work done as sub-contractor, necessary documentary evidence from client/ end user
for carrying out works as sub-contractor to be furnished along with bid.
8.4.0 The Tenderer shall have the requisite experience of completing similar work on their own. No sub-
contractor shall be allowed carrying out any work in full or part.
8.5.0 In addition to above, the performance of past/ ongoing works executed for IOCL, if any, and
performance in past/ ongoing works for other clients shall have important bearing in evaluating
the tenderers’ techno-commercial capability. Bidders may be disqualified based on poor/ non-
satisfactory performance in past/ ongoing works executed for IOCL or for any other client.
8.6.0 The final techno-commercial evaluation shall be done on the basis of evaluation of financial
soundness, past experience, present commitment, capability to deploy specified manpower &
equipment for the work and confirmation regarding strict adherence to the time schedule to be
submitted in the form of a bar chart for the present work.
8.7.0 While bidding, prospective Tenderer(s) shall ensure on their own that the above qualifying criteria
have been fully understood and complied with and the same shall be evaluated based on the
documents submitted with their offer in line with tender conditions.
8.8.0 The Tenderer shall satisfy himself and submit all enclosures along with the bid as defined in the
checklist. The Tenderer shall submit all relevant data, documentation and drawings as specified in the
checklist so as to enable the owner to conclude the evaluation at the first instance itself. Incomplete
information/ submission will be treated as non-compliance and no technical clarification may be
sought from the Tenderers.
9.0.0 SUFFICIENCY OF TENDER
9.1.0 The Tenderer shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and
sufficiency of his tender for the works and of the rates stated in the Schedule of Rates, which shall
cover all his obligations under the contract and all matters and things necessary for proper completion
of the works.

CHAPTER – IB
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

[SECTION-B – COMMERCIAL]
CHAPTER-I - SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

[SECTION B - Commercial]
INDEX
DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 1
ABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................................................................... 3
1.0.0 TENDER DOCUMENTS ......................................................................................................... 4
2.0.0 PRICE OF TENDER DOCUMENT ........................................................................................ 5
3.0.0 COST OF BIDDING.................................................................................................................. 5
4.0.0 LANGUAGE OF BID ................................................................................................................ 5
5.0.0 SUBMISSION OF TENDER .................................................................................................... 5
6.0.0 VALIDITY OF OFFER........................................................................................................... 10
7.0.0 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD) ................................................................................. 11
8.0.0 BIDDING ENTITY .................................................................................................................. 12
9.0.0 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION – COMMERCIAL ........................................................ 15
10.0.0 PRE-BID MEETING ............................................................................................................... 18
11.0.0 CORRIGENDUM/ ADDENDA/ CLARIFICATIONS ......................................................... 19
12.0.0 CONFORMITY TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BID DOCUMENTS.................... 19
14.0.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS ........................................................... 19
15.0.0 OPENING OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS ............................................................... 19
17.0.0 APPOINTMENT OF CONSULTANTS ................................................................................ 19
18.0.0 CLARIFICATION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 20
19.0.0 EVALUATION OF OFFERS AND ACCEPTANCE/ REJECTION OF BIDS ................. 20
20.0.0 PRE-PRICE BID MEETING ................................................................................................. 20
21.0.0 OPENING OF PRICE BID ..................................................................................................... 21
22.0.0 REVERSE AUCTION ............................................................................................................. 21
23.0.0 PRICE EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS .................................................... 21
24.0.0 NEGOTIATION ...................................................................................................................... 23
25.0.0 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION ............................................................................................. 23
26.0.0 AWARD OF WORK/ CONTRACT ...................................................................................... 23
27.0.0 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER ... 24
28.0.0 INDIGENISATION ................................................................................................................. 24
29.0.0 CURRENCIES AND PAYMENT .......................................................................................... 24
30.0.0 PLACE OF PAYMENT .......................................................................................................... 24
31.0.0 CONTACT PERSON FOR ANY GRIEVANCE: ................................................................. 25
32.0.0 HOLIDAY LISTING OF VENDORS : ................................................................................. 25
DEFINITIONS

Special Instruction to Tenderers [Section-B (Commercial)] National
Page 1 of 26
Tender/ Bid Bidder’s offer to perform the Work, in accordance with Bidding
Document
Tender Document Documents purchased by Bidder or issued by Owner through

tender website including any subsequent addenda to enable
Bidder to submit the Bid
Bidder/ Tenderer Person or company or bidding entity who receives the Tender
Document and submits Tender or Bid to IOCL (Pipelines
Division)
Owner/ Purchaser/ IOCL/ IOCL Words used interchangeably and would mean the same in
(Pipelines Division)/ Corporation expression and intent in proper context
Bidder/ Tenderer/ Contractor/ Words used interchangeably and would mean the same in
Vendor expression and intent in proper context
Schedule of Rates (SOR)/ Bill of Words used interchangeably and would mean the same in
Quantities (BoQ) expression and intent in proper context

Page 2 of 26
ABBREVIATIONS
BC Bankers Cheque
BG Bank Guarantee
BOQ Bill of Quantity
BQC Bid Qualification Criteria
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CFO Chief Financial Officer
DIC District Industries Centres
EMD Earnest Money Deposit
FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act
GCC General Conditions of Contract
GST Goods and Services Tax
IFSC Indian Financial System Code
INR Indian Rupee
IOCL Indian Oil Corporation Limited
ITT Instruction to Tenderers
IPA Integrity Pact Agreement
JV Joint Venture
KVIC Khadi and Village Industries Commission
LLP Limited Liability Partnership
LOA Letter of Acceptance
MoP&NG Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
MOU Memorandum of Understanding
MSE Micro and Small Enterprise
MSMED Micro, Small And Medium Enterprises Development Act
NEFT National Electronics Funds Transfer
NIT Notice Inviting Tender
NSIC National Small Industries Corporation
PAN Permanent Account Number
POA Power of Attorney
PPLC Purchase Preference Linked to Local Content
PQC Pre Qualification Criteria
RBI Reserve Bank of India
RTGS Real Time Gross Settlement
SBI State Bank of India
SCC Special Conditions of Contract
SIT Special Instruction to Tenderers
SWIFT Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication
TDS Tax Deducted at Source

SFMS Structured Financial Messaging System
TT Telegraphic Transfer
UDIN Unique Document Identification Number
FOR Freight on Road
DDP Delivered duty paid

Page 3 of 26
CHAPTER – I : SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS

[SECTION-B - COMMERCIAL]
1.0.0 TENDER DOCUMENTS

1.1.0 The tender documents include the following;
Part No. Contents
Part-A TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BID
• Notice Inviting Tender
• [CHAPTER-I] Special Instructions to Tenderers (SIT)
- Section-A - Technical
- Section-B - Commercial
• [CHAPTER-II] General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
• [CHAPTER-III] Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)
- Section-A - Technical
- Section-B - Commercial
• Annexures Technical bid
• Annexures Commercial bid
• Technical Specifications
• Drawings
Part-B PRICE BID
• Schedule of Rates (SOR)/ Bill of Quantity (BoQ)
1.2.0 Owner has hosted the complete tender document on the website (https://iocletenders.nic.in) and has
ensured its availability for downloading the full set comprising the above mentioned contents. The
Bidder is expected to download the complete tender document only from the above mentioned
website, i.e. https://iocletenders.nic.in, as per the index of the tender, fully read and understood the
same and submit their acceptance to all tender terms and conditions as per proforma in Annexure-3.
Bidder may note that Schedule of Rates attached with the tender documents are to be filled only in
the Excel file named BoQ (Bill of Quantity).
Bidder shall also ensure that Bids are based strictly on the terms, conditions and specifications
contained in the Tender document. Bidders shall submit their bid as per instructions given in Clause
No. 5.2.0, 5.3.0 and its sub-clauses. Any deviation and exceptions taken to terms and conditions of
the tender documents must be clearly listed out and submitted along with techno-commercial part of
the offer as per proforma in Annexure-4.
1.3.0 The Bidder is expected to examine the tender documents, including all instructions, specifications and
drawings. Failure to furnish all the information, required as per the tender documents, or submission
of bid not in consonance to the tender document, may render the bid liable for rejection. Refer Clause
No. 10.7 of Instruction to Tenderers of General Conditions of Contract and Clause No. 7.12.0 of this
section of document for further details.
1.4.0 The tender documents shall remain the exclusive property of the Owner without any right of the
Bidder to use them for any purpose except for the purpose of tendering and for use by the successful
Bidder with reference to the work.
1.5.0 Any person/ Bidder downloading the tender document from Owner’s website or purchasing it shall
do so in strict confidence and shall not part with possession thereof or copy or disclose the provision
thereof or any of them or disclose or take copies or tracings of any drawings, plans or routes forming
part thereof, it being understood that the information therein are confidential and that the tender
documents have been downloaded or purchased by the eligible Bidder solely for the purpose of
bidding.

Page 4 of 26
1.6.0 The tender document is non-transferable.

1.7.0 Consultant appointed for the project/ job is not allowed to participate in the tender either directly or
indirectly. An indirect participation shall include participation through an affiliate or their subsidiary
company or companies under the management of consultant or as a sub-contractor, consultant or
supplier. The expression ‘affiliate’ for the purpose of this clause will include any person, or company
or association (howsoever designated) who/ which is a member of the consulting agency (if the
consultant is a joint venture or consortium or who or which directly or indirectly holds 10% (ten
percent) or more of the capital or voting capital of consultant (if the consultant or any of its members
is a company or a body corporate) or who or which is a consultant or sub-contractor of the consulting
agency with regard to the project. Such bids shall be rejected.
1.8.0 Tenders submitted in any other form (Fax/ e-mail/ Courier/ Post/ Hard copy, etc.) will not be accepted.
2.0.0 PRICE OF TENDER DOCUMENT
2.1.0 No Tender fee is applicable for the e-tenders, since the Bidders are required to download the tender
documents from IOCL e-tender website (https://iocletenders.nic.in).
For physical (Legacy) tenders, the applicable fee shall be deposited by the Bidder.
3.0.0 COST OF BIDDING
3.1.0 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his bid and Owner
in no case will be responsible or liable for these works, regardless of the outcome of the bidding
process.
4.0.0 LANGUAGE OF BID
4.1.0 The bid prepared by the Bidder including all documents(s) such as work order(s), drawing(s),
certificate(s), literature, annexure(s) etc. shall be in English language only. The
correspondence(s)/covering letter relating to the bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Owner shall be
in English/ Hindi language.
In case, supporting document(s) and correspondences furnished by the Bidder are in language other
than English, the same should be accompanied by an English translation duly authenticated as
mentioned at Clause No. 5.2.1 (A) (I). For the purpose of interpretation of the bid, the English
language shall prevail.
5.0.0 SUBMISSION OF TENDER
5.1.0 Bids may be submitted by entities defined in Clause No. 8.0.0 of this section.
5.1.1 Bidders shall quote for the work subject to their meeting the criteria for evaluation specified in Clause
No. 8.0.0 for (Technical: Section A) and Clause No. 9.0.0 of this document (Commercial: Section
B).
5.1.2 Bidders shall quote for the work as per following
• For bidding in Group-A, Bidder has to quote in BoQ (PRICE BID) of tender no. PLCC/NEW
MPPL /CL/21024 A
• For bidding in Group-B, Bidder has to quote in BoQ (PRICE BID) of tender no. PLCC/NEW
MPPL /CL/21024 B
• In case of bidding for combination of Group(s), Bidder has to quote in BoQ (PRICE BID) of
respective Group tender.
• If Bidder submits bids for more than one group, evaluation of bids shall be done as per the
qualification criteria of combination of groups as specified at Clause No. 9.0.0 and its sub-
clauses and Clause No. 23.3.0.
5.1.3 The vendor shall follow the instructions listed under “Bid Submission process” under “Bidders
manual Kit” section available in the homepage at the site. The Owner shall not be responsible for
delayed submission of offers or non-submission of offers due to any reason whatsoever including any

Page 5 of 26
technical problem. The responsibility of ensuring online and on-time submission of their offers lies
entirely with the Bidders.
5.1.4 The Tender shall be submitted in “two bid system” in two parts, viz., PART-A (Techno-commercial
Bid) and PART-B (Price Bid) as detailed below through online mode only for e-tenders.
PART – A : Technical and commercial aspects of the offer of the tender
(Techno-commercial Bid) documents with NO PRICE indicated therein. Indicating price
in the techno-commercial bid may render the offer liable for
rejection.
PART – B : It shall be noted that this part shall contain only PRICES and
(Price Bid) no conditions whatsoever. Any condition mentioned in Part-B
of the tender shall not be considered at the time of evaluation
of the tender and may make the offer liable for rejection.
5.1.5 All Amendments to tender documents issued by Owner subsequently, if any, must be signed and
submitted along with the Bid. The Bid submitted by the Bidder shall take into account all such
amendments.
5.1.6 The tender shall be completely filled in all respects with requisite information and annexures strictly
in the order indicated in Clause No. 5.2.0 and 5.3.0. Incomplete tender(s) not supported by requisite
documents may not be considered. Decision of the Owner, in this regard, shall be final and binding
on the Bidder.
5.1.7 The Bidder shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before submitting the bid, with regards to the
correctness and sufficiency of the tender and of the rates stated in the Schedule of Rates and BoQ,
which shall cover all his obligations under the Contract and all matters and things necessary for proper
completion of the works.
5.1.8 Each Bidder can submit only one bid in a tender/ group.
It is clarified that a Person shall be deemed to have submitted multiple bids if he submits more than
one bid, either individually or in any combination of person (individual capacity, proprietor, affiliates,
partnership, association of persons, company/ association of Companies/ Consortium (including
Unincorporated Joint Venture)/ Incorporated Joint Venture). All such multiple bids in a tender / group
shall be liable for rejection.
It may be noted that:
a) A company shall for this purpose include any artificial person whether constituted under the laws
of Indian or of any other country.
b) A Person shall be deemed to have bid in a partnership format or in association of persons format
if he is a partner of the firm which has submitted the bid or is a member of any association of
persons which has submitted a bid.
c) A Person shall be deemed to have bid in a Company format if, the person holds more than 10%
(ten percent) of the voting share capital of the company which has submitted a bid, or is a Director
of the Company which has submitted a bid, or holds more than 10% (ten percent) of voting share
capital and/or is a Director of a holding Company which has submitted the bid.
d) Affiliates of a firm are not permitted to make separate bids directly or indirectly. Two or more
parties who are affiliates of one another can decide which affiliate will make the bid. Only one
affiliate may submit a bid. If two or more affiliates submit more than one bid, then all such bids
shall be liable for rejection.
5.2.0 PART-A (TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BID)
5.2.1 COMMERCIAL BID
(A) FOLDER No. I – QUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS
The Bidders are required to upload a scanned copy of following documents:
(I) Details of experience as per Annexure-5 meeting experience (Commercial) as per Clause
No. 9.0.0 of this section along with relevant documents, such as copies of Work Order(s) and
Completion Certificate(s), supporting their credentials.

Page 6 of 26
All supporting documents in English language and English translation of any other documents
submitted by foreign Bidder, as evidence of meeting qualification criteria, shall be certified
true copies duly signed, dated and stamped by an official authorised for the purpose in Indian
embassy/ High commission in Bidder’s country OR certification by local chamber of
commerce.
In case, any Indian Bidder submits work order and completion certificates in English
language and English translation of any other documents from foreign country, such
documents shall be certified true copies duly signed, dated and stamped by an official
authorised for the purpose in Indian embassy/ High commission in client’s country OR
certification by local chamber of commerce.
(II) Complete Audited Financial Statement including Auditors reports, Audited Balance Sheet,
Profit & Loss Account, Notes, Annexures (if any), etc. for the last 3 (three) financial years
for meeting the annual turnover and net worth (if applicable), as per Clause No. 9.0.0. In case
of Consortium (including unincorporated Joint Venture), the Financial Results shall be
furnished by all the Consortium (including unincorporated Joint Venture) members.
(III) Deleted
(IV) Deleted
Bidder shall ensure that all the documents uploaded in e-tender portal are complete and legible.
Submission of incomplete and/ or illegible documents may lead to rejection of bid.
Notwithstanding any other condition/ provision in the tender documents, Bidders are required to
submit complete documents pertaining to Pre-Qualification Criteria (PQC) along with their offer.
Failure to meet the PQC will render the bid to be rejected. IOC reserves the right to complete the
evaluation based on the details furnished by the Bidder, with or without seeking any additional
supporting documents/ clarifications.
(B) FOLDER No. II COMMERCIAL BID
The Bidders are required to upload a legible scanned copy of the following documents:
i) Duly filled Commercial master index as per Annexure-1.
ii) Tender forwarding letter duly filled and signed by the authorised signatory as per Annexure-2.
Bidder shall also confirm that they have quoted for all items of the BoQ/ SOR.
iii) Deleted
iv) Documents in favour of authorised signatory of the tender having a valid Digital signature
Certificate (DSC) and valid Power of Attorney.
The Power of Attorney (POA) shall be clearly evidenced by submitting Board resolution for
authorization in favour of person signing the bid.
Authorized signatories are defined as under
(a) Proprietary firm: Proprietor of the firm or power of attorney holder (Attested/ notarised
copy to be submitted). Proprietor will also upload undertaking certifying that he is sole
proprietor.
(b) Partnership firm/ LLP: All the partners or a partner holding power of attorney or a power
of attorney holder for signing the tender (Attested / notarised copy of power of attorney,
partnership deed/ LLP agreement and current address of all the partners to be submitted).
(c) Private or Public Limited Company or Incorporated Joint Venture: Power of attorney
holder (Attested/ notarised copy of power of attorney, Articles of Association,
memorandum of understanding to be submitted).
Certified copy of Board Resolution authorising the person submitting the bid on behalf of
the company is also be submitted.

Page 7 of 26
(d) Deleted
v) Declaration for acceptance of terms and conditions of Techno-commercial volumes of the
tender documents including SOR as per Annexure-3.
vi) Commercial Exceptions/ deviations pertaining to Special Instructions to Tenderers, General
Conditions of Contract (GCC), Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) and other general tender
conditions to be indicated only as per Performa in Annexure-4. Any exceptions / deviations
listed anywhere other than the Annexure-4 shall not be considered during evaluation of the Bid.
vii) Duly filled Statement of Credentials (Annexure-5) along with all supporting documents.
viii) Duly filled Concurrent Commitments, if applicable, as per Annexure-6 with signature and seal
of Practicing Chartered Accountant with membership No. and UDIN No.
ix) Deleted
x) The Bidder shall submit the rate of Goods and Services tax (Goods and Services Tax) in
Annexure-10 considered for this job as per details mentioned in Special Condition of Contract
(Commercial) Clause No. 6.3.2. Bidder shall also submit details pertaining to Goods and
Services Tax registration as per format given in Annexure-11 along with copy of certificate
containing Goods and Services tax Registration Number.
xi) The Contractor shall get their name registered as per tax law of the State where the work is to
be executed. The Contractor shall be responsible for procurement of material in its own
registration (GSTIN etc.) and also to issue its own Road Permit/ E Way bill etc., if any. The
Contractor shall submit a copy of the certificate containing GSTIN etc.
xii) All declarations, Undertakings, Integrity pact Agreement (Annexure-12), if applicable shall
be submitted with Seal and Signature of the Bidder.
xiii) Declaration of Black listing/ Holiday Listing in the prescribed format as given in Annexure-
13. In case of Consortium (including unincorporated Joint Venture), the declaration shall be
furnished by all the Consortium (including unincorporated Joint Venture) members.
xiv) Certificate regarding restriction of Bidder from the country sharing border with India and for
tenders involving possibility of subcontractor as per Annexure-14
xv) Form of Tender for Commercial Bid, duly filled and signed as given in Annexure-15.
xvi) Form of Tender for Price Bid duly filled and signed as given in Annexure-16.
xvii) Information regarding the Bidder in Annexure-17.
xviii) Declaration of relationship with directors of IOCL as per Annexure-18.
xix) Declaration on proceedings under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 as per the proforma
at Annexure-19
xx) An undertaking in support of not being under liquidation, court receivership or similar
proceedings on their letterhead as on the bid submission date (Annexure-20). Failure to do so
will result in bids not being considered for evaluation.
If there is any change in status prior to the award of work, the same has to be promptly informed
to Owner by the Bidder. Concealment of the facts shall tantamount to misrepresentation of facts
as per Clause No. 5.4.0 and sub-clauses and shall lead to action against such Bidders.
xxi) Declaration as per proforma given in Annexure-21 regarding Non-engagement of child labour
xxii) Safety declaration as per Annexure-22
xxiii) Duly signed Corrigendum/ addendum, if any, issued to the Bidder at a later date.
xxiv) Provident Fund Code Number (for Indian Bidders only) is to be furnished as per Clause No.
4.18 of ITT of General Conditions of Contract. In case of Consortium (including
unincorporated Joint Venture), the P.F. Code No. shall be furnished by all the Indian
Consortium (including unincorporated Joint Venture) members.

Page 8 of 26
xxv) Income Tax Permanent Account Number as per Clause 4.18 of Instruction to Tenderer of
General Conditions of Contract. Income Tax Permanent Account Number will be required as
precondition for release of payment.
xxvi) Duly filled in Format for giving consent and bank details on Letterhead as per Annexure-23.
xxvii) Duly signed and stamped copy of Proforma of Indemnity Bond to be submitted by successful
Bidder along with request for issuance of Completion Certificate as per Annexure-24, as a
token of acceptance.
xxviii) Duly signed and stamped copy of No claim/ No due certificate as per Annexure-25 (as a
token of acceptance).
xxix) Undertaking for applicability of PPLC Policy as per Annexure-27
xxx) Deleted
xxxi) Deleted
5.3.0 PART – B (PRICE BID)
5.3.1 For e-tenders, the price bid shall be submitted online only. Price bid submitted in any other
mode shall not be accepted.
5.3.2 The Bidder shall quote firm prices in the price schedule (BoQ). The bid prices shall conform to the
provisions of Clause No. 29.0.0.
5.3.3 Bidders are informed that Reverse Auction will be conducted for finalizing this Tender. Please refer
Clause No. 22.0.0 of this section for terms/ conditions/ instructions in relation to Reverse Auction.
5.3.4 Price bid shall be quoted in BoQ (excel file) available elsewhere in the tender document. The words
"BoQ" and "BoQ excel file" has been used interchangeably in the tender document and would mean
the same in expression and intent in proper context. Tender also contains unpriced BoQ in pdf version
termed as "Schedule of Rates".
5.3.5 Bidders are advised to check the BoQ before submitting the price bid w.r.t. the Schedule of
Rates. In case of any discrepancy in item text, Quantity and Units in the BoQ vis-à-vis Schedule
of rates, the Schedule of Rates attached with Tender documents shall prevail.
5.3.6 Bidders are advised to fill the BoQ as per following instructions.
a) The Bidder has to download the BoQ containing rates excluding Goods and services tax along with
tender documents and subsequent Addendum/ Corrigendum/ Clarifications, if any, issued at a later
stage. Latest BoQ should be used by Bidder for submission of price bid.
b) Evaluation will be carried out on the basis of rate quoted in BOQ.
c) Bidder is to note that there are ‘White’ cells in the BoQ, which should not be modified by the Bidder.
Only "Bidder Name", "Excess(+)/ At Par/ Less(-)", "Percentage" and "GST Rates" are to be filled
by the Bidder in the designated "Sky Blue Cells".
d) The Bidder shall quote in percentage (limited to a maximum of 2 decimal places) “Excess(+)/ At
Par/ Less(-)” on the rates indicated in the BoQ. "Excess (+)" or “At Par” or "Less (-) can be selected
from the dropdown menu by clicking on the cell.
In case, the rates are quoted to more than 2 decimal places, the amount quoted towards the tender
shall be worked out for the rates quoted to first 2 decimal points without rounding off. The
“Percentage” quoted by the Bidder shall be applicable uniformly to all the rates of the items indicated
in the BoQ.
Bidders shall note that Estimated Item rates specified in column F of the BoQ is excluding GST and
rate of GST has been pre-selected in the BoQ. In case, Bidder wants to modify the GST Rates, the
same can be done by selecting GST rates from dropdown menu of Cell No. AY13 (highlighted in sky
blue cell) of the BoQ. Please note that the selected GST rate shall be applicable for all items of BOQ1.

Page 9 of 26
The landed cost inclusive of GST(As selected by Bidder in the cell no. AY13) shall be arrived at cell
no. BA41 for Group-A and at cell no. BA63 for Group-B after factoring in the "Excess (+)" or “At
Par” or "Less (-)" selected by the Bidder.
e) Bidders are strictly advised not to temper/ alter/ change the BOQ format/ contents. Bidders are also
advised not to paste any image file or put any additional conditions or insert any additional sheet in
the BOQ worksheet.
f) Rates quoted shall be inclusive of all taxes and duties, but exclusive of Goods and Services tax(GST)
which shall be paid extra upon submission of Goods and Services tax invoice as per separate quote
by Bidder in Annexure-10.
g) The scope of work under the subject tender is of indivisible nature and shall be awarded to a single
agency only
5.3.7 The price quoted under each head shall include all costs towards equipment, labour and laboratory
back-up, logistics, transport, travel and stay arrangements and other incidentals including supply of
materials as may be necessary for rendering the services in totality as per detailed specifications.
5.3.8 For supply of indigenous/imported items under the scope of the contractor, the rates quoted by the
Bidder shall be all inclusive for delivery of material at site (FOR/DDP destination basis). It shall
include the basic cost, all applicable taxes and duties (excluding Goods and Services Tax), inspection
charge, transportation charges, transit insurance, auxiliary taxes, octroi, (wherever applicable), etc.
5.3.9 Deleted
5.3.10 The price offered by the Bidder shall not appear anywhere in any manner in the Technical Bid.
Indicating price in the techno-commercial bid may render the offer liable for rejection.
5.4.0 Submission of forged/ false/ fake documents/ misrepresentation of facts:
5.4.1 In partial modification of Clause No. 4.17 of “Instructions to Bidders” appended to GCC, the Bidder
shall enclose documents to show that he has previous experience in having successfully completed in
the recent past, works of similar nature together with the name of the client and/ or end customer,
location, sites and value of contract in the format (Annexure-5) annexed to the Form of Tender.
It shall be the responsibility of the Bidders to fill complete, correct and accurate information in line
with the requirements/ stipulations of the Tender Document, regarding their past experience and other
information required to facilitate due evaluation/ consideration of their tenders.
5.4.2 If any information given by the Bidder is found to be incorrect in any particular manner, considered
by the OWNER to be relevant for the evaluation of the bid/ tender, or is found to misrepresent facts,
or if any of the documents submitted by the Bidder in support of or relevant to the bid/ tender is
found to be forged, false or fabricated, the OWNER may reject the bid. Further, without prejudice to
any other right(s) of action or remedy available to the OWNER, the Owner may forfeit the Earnest
Money Deposit or Bank Guarantee in lieu of Earnest Money Deposit in order to compensate the
OWNER and take action for putting the Bidder on holiday list for such period as the OWNER in
this behalf considers warranted and/ or to remove the Bidder from the approved list of Vendors/
Contractors. If prior to the discovery of incorrect information, misrepresentation or false, forged or
fabricated document(s), the bid/ tender has resulted in a contract, the contract shall be liable to be
terminated by the OWNER pursuant to the provisions of Clause 7.0.1.0 of the General Conditions of
Contract with the consequences of termination as provided in Section 7 of the General Conditions
of Contract.
5.5.0 Submission of the information and details shall be done strictly in the manner described. In case the
relevant data/ details/ information in respect of the above is not furnished in the techno commercial
part (Part-A), the tender may be rejected.
5.6.0 Bids complete in all respects should be submitted on or before due date and time of last date of Bid
submission. The Bids submitted online in Owner’s e-tendering site https://iocletenders.nic.in will only
be considered for evaluation.
6.0.0 VALIDITY OF OFFER
6.1.0 Tender submitted by the Bidder shall remain valid and open for acceptance for a period of 4 (four)

Page 10 of 26
months from the date of opening of Techno-commercial part of the tender. The rates quoted in the
BoQ shall remain firm during the validity period. The Bidder shall not be entitled to modify, vary,
revoke or cancel his bid during the said period. In case of Bidders modifying, varying, revoking or
cancelling his bid, the Earnest Money paid by them shall be liable to be forfeited.
6.2.0 In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original bid, the Owner may request the Bidder
for a specified extension in the period of validity. The request and the responses thereto shall be made
in writing or by fax/ e-mail. A Bidder may refuse the request without getting his bid security (EMD)
forfeited. A Bidder agreeing to the request will not be permitted to modify his bid, but will be required
to only extend the validity of his EMD correspondingly. The provisions of discharge and forfeiture
of EMD shall continue to apply during the extended period of the validity.
7.0.0 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)
7.1.0 EMD is not Applicable as per OM No F/9/4/2020-PPD and recent Finance Circular PLF/PJ/2020/8
dated 04.12.2020. Bid Security Declaration shall be sought from the bidder. Those bidders who are
exempted from depositing EMD as per tender conditions, will not be required to submit the ‘Bid
Security Declaration’ as well.
7.2.0 Deleted
7.3.0 Deleted
7.4.0 Deleted
7.5.0 Deleted
7.6.0 Deleted
7.7.0 Deleted
7.8.0 Entities exempted from submission of EMD:

7.8.1 To promote Micro and Small Enterprises, EMD is exempted by IOCL for such entities registered with
following agencies/ bodies under Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, Govt of India,
irrespective of the Services/ Materials for which they are registered with the said agencies/ bodies:
a) District Industries Centres (DIC)
b) Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC)
c) Khadi and Village Industries Board
d) Coir Board
e) National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC)
f) Directorate of Handicraft and Handloom
g) Udyog Aadhar Memorandum
h) Any other body specified by Ministry of MSME
7.8.2 If the Bidder is a Micro or Small enterprises as per the Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises
Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act 2006) with latest amendments and registered with the
Authorities under the above Act for any items/ services, then Bidder has to indicate the Entrepreneurs
Memorandum Number (Twelve digit) and enclose a copy the certificate issued by the Authorities
under the Micro, Small & Medium enterprises Development Act 2006.
7.8.3 Further, Ministry of MSME vide Gazette notification no. CG-DL-E-26062020-220191 dated
26.06.2020 had notified certain criteria for classifying the enterprises as Micro, Small and Medium
Enterprises and specified form and procedure for filling the memorandum (Udyam Registration)
w.e.f.01.07.2020 (for complete details of policy refer website of Ministry of MSME
i.e:https://msme.gov.in/).
Accordingly, Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) shall also be required to submit Udyam
Registration Certificate for availing benefit under Public Procurement Policy for MSEs-2012.
However, the MSE enterprises registered prior to 30.06.2020 and who are not re-registered with
Udyam Registration, shall continue to be valid for a period upto 31.03.2021. Such enterprise shall

Page 11 of 26
submit EM Part-II or Udyog Aadhar Memorandum (UAM) for availing benefits of PPP-2012.
7.8.4 The registration for MSE vendors shall be valid as on the Techno-Commercial bid opening date.
7.8.5 Other agencies exempted from submission from EMD
i. Public sector Undertakings of Central/ State Government
ii. Joint Ventures of IOC
iii. Registered Start-up entities Start Up Entities registered with GOI
7.9.0 No interest or any expense whatsoever will be payable by owner on the EMD furnished by bidder
in any manner.
7.10.0 EMD of the successful BIDDER will be discharged after the bidder has signed the agreement and
furnished the required Initial Security Deposit/ Security Deposit. Alternately, the same may be
adjusted against Initial Security Deposit, if requested by such Bidder.
7.11.0 EMD of the unsuccessful foreign Bidders shall be released in their respective bank accounts through
e-banking. The Bidders shall provide their bank details in the format as per Annexure-23 for the
said purpose.
7.12.0 Bids submitted without EMD may be considered as “NON-RESPONSIVE” and shall be liable for
REJECTION. The decision of the Owner, in this regards, shall be final and binding on the
Bidder(s).
7.13.0 The EMD may be forfeited:
a) If a bidder withdraws his bid during the period of bid validity;
b) If L-1 bidder backs out after opening of price bids;
c) In the conditions as defined at Clause No. 20.5.0 of Section-B(SIT-Commercial)
d) In case the Bidder misrepresents facts or submits forged, false or fabricated documents as
detailed in Clause 5.4.0 above OR
e) In the case of a successful bidder, if he fails within the specified time limit to:
i) sign the agreement, or
ii) deposit the required initial security deposit
iii) commence work at each job site within 10 (ten) days of handing over the job or any part
thereof to him.
8.0.0 BIDDING ENTITY
8.1.0 Bids may be submitted by:
a) Sole Bidder: Individual (Proprietary)/ Partnership/ Limited Company/ An incorporated Joint
Venture Company;
b) Deleted
c) Wholly owned Indian subsidiary of a Foreign or Indian company on the strength of its parent
company
Any Bidder from a country which shares a land border with India will be eligible to bid in this tender,
only if it is registered with the competent authority (Refer Clause No. 8.5.0 for further details)
Bidder shall submit the details as per Annexure-2 mentioning the nature of their bidding entity. Any
change in the nature of bidding entity at a later stage would tantamount to alteration of bids and would
attract the provision under Clause No. 5.4 of Instruction to Tenderer of GCC and associated sub-
clauses.
8.1.1 Bidders shall be required to quote as the same bidding entity (as defined in clause 8.1.0) - either as a
sole bidder (including Incorporated Joint Venture) or as a wholly owned subsidiary company, if they
are participating in multiple group(s) of the same tender i.e. the bidder entity status should remain

Page 12 of 26
same for any or all the group(s) of a tender in which they are participating. A bidder participating with
multiple bidding entity status shall be rejected. For example, a bidder participating in a group tender
cannot participate as sole bidder/ Incorporated Joint Venture in one group, and/or Wholly owned
subsidiary in yet another group. Also refer clause No. 5.1.8.
8.2.0 Sole Bidder

Sole Bidder shall fulfill Eligibility Criteria as specified in the Experience Criteria (technical) at per
Clause No. 8.0.0 of Section-A of SIT and Experience criteria (commercial) defined at Clause No.
9.0.0 of Section-B of SIT and its sub-clauses.
8.3.0 Deleted
8.4.0 Wholly owned Indian Subsidiary of a Foreign/ Indian Company:-
Following shall be complied and necessary documents from Parent Company shall be submitted:
(a) Details of mode of job execution, manpower, machinery deployment shall be submitted at the
time of bid. Responsibility matrix of Parent company and bidding subsidiary, not limited to the
following, shall be furnished along with the bid:
(i) Overall responsibility for execution of entire job under the contract shall be with wholly
Owned Subsidiary that shall be financially supported by the parent company.
(ii) The parent company and bidding subsidiary are jointly and severally responsible in terms
of tender.
(iii) The parent company will ensure deployment of requisite equipments required for
undertaking different jobs as per tender requirements.
(iv) The correspondences for execution of job will be made with bidding subsidiary. However,
whenever called for by the Owner, parent company shall ensure its presence in progress
review meeting.
(v) The Parent Company shall furnish an undertaking to be jointly and severally responsible
with the subsidiary for due, proper and timely performance of the Contract and discharge
of liabilities of its subsidiary in the event of the award of job to its subsidiary.
(b) Bidder shall submit notarised copy of MoU between parent company and bidding company
(subsidiary) incorporating details as mentioned above at Clause No. 8.4.0 (a). The MoU should
be signed by the Authorized Representatives of both the companies. Supporting documents in
respect of Authorization should also be submitted.
(c) The jobs under consideration shall be executed by the Wholly Owned Subsidiary. Failure to
honour the commitment as per MoU, will attract all actions including but not limited to General
Conditions of Contract Clause Nos. 4.7.3.0, 4.7.4.0, 7.0.0.0 and any other related clauses and
holiday listing of the bidding company and/or parent company.
8.5.0 GUIDELINES FOR BIDDERS FROM COUNTRY SHARING LAND BORDER WITH INDIA
8.5.1 Bidders are advised to refer Order (Public Procurement No. 1) issued vide OM No. F.NO.6/18/2019-
PPD dated 23.07.2020, Order (Public Procurement No. 2) issued vide OM No. F.NO.6/18/2019-PPD
dated 23.07.2020 and Order (Public Procurement No. 3) isssued vide OM No. F.NO.6/18/2019-PPD
dated 24.07.2020, Department of Expenditure, Ministry of Finance, Govt. of India. The same are
available at website https://doe.gov.in/procurement-policy-divisions.
8.5.2 Any Bidder from a country which shares a land border with India will be eligible to bid in this tender,
only if the Bidder is registered with the competent authority. For details of competent authority refer
to Annexure I of Order (Public Procurement No. 1) dated 23.07.2020.
Further, the above will not apply to Bidders from those countries (even if sharing a land border with
India) to which the Government of India has extended lines of credit, or in which the Government of
India is engaged in development projects. Updated lists of countries to which lines of credit have been

Page 13 of 26
extended or in which development projects are undertaken are given in the website of the Ministry of
External Affairs, Govt. of India
8.5.2.1 “Bidder” for the above purpose (including the term “tenderer”, ‘consultant’ or ‘service provider’)
means any person or firm or company, including any Member of a consortium or joint venture (this
is an association of several persons, or firms or companies), every artificial Juridical person not falling
in any of the descriptions of Bidders stated hereinabove, including any agency, branch office or office
controlled by such person, participating in procurement process.
8.5.2.2 “Bidder from a country which shares a land border with India “ for the purpose of above clause is
defined as:
a. An entity incorporated, established or registered in such a country; or
b. A subsidiary of an entity incorporated, established or registered in such a country; or
c. An entity substantially controlled through entities incorporated, established or registered in such
a country; or
d. An entity whose beneficial Owner is situated in such a country; or
e. An Indian (or other) agent of such an entity; or
f. A natural person who is a citizen of such a country; or
g. A Consortium (including unincorporated Joint Venture) where any Member of the consortium
or incorporated joint venture falls under any one of the above.
8.5.2.3 “Beneficial Owner” for the purpose of Clause No.8.5.2.2 (d) above will be as under:
(i) In case of a company or Limited Liability Partnership, the beneficial Owner is the natural
person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person(s), has
a controlling ownership interest or who exercises control through other means.
(a) “Controlling ownership interest” means ownership of, or entitlement to, more than twenty-
five percent of shares or capital or profits of the company;
(b) “Control” shall include the right to appoint the majority of directors or to control the
management or policy decisions, including by virtue of their shareholding or management
rights or shareholders agreements or voting agreements.
(ii) In case of a partnership firm, the beneficial Owner is the natural person(s), who whether acting
alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, has ownership of or entitlement to
more than fifteen percent of capital or profits the partnership;
(iii) In case of an unincorporated association or body of individuals, the beneficial Owner is natural
person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, has
ownership of or entitlement to more than fifteen percent of the property or capital or profits of
such association or body of individuals;
(iv) Where no natural person is identified under Clause No. 8.5.2.3 (i) or (ii) or (iii) above, the
beneficial Owner is the relevant natural person who holds the position of senior managing
official.
(v) In case of trust, the identification of beneficial Owner(s) shall include identification of the author
of the trust, the trustee, the beneficiaries with fifteen percent or more interest in trust and any
other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust through a chain of control
of ownership.
8.5.2.4 “Agent” for the purpose of this order is a person employed to do any act for another, or to represent
another in dealings with third person.
8.5.2.5 After award of contract, the successful Bidder, shall not be allowed to sub-contract works to any
contractor from a country which shares a land border with India (defined above) unless such sub-
contractor is registered with competent authority
8.5.2.6 All Bidders shall submit certificate for compliance of the subject clauses as per Annexure-14. If
such certificate given by a Bidder whose bid is accepted is found to be false, this would be a ground
for immediate termination and further legal action in accordance of law.

Page 14 of 26
9.0.0 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION – COMMERCIAL

Any Bidder participating in this tender must have experience as described herein and the evaluation
of their offers shall be primarily done on the basis of the following qualifying criteria:
9.1.0 SOLE BIDDER [INDIVIDUAL (PROPRIETARY)/ PARTNERSHIP/ LIMITED COMPANY/
AN INCORPORATED JOINT VENTURE COMPANY]
9.1.1 Annual turnover of the Bidder (on the basis of standalone financials of bidding entity) during any one
of the preceding 3 (three) financial years shall be at least of the value mentioned below:
Composite/ Group tender Amount (Rs. Lakh)
A 88.60
B 189.99
A+B 278.59
Notes:
i) Turnover shall be as per the audited Standalone Financial Statements of the Bidder.
However, if the Bidder is not required to get its accounts audited under section 44AB
of the income Tax Act, 1961, a certificate from a Practicing Chartered Accountant
towards the turnover of the Bidder along with copy of its Income Tax Return shall be
furnished.
ii) If Audited Financial Report of foreign Bidder/ foreign parent company of Wholly
Owned Indian subsidiary Company (in case bidding entity is as per Clause No. 8.1.0 d
above), is in currency other than INR, the respective/ desired figure for calculation of
Annual Turnover shall be converted into equivalent INR considering the conversion
factor indicated in their Audited Financial Report. In case the same is not indicated, the
conversion rate of INR as on last date of financial year shall be considered based on TT
Selling exchange rate published by State Bank of India/ RBI/ Other scheduled bank/
iii) In case the tenders having the bid closing date up to 30th September of the current
financial year and audited financial results of the immediate three preceding financial
years are not available, the Bidder has an option to submit the audited financial results
of the three financial years immediately prior to that. Wherever the closing date of the
bid is after 30th September of the current financial year, Bidder has to compulsorily
submit the audited financial results for the immediate three preceding financial years.
The immediate preceding financial year shall be considered accordingly. The audited
financial results should be certified by a statutory auditor on or before the bid
submission closing date
iv) In case, any foreign Bidder due to their internal/ local regulations, is unable to submit
audited financial statements, the following shall apply:
In such cases, CEO’s/ CFO’s certificate in original, from the company or from the
parent company (in case Bidder is a subsidiary) stating the turnover of the bidding
entity along with a declaration that the bidding company is not in a position to submit
its financial statement as per the local regulation (clearly specifying the applicable
regulation) with an endorsement by Chartered Accountant/ Statutory Auditor/ Certified
Public Accountant (not being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in
the Bidder(s) company/ firm) shall be accepted.
Wherever Chartered Accountant/ Statutory Auditor/ Certified Public Accountant (not

being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in the Bidder(s) company/
firm) is not in a position to endorse such CEO’s/ CFO’s certificate due to local
regulations, CEO’s/ CFO’s certificate in original without endorsement may be accepted
provided a reference of the local regulation restricting this endorsement is given in the
CEO’s/ CFO’s certificate.

Page 15 of 26
v) For the Bidders whose financial year is calendar year, the audited financial results shall
be considered as calendar year, in lieu of financial year.
vi) The audited financial statement shall be signed with membership No. and UDIN No.
of the statutory auditor as per statutory norms (Applicable for Indian entities).
9.1.2 The Bidder should have successfully completed similar work, as a main contractor or as an
approved subcontractor (by the end-client), during any of the last seven years ending on last day
of the month, immediately previous to the month in which the last date of bid submission falls.
Even in case the date of bid submission is extended, the date originally considered as reference
date for experience criteria, shall remain unchanged. The value of completed work for evaluation
shall be considered as under:
(a) One similar completed/executed work (including goods and services tax/ service tax
whichever is applicable) costing not less than the value mentioned below,

A 73.84
B 158.33
A+B 232.17
OR
(b) Two similar completed/executed works (including goods and services tax/ service
tax whichever is applicable) each costing not less than the value mentioned below,
A 59.07
B 126.66
A+B 185.73
OR
(c) Three similar completed/executed works (including goods and services tax/service
tax whichever is applicable) each costing not less than the value mentioned below.
A 44.30
B 95.00
A+B 139.3
The similar work mentioned above is works includes “Reconnaissance Survey/Detailed
Engineering Survey/Cadastral Survey works for Cross Country Hydrocarbon
Pipelines/Railways/Highways”.
Note:
i) In case the work order submitted by the Bidder is in multiple currency/ non INR, the same shall be
converted in equivalent INR considering the conversion rate as on the date of issue of the reference
order(s) based on TT selling exchange rate published by SBI or RBI/ Other scheduled bank/ Customs
Notified exchange rate/ any other reputed Financial Institutions.
ii) The qualification documents shall include copy of work order (WO) along with Completion
certificate, issued to the Bidder as a main Contractor or as an approved subcontractor, clearly
specifying WO number., final executed value and duration of Contract. In case, if the value of
executed amount is not specified in the completion certificate, Bidder shall submit certified copy (by
order issuing authority/ consultant) of final bill/ invoice. Copy of TDS Certificate is required to be
submitted in case where the tender issuing authority specifically asks for the same.
For work executed as an approved subcontractor, necessary documentary evidence from end user

Page 16 of 26
conveying such approval, as approved subcontractor shall be furnished along with the bid. Copy of
TDS Certificates is also required to be submitted in case of subcontracted work orders. The
TDS certificate must be for the duration of work executed as indicated in the work order and
completion certificate.
iii) Bidders are required to ensure that the value of completed job indicated by them depicts separately
the value of completed job and GST/ Service tax as applicable. Accordingly, the completion
certificate submitted by the Bidder should separately indicate the Service tax/ Goods and Services tax
amount included in the value of completed job OR a separate certificate from the respective client,
mentioning the Service tax/ Goods and Services tax amount if any, included in the value of completed
job under consideration, should be submitted by the Bidder.
In case Service tax/ Goods and Services tax amount/ component is not specified in the submitted
completion certificate, then it shall be presumed that the amount mentioned in the certificate is
including Goods and Services tax/ Service tax (whichever is applicable) and the offer shall be
evaluated accordingly.
iv) For Annual Rate Contracts (ARC) of repetitive nature, similar ARC job that has been successfully
completed by Bidder for the originally awarded period of such ARC, shall be considered as completed
works even though such ARC is under execution on account of extension. However, the original
contract must have been completed within the cut-off date of completion as mentioned under Clause
No. 9.1.2 above and supporting documentary evidence regarding date of completion and executed
value of work till that cut off date shall be provided by the Bidder.
v) If a Bidder has executed a work jointly in consortium(including an unincorporated JV) , the Bidder
shall be considered eligible subject to the following:
A. The Bidder should meet required technical experience as per Clause No. 8.0.0 of Special
Instruction to Tenderer– [Section-A (Technical)] and required commercial experience
as per Clause No. 9.1.0 of Special Instruction to Tenderer – [Section-B (Commercial)]
B. The detailed scope of work/ responsibility matrix of each Member, the percentage/
quantum of payment to be received by each Member, executed value of the work with
the client shall be evident from any of the following document(s) duly certified by the
client:
a. MOU Agreement between the consortium or unincorporated JV partners.
b. Work order issued by the client to the Consortium/ unincorporated JV.
c. Contract document between the consortium/ unincorporated JV and client.
d. Completion certificate issued by the client
In case, no separate document regarding the percentage/ quantum of payment to be

received by each Member is not available, the same shall be considered based on the
share holding pattern of the Joint Venture Company. Bidder shall submit JV agreement
9.1.3 Deleted
9.1.4 Deleted
9.2.0 Deleted
9.3.0 WHOLLY OWNED INDIAN SUBSIDIARY OF A FOREIGN OR INDIAN COMPANY ON
THE FINANCIAL STRENGTH OF ITS PARENT COMPANY
9.3.1 A company registered in India (under Companies Act, 1956), which is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
of a foreign or Indian company can be qualified based on the financial qualification of its parent
company provided that the parent company declares under a memorandum of understanding with the
Indian subsidiary that it would be jointly and severally responsible for all the jobs being carried out
by the bidding company.
9.3.2 The said Subsidiary of a foreign or Indian company can be qualified, only if the following conditions
are met:

Page 17 of 26
(i) The subsidiary company has the required technical experience as per Clause No. 8.0.0 of SIT
(Section A –Technical).
(ii) The subsidiary company shall meet following commercial evaluation criteria:
(a) 50% of Annual Turnover as specified at Clause No. 9.1.1,
(b) 50% of work order values criteria specified at Clause No. 9.1.2,
(c) Concurrent commitment criteria specified at Clause No. 9.1.3 and
(d) Net worth criteria specified at Clause No. 9.1.4
(iii) The parent company shall meet in full the commercial criteria as stated in Clause No. 9.1.0 and
all its associated sub clauses.
(iv) Bidder may refer the Clause No. 8.5.0 and its sub clauses for guidelines regarding land sharing
with India.
10.0.0 PRE-BID MEETING
10.1.0 The pre-bid meeting, if specified in Notice inviting tender shall be held as per the schedule mentioned
therein. The purpose of the meeting is to clarify any techno-commercial issues pertaining to the
bidding document.
10.2.0 Bidders in their own interest are advised to actively take part in the pre-bid meeting. Their authorised
representative(s) shall attend the pre-bid meeting on the prescribed day at the given venue specified
in the NIT.
Alternatively, the pre-bid may be arranged through Video Conference, at Owner's discretion. All the
bidders interested to participate in the pre-bid meeting through Video Conference shall communicate
the same through their official e-mail IDs to e-mail IDs of the tender issuing authority provided in the
NIT. The details of video conference (Meeting ID, password, link, etc.) shall be shared only to those
bidders sending request for the same.
Bidders are expected to participate in pre-bid meeting after going through the tender document with
an objective of deliberating technical and commercial issues to the maximum extent so as to seek any
clarifications or put forth their suggestions for consideration of the Owner. This would facilitate the
bidders to correctly submit their bid. Hence, bidders shall treat the pre bid meeting as utmost
important and depute competent and senior persons, who have authority to sort out any technical and
commercial issues.
In order to ensure fruitful discussions during pre-bid meeting, the bidder is requested to submit any
queries by e-mail/ courier to reach the tender issuing authority at least two days prior to the Pre-bid
meeting. Owner shall make effort to ensure that these queries are replied during the Pre-bid meeting.
10.3.0 In case, a bidder is not able to attend the pre-bid meeting due to any unavoidable reasons, bidder may
submit their queries through e-mail/ Courier. All queries should be submitted within 4 days of the
pre-bid meeting after which Owner shall reserve the right not to entertain the same.
10.4.0 In case any Bidder does not attend the pre-bid meeting and also doesn't raise any queries in writing
through e-mail/ Courier, it shall be understood that the Bidder has a clear understanding of the BQC,
scope, terms and conditions of the Bidding Document and does not have any comment/ deviation with
regard to the same.
10.5.0 Pre-bid queries should be in MS-Word format as per the format given below with the subject “Pre bid
queries – Tender Title and Tender Ref No”:
S. No. Tender Clause Number Query (if any) Justification
10.6.0 Any modification in the bidding document, which may become necessary as a result of Pre-bid
meeting shall be incorporated by issuing the addendum/ corrigendum by the Owner in the IOCL e-
tender portal.

Page 18 of 26
11.0.0 CORRIGENDUM/ ADDENDA/ CLARIFICATIONS

11.1.0 Corrigendum/ Addenda/ Clarifications may be issued by the Owner, prior to the date of opening of
the tender to clarify issues arising out of various queries/ clarifications relevant to the tender
documents from Bidders or to reflect modification in the design or contract terms. Such addendum/
addenda shall be uploaded on the IndianOil e-tendering site https://iocletenders.nic.in for reference
of all Bidders. Each recipient shall retain one copy of such corrigendum/ addendum/ addenda for
submission along with the tender in acknowledgement of receipt thereof. All such addendum issued
shall form part of the tender document.
11.2.0 Bidders may note that if they have downloaded the tender documents from the above mentioned
website by using Guest User ID, the intimation regarding Corrigendum/ Addenda/ Clarification shall
also be sent to Guest User ID by the website and bidder may miss the same. Bidders are therefore
advised to ensure that they have downloaded all such Corrigendum/ Addenda/ Clarifications that have
been issued prior to the date of opening of the tender. Before uploading the final offer, all such
Corrigendum/ Addenda/ Clarifications must be considered by the Bidder. Owner shall not be held
responsible on this account and the bid may be rejected by the Owner.
11.3.0 If a Bidder does not take a note/ fails to take a note of the corrigendum/ addenda/ clarifications hosted
on the e-tendering website on any accounts whatsoever and their offer is without considering the
corrigendum/ addenda/ clarifications, then Owner may reject the offer.
12.0.0 CONFORMITY TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BID DOCUMENTS
12.1.0 Bids shall be strictly based on the terms, conditions and specifications contained in the Bid documents.
Any deviation and exceptions taken to terms and conditions of the Bid documents must be clearly
listed out as per proforma of “Exceptions and Deviations” at Annexure-4. Exceptions and Deviations
are to be submitted in different folders giving proper reference to Page No./ Clause No./ Para, etc.
12.2.0 All correspondences from Owner, as well as from the contractor regarding clarifications during
techno-commercial evaluation of the bid and mutually accepted deviations to tender document shall
be concluded as “Agreed Variations”. The “Agreed Variations” shall form part of the contract. All
other correspondences in this regard will be treated as null and void.
13.0.0 Deleted
14.0.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
14.1.0 The Bidder may modify or even withdraw his bid after bid submission but before the end date and
time of bid submission. However, if a Bidder withdraws his bid, then he will no longer be able to re-
submit his bid for that tender.
14.2.0 A Bid once opened cannot be modified or withdrawn. Bidder shall refer Clause No. 5.4 of Instruction
to Tenderers of GCC for further details.
15.0.0 OPENING OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS
15.1.0 The Techno-Commercial Bid (Part-A of Bid) of all the Bidders submitted online up to the date and
time for receipt of bids as per the Notice Inviting Tender and also appearing under “Critical Dates”
stated in the e-tender portal or in the subsequent corrigendum, if any, shall be opened. The system
time (IST) displayed on e-Procurement web page shall be the time considered for determining the
expiry of due date and time of the tender. No other time shall be taken into cognizance.
16.0.0 Deleted
17.0.0 APPOINTMENT OF CONSULTANTS
Owner shall have full discretion to engage consultants of his choice for expert advice on the evaluation
of bids, inspection of equipments, supervision of installation and commissioning or any other services
deemed necessary from time to time. Bidder shall be bound to answer all relevant queries from Owner/
Consultant.

Page 19 of 26
18.0.0 CLARIFICATION OF BIDS

To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of bids, the Owner may ask the Bidders
individually for clarification on their Bids. The request for clarification and the response shall be
in writing, but no changes in the price or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted
except as required to confirm the correction of errors discovered by the Owner during the evaluation
of bids.
19.0.0 EVALUATION OF OFFERS AND ACCEPTANCE/ REJECTION OF BIDS
19.1.0 Owner reserves the right to accept the tender in full or in part/ parts. Owner does not bind itself to
accept the lowest tender and reserves the right to reject any or all the tenders received without
assigning any reason whatsoever and no compensation shall be paid for the efforts made by the Bidder.
19.2.0 Bids in which, any of the particulars and prescribed information are missing or are incomplete in any
respect and/ or the prescribed conditions are not fulfilled and/ or the Bidder is not responding to
queries or has submitted incomplete response to queries posted on the e-tender portal within the cut-
off date and time shall be considered “Non-Responsive” and are liable to be rejected.
19.3.0 Any effort by a Bidder or Bidder’s agent, consultant or representative, howsoever described to
influence the OWNER in any way concerning scrutiny, consideration, evaluation or computation of
the bid(s) or decision concerning award of contract shall entail rejection of Bid.
19.4.0 Reasons for rejection shall be disclosed on written representation by the concerned Bidder whose bid
is rejected.
19.5.0 IOCL reserves the right to use in-house information for assessment of Bidder’s capabilities keeping
in view their performance in past job(s) with any client. The final techno-commercial evaluation shall
be done on the basis of evaluation of financial soundness, past experience, present commitment,
credentials of the subcontractors proposed (if any), capability to deploy specified manpower and
equipments for the work and confirmation regarding strict adherence to the time schedule to be
submitted in the form of a bar chart for the present work and all terms and conditions stipulated in
tender documents .
19.6.0 Notwithstanding any provision contained anywhere else in the bidding document regarding
submission of any document by the Bidder, IOCL shall have the absolute discretion to request Bidder
for any additional/ outstanding documents for the purpose of bid evaluation. Bidder shall submit all
additional documents if asked for, in the manner advised. However, in case of any shortfall in
submitted documents related to Bid Qualification Criteria mentioned in NIT, IOC reserves the right
to complete the evaluation based on the details furnished by the Bidder, with or without seeking any
additional supporting documents/ clarifications. Bidder shall submit reply to all queries from Owner
within the time period as specified by Owner.
20.0.0 PRE-PRICE BID MEETING
20.1.0 Pre-price bid meeting may be held before price bid opening, if considered necessary by IOCL. The
date and time of pre-price bid meeting shall be conveyed to the technically and commercially qualified
Bidders.
20.2.0 Authorized representatives of the Bidders shall attend the pre-price bid meeting for resolving
outstanding issues, if any, and for other mutual clarifications. Based on discussions in the pre-price
bid meeting, deviations, if any, from tender terms and conditions shall be communicated in writing to
all the Bidders. In such cases, Bidders shall be advised to submit acceptance of the deviations and
price implication (positive or negative), if any, in sealed envelope within stipulated period.
20.3.0 In case, no response is received till the stipulated time, it shall be construed that Bidder accepts the
deviations and has no price implication to offer. Price implications received after the stipulated date
shall not be considered. In such cases, their original offer will be considered along with the conclusion
that the Bidder has accepted the revised terms and conditions.
20.4.0 Bidders unable to comply with IOCL’s terms and conditions including proposed deviations will be
allowed to withdraw their bids.
20.5.0 In case after opening of their revised offer indicating price implication, it is found that a new deviation

Page 20 of 26
is incorporated in the offer, their bid shall be rejected outright and EMD of Bidder shall be forfeited.
A warning letter shall also be issued to such Bidders. For MSE Bidder (exempted from EMD
submission) a complaint shall be lodged to the concerned certificate issuing authority.
21.0.0 OPENING OF PRICE BID
21.1.0 The Price Bids of the technically and commercially acceptable Bidder(s) shall be opened online on
suitable date and time. The date and time of the price bid opening shall be updated on the e-tender
portal of IOCL. Bidder(s) can also witness bid opening by logging into the e-tender portal, using valid
digital signature/certificate.
21.2.0 Though Qualification Criteria mentioned above are the basic criteria for consideration of a bid,
fulfilment of the same shall not automatically mean qualification of the Bidder for opening of the
price bid or for award of the job.
22.0.0 REVERSE AUCTION
22.1.0 Bidders are informed that Reverse Auction will be conducted for finalizing this Tender.
22.2.0 Deleted
22.3.0 Tenders with preferential bidding: If there are more than three (3) techno-commercially accepted
Bidders:
i. H1 Bidder shall be rejected, if he is a non-preferential Bidder;
ii. In case H1 Bidder is a preferential Bidder, H1 Bidder will be rejected if his quote is beyond
the defined tolerance limit of L1 price as per his preferential Bidder category such as MSE as
per MSME Act, PPLC as per MoP&NG guidelines, DMEP as per the DPIT guidelines, etc.
Bidders are advised to update their preferential status and category in their profile on e-tender
portal. For above preference, Bidder will have to select the option of preference in e-tender
portal and upload supporting documents at the time of submission of their bid.
22.4.0 In case of more than one H1 Bidders (H1 tie), out of all such H1 bidders, Bidder who has submitted
his bid at the last, will be rejected.
An intimation by e-mail/ SMS shall be provided to the eligible Bidders for Reverse Auction along
with its scheduled start time and other details.
22.5.0 The lowest price (excluding or including GST as per the BoQ template) shall be available on the
Reverse Auction screen at any point of time during the Auction process. The displayed price is the
price based on which the lowest bid is determined. Accordingly, the Bidder will submit his quote in
the Auction window, if he wants to offer the reduced price.
22.6.0 Wherever required, the Evaluation factor/ criteria shall be informed to the Bidders before start of
RA. In other cases the Bidder shall calculate his final evaluated price as per BoQ or evaluation
criteria mentioned in the tender document and quote accordingly.
22.7.0 The lowest quote after end of Reverse Auction shall be considered for further processing. The
discount offered during Reverse Auction shall be uniformly distributed over all items of the BoQ.
22.8.0 Deleted
22.9.0 IOCL reserves the right to conduct price negotiation with overall L1 Bidder based on price quoted
in BoQ and RA.
22.10.0 Deleted
23.0.0 PRICE EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS
23.1.0 Deleted
23.2.0 Bidders may note that their bids will be evaluated based on the landed cost including GST. The Bidder
shall mention rate of GST in Annexure-10, which shall be same as quoted/ selected by them in BoQ
(wherever option for GST rate selection is provided in BoQ template). In case of any mismatch
between Annexure-10 and BoQ, the rate quoted/ selected in the BoQ shall be considered as final.

Page 21 of 26
Also, if GST rate is not quoted/ selected in the BoQ, then quoted rate by the Bidder shall be considered
as inclusive of GST. This will be applicable, irrespective of any rate quoted in Annexure-10
23.3.0 Evaluation for group tenders shall be done for each group on individual basis or least cost basis to
IOCL as defined under:
23.3.1 Price bids shall be opened for Techno-commercially qualified Bidders for individual groups.
Qualified Bidders quoting lowest price in each of the groups after reverse auction(if applicable) will
be declared as L-1, L-2, L-3 and so on, in increasing order of their price quote. Even if the Bidder has
quoted in multiple groups, where he is individually qualifying, his price bids shall be opened for all
such groups, whether or not he is qualifying for multiple groups in combination.
23.3.2 Price bid evaluation shall be done on overall landed cost basis. After RA is concluded, a cost-matrix
will be prepared based on techno-commercially eligibility of vendors i.e. identification of Bidders as
L-1, L-2 etc. in the following manner:
a) If a Bidder is L-1 in only one group, it will be considered for being awarded the said group.
b) If it is observed that a Bidder is L-1 for more than one group for which the Bidder is also techno-
commercially eligible when taken together, those groups will be considered for being awarded
to the Bidder. For example, if a Bidder is L-1 in two groups and is techno-commercially qualified
for these two groups taken together, these two groups will be considered for being awarded to
the Bidder.
c) If a Bidder is L-1 in multiple groups but is not meeting the pre-qualification criteria for such
combination of groups taken together, or, cannot be awarded all such groups due to restrictions
as per tender conditions; L-2 (or even L-3) shall become deemed L-1 for such groups. The
Bidders to be considered for award of such groups will be decided based on least cost
combination to Owner from within such multiple groups. A detailed matrix considering the L-1/
deemed L-1 Bidders (where L-1 becomes ineligible) for all groups shall be prepared to arrive at
the least cost.
d) In consonance with above, while placing orders, for offer(s) on the least cost option from multiple
groups, the work of any group may be awarded to a Bidder other than L-1 in the group.
23.4.0 Deleted
23.5.0 In case of tie between two or more Bidders at L-1 position, all the L-1 Bidders shall be advised to
submit discount bid in terms of percentage discount over previous quoted amount in a sealed
envelope. Above exercise shall currently be an offline activity outside the e-tender portal. The Bidders
shall be advised well in advance to witness the opening of sealed envelopes.
23.6.0 In case there is a tie again, the Bidder with the highest turnover in immediate preceding financial year
(as submitted against turnover criteria) as defined in note (iii) of Clause No. 9.1.1 shall be considered
as L-1 Bidder.
23.7.0 PURCHASE PREFERENCE LINKED WITH LOCAL-CONTENT (PP-LC)
23.7.1 Ministry of Petroleum & Natural gas (MoPNG) vide O.M No.: O-27011/44/2015-ONG-II/FP dated
25.04.2017 and further amendment vide O.M No. FP-20013/2/2017-FP-PNG dated 17.11.2020 and
subsequent amendments (if any) shall be applicable against this tender.
Bidders are requested to read the policy for participation in this tender. Bidder to note that
the evaluation of offers will be done in accordance with the above policy. A copy of the
policy is available on website of Ministry of PNG (http://petroleum.nic.in/) and the same
may be referred from Annexure-29 of Annexure (Commercial).
Bidders are requested to note and confirm compliance and also furnish Undertaking for
Applicability of Policy (Annexure-27).
The policy shall not include goods/ services falling under Micro and Small Enterprises
(MSME) or Domestically Manufactured Electronic Products (DMEP), as those products/
services are already covered under specific policy.

Page 22 of 26
23.7.2 In addition, any guideline/ policies/ circulars issued by Government of India/ Ministry of petroleum
& Natural Gas from time to time as applicable till date of closure of techno commercial bid submission
date, will also be applicable.
23.8.0 Deleted
23.9.0 CONDITIONS FOR PURCHASE PREFERENCE FOR MICRO & SMALL ENTERPRISES
(MSES)
23.9.1 This tender is for Works contract. A Work Contract is an indivisible contract which involves not just
the supply of goods but also the provision of labour and service. Purchase preference provided to the
Micro and Small enterprises under Micro, Small and Medium enterprises Development Act-2006 and
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Order- 2012 are not applicable herein.
23.10.0 Deleted
24.0.0 NEGOTIATION
24.1.0 Negotiations will not be conducted with the Bidders as a matter of routine. However, Corporation
reserves the right to conduct negotiations. Bidders are required to quote competitive prices
considering the fact that price negotiations, if required, will be held with the lowest Bidder only,
unless specified otherwise in the tender.
24.2.0 Only the authorized representative of the firm shall attend such negotiations. The commitments made
and/ or clarifications given during the negotiations will be final and binding on the Bidder. He/ She
should carry the necessary authorization to attend such negotiations and to hand over an authenticated
copy of the same to IOCL representative/s participating in negotiations
25.0.0 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION
25.1.0 Document verification with originals shall be carried out only for the successful Bidders (s) after
opening of price bids or after completion of Reverse Auction, as applicable. The technical
qualification of the Bidders shall be based on the document submitted by Bidders in the tender.
Recommendations for award of contract shall be made only after verification of documents with
originals of the successful Bidder(s).
Conditions for verification of documents are:
• As the documents are being submitted by the Bidders in tenders, the responsibility of authenticity
of documents shall be with Bidders.
• Only documents against Pre-Qualification criteria shall be verified with originals.
• In case it is observed that the L1 Bidder has submitted forged documents, necessary action for
holidays listing of the Bidder in line with guidelines shall be carried out including forfeiture of
EMD, and any other provision as detailed in the tender document.
• However Owner reserves its right to verify statutory documents/ declarations/ financial statements
from relevant online portals.
• The Bidders shall be required to present their original documents to Tender Inviting Authority
within a period of 7 days from date of opening of Price bids/ conclusion of Reverse Auction or
date of intimation, whichever is later.
26.0.0 AWARD OF WORK/ CONTRACT
26.1.0 Within the period of bid validity granted by the Bidder, IOCL will notify the successful Bidder in
writing by letter sent by registered post/ courier/ mail or hand delivered, intimating IOCL’s acceptance
of the bid.
26.2.0 For Group tenders, the Owner shall have the right to award all the Groups of work either to a single
Contractor or to different contractors on least cost option to the Owner. However, single Group of
work shall mean total scope of work envisaged in that Group and no bifurcation of scope of work of
the said Group shall be made while awarding the work.

Page 23 of 26
26.3.0 For contracts of value above Rs. 25.00 lakh, the successful Bidder(s) shall have to execute a formal
Contract with IOCL (Pipelines Division) in accordance with the form of contract in the format
prescribed in GCC forming part of the bid documents within 30 (thirty) days from the date of receipt
of the Letter of Acceptance from IOCL(Pipelines Division) on a non-judicial stamp paper and of
appropriate value. The cost of non-judicial stamp paper shall be borne by the Bidder.
26.4.0 Until the formal contract is signed, the bid documents and Addendum(a) at any time and any
modification thereto and/or there from agreed upon by IOCL(Pipelines Division) read with the
Bidder’s final bid shall be considered as contract.
26.5.0 The Contract document shall consist of the following:
(i) Agreement (Form of Contract), on non-judicial stamp paper by Owner and Contractor.
(ii) Letter of Acceptance.
(iii) The Bidding Document along with the drawings, if any
(iv) General Conditions of Contract of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd
(v) Amendments to Bidding Document or post award Amendment, if any
27.0.0 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER
27.1.0 Successful Bidder(s) against this tender who is not a Micro or Small Enterprise (MSE) as per the
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act 2006) and Micro, Small
and Medium enterprises order- 2012, will have to furnish the information to the Engineer-in-Charge
upon award of work as per Annexure-33
28.0.0 INDIGENISATION
28.1.0 Bidder shall make maximum possible utilisation of indigenous manufacturing facilities and other
services/ expertise available for their project implementation plans. It is, therefore, essential that as a
preliminary exercise, Bidders should explore potential available indigenously for utilisation of
manufacturing facilities and other various products/ equipment/ material of Indian origin conforming
to specifications as well as construction expertise available indigenously and associate experienced
Indian Agencies under overall supervision and responsibility of Contractor. This may be read in
conjunction with relevant clauses of SIT (Technical)/ SCC (Technical).
29.0.0 CURRENCIES AND PAYMENT
29.1.0 Indian Bidders shall quote their prices in Indian Rupees only.
29.2.0 In the case of Indian Bidders, all payments will be made in Indian Rupees only. In case such Bidders
are required to pay any amount in foreign currency to their subcontractor or for any imported items,
necessary arrangement for such foreign currency payment shall be made at their end.
29.3.0 Deleted
29.4.0 Deleted
29.5.0 Deleted
29.6.0 Deleted
29.7.0 Deleted
29.8.0 Deleted
29.9.0 All the payment in Indian Rupees and/or foreign currency shall be released through e-banking only.
Successful Bidder shall submit details of their Bank Account for e-payment purpose as per Annexure-
23.
29.10.0 Also refer Clause No. 22.10.0 for conversion of discount offered in Reverse Auction (RA).
30.0.0 PLACE OF PAYMENT

All payment in Indian rupees shall be released from the office of
For Group-A: WRPL, Mundra

For Group-B: WRPL, Chaksu

Page 24 of 26
31.0.0 CONTACT PERSON FOR ANY GRIEVANCE:

Contact person for grievance redressal is as under:
Name : Mr. Asheesh Singh Chauhan

Designation: DGM (PJ-Contracts)
Email: chauhanas@indianoil.in
Tel: 0120-2448410
32.0.0 HOLIDAY LISTING OF VENDORS :
32.1.0 With the purpose to protect the Corporation from dealing with undesirable party, Indian Oil
Corporation Limited follows its own guidelines of Holiday Listing.
The terms "Party" shall mean Bidder/ Licensor/ Tenderer/ Consultant/ Vendor/ Contractor/ Sub-
vendor/ Sub-contractor/ Sub consultant.
Reason for putting a party on holiday list may include any one or more of the following:
If a party
a. Has indulged in malpractices such as bribery, corruption, fraud and pilferage, bid rigging/
price rigging
b. Is bankrupt or insolvent or is being dissolved or has resolved to be wound up or proceedings
for winding up or dissolution have been instituted.
c. Has submitted fake, false or forged documents/ certificates.
d. Has substituted materials in lieu of materials supplied by IOCL or has not returned or has
short returned or has unauthorizedly disposed off materials/ documents/ drawings/ tools or
plants or equipment supplied by IOCL.
e. Has obtained official company information or copies of documents, in relation to the tender/
contract, by questionable methods / means.
f. Has deliberately violated and circumvented the provisions of labour laws/ regulations/ rules,
safety norms or other statutory requirements.
g. Has deliberately indulged in construction and erection of defective works or supply of
defective materials.
h. Has not cleared IOCL's previous dues.
i. Has committed Breach of Contract or has failed to perform a contract or has abandoned the
contract.
j. Has refused to accept Fax of Acceptance / Letter of Acceptance / Purchase Order / Work
Order after the same is issued by IOCL within the validity period and as per agreed terms &
conditions.
k. After opening of Price Bid, on becoming L1, withdraws/ revises his bid upwards within the
validity period.
l. Has parted with, leaked or provided confidential / proprietary information of IOCL given to
the party only for his use (in discharge of his obligations against an order) to any third party
without prior consent of IOCL.
m. Any other ground for which, in the opinion of the Corporation makes it undesirable to deal
with the party including the followings:
i. if the security consideration, including questions of loyalty of the party to the State so
warrants.

Page 25 of 26
ii. if the Director/ Owner of the party, proprietor or partner of the party is convicted by a
Court of Law under normal process of law for offences involving moral turpitude in
relation to its business dealings during the last five years.
Moral Turpitude means to be a conduct contrary to justice, honesty, modesty or good
morals and contrary to what a man owes to a fellowman or to society in general.
iii. if the party uses intimidation/ threatening or brings undue outside pressure on IOCL or
its official in acceptance/ performances of the job under the contract.
iv. Poor performance of the party in one or several contracts.
v. Transgression of Integrity Pact for which in the opinion of IOCL makes it undesirable to
deal with the party.
vi. Based on the findings of the investigation report of any investigative agency,
Government Audit, any law enforcement agency or government regulator against the
party for malafide/ unlawful acts or improper conduct on his part in matters relating to
IOCL or even otherwise.
n. If a communication is received from the Administrative Ministry of IOCL to ban a party from
dealing with IOCL, the party will be automatically put on Holiday list.
Bidders shall note that the grounds/ reasons for holiday listing indicated above are merely illustrative
and are intended to provided a guideline for considering placing a party on holiday list. It will be the
sole decision of IOCL in each case to evaluate whether the conduct of the party is such as it makes it
undesirable for the Corporation to deal further with the party. The duration of such Holiday shall be
as decided by IOCL in each case.
32.2.0 In case a party is put on holiday list of IOCL during the period when the tender is being processed,
his bid shall be rejected and no work order shall be issued to the party as long as the party’s name is
on the holiday list.
---- // ---

Page 26 of 26
CHAPTER – II
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
General Conditions of Contract
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.

Pipelines Division
Revised in 2003
1
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
INDEX
S.No Description Page

No.
1 Section - 1 : Definitions 3
2 Section - 2 : General 7
3 Section - 3 : Materials, labour & equipment 18
4 Section - 4 : Performance of work 27
5 Section - 5 : Inspection, testing & quality assurance 39
6 Section - 6 : Measurement & payments 48
7 Section - 7 : Termination 58
8 Section - 8 : Miscellaneous 62
9 Section - 9 : Arbitration & alternative dispute resolution 69
machinery
10 Section - 10: Safety code 71
11 Appendix I to General conditions of contract : Contractors' 75
labour regulations
12 Appendix II to General conditions of contract : Model rules for 80
labour welfare
13 Appendix III to General conditions of contract : Safety 83
practices during construction (OISD Guidelines
192)
14 Instructions to tenderers 119
15 Performa of declaration of blacklisting/ holiday listing 126
16 Equipment questionnaire 127
17 Experience questionnaire 128
18 Form of tender (for price bid) 129
19 Form of tender (for commercial bid) 131
20 Information about tenderer 133
21 Form of contract 134
22 Form of bank guarantee in lieu of Earnest money deposit 136
(EMD)
23 Form of bank guarantee in lieu of Security deposit / Initial 138
security deposit
24 Form of bank guarantee to cover lumpsum advance 140
(mobilisation)
2
SECTION - 1
DEFINITIONS
1.0.0.0 The following expressions hereunder and elsewhere in the Contract Documents used,
unless repugnant to the subject or context thereof, shall have the following meanings
hereunder respectively assigned to them, namely:
1.1.0.0 “Acceptance of Tender” shall mean the Acceptance of Tender issued by the OWNER to
the CONTRACTOR, and shall include a letter, telegram or fax of acceptance or other
notification of award of work, and a detailed Letter of Acceptance.
1.2.0.0 “Approval” shall mean the written and signed approval of the OWNER or of Engineer-in-
Charge or Consultant authorised in this behalf by the OWNER, and with respect to a plan
or drawing shall include an approval in Code 2, subject to the limitation(s) specified in
such approval.
1.3.0.0 “Approval in Code 2” shall mean an approval to proceed with the work covered by plans
or drawings subject to certain limitation(s) as specified in such approval.
1.4.0.0 The “Contract” shall mean the agreement between the parties as derived from the
Contract Documents.
1.5.0.0 The “CONTRACTOR” shall mean Individual, Agency, Firm or Company (whether
incorporated or not) selected by the OWNER for the performance of the Contract and
shall include its legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
1.6.0.0 The “Contract Documents” shall mean the contract documents as defined in Article 1 in
the Form of Contract.
1.7.0.0 “Completion” or “Final Completion” shall mean the successful provision of all materials
and inputs and the successful completion and conclusion of all activities required in all
respects to complete the contractual works in accordance with the contract, but shall not
include the obligation to rectify defects during the Defect Liability Period.
1.8.0.0 “Completion Certificate” shall mean the Completion Certificate issued by the Engineer-in-
Charge in accordance with the provisions hereof.
1.9.0.0 “Commissioning” of a Plant or Unit shall mean pressing into service the unit(s),
equipment(s), vessels, pipeline(s), machinery and systems and sub-systems comprising
the Plant, in accordance with the approved Operation Manual and as per procedures
recommended by the Designer/Process Licensor or Supplier thereof, and approved by
the OWNER, after successful trial runs of the Plant/Unit.
1.10.0.0 “Consultant” shall mean the Consultant appointed by the OWNER for the Project or the
Works.
1.11.0.0 “Consumables” shall mean all items which are consumed in the execution of the Work,
without being directly incorporated in the Work, such as fuel, electricity, water, POL,
welding rods, electrodes and utilities.
1.12.0.0 “Defect Liability Period” shall mean the defect liability period as specified in the Contract.
1.13.0.0 The “Engineer-in-Charge” shall mean the Engineer or other officer of the OWNER,
Consultant or other organisation for the time being nominated by the OWNER in writing to
act as Engineer-in-Charge for the purpose of the Contract or any specific works.
1.14.0.0 “Final Certificate” shall mean the final certificate issued by the Engineer-in-Charge in
accordance with the provisions hereof.
1.15.0.0 “General Manager” shall mean the Executive Director, General Manager or other Chief
Executive (howsoever designated) of the Project to which the Contract relates, and if
there is no such separate Chief Executive, shall mean the Executive Director (if any) or
the General Manager, as the case may be, of the Refinery, Unit or Department of the
OWNER to which the Project relates.
3
1.16.0.0 “Guarantee tests” shall mean all tests, undertaken after the Plant goes into operation and
has stabilized, for ensuring that the functioning of the Plant meets all guarantees, as
regards throughput, quality and magnitude/quantity of output, at the final stage as well as
at the stipulated interim stages of operation/process, as well as in respect of consumption
of utilities, chemicals and catalysts, etc.
1.17.0.0 “Job Site” shall mean any site at which the work is to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR, and shall include a part or portion of the job site.
1.18.0.0 “Manuals” shall mean the Erection and Installation Manual of the various equipment and
machinery forming part of the Work(s) or Plant(s)/Unit(s) as well as the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals thereof.
1.19.0.0 “Materials” shall mean all materials, plant, machinery, instruments, components,
equipments, sub-assemblies and assemblies, parts, spares and other items or things
required for permanent incorporation in the works.
1.20.0.0 “Mechanical Completion”, as applied to a Plant or Unit, shall mean the completion of civil
works, erection, aligning and grouting of all mechanical and electrical equipment and
piping, hydrostatic and other testing of all storage tanks, vessels, piping etc., all electrical
and all utility connections to the equipment, mounting and fixing of all instruments, control
systems and connecting them as required, testing and trial runs of all equipment on “no-
load” and bringing the Plant to a state of readiness for pre-commissioning.
1.21.0.0 “Notified Claim” shall mean a claim of the CONTRACTOR notified in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 6.6.1.0 hereof.
1.22.0.0 “Order” and “Instruction” shall respectively mean any written Order or Instruction given by
the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer within the scope of their respective powers in
terms of the Contract.
1.23.0.0 The “OWNER” shall mean Indian Oil Corporation Limited, a company incorporated in
India and having its registered office at G-9, Ali Yavar Jung Marg, Bandra (East),
Mumbai-400 051 and shall include its successors and assigns.
1.24.0.0 “Plans” and “Drawings” shall mean and include all technical documentation such as
maps, sketches, designs, drawings, plans, details, charts, schedules, tracings, prints,
computer outputs, printouts, and manuals, relating to the work forming the subject matter
of the contract, including but not limited to those forming part of the Tender Documents,
Offer Documents, and working drawings and details, together with
amendments/alterations/ revisions/modifications thereto, as may have been approved by
and/or furnished by the OWNER, the Engineer-in-Charge and/or the Consultant, as well
as “As-Built” drawings to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR, as required under the
contract.
1.25.0.0 “Pre-commissioning” shall mean the activities to be taken up before the taking up of
0Start-up, Commissioning and trial runs of the Plant/Unit, and shall include, without being
limited to, all operations such as checking of all systems, subsystems, piping and vessels,
flushing with air, water and steam, air-blowing and steam-blowing, system pressure and
leak tests, purging with inert gas as required, checking all electrical equipment for
earthing, resistances, operability tests and cold run on all operating equipment, vessels
and systems individually and in combination, integration of all control systems with one
another and with the main control system, and completion of all operations detailed under
the head, “COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION” in API-700.
1.26.0.0 “Progress Schedule” shall mean the Progress Schedule established by the
CONTRACTOR and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for completion of the work(s)
within the time schedule in accordance with the provisions hereof and failing such
Progress Schedule, shall mean the Progress Schedule established by the Engineer-in-
Charge in accordance with the provisions hereof.
1.27.0.0 “Performance Test(s)” shall mean all tests meant to ensure that the Plant(s)/Unit(s) is/are
in all respects in accordance with the requirements of the Contract and that the Plant
functions properly and smoothly, in all respects as per the approved design parameters,
4
within the permissible tolerances, and satisfies all the stipulated operating parameters,
and will include the Guarantee Tests.
1.28.0.0 “Project” shall mean the project embracing the work(s) forming the subject matter of the
Contract.
1.29.0.0 The “Site Engineer ” shall mean the Engineer(s)/Officer(s) for the time being designated
by the Engineer-in-Charge as his representative(s) in writing, and authorized by him to
assist him in performing his duties and functions for the purpose of the Contract.
1.30.0.0 “Plant” or “Unit” shall mean the grouping of and assembly of systems, subsystems,
machinery, equipment, piping and associated facilities, designed to function as a
cognizable part of the Project Facility whether alone or in conjunction with other
Plants/Units and Facilities. (Examples: Distillation Unit, Reformer Unit or Desulphurisation
Unit.).
1.31.0.0 “Schedule of Rates” or “Price Schedule” shall mean the Schedule of Rates or Price
Schedule annexed to the Acceptance of Tender, and shall also include a lump sum price.
1.32.0.0 The “Specification(s)” shall mean the various specifications as set out in the
Specifications forming part of the Tender Documents and as referred to and derived from
the Contract and any order(s) or instruction(s) thereunder, and in the absence of any
specifications as aforesaid covering any particular work or part or portion thereof, shall
mean the Specifications and Codes of the Bureau of Indian Standards and other
Organizations, including but not limited to British Standards Institution, ASTM, ASME,
ANSI, API, AWS, AWWA, NACE, HEI, IEC, IBR, IEEE, EIL, CPWD, etc, with such
modifications as may be applicable for the particular part(s) of the Contract, as decided by
the Engineer-in-Charge and as per Standard Engineering and Industry Practice and/or as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.33.0.0 “Security Deposit” shall mean the Security Deposit as specified in Clause 2.1.0.0 hereof
and associated clauses thereunder.
1.34.0.0 “Subsystems” shall mean the further breakdown of a System into its subsections and sub-
components, each designed to fulfill a precisely demarcated function or role in the
working of the system. (Example: Demineralistion of boiler feedwater and fuel injection for
boilers for the Steam Generation system).
1.35.0.0 “Start-up” shall mean all activities required to be performed after pre-commissioning and
prior to trial operation and shall include final pre-commissioning inspection and check out
of equipment, vessels and system(s) and supporting sub-system(s), initial operation of
complete equipment and systems within the Plant/Unit to obtain necessary pre-trial
operation data, confirmation and correction of calibration, shutdown inspection and
adjustment and other steps required to be taken prior to and enable commissioning/trial
operation.
1.36.0.0 “System” shall mean the breakdown of the Plant or Unit into specific sections and
components, each designed to fulfil a precisely demarcated function or role in the working
of the Plant/Unit (Examples: Fresh water system, circulating water system, steam and
power generation and distribution systems, fuel system, effluent system in a Power
Plant.)
1.37.0.0 “Time Schedule” shall mean the Time Schedule for final completion of the Works or
Mechanical Completion of the Plant(s)/Unit(s), as the case may be, incorporated in the
Contract or as may be extended by the OWNER or Engineer-in-Charge pursuant to the
provisions hereof and shall include interim time schedules set up for achieving
interim/phase-wise/stage-wise progress/completion/ testing/ commissioning/handing over,
as may be prescribed by the OWNER/Engineer-in-Charge, within the overall Time
Schedule as originally envisaged or as extended.
1.38.0.0 The “Total Contract Value” shall, upto calculation of the entire remuneration due to the
CONTRACTOR in terms of the contract on successful completion of the work, mean the
Total Contract Value as specified in the Acceptance of Tender, and after calculation of
the entire remuneration due to CONTRACTOR under the contract on successful
completion of the contract, shall mean the totality of such remuneration.
5
1.39.0.0 “Utilities” shall mean power, electricity, gas and other sources of energy, water, earth and
other things whatsoever (other than materials and consumable(s)) required for or in the
performance of the work(s).
1.40.0.0 “Work”, “Scope of Work”, “Service”, and “Scope of Services” shall mean the totality of the
work, services and activities to be performed or undertaken and the totality of the
responsibilities to be discharged, as envisaged by expression or implication in the
contract and shall include all inputs required for such performance and discharge
including (but not limited to) know-how, design/engineering inputs, preparation and supply
of drawings and details, project management (including pre-construction activities,
tendering, procurement, inspection and expediting), construction supervision, pre-
commissioning, start-up and commissioning and supply of consumables, labour,
construction and other requisite machinery and equipment, utilities and inputs required
for, relative or incidental to and/or in connection with the performance of the contract upto
completion (including testing, commissioning, handing over, troubleshooting, rectification,
maintenance and defect liabilities).
6
SECTION – 2
GENERAL
2.0.0.0 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
2.0.1.0 Singular and plural: Where the context so requires, words imparting the singular also
include the plural and vice versa.
2.0.2.0 Masculine and feminine: Where the context so requires, words imparting the masculine
gender shall also include the feminine gender and the neuter gender and vice versa.
2.0.3.0 Meanings: Unless expressly stipulated to the contrary in this contract: (i) the words
“direction(s)/directed”, “instruction(s), /instructed,” “order(s) /ordered, ”
“requirement(s)/ required”, “permission(s) /permitted” , “approval(s) /approved”, shall
mean the written directions, instructions, orders, requirements, permissions or approvals,
as the case may be, of the OWNER or of the Engineer-in-charge. (ii) The words “as
felt”, “considered necessary ”, “acceptable”, “desirable” or “satisfactory ”, shall mean
that the OWNER or Engineer-in charge feels or considers that the particular thing is
necessary, acceptable, desirable, or satisfactory, as the case may be.
2.0.4.0 Language: All documents pertaining to the contract, including drawings, manuals and any
other writings shall be in the English Language. The translations, if any, in Hindi or any
other language, as may be furnished by the OWNER of any of the documents forming the
contract, shall not anywise operate as the contract between the parties or regulate upon
the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents with the intention that all rights and
obligations of the parties in terms of Contract Documents and any reference to the
Contract or Contract Documents or any of them shall be deemed the rights and
obligations arising out of the Contract Documents as written in English and / or Contract
or Contract Documents or any of them as written in English; and no claim, dispute,
difference or other objection will lie or will be entertained by the OWNER on account of
any difference in the import or interpretation between any provision in the Hindi or any
other language translation of the Contract Documents or any of them and the Contract
Documents in English.
2.0.5.0 Measurement Units: The metric system of measurement units shall be used in the
contract, unless otherwise expressly stipulated.
2.0.6.0 The several Contract Documents forming the contract are to be read together as a whole
and are to be taken as mutually explanatory.
2.0.7.0 Should there be any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the Contract Documents or
error, omission or contradiction therein or in any of them, the CONTRACTOR shall, prior
to commencing the relative work, apply in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge for his
decision in resolution of the doubt, ambiguity or contradiction or correction of the error or
omission, as the case may be. Should the CONTRACTOR fail to apply to the Engineer-
in-Charge for his decision, as aforesaid, prior to commencing the relative work, the
CONTRACTOR shall perform the said work at his own risks, and the provisions of Clause
2.0.10.0 hereof shall apply to any such work performed by the CONTRACTOR
2.0.8.0 Notwithstanding anything provided in Clause 2.0.7.0 hereof above, either the
CONTRACTOR or the Site Engineer may at any time prior to, during or after the
execution of the work or any part thereof (if the CONTRACTOR has failed to make an
application as provided for in Clause 2.0.7.0) apply to the Engineer-in-Charge in writing
for his decision in resolution of any doubt, ambiguity or contradiction, in the Contract
Documents or any of them of the correction of any error or omission therein, as the case
may be.
2.0.9.0 The decision of the Engineer-in-charge or any application under Clause 2.0.7.0 or Clause
2.0.8.0 hereof shall be in writing and shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR
and shall form part of the Contract Documents, with the intent that the Contract
Documents shall be read as though the said decision is and was at all times incorporated
therein.
7
2.0.10.0 In the event of the CONTRACTOR having already performed or executed any work at
variance with the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as aforesaid, then, notwithstanding
payment in respect of such work having been made to the CONTRACTOR, such work
shall be deemed to be a defective work and the provisions of Clause 5.1.4.0 hereof and
associated clauses thereunder shall apply thereto.
2.0.11.0 Any work shown, indicated or included in the job Description, Plan(s), Drawing(s),
Specifications and / or Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to form part of the work,
notwithstanding failure to show, indicate or include such work in any other or others
among the Documents aforesaid with the intent that the indication or inclusion of the work
within any one of the said documents shall be deemed to be a sufficient indication or
inclusion of the work within the work covered by the contract.
2.0.12.0 No verbal agreement, assurances, representations or understanding given by any
employee or officer of the OWNER or so understood by the CONTRACTOR, whether
given or understood before or after the execution of the contract, shall anywise bind the
OWNER or alter the Contract Documents unless specifically given in writing and signed
by the person specifically authorised by the OWNER and given as an Agreed Variation to
the relative term(s) in the Contract Documents.
2.0.13.0 Clause headings given in this or any other Contract Document are intended only as, a
general guide for convenience in reading and segregating the general subject of the
various clauses, but do not form part of the Contract Documents, with the intent that the
clause headings shall not govern the meaning or importance of the clauses thereunder
appearing or confine or otherwise affect the interpretation thereof.
2.0.14.0 In case of irreconcilable conflict in non technical matters between the provisions in the
separate contract documents concerning or governing the same aspect precedence shall
be given to the provisions contained in the documents mentioned below in the order in
which they are set out below:
1. Formal Contract
2. Acceptance of Tender
3. Price Schedule annexed to Letter of Acceptance
4. Agreed Variations annexed to the Letter of Acceptance
5. Addenda to the Tender documents
6. Special Conditions of Contract
7. Special Instructions to Tenderers
8. General Conditions of Contract
9. Instructions to Tenderers
A variation or amendment issued after the execution of the formal contract shall take
precedence over the formal contract and all other Contract Documents.
2.0.15.0 In case of irreconcilable conflict in technical matters between the provisions in two
separate contract documents concerning or governing the same aspect, clauses 2.0.7.0
and 2.0.8.0 shall be applied.
2.1.0.0 SECURITY DEPOSIT:
2.1.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall furnish Security Deposit in the amount equivalent to 10% (ten
percent) of the total contract value. Such Security Deposit is to be held by the OWNER as
security for the due performance of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the contract.
2.1.1.1 The Security Deposit shall be made up of the Initial Security Deposit, and the Retention
Monies, of a sum equal to 10% (ten percent) of the total (gross) value of each bill, up to
and until the recovery of full Security Deposit to the extent specified in Clause 2.1.1.0
hereof is achieved. The deductions for the retention money(ies) will be stopped after the
Security Deposit limit of 10% (ten percent) of the Total Contract Value is reached, unless
otherwise required in terms of Clause 2.1.1.6 hereof.
2.1.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall, within 10 (ten) days of the receipt of Acceptance of Tender
issued by the OWNER, deposit Initial Security Deposit in an amount equal to 2.5% (Two
and one half percent) of the total contract value as aforesaid, in one or more of the
following modes, subject to the stipulation(s) contained in the said Acceptance by the
OWNER:
8
a) by Demand draft/Pay Order drawn on a Banking Branch of a Nationalised/Scheduled
Bank payable to the OWNER at the location where the Office of the OWNER is
situated. (cheques shall not be accepted).
b) If the Earnest Money Deposit has been made in cash or by Demand Draft, the
CONTRACTOR may be permitted to adjust the same towards part of the Initial
Security Deposit and pay the balance in the manner stipulated at (a) above.
c) By Bank Guarantee(s) in the prescribed form as included in the Tender Documents,
from a Scheduled Bank in India acceptable to the OWNER, provided the amount
covered by such Bank Guarantee is not less than Rs.1,00,000/- (Rupees One Lakh
only). This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto a period of 3 (three) months beyond
the end of the Defects Liability period.
2.1.1.3 The CONTRACTOR will be permitted to furnish a Bank Guarantee for the full Security
Deposit of 10% (ten percent) of the Total Contract Value, in advance, in which case, no
Initial Security Deposit will be required to be furnished and no deductions shall be made
from his running bills towards Retention Money, except as may be required in terms of
clauses 2.1.1.1 and 2.1.1.6 hereof.
2.1.1.4 The CONTRACTOR may, at any time and from time to time, during the course of or after
completion of the work, with the permission of the OWNER, substitute his cash security
deposit, including retention money(ies) deducted from his bills and lying with the OWNER,
by Bank Guarantee(s) in the prescribed proforma from a Scheduled Bank in India
acceptable to the OWNER and withdraw the equivalent cash amount(s), provided the
amount covered by any such Bank Guarantee is not less than Rs.1 lakh (Rupees One
lakh only).
2.1.1.5 The Earnest Money deposited by the CONTRACTOR along with his Tender shall, unless
it has been adjusted in accordance with clause 2.1.1.2(c) above, be refunded by the
OWNER, after the Initial Security Deposit or the full Security Deposit, as the case may be,
has been deposited by the CONTRACTOR.
2.1.1.6 If at any time during the course of the work, the gross value of the work, as reflected by
the Running Bills submitted by the CONTRACTOR has in the opinion of the OWNER
(which shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR), exceeded or is likely to exceed
the Total Contract Value indicated in the acceptance of Tender, the CONTRACTOR shall
be bound to pay further Security Deposit as will make up the total Security Deposit to
10%(ten percent) of the then anticipated Contract Value, failing which the OWNER shall
be at liberty to make such deductions towards Retention Money(ies) from the
CONTRACTOR’s Running Bills, and will, at all times, ensure that the Security Deposit
does not fall below 10% (ten percent ) of the gross value of the work, as reflected by the
gross payments made to the CONTRACTOR, without taking into account any deductions.
If the shortfall in Security Deposit is discovered after completion of the work, the shortfall
shall be made good by the CONTRACTOR on demand from the OWNER, failing which, it
will be recovered from any money(ies) due to the CONTRACTOR from the OWNER
under this contract and/or any other contract with the OWNER.
2.1.1.7 If after completion of the work, the Total Contract Value falls below the Total Contract
Value as indicated in the Acceptance of tender, such that the total Security Deposit
(made up of initial Security Deposit and Retention Money(ies) or otherwise) in the hands
of the OWNER is in excess of the Total Security Deposit calculated at 10% (ten percent)
of the reduced contract value, such excess amount, as is in the form of cash in the hands
of the OWNER, shall be refunded to the CONTRACTOR alongwith the Final Bill. If the
Security Deposit furnished by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in the form of Bank
Guarantees is in excess of the full Security Deposit calculated on the contract value, by
over Rs.1 lakh, the CONTRACTOR shall be permitted to replace the Bank Guarantee(s)
already submitted, by Bank Guarantee(s ) to cover the reduced value of Security Deposit.
2.1.1.8 The Security Deposit shall be held by the OWNER as security for the due performance of
the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract, PROVIDED that nothing herein
stated shall make it incumbent upon the OWNER to utilize the Security Deposit in
preference to any other remedy which the OWNER may have, nor shall be construed as
9
confining the claims of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR to the quantum of the
Security Deposit.
2.1.1.9 The Security deposit including the Earnest Money / Retention money(ies), and other
withheld amounts from the Running Account Bill(s), if any, at any time remaining in the
hands of the OWNER, shall be free of any liability for payment of any interest to the
CONTRACTOR.
2.1.1.10 Upon determination of the contract prior to complet ion of work(s) for any cause, the
OWNER shall in so far as the Security Deposit constitutes cash refund and in so far as
the Security Deposit is in any other form, release/discharge/return, as the case may be, to
CONTRACTOR, the unutilized balance of the Security Deposits, if any, for the time being
remaining in the hands of the OWNER after settlement of accounts and discharge of all
amounts due from the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER and fulfillment of all obligations of
the CONTRACTOR.
2.1.2.0 In case Mobilisation Advance is paid to the CONTRACTOR under the provisions of
Clause 6.4.6.0 hereof, it shall be permissible for the CONTRACTOR to furnish a
Composite Bank Guarantee to cover both Mobilisation Advance as well as Retention
Monies forming part of the Security Deposit, which shall be subject to the following
conditions:
a) The Composite Bank Guarantee will be for a value equivalent to the advance or 10%
(ten percent) of the Total Contract Value, whichever is greater, and shall be kept
valid upto 3 (three) months beyond the expiry of the Defect Liability Period;
b) In addition, Initial Security Deposit shall be payable as laid down in Clause 2.1.1.2
hereof;
c) Recoveries will be effected from each Running Account Bill at the rate of 10% (ten
percent) of the gross bill value, till the entire Mobilisation Advance (together with
interest accrued thereon) is fully recovered;
d) Initially, the composite Bank Guarantee will be entirely reckoned towards Mobilisation
Advance and progressively, the portions of Composite Bank Guarantee, vacated by
the recoveries effected towards Mobilisation Advance, shall be reckoned towards
Security Deposit, such that after the Mobilisation advance stands fully recovered with
interest accrued thereon, the entire composite Bank Guarantee shall be reckoned to
cover the Security Deposit for the Work. The Initial Security Deposit furnished by the
Contractor under (b) above shall be refunded / returned after recovery of Mobilisation
Advance is effected from the R.A. Bills upto an aggregate amount equivalent to the
Initial Security Deposit.
e) All the other stipulations hereof in respect of Security Deposit shall apply.
2.1.3.0 The CONTRACTOR shall from time to time at the request of the OWNER suitably extend
validity of any Bank Guarantee (whether furnished by way of initial Security Deposit,
Security Deposit or Composite Bank Guarantee) or to secure any advance for such
period(s) as may from time to time be required by the OWNER failing which, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the OWNER, the OWNER shall be
entitled to encash the Bank Guarantee.
2.2.0.0 PLANS, DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS TO BE FURNISHED BY
THE OWNER.
2.2.1.0 Plan(s) and drawing(s) and other information forming part of the Tender Documents shall
constitute only a general guidance to enable the CONTRACTOR to visualise the work
and/or supplies contemplated under the Contract. These have been prepared and
released in good faith on the basis of information available to the OWNER. The OWNER
assumes no responsibility as to the correctness thereof, and the CONTRACTOR is
expected prior to tendering to have undertaken a complete and independent survey and
to have made his own study of all factors relevant to the performance of the work or
making the supplies.
10
2.2.2.0 Detailed working plan(s), drawing(s), any specification(s) and approval(s) required to be
furnished by the OWNER for the actual execution of the work, shall be furnished from
time to time as and when required during the execution of the work.
2.2.3.0 It shall be the exclusive responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to call upon the Engineer-in-
charge (in respect of approvals to be furnished by the OWNER) for and to pursue and
obtain from the Engineer-in-Charge any plan(s), drawings(s), specification(s) or
approval(s) required to be furnished to the CONTRACTOR under the contract for the
proper execution of the work or any particular item or job therein or the making of any
supply, as the case may be, as and when required, sufficiently in advance of the stage of
delivery of the materials or of the commencement or progress of the work for the
performance or continuance of which the same shall be required. Any failure by the
CONTRACTOR to do so shall be entirely at the risks and costs of the CONTRACTOR
and shall not constitute a ground for the extension of time, unless the Engineer-in-Charge
shall fail to provide the CONTRACTOR plan(s), drawing(s), specification(s) or approval(s)
or disapproval(s)as the case may be within 15 (fifteen) days of notice by the
CONTRACTOR to the Engineer-in-charge specifically stating the drawing(s),
specification(s) or approval(s) which is/are pending, the period for which it/they are
pending, the reason(s) for which they are pending, and that the notice is being given
pursuant to the provisions of this clause on the clear understanding that if the plan(s),
drawing(s), specification(s), or approval(s) or disapproval(s), is/are not granted within 15
(fifteen) days, the CONTRACTOR will be making claim for deemed approval pursuant
hereto. If thereafter, said notice notwithstanding, the approval or disapproval, as the case
may be, is not granted within 15 (fifteen) days, the relative approval(s) in Code 2 shall be
deemed to have been granted, and the relative approval shall at the request of the
CONTRACTOR be certified thereon by the General Manager, and the CONTRACTOR
shall proceed with the work accordingly, without entitlement to any extension of time on
this account.
2.2.4.0 The CONTRACTOR shall carefully study the plans/drawings furnished to him, in
conjunction with all other connected plans/drawings and other Contract documents and
shall bring to the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge for clarification/correction any
ambiguity, error, discrepancy, contradiction or omission therein prior to the execution of
the related work(s) or undertaking the related supply (ies) as the case may be, and the
provisions of Clause 2.0.9.0 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply to such clarification or
correction.
2.2.4.1 Any work performed by the CONTRACTOR in absence of or contrary to such clarification/
correction, shall be at the CONTRACTOR's risks and responsibilities and the provisions
of Clauses 2.0.10.0 and 5.1.4.0 hereof and associated clauses thereunder with respect to
defective works shall apply thereto.
2.2.5.0 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contract Documents expressed or implied,
and notwithstanding the absence of any ambiguity, error, discrepancy, contradiction or
omission in the plans / drawings as aforesaid, the OWNER shall be entitled at any time
before or during execution of the related work(s) to amend / modify or alter any plan(s),
drawing(s) or specifications furnished to the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR shall thereafter perform and / or continue to perform the related work(s)
according to the amended / modified / altered plans / drawings/ specifications without
entitlement to any extra remuneration and should the CONTRACTOR execute any
relative work(s) at variance therewith (notwithstanding that the CONTRACTOR shall have
already been made any payment in respect thereof), the provisions of Clause 5.1.4.0
hereof and associated clauses thereunder relating to defective works shall apply thereto,
provided that:
(i) If any such amendment / modification / alteration shall in the opinion of the
CONTRACTOR, necessitate an extension of time for completion, the provisions of
Clause 4.3.5.0 hereof and clauses, related thereto shall apply.
(ii) If such amendment or modification shall in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge
(whose opinion in this behalf shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR)
necessitate the performance of any work not covered by the Schedule of Rates or the
lump sum price, as the case may be, the remuneration for such work or portion or
11
item thereof, as the case may be, not covered by the Schedule of Rates or lump sum
price, as the case may be, shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof.
2.2.6.0 Copies of all plans and drawings relating to work(s) shall be kept and maintained at the
CONTRACTOR’s office at the site and shall be made available to the Engineer-in-Charge
and Site Engineer for inspection and reference at any time during the execution of work.
2.2.7.0 All plans and drawings furnished by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall be and
remain the property of the OWNER and shall be returned by the CONTRACTOR to the
OWNER on completion of the works or prior determination of the contract.
2.3.0.0 PLANS, DESIGNS, DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
2.3.1.0 Where the CONTRACTOR shall, within the scope of work, be required to prepare or
furnish any plan(s), drawing(s), design(s) or specifications in respect of the work or any
particular work, the CONTRACTOR shall within 15 (fifteen) days (or such other period as
the OWNER may prescribe in this behalf) of receipt of notification of Acceptance of
Tender or within 15 (fifteen) days before the proposed date of commencement of the
relative work, whichever shall be earlier, submit to the OWNER for approval the relative
plan(s), drawing(s), design(s) or specification(s). The OWNER shall be entitled at any
time to suggest any amendment(s) / modification(s) in the plans, designs, drawings or
specifications and the CONTRACTOR shall thereupon either convince the OWNER of the
unnecessity in whole or portion of such amendment / modification or shall implement the
same and shall cause the plans, drawings, designs or specifications to be accordingly
amended, provided that no such approval of or amendments or modifications in the
plans, drawings, designs or specifications by or suggested by the OWNER shall anywise
absolve the CONTRACTOR of any of his obligations, responsibilities or liabilities under
the Contract inclusive of and relative to the utility and suitability of the CONTRACTOR’s
plans, drawings, designs or specifications for the relative work(s) and the fulfillment of all
specifications and performance guarantees of the consequent works, any such approval
is intended only to satisfy the OWNER of the prima facie suitability of plan, drawing,
design or specification and any such suggestion by the OWNER as aforesaid or
otherwise is intended only by way of suggestion to the CONTRACTOR to meet the
contractual requirements, without any attendant liability upon the OWNER.
2.3.2.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not permit any work to be done or any installation, material or
equipment to be supplied or fabricated or erected at variance with plans, drawings,
designs or specifications approved by the OWNER and / or amended or modified as
aforesaid.
2.3.3.0 Unless otherwise required, at least 3 (three) sets of all approved plans, drawings, designs
and specifications prepared by the CONTRACTOR, together with similar set of all
revisions, amendments, and modifications therein shall be lodged with the OWNER for
the record of the OWNER. Such sets of plans, drawings, designs and specifications shall
be signed by the CONTRACTOR and shall indicate thereon the number and date of each
revision, amendment and/or modification of communication by the OWNER or any
consultant appointed by the OWNER for or relative to the approval thereof.
2.4.0.0 ALTERATIONS IN DESIGNS, PLANS, DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, ORDERS AND
INSTRUCTIONS
2.4.1.0 In addition to the provisions of Clause 2.2.0.0 and associated clauses thereunder, the
Engineer-in-Charge and / or Site Engineer shall have the power by written notice to the
CONTRACTOR at any time prior to or in the course of the execution of works or any part
thereof to alter or amend the specifications, orders and / or instructions or any of them by
addition, omission, substitution or otherwise howsoever with or without altering or
amending the plans, drawings and / or designs and the CONTRACTOR shall carry out
the related work in accordance with such altered specifications, orders, instructions,
plans, drawings and / or designs as the case may be, on the same terms and conditions
in all respects, subject to the provisions of Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof.
12
2.4.1.1 If such alteration or amendment shall, in the opinion of the CONTRACTOR, necessitate
an extension in the time for completion, the provision of Clause 4.3.5.0 hereof and related
clauses with regard to the extension of time, shall apply.
2.4.1.2 (a) If such alteration or amendment shall, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge (whose
opinion in this behalf shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR), necessitate
the performance of any work not covered by the Schedule of Rates, the remuneration
for such work or portion or item thereof not covered by the Schedule of Rates shall be
determined in the following manner:
(i) If it is possible to derive the rate(s) for such work or items of work from any of the
items of material and / or work covered in the Schedule of Rate(s), the rate(s) for
the relative works / items shall be the rate(s) arrived at on the basis of such
derivation. The opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge as to whether or not the
relative rates can be derived from the rates for the items of material and / or work
included in the Schedule of Rates and the consequent derivation of rate(s) on
basis thereof shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
(ii) If, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, the relative rate(s) shall not be
derivable within the provisions of paragraph(i) hereof above, the relative rate(s)
shall be the rate(s) for the work or items of work settled as follows:
An analysis of the rate for the completed work or items shall be prepared by
taking (if and so far as applicable):
A) Issue rate(s) for materials supplied by the OWNER, if applicable;
B) Materials supplied by the CONTRACTOR and incorporated in the permanent
works at the rate(s) (if any) for material specified in the relevant Schedule
forming part of the Contract; and
C) Labour cost at rate(s) for labour, if any, specified in the relevant Schedule
forming part of the Contract.
(iii) The opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the quantity of material and / or
labour involved shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR.
(iv) In the event of any item of material or labour involved not being covered by the
relevant schedule forming part of the Contract for the purpose of determining the
rates in terms of items (B) and / or (C) of paragraph (ii) above, market rates shall
be taken into account for such items of materials and labour as are not covered
by the relevant schedules forming part of the contract and there shall be added
thereto 15% (fifteen percent) to cover CONTRACTOR’s supervision, overheads
and profits. For the purpose of clarification, it is stated that 15% (fifteen percent)
addition shall apply only for any item not covered by the relevant schedule of the
Contract.
(v) The opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge as to whether or not any particular item(s)
of material(s) or labour involved is covered by the relevant Schedule(s) and if not
as to the market rate(s) thereof shall be final and binding upon the
CONTRACTOR.
(b) If any alteration, amendment or modification shall, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-
charge (whose opinion in this behalf shall be final and binding upon the
CONTRACTOR) result in a reduction or increase or change in the work or supply
covered by the lump sum Price so as to render unreasonable the lump sum Price, the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall negotiate a suitable increase or reduction, as
the case may be, in the lump sum Price, and failing agreement on a negotiated rate
for the item by appropriate reduction/increase, as the case may be, the Engineer-in-
Charge shall fix the reduction or increase as he considers reasonable in the
circumstances to the lump sum Price, and the lump sum Price shall be deemed to be
accordingly amended to the extent applicable to the work covered by the alteration or
amendment.
2.4.1.3 Pending finalization in respect of the revised rate of any item in the Price Schedule or
increase/reduction in the lump sum Price pursuant to the provisions of clause 2.4.1.2
13
hereof, the CONTRACTOR shall continue and be bound to continue and perform the
works and/or make the supply to completion in all respects according to the contract
(unless the contract or works be determined by the OWNER) and the CONTRACTOR
shall be liable and bound in all respects under the contract.
2.4.2.0 The rate(s) for any work determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 2.4.1.2
above shall for the purpose of the Contract with respect of the work or items of work or
supply affected by such amendment, alteration or modification be deemed to be rate(s)
for such work or item(s) of work within the Schedule of Rates, or the lump sum Price, as
the case may be.
2.4.3.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any compensation in addition to the payment
for the work actually performed by the CONTRACTOR calculated on the basis of the
Schedule of Rate(s) or lump sum Price or as provided for in Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof, as the
case may be, as a result of any amendment or variation in the specification, orders,
instructions, plans, designs or drawings notwithstanding that such alteration(s) /
variation(s) may have resulted in a reduction of the total quantum or value of the work
involved under the Contract, except as provided for in clause 2.6.2.0 hereunder.
2.5.0.0 ALTERATION IN THE SCOPE OF WORK
2.5.1.0 The OWNER may, at any time(s) before or after the commencement of the work, by
notice in writing issued to the CONTRACTOR, alter the scope of work by increasing or
reducing the works or the jobs required to be done by the CONTRACTOR or by adding
thereto or omitting therefrom any specific works or jobs or operations or by substituting
any existing works or jobs or operations with other works or jobs and / or operations, or by
requiring the CONTRACTOR to perform any additional works in or about the job site, and
upon receipt of such notice, the CONTRACTOR shall execute the job(s) as required
within the altered scope of work.
2.5.2.0 If any alteration in the scope of work shall, in the opinion of the CONTRACTOR,
necessitate any extension in the time for completion, the provisions of Clause 4.3.5.0
hereof and associated clauses with regard to the extension of time shall apply.
2.5.3.0 (a) If such alteration shall, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge (whose opinion in this
behalf shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR), necessitate the
performance of any work not covered by the Schedule of Rates, the remuneration for
such work or portion or item thereof not covered by Schedule of Rates shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof.
(b) If in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge (whose opinion in this behalf shall be final
and binding upon the CONTRACTOR) any alteration in the scope of the work shall
result in any reduction or increase or change in the work or supply covered by the
lump sum price so as to render unreasonable the lump price, the lump sum Price
shall be increased or reduced, as the case may be, in accordance with Clause 2.4.1.2
hereof.
2.5.3.1 Providing determination of the rates aforesaid, the provisions of clause 2.4.2.0 shall
mutatis mutandis apply.
2.5.4.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any compensation in addition to the payment
for the work actually performed by the CONTRACTOR calculated on the basis of the
Schedule of Rates or lumpsum Price or as provided in Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof, as the case
may be, as a result of any alteration in the scope of work notwithstanding that such
alteration may have resulted in a reduction in the total quantities or value of work
involved, except as provided for in clause 2.6.2.0 hereunder.
2.6.0.0 QUANTITIES OF WORK
2.6.1.0 Subject to the provisions of Clause 2.6.2.0 hereof, the quantities of work stated in the
Form of Schedule of Rates do not form part of the Contract and the OWNER shall not be
liable for any increase or decrease in the actual quantities of work performed
(notwithstanding the percentage of such increase or decrease), nor shall such increase or
decrease in the actual quantities form the basis of any alteration of rates quoted and
accepted or in the lump sum price or for any claim for additional compensation, damages
14
or loss or profits or otherwise, with the intent that the CONTRACTOR shall
notwithstanding the quantities mentioned in the Form of Schedule of Rates only be
entitled to payment in respect of actual quantities of work performed in terms of the
contract and measured in the Final Measurements, notwithstanding the percentage of
increase or shortfall in such quantities and notwithstanding that the total contract value for
the completed works on finalization of all dues to the CONTRACTOR under the contract
shall be less than the total contract value as specified for the purpose of Security Deposit
in the Acceptance of Tender.
2.6.2.0 If, as a consequence of such amendments/variations/ alterations/ modifications/
reductions, as envisaged in clauses 2.4.0.0 and/or 2.5.0.0 hereof and associated sub
clauses thereunder, or pursuant to Clause 2.6.1.0 hereof, the quantities of work and the
gross value of work actually performed by the CONTRACTOR, as valued on finalization
of all dues to the CONTRACTOR under the contract, shall be less than 80% (eighty
percent) of the Total contract value, then the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to 10% (ten
percent) of the amount by which the reduced contract value as aforesaid falls short of
80% (eighty percent) of the total contract value by way of allowance for the advantage
(including profit) which the CONTRACTOR may have anticipated on the execution of the
work up to the total contract value. And the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any
compensation in addition to the payments specifically provided for above, and the
CONTRACTOR hereby specifically waives any and all contrary rights and claims
whatsoever.
2.7.0.0 CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT
2.7.1.0 The OWNER shall be entitled at any time at his discretion to cancel the contract, if, in the
opinion of the OWNER, the cessation of the work becomes necessary owing to any cause
whatsoever, and a notice in writing from the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR of such
cancellation and the reason(s) therefor shall be conclusive proof of such cancellation and
the reasons therefor.
2.7.2.1 Upon cancellation of the Contract, the Engineer-in-Charge may require the
CONTRACTOR:
i) To perform to completion or to any other intermediary stage of completion to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge any work(s) already commenced by the
CONTRACTOR : and
ii) To take such steps as are considered necessary by the Engineer-in-Charge for
properly protecting and securing the works performed by the CONTRACTOR, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge :
And the CONTRACTOR shall act accordingly and the same shall be deemed to be
included within the CONTRACTOR’s scope of work.
2.7.3.0 Upon receipt of a notice as specified in Clause 2.7.1.0 hereof the CONTRACTOR shall,
unless the notice otherwise requires:
i) Immediately discontinue work and/or supply from the date and to the extent specified
in the notice;
ii) Not place any further orders or sub-Contracts for materials, services or facilities other
than as may be necessary or required for completing or performing such portion of
the work (s) or supplies which the CONTRACTOR is required to complete or perform;
iii) Promptly make every reasonable effort to obtain cancellation or fulfillment, as the
case may be, at the option of the Engineer-in-Charge/OWNER of all orders and sub-
CONTRACTORS to the extent they relate to the performance of the work(s) or
supplies cancelled.
iv) Assist the Engineer-in-Charge/OWNER as specifically requested in writing by the
Engineer-in-Charge/OWNER in the maintenance, protection and disposition of
property/works acquired by the OWNER pursuant to the Contract.
15
2.7.4.0 Upon cancellation of the Contract, the OWNER shall take over from the CONTRACTOR
the approved surplus materials supplied by the CONTRACTOR for permanent
incorporation in the work and lying at the job site on the date of receipt of notice of
cancellation by the CONTRACTOR, and the decision of the Site Engineer as to the
approved materials lying at site on the date of cancellation and the quantities thereof shall
be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
2.7.5.0 Upon cancellation of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees to waive any claim for
damages, including loss of anticipated profits on account thereof, and as the sole right
and remedy of the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER resultant upon such
cancellation, the CONTRACTOR agrees to accept from the OWNER the following,
namely:
i) The cost of settling and paying claims for cancellation or completion of pending
orders and/or sub contracts as provided for in sub-clause (iii) of Clause 2.7.3.0
hereof;
ii) The cost of protecting, securing and/or maintaining the works pursuant to the
provisions of sub-clause (ii) of Clause 2.7.2.0 hereof and/or sub-clause (iv) of Clause
2.7.3.0 hereof;
iii) Payment for the supplies actually made determined in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof.
iv) Payment for the work actually performed by the CONTRACTOR calculated on the
basis of Unit Rates or lump sum rates wherever applicable. Where Unit Rates or
lump sum rates are not applicable and/or the relative works are incomplete, the
provisions of Clause 2.4.1.2 shall apply for calculating remuneration.
v) The cost of materials taken over by the OWNER pursuant to the provisions of clause
2.7.4.0 hereof.
vi) An allowance, if any due, as determined by the Engineer-in-Charge (whose decision
shall be final) to cover the cost of CONTRACTOR’s actual mobilization and
demobilization at job site for the work to the extent uncovered by payments under
items (i) to (iv) above.
And the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any compensation in addition to the
payments specifically provided for above, and the CONTRACTOR hereby specifically
waives any and all contrary rights and claims whatsoever.
2.8.0.0 SUSPENSION OF WORK
2.8.1.0 The Engineer-in-Charge may at any time(s) at his discretion, should he consider that the
circumstances so warrant (the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to existence of
circumstances warranting such suspension shall be final and binding upon the
CONTRACTOR), by notice in writing to the CONTRACTOR temporarily suspend the work
or supply or any part thereof for such period(s) as Engineer-in-Chief shall deem
necessary and the CONTRACTOR shall upon receipt of the order of suspension forthwith
suspend the work(s) or supply (ies ) or such part thereof as shall have been suspended
until he has received a written order from the Engineer-in-Charge to proceed with the
work suspended or any part thereof.
2.8.1.1 During the period of any suspension under Clause 2.8.1.0 the CONTRACTOR shall at his
own cost within the scope of the relative work properly protect and secure the work and
materials so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.8.2.0 If the suspension under Clause 2.8.1.0 is for reasons of force majeure as defined in
Clause 4.3.8.0 or by reason(s) of default or failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR or is
for the purpose of ensuring safety of the work(s) or any part thereof or is necessary for
the proper execution of the work(s) or is for reason(s) of weather affecting the safety or
quality of the work(s) or materials (the reasons for the suspension stated by the Engineer-
in-Charge in any notice of Suspension as aforesaid, inclusive as to existence of default or
failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR, if so stated in the notice, shall be final and
binding upon the CONTRACTOR), the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim
16
compensation for any loss or damage sustained by the CONTRACTOR by virtue of any
suspension as aforesaid notwithstanding that consequent upon such suspension the
machinery, equipment and/or labour of the CONTRACTOR or any part thereof shall be or
become or be rendered idle and notwithstanding that the CONTRACTOR shall be liable
to pay salary, wages or hire charges or bear other charges and expenses thereof.
2.8.2.1 Unless the suspension is by reason of default or failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR
(and the reasons for the suspension stated by the Engineer-in-Charge in any notice of
suspension as aforesaid inclusive as to the existence of default or failure on the part of
the CONTRACTOR if so stated in the notice, shall be final and binding upon the
CONTRACTOR), if in the opinion of the CONTRACTOR such suspension shall
necessitate any extension in the time of completion, the provisions of Clause 4.3.5.0
hereof and related clauses in respect of extension of time shall apply.
2.8.2.2 In the event of a suspension affecting the entire works remaining in op eration in respect
of the entire works for a period in excess of 4 (four) months from the date of
commencement of the suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall have the option at any time
before the issue of an order by the OWNER or the Engineer-in-Charge removing the
suspension, to terminate the Contract by giving written notice thereof to the OWNER.
Unless the suspension be by reason of default or failure on the part of the
CONTRACTOR, as specified in Clause 2.8.2.0 hereof, such termination shall be deemed
to operate as a cancellation of Contract within the provisions of Clause 2.7.1.0 hereof and
the provisions of Clause 2.7.2.0 to 2.7.5.0 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply thereto.
2.8.2.3 In the event of such termination being upon a suspension consequent to a default or
failure by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any damage,
compensation, loss of profit or other compensation whatsoever in addition to payment for
the completed supplies made and completed works done in terms of the Contract in
accordance with the provisions of sub-clauses (iii), (iv) & (v) of clause 2.7.5.0 hereof.
2.8.2.4 Notwithstanding anything provided in Clause 2.7.0.0 and/or Clause 2.8.0.0 and related
Clauses thereunder, upon a cancellation of the contract under the provisions of Clause
2.7.1.0 hereof or termination of the contract under provisions of Clause 2.8.2.2 hereof, the
provisions of Clauses 7.0.3.0 to 7.0.7.0 hereof consequent upon termination of Contract,
shall apply. Should the termination be one to which the provisions of Clause 2.8.2.3
hereof apply, then the provision of Clauses 7.0.2.0, 7.0.8.0, 7.0.9.0, 7.1.0.0 and 7.2.0.0
consequent upon termination of Contract shall also mutatis mutandis apply.
2.8.2.5 Except for a suspension by a written order of the Engineer-in-Charge under clause
2.8.1.0 hereof, the CONTRACTOR shall not suspend the work for any cause and any
such suspension if occur, shall be likely to be attended by consequences under clause
7.0.1.0 (i)(g) hereof.
17
SECTION – 3
MATERIALS, LABOUR AND EQUIPMENT
3.0.0.0 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY

3.0.1.0 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contract Documents express or implied,
the CONTRACTOR shall be and remain at all times exclusively responsible to provide all
material, labour, equipment, machinery, facilities, utilities and consumables and
temporary works and other items and things whatsoever required for or in connection with
the work, including, but not limited to those indicated by expression or implication in the
Job Description, Schedule of Rates, the Specification, Plans, Drawings, and/or other
Contract Documents or howsoever otherwise as shall or may from time to time and at any
time be necessary for or in connection with the work, either for incorporation in or within
the permanent works or in or relative to the execution and performance of the work.
3.1.0.0 MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR
3.1.1.0 Materials supplied by the CONTRACTOR shall conform to the specifications and shall be
suitable for the purpose for which they are required.
3.1.2.0 Unless otherwise specified by the OWNER, all materials supplied by the CONTRACTOR
shall bear the ISI stamp and shall be supplied by reputed manufacturers or suppliers
approved by the OWNER or listed for the relative materials with the DGS&D and/or borne
on the approved list of suppliers maintained for relative items by such organizations as
are approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. If in respect of any materials, including but not
limited to sand, stone, aggregate, bricks, earth, lime, steel and cement neither ISI
marking/approval nor any approved list of suppliers is available, such materials shall be
obtained from sources/suppliers/manufacturers approved by the Engineer-in-Charge
provided that no approval by the Engineer-in- Charge or any other representative of the
OWNER for the supply of ISI stamped materials or of materials supplied by DGS&D listed
suppliers or other approved suppliers shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of his full
responsibility in respect of the suitability and quality of the material or any defects therein
or in any works or construction in or relative to which the same has been utilized.
3.1.3.0 Notwithstanding that any area(s) or source(s) has/have been allotted or suggested by the
OWNER to the CONTRACTOR from which any materials for incorporation in the works
can be obtained, the CONTRACTOR shall independently satisfy himself of the suitability,
accessibility and sufficiency of the source(s) of supply suggested or allocated by the
OWNER and suitability of materials available from such source(s), with the intent that any
allotment or suggestion as aforesaid shall not anywise relieve the CONTRACTOR of his
full liability in respect of the suitability and quality of material(s) therefrom and incorporate
the same within the permanent works entirely at his own risks and costs in all respects,
with the intent that any such allocation or suggestion by the OWNER shall only be by way
of assistance to the CONTRACTOR and shall not entail any legal or financial
responsibility or liability upon the OWNER.
3.1.4.0 Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Contract Documents for analysis or tests of
materials and in addition thereto, the CONTRACTOR, shall, if so required for reasonable
cause by the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer in writing, at his own risks and costs,
analyze, test, prove and weigh all materials (including materials incorporated in the
work(s) required to be analyzed, tested, proved and/or weighed by the Engineer-in-
Charge or Site Engineer and shall have such analysis test conducted by the agency(ies),
if any, specified by the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide all equipment, labour, materials and other things whatsoever required for testing,
preparation of the samples, measurement of work and/or proof or weighment of the
materials as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer.
3.1.5.0 The OWNER does not warrant or undertake the provision of any material(s) and the
CONTRACTOR shall not imply by conduct, expression or assurance or by any other
means any promise or obligation on the part of the OWNER in this respect understood by
the CONTRACTOR, unless made by specific written instrument forming part of the
CONTRACT or appropriately entitled as an amendment to the Contract.
18
3.2.0.0 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER:
3.2.1.0 In the case of contracts (including for equipment erection and/or piping), for which the
OWNER undertakes the procurement and supply of equipment and materials, the supply
of equipment and materials to the CONTRACTOR shall be on the following terms and
conditions:
(a) Deliveries shall be either from the storage of the OWNER or from the factory/storage
of supplier or from nearest suitable railhead or other point(s) of collection as may be
determined by the OWNER taking into account the source(s) of supply of the
material.
(b) It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR at his own risks and costs to take
delivery of the materials from the stores, factory, railhead or other collection point, as
the case may be, and to arrange for its loading, transportation to job site and
unloading at the job site or other place of storage. The CONTRACTOR shall in taking
delivery ensure compliance of any conditions for delivery applicable to deliveries from
OWNER's or supplier's factory/stores or railways or other transporters concerned,
and shall be exclusively responsible to pay and bear any demurrage or penalty or
other charges payable by virtue of any failure or delay by the CONTRACTOR in lifting
the supplies and/or any failure by the CONTRACTOR to observe the conditions of
supply as aforesaid, and shall keep the OWNER indemnified from and against all
consequences thereof.
(c) The CONTRACTOR shall inspect the equipment and materials supplied to him at the
time of taking delivery thereof and satisfy himself of the quality, quantity and condition
thereof prior to taking delivery and the OWNER shall not be liable for any claims or
complaints whatsoever in respect of quality, quantity or conditions of the equipment
or materials once the CONTRACTOR has taken delivery thereof.
(d) The CONTRACTOR shall on receiving and opening the packing cases or other
packaging of equipment and material on behalf of the OWNER, verify and tally the
actual contents with the packing list and bring any discrepancies to the notice of the
Engineer-in-charge and the Site Engineer. The CONTRACTOR shall also sort out
and segregate and hand over to the OWNER’s stores, the Instruction Manuals,
Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Special Maintenance Tools, Erection Spares,
Commissioning Spares, and Maintenance Spares and other extras, if received with
the main equipment. The Erection Spares may be got issued from the OWNER’s
stores if required, after getting authorisation from the Engineer-in-charge. The
Commissioning Spares may be got issued from the OWNER’s Stores, if
commissioning is included in the CONTRACTOR’s scope.
(e) The equipment and/or material(s) supplied or procured by the OWNER shall be
utilized by the CONTRACTOR only for incorporation in the permanent works and
even so shall not (unless specifically authorized by the OWNER in this behalf) be
utilized for manufacturing any item(s) which can be obtained in finished form from
standard manufactures.
(f) The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge sufficiently in advance a
detailed statement showing his requirement of the types and quantities of equipment
and materials agreed to be supplied by the OWNER, indication of the time when
relative types and quantities thereof shall be required by him for the works so as to
enable the OWNER to verify the quantities of materials specified by the
CONTRACTOR and to enable the OWNER to make arrangements for the supply
thereof.
g) The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay in the supply of any equipment
and/or materials supplied or procured or agreed to be supplied or procured by the
OWNER, and no such delay or failure shall anyway render the OWNER liable for any
claim for damages or compensation by the CONTRACTOR notwithstanding that an
increase in the time of performance of the contract be involved by virtue of such
delay and notwithstanding any labour, machinery or equipment brought upon to the
job site by the CONTRACTOR for the performance of the work being rendered idle
by such delay or failure, PROVIDED that if such delay shall in the opinion of the
19
CONTRACTOR, necessitate an extension of time for completion, the provisions of
Clause 4.3.5.0 hereof relating to extension of time and associated provisions thereof
shall apply.
h) The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a day to day account of all equipment and
materials supplied to him by the OWNER indicating the daily receipt(s), consumption
and balance(s) in hand of each material and category thereof. Such account shall be
maintained in such form (if any) as shall be prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge and
shall be supported by all documents necessary to verify the correctness of the entries
in the account. Such account shall be maintained at the CONTRACTOR's office at
the site, and shall be open for inspection and verification (by verification of documents
in support of the entry as also by physical verification of the stocks) at all times by the
Engineer-in-charge and Site Engineer without notice, and for the purpose the
Engineer-in-Charge and Site Engineer shall be permitted and enabled without
obstruction to enter into any godown or other place or premises where the equipment
or materials or any part thereof shall be stored and to inspect the same and to take by
himself and/or through his representative(s) an inventory thereof.
i) All equipment and materials supplied by the OWNER shall be taken delivery of,
held, stored and utilised by the CONTRACTOR as trustee of the OWNER, and
delivery of material to the CONTRACTOR shall constitute an entrustment thereof by
the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR, with the intent that any utilization, application or
disposal thereof by the CONTRACTOR otherwise than for permanent incorporation in
contractual works in terms hereof shall constitute a breach of trust by the
CONTRACTOR.
j) The CONTRACTOR shall hold and store any equipment or material(s) supplied by the
OWNER only at such place and/or premises as may be approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge, provided that no such approval shall absolve the CONTRACTOR in whole or
part of his full liabilities in respect of such material, and the CONTRACTOR shall be
and remain responsible at all times at his own risk and cost to ensure that the
material(s) supplied by the OWNER is/are retained at all times in premises that are
air and water tight and otherwise suitable for the storage of the concerned equipment
or materials so as to prevent damage or deterioration for any cause whatsoever or
theft or other loss, and shall arrange such watch and ward therefor as shall be
necessary to ensure the safety thereof.
k) The Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion require that all premises in which any
equipment or materials supplied by the OWNER are stored, shall be double-locked
with the keys to one lock retained by the Site Engineer or his representative and the
other with the CONTRACTOR with the intent that all issues of OWNER supplied
equipment and materials shall be with concurrence of the Site Engineer or his
representative, as the case may be, provided that any such double-locking and/or
concurrence as aforesaid shall be an additional precaution and shall not anywise
absolve the CONTRACTOR of his full liabilities or responsibilities in respect of such
equipment or materials.
l) The equipment supplied by the OWNER shall be insured by the OWNER against
normal risks during transit, storage and erection. The CONTRACTOR shall,
however, be responsible forthwith to make and pursue on behalf of the OWNER any
and all claims under the policy(ies) and to fulfill all formalities required to obtain
payment thereunder and/or to assist the OWNER in making or pursuing any such
claim(s) and/or in obtaining payment thereunder.
m) The CONTRACTOR shall be required to take out at his own cost and initiative and
keep in force at all times during the pendency of the contractual work, policy(ies) of
insurance against the risks of fire, lightning and theft and against any other damage
or loss, for the full value of the OWNER supplied materials lying in the
CONTRACTOR’s custody and/or storage pending utilization/ incorporation in the
20
work and during incorporation in the work. The insurance shall be kept valid till the
completion of the work and till the materials are duly accounted for to the satisfaction
of the OWNER.
n) Such insurance policy(ies) shall be in the joint names of OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR with exclusive right in the OWNER to receive all money(ies) due in
respect of such policy(ies), and with right in the OWNER (but without obligation to do
so) to take out and/or pay the premia for any such policy(ies) and deduct the premia
and any other costs and expenses in this behalf from the money(ies) for the time
being due to the CONTRACTOR.
o) Notwithstanding anything stated above, it shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to lodge with insurers and follow up claim(s), if any, under any
policy(ies) of insurance aforesaid, and nothing herein provided shall absolve the
CONTRACTOR from his full liabilities under the provisions of this clause and
associated provisions hereof.
p) Where the OWNER issued materials are being stored within the battery area under
the security and gate-pass control of the OWNER and are covered by the Overall
Storage-cum insurance Policy taken by the OWNER for the works, the OWNER may,
at his sole discretion, permit the CONTRACTOR to furnish an Indemnity Bond in the
proforma prescribed by the OWNER, for the entire value of the OWNER supplied
materials and for the entire duration during which the materials shall be lying in the
storage and custody of the CONTRACTOR.
q) No such Insurance(s), as aforesaid, shall anywise absolve the CONTRACTOR from
his full liabilities hereunder, with the intent that the same shall be held merely by way
of additional security and not by way of substitution of liability. The CONTRACTOR
shall at all times be exclusively responsible for any and all loss(es), damage(s),
deterioration, misuse, theft or other application or disposal of the equipment or
material(s), supplied by the OWNER or any of them contrary to the provisions hereof
and shall keep the OWNER indemnified from and against the same and shall
forthwith at his own cost and expense replace any such equipment and material(s)
lost, damaged, deteriorated, misused, stolen, applied and/or disposed as aforesaid,
with other equipment or material of equivalent quality and quantity to the extent that
the same is not covered by any insurance as above, and if covered, payment under
the relative policy(ies) is for any reason not available to the OWNER.
r) The CONTRACTOR shall use the equipment and materials supplied by the OWNER
for incorporation in the Permanent works, carefully and judiciously with no wastage
or the minimum possible wastage, wherever some wastage is inevitable or
unavoidable, in any case within the wastage limit, if any, specified by the OWNER in
respect of any such materials. For any excess wastage or scrap, due to misuse or
injudicious, careless or wrong use of OWNER supplied materials, or in case of loss,
damage or deterioration of the materials during storage with the CONTRACTOR, as
to all of which the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the
CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall be bound to replace the material of
equivalent quantity and grade, acceptable to the OWNER within the time limit
specified by the OWNER, and where this is not possible, practicable or advisable, in
the opinion of the OWNER, which shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR,
the OWNER shall be compensated by the CONTRACTOR for the loss caused, for
the replacement costs, which shall be worked out by the OWNER based on the
assessed landed cost plus the costs of procurement at 15% (fifteen percent) of the
assessed landed costs for the OWNER. This amount shall forthwith be remitted by
the CONTRACTOR within a week of demand made by the OWNER, failing which the
OWNER shall be entitled to recover / adjust the amount demanded from any
money(ies) due from the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR and/or from any Security
or any other deposits of the CONTRACTOR lying with the OWNER, under this and/or
any other contract, without any further notice to the CONTRACTOR. The decisions
21
of the OWNER in respect of the actions contemplated in this clause shall be final and
binding on the CONTRACTOR.
s) Notwithstanding anything herein provided and notwithstanding the transfer of all risks
in respect of such equipment and materials to the CONTRACTOR, the Ownership in
respect of all OWNER supplied equipment and materials shall at all times be and
remain in the OWNER.
t ) The excess equipment and material and the scrap material generated from the work,
in so far as the OWNER supplied materials are concerned, shall be returned to the
OWNER’s Stores. On completion of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall duly render
accounts for the materials and equipment issued by the OWNER, to the satisfaction
of the OWNER. Any shortages, losses and/or damages shall be to the
CONTRACTOR’s account and all the conditions stipulated under sub-clause (r)
above shall apply in this case also.
3.3.0.0 POWER, WATER & OTHER FACILITIES
3.3.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide within the scope of work all facilities,
consumables and utilities necessary for performance of the work including (but not limited
to) water, power, transportation, labour, tools, construction and testing equipment,
machinery and land at or about the job site(s) for the CONTRACTOR’s field offices,
godowns , workshop; residential accommodation for CONTRACTOR’s staff; quarry rights
and borrow areas, access roads and right(s) of way to or about the job site(s) and
CONTRACTOR’s offices, godowns , workshop accommodation, quarries and / or borrow
areas.
3.3.2.0 The OWNER does not warranty or undertake the provision of any facility, consumable or
utility whatsoever to the CONTRACTOR, or assistance in obtaining / procuring the same
or other assistance whatever for or in the performance or testing of the work and the
CONTRACTOR shall not imply by conduct, expression or assurance or by any other
means, any promise or obligation on the part of the OWNER contrary to the provisions
hereof and any such promise or obligation understood by the CONTRACTOR shall not be
binding upon the OWNER.
3.3.3.0 Any assistance which the OWNER renders to the CONTRACTOR in terms hereof or
otherwise relative to the work by provision of any facility, utility, consumables, water,
power, transportation, labour, tools, construction and / or testing equipment, and
machinery, provision of land for quarries or borrow areas or for CONTRACTOR’s office,
godowns , workshops or accommodations or provisions of right of way, access road(s)
and / or railway siding facilities, or other facility, utility, or consumables for or in the
performance of the work shall not for any cause afford a basis or defence to the
CONTRACTOR for the performance of any of his obligations under the Contract, nor a
ground for extension of time for completion or other claim whatsoever.
3.4.0.0 POWER SUPPLY:
3.4.1.0 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 3.3.0.0 hereof and following clauses
thereunder, as and when adequate power supply becomes available for the site, the
OWNER may at its discretion provide supply of power to the CONTRACTOR for the work
from the nearest sub-station, from which source the CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost
and initiative make arrangement for temporary distribution of power to CONTRACTOR’s
work(s) at the site.
3.4.1.1 All arrangements for the distribution of power from sources aforesaid and the work
relative thereto shall be made/performed/ installed in conformity with Indian Electricity
Regulations, and shall be subject to prior approval of the Site Engineer.
3.4.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall, at his own costs and initiative on completion or prior
determination of the work or otherwise during execution of the work, if required by the Site
Engineer because of hindrance caused thereby or for any other cause, forthwith remove
or re-route the distribution lines/installations or other work(s) in respect thereof as the
case may be, required to be removed/ re-routed.
22
3.4.2.0 The OWNER shall recover from the CONTRACTOR for power consumed by the
CONTRACTOR from OWNER’s source(s) of supply at the rate prescribed by the OWNER
in this behalf from time to time. The amount due to the OWNER in respect of such power
supplied shall without prejudice to any other mode of recovery to the OWNER, be
deductible from the Running Account / Final Bill(s) of the CONTRACTOR and / or any
monies due to the CONTRACTOR under this or any other Contract from time to time.
3.4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide at his own cost suitable electric meters approved by
the Site Engineer for measurement of Power units consumed by the CONTRACTOR for
determination of the payment due thereon to the OWNER. Such meters shall be under
the control and custody of the OWNER.
3.4.2.2 In the event of failure or defect of meter(s), power charges shall be calculated on the
consumption determined by the Engineer-in-Charge (whose decision shall be final both
as regards the existence of a defect or failure, and as regard the power consumed).
3.4.3.0 The OWNER may at any time without notice or specifying any cause suspend or
discontinue power supply to the CONTRACTOR, and such suspension or discontinuance
shall not entitle the CONTRACTOR to any compensation or damages nor shall constitute
a basis for extension of time for completion.
3.4.4.0 Power supplied by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall be entirely at the risk of
CONTRACTOR as to the continuity and regularity of supply, maintenance of voltage and
adequacy of load without any warranty by or liability to the OWNER in respect thereof and
without entitlement to the CONTRACTOR on grounds of discontinuance, fluctuation of
voltage or inadequacy of load or any other cause whatsoever to claim from OWNER in
respect thereof or consequences thereof.
3.5.0.0 WATER SUPPLY
3.5.1.0 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 3.3.0.0 hereof and the following clauses
thereunder, in the event of the OWNER having adequate source of water supply at the
site available for distribution, the OWNER may at its discretion provide water to the
CONTRACTOR for the work from the OWNER’s source of supply upon the
CONTRACTOR at his own cost and initiative providing suitable pumping installations and
pipe network for the conduct of water to and distribution to the CONTRACTOR's place of
work.
3.5.1.1 Such installation, pipes and other equipment shall be laid out / installed by the
CONTRACTOR only with the prior approval of the Site Engineer so as not to interfere
with the layout and progress of the other construction work at the site and access to or
about the job site.
3.5.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall forthwith on completion of the work or earlier determination of
the contract or during the execution of the work(s), if so required by the Site Engineer, on
ground of hindrance or obstruction caused thereby or other causes whatsoever at his own
cost and initiative remove or re-route, as the case may be, any installations, pipes and / or
other equipment or any part or portion thereof installed or erected by the CONTRACTOR
for the conduction and / or distribution of water, and fill any trenches, ditches or other
excavations made by the CONTRACTOR for the purpose thereof and restore the site to
the same condition in which it was prior to the installation.
3.5.2.0 The OWNER shall recover from the CONTRACTOR for water consumed by the
CONTRACTOR from OWNER’s source of supply at the rate prescribed by the OWNER in
this behalf from time to time. The amount due to the OWNER in respect thereof shall
(without prejudice to any other mode of recovery available to other OWNER) be
deductible from the Running Account / Final Bill of the CONTRACTOR and / or payments
due to the CONTRACTOR from time to time under this or any other contract.
3.5.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide at his own cost and initiative suitable water meters
approved by the Site Engineer for measurement of water units consumed by the
CONTRACTOR for determination of the payment due in this behalf to the OWNER. Such
meters shall be under the custody and control of the OWNER.
23
3.5.2.2 In the event of failure or defect of meters, water charges shall be calculated on the
consumption determined by the Engineer-in-Charge (whose decision shall be final both
as regards the existence of a defect or failure and as regards the water consumed).
3.5.3.0 The OWNER may without notice or specifying any cause suspend or discontinue water
supply to the CONTRACTOR and such suspension or discontinuation shall not entitle the
CONTRACTOR any compensation or damages or constitute a basis for extension of time
for completion or other claim whatsoever.
3.5.4.0 Water supplied by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall be entirely at the risk of the
CONTRACTOR as to the continuity and regularity of supply and maintenance and
adequacy of pressure without any warrant by or liability to the OWNER in respect thereof
and without entitlement to the CONTRACTOR on grounds of discontinuance, irregularity,
drop or rise in pressure or other cause whatsoever to claim from OWNER in respect
thereof or the consequences thereof.
3.6.0.0 LAND:
3.6.1.0 Without prejudice to the provision of Clause 3.3.0.0 hereof and following clauses
thereunder, the OWNER may at his discretion and convenience, if it has sufficient
available land at its disposal, provide land to the CONTRACTOR near or about the job
site, for the construction of the CONTRACTOR’s field office(s), godowns , workshops,
assembly yard and residential accommodation required for or in connection with the
execution of the work(s). Such land shall be utilised by the CONTRACTOR only for the
purpose of the contract and for the duration of the contract.
3.6.2.0 The CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost and initiative construct temporary buildings or
other accommodation necessary for the purpose and make suitable arrangements for
water and power supply thereto and for provision of sanitary, drainage and dewatering
arrangements thereof in accordance with plans / designs / layouts previously approved by
the Site Engineer in this behalf.
3.6.3.0 Any land provided by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR within the provisions hereof
shall be strictly on a licence basis, and shall not create any right, title or interest
whatsoever in the CONTRACTOR herein or in respect thereof.
3.6.4.0 The CONTRACTOR shall pay the licence fee @ Rs.20/- (Rupees Twenty only) per 100
(One hundred) square meters or part thereof, per month or part thereof, for any land
made available to the CONTRACTOR within the provisions hereof, and the OWNER shall
be entitled (without prejudice to any other mode of recovery), to recover licence fee from
the Running / Final Bill(s) of the CONTRACTOR and / or any other payments due to the
CONTRACTOR from time to time under this or any other contract.
3.6.5.0 Notwithstanding anything herein provided, the OWNER reserves the right at any time
during the pendency of the work to ask the CONTRACTOR to vacate the land or any part
thereof on giving 7 (seven) days written notice to the CONTRACTOR in this behalf.
3.6.5.1 Forthwith on or before the expiry of such notice or within two weeks of the completion of
the works or the earlier determination of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall remove
all constructions, works, piping and other installations, whatsoever, not forming part of the
contractual works put up or erected by the CONTRACTOR upon the land, and shall have
the land cleared, levelled and dressed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.6.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled upon any vacation or notice within the provisions
of Clause 3.6.5.0 hereof to claim any resultant compensation or damage from the
OWNER, nor shall such notice or vacation constitute a ground or basis for any extension
of time for completion.
3.6.6.0 Likewise, the OWNER may at its discretion and convenience upon such terms and
conditions as the OWNER may prescribe in this behalf, arrange or allocate or provide to
the CONTRACTOR, borrow area(s) or quarry or mining rights and / or any right(s) of way
or other access to or about the job site and unless specifically excluded, the provisions of
Clause 3.1.3.0 hereof above, shall apply in respect of any borrow area, quarry, mining
right and / or right of way or other access allocated, arranged, provided or permitted by
the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR.
24
3.6.6.1 The OWNER shall be entitled, at any time without notice to the CONTRACTOR, to
suspend or withdraw use by the CONTRACTOR of any such area, right or access as
aforesaid and no suspension or withdrawal of such facility, or disruption or inadequacy
thereof by virtue of flood, disrepair or other cause whatsoever, shall form the basis of any
claim by the CONTRACTOR, for compensation or damages or ground for extension of
time for completion. Upon such notice or within two weeks of the completion of the works
or the earlier determination of the Contract the provisions of Clause 3.6.5.1 hereof shall
mutatis mutandis apply.
3.7.0.0 Notwithstanding anything herein provided, the provisions of Clause 7.0.5.0 to 7.0.7.0
hereof and related clauses applicable consequent upon termination of contract shall apply
to any breach by the CONTRACTOR of his obligations within the provisions of Clause
3.4.1.2, 3.5.1.2, 3.6.5.1 and 3.6.6.1 hereof as to a breach of Clause 7.0.5.0 hereof.
3.8.0.0 ACCESS TO SITE
3.8.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall construct, if necessary at his own cost and initiative, temporary
access road to the site from the main public feeder road(s) and from borrow areas and
mines and quarries, and shall so align such roads or ways so as not to interfere with the
construction of the site or hamper construction of pavement roads by or on behalf of the
OWNER or other CONTRACTORS operating at or about the job site.
3.8.2.0 The CONTRACTOR shall, if so required or relative to the performance of any other work
at the site or construction of permanent roads, suspend, discontinue use of and / or re-
route any access road constructed by him. No suspension, discontinuance or re-routing
as aforesaid shall form the basis of any claims by the CONTRACTOR against the
OWNER for compensation of damages or ground for extension of time for completion or
other claim whatsoever.
3.9.0.0 LABOUR, MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
3.9.1.0 If, during the execution of the works, the OWNER shall for any cause find it necessary to
do so, the OWNER may, at its discretion and convenience provide labour, machinery and
/ or equipment to the CONTRACTOR for the performance of the work and / or testing of
the works. The terms and conditions for provisions and / or hiring of such labour,
equipment, machinery shall, in addition to any other condition relative thereto as may be
specified by the OWNER, unless expressly excluded, be deemed to include the following:
(i) Charges: The labour, equipment and / or machinery shall be supplied at the rate(s) in
this behalf prescribed by the OWNER from time to time.
(ii) Recoveries: The amount(s) recoverable by the OWNER from the CONTRACTOR in
respect of labour, equipment and / or machinery procured or supplied by the OWNER
shall (without prejudice to any other mode of recovery) be debited to the
CONTRACTOR’s account and deducted from the Running Account / Final Bill(s) of
the CONTRACTOR and / or any monies from time to time becoming due to the
CONTRACTOR.
(iii) Any labour, equipment and / or machinery supplied or procured by the OWNER shall
be utilized by the CONTRACTOR only for use in the contractual work.
(iv) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure utilization of the equipment and /
or machinery only within the capacity of such equipment and / or machinery, to
ensure the proper utilization thereof in all respects without any manner of abuse or
excess, and shall follow and obey all instructions or directions as shall or may be
given by the Site Engineer in respect thereof, and if so required by the Site Engineer,
shall provide at cost (to be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge in the event of
dispute) labour for the operation, maintenance and repair of the equipment /
machinery and / or shall operate, maintain and/or repair the same at his own costs
and expenses, and provide all the inputs necessary for the operation, repair and
maintenance thereof, including spare parts, fuel and lubricants. The CONTRACTOR
shall keep the OWNER indemnified from and against all losses, damages and / or
costs, charges and expenses resultant from any breach or failure to observe the
provisions hereof.
25
(v) The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the safe-keeping and custody of the equipment and
machinery at the site and shall be exclusively responsible and accountable for any
loss, damage, theft or misuse thereof (and shall make proper arrangement for the
storage and watch and ward thereof) and shall keep the OWNER indemnified from
and against the same.
(vi) The CONTRACTOR shall ensure return of the equipment / machinery to the OWNER
upon the Completion of the works or earlier determination of the Contract or as and
when called upon by the OWNER to return the same during the execution of the work
in the same condition in which the equipment / machinery was at the time of bringing
the same to job site or delivery to the CONTRACTOR, as the case may be.
(vii)The provisions of Clause 3.2.1.0 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply to equipment
and machinery supplied by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR.
3.10.0.0 GOVERNMENT CONTROLLED MATERIALS
3.10.1.0 In respect of all Government controlled or other scarce/imported materials in respect of
which licenses, release orders, permits or authorisations have been granted in the name
of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to be acting on behalf of the
OWNER and as agent of OWNER in respect of deliveries taken by the CONTRACTOR
against any licences , release orders, permits, or authorisations issued in the name of
OWNER for Government controlled materials. The ownership in such materials shall
(without prejudice to the responsibility/liability of the CONTRACTOR in respect thereof as
set out in the various conditions hereof) vest in the OWNER from the point of time when it
would have ordinarily vested in the OWNER on a direct delivery to the OWNER.
26
SECTION – 4
PERFORMANCE OF WORK
4.0.0.0 GENERAL.
4.0.1.0 All works shall be performed and executed by the CONTRACTOR in strict
conformity with the Job Description, Specifications, Plans, Drawings, Designs and
other Contract Documents applicable to the specific work(s) and any relative
orders or instructions as may be issued to the CONTRACTOR by the Engineer-in-
Charge or Site Engineer from time to time.
4.0.2.0 The Engineer-in-Charge and Site Engineer shall be entitled from time to time or at
any time at their discretion in order to procure the proper performance of the work
and/or the proper compliance with the specifications or other contractual
requirements to issue written orders or instructions to the CONTRACTOR relative
to the performance and / or execution of the work(s) by the CONTRACTOR or
otherwise relative to any matter touching or affecting the Contract or arising
therefrom, and to revise or revoke any orders or instructions previously
issued, and the CONTRACTOR shall, subject to the provisions of the
following clause, obey and/or abide thereby.
4.0.2.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 4.0.2.0 hereof and associated
clauses thereto, should the CONTRACTOR require any clarification in respect of
any orders or instructions issued by the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer, or
should there appear to the CONTRACTOR to be any contradiction between any
orders or instructions issued by the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer and / or
between any order(s), instruction(s) and the Contract Document or any of them,
the CONTRACTOR shall refer the matter immediately in writing to the Engineer-in-
Charge for his decision before proceeding further with the work, and the decision
of the Engineer-in-Charge on any such matter shall be final and binding upon the
CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the work accordingly without entitlement to any
claim against or compensation from the OWNER resultant upon such order,
instruction or decision.
4.0.3.0 The CONTRACTOR shall, within 10 (ten) days of receipt of notification of
Acceptance of Tender, name at each job site at which the CONTRACTOR shall be
awarded any work under the Contract, an engineer responsible for the work at the
job site on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. The said Engineer of CONTRACTOR
shall be the representative of the CONTRACTOR at the job site for and relative to
all actions and transactions and dealings on behalf of the CONTRACTOR and to
whom labour, materials, equipment and / or machinery procured or supplied by the
OWNER may be given and to whom all Plans, Designs, Drawings, Orders and
Instructions or other documents or communications for or relative to the job site
may be given, with the intent that all transactions and dealings had with the said
engineer shall be deemed to have been had with the CONTRACTOR, and any
and all Plans, Drawings, Designs, Orders, Instructions, Documents or
Communications and / or labour, material, equipment or machinery delivered to
said engineer shall be deemed to have been delivered to the CONTRACTOR.
4.0.3.1 The Engineer(s) / supervisors appointed by the CONTRACTOR or his Sub-
Contractors / other agencies, for the work shall be duly and adequately qualified
with relevant experience to handle the work of the contract to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-charge. For this purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish the bio-
data of the Engineer(s) / supervisors proposed to be appointed by him for the work
to the Engineer-in-charge for his approval. The CONTRACTOR shall be bound to
appoint only such technical personnel as are approved by the Engineer-in-Charge
for handling the work from time to time.
4.0.4.0 The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain, at or about each job site, an office
for the working accommodation of the CONTRACTOR’s engineer(s) and staff.
Such office shall remain open and attended at all hours during which work is being
performed at the job site, for the receipt of orders, instructions, notices, and other
communications.
27
4.0.5.0 The CONTRACTOR shall co-operate with and afford the OWNER / Engineer-in-
Charge and other CONTRACTORS engaged at the site, access to the work and
supply at cost determined by the Engineer-in-Charge (whose decision shall be
final) of power and water for the performance of the work entrusted to them and /
or for the carriage and storage of materials by them and whenever any work is
contingent or dependent upon the performance of any work by the CONTRACTOR
or is being done in association, collaboration or in proximity with any other
CONTRACTORs , the CONTRACTOR shall co-operate with the OWNER or other
CONTRACTOR(s) / agency(ies ) involved in such work to ensure the harmonious
working between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER / CONTRACTOR(s),
agency(ies) involved, and shall comply with any instructions issued by the
Engineer-in-Charge for the purpose.
4.0.6.0 The OWNER/Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled at its/his discretion, to appoint
one or more Site Engineers and / or other personnel at or about each job site on
behalf of the OWNER to do such acts, deeds, matters and things as may be
necessary to safeguard the OWNER’s interest including (but not limited to, at the
discretion of the OWNER), supervision and testing of the work(s) being conducted
by the CONTRACTOR at the job site and rendering such assistance to the
CONTRACTOR relative thereto as the OWNER or such engineer(s) or personnel
shall or may deem fit, it being understood, however, that the presence of any
engineer(s) or personnel of the OWNER at or about each job site or any
supervision, inspection or test performed or conducted by any such engineer(s)
and / or personnel of the OWNER in respect of any work(s) or any other
assistance rendered by such engineer(s) and / or personnel to the CONTRACTOR
relative thereto, shall be without any attendant obligation or liability of the OWNER
vis-à-vis the CONTRACTOR, nor shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of his full
responsibility in respect of the work(s) under the Contract or bind the OWNER or
accept as satisfactory or complete and / or in accordance with the Contract any
work(s) performed by the CONTRACTOR which has / have been supervised,
inspected, tested or assisted by the said engineer(s) and / or personnel of
OWNER.
4.0.7.0 If the CONTRACTOR’s work or any part thereof shall be consequent or resultant
upon any works performed by any other person or shall be in continuance thereof
or otherwise based or founded thereon, the CONTRACTOR shall before
commencing with its/his work, bring to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge and
the Site Engineer, in writing, any defects existing in said prior works, failing which
the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have accepted as complete and proper
the said prior works and to have waived any and all rights to complaint of or in
respect of any defect(s) as may exist therein.
4.1.0.0 THE JOB SITE
4.1.1.0 The Engineer-in-Charge shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with only four corners of
the job site and a level bench mark, and the CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost
and initiative set out the work to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer, but shall be
solely responsible for the accuracy of such setting up notwithstanding the
satisfaction as aforesaid of the Site Engineer or any other assistance rendered by
the Site Engineer for the purpose.
4.1.2.0 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, fix and be responsible for the maintenance of
all stakes, templates, contour and level marks, profiles and the like and shall take
all precautions necessary to prevent their removal or disturbance, and shall be
responsible for the consequence of such removal or disturbance and for their
efficient and timely reinstatement. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible
for the maintenance of all survey marks, boundary marks, distance marks, and
centre line marks, whether existing or supplied / fixed by the CONTRACTOR.
4.1.3.0 Before commencing the work, the CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost and
initiative, provide all necessary reference and level posts, pegs, bamboos, flags,
ranging rods, strings and other materials for proper layout of the work in
accordance with scheme for benchmarks acceptable to the Site Engineer. The
28
centre, longitudinal or face line and cross line shall be marked by means of small
masonary pillars. Each pillar shall have a distinct mark at the centre to enable a
theodolite to be set over it. No work shall be started until all these points are
approved by the Site Engineer but, such approval shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR of any of his responsibilities in respect of adequacy or accuracy
thereof. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide all labour, material and other
facilities necessary for the proper checking of layout and inspection of the points
during construction.
4.1.4.0 Pillars bearing geodetic marks located at the sites of works under construction
should be protected and fenced by the CONTRACTOR.
4.1.4.1 On completion of works, the CONTRACTOR must submit to the Engineer-in-
Charge the geodetic documents according to which the work was carried out.
4.1.5.0 The CONTRACTOR shall be exclusively responsible for provision and
maintenance of horizontal and vertical alignments and levels and for the
correctness of every part of the work in accordance therewith and shall at his own
cost rectify any errors or imperfectness therein.
4.2.0.0 CONDITIONS OF WORK
4.2.1.0 Work shall be carried on for a minimum of 48 (forty-eight) hours a week and 8
(eight) hours on any working day. If necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall work
overtime or in two or more shifts in a day. Except as herein specifically provided
to the contrary, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any extra compensation
or remuneration for overtime or double or triple shift working, nor shall the
OWNER anywise be responsible for any idle time payments to CONTRACTOR’s
staff or for labour, equipment or machinery, howsoever occasioned, and the
CONTRACTOR waives any and all contrary rights and claims.
4.2.1.1 Should it be necessary to work on Sunday and / or holiday, the CONTRACTOR
shall so work without extra compensation, after obtaining prior approval from the
Site Engineer or the Engineer-in-charge.
4.2.2.0 The execution of the work(s) shall entail working in all seasons including the
monsoons. In so far as necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain at each job
site at all times such material, labour, pumps, equipment and machinery as may
be required for the performance of the work during the monsoon or other rains and
shall plan well in advance for the collection of material and equipment and the
erection of such tarpaulins, sheds, wind breakers and / or other protection as shall
or may be necessary for the work during the monsoon or other rains so that the
rains or monsoon shall not hamper working.
4.2.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall also arrange and bring to each job site such special
equipment and machinery as may be necessary to enable work during the
monsoon, and shall, at his own cost and initiative, arrange at all times for
dewatering the job sites so as to keep the construction site and areas to be
worked upon, free of water.
4.2.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any extra compensation or
remuneration for or relative to any work to be done in any season including during
the monsoon, or for or relative to any special arrangements to be made and / or
equipment or machinery to be brought to the job site(s) to enable such working.
4.3.0.0 TIME FOR COMPLETION
4.3.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall complete in all respects in accordance with the
Contract, the entire work at each job site within the time specified in this behalf in
the Time Schedule.
4.3.2.0 If the OWNER so requires, the Progress Schedule in the form of PERT chart,
giving the latest dates of starting and the latest dates of finishing of various
operations comprising the work as also the activities in the critical path and the
latest dates for achievement of specific milestones in respect of the work so as to
complete in all respects the works (including testing and consequential operations)
29
within the time provided in the Time Schedule. This Progress Schedule should
also indicate the interlinking of the various activities and bring to light the
specific/critical items on which the inputs from the OWNER / Engineer-in-Charge
/Consultant or other agencies, if any, would be required, to ensure adherence to
the schedule.
4.3.3.0 If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to submit to the OWNER/Engineer-in-Charge a
Progress Schedule as envisaged above or if the OWNER/Engineer-in-charge and
CONTRACTOR fail to agree upon the Progress Schedule as envisaged above,
then the Engineer-in-Charge shall prepare the Progress Schedule (the dates of
progress as fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge being final and binding upon the
CONTRACTOR except as herein otherwise expressly provided), and shall issue
the Progress Schedule so prepared to the CONTRACTOR, which shall then be the
Approved Progress Schedule and all the provisions of Clause 4.3.2.0 shall apply
relative thereto.
4.3.4.0 Any reference in the Contract Documents to the “Approved Progress Schedule” or
to the “Progress Schedule” shall mean the “Approved Progress Schedule”
specified in Clause 4.3.2.0 above or the “Progress Schedule” prepared and issued
by the Engineer-in-Charge as specified in Clause 4.3.3.0 above, whichever shall
be in existence. In the absence of such approved Progress Schedule or such
Progress Schedule prepared by the Engineer-in-charge, the Progress Schedule
first prepared by the CONTRACTOR (with the incorporation of the
OWNER’s/Engineer-in-charge’s comments thereon, if any), shall until such
approved Progress Schedule or such Progress Schedule prepared by the
Engineer-in-charge comes into existence, be deemed to be the Progress Schedule
for the purpose of the Contract.
4.3.5.0 Within 7 (seven) days of the occurrence of any act, event or omission which, in the
opinion of the CONTRACTOR, is likely to lead to delay in the commencement or
completion of any particular work(s) or operation(s) or the entire work at any job
site(s) and is such as would entitle the CONTRACTOR to an extension of the time
specified in this behalf in the Progress Schedule(s), the CONTRACTOR shall
inform the Site Engineer and the Engineer-in-Charge in writing of the occurrence
of the act, event or omission and the date of commencement of such occurrence.
Thereafter, if even upon the cessation of such act or event or the fulfillment of the
omission, the CONTRACTOR is of opinion that an extension of the time specified
in the Progress Schedule relative to particular operation(s) or item(s) or work or
the entire work at the job site(s) is necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall within 7
(seven) days after the cessation or fulfillment as aforesaid make a written request
to the Engineer-in-Charge for extension of the relative time specified in the
Progress Schedule and the Engineer-in–Charge may at any time prior to
completion of the work extend the relative time of completion in the Progress
Schedule for such period(s) as he considers necessary, if he is of opinion that
such act, event or omission constitutes a ground for extension of time in terms of
the Contract and that such act, event or omission has in fact resulted in
insurmountable delay to the CONTRACTOR.
4.3.5.1 The application for extension of time made by the CONTRACTOR to the Engineer-
in-Charge should contain full details of –
(a) The notice under Clause 4.3.5.0 with a copy each of the notice sent to the
Engineer-in-Charge and Site Engineer,
(b) The activity for the Progress schedule affected,
(c) The bottleneck(s) or obstruction(s) perceived/experienced, and the reason(s)
therefor,
(d) Extension required/ necessitated on account of (c) above,
(e) Extension required /necessitated on account of reasons attributable to the
OWNER,
(f) Extension required/ necessitated on account of force majeure reasons, and
30
(g) The total extension of time (if any) required/ necessitated for completion,
taking the above into account and after eliminating all overlaps.
4.3.5.2 The opinion/ decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this behalf and as to the
extension of time necessary shall, subject to the provisions of clause 4.3.6.0
hereof, be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
4.3.6.0 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 4.3.5.0 hereof, the OWNER may at any
time at the request of the CONTRACTOR made by way of appeal either against
the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge taken under clause 4.3.5.0 or against the
Engineer-in-Charge’s refusal to take a decision under the said clause, if satisfied
of the work or any item or operation thereof for such period(s) as the OWNER may
consider necessary, and the decision of the OWNER as to the existence or
otherwise of any grounds justifying the extension and as to the period(s) of
extension necessary shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
4.3.7.0 Subject as elsewhere herein or in the contract documents expressly provided, only
the existence of force majeure circumstances as defined in clause 4.3.8.0 hereof
shall afford the CONTRACTOR a ground for extension of time for completion of
the work or any part of the work or any operation(s) involved therein, and
specifically without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, inclement weather,
strike, shutdown, third party breach, delay in supply of material(s) or commercial
hardship shall not afford the CONTRACTOR a ground for extension of time or
relieve the CONTRACTOR of his/its full obligations under the Contract, nor will
any forced shutdown or idleness or other impediment in progress or completion of
the work due to any reason whatsoever afford the CONTRACTOR a ground for
extension of time or relieve the CONTRACTOR of his/its full obligations under the
Contract except and to the extent otherwise elsewhere herein specifically
provided, nor shall any shut down or idle time charges be payable by the OWNER
to the CONTRACTOR for delay in the commencement, progress or completion of
the work due to any reason whatsoever, including due to the existence of force
majeure circumstances.
4.3.8.0 The term “FORCE MAJEURE” as employed in this contract shall mean wars
(declared or undeclared) or revolutions, civil wars, tidal waves, fires, major floods,
earthquakes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes and
transporters strikes affecting the country as a whole.
4.3.9.0 Upon an extension of the time for completion of the work or any part of the work or
any operation(s) involved therein pursuant to Clause 4.3.5.0 or Clause 4.3.6.0
hereof, the extended date/time of completion shall be deemed to be the relative
date of completion in the Progress Schedule, and such extension shall constitute
the sole remedy of the CONTRACTOR for and/or arising out of such delays, and
the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any and all contrary rights.
4.3.10.0 The mere fact that the OWNER shall not have terminated the contract or that the
OWNER or Engineer-in-charge has permitted the CONTRACTOR, for the time
being, to continue with the work for its completion shall not prejudice the full rights
and remedies available to the OWNER under the contract arising out of the
delayed completion, including the right of Price discount, damages and/or
termination. Such permission(s) shall unless specifically stated to be an extension
of time under Clause 4.3.5.0 or Clause 4.3.6.0, as the case may be, not be
construed as extension(s) of time under Clause 4.3.5.0 or 4.3.6.0 hereof, and shall
merely constitute an indication or intimation, as the case may be, of the OWNER’s
willingness, for the time being, to accept the delayed completion, subject to its
rights under the Contract.
4.3.11.0 No assurance, representation, promise or other statement by any personnel,
engineer or representative of the OWNER in relation to extension of time for
commencement or completion of any work(s) or operation thereof or of the entire
works under the Contract shall be binding upon the OWNER or shall constitute an
extension of time for commencement or completion of the entire work(s) or any
part or operation thereof within the provisions of Clause 4.3.5.0 or Clause 4.3.6.0
hereof, unless the same has been communicated to the CONTRACTOR in writing
31
by the Engineer-in-charge under Clause 4.3.5.0 or by the General Manager under
Clause 4.3.6.0 and the writing specifically states that it embodies an extension of
time within the provisions of Clause 4.3.5.0 or Clause 4.3.6.0 as the case may be,
and without prejudice to the aforegoing, the mere agreement or prescription or
signing of a Progress Schedule by the Site Engineer or any site representative of
the OWNER at variance with the Progress Schedule, as the case may be, referred
to in Clauses 4.3.2.0, 4.3.3.0 and/or 4.3.4.0 hereof or containing an extended time
of commencement or completion in respect of the entire work(s) or any part or
operation thereof shall not anywise constitute an extension on time in the terms of
the Contract so as to bind the OWNER or relieve the CONTRACTOR of all or any
of his liabilities under the Contract, nor shall constitute a promise on behalf of the
OWNER or a waiver by the OWNER of any of its rights in terms of the Contract
relative to the performance of the Contract within the time specified or otherwise,
but shall be deemed only (at the most) as a guidance to the CONTRACTOR for
better organising his work on a recognition that the CONTRACTOR has failed to
organise his work and/or perform the same within the time specified in the
Progress Schedule established within the provisions of Clause 4.3.2.0 or Clause
4.3.3.0 or Clause 4.3.4.0 hereof, as the case may be.
4.4.0.0 PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR DELAY IN COMPLETION
4.4.1.0 The contractual price payable shall be subject to adjustment by way of discount as
hereinafter specified, if the Unit(s) are mechanically completed or the contractual
works are finally completed, subsequent to the date of Mechanical
Completion/final completion specified in the Progress Schedule.
4.4.2.0 If Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works is not
achieved by the last date of Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion
of the works specified in the Progress Schedule (hereinafter referred to as the
“starting date for discount calculation”), the OWNER shall be entitled to adjustment
by way of discount in the price of the works and services in a sum equivalent to
the percent of the total contract value as specified below namely :
(i) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 1 (one) week of the starting date for discount calculation - ½
% of the total contract value.
(ii) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 2 (two) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation - 1
(iii)For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 3 (three) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation -
1½ % of the total contract value.
(iv)For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 4 (four) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation - 2
(v) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 5 (five) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation - 2½
(vi) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 6 (six) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation – 3
(vii)For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 7 (seven) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation –
(viii) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 8 (eight) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation – 4
32
(ix) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 9 (nine) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation –
(x) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 10 (ten) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation - 5
(xi) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 11 (eleven) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation
– 5 ½ % of the total contract value.
(xii) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 12 (twelve) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation
– 6 % of the total contract value.
(xiii) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 13 (thirteen) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation
– 6 ½ % of the total contract value.
(xiv) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 14 (fourteen) weeks of the starting date for discount
calculation - 7 % of the total contract value.
(xv) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 15 (fifteen) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation -
7 ½ % of the total contract value.
(xvi) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 16 (sixteen) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation
(xvii) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 17 (seventeen) weeks of the starting date for discount
calculation – 8 ½% of the total contract value.
(xviii) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 18 (eighteen) weeks of the starting date for discount
calculation - 9 % of the total contract value.
(xix) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 19 (nineteen) weeks of the starting date for discount
calculation – 9 ½% of the total contract value.
(xx) For Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of the works
achieved within 20 (twenty) weeks of the starting date for discount calculation
(xxi) The reduction in the contract price hereunder by way of price discount shall
in no event exceed 10% (ten percent) of the total contract value.
4.4.2.1 The starting date for discount calculation shall be subject to variation upon
extension of the date for Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s)/final completion of
the works with a view that upon any such extension there shall be an equivalent
extension in the starting date for discount calculation under Clause 4.4.2.0 hereof.
4.4.2.2 It is specifically acknowledged that the provisions of Clause 4.4.2.0 constitute
purely a provision for price adjustment and/or fixation and are not to be understood
or construed as a provision for liquidated damages or penalty under Section 74 of
the Indian Contract Act or otherwise.
4.4.3.0 Application of price adjustment under clause 4.4.2.0 above shall be without
prejudice to any other right of the OWNER, including the right of termination under
Clause 7.0.1.0 and associated clauses thereunder.
4.4.4.0 Nothing in Clause 4.4.2.0 above shall prevent the OWNER from exercising its right
of termination of Contract under Clause 7.0.1.0 hereof and associated clauses
thereunder, and OWNER shall be entitled, in the event of exercising its said right
33
of termination after the last date for Mechanical Completion of the Unit(s) and/or
final completion of the works as stipulated in the relative Progress Schedule
without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the OWNER, to discount
as aforesaid in the contractual price of services in addition to any amount as may
be due consequent to a termination under Clause 7.0.1.0 hereof and associated
clauses thereunder.
4.5.0.0 SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES
4.5.1.0 The provisions of this Clause 4.5.0.0 and associated Clauses thereunder shall
apply only to a contract in which the Schedule of Rates specifies a lumpsum price
payable for the whole or any part of the work(s) or activities covered by the
Contract. If only part(s) of the work(s) or activities under the Contract are the
subject of a lumpsum price then the provisions of this clause shall apply only to
such part.
4.5.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall within 30 (thirty) days from the date of issue of the Letter
of Acceptance, furnish to the OWNER a detailed schedule of Activities specifying
in detail the various activities which the CONTRACTOR would be required to
perform and the milestones with respect to each which the CONTRACTOR would
have to achieve in order to set up and establish the Unit.
4.5.2.0 Each activity entered in the schedule of Activities and each milestone therein shall
be priced so as to break-up so far as possible, the lumpsum price of services into
various priced milestones of achievements and priced activities required to
achieve those milestones. The Schedule of Activities and the said priced break-up
of activities therein are intended only to provide a basis for the purpose of
calculating on account payments for services and for the calculating payments due
to the CONTRACTOR under Clause 2.7.5.0 hereof upon cancellation of Contract,
and for no other purpose.
4.5.3.0 The OWNER shall review or cause to be reviewed the prima facie adequacy,
sufficiency, validity and/or suitability of the activities listed in the Schedule of
Activities for the works they are intended, and of the prices indicated in the
Schedule of Activities in respect thereof. Such review shall be performed in
conjunction with the design, engineering, specification and other technical reviews
to be done by the OWNER and all provisions applicable thereto shall be applicable
to the review of the Schedule of Activities.
4.5.4.0 No such review shall in any manner absolve the CONTRACTOR of his full
responsibility under the contract to perform within the lump-sum price of services
specified in the Price-Schedule, all services and to perform and undertake the
work(s) required to set up and establish the Unit in accordance with the Contract
and the specifications, complete in all respects, whether or not any particular work
or activity required is included within the schedule of activities and whether or not
the price thereof is included in the price indicated in the Schedule of Activities and
whether or not the price thereof is in conformity with the price thereof indicated in
the Schedule of Activities. The review and approval of the Schedule of Activities
and the prices therein are intended only for the satisfaction of the OWNER that the
priced Schedule of Activities prima facie covers the activities required to be
performed by the CONTRACTOR within the scope of services.
4.5.5.0 The Schedule of Activities shall be subject to amendment in both items and prices
in so far as necessary consequent upon any amendment in any relevant related
technical particulars, and upon any amendment, the amended Schedule of
Activities as approved by the OWNER shall thereafter constitute the Schedule of
Activities as envisaged in the Contract Documents.
4.6.0.0 REPORTS AND RECORDS
4.6.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall, from time to time, maintain at each job site (in addition
to any records or registers required to be maintained by the CONTRACTOR under
any law, rule or regulation having the force of law) such records and registers as
34
the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer shall or may require the CONTRACTOR
to keep and / or maintain from time to time.
4.6.2.0 In addition to any other records or registers required to be maintained by the
CONTRACTOR from time to time and / or to the reports required to be furnished
by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall daily or otherwise as may be
prescribed by Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer, submit to the Site Engineer a
Progress Report of all work done and / or progress achieved by the
CONTRACTOR at each job site within the preceding day or the period of last
report, as the case may be.
4.6.2.1 The receipt and / or acceptance of any such report by the Site Engineer shall be
without prejudice to the full rights and remedies of OWNER and obligations /
liabilities of the CONTRACTOR under the Contract, and shall not anywise operate
as an estoppel against the OWNER by reason of the fact that no notice or
objection was taken of or to any information contained in any such report; nor shall
any statement in any such report be deemed to be correct merely by virtue of the
existence of such statement, and its being uncontroverted by any officer of the
OWNER.
4.6.3.0 The CONTRACTOR shall also maintain at each job site a Site Order / Site
Instructions Book, in which the day to day instructions of the Site engineer /
Engineer-in-charge / other Inspecting Officers of the OWNER shall be recorded.
Each such Order / Instruction shall be duly acknowledged and compliance with
the same shall also be recorded in the appropriate columns of the Site Order /
Site Instructions Book. This book shall be kept available for inspection by the
Officers of the OWNER. The Site Order / Site Instruction Book shall be lodged with
the Engineer-in-charge on completion of the Work or sooner determination of the
contract for any cause.
4.7.0.0 EXECUTION OF THE WORK
4.7.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall provide sufficient labour, staff (qualified and unqualified),
machinery, tools and equipment, material, consumables, utilities and things
whatsoever necessary for the proper performance of the work and to ensure the
rate of progress as envisaged in the Progress Schedule.
4.7.1.1 All the skilled persons employed by the CONTRACTOR (directly or through his
sub-contractors and/or other agencies) on the work shall be duly and adequately
skilled in their respective trades, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. Any
person employed on the work found to be inadequately skilled or otherwise
incompetent, may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge to be removed from the
site and replaced by adequately skilled and competent persons and the
CONTRACTOR shall forthwith comply with such directions of the Engineer-in-
charge.
4.7.2.0 If, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge or Site Engineer (the opinion of either of
whom in this behalf shall be final), the work(s), operation(s) at any job site as a
whole is/are not meeting the progress necessary to achieve the relative date of
commencement or completion in the Progress Schedule, the Engineer-in-charge
or Site Engineer may instruct the CONTRACTOR to employ/provide additional
labour, staff, machinery, tools, equipment or material or things necessary to
achieve the required progress and CONTRACTOR shall forthwith comply with
instruction(s).
4.7.3.0 Should the CONTRACTOR fail to comply with such instruction(s) or fail to comply
therewith to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge (whose opinion in this behalf
shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR) the Engineer-in-charge may,
at his discretion, at the risk and cost of the CONTRACTOR, appoint, procure or
provide the additional labour, staff, machinery, equipment, tools and materials as
the Engineer-in-charge (whose decision in this behalf shall be final and binding
upon the CONTRACTOR), considers necessary to achieve the necessary
progress in relation to any particular work or operation or the work as a whole. In
so doing, Engineer-in-charge/Site Engineer shall be deemed to be acting for and
35
on behalf of and as agent of the CONTRACTOR and all such appointments,
procurement and/or provision shall be deemed to have been made by the
CONTRACTOR and paid for by the CONTRACTOR. In addition to the other
amounts payable to OWNER in respect of any labour, staff, machinery, equipment
and/or material, as aforesaid procured or provided by the OWNER, the OWNER
shall be entitled in this event to recover from the CONTRACTOR 15% (fifteen
percent) as supervision charges on the total expenditure incurred by the OWNER
under this clause, on behalf of the CONTRACTOR.
4.7.4.0 Without prejudice to the OWNER’s rights under Clause 4.7.3.0 and in addition or
as an alternative thereto, should the Engineer-in-charge at any stage
(notwithstanding that the time for completion of the relative work or item of work as
specified in the Progress Schedule has not expired) be of opinion (the opinion of
the Engineer-in-charge in this behalf being final) that the performance of any work
or item or work by the CONTRACTOR is unsatisfactory (whether in the rate of
progress, the manner, quality or workmanship of the performance, or in the
adherence to specifications, or in the omission, neglect or failure to do, perform,
complete or finish any work or item, or for any other cause whatsoever), the
Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled (without prejudice to any other rights of the
OWNER and/or obligations of the CONTRACTOR under the Contract) at his
discretion and the risk and cost of the CONTRACTOR appoint one or more sub-
contractors for the satisfactory performance thereof or any part thereof, or may
undertake the performance thereof or any part thereof departmentally, and the
provisions of Clause 4.7.3.0 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply to any action
taken by the Engineer-in-charge pursuant to this clause in the same manner as
applicable to an action taken under the said clause.
4.7.5.0 If the amount incurred by the OWNER /Engineer-in-charge, on account of carrying
out works under Clause 4.7.3.0 and 4.7.4.0 above, is in excess of the amount due
to the CONTRACTOR the OWNER shall be entitled to recover the same, at the
OWNER’s discretion from any amount due to the CONTRACTOR from the
OWNER under this or under any other contract, and any Security Deposit(s) or
Bank Guarantee(s) of the CONTRACTOR.
4.7.6.0 Any action taken by the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer under Clauses
4.7.3.0 and / or 4.7.4.0 shall be without prejudice to the full rights of the OWNER
and full liability of the CONTRACTOR under the Contract, including but not limited
to the OWNER’s full rights under Clause 4.4.0.0 and associated clauses
thereunder, and under Clauses 7.0.7.0 and 7.0.8.0 hereof.
4.8.0.0 SUB CONTRACTS
4.8.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not assign, sub-contract or sublet the whole or any part
of the work in any manner, provided the CONTRACTOR may with the prior written
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, sub-contract any particular work or part of the
work to a Sub- Contractor approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.8.2.0 Notwithstanding approval of the sub-contract as aforesaid and notwithstanding that
the OWNER /Engineer-in-Charge shall have received a copy of the Contract
between the CONTRACTOR and Sub-Contractor, the CONTRACTOR shall be
and shall remain exclusively responsible to the OWNER for the due and proper
performance of the Contract, and the Sub-Contractor shall for all purposes vis-à-
vis the OWNER be deemed to be the servant / agent of CONTRACTOR employed
for the performance of the particular work with full responsibility on CONTRACTOR
for all acts, omissions and defaults of the sub-contractor.
4.8.3.0 Subject as hereinabove in this behalf specifically permitted and provided, the
CONTRACTOR shall not sub-contract any work under the Contract and any sub-
contract in breach hereof shall be deemed to be an unauthorized sub-contracting
of the Contract or part or portion thereof sub-contracted, as the case may be.
4.8.4.0 If any sub-contractor engaged upon the work at the site executes any work which
in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is not of the requisite standard (the
opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge being final in this behalf), then without prejudice
36
to any other right or remedy available to the OWNER, the Engineer-in-Charge
may, by written notice to the CONTRACTOR, require the CONTRACTOR to
terminate such sub-contract, and the CONTRACTOR shall upon receipt of such
notice, forthwith terminate such sub-contract at the risk and cost of the
CONTRACTOR, and shall keep the OWNER indemnified from and against the
consequences.
4.8.5.0 Notwithstanding such sub-contract being approved by Engineer-in-Charge as
herein envisaged, the CONTRACTOR shall at the commencement of every month
furnish Engineer-in-Charge with a list of all sub-contractors engaged and working
at the site during the previous month, with particulars of the general nature of the
works performed by them.
4.9.0.0 MISCONDUCT
4.9.1.0 If and whenever any of CONTRACTOR’s or sub-contractor’s agent(s) / sub-
agent(s), consultant(s) or employee(s) shall in the opinion of the Engineer-in-
Charge or Site Engineer (whose opinion in this behalf shall be final) be guilty of
misconduct or be incompetent or insufficiently qualified or negligent in the
performance of his / their duties, or if in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge
(which shall be final) it is undesirable for any reason (which need not be disclosed
to the CONTRACTOR) for such person(s) to be employed in the work, the
CONTRACTOR, if so directed by the Site Engineer, shall forthwith remove or
cause to be removed such person(s) from employment thereon, and any person(s)
so removed shall not be re-employed in the work except with the prior permission
in writing of the Engineer-in-charge. Any person(s) so removed from the works
shall be immediately replaced at the expense of the CONTRACTOR by a qualified
and competent substitute.
4.9.2.0 If, at any time, in the course of execution of the contract, the OWNER / Engineer-
in-charge finds that any person employed by the CONTRACTOR or his sub-
contractor(s) or other agency(ies) employed by the CONTRACTOR is not
observing and/or is willfully flouting the operating security and safety precautions
of the area in which he is working and / or are found to be indulging in activities
prejudicial to the interest of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith, on
being directed by the OWNER/ Engineer-in-charge in this behalf remove or
cause to be removed such person(s), as may be named by the OWNER /
Engineer-in-charge in this behalf, from the site, within 24 hours of such intimation
and such person(s) shall not be re-employed in this work or any other work under
the OWNER, without the prior written permission of the OWNER. All repatriations
of any person(s) removed from the site shall be done by the CONTRACTOR at his
own cost and the vacancy(ies) so caused shall be filled by the CONTRACTOR at
his own expenses by competent substitutes.
4.9.3.0 If any activities of any such person are considered by the OWNER or Engineer-in-
charge to be criminal in character and/or prejudicial to the public or national
interest, the CONTRACTOR shall, in addition to removing such person(s) as
stipulated in 4.9.2.0 above, also co-operate with the OWNER/ Engineer-in-charge
in lodging such complaints with the police or other authorities as the OWNER or
Engineer-in-Charge considers necessary, and shall co-operate with the OWNER,
in handing over such person(s) to the concerned authorities as decided by the
OWNER.
4.9.4.0 The CONTRACTOR shall keep the OWNER indemnified from and against all
personnel and third party claims whatsoever (inclusive of all costs incurred
between attorney and client) arising out of any act or omission or intermission on
part of any sub-contractor or agent, sub-agent, consultant, or employee of the
CONTRACTOR or any sub-contractor, whether committed, omitted or arising with
or without the scope of the contract, sub-contract, agency or employment, or
otherwise.
37
4.10.0.0 CHANGE IN CONSTITUTION OF THE CONTRACTOR:
4.10.1.0 The CONTRACTOR, whether an individual, Proprietary concern, Partnership firm,
Private limited Company or Public Limited Company, shall not make any change(s)
in its constitution, by transfer of substantial shareholding or of management (in the
case of a company) or by addition or deletion of Partners, change in the terms of
Partnership, or make any other material change(s) without prior intimation to and
approval of the OWNER. Any such unauthorised change shall attract the
provisions of Clause 7.0.1.0 hereof.
4.11.0.0 DEVIATIONS AND VARIATIONS IN SPECIFICATIONS
4.11.1.0 The Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion, and without prejudice to any other
right or remedy available to the OWNER in this behalf permit a deviation or
variation from the Specifications or accept any work or items of work performed by
the CONTRACTOR at variance with the Specifications and any such permission,
deviation or variation shall ipso facto be subject to the condition that the monetary
benefit of the deviation or variation, as determined by the Engineer-in-Charge
(whose decision shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR) shall be
passed on to the OWNER. In such event the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled only
to such remuneration in respect of such works or item(s) of work as may be
determined by the Engineer-in-charge after reduction of the monetary benefit
arising from the deviation or variation as determined by the Engineer-in-charge
after reduction of the monetary benefit arising from the deviation or variation as
determined by the Engineer-in-charge which determination shall not be disputable
by nor can otherwise form the subject matter of a notified claim by the
CONTRACTOR.
4.11.2.0 Any permission or acceptance for any deviation or variation in specification as
envisaged in Clause 4.11.1.0 hereof shall not be understood by the
CONTRACTOR unless specifically given in writing by the Engineer-in-charge to
the CONTRACTOR in the absence of which any deviation taken or variation done
in any work performed by the CONTRACTOR at variance with contractual
specifications, shall be deemed to be defective works attracting consequences
elsewhere herein specified with respect to defective work(s).
38
SECTION – 5
INSPECTION, TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

5.0.0.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE
5.0.1.0 Within two weeks of the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance from the OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge, a detailed Quality Assurance
Plan envisaged by him for ensuring due and proper adherence to Quality as required by
the Specifications for the work. This Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) shall give in detail
the Organization and Methodology, Checks and controls, as well as the Correction
mechanisms built into the QAP system as envisaged by the CONTRACTOR at the Site
and elsewhere, for ensuring quality inputs into the work and for ensuring quality output
on the Job.
5.0.2.0 The Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled, from time to time and at any time to make or
cause to be made such addition(s), modification(s) or alterations(s) in the QAP as he
considers necessary to improve the QAP (the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this
behalf shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR), and the CONTRACTOR shall
thereafter follow the QAP as added, modified or altered by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.1.0.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS
5.1.1.0 The Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled at all times, at the risk of the
CONTRACTOR, to inspect and/or test by itself or through an independent person(s) or
agency(ies) appointed by the OWNER or Engineer-in-Charge and / or to direct the
CONTRACTOR to inspect and/or test or to get inspected and/or tested, all materials,
items and components, whatsoever supplied or proposed for supply for incorporation in
the works, inclusive during the course of manufacture or fabrication by the
CONTRACTOR and / or at the CONTRACTOR’s or his sub-vendors’ works or otherwise,
of such material, item or component. The inspection and / or tests shall be conducted at
the expense of the CONTRACTOR, and may be directed by the OWNER or Engineer-in-
charge to be conducted by authorized representatives of the OWNER/Engineer-in-charge
or third party inspection agency(ies) appointed by the OWNER. The OWNER may also
require that all the inspections and tests conducted by the CONTRACTOR at his works or
his sub-vendors’ works be carried out in the presence of authorized representatives of the
OWNER/Engineer-in-Charge/ third party inspection agency(ies) appointed by the
OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER/ Engineer-in-charge and/or their
representatives/Agents every facility or assistance necessary for carrying out or
witnessing, as the case may be, the Test(s)/Inspection(s).
5.1.2.0 The CONTRACTOR shall also on receipt of intimation of any communication of any
inspection or tests by the OWNER/Engineer-in-Charge or any of their
representative(s)/ agency(ies) nominated by the OWNER or Engineer-in-Charge in this
behalf, present himself or his authorized representative at the place of inspection and/or
testing to receive any orders or instructions consequent thereto, as shall be necessary.
5.1.3.0 The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the Site Engineer for approval when requested, or as
required by the specifications or other contract documents, adequate samples of all
materials and finishes intended for incorporation in the works, such samples are to be
submitted before the work is commenced permitting sufficient time for
test(s)/examination(s) thereof of the OWNER. All materials furnished and finishes
incorporated in the work shall conform to the approved sample(s) in all respects.
5.1.4.0 The Engineer-in-Charge and/or Site Engineer shall be entitled to reject at any time any
defective material, item or component (including specially manufactured or fabricated
items and components) supplied by the CONTRACTOR for incorporation in the works,
notwithstanding previous inspection and/or testing thereof by or on behalf of the OWNER
without rejection and notwithstanding previous approval thereto by or on behalf of the
OWNER (the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to any defect as aforesaid being final
and binding upon the CONTRACTOR), and upon such rejection, the CONTRACTOR shall
either perform such work or improvement thereon or in respect thereof, as shall be
39
necessary to bring the material item/component to the requisite standard, or shall, if so
required by the Engineer-in-Charge (whose decision in this behalf shall be final), remove
the rejected material/item/component from the job site within the time specified by the
Engineer-in-Charge or the Site Engineer and replace it at his own cost and expense
(without additional remuneration or compensation in respect thereof) with
material(s)/item(s)/component(s) approved by the Site Engineer. The provisions of clause
5.2.7.0 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply to any failure of default by the CONTRACTOR
to do so.
5.2.0.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF WORKS
5.2.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall at all times ensure the highest standards of workmanship
relative to the work, to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer or any Inspector(s) or
Inspecting Agency(ies) nominated by the OWNER/Engineer-in-Charge in this behalf. The
Site Engineer/Inspector(s)/Inspecting Agency(ies) shall have the power to inspect the
work in all respects, at any and all times up to completion of the work as also to test or
instruct the CONTRACTOR to test the works or any structure, material or component
thereof at the risk and cost of the CONTRACTOR, either by the CONTRACTOR or by any
agency(ies) nominated by the OWNER/Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer in this behalf.
5.2.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide all facilities, instruments, material, labour and
accommodation required for inspecting and testing the works (including checking the
setting out of the works) and shall afford the Site Engineer/Inspector(s)/Inspecting
Agency(ies) all assistance necessary to conduct the tests.
5.2.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall also provide and keep at all times during the progress of the
work and maintenance period, proper means of access to the works and every part
thereof by means of ladders, gangways, etc., and necessary attendance to move and set
up the same as directed by the Site Engineer/Inspector(s)/ Inspecting Agency(ies) for
inspection or measurement of the works.
5.2.2.0 On no account shall the CONTRACTOR proceed with concreting or other work such as
(but not limited to) foundations, superstructure or edge preparation of pipes for welding)
by covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of inspection or measurement any
works before necessary inspection entries are filled in the Site Inspection Register by the
Site Engineer or the Inspector(s) or Inspecting Agency(ies).
5.2.3.0 Should the CONTRACTOR fail to comply with any of the provisions aforegoing relative to
inspection and / or testing of the works, the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer shall in
his absolute discretion be entitled to remove / dismantle and / or uncover, as the case
may be, at the risk and cost of the CONTRACTOR for test and examination any works,
structure or component thereof installed, erected or put up by the CONTRACTOR and to
conduct or have conducted the test(s) and / or examination at the risk and cost of the
CONTRACTOR. In such event, the CONTRACTOR shall also bear the risk and costs of
replacement, reinstallation or re-erection of the concerned works, structure, or
component, as the case may be.
5.2.4.0 Notwithstanding anything provided in the aforegoing clauses hereof, the CONTRACTOR
shall be and remain liable at his own cost and initiative to conduct all tests at all relevant
times during supply, erection and installation of any works, structure, material or
component as shall be required in terms of the Contract Documents or by any codes or
specifications referred to therein or approved by the OWNER or the Engineer-in-Charge.
Where the Contract Documents or codes or specifications do not state or nominate the
agency or laboratory where such test shall be conducted, the same shall be conducted at
the cost of the CONTRACTOR through an agency(ies) or laboratory(ies) nominated by the
OWNER or the Engineer-in-Charge for the purpose.
5.2.5.0 Should the Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer on inspection or testing be not satisfied
with the quality or workmanship of any works, structure, item or component (the decision
of the Engineer-in-Charge being final in this behalf), the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith re-
perform, replace, reinstall or re-erect, as the case may be, such works, structure, item or
component, and no such rejected works structure, item or component shall be reused with
40
reference to the work except with the prior permission of the Engineer-in-Charge or Site
Engineer, and the provisions of Clause 5.2.7.0 hereof shall apply to default by the
CONTRACTOR of the provisions of this Clause.
5.2.6.0 Notwithstanding anything provided in foregoing clauses hereof and notwithstanding that
the Site Engineer and/or Inspector(s) or Inspecting Agency(ies) has/have inspected,
tested and/or approved any particular work, structure, item or component, such inspection,
test or approval shall not absolve the CONTRACTOR of his full responsibility under the
Contract (inclusive of and relative to specification fulfillment and performance guarantees)
the said inspection and test procedure being intended basically for the satisfaction of the
OWNER that prima facie the erection done and/or materials and components supplied for
incorporation in the works is in order.
5.2.7.0 Should the CONTRACTOR fail to remove and/or re-perform replace, reinstall, re erect, as
the case may be, any work, structure, material, item or component rejected or found
defective in terms of Clause 5.1.4.0 or Clause 5.2.5.0 hereof within such period as the
Engineer-in-Charge may specify by written notice to the CONTRACTOR in this behalf, the
CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to be in breach of contract within the provisions of
Clause 7.0.1.0 hereof with regard to termination of Contract and associated provisions
thereunder and the OWNER and Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled (without prejudice
to any other right or remedy of the OWNER) to remove the rejected / defective works,
structure, material, item or component and to re-perform, replace reinstall and / or re-
erect, as the case may be, the same by itself or through other agency(ies) or contractor(s)
at the risks and costs of the CONTRACTOR in all respects, and recover the costs
incurred by the OWNER in this behalf together with a supervision charge of 15% (fifteen
percent) thereon admissible to the OWNER, and the OWNER shall be entitled (without
prejudice to any other mode of recovery) to deduct the same from the Running Account /
Final Bill(s) of the CONTRACTOR or any monies becoming due to the CONTRACTOR
from time to time under this or any other Contract.
5.2.7.1 For the purposes of Clause 5.2.7.0 hereof, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge on
whether the works, structure, material, item or component is/are defective and/or is/are
required to be removed and/or re-performed replaced, re-installed and/or re-erected, as
the case may be, and as the costs incurred by the OWNER in this behalf, shall be final
and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
5.2.8.0 Without prejudice to and in addition to any other right of inspection, test or examination by
the OWNER, before or after the passing and payment of the Final Bill , but before the
expiry of the defect liability period, external agencies such as the Chief Technical
Examiner of the Central Vigilance Commission shall have the right to technically audit the
works. Any defects in the works pointed out by this technical audit group/agency shall be
final and binding on the CONTRACTOR, notwithstanding that the Final Bill had been
passed and/or paid to the CONTRACTOR and notwithstanding that the findings and
report of this agency is released after the expiry of the defect liability period. The
CONTRACTOR shall be bound to remove the defects pointed out by the technical audit
group/agency and to repair / replace the defective works to the satisfaction of the
OWNER, and the OWNER shall be entitled to retain in whole or part the
CONTRACTOR’s dues (if the Final Bill has not been paid), or the Security Deposit (if any)
remaining in the hands of the OWNER, or to encash in whole or part the Bank
Guarantee(s) (if any) remaining in the hands of the OWNER to ensure the fulfilment of the
CONTRACTOR ’s obligations in this regard. The Provisions of Clauses 5.2.7.0 and
5.2.7.1 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply to such defect(s).
5.2.8.1 Should the CONTRACTOR fail to comply with the provisions of Clause 5.2.8.0 hereof,
the provisions of Clauses 5.2.7.0 and 5.2.7.1 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply.
5.2.8.2 In case the defects or any of them are such as not to require replacement, the OWNER
shall have the right to accept the defective work with suitable reduction in rates/price, as
may be determined by the General Manager, for the determination of which the
provisions of Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply, for which purpose any
reference in Clause 2.4.1.2 to the Engineer-in-Charge shall be deemed to be a reference
to the General Manager, and the defective works shall be deemed to be works not
41
covered by the Schedule of Rates/lumpsum price as the case may be. The reduction as
determined by the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR.
5.2.8.3 Should the money retained by the OWNER pursuant to the provisions of Clause 5.2.8.0
hereof be insufficient to meet the CONTRACTOR’s liabilities, the CONTRACTOR shall
forthwith on demand by the OWNER pay the shortfall, failing which the CONTRACTOR
shall be liable to pay the OWNER interest on the outstanding at the rate of interest
applied by the State Bank of India on overdrafts, and the OWNER shall, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy available to the OWNER, be entitled to recover the shortfall
from any amount(s) payable or becoming due and payable under any other contract(s).
5.3.0.0 FINAL TESTS & POSSESSION OF WORKS
5.3.1.0 As soon as the works have been completed in all respects to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge or Site Engineer, Final Tests of the works shall be undertaken by the
CONTRACTOR at the risks and costs of the CONTRACTOR, in the presence of the Site
Engineer or his authorized representative(s). The OWNER may at its discretion permit
final test(s) piecemeal in respect of particular part(s) or group(s) of the works or in respect
of particular job site(s) involved.
5.3.1.1. The CONTRACTOR and the Site Engineer shall maintain a joint record of all final tests
conducted, together with the results thereof, indicating the dates on which each of the
said final tests was completed part-wise, component-wise, section-wise, group-wise,
plant-wise, system-wise and sub-system wise, as well as on the entire works or Unit as a
whole.
5.3.2.0 The OWNER shall be entitled to take over for operation, any of the various parts,
components, sections, groups, plants, systems or sub-systems of the work, on which the
respective final tests are completed. The date, on which the final tests on the entire work
have been completed, shall be reckoned as the date of completion of the entire work
covered by the contract.
5.3.2.1 Unless commissioning is included within the scope of work of the CONTRACTOR, in a
contract in which the scope of work of the CONTRACTOR includes erection and/or
installation of a Plant or Unit or of any equipment, the date of Mechanical Completion
thereof recorded by the Engineer-in-charge pursuant to successful final tests under
Clause 5.3.1.1 hereof shall be reckoned as date of completion of the work.
5.3.3.0 If during Final Tests or prior there to any defect (s) in the design (insofar far as the work
may involve any designing on the part of the CONTRACTOR) or in any work performed or
structure or component in-stalled or erected or re-installed or re-erected or in any
installation or erection or material or other items incorporated in the works, is/are noticed,
the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith repair (if it can be repaired) and/or remove and/or
demolish the same (if it cannot be repaired) and replace, re-install and re-erect the same
and otherwise do and provide whatever is necessary to be done or provided to
correct, repair, and/ or rectify the defect(s) to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge,
and if the defect(s) be discovered during the Final Tests, the CONTRACTOR shall
thereafter repeat the Final Tests or such of them as may be required to be repeated and
so on, until the successful conclusion of Final Tests as aforesaid, without any defects in
respect of the entire works or Plant or Unit, as the case may be.
5.3.3.1 Should the CONTRACTOR fail to correct, repair or rectify any defects as aforesaid, the
provisions of Clauses 5.2.7.0 and 5.2.7.1 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply.
5.3.4.0 If, by reason of any default on the part of the CONTRACTOR, final tests cannot be
conducted in respect of the entire works or for the Plant or Unit (in the case of a Contract
which includes within its scope the erection or installation thereof) or for any of the
separate part(s), component(s), section(s), group(s), system(s) or sub-system(s)
comprised therein, within 30 (thirty) days after the dates fixed for the completion of the
entire works covered by the contract under the Progress Schedule or Mechanical
Completion of the Plant/Unit, as the case may be, the OWNER shall be entitled,
notwithstanding anything provided in Clause 5.3.2.0 hereof and without prejudice to any
other rights or remedies of the OWNER and/or the liabilities of the CONTRACTOR under
the Contract including (but not limited to) the rights of the OWNER under clauses 4.4.0.0,
42
7.0.1.0 and associated clauses thereunder, to take over and use the incomplete works
or Plant or Unit, as the case may be, with or without affording the CONTRACTOR any
further opportunity for completing the works and/or satisfying the requirements of final
tests. The taking over and possession or use of the works or Plant or Unit or any part or
portion or component, section or group or system or sub-system thereof by the OWNER,
under the above provisions shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of the works or
Plant or Unit or the relative part, portion, component, section, group, plant, system or sub-
system, as the case may be, nor shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of his full obligations in
respect thereof under the contract.
5.3.5.0 If the CONTRACTOR is permitted to complete and/or conduct final tests for the works or
Plant or Unit, or any part of the works or Plant or Unit, as the case may be, after it is taken
over under the provisions hereof, this shall be without prejudice to the rights of the
OWNER under the contract, including (but not limited to) clauses 4.4.0.0 and 7.0.1.0 and
associated clauses thereunder.
5.3.5.1 If the CONTRACTOR is permitted to complete and/or conduct final tests for the works or
Plant or Unit or any part of the works or Plant or Unit, as the case may be, and the
CONTRACTOR is of opinion that such taking over and/or use shall require an extension
of time for completion and/or for conducting final tests, the provisions of Clause 4.3.5.0
and associated Clauses thereunder relating to extension of time shall apply.
5.3.5.2 If pursuant to action under Clause 5.3.4.0 the CONTRACTOR is not permitted by the
OWNER to complete and/or to conduct final tests for the works or Plant or Unit or any
part thereof, the incomplete works/Plant/Unit shall be deemed to be a defective work. If
the OWNER decides not to exercise its rights under Clause 4.7.4.0 or Clause 7.0.1.0 in
respect thereof, then the OWNER shall (without prejudice to any other right which it may
have) be deemed to have agreed to accept the defective works subject to a reduction in
the applicable rate(s)/lumpsum price(s) as determined by the General Manager, and the
provisions of Clause 5.2.8.2 hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply.
5.3.6.0 If the Final Tests cannot be completed in respect of the entire work or the Plant/ Unit or
any part/ component/ section/ group/system/ subsystem thereof, for reasons solely
attributable to the OWNER, within 30 (thirty) days after the date fixed for completion of the
entire Works or Mechanical Completion of the Plant/ Unit, as the case may be, under the
Progress Schedule, the OWNER shall be entitled to take over and use the
works/Plant/Unit pending the completion of the Final Tests by the CONTRACTOR at a
later date. If, however, the Final Tests cannot be completed within 6 (six) months of
taking over the works/Plant/Unit for reasons solely attributable to the OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR ’s progressive/ stagewise payment, if any, held back specifically for non-
completion of the said Final Tests, shall be released to the CONTRACTOR by the
OWNER, against a Bank Guarantee for an equivalent amount issued in a form and by a
Scheduled Bank in India acceptable to the OWNER. This Bank Guarantee shall be kept
valid for a period of 6 (six) months from the date of release of payment as aforesaid. If,
however, it is still not possible to conduct the Final Tests, within the validity period of the
aforesaid Bank Guarantee for reasons solely attributable to the OWNER, the requirement
of Final Tests for the concerned works or Plant/Unit or part/ component/section/ group/
plant system/ subsystem thereof, shall stand waived and the said Bank Guarantee will be
released to the CONTRACTOR, duly discharged, by the OWNER.
5.3.7.0 The OWNER may, in addition to any other right(s) or power(s) to take over and/or use
incomplete or defective works, at any time during the progress of the works,
notwithstanding that time for the completion of the entire works or concerned part,
system(s), portion or section thereof according to the Progress Schedule(s) shall not have
expired, take over and/or use for any purpose the incomplete or partially completed works
or any part, system(s), portion or section thereof, as the case may be, and give the
CONTRACTOR an opportunity for completing the work or relative part, system(s) or
portion or section thereof, as the case may be, within the time for completion permitted
therefor under the Progress Schedule. If in the opinion of the CONTRACTOR, such
taking over and/or use require an extension of time for completion, the provision of
Clause 4.3.5.0 hereof and associated clauses thereunder relating to extension of time
shall apply. Provided Always that such taking over, possession or use of the works or
any part, system(s), portion or section thereof by the OWNER within the provisions hereof
43
shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of work or relative part, system(s), portion or
section thereof by the OWNER or relieve the CONTRACTOR of his full obligations in
respect thereof under the CONTRACT.
5.4.0.0 COMMISSIONING AND PERFORMANCE TESTS
5.4.1.0 If commissioning is within the scope of work of a CONTRACTOR engaged inter alia for
erection and/or installation of a Plant or Unit, the work shall be deemed not to be
complete unless the Plant/Unit is successfully commissioned and handed over to the
OWNER for operation.
5.4.2.0 Prior to commissioning the Plant or Unit, the CONTRACTOR shall undertake all
operations necessary for start-up of the Plant/Unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
5.4.3.0 While the OWNER shall provide the utilities required for start-up and commissioning the
Plant/Unit and the raw material or feed stock to be processed in the Plant or Unit, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide all other inputs and consumables required for start-up and
commissioning the Plant/Unit including grease and lubricants and first fill of fuels
and oils for the equipment and Machinery
5.4.4.0 The CONTRACTOR shall provide all personnel required for start-up and supervisory and
technical personnel required for commissioning, while the OWNER shall provide
operating personnel for commissioning, and shall make and undertake modifications in
the Plant/Unit required for successfully commissioning the Plant/Unit. The
CONTRACTOR shall not, however, within the scope of the work of erecting and/or
installing or commissioning the Plant/Unit be required to supply any material (other than
utilities and consumables) required to be incorporated in such modification.
5.4.5.0 The Plant/Unit shall be understood to have been successfully commissioned by
continuous and stablised operation upto full capacity for a continuous period of not less
than 7 (seven) days. On successful commissioning of Plant/Unit, the Engineer-in-Charge
shall issue a Commission Certificate which shall state the date of completion of
commissioning.
5.4.6.0 If conduct of Performance Tests falls within the scope of work of a CONTRACTOR
engaged inter alia for erection and/or installation of a Plant or Unit, the work shall be
deemed not to be complete until successful completion of the Performance Tests.
5.4.6.1 Performance tests shall be started when the Unit is stabilized under design conditions.
The plant shall be operated and controlled in accordance with procedures set up before
hand. The performance shall be measured on the basis of the average of data obtained
during 72 (Seventy-two) hours of performance tested under continuous operation of the
Unit/Plant in performance test conditions after the Unit/Plant has been stabilized.
5.4.7.0 The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical and supervisory personnel required
conducting the Performance Tests, while the OWNER shall provide all other inputs
required for the purpose. The CONTRACTOR shall make and undertake all modifications
required to be made in the Plant/Unit to meet the Performance parameters and/or to
successfully complete the Performance Tests for the Plant/Unit. The CONTRACTOR
shall not, however, within the scope of work of erecting and/or installing or conducting
Performance Tests for the Plant/Unit be required to supply any materials (other than
utilities and consumables) required to undertake the modifications. The Performance
Tests shall be repeated, if necessary, until successful completion of the Performance
Tests. On successful completion of the Performance Tests, the Engineer-in-Charge shall
issue the CONTRACTOR a Performance Test Certificate which shall indicate the dates
on which the Performance Tests were conducted and the date(s) of successful
completion of the Performance Tests. The provisions of Clause 5.2.6.0 hereof shall
mutatis mutandis apply to Performance Tests in the same manner as they apply to Final
Tests.
5.4.8.0 If during commissioning and/or Performance Tests any defects are discovered in any
work performed by the CONTRACTOR or in any erection or installation undertaken by the
CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith within the scope of work do and
provide all that is necessary to be done or provided to correct, repair and/or rectify the
44
defect(s) to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall remove or demolish and
re-erect or re-install the defective works, if necessary, and shall thereafter continue with
the commissioning or repeat the Performance Tests, as the case may be, or such of them
as are required to be performed, and so on until successful completion of the
Commissioning and/or Performance Tests. Should the CONTRACTOR fail to correct,
repair or rectify any defects as aforesaid, the provisions of Clauses 5.2.7.0 and 5.2.7.1
hereof shall mutatis mutandis apply.
5.4.8.1 (a) If on any testing any material or equipment or the Unit does not meet the design, rated
or guaranteed performance relative thereto, the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith within
the CONTRACTOR’s scope of work and at no additional cost to the OWNER
undertake such additional tests and/or operations as are necessary to identify the
cause of such failure. Such tests and/or operations shall be conducted in conjunction
with the Process Licensor, if the Unit as a whole fails to meet the Process Licensor’s
Guarantees.
(b) If as a result of such tests and/or operations it is determined that the design, rated
and/or guaranteed outputs or capacities have not been met because of a defect or
deficiency or unsuitability or inadequacy in or of any material(s) (including machines
and equipments) supplied by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith
in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge take steps necessary to cause the defect/
deficiency/ unsuitability/ inadequacy to be identified and rectified, either by re-
placement of the defective material or part thereof or by repair thereof.
(c) If under any of the provisions hereof, the CONTRACTOR is required to undertake any
modification, rectification or replacement, the CONTRACTOR shall for this purpose
forthwith establish a Time Schedule acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge for such
modification/replacement/rectification bearing in mind the time exigencies and the
Project requirements. Should the CONTRACTOR fail to establish the Time
Schedule, the Engineer-in-Charge shall establish the Time Schedule, and the Time
Schedule so established shall be binding on the CONTRACTOR.
(d) Should the CONTRACTOR thereafter fail to adhere to a Time Schedule so
established for the replacement/rectification, the OWNER may (but without obligation
to do so) take over in whole or part such replacement/rectification at the risk and cost
of and as agent of the CONTRACTOR. In so doing, the OWNER shall be entitled to
identify and employ through private negotiations the quickest available resources of
supply and/or work without resorting to the tender process or any other form of
competitive bidding and shall be entitled to recover from the CONTRACTOR, the
costs incurred by the OWNER in respect thereof, plus 15% (fifteen percent)
supervision charges.
5.4.9.0 The procedure for commissioning the Plant/Unit and/or for conducting Performance Tests
shall be as prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge taking into account the requirements of
the manufacturers/Vendors of plant and equipment and the Licensors of the process(es)
involved. The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the procedure to ensure strict
adherence with the said requirements.
5.4.9.1 Although the CONTRACTOR is not responsible for process guarantees, he shall carry out
all activities for collecting the required data during Performance Test runs to identify
problems of non-performance for further analysis and modifications required to meet
process performance parameters.
5.5.0.0 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
5.5.1.0 After the final tests have been successfully completed in respect of all the works
envisaged in the contract, or after the Plant/Unit has been Mechanically completed, as
the case may be, the CONTRACTOR shall clear the job site of all scaffolding, wiring,
pipes, surplus materials, CONTRACTOR ’s labour, equipment and machinery and shall
demolish, dismantle and remove all CONTRACTOR ’s site offices and quarters and other
temporary works, structures and constructions and other items and things whatsoever
brought upon or erected at the job site or any land allotted to the CONTRACTOR by the
OWNER and not incorporated in the permanent works and shall remove all rubbish from
the job site and the land allotted to the CONTRACTOR and shall clear, level and dress
45
the job site and said land to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer and shall put the
OWNER in undisputed custody and possession of the job site and all land allotted by the
OWNER to the CONTRACTOR , and unless the CONTRACTOR shall have fulfilled the
provisions of the clause, the works shall not be deemed to have been completed, and
failing compliance by the CONTRACTOR of the provisions of this clause, the provisions
of Clauses 7.0.6.0 and 7.0.7.0 hereof and associated provision thereunder shall mutatis
mutandis apply.
5.5.2.0 Upon the satisfactory fulfillment by the CONTRACTOR of the provisions of Clause 5.5.1.0
hereof, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to apply to the Engineer-in-Charge, for a
Completion Certificate in respect of the entire work or work at any job site, as the case
may be, upon submission of the following documents:
(i) The Technical Documents according to which the work was carried out;
(ii) Complete set of working dra wings showing therein corrections and modifications (if
any) made during the course of execution of the works, signed by the Engineer-in-
Charge;
(iii) Certificates of final levels as set for various works, signed by the Site Engineer;
(iv) Records of the final test as maintained jointly and signed by the representative of
the CONTRACTOR and the Site Engineer or Mechanical Completion Certificate (if
commissioning is not within the CONTRACTOR’s scope of work) and
Commissioning Certificate (if Performance Tests are not within the
CONTRACTOR’s scope of work) and Performance Test Certificate (if Performance
Tests are within the CONTRACTOR’S scope of work).
(v) Certificate of Site Engineer of satisfactory fulfillment of the provisions of Clause
5.5.1.0 hereof;
(vi) List of surplus/scrap materials, (out of the materials issued by the OWNER)
returned to the OWNER’s Store or otherwise disposed of, duly signed by the Site
Engineer;
(vii) Materials-at-site accounting for OWNER-supplied materials, signed by the Site
Engineer;
(viii) Discharge Certificate in respect of OWNER-supplied equipment and machinery,
signed by the Site Engineer; and
(ix) Declaration by the CONTRACTOR that he has duly cleared any and all of the dues
payable by him to his Labour/ Piece rate workers (PRWs), Sub-Contractors,
Suppliers, Vendors, Income Tax, Sales Tax, Octroi and Service Tax, Excise and
Customs, Provident fund, ESI and royalties, if any.
5.5.3.0 If Engineer-in-Charge is satisfied of the completion of the work relative to which the
Completion Certificate has been sought and of the completeness in all respects of the
Documents specified in Clause 5.5.2.0 hereof, the Engineer-in-Charge shall, within 14
(fourteen) days of receipt of the application for Completion Certificate, issue a Completion
Certificate in respect of the said work in the format prescribed by the OWNER.
5.5.3.1 The issue of a Completion Certificate shall be without prejudice to the OWNER’s rights
and to the CONTRACTOR’s liabilities under the Contract, including the CONTRACTOR’s
liability for the defect liability period under Clause 5.6.1.0 hereof, nor shall the issue of a
Completion Certificate in respect of the works or work at any job site be construed as a
waiver of any right or claim of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR in respect of work
or the works at the job site in respect of which the Completion Certificate has been
issued.
5.5.4.0 Up to and until issue of the Completion Certificate as provided for hereinabove in respect
of the work or works at any job site, the relative work(s) shall be and remain at the risks of
the CONTRACTOR in all respects, including (but not limited to) accident, fire, lightning,
earthquakes, flood, storm, tempest, riot, civil commotion and/ or war, except for such
works/Plant/Unit or parts, portions, components, sections, groups, systems or sub-
systems, which have been taken over by and put to beneficial use by the OWNER, in
respect whereof such risks shall pass to the OWNER when the OWNER takes over the
same in terms of the Contract.
46
5.6.0.0 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD
5.6.1.0 The Defect Liability Period for the works (including the materials incorporated therein
within the CONTRACTOR’s scope of supply) shall unless otherwise specified be 12
(twelve) months from the date of issue of the Completion Certificate.
5.6.1.1. The CONTRACTOR shall, at his own cost and initiative, correct, repair and/or rectify any
and all defect(s) and/or imperfections in the design of the work (insofar as the
CONTRACTOR shall be concerned with the design of the work or any part thereof) and/or
in the work performed and/or materials, components or other items incorporated therein
within the CONTRACTOR’s scope of supply as shall be discovered during the Defect
Liability Period and in the event of the CONTRACTOR failing to do so, the provisions of
Clauses 5.2.7.0 and 5.2.7.1 hereof shall apply.
47
SECTION 6
MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS
6.0.0.0 FINAL MEASUREMENTS :
6.0.1.0 Within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of completion of Final Test(s) in respect of the
works or any portion, section, group or job site, as the case may be, the CONTRACTOR
shall cause to be jointly taken with the Site Engineer, final measurements as herein
provided for the works covered by the said Final Test(s).
6.0.2.0 If the CONTRACTOR fails to apply to the Engineer-in-Charge for final measurements
within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of relative final tests as specified in Clause 6.0.1.0
hereof, the Site Engineer may, of his own initiative, notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of
the date(s) for final measurements. The CONTRACTOR shall be bound to present
himself for the measurements on date(s) so notified, failing which the provision of Clause
6.1.4.0 hereof shall apply.
6.1.0.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT :
6.1.1.0 All measurements shall be in the metric system, and except where expressly indicated to
the contrary in the Schedule of Rates or other Contract Documents, all measurements
shall be taken in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Schedule of Rates,
Specifications and other Contract Documents, notwithstanding any provision(s) in the
relative standard method of measurement or any other general or local custom to the
contrary.
6.1.2.0 In the event of the mode of measurement being not provided for by the Contract
Documents in respect of any item of the work, such item of work shall be measured in
accordance with the Indian Standard Specification No.1200 (latest edition) and such other
Indian Standard Specifications as may be applicable, and in the event of such item not
being covered by the said Indian Standard Specifications, shall be measured in
accordance with the method of measurement in this behalf determined by the Engineer-
in-Charge, whose decision shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
6.1.3.0 All measurements shall be taken jointly by the Site Engineer or his representative on the
one hand and the CONTRACTOR or his representative on the other hand and the
CONTRACTOR shall be bound to present himself or his authorised representative
whenever so required by the Site Engineer, and shall remain present throughout the time
required for joint measurements.
6.1.4.0 If the CONTRACTOR absents himself for any reason whatsoever on any date appointed
for joint measurements, the joint measurements shall be taken by the Site Engineer in the
absence of the CONTRACTOR and the measurements signed by the Site Engineer shall
be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
6.1.5.0 Measurements shall be signed and dated on each page by the
CONTRACTOR/CONTRACTOR’s representative and Site Engineer/Site Engineer
representative. If the CONTRACTOR objects to any of the measurements recorded,
including the mode of measurement, such objection shall be noted in the measurement
book against the item objected to and such note shall be signed by the
CONTRACTOR/CONTRACTOR’s representative and Site Engineer/Site Engineer’s
representative. In the absence of any noted objection as aforesaid, the CONTRACTOR
shall be deemed to have accepted the relative measurements as entered in the
Measurement Book/Sheets and shall be barred from raising any objection in respect of
any measurements recorded in the Measurement book.
6.1.6.0 All measurements relative to which any objections have been noted in the Measurement
Book shall be submitted to the Engineer-in–Charge for his decision, and the decision of
the Engineer-in-charge relative thereto (whether on the correct measurement to be
adopted or on the mode of measurement to be adopted) shall be final and binding upon
the CONTRACTOR.
6.2.0.0 FINAL BILL
48
6.2.1.0 On the basis of the Final Measurements entered in the Measurement Books/Sheets (the
measurements decided by the Engineer-in-Charge upon any objection and/or mode of
measurement decided by the Engineer-in-Charge upon any objection being the
measurement to be adopted in such event), the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit
to the Engineer-in-charge a Final Bill in the prescribed form with reference to the total
work covered by the Contract. Such Bill is to be drawn up by applying the applicable
rate(s) specified in the Schedule of Rates to the relative measured quantity(ies). Final Bill
shall also include the reconciliation or accounting of all materials supplied by or on behalf
of the OWNER as free issue material or otherwise.
6.2.1.1 If there is any difference or disputes between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER as to
the item(s) of the Schedule of Rates applicable to any particular supply, work or
operation, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge on the applicable item(s) of the
Schedule of Rates shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR. If the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be of the opinion (which opinion shall be final and binding upon the
CONTRACTOR) that the disputed supply, work or operation is not covered by any item in
the Schedule of Rates or by any other rate fixed pursuant to the provisions hereof, the
Engineer-in-charge shall determine the applicable rate(s) in respect thereof according to
the provisions of Clause 2.4.1.2 hereof, and the rate(s) so determined by the Engineer-in-
charge shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR.
6.2.1.2 If the CONTRACTOR has already prepared the Final Bill, the CONTRACTOR shall
amend the Final Bill to apply the applicable item(s) of the Schedule of Rates and/or
rate(s) as determined by the Engineer-in-charge and if the CONTRACTOR has not
prepared the Final Bill, shall prepare the Final Bill accordingly.
6.2.2.0 The Final Bill shall, in addition to the payment entitlements arrived at according to the
provisions of Clause 6.2.1.0 hereof and associated clauses above, include in a separate
statement annexed thereto the notified claims of the CONTRACTOR as provided for in
Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof.
6.2.3.0 The Final Bill drawn in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-charge for certification in quintuplicate (or in such other number of copies as
may be prescribed), accompanied by the Completion Certificate relating to the works.
6.2.3.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall within 30 days of the receipt of the Final Bill drawn in
accordance with the provisions hereof proceed to check, correct and certify the Final Bill
and shall forward the corrected and certified Final Bill to the OWNER for scrutiny and
payment together with the Completion Certificate, and shall send to the CONTRACTOR
for his information a copy of the Final Bill as corrected and certified.
6.2.4.0 All monies payable under the Contract shall become due to the CONTRACTOR only after
submission to the OWNER of the certified Final Bill accompanied by the Completion
Certificate in respect of the works.
6.2.5.0 Payment of the amount(s) due on the Certified Final Bill to the extent admitted by the
OWNER shall be made within 90 (ninety) days from the date of its certification by the
Engineer-in-charge.
6.2.5.1 The payment to the CONTRACTOR on the Final Bill shall be subject to deduction of
retention money(ies), balance security deposits and other claims, if any, as well as
income tax as provided under section 194-C of the Income Tax Act and such other taxes
and deductions as provided for under any law, rule or regulation having the force of law
for the time being applicable (including any hold ups directed or necessiated by Court
Orders or Orders of any Tribunal or other statutory authority and/or of the Vigilance
Commission).
6.2.6.0 The OWNER may authorise the Engineer-in-charge and/or any other person(s) to
commence a dialogue with the CONTRACTOR for arriving at a settlement of the notified
claims of the CONTRACTOR annexed to the Final Bill as provided in Clause 6.6.3.0
hereof.
6.2.6.1 If a settlement is negotiated with the CONTRACTOR in respect of such claims and such
settlement is approved by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a
Supplementary Final Bill to the OWNER drawn in terms of the said settlement, and the
49
provisions of Clause 6.2.3.1 and associated clauses thereunder shall mutatis mutandis
apply to such Supplementary Final Bill.
6.2.6.2 Payment of the amount due on the Supplementary Final Bill to the extent admitted by the
OWNER shall be made within 90 (ninety) days from the date of its certification by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
6.3.0.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES :
6.3.1.0 The remuneration determined due to the CONTRACTOR under the provision of Clause
6.2.2.0 hereof shall constitute the entirety of the remuneration and entitlement of the
CONTRACTOR in respect of the work(s) under the Contract, and no further or other
payment whatsoever shall be or become due or payable to the CONTRACTOR under the
Contract.
6.3.2.0 Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of Clause 6.3.1.0 hereof, the
Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include and cover :
(i) All costs, expenses, outgoings and liabilities of every nature and description
whatsoever and all risks whatsoever (foreseen or unforeseen) to be taken or which
may occur in or relative to the execution, completion, testing and/or handing over the
work to the OWNER and/or in or relative to acquisition, loading, unloading,
transportation, storing, working upon, using, converting, fabricating, erecting any item,
equipment, material or component in or relative to the works and the CONTRACTOR
shall be deemed to have known the nature, scope, magnitude and the extent of the
works and items, materials, utilities, consumables, equipment, and components and
work, labour and services required for the proper and complete execution of the
works though the Contract Documents may not fully and precisely set out, describe or
specify them; and the generality hereof shall not be deemed to be anywise limited,
restricted or abridged because in certain cases, the Contract Documents or any of
them shall or may and/or in other cases, they shall or may not expressly state that the
CONTRACTOR shall do or perform any particular work, labour or service or because
in certain cases, the Contract Documents state a particular work, operation, supply,
labour or service shall be performed/made by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost or
without additional payment, compensation or charge or without entitlement of claim
against the OWNER or words to similar effect, and in other cases, they do not do so
or because in cases it is stated that the same are included in or covered by the
Schedule of Rates and in other cases, it is not so stated;
(ii) The cost of all constructional plant, equipment, supply of water and power,
construction of temporary roads and access, temporary works and facilities, pumps,
wiring, pipes, scaffolding, shuttering, and other materials, supervision, labour,
insurances , fuel, stores, spares, supplies, appliances and other materials, items,
articles and things whatsoever (foreseen or unforeseen) to be supplied, provided or
arranged by the CONTRACTOR in or relative to or in connection with the
performance and/or execution of each item specified in the Schedule of Rates and
any related or incidental works or operations by expression or implication involved
therein or incidental thereto, complete in every aspect in accordance with Contract
Documents, and the plan(s), drawing(s), design(s), order(s) and/or instruction(s).
(iii) The cost of royalties, licence fees, charges, duties, penalties, levies and damages
whatsoever payable for or in respect of any protected or patented goods, materials,
equipment or processes employed in or relative to the works and all rents, royalties,
licence fees and any other fee, duty, penalty, levy, loss or damage payable on the
excavation, removal or transportation of any material or acquisition or use of any right
of way or other rights, licences, permits, privileges or usages required for or relative
to the performance of the works;
(iv) Customs duties, excise duties and other duties, sales tax on sale or purchase or
turnover or on Works Contract or otherwise and other direct and indirect taxes, quay
and port dues or charges and all other duties, taxes, fees, charges, levies octroi
and/or cesses whatsoever imposed by the Central Government or State Government
or Municipal or Local Bodies and other Authorities whatsoever payable on any
materials and/or works imported, exported, transported, supplied or performed
50
(including materials incorporated in the works or brought to site for the performance
of the work) without any entitlement to the CONTRACTOR for any exemption,
remission, refund or reduction thereof.
(v) The cost of all indemnities to the OWNER and insurance premia on insurance
required in terms of the Contract Documents under any law, rule or regulation, or
otherwise taken out by the CONTRACTOR and the cost of all risks whatsoever
(foreseen or unforeseen) including but not limited to risks of delay or extension of
time or reduction or increase in the work or scope of work and/or cancellation of
Contract and/or accidents, strike, civil commotion, war, labour trouble, third party
breach, fire, lightning, inclement weather, storm, tempest, flood, earthquake and other
acts of God, Government regulation or imposition or restriction, dislocation of road,
rail and other transport, access or facilities, flooding of site and/or access roads or
approaches thereto, suspension of work, sabotage and other cause whatsoever.
(vi) The cost of all material supplied to the OWNER and/or intended for incorporation in
the works delivered to the job site and stacked as instructed by the Engineer-in-
Charge including (but not limited to) loading, transportation and unloading thereof,
waste or materials and returns and disposal of waste and of empties; and
(vii) All supervision charges, establishment overheads, finance charges and other costs
and expenses of and charges to the CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR’s profit of
and relative to the work.
6.3.3.0 The rates stated in the Schedule of Rates shall not be subject to escalation or increase
on any account whatsoever.
6.4.0.0 ON ACCOUNT PAYMENTS AND ADVANCES :
6.4.1.0 Without prejudice to the provision of Clause 6.2.4.0 hereof, the OWNER may at its
discretion by way of assistance to the CONTRACTOR, make ‘on account’ payments to
the CONTRACTOR, during the progress of the work on the basis of Running Account
Bills as hereinafter more specifically mentioned.
6.4.1.1 Monthly or otherwise as the Engineer-in-Charge may specify in this behalf, the
CONTRACTOR shall make a quantitative assessment of the work performed by
CONTRACTOR at each job site during the preceding month or other specified period and
submit a Running Account Bill (in the form prescribed by the OWNER) in quintuplicate to
the Site Engineer of the work during the said month/period with detailed measurements
thereof, the said Running Account Bill(s), to be drawn by applying unit quantities
measured to the applicable item(s) in the Schedule of Rates. The Engineer-in-Charge
shall thereafter have summary verification undertaken of the work and quantities entered
in the Running Account Bill(s), and shall certify the Running Account Bill(s) for payment
on basis of such verification.
6.4.1.2 Running Account Bills as specified in Clause 6.4.1.1 hereof may be drawn by the
CONTRACTOR every alternate month, and an ad hoc payment made by the OWNER in
respect of the intervening month for the amount certified by the Engineer-in-Charge on
the basis of a summary assessment made by the Engineer-in-Charge of the value
performed by the CONTRACTOR during the intervening month, such ad hoc payment(s)
to be deducted from the amount(s) certified by the Engineer-in-Charge as payable on the
Running Account Bill(s) thereafter following.
6.4.1.3 Where the Contract stipulates a lump sum as payable for the work or where a lump sum
rate is stipulated in the Schedule of Rate(s) or otherwise in respect of any particular work
or part thereof and the works are not, at any intervening stage, capable of measurement,
the Running Account Bill to be prepared by the CONTRACTOR according to the
provisions of Clause 6.4.1.1 hereof shall be prepared on the basis of a value assessment
of such work as certified by the Engineer-in-charge, as percentage of the entire work or
item of work for which the lump sum rate is stipulated.
6.4.1.4 No running Account Bill(s) shall be made and/or certified for a total value of less than
Rs.25,000/- (Rupees twenty five thousand only) unless otherwise expressly agreed.
51
6.4.2.0 All on account payments shall be subject to deductions therefrom of all dues to the
OWNER, retention monies and other deductions provided for in the Contract, and taxes
and other monies deductible within the provisions of Section 194-C of the Income Tax Act
or any other law, rule or regulation for the time being in force.
6.4.3.0 All on account payments shall be regarded merely as advance payments against the
amount which will become due to the CONTRACTOR in terms of the Contract, and any
such payments shall be without prejudice to the full rights of the OWNER under the
Contract and to the liabilities of the CONTRACTOR thereunder, and specifically shall not
be regarded as an acceptance or completion of any work(s) paid for in terms of any
Running Account Bill or otherwise, notwithstanding any verification or certification by the
Engineer-in-Charge in respect thereof.
6.4.3.1 The Schedule of Rate item(s) applied by the CONTRACTOR in respect of any work in his
Running Account Bill(s) and the acceptance thereof by the Engineer-in-Charge while
verifying and certifying the Bill for payment in respect of such work or otherwise in
certifying any payment within the provisions aforesaid shall not be deemed to be binding
upon the OWNER as determining the applicable Schedule of Rate item(s) and shall be
without prejudice to the rights of the OWNER within the provisions of Clause 6.2.1.1
hereof.
6.4.4.0 Unless or until an extension of time has been granted by the Engineer-in-charge under
Clause 4.3.5.0 hereof or by the OWNER under Clause 4.3.6.0 hereof on account
payments made under Running Account Bills raised by the CONTRACTOR for the works
executed after the expiry of the date of final completion of the works under the approved
Progress schedule, shall be subject to provisional withholding of an amount towards
adjustment by way of discount in the price calculated as per provisions of Clause 4.4.2.0
hereof. The amount so withheld shall be adjusted towards the Price Adjustment (if any)
finally determined after completion of the works. As an alternative, the CONTRACTOR
shall have an option to provide a Bank guarantee from a schedule bank and in a format
acceptable to the OWNER for a sum equal to 10% (ten percent) of the total contract value
which shall be available for recovery of the Price Discount (if any) finally determined after
completion of the works. This Bank guarantee shall be in addition to any other guarantee
to be provided by the CONTRACTOR and shall be valid for a period of not less than 12
(twelve) months from the date of final completion of the works.
6.4.5.0 In Contracts of a Total Contract Value of Rs. 50 lakh (Rupees fifty lakhs only) and above,
the CONTRACTOR may (if specified by him in his bid and accepted by the OWNER) be
allowed a Mobilisation advance for an amount equivalent to upto 10% (ten per cent) of the
Total Contract Value, subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions :
a) The CONTRACTOR shall have signed and sent back a copy (or copies if so required)
of the Acceptance of Tender issued by the OWNER in token of unqualified acceptance
thereof.
b) The CONTRACTOR shall have furnished the Initial Security Deposit as stipulated in
Clause 2.1.1.0 and associated clauses hereof.
c) The CONTRACTOR shall have executed the formal contract in terms of the Form of
Contract.
d) The CONTRACTOR shall have made a formal application for the release of the
Mobilisation Advance and shall have furnished a Bank Guarantee to cover the
Mobilisation Advance from a Bank in a format approved by the OWNER.
e) The outstanding balance of the Mobilisation Advance shall carry interest at 1% (one
percent) above the State Bank of India declared rate for cash credit advances
prevailing on the date of opening of Price Bids;
f) Without prejudice to any other mode of recovery available to the OWNER, the
Mobilisation Advance, together with interest thereon calculated on the reducing
balance, may be recovered at the rate of 10% (ten per cent) of the gross amount
certified against each Running Account Bill, till the advance, together with the interest
accrued thereon, is recovered in full. The unrecovered balance if any, and interest
52
may be recovered from the Final Bill of the CONTRACTOR and/or from any other
amount due to the CONTRACTOR under any other contract or otherwise.
g) (i) If the OWNER is satisfied that 25% (twenty five per cent) of the Mobilisation
Advance and interest accrued till then on the Mobilisation Advance has been
repaid to or recovered by the OWNER, the OWNER may on the application of the
CONTRACTOR, if the Bank Guarantee submitted by the CONTRACTOR covers
and secures only the Mobilisation Advance, permit the CONTRACTOR to
substitute the Bank Guarantee by a Bank Guarantee acceptable to OWNER for an
amount reduced by 25% (twenty five per cent).
(ii) The provisions of paragraph (i ) hereof above, shall mutatis mutandis apply to the
OWNER’s satisfaction that the CONTRACTOR has repaid 50% (fifty per cent)
and/or 75% (seventy five per cent), as the case may be, of the Mobilisation
Advance, and interest upto then accrued till then on the Mobilisation Advance.
h) All other conditions stipulated in Clause 2.1.2.0 hereof shall be applicable to the
advance(s).
6.4.6.0 In addition, the OWNER may, at its discretion, allow Secured Advance(s) to the
CONTRACTOR, against imperishable materials brought to site for incorporation in the
permanent works. Such Secured Advance(s) shall be governed by the following
conditions:
(a) The decision of the OWNER as to whether or not to grant a Secured Advance and as
to what materials, if any, are imperishable for the grant of Secured Advance and/or as
to what has to be done to qualify any particular material for the grant of Secured
Advance, shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR.
(b) The Secured Advance shall be limited to lower of the following :
(i) 75% (Seventy Five percent) of the value of the imperishable material brought to
site for permanent incorporation in the works as assessed by the Engineer-in-
Charge, who may call for (but shall not be bound by) the voucher(s)/invoices for
any such material from the CONTRACTOR, who shall forthwith comply with the
same ;
(ii) 90% (Ninety percent) of the concerned item rate for the work in which the material
is to be incorporated as set out in the Schedule of Rates.
(c) The Secured Advance shall be recovered from the subsequent Running Account bill(s)
of the CONTRACTOR, to the extent as determined by the Engineer-in-charge (whose
decision shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR) that the materials
covered by the Secured Advance are used up in or for the work(s) covered by the
bill(s).
(d) Upon payment/disbursement by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR or any supplier
of the CONTRACTOR of any Secured advance with respect to any materials, the
ownership of the said materials shall forthwith vest in the OWNER as security for the
repayment of the said advance(s) without necessity of any further act, deed, matter or
thing, and the said materials shall be deemed to be OWNER supplied materials
entrusted to the CONTRACTOR for permanent incorporation in the works and the
provisions of Clause 3.2.1.0 hereof {including sub clauses (a) to (t) thereof shall
mutatis mutandis apply thereto in the same manner as apply to other OWNER
supplied materials, AND before payment/disbursement of any secured advance by
the OWNER pursuant hereto the CONTRACTOR and the Engineer-in-charge shall
jointly sign a Statement setting out and detailing the material(s) with reference to
which the advance has been reckoned, title to which shall vest in the OWNER
pursuant to the provisions hereof.
(e) Notwithstanding anything provided in sub-clause (c) hereof above, the OWNER shall
be entitled (without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the OWNER)
by written notice to the CONTRACTOR to recall the advance or the outstanding
balance thereof in the circumstances set out in Clause 6.4.8.0 hereof or if the
OWNER is of the opinion that by virtue of delay by the CONTRACTOR in the
53
execution or completion of the work or for any other cause, the value of the remaining
material against which the advance has been paid is insufficient to adequately secure
the outstanding balance of the advance and interest payable thereon or if allowed to
continue will become inadequate to secure the same. Should the CONTRACTOR
upon such notice fail to repay the OWNER the outstanding balance of the said
advance, it will be open to the OWNER without further reference or notice to the
CONTRACTOR to sell in whole or part(s) the materials referred to in sub-clause (d)
hereof above by private contract or public tender or a combination thereof or
otherwise as the OWNER deems fit, and for the purpose to exercise all powers and to
sign and do all acts, deeds, matter and things as are set out in Clause 7.0.6.0 hereof,
and the provisions of the said clause shall mutatis mutandis apply to such materials in
the same manner as they apply to scaffolding, wiring, pipes, surplus and other
materials, equipment and machinery covered by the said Clause.
6.4.7.0 Nothing provided in the foregoing clauses hereof shall anywise be deemed to confer any
rights or entitlement on the CONTRACTOR to receive on account payments or Advance
payments of any kind whatsoever, nor shall any failure or delay by the OWNER to make
any advance or on account payment(s) as herein envisaged or otherwise afford the
CONTRACTOR a ground or basis for extension of time for completion or otherwise
relieve the CONTRACTOR from any of its/his liabilities under the Contract, it being clearly
understood that these on account payments or advance payments are only by way of
assistance to the CONTRACTOR.
6.4.8.0 The Mobilisation Advance and the materials covered by the Secured Advance shall be
utilised by the CONTRACTOR solely for and in the execution of the Contract and for no
other purpose, and the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER/Engineer-in-charge in
this regard whenever required. If it is found that any of the advance(s) or materials
aforesaid have been utilised by the CONTRACTOR in whole or part for any other purpose
or if the Contract is for any reason cancelled or terminated, the OWNER may at its
discretion recall the said advances or the unrecovered portion(s) thereof, as the case may
be, and without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the OWNER, recover
the same by recourse to any Bank guarantee to which the OWNER may have recourse
for the purpose.
6.5.0.0 MODE OF PAYMENT
6.5.0.1 All payment(s) by the OWNER under or in terms of the Contract shall be made in official
Indian currency only by crossed “Account Payee” cheque sent to the registered office of
the CONTRACTOR or other office notified in this behalf by the CONTRACTOR or
delivered to his authorised representative. All cheques drawn shall be payable at the
office of the OWNER’s bankers and in no case will the OWNER be responsible if the
cheque is mislaid, misappropriated or otherwise lost or stolen.
6.6.0.0 CLAIMS BY THE CONTRACTOR
6.6.1.0 Should the CONTRACTOR consider that he is entitled to any extra payment or
compensation in respect of the works over and above the amounts due in terms of the
Contract as specified in Clause 6.3.1.0 hereof or should the CONTRACTOR dispute the
validity of any deductions made or threatened by the OWNER from any Running Account
Bills, the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith give notice in writing of his claim in this behalf to
the Engineer-in-Charge and the Site Engineer within 10 (ten) days from the date of the
issue of orders or instructions relative to any works for which the CONTRACTOR claims
such additional payment or compensation or of the happening of other event upon which
the CONTRACTOR bases such claim, and such notice shall give full particulars of the
nature of such claim, grounds on which it is based, and the amount claimed. The
OWNER shall not anywise be liable in respect of any claim by the CONTRACTOR unless
notice of such claim shall have been given by the CONTRACTOR to the Engineer-in-
charge and the Site-Engineer in the manner and within the time aforesaid and the
CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims and all his rights in
respect of any claim not notified to the Engineer-in-Charge and the Site Engineer in
writing in the manner and within the time aforesaid.
6.6.2.0 The Engineer-in-Charge and/or the Site Engineer shall be under no obligation to reply to
any notice of claim given or claim made by the CONTRACTOR within the provisions
54
aforesaid or otherwise or to reject the same and no omission or failure on the part of the
Engineer-in-Charge or Site Engineer to reject any claim made or notified by the
CONTRACTOR or delay in dealing therewith shall be deemed to be an admission by the
OWNER of the validity of such claim or waiver by the OWNER of any of its rights in
respect thereof, with the intent that all such claims otherwise valid within the provisions of
Clause 6.6.1.0 read with Clauses 6.6.3.0 and 6.6.3.1 shall be dealt with/considered by the
OWNER at the time of submission of the Final Bill.
6.6.3.0 Any claims of the CONTRACTOR notified in accordance with the provision of Clause
6.6.1.0 hereof as shall remain at the time of preparation of Final Bill by the
CONTRACTOR shall be separately included in the Final Bill prepared by the
CONTRACTOR in the form of a Statement of Claims attached thereto, giving particulars
of the nature of the claim, grounds on which it is based, and the amount claimed and shall
be supported by a copy(ies) of the notice(s) sent in respect thereof by the CONTRACTOR
to the Engineer-in-Charge and Site Engineer under Clause 6.6.1.0 hereof. In so far as
such claim shall in any manner or particular be at variance with the claim notified by the
CONTRACTOR within the provision of Clause 6.6.1.0 hereof, it shall be deemed to be a
claim different from the notified claim with consequence in respect thereof indicated in
Clause 6.6.1.0 hereof, and with consequences in respect of the notified claim as indicated
in Clause 6.6.3.1 hereof.
6.6.3.1 The OWNER shall not anywise be liable in respect of any notified claim not specifically
reflected in the Final Bill in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof and
any and all notified claims not specifically reflected and included in the Final Bill in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof shall be deemed to have been
waived by the CONTRACTOR. Further the OWNER shall have no liability in respect
thereof and the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to raise or include in the Final Bill
any claim(s) other than a notified claim conforming in all respects and in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof.
6.6.4.0 No claim(s) shall on any account be made by the CONTRACTOR after the Final Bill, with
the intent the Final Bill prepared by the CONTRACTOR shall reflect any and all notified
claims whatsoever of the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER arising out of or in
connection with the Contract or work performed by the CONTRACTOR thereunder or in
relation thereto, and the CONTRACTOR shall notwithstanding any enabling provision
under any law or Contract and notwithstanding any right of claim in quantum meruit that
the CONTRACTOR could have in respect thereof, be deemed to have waived any and all
such claims not included in the Final Bill and to have absolved and discharged the
OWNER from and against the same, even if in not including the same as aforesaid, the
CONTRACTOR shall have acted under a mistake of law or fact.
6.6.5.0 Notwithstanding the existence of any claim by the CONTRACTOR in terms hereof or
otherwise, the CONTRACTOR shall continue and be bound to continue and perform the
works to completion in all respects according to the Contract (unless the Contract or
works be priorly determined by the OWNER in terms hereof) and shall remain liable and
bound in all respects under the Contract.
6.6.6.0 The payment of any sum on account to the CONTRACTOR during the performance of
any work or item of work in respect of which a claim has been notified by the
CONTRACTOR in terms of Clause 6.6.1.0 hereof or the making or negotiation of any
interim arrangements in respect of the performance of such work or item of work by the
OWNER, shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of the related claim by the OWNER,
or any part or portion thereof with the intent that any such payment shall constitute merely
an interim facility or interim assistance to the CONTRACTOR, and not an obligation upon
the OWNER.
6.7.0.0 DISCHARGE OF OWNER’S LIABILITY
6.7.1.0 The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of any amount paid by the OWNER to the
CONTRACTOR in respect of the final dues of the CONTRACTOR under the Final Bill
upon condition that the said payment is being made in full and final settlement of all said
dues to the CONTRACTOR shall, without prejudice to the notified claims of the
CONTRACTOR included in the Final Bill in accordance with the provisions under Clause
6.6.3.0 hereof and associated provisions thereunder, be deemed to be in full and final
55
satisfaction of all such dues to the CONTRACTOR notwithstanding any qualifying
remarks, protest or condition imposed or purported to be imposed by the CONTRACTOR
relative to the acceptance of such payment, with the intent that upon acceptance by the
CONTRACTOR of any payment made as aforesaid, the Contract (including the arbitration
clause) shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 6.8.2.0 hereof, stand discharged and
extinguished except in respect of the notified claims of the CONTRACTOR included in the
Final Bill and except in respect of the CONTRACTOR’s entitlement to receive the
unadjusted portion of the Security Deposit in accordance with the provisions of Clause
6.8.3.0 hereof on successful completion of the defect liability period.
6.7.2.0 The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of any amount paid by the OWNER to the
CONTRACTOR in respect of the notified claims of the CONTRACTOR included in the
Final Bill in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof and associated
provisions thereunder, upon the condition that such payment is being made in full and
final settlement of all the claims of the CONTRACTOR shall, subject to the provisions of
Clause 6.7.3.0 hereof, be deemed to be in full and final satisfaction of all claims of the
CONTRACTOR notwithstanding any qualifying remarks, protest or condition imposed or
purported to be imposed by the CONTRACTOR relative to the acceptance of such
payment with the intent that upon acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of any payment
made as aforesaid, the Contract (including the arbitration clause) shall stand discharged
and extinguished insofar as relates to and/or concerns the claims of the CONTRACTOR.
6.7.3.0 Notwithstanding anything provided in Clause 6.7.1.0 and/or Clause 6.7.2.0 hereof the
CONTRACTOR shall be and remain liable for defects in terms of Clause 5.6.0.0 hereof
and for the indemnity to the OWNER in terms of Clause 6.8.2.0, and shall be and remain
entitled to receive the unadjusted balance of the Security Deposit remaining in the hands
of the OWNER in terms of Clause 6.8.3.0 hereof.
6.8.0.0 FINAL CERTIFICATE
6.8.1.0 After the expiry of the defect liability period as provided for in clause 5.6.0.0 hereof and
after all the liabilities of the CONTRACTOR in respect of the Contract have been satisfied,
the OWNER or the Engineer-in-Charge, shall on the Application of the CONTRACTOR,
issue a Final Certificate to the CONTRACTOR, certifying that the CONTRACTOR has
performed all his obligations in respect of the defect liability period in terms of clause
5.6.1.1 hereof.
6.8.2.0 Upon Application for the Final Certificate, the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have
warranted that it/he has fully paid and satisfied all claims for work, labour, materials,
supplies, equipment and all other liabilities whatsoever touching or affecting the Contract,
and to have undertaken to indemnify and keep indemnified the OWNER from and against
all claims, demands, debts, liens, obligations and liabilities whatsoever arising therefrom
or relating thereto and upon issue of the Final Certificate, the CONTRACTOR shall be
deemed to have released, acquitted and discharged the OWNER from and against all
claims (known or unknown), liens, demands or causes of action of any kind whatsoever
arising out of or relating to the Contract or otherwise howsoever touching or affecting the
same and to have undertaken to indemnify and keep indemnified the OWNER from and
against the same.
6.8.3.0 Within 15 (fifteen) days of Application made by the CONTRACTOR in this behalf
accompanied by the Final Certificate, or within 15 (fifteen) days of the passing of the
CONTRACTOR’s Final Bill by the OWNER, whichever shall be later, the OWNER shall
pay/refund to the CONTRACTOR the unadjusted balance (if any) of the Security Deposit
for the time being remaining in the hands of the OWNER, and upon such payment/refund,
the OWNER shall stand discharged of all obligations and liabilities to the CONTRACTOR
under the Contract.
6.9.0.0 CLAIMS OF OWNER :
6.9.1.0 No release or payments of any unadjusted balance of the Security Deposit by the
OWNER to the CONTRACTOR as aforesaid or otherwise shall be deemed or treated as a
waiver of any right(s) or claim(s) of the OWNER or shall estop or prevent the OWNER
from thereafter making or enforcing any claims or any rights against the CONTRACTOR.
The claims of the OWNER, if any, against the CONTRACTOR shall continue to survive
56
and shall not get extinguished notwithstanding the issue of Final Certificate and/or the
release of Security Deposit to the CONTRACTOR.
6.9.2.0 If and where the Contract requires the CONTRACTOR to pass or pay to the OWNER any
MODVAT/CENVAT or like benefit(s), or if the OWNER is required in terms of the Contract
to pay, bear or reimburse any excise, customs or like duties or sales or other taxes, the
CONTRACTOR shall on receiving any such benefit(s) or on obtaining or being granted
any exemption, refund, rebate, set-off or draw-back of any such duty or tax, as the case
may be, forthwith pay and pass on the OWNER the full amount or value thereof ; and if
the CONTRACTOR fails to pass on or pay to the OWNER the full amounts of the said
benefit(s) available to the OWNER, or the full amount or value of such exemption refund,
rebate, set-off, or draw-back of any such duty or tax as the case may be, the
CONTRACTOR shall be liable to pay interest thereon @ 16% (sixteen percent) per
annum from the date the same is received or obtained by or granted to the
CONTRACTOR, and OWNER shall, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing,
be entitled to claim and recover the same from the CONTRACTOR as and when the
OWNER derives knowledge thereof, together with interest as aforesaid.
57
SECTION 7
TERMINATION
7.0.0.0 TERMINATION:
7.0.1.0 Notwithstanding anything elsewhere herein provided and in addition to any other right or
remedy of the OWNER under the Contract or otherwise (including the right of the
OWNER to claim price discount due under the provisions of Clause 4.4.0.0 hereof or
otherwise), the OWNER shall be entitled to terminate the Contract by written notice at any
time during the currency on or after the occurrence of any one or more of the following
events or contingencies, namely:
(i) Default or failure by the CONTRACTOR of any of the obligations of the
CONTRACTOR under the Contract, including but not limited to:
(a) Failure to start the work within 10 (ten) days of handing over the job site to the
CONTRACTOR, and in the event of more than one job site being involved, failure
to start the work at each job site involved within 10 (ten) days of handing over of
the concerned job site to the CONTRACTOR;
(b) Failure to commence any work at any job site in accordance with the time
prescribed in this behalf in the Progress Schedule;
(c) Failure to carry out on the works or any of item to meet the Progress Schedule;
(d) Failure to provide at each job site sufficient labour, material, equipment,
machinery, temporary work and/or facilities required for the proper and/or due
execution of the work or any part thereof;
(e) Failure to execute the works or any of item in accordance with the Contract;
(f) Disobedience of any order or instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge and/or Site
Engineer;
(g) Negligence in carrying out the works or carrying out of work found to be
unsatisfactory by the Engineer-in-Charge;
(h) Abandonment of the works or any part thereof;
(i) Suspension of the entire works or any part thereof, for a period of 14 (fourteen)
days or more without due authority from the OWNER or Engineer-in-Charge.
(j) Commission, permission or sufferance of any other breach of any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of the Contract on the part of the CONTRACTOR to be
paid, performed and/or observed;
(k) Failure to deposit the Initial Security Deposit within 10 (ten) days of receipt by the
CONTRACTOR of Acceptance of Tender;
(l) Failure to execute the Contract in terms of the Form of Contract forming part of
the Tender Documents within 10(ten) days of notice in this behalf from the
OWNER;
(ii) If the CONTRACTOR is incapable of carrying out the work;
(iii) If the CONTRACTOR misconducts himself in any manner;
(iv) If there is any change in the constitution of the CONTRACTOR (if a firm) or in the
circumstances or organization of the CONTRACTOR, which is detrimental to the
interests of the work or the OWNER;
(v) Dissolution of the CONTRACTOR (if a firm) or commencement of liquidation or
winding up (whether voluntary or compulsory) of the CONTRACTOR (if a company)
or appointment of a receiver or manager of any of the CONTRACTOR’s assets
and/or insolvency of the CONTRACTOR (if a sole proprietorship) or any Partner of
the CONTRACTOR (if a firm);
(vi) Distress, execution, or other legal process being levied on or upon any of the
CONTRACTOR’s goods and/or assets;
58
(vii) Death of a CONTRACTOR (if an individual);
(viii) If upon any change in the Partnership/constitution of a CONTRACTOR’s
organization (if a Partnership), the OWNER shall refuse to continue the contract with
the re-constituted firm;
(ix) If the CONTRACTOR or any person employed by him shall make or offer for any
purpose connected with the Contract any gift, gratuity, royalty, commission,
gratification or other inducement (whether money or in any other form) to any
employee or agent of the OWNER;
(x) If the CONTRACTOR shall sub-contract the whole or any part of the work in
contravention of the provisions of Clause 4.8.1.0 hereof or the CONTRACTOR shall
assign or attempt to assign his interest or any part thereof in the Contract.
7.0.1.1 The decision of the General Manager, as to whether any of the events/ contingencies
mentioned in Clause 7.0.1.0 hereof, entitling the OWNER to terminate the Contract, has
occurred or not, shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
7.0.2.0 The notice of termination shall set forth, in addition to a statement of the reason(s) for
terminating the contract, the time(s) and place(s) for conducting a survey and
measurement of the work performed under the Contract up to the date of termination for
the purpose of determining the final amount(s) due to the CONTRACTOR therefor. The
reason(s) for the termination stated in the notice of termination, shall be final and binding
upon the CONTRACTOR.
7.0.3.0 For the purpose of measurements, the provisions of Clause 6.1.1.0 to 6.1.6.0 hereof shall
apply. Only completed items of the work shall be reckoned for the purpose of
measurements and the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to whether or not any items
of works have been completed for the purpose of measurement shall be final and binding
upon the CONTRACTOR. Incomplete items of works shall be measured only on the
basis of materials supplied and the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the quantity
of material involved in or relative to any incomplete works, shall be final and binding upon
the CONTRACTOR.
7.0.4.0 For the purpose of determining the amount due to the CONTRACTOR in respect of the
work, the provisions of Clauses 6.2.1.0, 6.2.1.1, 6.2.1.2, 6.2.2.0 and 6.3.1.0 shall apply,
and the measurements taken shall for the purpose of such accounting be deemed to be
final measurements and the bill prepared by the CONTRACTOR on the basis thereof
shall be deemed to the final bill and no other amount(s) shall be due to the
CONTRACTOR in respect thereof, subject to the provisions of Clause 6.6.0.0 and
associated clauses thereunder with regard to claims of the CONTRACTOR.
7.0.5.0 Within 7 (seven) days of completion of the measurements, the CONTRACTOR shall clear
the job site of all scaffolding, wiring, pipes, surplus materials, CONTRACTOR’s labour,
equipment and machinery and shall demolish, dismantle and remove all
CONTRACTOR's site offices and quarters, and other temporary works, structures and
construction and other items and things whatsoever brought upon or erected at the job
site or on any land allotted to the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER and not incorporated in
the permanent works and shall remove all rubbish from the job site and the land allotted
to the CONTRACTOR and shall clear, level and dress the job site and said land to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall put the OWNER in undisputed custody
and possession of the job site and all land allotted by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR.
7.0.6.0 Should the CONTRACTOR fail to comply with provision of Clause 7.0.5.0 hereof in the
manner and within the time specified therein, the OWNER shall have the right at the risks
and costs of the CONTRACTOR in all respects to clear the job site of all scaffolding,
wiring, pipes, surplus materials, CONTRACTOR’s labour, equipment and machinery and
other materials and things and/or demolish/dismantle and remove all CONTRACTOR’s
site offices and quarters and other temporary works, constructions and erections
whatsoever on or at the job site or on any land allotted to the CONTRACTOR by the
OWNER and/or remove all rubbish from the job site, the land allotted to the
CONTRACTOR and store, sell, dispose of and/or otherwise deal with any and all
material, equipment and machinery etc., and other items and things aforesaid and
59
recoveries of any demolition/ dismantlings as the OWNER shall in its absolute discretion
deem fit, and the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith on demand pay the OWNER, the entirety
of the costs and expenses of the OWNER relative to the above, together with 15% (fifteen
percent) thereon to cover OWNER’s supervision, with right in the OWNER (without
prejudice to any other mode of recovery), to recover the same from the proceeds of any
sale or disposal as aforesaid or any monies of the CONTRACTOR held by the OWNER
or dues of the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR doth thereby irrevocably
nominate, constitute and appoint the OWNER (with right to the OWNER to delegate any
and all of its rights in terms hereof to such of its officer(s) and/or other person(s) as it shall
deem fit) for and on behalf of and as attorney of the CONTRACTOR to do, commit and
sign all acts, deeds, matters and things as shall or may be necessary to be done,
committed and/or signed by the OWNER to put into effect the provision of this clause with
full right to enter into arrangements with third parties for or relative to the storage, sales
and/or other disposal of any material, equipment and machinery, etc., and other items
and things and to enter into or upon any of the CONTRACTOR’s premises and to break
locks and other fasteners for entry thereto and generally to do all other acts, deeds,
matters and things as shall be necessary to give full effect to the provision of this clause.
PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT
(i) The OWNER shall be entitled, without prejudice to the aforegoing and in addition thereto,
upon the CONTRACTOR failing to comply with the provisions of Clause 7.0.5.0 hereof
after removing/demolishing/dismantling from the job site or land allotted to the
CONTRACTOR, any of the CONTRACTOR’s scaffolding, wiring, pipes, materials,
temporary works and other items and things, by written notice to the CONTRACTOR, to
require the CONTRACTOR to take delivery of, lift and/or clear the same within 7 (seven)
days (or such other period as may be specified in the said notice) of date of said notice,
failing which the OWNER may abandon the same at the risk and costs of the
CONTRACTOR, and should the CONTRACTOR fail to take delivery of, lift and/or clear
the same within the period in this behalf specified in said notice, the OWNER shall be
entitled at any time thereafter to abandon the same at the risks and cost of the
CONTRACTOR, whereupon (without prejudice to any other rights of the OWNER), the
OWNER shall stand absolutely discharged and absolved in respect of all and any
material, equipment, machinery and other items and things whatsoever abandoned as
aforesaid;
(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, nothing herein stated shall
constitute the OWNER as a trustee or bailee for or in respect of any of the
CONTRACTOR’s material, equipment, machinery or other items or things removed,
cleared, demolished, dismantled or abandoned as aforesaid, nor shall the OWNER be
bound in law or fact by any duty of care in respect thereof, with the intent that all actions,
dealings and disposals within the provisions of this clause shall be exclusively at the risks
and liability of the CONTRACTOR (including relative to any loss or damage), and the
OWNER shall not be howsoever responsible, accountable or liable in respect thereof.
7.0.7.0 If, due to any cause (inc luding, but not limited to resistance put up by the CONTRACTOR
and/or his servants or agent or sub-CONTRACTOR(s) or any court order consequent
upon a suit or proceedings filed by the CONTRACTOR and / or the CONTRACTOR’s
servants, agents or sub-CONTRACTOR(s)), the OWNER is unable to fully take over
possession of the entire works at any or all job sites within 7 (seven) days from the date
of completion of the measurements as contemplated above, the OWNER shall, in addition
to all amounts, compensation and/or damages recoverable from the CONTRACTOR in
terms hereof (including but not limited to OWNER’s entitlements under Clause 4.4.0.0
and Clause 7.0.9.0 hereof) or otherwise, be entitled to recover from the CONTRACTOR
liquidated damages in the amount equivalent to 1% (one percent) of the total Contract
value for each week or part thereof that the said taking over of possession at any job site
is delayed beyond the period of seven days specified above, subject to a maximum of 5%
(Five percent) of the Total Contract Value.
7.0.8.0 Notwithstanding anything provided in Clause 7.0.6.0, the OWNER shall have the right at
any time prior to the removal of the same from the job site, to take possession of such of
the CONTRACTOR’s materials at any and all job sites, as the OWNER shall deem fit, and
the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith upon being required to do so place the OWNER in
60
undisputed possession and custody of all such materials opted for by the OWNER. The
price payable to the CONTRACTOR for such material shall be determined by the
Engineer-in-Charge having due regard to the condition of the materials and the cost
thereof as determined by the Engineer-in-Charge for which purpose the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be entitled to call upon the CONTRACTOR to produce the CONTRACTOR’s
accounting and other records relevant to such materials. The cost of such materials as
determined by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR.
7.0.9.0 Upon termination of the Contract, the OWNER shall be entitled at the risk and expense of
the CONTRACTOR by itself or through any independent CONTRACTOR(s) or partly by
itself and/or partly through independent CONTRACTOR(s) to complete and/or get
completed to its entirety the work as contemplated in the scope of work and to recover
from the CONTRACTOR in addition to any discounts, compensations or damages that
the OWNER may in terms hereof or otherwise be entitled (including price discount within
the provisions of Clause 4.4.0.0 and liquidated damages under Clause 7.0.7.0 hereof) to
the difference between the amounts as would have been payable to the CONTRACTOR
in respect of the work(s) (calculated as provided for in Clause 6.2.1.0 hereof read with the
associated provisions thereunder and Clause 6.3.1.0 hereof) and the amount actually
expended by the OWNER for completion of the entire work(s) as aforesaid together with
15% (fifteen percent) of the said amount expended by the OWNER for completion of the
entire work(s) to cover OWNER’s supervision charges, and in the event of the latter being
in the excess of the former, the OWNER shall be entitled (without prejudice to any other
mode of recovery available to the OWNER) to recover the excess from the Security
Deposit or any monies due or becoming due to the CONTRACTOR.
7.1.0.0 No amount shall be due and payable to the CONTRACTOR upon or in the event of
termination of the Contract unless and until the entirety of the works contemplated in the
scope of work shall have been completed in all respects to the satisfaction of the OWNER
and following such completion, the Defect Liability Period in respect thereof as herein
otherwise provided for has elapsed and all payments finally due on any account to the
OWNER and/or other CONTRACTOR(s) in respect of all liabilities in respect thereof has
been determined.
7.2.0.0 If, upon the satisfaction of the provisions of Clauses 7.0.9.0 and 7.1.0.0 hereof, there
shall remain in the hands of the OWNER any excess/balance after all accounting and
adjustment of all dues from the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER, the OWNER shall
forthwith pay such excess/balance to the CONTRACTOR and in the event of the Security
Deposit and other dues of the CONTRACTOR in the hands of the OWNER being
insufficient to meet the dues of the OWNER as aforesaid the CONTRACTOR shall
forthwith on demand by the OWNER pay the OWNER the shortfall.
61
SECTION - 8
MISCELLANEOUS
8.0.0.0 PERSONAL ACTS AND LIABILITIES :
8.0.1.0 No Director, officer or other employee of the OWNER shall anywise be personally bound
or liable to the CONTRACTOR for the acts, omissions or obligations of the OWNER
under the Contact otherwise or be personally answerable to the CONTRACTOR for or in
respect of any default or omission in the performance of any act(s), deed(s), matter(s) or
things to be observed and/or performed by the OWNER under the Contract.
8.0.2.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in the rate(s) mentioned in the
Schedule of Rates or any of them or to any other payment, right, benefit or claim
whatsoever, by reason of any representation, explanation, statement, assurance or
understanding given or alleged to have been given to him by any Director, officer, or other
employees of the OWNER, nor shall any Director, officer, or other employee of the
OWNER be personally liable for or in respect of any representation, explanation,
statement, assurance or understanding given or alleged to have been given by him to the
CONTRACTOR or any other person relative to the Contract.
8.0.3.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not under any circumstances pay or advance to any officer(s),
servant(s) or agent(s) of the OWNER any sum or money on any account without prior
authority of the OWNER in writing and any such payment made or money advanced by
the CONTRACTOR without such authority shall be entirely at the risks of the
CONTRACTOR without any liability to the OWNER in respect thereof.
8.0.4.0 Any money paid to any partner of the CONTRACTOR (if a firm) and any receipt,
settlement, acknowledgement of liability or other document whatsoever signed by any
one of the partners of the firm or erstwhile partner of the firm (without notice of the
cessation of his interest) or any person held out to be a partner of the firm shall be
binding upon the CONTRACTOR vis-à-vis the OWNER and shall constitute a full release
and discharge to the OWNER and/or valid settlement, acknowledgement or obligation
upon the CONTRACTOR, as the case may be, and the OWNER shall not be concerned,
with the application of any monies so paid or the authority of the concerned partner (or
erstwhile or purported partner) vis-à-vis the other partners to make the settlement,
receipt, acknowledgement or other document(s) concerned provided always that the
OWNER shall be entitled at its discretion at any time to call upon all the partners of the
CONTRACTOR firm to sign any receipt, settlement, acknowledgement or other
document(s) including any receipt, settlement, acknowledgement or other documents
signed by a partner (or erstwhile or purported partner) as aforesaid, and all the partners of
the firm shall, when called upon to do so by the OWNER, forthwith sign the receipt, order,
acknowledgement or other document required to be so signed.
8.1.0.0 TAXES
8.1.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall be exclusively liable for the payment of any and all taxes now
in force or hereafter imposed, increased or modified in respect of any work done and/or
materials supplied and for the payment of all contributions and taxes for unemployment
compensation, insurance and old age pension and annuity now or hereinafter imposed by
the Central or any State Government or any authority with respect to or covered by the
wages, salaries or other compensations paid to persons employed or engaged by the
CONTRACTOR and doth hereby undertake to indemnify and keep indemnified the
OWNER from and against the same and all claims, actions, demands and payments
whatsoever against the OWNER howsoever arising therefrom or in connection therewith.
8.2.0.0 GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS :
8.2.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with and ensure strict compliance by his/its sub-
contractors and agents of all applicable Central, State, Municipal and local laws and
regulations and undertakes to indemnify the OWNER from and against all levies,
damages, penalties, any payments whatsoever as may be imposed by reason of any
breach or violation of any law, rule or regulation and against all actions, proceedings
claims and demands arising therefrom and/or relative thereto.
62
8.3.0.0 LABOUR LAWS AND REGULATIONS :
8.3.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for strict compliance of and shall ensure strict
compliance by its sub-contractors, servants and agents of all laws, rules or regulations
having the force of law affecting the relationship of employer and employee between the
CONTRACTOR/sub-contractors and their respective employees and/or otherwise
concerning labour, social welfare and provident fund, pension, bonus, gratuity and other
benefits to employees. Without prejudice to the generality of this provision, the
CONTRACTOR shall comply with and ensure that his sub-contractors and other agencies
employed by him comply with the provisions of the Payment of Wages Act 1936,
Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Employers Liability Act, 1938, Workmen’s Compensation Act,
1923, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, Maternity Benefit Act, 1961, Mines Act, 1952,
Contract Labour (Abolition & Regulation) Act, 1970, Payment of Bonus Act, Gratuity Act,
Factories Act and the Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
as amended from time to time and all rules, regulations and schemes framed thereunder
from time to time.
8.3.2.0 The contractor and sub-contractor(s) of the CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the
authority(ies) designated in this behalf under any applicable law, rule or regulation
(including but not limited to) the Factories Act and Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act,
1970 (in so far as applicable) any and all such licence(s), consent(s), registration(s)
and/or other authorisation(s) as shall from time to time be or become necessary for or
relative to the execution of the work or any part or portion thereof or the storage or supply
of any material(s) or otherwise in connection with the performance of the Contract and
shall at all times observe and ensure due observance by the sub-contractors, servants
and agents of all terms and conditions of the said licence(s), consent(s), regulation(s) and
other authorisation(s) and laws, rules and regulations applicable thereto. Without
prejudice to the generality of this provision, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and ensure
that his sub-contractors and other agencies employed by him on the Work, obtain a valid
Licence under the Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 and shall duly and
faithfully observe and comply with the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation &
Abolition) Central Rules 1971 and other Central and State Rules as amended from time to
time and applicable to the work, and shall duly, promptly and faithfully maintain and/or
cause to be maintained all records and facilities required to be maintained and/or
provided in terms thereof or any licence granted thereunder.
8.3.3.0 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that wages are paid by himself or by his sub-contractors
to their workmen directly without the intervention of any Jamadars or Thekedars and that
no amount by way of commission or otherwise is deducted or recovered by the Jamadars
from the wages of the workmen.
8.3.4.0 The OWNER shall be entitled at all times to carry out any check(s) or inspection(s) of the
CONTRACTOR’s facilities, records and accounts to ensure that the provisions aforesaid
are being observed by the CONTRACTOR and the sub-contractors and that the workmen
are not denied the rights and benefits to which they are entitled under such provisions.
Any violation shall, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies available to the
OWNER, constitute a ground for termination of the Contract as though specifically set
forth under Clause 7.0.1.0 thereof.
8.3.5.0 Nothing in the Contract Documents stated shall anywise constitute any
workman/employee of the CONTRACTOR or any sub-contractor as or to be a
workman/employee of the OWNER, or place obligation or liability in respect of any such
workman/employee upon the OWNER.
8.3.6.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not employ in connection with the work, any person below the
age of 18 years.
8.3.7.0 The establishment of the CONTRACTOR shall be duly registered under the Employees
Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 and the Employees State
Insurance Act, 1948 and the CONTRACTOR shall duly pay his contributions and his
employees’ contributions to the Authorities prescribed under the said Acts and any
Schemes framed thereunder in respect of all labour employed by him for the execution of
the contract.
63
8.3.8.0 On receiving information of any breach, non-fulfillment and/or non-observance by the
CONTRACTOR and/or his sub-contractors and other agencies engaged by him in
connection with the Works or any of the provisions or requirements of any of the Labour
Laws, rules and regulations and/or as to the inaccuracy of any of the returns or
statements furnished by the CONTRACTOR and/or his sub-contractors and/or any
records or accounts maintained by any of them with respect to which the OWNER as the
principal employer or otherwise can have a liability, the OWNER shall be entitled to
deduct from the Bills and any amounts due or becoming due to the CONTRACTOR,
under this or other contract(s) with the CONTRACTOR, any sum(s) required or estimated
to be required, in its judgement which shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR,
for making good or compensating for the liability or possible liability of the OWNER by
reason of the said breach, non-fulfillment or non-observance and/or inaccuracy aforesaid.
8.3.9.0 The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and keep indemnified the OWNER from and against
all actions, claims, demands and liabilities whatsoever under and in respect of the breach
of any of the provisions hereof and/or against any claim, action or demand by any
workman/employee of the CONTRACTOR or any sub-contractor and/or from any liability
anywise to any sub-contractor under any law, rules or regulation having the force of law
including (but not limited to) claims against the OWNER under the Workmen’s
Compensation Act, 1923, the Employees Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions
Act, 1952, the Employee’s State Insurance Act, 1948 and/or the Contract Labour
(Abolition & Regulation) Act, 1970.
8.3.10.0 The CONTRACTOR and his sub-contractors and agents employed by him for and/or in
the performance of the Works shall strictly abide by and observe the provision of the
“Contractors’ Labour Regulations” and the “Model Rules for Labour Welfare” as set out in
Appendix I and Appendix II to these General Conditions of Contract, which shall be
binding on the CONTRACTOR, his sub-contractors and agents.
8.3.10.1 In the event of an irreconcilable conflict between the provisions herein and the provisions
contained in the “Contractors’ Labour Regulations” and/ or the “Model Rules of Labour
Welfare” (as set out in Appendix I and Appendix II hereto), the “Contractors’ Labour
Regulations” and “Model Rules for Labour Welfare” shall prevail to the extent of the
irreconcilable conflict.
8.3.10.2 In the event of irreconcilable conflict between the “Contractors’ Labour Regulations”
and/or the “Model Rules for Labour Welfare” (set out in Appendix I and Appendix II
hereto) and any applicable law, rule or regulation, the law, rule or regulation shall prevail
over the “Contractors’ Labour Regulation” and/or the “Model Rules for Labour Welfare”,
as the case may be, and shall be complied with.
8.4.0.0 SAFETY REGULATIONS, ACCIDENT AND DAMAGE
8.4.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at his own cost in and relative to performance of
the work and contract to observe and to ensure observance by his sub-contractors,
agents and servants of the provisions of the Safety Code as hereinafter appearing and all
fire, safety and security regulations as may be prescribed by the OWNER from time to
time and such other precautions and measures as shall be necessary and shall
employ/deploy all equipments necessary to protect all works, material properties,
structures, equipment, installations, communications and facilities whatsoever from
damage, loss or other hazard whatsoever (including but not limited to fire and explosion)
and shall during construction and other operations minimise the disturbance and
inconvenience to the OWNER, other contractors, the public and the adjoining land and
property owners and occupiers and crops, trees and vegetation and shall indemnify and
keep indemnified the OWNER from and against all losses and damages and costs,
charges and expenses and penalties, actions, claims, demands and proceeding
whatsoever suffered or incurred by or against the OWNER as the case may be, by virtue
of any loss, alteration, displacement, disturbance or destruction or accident to any works,
materials, properties, structures, equipment, installations, communications and facilities
and land and property, owner and occupiers and crops, trees and vegetation as
aforesaid, with the intent that the CONTRACTOR shall be exclusively responsible for any
accident, loss, damage, alteration, displacement, disturbance or destruction as aforesaid
resultant directly or indirectly from any breach by the CONTRACTOR of his obligations
64
aforesaid or upon any operation, act or omission of the CONTRACTOR or his sub-
contractor(s) or agent(s) or servant(s).
8.4.2.0 The CONTRACTOR’s liabilities under Clause 8.4.1.0 and otherwise under the Contract
shall remain unimpaired notwithstanding the existence of any storage-cum-erection or
other insurance covering any risk, damage, loss or liability for which the CONTRACTOR
is liable to the OWNER in terms of the foregoing sub-clause or otherwise and/or in
respect of which the CONTRACTOR has indemnified the OWNER, with the intent that
notwithstanding the existence of such insurance, the CONTRACTOR shall be and remain
fully liable for all liabilities and obligations under the Contract and indemnities to the
OWNER, and the OWNER shall not be obliged to seek recourse under such policy(ies) in
preference to recourse against the CONTRACTOR or otherwise to exhaust any other
remedy in preference to the remedies available to it under the Contract.
8.5.0.0 INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE :
8.5.1.0 The CON TRACTOR shall be at all times indemnify and keep indemnified the OWNER
and its officers, servants and agents from and against all third party claims whatsoever
(including but not limited to property loss and damage, personal accident, injury or death
of or to property or person of any sub-contractor and/or the servants or agents of the
CONTRACTOR or any other contractor(s) and any sub-contractor and/or of the Owner),
and the CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost and initiative at all times up to the
successful conclusion of the defect liability period specified in Clause 5.4.1.0 hereof take
out and maintain insurance policies in respect of all insurable liabilities under this clause,
including but not limited to third party insurance and liabilities under the Motor Vehicles
Act, 1988; Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923; Fatal Accidents Act, 1855; Personal
Injuries (Compensation) Insurance Act, 1963, Emergency Risk Insurance Act, and/or
other Industrial Legislation from time to time in force in India with insurance company(ies )
approved by the OWNER, and such policy(ies) shall be of not lesser limit than the limits
hereunder specified with reference to the matters hereunder specified, namely :
(a) Workmen’s Compensation Insurance – to the limit to which compensation may be
payable under the laws of the Republic of India ; but not less than the limits specified
below.
(b) Third Party Insurance – body injury and property damage to the limit specified below :
The limits aforesaid shall be as follows:
(i) If the total contrac t value exceeds Rs. 1(one) crore, the policy shall be for not
less than Rs.10,00,000/- (Rupees ten lakhs only) for each accident. The sum
assured shall not be less than Rs.20,00,000/- (Rupees twenty lacs only) for all
accidents ; and
(ii) If the total contract value does not exceed Rs.1 (one) crore, the policy shall be
for not less than Rs.3,00,000/- (Rupees three lakh only) for each accident. The
sum assured shall not be less than Rs.10,00,000/- (Rupees ten lakhs only) for
all accidents.
Provided that the limits specified above shall operate only as a specification of minimum
limits for insurance purpose, but shall not anywise limit the Contractor’s liability in terms of
this clause to the limit(s) specified.
8.5.2.0 Should the CONTRACTOR fail to take out and/or keep afoot insurance as provided for in
the foregoing sub-clauses, the OWNER shall be entitled (but without obligation to do so)
to take out and/or keep afoot such insurance at the cost and expense of the
CONTRACTOR and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the OWNER in this
behalf to deduct the sum(s) incurred therefor from the dues of the CONTRACTOR.
8.6.0.0 TRAINING OF APPRENTICES :
8.6.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall, if and when called upon the Engineer-in-Charge during the
currency of Contract, himself engage and/or procure engagement by his sub-contractor(s)
of such number of apprentices and for such period as may be required by the Engineer-
in-Charge in this behalf. Such apprentices shall be trained in accordance with the
provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and any other Act, rule or regulation having the
force of law, regulating upon the employment of apprentices, and the CONTRACTOR
65
shall be responsible at his own cost and initiative and without entitlement to any extra
compensation or remuneration from the OWNER in this behalf, to fulfill all obligations of
the employer under the said Act, including liability for payment to apprentices as required
thereunder.
8.7.0.0 RECORDS AND INSPECTION
8.7.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall, if and when required by the Engineer-in-Charge produce or
cause to be produced before the Engineer-inCharge or any other officer of the OWNER
designated by the Engineer-in-Charge in this behalf, for examination, any cost or other
book(s) of account and/or other records and documents in the possession of the
CONTRACTOR or any sub-contractor or subsidiary or associated firm or Company of the
Contractor or any sub-contractor, and/or copies of extracts thereof and/or other
information or returns relative thereto (such returns to be verified in the manner
prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge or other officer aforesaid designated in this behalf)
as may be required relative to the execution of the Contract or for verifying or ascertaining
the cost of any material, labour, service or item or thing whatsoever in connection with the
Contract, and the decision of the Engineer-in-charge or other officer designated in this
behalf, as the case may be, as to whether any book, record, document, information or
return is relevant for any of the purpose aforesaid, shall be final and conclusive.
8.7.2.0 Should the Engineer-in-Charge (whose decision in this behalf shall be final) consider it
necessary for the purpose of verifying or ascertaining the cost of production for any item
or thing to examining the works and/or records of the CONTRACTOR or any sub-
contractor(s) or any subsidiary or associated firm or company of the CONTRACTOR
engaged in the fabrication, manufacture or assembly of any item or thing, the
CONTRACTOR shall permit and/or facilitate such inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge
or other officer of the OWNER designated in this behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge and
shall afford the Engineer-in-Charge or concerned officer all assistance as shall be
necessary for the purpose.
8.8.0.0 PATENT AND ROYALTIES :
8.8.1.0 If any equipment, machinery or materials to be used or supplied or methods or processes
to be practices or employed in the performance of this Contract is/are covered by a patent
under which the CONTRACTOR is not licensed, the CONTRACTOR shall before
supplying or using the equipment, machinery, materials, methods or processes as the
case may be, obtain such licence(s) and pay such royalty(ies) and licence fee(s) as may
be necessary in connection with the performance of this Contract. In the event that the
CONTRACTOR fails to pay such royalty or obtain such licence, the CONTRACTOR will
defend at his own expense any suit for infringement of patent which is brought against the
CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the failure, and shall pay any damages and
costs awarded in such suit and will keep the OWNER indemnified from and against all
other consequences thereof.
8.9.0.0 ARTICLES OF VALUE FOUND :
8.9.1.0 All gold, silver and other metals, minerals or ore of any kind or description and precious
and semi-precious stones and bearing earth, rock or strata, coins, treasures, treasure
trove, antiques and other items and things whatsoever which shall be found under or
upon the job site shall as between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER be the exclusive
property of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith upon discovery thereof
notify the OWNER of such discovery with the details of the item(s) or things discovered
and pending directions by the OWNER for the disposal thereof shall hold and preserve
the same as trustee of the OWNER to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.10.0.0 MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM DISMANTLING :
8.10.1.0 Any material obtained by the CONTRACTOR consequent upon dismantling of any
building, structure or construction whatsoever at the job site other than any building,
structure or construction dismantled by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to the
CONTRACTOR’s liabilities for defects as elsewhere herein provided, shall be the
exclusive property of the OWNER.
8.11.0.0 LIENS AND LIABILITIES :
66
8.11.1.0 If at any time there is evidence of any lien or claim for which the OWNER might be or
become liable and which in terms of the Contract or otherwise is chargeable to or payable
by the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER shall have the right to retain out of any payment then
due or thereafter becoming due to the CONTRACTOR an amount sufficient to completely
indemnify the OWNER against such lien or claim, and should the CONTRACTOR not
dispute such lien or claim and/or if in the opinion of the OWNER, such lien or claim is
otherwise valid (the Owner’s opinion in this behalf being final and binding on the
CONTRACTOR), the OWNER may pay and discharge the same and deduct the amount
so paid together with any legal and other costs, charges and expenses incurred by the
OWNER in defending any action and/or in obtaining legal advice or opinion relative to the
lien, claim or action, from any monies then due or thereafter becoming due to the
CONTRACTOR and/or retained as aforesaid, and if there is no money due or retained as
aforesaid or if the same be insufficient to satisfy the payment(s) aforesaid, the
CONTRACTOR shall on demand pay to the OWNER the same and failing such payment
within 10 (ten) days of demand by the OWNER in this behalf, shall be liable to pay
interest on the amount due from the date of demand up to and until the date of payment
in full at the bank rate as applicable to the OWNER plus 1% (one percent) per annum and
the provisions hereof (in so far as such notice shall be deemed to be necessary in
addition to the contractual provisions herein) shall be deemed to constitute a notice for
the payment of interest under the provisions of the Indian Interest Act and in determining
such interest, the Certificate issued by an officer of the OWNER in a financial department
of the OWNER shall be conclusive evidence of the Bank rate of interest applicable to the
OWNER.
8.12.0.0 LIABILITIES FOR SUB-CONTRACTOR(S):
8.12.1.0 Without prejudice to any other liabilities or obligations of the CONTRACTOR relative to
sub-contractors in terms hereof or otherwise, the CONTRACTOR shall require every sub-
contractor to whom any portion of the work to be performed under the Contract has been
sub-contracted, to comply with the provisions of the Contract in so far as applicable to
each sub-contractor, and the CONTRACTOR shall hold the OWNER harmless and
indemnified from any and against all penalties, actions, claims and demands and costs,
charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any failure of the
CONTRACTOR or any sub-contractor(s) to make full and proper compliance with any of
the terms and conditions of the Contract.
8.13.0.0 WAIVER
8.13.1.0 It shall always be open to the OWNER by written communication to the CONTRACTOR
to waive in whole or part any right or the enforcement of any right or remedy which the
OWNER may have against the CONTRACTOR or of any obligations which the
CONTRACTOR may have hereunder, provided always that :
(i) No waiver shall be presumed or inferred unless made in a written communication
addressed by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR and specifically communicated as a
Waiver ;
(ii) No waiver of any right or part of any right on one occasion shall be deemed to be a
waiver or abandonment of that right for all occasions with the intent that a waiver
once given shall be limited to the specific waiver and shall be without prejudice to the
right of the Owner to insist upon the strict adherence of the attendant obligations of
the Contractor and/or the future enforcement of the right by the Owner in respect of
the same and/or any other dependent obligation.
8.14.0.0 CONTRACTOR’S ESTABLISHMENT
8.14.1.0 It is understood that the establishment of the CONTRACTOR (and any Sub-Contractor
engaged by the CONTRACTOR) constitutes an independent establishment involving inter
alia in undertaking works and/or services for others of the nature and kind forming the
subject matter of the Contract. It is consequently understood that all the employees of the
CONTRACTOR (and any Sub-Contractor engaged by the CONTRACTOR) are the
employees of the independent establishment of the CONTRACTOR or Sub-Contractor
(as the case may be) who have been and will be appointed solely for and/or with
reference to the work of that establishment, and have not been and will not be appointed
67
specifically or otherwise for the sole purpose of the work covered by the present Contract.
To this end, each CONTRACTOR (and Sub-Contractor engaged by the CONTRACTOR)
shall issue to each of its employees deputed to the job-site to perform any work in relation
to the Contract a regular letter of appointment for employment in the CONTRACTOR’S/
Sub-Contractor’s independent establishment, with authority in the CONTRACTOR/Sub-
Contractor to employ or depute him for or in relation to any work or engagement assumed
by the CONTRACTOR/Sub-Contractor from time to time in the course of its business and
the production of a certified copy of each letter of appointment duly acknowledged by the
concerned employee shall be a pre-condition for the issue of a Gate Pass to any
employee of the CONTRACTOR/Sub-Contractor into any area the entry to which is
restricted by the OWNER.
8.15.0.0 COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
8.15.1.0 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the OWNER and in addition to any
other provisions hereof, the OWNER shall be entitled to deduct out of the Security
Deposit (including by recourse Bank Guarantee) any monies or securities under this or
any other contract(s) for the time being of the CONTRACTOR in its hands and out of any
payments then due or becoming due in future to the CONTRACTOR under this or any
other Contract, any and all amounts due to the OWNER from the CONTRACTOR arising
out of or in connection with the Contract.
8.16.0.0 OBSERVANCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION.
8.16.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that its servants and agents and sub-contractors and
their servants and agents shall duly comply with all environmental laws, rules and
regulations and the conditions of any permit, permission, consent and/or no-objection
granted in this behalf by any authority with respect to or concerning the work, and shall
independently so organise and conduct its operations and cause its sub-contractors so
organise and conduct their operations as not to cause any hazard or pollution to health,
life, property or environment including (but not limited to) discharge of any noxious
substance or effluent into the atmosphere or into the earth or into any drain, canal,
stream, river, pond, lake or other water body.
8.16.2.0 The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and keep indemnified the OWNER from and against
the breach, non-observance, infraction or dereliction of any of the provisions of Clause
8.16.1.0 hereof, and against any and all claims, actions or proceedings, prosecutions and
liabilities and losses and damages and costs (including legal costs), charges and
expenses whatsoever suffered or incurred or instituted against the OWNER as the case
may be.
8.17.0.0 CONFIDENTIAL HANDLING OF INFORMATION
8.17.1.0 The CONTRACTOR and its/his employees, agents and Sub-Contractors and the
employees and agents of the Sub-Contractor(s) shall treat as strictly confidential and shall
take all steps necessary to ensure confidential handling of all maps, plans, charts,
designs, drawings, photographs, data, reports, tests, specifications, methods, and other
information developed or acquired by the CONTRACTOR from or by means of the Tender
Documents or any facility extended to the CONTRACTOR pursuant thereto or the award
or performance of the works or any of them or otherwise disclosed or made available to
the CONTRACTOR or any of the aforesaid persons, and shall not disclose or reproduce
the same in any book, article, speech or other publication, provided always that the
OWNER may upon application by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in this behalf permit
report, disclosure or re-production of the same in any book, article, speech or other
publication if it is satisfied that this would not involve the disclosure of any classified or
other information which would not be in the interest of public or security to disclose.
8.17.2.0 Application for such consent shall be submitted to the OWNER in writing outlining the
intended use of the relative material and shall be submitted to the OWNER at least one
month prior to the expected use accompanied by the text of the relative publication in
which it is sought to be used. Photographs should be accompanied by their caption. An
application shall not be understood to have been permitted unless expressly permitted in
writing by the OWNER.
68
SECTION 9
ARBITRATION AND ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION MACHINERY
9.0.0.0 ARBITRATION
9.0.1.0 Subject to the provisions of Clauses 6.7.1.0, 6.7.2.0 and 9.0.2.0 hereof, any dispute
arising out of a Notified Claim of the CONTRACTOR included in the Final Bill of the
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof, if the
CONTRACTOR has not opted for the Alternative Dispute Resolution Machinery referred
to in Clause 9.1.1.0 hereof, and any dispute arising out of any Claim(s) of the OWNER
against the CONTRACTOR shall be referred to the arbitration of a Sole Arbitrator
selected in accordance with the provisions of Clause 9.0.1.1 hereof. It is specifically
agreed that the OWNER may prefer its Claim(s) against the CONTRACTOR as counter-
claim(s ) if a Notified Claim of the CONTRACTOR has been referred to arbitration. The
CONTRACTOR shall not, however, be entitled to raise as a set-off defence or counter-
claim any claim which is not a Notified Claim included in the CONTRACTOR’s Final Bill in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof.
9.0.1.1 The Sole Arbitrator referred to in Clause 9.0.1.0 hereof shall be selected by the
CONTRACTOR out of a panel of 3 (three) persons nominated by the OWNER for the
purpose of such selection, and should the CONTRACTOR fail to select an arbitrator
within 30 (thirty) days of the panel of names of such nominees being furnished by the
OWNER for the purpose, the Sole Arbitrator shall be selected by the OWNER out of the
said panel.
9.0.2.0 Any dispute(s) or difference(s) with respect to or concerning or relating to any of the
following matters are hereby specifically excluded from the scope, purview and ambit of
this Arbitration Agreement with the intention that any dispute or difference with respect to
any of the said following matters and/or relating to the Arbitrator’s or Arbitral Tribunal’s
jurisdiction with respect thereto shall not and cannot form the subject- matter of any
reference or submission to arbitration, and the Arbitrator or the Arbitral Tribunal shall have
no jurisdiction to entertain the same or to render any decision with respect thereto, and
such matter shall be decided by the General Manager prior to the Arbitrator proceeding
with or proceeding further with the reference. The said excluded matters are:
(i) With respect to or concerning the scope or existence or otherwise of the Arbitration
Agreement;
(ii) Whether or not a Claim sought to be referred to arbitration by the CONTRACTOR is a
Notified Claim ;
(iii) Whether or not a Notified Claim is included in the CONTRACTOR’s Final Bill in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof.
(iv) Whether or not the CONTRACTOR has opted for the Alternative Dispute Resolution
Machinery with respect to any Notified Claim included in the CONTRACTOR’s Final
Bill.
9.0.3.0 The provisions of the Indian Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996 and any re-enactment(s)
and/or modification(s) thereof and of the Rules framed thereunder shall apply to
arbitration proceedings pursuant hereto subject to the following conditions:
(a) The Arbitrator shall give his Award separately in respect of each Claim and Counter-
Claim; and
(b) The Arbitrator shall not be entitled to review any decision, opinion or determination
(howsoever expressed) which is stated to be final and/or binding on the
CONTRACTOR in terms of the Contract Documents.
9.0.4.0 The venue of the arbitration shall be New Delhi, provided that the Arbitrator may with the
consent of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree upon any other venue.
9.1.0.0 ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION MACHINERY
9.1.1.0 Subject to the provisions of Clause 6.7.2.0 hereof, the CONTRACTOR may as alternative
to reference to arbitration under Clause 9.0.1.0 with respect to its/his Notified Claims
69
included in the CONTRACTOR’s Final Bill in accordance with Clause 6.6.3.0, opt for the
Alternative Dispute Resolution Machinery herein provided, and upon the exercise of such
option, the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have waived his right (if any) of arbitration
with respect to such Claim(s).
9.1.1.1 The option of adopting alternative dispute resolution machinery shall be exercised by the
CONTRACTOR by making a written communication to the General Manager informing
him of its/his decision to adopt the Alternative Dispute Resolution Machinery. The
Alternative Dispute Resolution Machinery shall consist of a Committee (the Committee) of
three members selected by the CONTRACTOR from a panel of 5 (five) persons
nominated by the General Manager at the request of the CONTRACTOR in order to
enable the CONTRACTOR to exercise its option contemplated in Clause 9.1.1.0 hereof.
9.1.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not refuse to make a selection within the provisions of Clause
9.1.1.1 hereof nor after making a selection shall be entitled to contest or otherwise refuse
to be bound by the decision of the Alternative Dispute Resolution Machinery referred to
hereinabove on the ground that one or more or all the persons nominated by the General
Manager for selection of the Committee are employees of the OWNER or is or are
otherwise connected with the OWNER and/or have otherwise previously dealt with the
matter.
9.1.1.3 Upon appointment of the Committee, the exercise of the option by the CONTRACTOR to
opt for the Alternative Dispute Resolution Machinery shall be deemed to be complete with
consequences in this behalf specified in Clause 9.1.1.0 hereof.
9.1.2.0 The Committee shall not constitute an arbitral tribunal and shall not act as arbitrators but
shall act as an expert body which shall not be bound by any rule or procedure of natural
justice or to hear the parties, but shall be entitled to adopt and regulate its own procedure,
to consult such experts and other persons as it deems fit (even behind the back of the
Parties or any of them), and to hear the Parties separately or not at all, and the
proceedings of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 shall be inapplicable to its
proceedings.
9.1.3.0 The Committee shall examine the Notified Claims of the CONTRACTOR included in
its/his Final Bill in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.3.0 hereof and the
claims/counter-claims of the OWNER and endeavour to mediate a settlement thereof,
failing which the Committee shall render its decision thereon.
9.1.4.0 The decision rendered by the Committee shall be in writing and shall be final and binding
upon the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The said decision shall not be required to be
supported by any reason and need not be rendered separately in respect of any claim.
9.2.0.0 GENERAL
9.2.1.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not refuse to make a selection within the provisions of Clause
9.0.1.0 hereof nor after making a selection shall be entitled to contest the Award or
otherwise refused to be bound by the decision of the Arbitrator or of the Alternative
Dispute Resolution Machinery referred to in Clause 9.1.1.0 hereof on the ground that one
or more or all the persons nominated by the OWNER for selection of the Sole Arbitrator
or appointed by the OWNER to constitute the Committee is or are employees of the
OWNER or is or are otherwise connected with the OWNER.
9.2.2.0 Notwithstanding the existence of any arbitration or the adoption of the Alternative Dispute
Resolution Machinery in terms hereof or otherwise, the CONTRACTOR shall continue
and be bound to continue and perform all its/ his outstanding obligations in all respects
under the Contract (unless the Contract is determined by the OWNER), and the
CONTRACTOR shall remain liable and bound in all respects under the Contract.
70
SECTION 10
SAFETY CODE
10.0.0.0 GENERAL :
10.0.1.0 CONTRACTOR shall adhere to safe construction practice and guard against hazardous
and unsafe working conditions and shall comply with OWNER’s safety rules as set forth
herein.
10.0.2.0 In addition, the Contractor shall adhere to and be bound by the “Safety Practices During
Construction” (OISD-GDN-192) formulated by the Oil Industry Safety Directorate from
time to time. A copy of the existing “Safety Practices During Construction” as presently
formulated by the Oil Industry Safety Directorate is annexed hereto as Appendix III.
10.0.3.0 In the event of any irreconcilable conflict between the ‘Safety Practices During
Construction" prescribed by the Oil Industry Safety Directorate and the Safety provisions
set out herein, the “Safety Practices During Construction” established by the Oil Industry
Safety Directorate shall prevail to the extent of the irreconcilable conflict.
10.1.0.0 FIRST AID AND INDUSTRIAL INJURIES :
10.1.1.0 CONTRACTOR shall maintain first aid facilities for its employees and those of its sub-
contractors.
10.1.2.0 CONTRACTOR shall make outside arrangements for ambulance service and for the
treatment of industrial injuries. Names of those providing these services shall be
furnished to Engineer-in-charge prior to start of construction, and their telephone numbers
shall be prominently posted in CONTRACTOR’s field office.
10.1.3.0 All critical industrial injuries shall be reported promptly to Engineer-in-charge, and a copy
of CONTRACTOR’s report covering each personal injury requiring the attention of a
physician shall be furnished to OWNER.
10.2.0.0 GENERAL RULES :
10.2.1.0 Carrying/Striking of matches, lighters insider the refinery area, smoking within the
refinery, tank, farm, or dock limits are strictly prohibited. Violators of the “No Smoking”
rules shall be discharged immediately. Within the operation area, no hot work shall be
permitted without valid gas safety/fire permits. The CONTRACTOR shall be held and
responsible for all lapses of his sub-contractors/employees in this regard.
10.3.0.0 CONTRACTOR’S BARRICADES
10.3.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall erect and maintain barricades required in connection with his
operation to guard or protect :
(i) Excavation
(ii) Hoisting areas
(iii) Areas adjudged hazardous by CONTRACTOR’s or OWNER’s inspectors.
(iv) OWNER’s existing property liable to damage by CONTRACTOR’s operations, in the
opinion of Engineer-in-Charge/Site Engineer.
(v) Railroad unloading spots.
10.3.2.0 CONTRACTOR’s employees and those of its sub-contractors shall become acquainted
with OWNER’s barricading practice and shall respect the provisions hereof.
10.3.3.0 Barricades and hazardous areas adjacent to but not located in normal routes of travel
shall be marked by red flasher lanterns at nights.
10.4.0.0 SCAFFOLDING :
10.4.1.0 Suitable scaffolding shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely be
done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can be
done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used, an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for
holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well suitable
71
footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and the ladder shall be given an
inclination not steeper than 1 in 4 (1 horizontal 4 vertical)
10.4.2.0 Scaffolding or staging than 12' , above the ground floor, swing or suspended from an
overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guard rail properly
attached, bolted, braced and otherwise rewinded at least 3, high above the floor or
platform of scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and
ends thereof with only such openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials.
Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the
building or structure.
10.4.3.0 Working platform, gangways and stairways should be so constructed that they should not
sag unduly or unequally and if the height of the platform or the gangway or the stairway is
more than 12', above ground level or floor level, they should be closely boarded, should
have adequate width and should be suitably fastened as described in Clause 10.4.2.0
above.
10.4.4.0 Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform be provided with suitable
means to prevent the fall of persons or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing
whose minimum height shall be 3 feet.
10.4.5.0 Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working
places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 30
in length while the width between the side rails in rung ladder shall in no case be less
than 11.5 for ladder up to and including 10 in length for longer ladders this width would
be increased at least ¼ for each additional foot of length. Uniform step spacing shall not
exceed 12 . Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical
equipment. No materials on any of the site of work shall be so stacked or placed as to
cause danger or inconvenience to any person or public. The CONTRACTOR shall also
provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the workers and staff from accidents,
and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defence of every suit, action or other
proceedings, as law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to
neglect of the above precautions and to pay damages and costs which may be awarded
in any such suit or action or proceedings to any such person, or which may with the
consent of the CONTRACTOR be paid to compromise any claim by any such person.
10.5.0.0 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:
10.5.1.0 All trenches 4 or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at least one ladder for
each 100 length or fraction thereof.
10.5.2.0 Ladder shall be extended from bottom of the trench to at least 3 3 above the surface of
the ground. The site of the trenches which is 5 or more in depth shall be stepped back to
give suitable slope, or securely held by timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger of sides
to collapse. The excavated material shall not be placed within 5 of the edge of the trench
or half of trench depth whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom.
Under no circumstances shall undermining or undercutting be done.
10.6.0.0 DEMOLITION
10.6.1.0 Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process of the work all
roads and open area adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably protected.
10.6.2.0 No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger over a cable or
apparatus used by the operator shall remain electrically charged.
10.6.3.0 All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed, from risk of fire
or explosion or flooding. No floor, or other part of the building shall be so overloaded with
debris or material as to render it unsafe.
10.7.0.0 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
10.7.1.0 All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-in-
charge should be made available for the use to the persons employed on the site and
maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use, and the CONTRACTOR should take
adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned.
72
10.7.2.0 Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement and lime mortars shall be
provided with protective footwear and protective gloves.
10.7.3.0 Those engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking of cement bags or any materials
which are injurious to the eyes shall be provided with protective goggles.
10.7.4.0 Those engaged in welding and cutting works shall be provided with protective face and
eyeshields, and gloves, etc.
10.7.5.0 Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and
seated at sufficiently safe intervals.
10.7.6.0 When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use, the
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the manhole covers are opened and are ventilated at
least for an hour before the workers and allowed to get into the manholes, and the
manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning
signals or boards to prevent accident to the public.
10.7.7.0 The CONTRACTOR shall not employ men below the age of 18 years and women on the
work of painting or products containing lead in any form. Wherever men above the age of
18 years are employed on the work of lead painting, the following precautions should be
taken :
10.7.7.1 No paint containing lead product shall be used except in the form of paste or readymade
paint.
10.7.7.2 Suitable face masks shall be supplied for use by the workers when paint is applied in the
form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped.
10.7.7.3 Overalls shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR to workmen and adequate facilities shall
be provided to enable the working painters to wash during and on cessation of work.
10.8.0.0 RISKY PLACES :
10.8.1.0 When the work is done near anyplace where there is a risk of drowning, all necessary
safety equipments shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken
for prompt rescue of any person in danger and adequate provision should be made for
prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the
work.
10.9.0.0 HOISTING EQUIPMENT:
10.9.1.0 Use of hoisting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorage and supports
shall conform to the following standards or conditions :
10.9.1.1 These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound materials and adequate strength
and free from patent defect and shall be kept in good condition and in good working
order.
10.9.1.2 Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of
durable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defects.
10.9.1.3 Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no
person under the age of 21years should be in charge of any hoisting machine including
any scaffolding winch or give signals to the operator.
10.9.1.4 In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle, swivel and pulley
block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, the safe working load shall
be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to
above shall be plainly marked with the safe working load and the condition under which it
is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any machine or any gear referred to
above in this paragraph shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the
purpose of testing.
10.9.1.5 In case of departmental machine, the safe working load shall be notified by the Engineer-
in-Charge. As regards CONTRACTOR’s machines, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the
safe working load of the machine to the Engineer-in-charge, whenever he brings any
machinery to site of work and get it verified by the Engineer-in-charge concerned.
73
10.10.0.0 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT :
10.10.1.0 Motor, Gearing, Transmission, wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances
shall be provided with efficient safeguards, hoisting appliance should be provided with
such means as will reduce to the minimum, the risk of accidental descent of the load,
adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to the minimum the risk of any part of a
suspended load becoming accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on
electrical installations which are already energised, insulating mats, wearing apparel,
such as gloves and boots as may be necessary shall be provided. The workers shall not
wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which are goods conductors of
electricity.
10.11.0.0 MAINTENANCE OF SAFEY DEVICES :
10.11.1.0 All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be
maintained in safe conditions and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or
removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities should be provided at or near
place of work.
10.12.0.0 DISPLAY OF SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS :
10.12.1.0 These safety provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a
notice board at a prominent place at the work spot. The person responsible for
compliance of the safety code shall be named therein by the CONTRACTOR.
10.13.0.0 ENFORCEMENT OF SAFETY REGULATIONS :
10.13.1.0 To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety
precautions the arrangements made by the CONTRACTOR shall be open to inspection
by the Welfare Officer, Engineer-in-charge or Safety Engineer of the OWNER or their
representatives.
10.14.0.0 NO EXEMPTION
10.14.1.0 Notwithstanding the above Clauses 10.0.0.0 to 10.13.0.0 there is nothing in these to
exempt the CONTRACTOR from the operations of any other Act or rules in force in the
Republic of India.
10.14.2.0 The works throughout including any temporary works shall be carried on in such a
manner as not to interfere in any way whatsoever with the traffic on any roads or
footpaths, at the site or in the vicinity thereto or any existing works whether the property of
the OWNER or of a third party.
10.14.3.0 In addition to the above, the CONTRACTOR shall abide by the safety code provision as
per CPWD Safety Code framed from time to time.
10.14.4.0 The CONTRACTOR shall also arrange to obtain valid gate passes for his men and
equipment from the concerned authorities of the Refinery/Project
10.14.5.0 No man/material/equipment not covered by valid passes shall be permitted within the
Refinery/Project area and no material/equipment shall be permitted to be taken out of the
Refinery/Project area, unless authorised by the concerned authorities of the Refinery
Project. The CONTRACTOR shall be held fully responsible for any or all
delays/losses/damages that may result consequent on any lapses that may occur on the
part of his sub-contractors/employees in this regard.
74
APPENDIX –I to the General Conditions of Contract
CONTRACTORS’ LABOUR REGULATIONS
(Reference: Clause 8.3.10.0 of GCC)
1. These regulations may be called Model Contractors Labour Regulations.
2. Definition : In these regulations, unless otherwise expressed or indicated, the following words
and expressions shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them :
(a) “Labour” means workers employed by a contractor, directly or indirectly through a
sub-contractor, or by an agent on his behalf to do any skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled
manual, supervisory, technical or clerical work.
(b) “Fair Wage” means wages, which shall include wages for weekly day of rest and
other allowances, whether for time or piece work, after taking into consideration
prevailing market rates for similar employments in the neighbourhood but shall not be
less than the minimum rates of wages fixed under the payment of Minimum Wages
Act.
(c) “Wages” shall have the same meaning as defined in the Payment of Wages Act.
(d) “Contractor” for the purpose of these regulations shall include an agent or sub-
contractor employing labour on the work taken on the contract.
(e) “Inspecting Officer” means any Labour Enforcement Officer or Assistant Labour
Commissioner of the Chief Labour Commissioner’s Organisation.
(f) “Prescribed” means prescribed under the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)
Act, 1970 and Rules framed thereunder.
3. Notice of commencement : The Contractor, shall within SEVEN days of commencement of
the work, furnish in writing, to Inspecting Officer of the area concerned the following
information :
(a) Name and Situation of the work.
(b) Contractor’s name and address.
(c) Particulars of the Department for which the work is undertaken.
(d) Name and address of sub-contractors as and when they are appointed.
(e) Commencement and probable duration of the work.
(f) Number of workers employed and likely to be employed.
(g) “fair wages” for different categories of workers.
(i) Number of hours of work to constitute a normal working day : The number of
hours which shall constitute a normal working day for an adult shall be NINE
hours. The working day of an adult worker shall be so arranged that it is
inclusive of intervals, if any, for rest, it shall not spread over more than twelve
hours on any day. When a worker is made to work for more than NINE hours
on any day or for more than FORTY-EIGHT hours in a week, he shall, in
respect of overtime work, be paid wages at double the ordinary rate of
wages.
(ii) Weekly day of rest: Every worker shall be given a weekly day of rest which
shall normally be a Sunday unless otherwise fixed and notified at least TEN
days in advance. A worker shall not be required or allowed to work on the
weekly rest day unless he has or will have a substituted rest day, on one of
the five days immediately before or after the rest day, provided that no
substitution shall be made which will result in the worker working for more
than ten days consecutively without a rest day for a whole day.
4. Where, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a worker works on the rest day and has
been given a substituted rest day, he shall be paid wages for the work done on the weekly
rest day at the overtime rate of wages.
75
(NOTE: The expression “ordinary rate of wages” means the fair wage the worker is entitled
to.)
5. Display of notice regarding Wages, Weekly Day of Rest etc. : The contractor shall, before the
commencement of his work on the Contract, display and correctly maintain and continue to
display and correctly maintain in a clean and legible condition in conspicuous places on the
works, notice in English and in the local Indian language, spoken by majority of workers,
giving the rate of fair wages, the hours of work for which such wages are payable, the weekly
rest days workers are entitled to and name and address of the Inspecting Officer. The
Contractor shall send a copy each of such notices to the Inspecting Officers.
6.1 Fixation of Wage Periods: The Contractor shall fix wage periods in respect of which wages
shall be payable. No wage period shall normally exceed one month.
6.2 Payment of wages :
(i) Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct. All wages shall be paid in
current coins or currency or in both. The wages shall be paid without deductions of
any kind except those specified by Central Government by General Order or Special
Order in this behalf or permissible under the Payment of Wages Act.
(ii) Wages of every worker employed as contract labour in an establishment or by
Contractor are less than one thousand, such workers shall be paid within SEVEN
th
days from the end of the Wage period; and before the expiry of the 10 day from the
end of the wage period accordingly as the number of workers exceed 1,000.
(iii) When employment of any worker is terminated by or on behalf of the Contractor, the
wages earned by him shall be paid before expiry of the second working day from the
date on which his employment is terminated.
(iv) All payment of wages shall be made at the work site on a working day except when
the work is completed before expiry of the wage period, in which case final payment
shall be made at the work site within 48 hours of the last working day and during
normal time.
(NOTE : The term “working day” means a day on which labour is employed, and the work is in
progress)
7. Register for Workmen: A register of workmen shall be maintained in the prescribed form and
kept at the work site or as near to it as possible, and the relevant particulars of every
workmen shall be entered therein within THREE days of his employment.
8. Employment Card: The Contractor shall issue an employment card in the Form appended to
these regulations to each worker on the day of work or entry into his employment. If a worker
already has any such card with him issued by the previous employer, the Contractor shall
merely endorse that Employment Card with relevant entries. The Contractor may,
alternatively, issue an attendance-cum-wage slip to each worker in the form appended. This
card shall be valid for a wage period. The Contractor shall mark attendance on the cards
twice each day and again after the rest interval, before he actually starts the work. On
termination of employment, the Employment Card shall again be endorsed by the Contractor,
service certificate issued and returned to the Worker.
9. Register of Wages etc.
(i) A register of Wages-cum-Muster Roll in the prescribed Form shall be maintained and
kept at the work site or as near to it as possible.
(ii) A wage slip in the prescribed Form shall be issued to every worker employed by the
Contractor at least a day prior to disbursement of wages.
10. Fines and deductions which may be made from Wages :
(i) Wages of a worker shall be paid to him without any deduction of any kind except the
following:
(a) Fines ;
76
(b) Deduction for absence from duty, i.e. from the place of his employment he is
required to work. The amount of deductions shall be in proportion to the
period for which he was absent ;
(c) Deduction for damage to or loss of goods expressly entrusted to the
employed person for custody, or for loss of money which he is required to
account for, where such damage or loss is directly attributable to his neglect
or default ;
(d) Deductions for recovery of advances or for adjustment of overpayment of
wages. Advance granted shall be entered in a register ; and
(e) Any other deduction which the Corporation may from time to time allow.
(ii) No fines shall be imposed on any worker say in respect of such acts and omissions
on his part as have been approved by the Chief Labour Commissioner or Competent
Authority.
(iii) No fine shall be imposed on a worker and no deductions for damage or loss shall be
made from his wages until the worker has been given an opportunity of showing
cause against such fines or deductions.
(iv) The total amount of fines which may be imposed in any one wage period on a worker
shall not exceed an amount equal to three paise in a rupee of the wages payable to
him in respect of that wage period.
(v) No fine imposed on a worker shall be recovered from him in installments, or after
expiry of sixty days from the date on which it was imposed. Every fine shall be
deemed to have been imposed on the day of the at or omission in respect of which it
was imposed.
(vi) The Contractor shall maintain both in English and the local Indian language, a list
approved by the Chief Labour Commissioner or Competent Authority clearly stating
the acts and commissions for which penalty or fine may be imposed on a workman
and display it in good condition in a conspicuous place on the work site.
(vii) The Contractor shall maintain a register of fines and the register of deductions for
damage or loss in the prescribed Forms which should be kept at the place of work.
(viii) The Contractor shall display in a conspicuous place of work the list of acts and
omissions for which the fines can be imposed. They are as under :
1. Willful insubordination or disobedience, whether alone or in combination with
other.
2. Theft, fraud or dishonest in connection with the Contractors beside a
business or property of Corporation.
3. Taking or giving bribes or any illegal gratification.
4. Habitual late attendance.
5. Drunkenness, fighting, riotous or disorderly or indifferent behaviour.
6. Habitual negligence.
7. Smoking near or around the area where combustible or other materials are
locked.
8. Habitual indiscipline
9. Causing damage to work in the progress or to property of the Corporation or
of the Contractor.
10. Sleeping on duty.
11. Malingering or slowing down work.
12. Giving of false information regarding name, age, father’s name etc.
13. Habitual loss of wage cards supplied by the employers.
14. Unauthorised use of employer’s property of manufacture or making of
unauthorised articles at the work place.
77
15. Bad workmanship in construction and maintenance by skilled workers which
is not approved by the Corporation and for which the Contractor is compelled
to undertake rectification.
16. Making false complaints and/or misleading statements.
17. Engaging on trade within the premises of the establishments.
18. Any unauthorised divulgence of business affairs of the employers.
19. Collection or canvassing for the collection of an money within the premises of
an establishment unless authorised by the employer.
20. Holding meeting inside the premises without previous sanction of the
employers.
21. Threatening or intimidating any workmen or employer during the working
hours within the premises.
22. Non-observance of Safety norms/practices applicable to the Worksite.
11. Register of Accidents: The Contractor shall maintain a register of accidents in such form as
may be convenient at the work place but the same shall include the following particulars :
(a) Full particulars of the labourers who met with accident.
(b) Rate of wages.
(c) Sex
(d) Age
(e) Nature of accident and cause of accident
(f) Time and date of accident
(g) Date and time when admitted in hospital
(h) Date of discharge from the hospital
(i) Period of treatment and result of treatment
(j) Percentage of loss of earning capacity and disability as assessed by Medical Officer.
(k) Claim required to be paid under Workmen’s Compensation Act.
(l) Date of payment of compensation
(m) Amount paid with details of the person to whom the same was paid.
(n) Authority by whom the compensation was assessed
(o) Remarks
12. Preservation of Registers: The Register of Workmen and the Register of Wages –cum-Muster
Roll required to be maintained under these Regulation shall be preserved for 3 years after the
date on which the last entry is made therein.
13. Enforcement: The Inspecting Officer shall either, on his own motion or on a complaint
received by him, carry out investigations and send a report to the Engineer-in-charge
specifying the amounts representing Workers’ dues and amount of penalty to be imposed on
the Contractor for breach of these Regulations, that have to be recovered from the
Contractor, indicating full details of the recoveries proposed and the reasons therefor. It shall
be obligatory on the part of the Engineer-in-charge on receipt of such a report to deduct such
amounts from payments due to the Contractor.
14. Disposal of amounts recovered from the Contractor: The Engineer-in-charge shall arrange
payment to workers concerned within FORTY-FIVE days from receipt of a report from the
Inspecting Officer. In cases where there is an appeal, payment of workers dues would be
arranged by the Engineer-in-charge wherever such payments arise, within THIRTY days from
the date of receipt of the decision of the Regional Labour Commissioner (RLC).
15. Appeal against decision of Inspecting Officer: Any person aggrieved by a decision of the
Inspecting Officer may appeal against such decision to the RLC concerned within THIRTY
days from the date of decision, forwarding simultaneously a copy of his appeal to the
Engineer-in-charge. The decision of the RLC shall be final and binding upon the Contractor
and the workmen.
16. Representation of parties :
(i) A workmen shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation or enquiry under
these Regulations by an officer of a registered trade union of which he is a member
78
or by an officer of a Federation of Trade Unions to which the said trade union is
affiliated or where the workman is not a member of any registered trade union, by an
officer of a registered trade union, connected with, or by any other workman
employed in the industry in which the worker is employed.
(ii) A contractor shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation of enquiry under
these Regulations by an officer of an Association of Contractors of which he is a
member or by an officer of a Federation of Association of Contractors to which the
said association is affiliated or where the Contractor is not a member of any
Association of Contractors, by an officer of association of employers, connected with,
or by any other employer engaged in, the industry in which the Contractor is
engaged.
(iii) No party shall be entitled to be represented by a legal practitioner in any investigation
or enquiry under these Regulations.
17. Maternity benefits for female employees: The Contractor shall extend the leave, pay and
other benefits as admissible to the female employees. No maternity benefits shall be
admissible to a female worker unless she has been employed for a total period of not less
than 6 months immediately proceeding the date on which she proceeds on leave. The
Contractor shall maintain a register of maternity benefits in prescribed form, and shall be kept
in all places of work.
18. Inspection of Books and other documents: The Contractor shall allow inspection of the
Registers and other documents prescribed under these Regulations by Inspecting Officers
and the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative at any time and by the worker or
his agent on receipt of due notice at the convenient time.
19. Submission of Returns: The Contractor shall submit periodical returns as may be specified
from time to time.
20. Amendments: The Corporation may, from time to time, add to or amend these Regulations,
and issue such directions as it may consider necessary for the proper implementation of
these Regulations or for the purpose of removing any difficulty which may arise in the
administration thereof.
79
APPENDIX –II to the General Conditions of Contract
MODEL RULES FOR LABOUR WELFARE
(Refer: Clause 8.3.10.0 of GCC)
1. Definitions
(a) “Workplace” means a place at which, on an average, twenty or more workers are
employed on any day during which the Contract work is in progress.
(b) “Large Workplace” means a place at which, on an average 500 or more workers are
employed.
2. First Aid
(i) At every workplace, there shall be provided and maintained in a readily accessible
place First Aid appliances including an adequate supply of sterilized dressings and
sterilized cotton wool as prescribed in the Factory Rules of the State in which the
work is carried on. The appliances shall be kept in good order and in large work
places, they shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person who shall be
trained in First Aid treatment and who shall also be readily available during working
hours. The First Aid boxes at the rate of not less than one box for 150 contract labour
or part thereof shall be ordinarily employed. Adequate arrangement shall be made for
immediate recoupment of items/equipment when necessary.
(ii) At large work places, where hospital facilities are not available within easy distance of
the Works, First Aid posts shall be established and be run by a trained compounder.
Where large work places are remotely situated far away from regular hospitals, an
indoor ward shall be provided with one bed for every 250 employees.
Where large work places are situated in cities, towns or in their suburbs and no beds
are considered necessary owing to proximity of city or town hospitals, suitable
transport shall be provided to facilitate removal of urgent cases to these hospitals. At
other workplaces, some conveyance shall be kept readily available to take injured
person or persons suddenly taken seriously ill to the nearest hospital.
At large work places, there shall be provided and maintained an ambulance room of
the prescribed sizes, containing the prescribed equipment and in the charge of such
medical and nursing staff as may be prescribed. For this purpose, the relevant
provisions of the Factory Rules of the State Government area where the work is
carried on may be taken as the prescribed standard.
3. Accommodation for labour: The Contractor shall during the progress of the Works, provide,
erect and maintain necessary temporary living accommodation and ancillary facilities for
labour at his own expense and to standard and scales as approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. However, following specifications shall be followed :
(a) (i) The minimum height of each hut at the eaves level shall be 2.10m (7ft) and
the floor area to be provided will be at the rate of 2.7 sq.m (30sq.ft.) for each
member of the worker’s family staying with the labourer.
(ii) The Contractor shall in addition construct suitable cooking places having a
minimum area of 1.80m X 1.50m (6” x 5”) adjacent to the hut for each family.
(iii) The Contractor shall also construct temporary latrines and urinals for the use
of the labourers, each on the scale of not less than four per each one
hundred of the total strength. Separate latrines and urinals been provided for
women.
(iv) The Contractor shall construct sufficient number of bathing and washing
places, one unit for every 25 persons residing in the camp. These washing
and bathing places shall be suitably screened.
(b) (i) All the huts shall have walls of sun-dried or burnt-bricks laid in mud mortar or
other suitable local material as may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
In case of sun-dried bricks, the walls should be plastered with mud gobri on
80
both sides. The floor may be katcha, but plastered with mud gobri and shall
be at least 15cm. (6”) above the surrounding ground. The roofs shall be laid
with thatch or any other materials as may be approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge and the Contractor shall ensure that throughout the period of their
occupation, the roofs remain water-tight.
(ii) The Contractor shall provide each hut with proper ventilation.
(iii) All doors, windows and ventilators shall be provided with suitable leaves for
security purposes.
(v) There shall be kept an open space at least 7.2m (8 yards) between the rows
of huts which may be reduced to 6m (20ft) according to the availability of site
with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Back to back construction will
be allowed.
4. Drinking Water: In every workplace, there shall be provided and maintained at suitable
places, easily accessible to labour, a sufficient supply of cold water fit for drinking.
Where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply, each workplace
shall be provided with storage where drinking water should be stored.
Every water supply storage shall be at a distance of not less than 15 meters from any latrine,
drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing well, which
is within such proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of pollution, the well shall be
properly chlorinated before water is drawn for drinking. All such wells shall be entirely closed
in and be provided with a trap door which shall be dust and water proof.
A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well, the trap door shall be kept locked and
opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a month.
5. Washing and Bathing Places : Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided
separately for men and women. Such places shall be kept in clean and drained conditions.
6. Scale of accommodation in latrines and urinals : There shall be provided within the precincts
of every workplace, latrines and urinals in an accessible place and the accommodation
separately for each of these, shall not be less than at the following scales :
No. of seats
(a) Where number of pers ons does not exceed 50 - 2
(b) Where number of persons exceeds 50 but does not exceed 100 - 3
(c) For additional persons - 3 per 100 or part thereof
In particular cases, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power to increase the requirement,
where necessary.
7. Latrines and Urinals: Except in workplaces provided with water-flushed latrines connected
with a water-borne sewage systems, all latrines shall be provided with receptacies on dry
earth system which shall be cleaned at least four times daily and at least twice during working
hours and kept in strictly sanitary condition. Receptacies shall be tarred inside and outside at
least once a year.
If women are employed, separate latrine and urinals screened from those for men and
marked in the vernacular in conspicuous letters “For Women Only” shall be provided on the
scale laid down in Rule 6. Those for men shall be similarly marked “For Men Only”. A poster
showing the figure of a man and a woman shall also be exhibited at the entrance to latrines
for each sex. There shall be adequate supply of water close to latrines and urinals.
8. Construction of latrines: Inside walls shall be constructed of masonry or other non-absorbent
materials and shall be cement-washed inside and outside at least once a year. The dates of
cement washing shall be noted in a register maintained for the purpose and kept available for
inspection. Latrines shall have at least thatched roof.
9. Disposal of excreta: Unless otherwise arranged for by the local municipal authority,
arrangement for proper disposal of excreta by incineration at the workplace shall be made by
means of a suitable incinerator approved by the local medical, health and medical or
cantonment authorities. Alternatively, excreta may be disposed off by putting a layer of night
soils at the bottom of pucca tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with a 15 c.m.
81
Layer of waste or refuse and then covering it with a layer of earth for a fortnight (when it will
turn into manure).
The Contractor shall, at his own expense, carry out all instructions issued to him by the
Engineer-in-charge to effect proper disposal of soil and other conservancy work in respect of
Contractor’s work people or employees at the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for
payment of any charges which may be levied by municipal or cantonment authority for
execution of such work on his behalf.
10. Provision of shelters during rest: At every workplace shall be provided, free of cost, four
suitable sheds, two for meals and two others for rest, separately for use of men and women
labour. Height of each shelter shall not be less than 3 meters from the floor level to lowest
part of roof. Sheds shall be kept clean and the space provided shall be on the basis of at least
0.5 sq.m per head.
11. Creches: At a place at which 20 or more women workers are ordinarily employed, there shall
be provided at least one hut for use of children under the age of 6 years belonging to such
women. Huts shall not be constructed to a standard lower than that of thatched roof, mud
floor and wall with wooden planks spread over mud floor and covered with matting.
Huts shall be provided with suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation. There
shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the places clean. There shall be two dais in
attendance. Sanitary utensils shall be provided to the satisfaction of local medical, health and
municipal or cantonment authorities. Use of huts shall be restricted to children, their
attendants and mothers of children.
Where the number of women workers is more than 25 but less than 50, the Contractor shall
provide at least one hut and one Dai to look after the children of women workers.
Size of creche(s) shall vary according to the number of women workers employed.
Creche(s) shall be properly maintained and necessary equipment like toys etc. provided.
12. Canteen : A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of
workers wherever it is considered necessary.
13. Planning, setting and erection of the above mentioned structures shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge and the whole of such temporary accommodation shall at all times during
the progress of the works be kept tidy and in a clean and sanitary condition as per
requirements of the local bodies and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and at the
Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall conform generally to sanitary requirements of
local medical, health and municipal or cantonment authorities and at all time adopt such
precautions as may be necessary to prevent soil pollution of the site.
On completion of the Work, the whole of such temporary structures shall be cleared away, all
rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and
the whole of site left clean and tidy to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and at
the Contractor’s expense.
14. Anti-material precautions: The Contractor shall, at his own expense, conform to all anti-
material instructions given to him by the Engineer-in-Charge, including filling up any burrow
pits which may have been dug by him.
15. Enforcement: The Inspecting Officer mentioned in the Contractors’ Labour Regulations or any
other officer nominated in his behalf by the Engineer-in-charge shall report to the Engineer-in-
charge all cases of failure on the part of the Contractor and or his sub-contractors to comply
with the provisions of these Rules either wholly or in part and the Engineer-in-charge shall
impose such fines and other penalties as are prescribed in the conditions.
16. Interpretations etc : On any question as to the application, interpretation of effect of these
Rules, the decision of the Chief Labour Commissioner or Deputy Chief Labour Commissioner
(Central) shall be final and binding.
17. Amendments : Government/Corporation may, from time to time, add to or amend these rules
and issue such directions as it may consider necessary for the proper implementation of
these Rules or for the purpose of removing any difficulty which may arise in the administration
thereof.
82
APPENDIX III to General conditions of contract
SAFETY PRACTICES DURING CONSTRUCTION
OISD-GDN-192
CONTENTS
SECTION
1.0 Introduction
2.0 Scope
3.0 Definitions
4.0 General Duties
4.1 General Duties Of Execution Agencies
4.2 General Duties Of Owners
5.0 Safety Practices At Work Places
5.1 General Provisions
5.2 Means Of Access And Egress
5.3 Housekeeping
5.4 Precautions Against The Fall Of Materials And Persons, and Collapse of Structures
5.5 Prevention Of Unauthorised Entry
5.6 Fire Prevention And Fire Fighting
5.7 Lighting
5.8 Plant, Machinery, Equipment and Hand Tools
6.0 Construction Activities
6.1 Excavation
6.2 Scaffolding, Platforms & Ladders
6.3 Structural Work, Laying Of Reinforcement & Concreting
6.4 Road Work
6.5 Cutting/Welding
6.6 Working In Confined Spaces
6.7 Proof/Pressure Testing
6.8 Working At Heights
6.9 Handling And Lifting Equipment
6.10 Vehicle Movement
6.11 Electrical
6.12 Offshore
6.13 Demolition
6.14 Radiography
6.15 Sand/Shot Blasting / Spray Painting
6.16 Work above Water
7.0 Additional Safety Precaution for Units with Hydroc arbons
8.0 First Aid
9.0 Documentation
10.0 Safety Awareness & Training
11.0 References
Annexure I
83
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Safety in Construction Management deserves utmost attention especially in the hydrocarbon
industry, such as Exploration, Refineries, Pipelines and Marketing installations, Gas
Processing units etc. Construction is widely recognised as one of the accident prone
activities. Most of the accidents are caused by inadequate planning, failure during the
construction process and/or because of design deficiencies. Besides property loss, accidents
also result in injuries and fatalities to the personnel; same needs to be prevented.
The reasons for accidents during construction activities are related to unique nature of the
industry, human behaviour, difficult work-site conditions, extended odd duty hours, lack of
training & awareness and inadequate safety management. Unsafe working methods,
equipment failure and improper housekeeping also tend to increase the accident rate in
construction.
Ensuring good quality of materials, equipment and competent supervision along with
compliance of standard engineering practices shall go a long way to in built safety into the
system.
The objective of this standard is to provide practical guidance on technical and educational
framework for safety and health in construction with a view to:
(a) prevent accidents and harmful effects on the health of workers arising from
employment in construction;
(b) ensure appropriate safety during implementation of construction;
(c) provide safety practice guidelines for appropriate measures of planning, control and
enforcement.
2.0 SCOPE
This document specifies broad guidelines on safe practices to be adhered to during
construction activities in oil industry. However, before commencing any job, specific hazards
and its effects should be assessed and necessary corrective/preventive actions should be
taken by all concerned. The document is intended only to supplement and not to replace or
supersede the prevailing statutory requirements, which shall also be followed as applicable.
For Personal Protective Equipment, OISD-STD-155 (Part I&II) shall be referred to. The scope
of this document does not include the design aspects and quality checks during construction.
3.0 DEFINITIONS
Definitions of various terminology are given below:
Adequate, appropriate or suitable are used to describe qualitatively or quantitatively

the means or method used to protect the worker.
Brace: A structural member that holds one point in a fixed position with respect to
another point; bracing is a system of structural members designed to prevent
distortion of a structure.
By hand: The work is done without the help of a mechanised tool.
Competent Authority: A stautory agency having the power to issue regulations,

orders or other instructions having the force of law.
Competent person: A person possessing adequate qualifications, such as suitable

training and sufficient knowledge, experience and skill for the safe performance of the
specific work. The competent authorities may define appropriate criteria for the
designation of such persons and may determine the duties to be assigned to them.
Execution agency: Any physical or legal person, having contractual obligation with
the owner, and who employs one or more workers on a construction site
Owner: Any physical or legal person for whom construction job is carried out.
84
It shall also include owner's designated representative/consultant/ nominee/agent,
authorised from time to time to act for and on its behalf, for supervising/ coordinating
the activities of the execution agency.
Hazard: Danger or potential danger.
Guard-rail: An adequately secured rail erected along an exposed edge to prevent

persons from falling.
Hoist: A machine, which lifts materials or persons by means of a platform, which runs
on guides.
Lifting gear: Any gear or tackle by means of which a load can be attached to a lifting
appliance but which does not form an integral part of the appliance or load.
Lifting appliance: Any stationary or mobile appliance used for raising or lowering
persons or loads.
Means of access or egress: Passageways, corridors, stairs, plat forms, ladders and
any other means for entering or leaving the workplace or for escaping in case of
danger.
Scaffold: Any fixed, suspended or mobile temporary structure supporting workers and
material or to gain access to any such structure and which is not a lifting appliance as
defined above.
Toe-board: A barrier placed along the edge of a scaffold plat form, runway, etc., and
secured there to guard against the slipping of persons or the falling of material.
Worker: Any person engaged in construction activity.
Workplace: All places where workers need to be or to go by reason of their work.

4.0 GENERAL DUTIES
4.1 GENERAL DUTIES OF EXECUTION AGENCIES
4.1.1 Execution agency should:
i) provide means and organisation to comply with the safety and health measures
required at the workplace.
ii) provide and maintain w replace or supersede the prevailing statutory requirements,
which shall also be followed as applicable. For Personal Protective Equipment, OISD-
STD-155 (Part I&II) shall be referred to. The scope of this document does not include
the design aspects and quality checks during construction.
iii) provide means and organisation to comply with the safety and health measures
required at the workplace.
iv) provide and maintain work places, plant, equipment, tools and machinery and
organise construction work so that, there is no risk of accident or injury to health of
workers. In particular, construction work should be planned, prepared and undertaken
so that:
(a) dangers, liable to arise at the workplace, are prevented;
(b) excessively or unnecessarily strenuous work positions and movements are
avoided;
(c) organisation of work takes into account the safety and health of workers;
(d) materials and products used are suitable from a safety and health point of
view;
(e) working methods are adopted to safeguard workers against the harmful
effects of chemical, physical and biological agents.
85
v) establish committees with representatives of workers and management or make other
arrangement for the participation of workers in ensuring safe working conditions.
vi) arrange for periodic safety inspec tions by competent persons of all buildings, plant,
equipment, tools, machinery, workplaces and review of systems of work, regulations,
standards or codes of practice. The competent person should examine and ascertain
the safety of construction machinery and equipment.
vii) provide such supervision to ensure that workers perform their work with due regard to
safety and health of theirs as well as that of others.
viii) Employ only those workers who are qualified, trained and suited by their age,
physique, state of health and skill.
ix) satisfy themselves that all work ers are informed and instructed in the hazards
connected with their work and environment and trained in the precautions necessary
to avoid accidents and injury to health.
x) Ensure that buildings, plant, equipment, tools, machinery or workplaces in which a
dangerous defect has been found should not be used until the defect has been
rectified.
xi) Organise for and remain always prepared to take immediate steps to stop the
operation and evacuate workers as appropriate, where there is an imminent danger
to the safety of workers.
xii) establish a checking system by which it can be ascertained that all the members of a
shift, including operators of mobile equipment, have returned to the camp or base at
the close of work on dispersed sites and where small groups of workers operate in
isolation.
xiii) provide appropriate first aid, training and welfare facilities to workers as per various
statutes like the Factories Act, 1948 etc. and, whenever collec tive measures are not
feasible or are insufficient, provide and maintain personal protective equipment and
clothing in line with the requirement as per OISD-STD-155 (Vol. I& II) on Personnel
Protective Equipment. They should also provide access to workers to occupational
health services.
xiv) Educate workers about their right and the duty at any workplace to participate in
ensuring safe working conditions to the extent of their control over the equipment and
methods of work and to express views on working procedures adopted as may affect
safety and health.
xv) Ensure that except in an emergency, workers, unless duly authorised, should not
interfere with, remove, alter or displace any safety device or other appliance furnished
for their protec tion or the protection of others, or interfere with any method or process
adopted with a view to avoiding accidents and injury to health.
xvi) Ensure that workers do not operate or interfere with plant and equipment that they
have not been duly authorised to operate, maintain or use.
xvii) Ensure that workers do not sleep, rest or cook etc in dangerous places such as
scaffolds, railway tracks, garages, confined spaces or in the vicinity of fires,
dangerous or toxic substances, running machines or vehicles and heavy equipment
etc.
xvii) Obtain the necessary clearance/permits as required and specified by owner
xviii) As per the Govt. circular as amended from time to time all contractors who employ
more than 50 workers or where the contract value exceeds Rs. 50 crores, the
following facilities are to be provided by contractor at site :
Arrangement for drinking water

Toilet facilities
A creche where 10 or more women workers are having children below the
age of 6 years
86
Transport arrangement for attending to emergencies
xix) should deploy a safety officer at site
4.2 GENERAL DUTIES OF OWNERS
4.2.1 Owners should:
i) co-ordinate or nominate a competent person to co-ordinate all activities relating to
safety and health on their construc tion projects;
ii) inform all contractors on the project of special risks to health and safety;
iii) Ensure that executing agency is aware of the owner's requirements and the executing
agency's responsibilities with respect to safetry practices before starting the job.
5.0 SAFETY PRACTICES AT WORK PLACES
5.1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
5.1.1 All openings and other areas likely to pose danger to workers should be clearly indicated.
5.1.2 Workers & Supervisors should use the safety helmet and other requisite Personal Protective
Equipment according to job & site requirement. They should be trained to use personal
protective equipment.
5.1.3 Never use solvents, alkalis and other oils to clean the skin.
5.1.4 Lift the load with back straight and knees bent as far as possible. Seek the help in case of
heavy load.
5.1.5 Ensure the usage of correct and tested tools and tackles. Don't allow the make shift tools and
tackles.
5.1.6 No loose clothing should be allowed while working near rotating equipment or working at
heights.
5.2 MEANS OF ACCESS AND EGRESS
Adequate and safe means of access (atleast two, differently located) to and egress from all
workplaces should be provided. Same should be displayed and maintained.
5.3 HOUSEKEEPING
5.3.1 Ensure:
i) proper storage of materials and equipment;
ii) removal of scrap, inflammable material, waste and debris at appropriate intervals.
5.3.2 Removal of loose materials, which are not required for use, to be ensured. Accumulation of
these at the site can obstruct means of access to and egress from workplaces and
passageways.
5.3.3 Workplaces and passageways, that are slippery owing to oil, grease or other causes, should
be cleaned up or strewn with sand, sawdust, ash etc.
5.4 PRECAUTIONS AGAINST THE FALL OF MATERIALS & PERSONS AND COLLAPSE OF
STRUCTURES
5.4.1 Precautions should be taken such as the provision of fencing, look-out men or barriers to
protect any person against injury by the fall of materials, or tools or equipment being raised or
lowered.
5.4.2 Where necessary to prevent danger, guys, stays or supports should be used or other effective
precautions should be taken to prevent the collapse of structures or parts of structures that
are being erected, maintained, repaired, dismantled or demolished.
5.4.3 All openi ngs through which workers are liable to fall should be kept effectively covered or
fenced and displayed prominently.
5.4.4 As far as practicable, guardrails and toe-boards should be provided to protect workers from
falling from elevated work places.
87
5.5 PREVENTION OF UNAUTHORISED ENTRY
5.5.1 Construction sites located in built-up areas and alongside vehicular and pedestrian traffic
routes should be fenced to prevent the entry of unauthorised persons.
5.5.2 Visitors should not be allowed access to construc tion sites unless accompanied by or
authorised by a competent person and provided with the appropriate protective equipment.
5.6 FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE FIGHTING
5.6.1 All necessary measures should be taken by the executing agency and owner to:
i) avoid the risk of fire;
ii) control quickly and efficiently any outbreak of fire;
iii) bring out a quick and safe evacuation of persons.
iv) Inform unit/fire station control room, where construction work is carried out within
existing operating area.
5.6.2 Combustible materials such us packing materials, sawdust, greasy/oily waste and scrap wood
or plastics should not be allowed to accumulate in workplaces but should be kept in closed
metal containers in a safe place.
5.6.3 Places where workers are employed should, if necessary to prevent the danger of fire, be
provided with:
i) suitable and sufficient fire-extinguishing equipment, which should be easily visible
and accessible;
ii) an adequate water supply at sufficient pressure meeting the requirements of various
OISD standards.
5.6.4 To guard against danger at places having combustible material, workers should be trained in
the action to be taken in the event of fire, including the use of means of escape.
5.6.5 At sites having combustible material, suitable visual signs should be provided to indicate
clearly the direction of escape in case of fire.
5.6.6 Means of escape should be kept clear at all times. Escape routes should be frequently
inspected particularly in high structures and where access is restricted.
5.7 LIGHTING
5.7.1 Where natural lighting is not adequate, working light fittings or portable hand-lamps should be
provided at workplace on the construction site where a worker will do a job.
5.7.2 Emergency lighting should be provided for personnel safety during night time to facilitate
standby lighting source, if normal system fails.
5.7.2 Artificial lighting should not produce glare or disturbing shadows.
5.7.3 Lamps should be protected by guards against accidental breakage.
5.7.4 The cables of portable electrical lighting equipment should be of adequate size &
characteristics for the power requirements and of adequate mechanical strength to withstand
severe conditions in construction operations.
5.8 PLANT, MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND HAND TOOLS
5.8.1 General Provisions
i) Plant, machinery and equipment including hand tools, both manual and power driven,
should:
a) be of proper design and construction, taking into account health, Safety and
ergonomic principles.
b) be maintained in good working order;
c) be used only for work for which they have been designed.
88
d) be operated only by workers who have been authorised and given
appropriate training.
e) be provided with protective guards, shields or other devices as
required.
ii) Adequate instructions for safe use should be provided.
iii) Safe operating procedures should be established and used for all plant, machinery
and equipment.
iv) Operators of plant, machinery and equipment should not be distracted while work is
in progress.
v) Plant, machinery and equipment should be switched off when not in use and isolated
before any adjustment, clearing or maintenance is done.
vi) Where trailing cables or hose pipes are used they should be kept as short as
practicable and not allowed to create a hazard.
vii) All moving parts of machinery and equipment sho uld be enclosed or adequately
guarded.
viii) Every power-driven machine and equipment should be provided with adequate
means, immediately accessible and readily identifiable to the operator, of stopping it
quickly and preventing it from being started again inadvertently.
ix) Operators of plant, machinery, equipment and tools should be provided with PPEs,
including where necessary, suitable ear protection.
5.8.2 Hand tools
i) Hand tools should be repaired by competent persons.
ii) Heads of hammers and other shock tools should be dressed or ground to a suitable
radius on the edge as soon as they begin to mushroom or crack.
iii) When not in use and while being carried or transported sharp tools should be kept in
sheaths, shields, chests or other suitable containers.
iv) Only insulated or nonconducting tools should be used on or near live electrical
installations.
v) Only non-sparking tools should be used near or in the presence of flammable or
explosive dusts or vapours.
5.8.3 Pneumatic Tools
i) Operating triggers on portable pne umatic tools should be:
a) so placed as to minimise the risk of accidental starting of the machine.
b) so arranged as to close the air inlet valve automatically when the pressure of
the operator's hand is removed.
ii) Hose and hose connections for compressed air supply to portable pneumatic tools
should be:
a) designed and tested for the pressure and service for which they are
intended;
b) fastened securely on the pipe outlet and equipped with the safety chain, as
appropriate.
iii) Pneumatic shock tools should be equipped with safety clips or retainers to prevent
dies and tools from being accidentally expelled from the barrel.
iv) Pneumatic tools should be disconnected from power and the pressure in hose lines
released before any adjustment or repair is made.
5.8.4 Electrical Tools
i) Low voltage portable electrical tools should generally be used.
89
ii) All electrical tools should be earthed, unless they are "all insulated" or "double
insulated" tools which do not require earthing.
iii) All electrical tools should get inspected and maintained on a regular basis by a
competent electrician and complete records kept.
5.8.5 Engines
i) Engines should:
a) be installed so that they can be started safely and the maximum safe speed
cannot be exceeded.
b) have controls for limiting speed.
c) have devices to stop them from a safe place in an emergency.
ii) IC engines should not be run in confined spaces unless adequate exhaust ventilation
is provided.
iii) When IC engines are being fuelled:
a) the engine should be shut off.
b) care should be taken to avoid spilling fuel;
c) no person should smoke or have an naked light in the vicinity.
d) a fire extinguisher should be kept readily available.
iv) Secondary fuel reservoir should be placed outside the engine room.
6.0 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
The various common activities in construction are as under:
Excavation
Scaffolding, Platforms & Ladders
Structural Work, Laying of Reinforcement & Concreting
Road Work (Laying of roads)
Cutting /Welding
Working in Confined Space
Proof/Pressure Testing
Working at Heights
Handling & Lifting Equipments
Vehicle Movement
Electrical
Offshore
Demolition
Radiography
Sand/shot blasting/ spray painting
Work above water
The safe practices to be followed during the implementation of above construction activities
are given below:
6.1 EXCAVATION
6.1.1 All excavation work should be planned and the method of excavation and the type of support
work required should be decided considering the following:
i) the stability of the ground;
ii) the excavation will not affect adjoining buildings, structures or roadways;
90
iii) to prevent hazard, the gas, water, electrical and other public utilities should be shut
off or disconnected, if necessary;
iv) presence of underground pipes, cable conductors, etc.,
v) the position of culvert/bridges, temporary roads and spoil heaps should be
determined;
6.1.2 Before digging begins on site, all excavation work should be planned and the method of
excavation and the type of support work required decided.
6.1.3 All excavation work should be supervised.
6.1.4 Sites of excavations should be thoroughly inspected:
i) daily, prior to each shift and after interruption in work of more than one day;
ii) after every blasting operation;
iii) after an unexpected fall of ground;
iv) after substantial damage to supports;
v) after a heavy rain, frost or snow;
vi) when boulder formations are encountered.
6.1.5 Safe angle of repose while excavating trenches exceeding 1.5m depth upto 3.0m should be
0
maintained. Based on site conditions, provide proper slope, usually 45 ,and suitable bench of
0.5m width at every 1.5m depth of excavation in all soils except hard rock or provide proper
shoring and strutting to prevent cave-in or slides.
6.1.6 As far as possible, excavated earth should not be placed within one meter of the edge of the
trench or depth of trench whichever is greater.
6.1.7 Don't allow vehicles to operate too close to excavated area. Maintain atleast 2m distance
from edge of excavation. No load, plant or equipment should be placed or moved near the
edge of any excavation where it is likely to cause its collapse and thereby endanger any
person unless precautions such as the provision of shoring or piling are taken to prevent the
sides from collapsing.
6.1.8 Adequately anchored stop blocks and barriers should be provided to prevent vehicles being
driven into the excavation. Heavy vehicles should not be allowed near the excavation unless
the support work has been specially designed to permit it.
6.1.9 If an excavation is likely to affect the security of a structure on which persons are working,
precautions should be taken to protect the structure from collapse.
6.1.10 Barricade at 1m height (with red & white band/self glowing caution board) should be provided
for excavations beyond 1.5m depth. Provide two entries/exits for such excavation.
6.1.11 Necessary precautions should be taken for underground utility lines like cables, sewers etc.
and necessary approvals/clearances from the concerned authorities shall be obtained before
commencement of the excavation job.
6.1.12 Water shall be pumped/bailed out, if any accumulates in the trench. Necessary precautions
should be taken to prevent entry of surface water in trenches.
6.1.13 During rains, the soil becomes loose. Take additional precaution against collapse of side wall.
6.1.14 In hazardous areas, air should be tested to ascertain its quality. No one should be allowed
entry till it is suitable for breathing.
6.1.15 In case of mechanised excavation, precaution shall be taken to not to allow anybody to come
within one meter of extreme reach of the mechanical shovel. The mechanised excavator shall
be operated by a well-trained experienced operator. When not in operation, the machine shall
be kept on firm leveled ground with mechanical shovel resting on ground. Wheel or belt shall
be suitably jammed to prevent any accidental movement of the machine. Suitable precautions
as per manufacturer guidelines should be taken for dozers, graders and other heavy
machines.
91
6.1.16 In case of blasting, follow strictly IS :4081-1986 & Indian Explosive Act and rules for storage,
handling and carrying of explosive materials and execution of blasting operation.
6.2 SCAFFOLDING, PLATFORMS & LADDERS
6.2.1 Metal as material of construction
i) A scaffold should be provided and maintained or other equally safe and suitable
provision should be made where work cannot safely be done on or from the ground or
from part of a building or other permanent structure.
ii) Scaffolds should be provided with safe means of access, such as stairs, ladders or
ramps. Ladders should be secured against inadvertent movement.
iii) Every scaffold should be constructed, erected and maintained so as to prevent
collapse or accidental displacement when in use.
iv) Every scaffold and part thereof should be constructed :
(a) in such a way so as not to cause hazards for workers during erec tion and
dismantling;
(b) in such a way so as guard rails and other protective devices, platforms,
ladders, stairs or ramps can be easily put together;
(c) with sound material and of requisite size and strength for the purpose for
which it is to be used and maintained in a proper condition.
v) Boards and planks used for scaffolds should be protected against splitting.
vi) Materials used in the construction of scaffolds should be stored under good
conditions and apart from any material unsuitable for scaffolds.
vii) Couplers should not cause deformation in tubes. Couplers should be made of drop
forged steel or equivalent material.
viii) Tubes should be free from cracks, splits and excessive corrosion and be straight to
the eye, and tube ends cut cleanly square with the tube axis.
ix) Scaffolds should be designed for their maximum load as per relevant code.
x) Scaffolds should be adequately braced.
xi) Scaffolds which are not designed to be independent should be rigidly connected to
the building at designated vertical and horizontal places.
xii) A scaffold should never extend above the highest anchorage to an extent which might
endanger its stability and strength.
xiii) Loose bricks, drainpipes, chimney-pots or other unsuitable material should not be
used for the construction or support of any part of a scaffold.
xiv) Scaffolds should be inspected and certified:
(a) before being taken into use;
(b) at periodic intervals thereafter as prescribed for different types of scaffolds;
(c) after any alteration, interruption in use, exposure to weather or seismic
conditions or any other occurrence likely to have affected their strength or
stability.
xv) Inspection should more particularly ascertain that:
(a) the scaffold is of suitable type and adequate for the job;
(b) materials used in its construction are sound and of sufficient strength;
(c) it is of sound construction and stable;
(d) that the required safeguards are in position.
xvi) A scaffold should not be erected, substantially altered or dismantled except by or
under the supervision.
92
xvii) Every scaffold should be maintained in good and proper condition, and every part
should be kept fixed or secured so that no part can be displaced in consequence of
normal use.
xviii) If out-rigger scaffolding is to be used, it should be specifically designed and inspected
before putting in use.
6.2.2 Lifting appliances on scaffolds
i) When a lifting appliance is to be used on a scaffold:
(a) the parts of the scaffold should be carefully inspected to determine the
additional strengthening and other safety measures required;
(b) any movement of the scaffold members should be prevented;
(c) if practicable, the uprights should be rigidly connected to a solid part of the
building at the place where the lifting appliance is erected.
6.2.3 Prefabricated scaffolds
i) In the case of prefabricated scaffold systems, the instructions provided by the
manufacturers or suppliers should be strictly adhered to. Prefabricated scaffolds
should have adequate arrangements for fixing bracing.
ii) Frames of different types should not be intermingled in a single scaffold.
iii) Scaffolding shall be erected on firm and level ground.
iv) All members of metal scaffolding shall be checked periodically to screen out defective
/ rusted members. All joints should be properly lubricated for easy tightening.
v) Entry to scaffolding should be restricted.
vi) Erection, alteration and removal shall be done under supervision of experienced
personnel.
vii) Use of barrels, boxes, loose bricks etc., for supporting platform shall not be permitted.
viii) Each supporting member of platform shall be securely fastened and braced
ix) Where planks are butt-joined, two parallel putlogs shall be used, not more than
100mm apart, to give support to each plank.
x) Platform plank shall not project beyond its end support to a distance exceeding 4
times the thickness of plank, unless it is effectively secured to prevent tipping.
Cantilever planks should be avoided.
xi) The platform edges shall be provided with 150mm high toe board to eliminate
hazards of tools or other objects falling from platform.
xii) Erect ladders in the “four up-one out position”
xiii) Lash ladder securely with the structure.
xiv) Using non-slip devices, such as, rubber shoes or pointed steel ferules at the ladder
foot, rubber wheels at ladder top, fixing wooden battens, cleats etc.
xv) When ladder is used for climbing over a platform, the ladder must be of sufficient
length, to extend at least one meter above the platform, when erected against the
platform in “four up-one out position.”
xvi) Portable ladders shall be used for heights not more than 4mt. Above 4mt flights,
fixed ladders shall be provided with at least 600 mm landings at every 6mt or less.
xvii) The width of ladder shall not be less than 300mm and rungs shall be spaced not
more than 300mm.
xviii) Every platform and means of access shall be kept free from obstruction.
xix) If grease, mud, gravel, mortar etc., fall on platform or scaffolds, these shall be
removed immediately to avoid slippage.
93
xx) Workers shall not be allowed to work on scaffolds during storms or high wind. After
heavy rain or storms, scaffolds shall be inspected before reuse.
xxi) Don't overload the scaffolding. Remove excess material and scrap immediately.
xxii) Dismantling of scaffolds shall be done in a pre-planned sequential manner.
6.2.4 Suspended scaffolds/ boatwain's chair
i) In addition to the requirements for scaffolds in general as regards soundness, stability
and protection against the risk of falls, suspended scaffolds should meet the following
specific requirements.
(a) platforms should be designed and built with dimensions that are compatible
with the stability of the structure as a whole, especially the length;
(b) the number or anchorage should be compatible with the dimensions of the
platform;
(c) the safety of workers should be safeguarded by an extra rope having a point
of attachment independent of the anchorage arrangements of the scaffold;
(d) the anchorage and other elements of support of the scaffold should be
designed and built in such a way as to ensure sufficient strength;
(e) the ropes, winches, pulleys or pulley blocks should be designed, assembled,
used and maintained according to the requirements established for lifting
gear adapted to the lifting of persons according to national laws and
regulations;
(f) Before use, the whole structure should be checked by a competent person.
6.2.5 Bamboo Scaffolding
i) In general, it should be avoided as far as possible. It should not be used in the
unit/off-site areas and where hot work is to be done.
ii) For construction and maintenance of residential and office buildings, situated outside
explosive licensed area, bamboo scaffold, if used, should conform to provisions given
in lS-3696 (Part 1)-1987.
6.3 STRUCTURAL WORK, LAYING OF REINFORCEMENT & CONCRETING
6.3.1 General provisions
i) The erection or dismantling of buildings, struc tures, civil engineering works, formwork ,
falsework and shoring should be carried out by trained workers only under the super-
vision of a competent person.
ii) Precautions should be taken to guard against danger to workers arising from any
temporary state of weakness or instability of a structure.
iii) Formwork, falsework and shoring should be so designed, constructed and maintained
that it will safely support all loads that may be imposed on it.
iv) Formwork should be so designed and erected that working platforms, means of
access, bracing and means of handling and stabilising are easily fixed to the
formwork struc ture.
6.3.2. Erection and dismantling of steel and prefabricated structures
i) The safety of workers employed on the erection and dismantling of steel and prefabri-
cated structures should be ensured by appropriate means, such as provision and use
of:
(a) ladders, gangways or fixed platforms;
(b) platforms, buckets, boatswain's chairs or other appropriate means suspended
from lifting appliances;
(c) safety harnesses and lifelines, catch nets or catch platforms;
94
(d) Power-operated mobile working platforms.
ii) Steel and prefabricated structures should be so designed and made that they can be
safely transported and erected.
iii) In addition to the need for the stability of the part when erected, the design should
explicitly take following into account:
(a) the conditions and methods of attachment in the operations of transport,
storing and temporary support during erection or dismantling as applicable;
(b) Methods for the provision of safeguards such as railings and working
platforms, and, when necessary, for mounting them easily on the structural
steel or prefabricated parts.
iv) The hooks and other devices built in or provided on the structural steel or
prefabricated parts that are required for lifting and transporting them should be so
shaped, dimensioned and positioned as:
(a) to withstand with a sufficient margin the stresses to which they are subjected;
(b) Not to set up stresses in the part that could cause failures, or stresses in the
structure itself not provided for in the plans, and be designed to permit easy
release from the lifting appliance. Lifting points for floor and staircase units
should be located (recessed if necessary) so that they do not protrude above
the surface;
(c) To avoid imbalance or distortion of the lifted load.
v) Storeplaces should be so constructed that:
(a) there is no risk of structural steel or prefabricated parts falling or overturning;
(b) storage conditions generally ensure stability and avoid damage having regard
to the method of storage and atmospheric conditions;
(c) racks are set on firm ground and designed so that units cannot move
accidentally.
vi) While they are being stored, transported, raised or set down, structural steel or
prefabricated parts should not be subjected to stresses prejudicial to their stability.
vii) Every lifting appliance should:
(a) be suitable for the operations and not be capable of accidental disconnection;
(b) be approved or tested as per statutory requirement.
viii) Lifting hooks should be of the self-closing type or of a safety type and should have
the maximum permissible load marked on them.
ix) Tongs, clamps and other appliances for lifting structural steel and prefabricated parts
should:
(a) be of such shape and dimensions as to ensure a secure grip without
damaging the part;
(b) be marked with the maximum permissible load in the most unfavourable
lifting conditions.
x) Structural steel or prefabricated parts should be lifted by methods or appliances that
prevent them from spinning accidentally.
xi) When necessary to prevent danger, before they are raised from the ground, structural
steel or prefabricated parts should be provided with safety devices such as railings
and working platforms to prevent falls of persons.
xii) While structural steel or prefabricated parts are being erected, the workers should be
provided with appliances for guiding them as they are being lifted and set down, so as
to avoid crushing of hands and to facilitate the operations. Use of such appliances
should be ensured.
95
xiii) A raised structural steel or prefabricated part should be so secured and wall units so
propped that their stability cannot be imperiled, even by external agencies such as
wind and passing loads before its release from the lifting appliance.
xiv) At work places, instruction should be given to the workers on the methods,
arrangements and means required for the storage, transport, lifting and erection of
struc tural steel or prefabricated parts, and, before erection starts, a meeting of all
those responsible should be held to discuss and confirm the requirements for safe
erection.
xv) During transportation within the construction area, attachments such as slings and
stirrups mounted on structural steel or prefabricated parts should be securely
fastened to the parts.
xvi) Structural steel or prefabricated parts should be so transported that the conditions do
not affect the stability of the parts or the means of transport result in jolting, vibration
or stresses due to blows, or loads of material or persons.
xvii) When the method of erection does not permit the provision of other means of
protection against fall of persons, the workplaces should be protected by guardrails,
and if appropriate by toe-boards.
xviii) When adverse weather conditions such as snow, ice and wind or reduced visibility
entail risks of accidents, the work should be carried on with particular care, or, if
necessary, interrupted.
xix) Structures should not be worked on during violent storms or high winds, or when they
are covered with ice or snow, or are slippery from other causes.
xx) If necessary, to prevent danger, structural steel parts should be equipped with
attachments for suspended scaffolds, lifelines or safety harnesses and other means
of protection.
xxi) The risks of falling, to which workers moving on high or sloping girders are exposed,
should be limited by all means of adequate collective protection or, where this is
impossible, by the use of a safety harness that is well secured to a strong support.
xxii) Structural steel parts that are to be erected at a great height should as far as
practicable be assembled on the ground.
xxiii) When structural steel or prefabricated parts are being erected, a sufficiently extended
area underneath the work place should be barricaded or guarded
xxiv) Steel trusses that are being erected should be adequately shored, braced or guyed
until they are permanently secured in position.
xxv) Load-bearing structural member should not be dangerously weakened by cutting,
holing or other means.
xxvi) Structural members should not be forced into place by the hoisting machine while any
worker is in such a position that he could be injured by the operation.
xxvii) Open-web steel joists that are hoisted singly should be directly placed in position and
secured against dislodgment.
6.3.3 Reinforcement
i) Ensure that workers use Personnel Protective equipment like safety helmet, safety
shoes, gloves etc.
ii) Don't place the hand below the rods for checking clear distance. Use measuring
devices.
iii) Don't wear loose clothes while checking the rods.
iv) Don't stand unnecessarily on cantilever rods.
v) To carry out welding/cutting of rods, safety procedures/precautions as mentioned in
Item No. 6.5 to be followed.
96
vi) For supplying of rods at heights, proper staging and/or bundling to be provided.
vii) Ensure barricading and staging for supplying and fixing of rods at height.
viii) For short distance carrying of materials on shoulders, suitable pads to be provided.
ix) While transporting material by trucks/trailers, the rods shall not protrude in front of or
by the sides of driver's cabin. In case such protrusion cannot be avoided behind the
rd
deck, then it should not extend 1/3 of deck length or 1.5M which ever is less and tied
with red flags/lights.
6.3.4 Concreting
i) Ensure stability of shuttering work before allowing concreting.
ii) Barricade the concreting area while pouring at height/depths.
iii) Keep vibrator hoses, pumping concrete accessories in healthy conditions and
mechanically locked.
iv) Pipelines in concrete pumping system shall not be attached to temporary structures
such as scaffolds and formwork support as the forces and movements may effect their
integrity.
v) Check safety cages & guards around moving motors/parts etc. provided in concreting
mixers.
vi) Use Personal Protective Equipment like gloves, safety shoes etc. while dealing with
concrete and wear respirators for dealing with cement.
vii) Earthing of electrical mixers, vibrators, etc. should be done and verified.
viii) Cleaning of rotating drums of concrete mixers shall be done from outside. Lockout
devices shall be provided where workers need to enter.
ix) Where concrete mixers are driven by internal combustion engine, exhaust points shall
be located away from the worker's workstation so as to eliminate their exposure to
obnoxious fumes.
x) Don't allow unauthorised person to stand under the concreting area.
xi) Ensure adequate lighting arrangements for carrying out concrete work during night.
xii) Don't allow the same workers to pour concrete round the clock. Insist on shift pattern.
xiii) During pouring, shuttering and its supports should be continuously watched for
defects.
6.4 ROAD WORK
6.4.1 Site shall be barricaded and provided with warning signs, including night warning lamps at
appropriate locations for traffic diversion.
6.4.2 Filled and empty bitumen drums shall be stacked separately at designated places.
6.4.3 Mixing aggregate with bitumen shall preferably be done with the help of bitumen batch mixing
plant, unless operationally non-feasible.
6.4.4 Road rollers, Bitumen sprayers, Pavement finishers shall be driven by experienced drivers
with valid driving license.
6.4.5 Workers handling hot bitumen sprayers or spreading bitumen aggregate mix or mixing
bitumen with aggregate, shall be provided with PVC hand gloves and rubber shoes with
legging up to knee joints.
6.4.6 At the end of day's work, surplus hot bitumen in tar boiler shall be properly covered by a metal
sheet, to prevent anything falling in it,
6.4.7 If bitumen accidentally falls on ground, it shall be immediately covered by sprinkling sand, to
prevent anybody stepping on it. Then it shall be removed with the help of spade.
6.4.8 For cement concrete roads, besides site barricading and installation of warning signs for
traffic diversion, safe practices mentioned in the chapter on "Concreting", shall also be
97
applicable.
6.5 CUTTING/WELDING
6.5.1 Common hazards involved in welding/cutting are sparks, molten metal, flying particles,
harmful light rays, electric shocks etc. Following precautions should be taken: -
i) A dry chemical type fire extinguisher shall be made available in the work area.
ii) Adequate ventilation shall be ensured by opening manholes and fixing a shield or
forced circulation of air etc, while doing a job in confined space.
iii) Ensure that only approved and well-maintained apparatus, such as torches, manifolds,
regulators or pressure reducing valves, and acetylene generators are used.
iv) All covers and panels shall be kept in place, when operating an electric Arc welding
machine.
v) The work piece should be connected directly to Power supply, and not indirectly
through pipelines/structures/equipments etc.
vi) The welding receptacles shall be rated for 63 A suitable for 415V, 3-Phase system
with a scraping earth. Receptacles shall have necessary mechanical interlocks and
earthing facilities.
vii) All cables, including welding and ground cables, shall be checked for any worn out or
cracked insulation before starting the job. Ground cable should be separate without
any loose joints.
viii) Cable coiling shall be maintained at minimum level, if not avoidable.
ix) An energised electrode shall not be left unattended.
x) The power source shall be turned off at the end of job.
xi) All gas cylinders shall be properly secured in upright position.
xii) Acetylene cylinder shall be turned and kept in such a way that the valve outlet points
away from oxygen cylinder.
xiii) Acetylene cylinder key for opening valve shall be kept on valve stem, while cylinder is
in use, so that the acetylene cylinder could be quickly turned off in case of emergency.
Use flash back arrestors to prevent back-fire in acetylene/oxygen cylinder.
xiv) When not in use, valves of all cylinders shall be kept closed.
xv) All types of cylinders, whether full or empty, shall be stored at cool, dry place under
shed.
xvi) Forced opening of any cylinder valve should not be attempted.
xvii) Lighted gas torch shall never be left unattended.
xviii) Store acetylene and oxygen cylinders separately.
xix) Store full and empty cylinders separately.
xx) Avoid cylinders coming into contact with heat.
xxi) Cylinders that are heavy or difficult to carry by hand may be rolled on their bottom
edge but never dragged.
xxii) If cylinders have to be moved, be sure that the cylinder valves are shut off.
xxiii) Before changing torches, shut off the gas at the pressure reducing regulators and not
by crimping the hose.
xxiv) Do not use matches to light torches, use a friction lighter.
xxv) Move out any leaking cylinder immediately.
xxvi) Use trolleys for oxygen & acetylene cylinder and chain them.
98
xxvii) Always use Red hose for acetylene and other fuel gases and Black for oxygen, and
ensure that both are in equal length.
xxviii) Ensure that hoses are free from burns, cuts and cracks and properly clamped.
xxix) Avoid dragging hoses over sharp edges and objects
xxx) Do not wrap hoses around cylinders when in use or stored.
xxxi) Protect hoses from flying sparks, hot slag, and other hot objects.
xxxii) Lubricants shall not be used on Ox-fuel gas equipment.
xxxiii) During cutting/welding, use proper type goggles/face shields.
6.6 WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
6.6.1 Following safety practices for working in confined space like towers, columns, tanks and other
vessels should be followed in addition to the safety guidelines for specific jobs like scaffolding,
cutting/welding etc.
i) Shut down, isolate, depressurise and purge the vessel as per laid down procedures.
ii) Entry inside the vessel and to carry out any job should be done after issuance of valid
permit only in line with the requirement of OISD-STD-105.
iii) Ensure proper and accessible means of exit before entry inside a confined space.
iv) The number of persons allowed inside the vessel should be limited to avoid
overcrowding.
v) When the work is going on in the confined space, there should always be one man
standby at the nearby manway.
vi) Before entering inside the vessels underground or located at lower elevation,
probability of dense vapours accumulating nearby should also be considered in
addition to inside the vessel.
vii) Ensure requisite O2 level before entry in the confined space and monitor level
periodically or other wise use respiratory devices.
viii) Check for no Hydrocarbon or toxic substances before entry and monitor level
periodically or use requisite Personal Protective Equipment.
ix) Ensure adequate ventilation or use respiratory devices.
x) Depending upon need, necessary respirator system, gas masks and suit shall be worn
by everyone entering confined space. In case of sewer, OWS or in the confined area
where there is a possibility of toxic or inert gas, gas masks shall be used by everyone
while entering.
xi) Barricade the confined spaces during hoisting, radiography, blasting, pressure testing
etc.
xii) Use 24V flameproof lamp fittings only for illumination.
xiii) Use tools with air motors or electric tools with maximum voltage of 24V.
xiv) House keeping shall be well maintained.
xv) Safety helmet, safety shoes and safety belt shall be worn by everyone entering the
confined space.
xvi) Don't wear loose clothing while working in a confined space.
xvii) In case of the vessels which are likely to contain pyropheric substances (like Iron
Sulphide), special care need to be taken before opening the vessel. Attempt should be
made to remove the pyropheric substances. Otherwise, these should be always kept
wet by suitable means.
xviii) The cutting torches should also be kept outside the vessel immediately after the
cutting.
99
xix) The gas cylinders used for cutting/welding shall be kept outside.
xx) All cables, hoses, welding equipment etc., shall be removed from confined space at
end of each work day, even if the work is to be resumed in the same space the next
day.
xxi) To the extent possible sludge shall be cleared and removed from outside before
entering.
xxii) No naked light or flame or hot work such as welding, cutting and soldering should be
permitted inside a confined space or area unless it has been made completely free of
the flammable atmosphere, tested and found safe by a competent person. Only non-
sparking tools and flameproof hand lamps protected with guard and safety torches
should be used inside such confined space or area for initial inspection, cleaning or
other work required to be done for making the area safe.
xxiii) Communication should be always maintained between the worker and the attendant.
6.7 PROOF/PRESSURE TESTING
6.7.1 Review test procedure before allowing testing with water or air or any other fluid.
6.7.2 Provide relief valves of ade quate size while testing with air or other gases.
6.7.3 Ensure compliance of necessary precautions, such as step wise loading, tightening of
fasteners, grouting etc. before and during testing.
6.7.4 Inform all concerned in advance of the testing.
6.7.5 Keep the vents open before opening any valve for filling/draining of liquid used for
hydrotesting. The filling/draining should not exceed the designed rate for pressure testing.
6.7.6 Provide separate gauges of suitable range for pressurising pump and the equipment to be
tested.
6.7.7 Provide gauges at designated locations for monitoring of pressures.
6.7.8 Check the calibration of all pressurising equipment and accessories and maintain records.
6.7.9 Take readings at pre-defined intervals.
6.8 WORKING AT HEIGHTS
6.8.1 General Provision
i) While working at a height of more than 3 meters, ISI approved safety belt shall be
used.
ii) While working at a height of more than 3 meters, permit should be issued by
competent person before commencement of the job.
iii) Worker should be well trained on usage of safety belt including its proper usage at the
time of ascending/descending.
iv) All tools should be carried in tool kits to avoid their falling.
v) If the job is on fragile/sloping roof, roof walk ladders shall be used.
vi) Provide lifeline wherever required.
vii) Additional safety measures like providing Fall Arrestor type Safety belt, safety net
should be provided depending upon site conditions and job requirements.
viii) Keep working area neat and clean. Remove scrap material immediately.
ix) Don't throw or drop material/equipment from height.
x) Avoid jumping from one member to another. Use proper passageway.
xi) Keep both hands free while climbing. Don't try to bypass the steps of the ladder.
xii) Try to maintain calm at height. Avoid over exertion.
xiii) Avoid movements on beam.
100
xiv) Elevated workplaces including roofs should be provided with safe means of access
and egress such as stairs, ramps or ladders.
6.8.2 Roof Work
i) All roof-work operations should be pre-planned and properly supervised.
ii) Roof work should only be undertaken by workers who are physically and
psychologically fit and have the necessary knowledge and experience for such work.
iii) Work on roofs shouldn't be carried on in weather conditions that threaten the safety of
workers.
iv) Crawling boards, walkways and roof ladders should be securely fastened to a firm
structure.
v) Roofing brackets should fit the slope of the roof and be securely supported.
vi) Where it is necessary for a person to kneel or crouch near the edge of the roof,
necessary precautions should be taken.
vii) On a large roof where work have to be carried out at or near the edge, a simple barrier
consisting of crossed scaffold tubes supporting a tubing guardrail may be provided.
viii) All covers for openings in roofs should be of substantial construction and be secured in
position.
ix) Roofs with a pitch of more than 10 should be treated as sloping.
x) When work is being carried out on sloping roofs, sufficient and suitable crawling
boards or roof ladders should be provided and firmly secured in position.
xi) During extensive work on the roof, strong barriers or guardrails and toe-boards should
be provided to stop a person from falling off the roof.
xii) Where workers are required to work on or near roofs or other places covered with
fragile material, through which they are liable to fall, they should be provided with
suitable roof ladders or crawling boards strong enough and when spanning across the
supports for the roof covering to support those workers.
xiii) A minimum of two boards should be provided so that it is not necessary for a person to
stand on a fragile roof to move a board or a ladder, or for any other reason.
6.8.3 Work on tall chimneys
i) For the erection and repair of tall chimneys, scaffolding should be provided. A safety
net should be maintained at a suitable distance below the scaffold.
ii) The scaffold floor should always be at least 65 cm below the top of the chimney.
iii) Under the working floor of the scaffolding the next lower floor should be left in position
as a catch platform.
iv) The distance between the inside edge of the scaffold and the wall of the chimney
should not exceed 20 cm at any point.
v) Catch platforms should be erected over:
(a) the entrance to the chimney;
(b) Passageways and working places where workers could be endangered by
falling objects.
vi) For climbing tall chimneys, access should be provided by:
(a) stairs or ladders;
(b) a column of iron rungs securely embedded in the chimney wall;
(c) Other appropriate means.
101
vii) When workers use the outside rungs to climb the chimney, a securely fastened steel
core rope looped at the free end and hanging down at least 3 m should be provided at
the top to help the workers to climb on to the chimney.
viii) While work is being done on independent chimneys the area surrounding the chimney
should be enclosed by fencing at a safe distance.
ix) Workers employed on the construction, alteration, maintenance or repair of tall
chimneys should not:
a) work on the outside without a safety harness attached by a lifeline to a rung,
ring or other secure anchorage;
b) put tools between the safety harness and the body or in pockets not intended
for the purpose;
c) haul heavy materials or equipment up and down by hand to or from the
workplace on the chimney;
d) fasten pulleys or scaffolding to reinforcing rings without first verifying their
stability;
e) work alone;
f) climb a chimney that is not provided with securely anchored ladders or rungs;
g) Work on chimneys in use unless the necessary precautions to avoid danger
from smoke and gases have been taken.
x) Work on independent chimneys should not be carried on in high winds, icy conditions,
fog or during electrical storms.
6.9 HANDLING AND LIFTING EQUIPMENT:
Following are the general guidelines to be followed with regard to all types of handling and
lifting equipment in addition to the guidelines for specific type of equipments dealt later on.
i) There should be a well-planned safety programme to ensure that all the lifting
appliances and lifting gear are selected, installed, examined, tested, maintained,
operated and dismantled with a view to preventing the occurrence of any accident;
ii) All lifting appliances shall be examined by competent persons at frequencies as
specified in "The Factories act".
iii) Check thoroughly quality, size and condition of all lifting tools like chain pulley blocks,
slings, U-clamps, D-shackles etc. before putting them in use.
iv) Safe lifting capacity of all lifting & handling equipment, tools and shackles should be
got verified and certificates obtained from competent authorities before its use. The
safe working load shall be marked on them.
v) Check periodically the oil, brakes, gears, horns and tyre pressure of all moving
equipments like cranes, forklifts, trailers etc as per manufacturer's recommendations.
vi) Check the weights to be lifted and accordingly decide about the crane capacity, boom
length and angle of erection.
vii) Allow lifting slings as short as possible and check packing at the friction points.
viii) While lifting/placing of the load, no unauthorised person shall remain within the radius
of the boom and underneath the load.
ix) While loading, unloading and stacking of pipes, proper wedges shall be placed to
prevent rolling down of the pipes.
x) Control longer jobs being lifted up from both ends.
xi) Only trained operators and riggers should carry out the job. While the crane is moving
or lifting the load, the trained rigger should be there for keeping a vigil against hitting
any other object.
102
xii) During high wind conditions and nights, lifting of heavy equipments should be
avoided. If unavoidable to do erection in night, operator and rigger should be fully
trained for night signaling. Also proper illumination should be there.
xiii) Allow crane to move on hard, firm and leveled ground.
xiv) When crane is in idle condition for long periods or unattended, crane boom should
either be lowered or locked as per manufacturer's guidelines.
xv) Hook and load being lifted shall remain in full visibility of crane operators, while lifting,
to the extent possible.
xvi) Don't allow booms or other parts of crane to come within 3 meters reach of overhead
electrical cables.
xvii) No structural alterations or repairs should be made to any part of a lifting appliance,
which may affect the safety of the appliance without the permission and supervision
of the competent person.
6.9.2 Hoists
i) Hoist shafts should be enclosed with rigid panels or other adequate fencing at:
(a) ground level on all sides;
(b) all other levels at all points at which access is provided;
(c) all points at which persons are liable to be struck by any moving part.
ii) The enclosure of hoist shafts, except at approaches should extend where practicable
at least 2mt above the floor, platform or other place to which access is provided
except where a lesser height is sufficient to prevent any person falling down the
hoistway and there is no risk of any person coming into contact with any moving part
of the hoist, but in no case should the enclosure be less than 1mt in height.
iii) The guides of hoist platforms should offer suffi cient resistance to bending and, in the
case of jamming by a safety catch, to buckling.
iv) Where necessary to prevent danger, adequate covering should be provided above
the top of hoist shafts to prevent material falling down them.
v) Outdoor hoist towers should be erected on firm foundations, and securely braced,
guyed and anchored.
vi) A ladderway should extend from the bottom to the top of outdoor hoist towers, if no
other ladderway exists within easy reach.
vii) Hoisting engines should be of ample capacity to control the heaviest load that they
will have to move.
viii) Hoists should be provided with devices that stop the hoisting engine as soon as the
platform reaches its highest stopping place.
ix) Winches should be so constructed that the brake is applied when the control handle
is not held in the operating position.
x) It should not be possible to set in motion from the platform a hoist, which is not
designed for the conveyance of persons.
xi) Winches should not be fitted with pawl and ratchet gears on which the pawl must be
disengaged before the platform is lowered.
xii) Hoist platforms should be capable of supporting the maximum load that they will have
to carry with a safety factor.
xiii) Hoist platforms should be equipped with safety gear that will hold the platform with
the maximum load if the hoisting rope breaks.
xiv) If workers have to enter the cage or go on the platform at landings there should be a
locking arrangement preventing the cage or platform from moving while any worker is
in or on it.
103
xv) On sides not used for loading and unloading, hoist platforms should be provided with
toe-boards and enclosures of wire mesh or other suitable material to prevent the fall
of parts of loads.
xvi) Where necessary to prevent danger from falling objects, hoist platforms should be
provided with adequate covering.
xvii) Counterweights consisting of an assemblage of several parts should be made of
specially constructed parts rigidly connected together.
xviii) Counterweights should run in guides.
xix) Platforms should be provided at all landings used by workers.
xx) Following notices should be posted up conspicuously and in very legible characters:
(a) on all hoists:
on the platform: the carrying capacity in kilograms or other appropriate

standard unit of weight;
on the hoisting engine: the lifting capacity in kilograms or other appropriate

standard unit of weight;
(b) on hoists authorised or certified for the conveyance of persons:
on the platform or cage: the maximum number of persons to be carried at

one time;
(c) on hoists for goods only:
on every approach to the hoist and on the platform: prohibition of use by

persons.
xxi) Hoists intended for the carriage of persons should be provided with a cage so
constructed as to prevent any person from falling out or being trapped between the
cage and any fixed part of the structure when the cage gate is shut, or from being
struck by the counterbalance weight or by articles or materials tailing down the
hoistway .
xxii) On each side in which access is provided, the cage should have a gate fitted with
devices which ensure that the gate cannot be opened except when the cage is at a
landing and that the gate must be closed before the cage can move away from the
landing.
xxiii) Every gate in the enclosure of the hoist shaft which gives access from a landing place
to the cage should be fitted with devices to ensure that the gate cannot be opened
except when the cage is at that landing place, and that the cage cannot be moved
away from that landing place until the gate is closed.
6.9.3 Derricks
Stiff-leg derricks
i) Derricks should be erected on a firm base capable of taking the combined weight of
the crane structure and maximum rated load.
ii) Devices should be used to prevent masts from lifting out of their seating.
iii) Electrically operated derricks should be effectively earthed from the sole plate or
framework.
iv) Counterweights should be so arranged that they do not subject the backstays,
sleepers or pivots to excessive strain.
v) When derricks are mounted on wheels:
a) a rigid member should be used to maintain the correct distance between the
wheels;
104
b) they should be equipped with struts to prevent them from dropping if a wheel
breaks or the derrick is derailed.
vi) The length of a derrick jib should not be altered without consulting the manufacturer. vii)
The jib of a scotch derrick crane should not be erected within the backstays of the
crane.
Guy derricks
i) The restraint of the guy ropes should be ensured by fitting stirrups or anchor plates in
concrete foundations.
ii) The mast of guy derricks should be supported by six top guys spaced approximately
equally.
iii) The spread of the guys of a guy derrick crane from the mast should not be more than
0
45 from the horizontal.
iv) Guy ropes of derricks should be equipped with a stretching screw or turnbuckle or
other device to regulate the tension.
v) Gudgeon pins, sheave pins and fool bearings should be lubricated frequently.
vi) When a derrick is not in use, the boom should be anchored to prevent it from
swinging.
6.9.4 Gin poles
i) Gin poles should:
(a) be straight;
(b) consist of steel or other suitable metal;
(c) be adequately guyed and anchored;
(d) be vertical or raked slightly towards the load;
(e) be of adequate strength for the loads that they will be required to lift/move.
ii) Gin poles should not be spliced and if a gin pole is composed of different elements,
they should be assembled in conformity with their intrinsic material strength.
iii) Gin poles should be fastened at their feet to prevent displacement in operation.
iv) Gin poles, which are moved from place to place and re-erected, should not be taken
into use again before the pole, lifting ropes, guys, blocks and other parts have been
inspected, and the whole appliance has been tested under load.
v) When platforms or skips are hoisted by gin poles, precautions should be taken to
prevent them from spinning and to provide for proper landing.
6.9.5 Tower cranes
i) Where tower cranes have cabs at high level, persons, capable and trained to work at
heights, should only be employed as crane operators.
ii) The characteristics of the various machines available sho uld be considered against
the operating requirements and the surroundings in which the crane will operate
before a particular type of crane is selected.
iii) Care should be taken in the assessment of wind loads both during operations and out
of service. Account should also be taken of the effects of high structures on wind
forces in the vicinity of the crane.
iv) The ground on which the tower crane stands should have the requisite bearing
capacity. Account should be taken of seasonal variations in ground conditions.
v) Bases for tower cranes and tracks for rail-mounted tower cranes should be firm and
level. Tower cranes should only operate on gradients within limits specified by the
manufacturer. Tower cranes should only be erected at a safe distance from
excavations and ditches.
105
vi) Tower cranes should be sited where there is clear space available for erection,
operation and dismantling. As far as possible, cranes should be sited so that loads do
not have to be handled over occupied premises, over public thoroughfares, other
construction works and railways or near power cables.
vii) Where two or more tower cranes are sited in positions where their jibs could touch
any part of the other crane, there should be direct means of communication between
them and a distinct warning system operated from the cab so that one driver may
alert the other of impending danger.
viii) The manufacturers' instructions on the methods and sequence of erection and
dismantling should be followed. The crane should be tested before being taken into
use.
ix) The climbing operation of climbing tower cranes should be carried out in accordance
with manufacturers' instruc tions. The free-standing height of the tower crane should
not extend beyond what is safe and permissible in the manufacturers' instructions.
x) When the tower crane is left unattended, loads should be removed from the hook, the
hook raised, the power switched off and the boom brought to the horizontal. For
longer periods or at times when adverse weather conditions are expected, out of
service procedures should be followed. The main jib should be slewed to the side of
the tower away from the wind, put into free slew and the crane immobilised.
xi) A windspeed measuring device should be provided at an elevated position on the
tower crane with the indicator fitted in the drivers' cab.
xii) Devices should be provided to prevent loads being moved to a point where the
corresponding safe working load of the crane would be exceeded. Name boards or
other items liable to catch the wind should not be mounted on a tower crane other
than in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions.
xiii) Tower cranes should not be used for magnet, or demolition ball service, piling
operations or other duties, which could impose excessive loading on the crane
structure.
6.9.6 Lifti n g ropes
i) Only ropes with a known safe working capacity should be used as lifting ropes.
ii) Lifting ropes should be installed, maintained and inspected in accordance with
manufacturers' instructions.
iii) Repaired steel ropes should not be used on hoists.
iv) Where multiple independent ropes are used, for the purpose of stability, to lift a work
platform, each rope should be capable of carrying the load independently.
6.10 VEHICLE MOVEMENT
6.10.1 Park vehicles only at designated places. Don't block roads to create hindrance for other
vehicles.
6.10.2 Don't overload the vehicle.
6.10.3 Obey speed limits and traffic rules.
6.10.4 Always expect the unexpected and be a defensive driver.
6.10.5 Drive carefully during adverse weather and road conditions.
6.10.6 Read the road ahead and ride to the left.
6.10.7 Be extra cautious at nights. Keep wind screens clean and lights in working condition.
6.10.8 All vehicles used for carrying workers and construction materials must undergo
predictive/preventive maintenance and daily checks
6.10.9 Driver with proper valid driving license shall only be allowed to drive the vehicle
106
6.10.10 Routes shall be leveled, marked and planned in such a way so as to avoid potential
hazards such as overhead power lines and sloping ground etc.
6.10.11 While reversing the vehicles, help of another worker should be ensured at all times
6.10.12 An unattended vehicle should have the engine switched off
6.10.13 Wherever possible one-way system shall be followed
6.10.14 Barriers/fixed stops should be provided for excavation/openings to prevent fall of vehicle
6.10.15 Load should be properly secured
6.10.16 The body of the tipper lorry should always be lowered before driving the vehicle off.
6.10.17 Signs/signals/caution boards etc. should be provided on routes .
6.11 ELECTRICAL
i) Only persons having valid licenses should be allowed to work on electrical facilities.
ii) No person should be allowed to work on live circuit. The same, if unavoidable, special
care and authorisation need to be taken.
iii) Treat all circuits as "LIVE" unless ensured otherwise.
iv) Electrical "Tag Out" procedure "MUST" be followed for carrying out maintenance jobs.
v) Display voltage ratings prominently with "Danger" signs.
vi) Put caution/notice signs before starting the repair works.
vii) All electrical equipment operating above 250V shall have separate and distinct
connections to earth grid.
viii) Proper grounding to be ensured for all switch boards and equipment including
Portable ones prior to taking into service.
ix) Make sure that electrical switch boards, portable tools, equipments (like grinding
machine etc.) don't get wet during their usage. If it happens, stop the main supply,
make the tools dry and then only use them. Check proper earthing.
All temporary switch boards/ KIOSKS put up at work site should be suitably protected
from rain and the level of same should be high enough to avoid contact with water
due to water logging.
x) Don't work wet on electrical system.
xi) Don't overload the electrical system.
xii) Use only proper rated HRC fuses.
xiii) Industrial type extension boards and Plug sockets are only to be used.
xiv) ELCB for all temporary connections must be provided. Use insulated 3-pin plug tops.
xv) All power supply cables should be laid properly and neatly so that they don't cause
hindrance to persons working and no physical damage also takes place to the cables
during various construction activities.
xvi) All Power cables to be properly terminated using glands and lugs of proper size and
adequately crimped.
xvii) Use spark-proof/flame proof type electrical fittings in Fire Hazard zones as per area
classification under OISD-STD-113.
xviii) Check installations of steel plates/pipes to protect underground cables at crossings.
xix) Don't lay unarmored cable directly on ground, wall, roof or trees. All temporary cables
should be laid at least 750 mm below ground and cable markers should be provided.
Proper sleeves should be provided at road crossings. In case temporary cables are to
be laid on wooden poles/steel poles, the minimum cable heights should be 4.5 M.
107
xx) Maintain safe overhead distance of HT cables as per Indian Electricity Rules and
relevant acts.
xxi) Don't connect any earthing wire to the pipelines/structures.
xxii) Don't make any unsafe temporary connections, naked joints/wiring etc.
xxiii) Ensure that temporary cables are free from cuts, damaged insulation, kinks or
improper insulated joints.
xxiv) Check at periodic intervals that pins of sockets and joints are not loose.
xxv) Protect electrical wires/equipments from water and naked flames.
xxvi) Illuminate suitably all the work areas.
xxvii) All switchboards should be of MS structure only and incoming source should be
marked.
xxviii) Hand lamps should not be of more than 24V rating.
xxix) Fire extinguishers (DCP/CO2/Sand buckets) should be kept near temporary switch
boards being used for construction purposes. Don't use water for fighting electrical
fires.
xxx) Insulating mats shall be provided in the front and back end of switch boards.
xxxi) All parts of electrical installations should be so constructed, installed and maintained
as to prevent danger of electric shock, fire and external explosion.
Perio dic checking/certification of electrical safety appliances such as gloves,
insulating mats, hoods etc. to be done/witnessed along with maintaining a register at
site signed by competent authority.
xxxii) A notice displaying following, should be kept exhibited at suitable places:
a) prohibiting unauthorised persons from entering electrical equipment rooms or
from handling or interfering with elec trical apparatus;
b) containing directions as to procedures in case of fire, rescue of persons in
contact with live conductors and the restoration of persons suffering from
electric shock;
c) specifying the person to be notified in case of electrical accident or
dangerous occurrence, and indicating how to communicate with him.
xxxiii) No other cables/pipes to be laid in trench used for electrical cables.
xxxiv) Utmost care should be taken while excavating Earth from cable trench to avoid
damage or any accident.
xxxv) Sub-station floor cut-outs meant for switch board installations to be covered wherever
installation is incomplete.
NOTE: A Residual Current Operated Circuit Breaker (RCCB) or Earth Leakage Circuit
Breaker (ELCB), when installed, protects a human being to the widest extent. RCCB
or ELCB should be provided as per Indian Electricity Rules.
6.11.2 Inspection and maintenance
i) All electrical equipment should be inspected before taking into use to ensure
suitability for its proposed use.
ii) At the beginning of every shift, the person using the electrical equipment should make
a careful external examination of the equipment and conductors, especially the
flexible cables.
iii) Apart from some exceptional cases, work on or near live parts of electrical equipment
should be forbidden.
iv) Before any work is begun on conductors or equipment that do not have to remain live:
a) the current should be switched off by a responsible authorised person;
108
b) precautions should be taken to prevent the current from being switched on
again;
c) the conductors or the equipment should be tested to ascertain that they are
dead;
d) the conductors and equipment should be earthed and short-circuited;
e) neighbouring live parts should be adequately protected against accidental
contact.
v) After work has been done on conductors and equipment, the current should only be
switched on again on the orders of a competent person after the earthing and short-
circuiting have been removed and the workplace reported safe.
vi) Electricians should be provided with approved and tested tools, and personal
protective equipment such as rubber gloves, mats etc.
vii) All conductors and equipment should be considered to be live unless there is a proof
of the contrary.
viii) When work has to be done in dangerous proximity to live parts the current should be
cut off. If for operational reasons this is not possible, the live parts should be fenced off
or enclosed by qualified staff from the sub-station concerned.
6.11.3. Testing
i) Electrical installations should be inspected and tested and the results recorded.
ii) Periodic testing of the efficiency of the earth leakage protective devices should be
carried out.
iii) Particular attention should be paid to the earthing of apparatus, the continuity of
protective conductors, polarity and insulation resistance, protection against
mechanical damage and condition of connections at points of entry.
6.12 OFFSHORE
6.12.1 General
The isolated nature of offshore installations are hazardous. They call for greater need for
safety and survival at offshore. Safety at offshore is safety of installations and safety of
personnel. Safety problems and accidents at offshore have high risks due to limited space,
helicopter operation, sea transport etc. Following are the general safety guidelines to be
followed in addition to the safety guidelines stipulated for specific jobs dealt later on:
i) Workers should be well trained to do their job independently with high degree of self-
control and self-discipline.
ii) On arrival at offshore, everyone should be briefed about the safety rules to be
followed at offshore, evacuation system etc. All personnel should wear overall
(dangri), helmet and shoes for personnel protection.
iii) In case of emergency, workers should follow instruction of Field Production
Superintendent (F.P.S.) In certain cases instructions may be given to abandon the
offshore installation and evacuate the persons to safe location.
iv) To overcome above problems, offshore personnel must receive training for using life
saving appliances and other personal survival techniques.
v) Any person working at offshore should have one person as standby for any
eventuality.
6.12.2 Drilling Rigs
i) Location of jack up rigs should not be less than 5 Kms from shipping route.
Orientation of the rig, wind direction etc are required for safe landing of helicopter.
Information w.r.t. sea currents, wind speed, Hi-lo tide etc are required for mooring of
supply vessels.
ii) Sea bed condition at every location should be ensured for safety of rig.
109
iii) Radio and other communication facilities should be such to maintain contact with base
all times.
iv) During toeing of rig, the rig deck should be clear of load, toeing lines should be in
good condition and tensions in various toeing lines should be constantly monitored.
v) Few steps during toeing are:
a) crane booms should be secured to their vesta,
b) all hatches and water tight doors should be closed,
c) number of personnel on board should be restricted,
d) evacuate in case of emergency and operation should be completed
preferably in day light.
6.12.3 Drilling
i) In view of CO2 and H2S gas cut from well, effective ventilation should be provided
where drilling is in progress.
ii) Safety alarm shall be checked in advance in view of failure of ventilation system.
iii) Suitable sensors for H2S and Methane should be function tested time to time and
suitable colour code should be given.
iv) Working areas of the crane should be illuminated during night to avoid accident.
v) Clear space should be available for despatch and receipt of load and, in particular,
basket transfer of passengers. Persons engaged in loading/unloading of materials
should be protected from falling into the sea.
vi) Signal light should be fitted at the top of the jib.
vii) Crane hook should be fitted with safety latches.
viii) Experienced person should be engaged in operation of specific equipment like
winches, cranes etc.
ix) At least three cable turns shall always be there on the winch drum.
x) Adequate communication like walkie talkie, round robin phone should be available
between the crane operator, supervisor and helper.
xi) Crane operation should be completely stopped during helicopter landing/taking off.
xii) Except for helicopter landing deck, all decks, platforms, bridges, ladders should have
rigid and fixed guard rails atleast one meter high and should have one intermediate
rail midway between the handrail and 100 mm toe board.
xiii) Wooden ladders shall not be used at offshore.
xiv) Flow sensor in the flow line should be ensured for safe working and to avoid blow out.
xv) Hydrogen sulphuide gas In offshore is of great risk and at 10 ppm (0.001%)
concentration in air, a person should not be exposed for more than 8 hours, If
concentration is more, then breathing apparatus should be used. Corrosion of
equipment is also caused by H2S.
xvi) Portable H2S gas detector should be continously used.
6.12.4 Production Platforms
i) In case hydrocarbon Is released due to overpressure, leak, overflow, gas blow etc.,
shut down process to stop flow of hydrocarbon. Prevent ignition of released
hydrocarbon and in case of fire shut in the process complex and follow emergency
contigency plan.
ii) Sub surface safetv valve (SSSV)) below the well head should be actuated during
uncontrolled well -flow and they should be regularly checked.
iii) Surface safety valve or SDV should be checked for no gas leakage from bleed port /
flange etc., in the well head area. It should not be in "mechanical override" or
bypassed from panel.
iv) High pressure gas lift lines - blowdown system should be O.K.
110
v) Auto actuation of SDVs in the inlet of pressure vessels should be O.K. and in "normal
position" from shutdown panels. A record of status of switches normal/bypassed in
auto-con* panels (PSH, PSL, LSL, ILSL) should be maintained.
Shut Down Panels
vi) Welders rectifier set and electrical connections to it should be checked and approved
by electrical-in - charge for proper electrical safely.
vii) “SCADA" telementry system if available should be operational for remote opening and
closing of wells at unmanned platforms (through RPMC).
viii) Local ESD/FSD (near the work site) should be provided for jobs of very critical nature,
so that the persons working can access it immediately in emergency for safety. Safety
officer should judge the requirement & inform FPS for the same.
ix) Railings and Gratings etc. in and around work area should be O.K. and inspected to
avoid slippage of man into sea.
x) Emergency shut down (ESD) system is initiated when an abnormal condition is
detected. ESD should be checked once in six months.
xi) Platform should be manned round the clock.
xii) Welding and cutting work should be regulated by hot work permit.
xiii) All detectors should be calibrated as per recommendation of the manufacturer.
xiv) No system should be by-passed which affects the system of platform.
xv) In H2S field platforms, due care shall be taken as per recommendations.
xvi) Follow the instructions of F.P.S. during stay at platform
6.12.5 Fire Prevention And Control
i) Provision be made for safe handling and storage of dirty rags, trash, and waste oil.
Flammable liquids and chemicals applied on platform should be immediately cleaned.
ii) Paint containers and hydrocarbon samples, gas cylinders for welding and cutting
should be stored properly. Cylinders should be transported in hand-cart.
iii) Smoking should be restricted and no smoking area should be identified.
iv) Special attention should be given to crude oil pump seals, diesel and gas engines
which are potential source of ignition in the event of failure.
v) Fire and smoke detectors i.e. ultraviolet heat, thermal and smoke detector should be
function tested once in three months.
vi) Fire is controlled in offshore by water spraying, Halon, CO2 flooding, DCP and
sprinkler system.
vii) Foaming agent is applied for controlling fire in liquid hydrocarbon. The system is not
effective in gas fire.
viii) Light weight breathing system should be used.
ix) The fire control plan at offshore should reveal control station, fire alarms and fire
detectors, deluge valves and sprinkler, fire extinguishing appliances, fireman outfit and
ventilation system.
x) Fire fighting equipment should be maintained in ready to use condition.
6.12.6 Life Saving Appliances
i) Life boats with a speed of 6 knots and carrying capacity upto 50 persons are used in
offshore.
ii) No. of life boats on one installation should have a capacity to accommodate twice the
number of persons onboard installation.
iii) Launching appliances and life boat equipment should be checked every week.
iv) Boat landing areas should be adequately illuminated.
v) Life raft has no power and they rely on drift.
vi) Life jacket lifts the wearer after entering water.
111
vii) Life buoys are used to rescue persons if any person accidentally falls in the sea.
viii) All life saving appliances should be inspected by the MMD surveyor /sr. officials once
a year.
ix) Every life boat shall be inspected once a week.
x) Every life boat and life raft should be serviced once a year by a competent authority,
6.12.7 Safety Precautions during Helicopter Transportation
i) Passenger briefing regarding safety rules while travelling in helicopter should be
carried out before boarding the helicopter.
ii) Emergency procedure should be briefed to all the passenger In case helicopter is to
ditch into the sea.
iii) Heli-pad should have a non-skid surface. Nylon rope net should be stretched on the
deck.
iv) Proper drainage should be available on helideck.
v) There should be no obstruction on the helideck itself and within 3 meters of its
parameter. Closest super structure above the helideck should have red obstruction
light.
vi) While landing fire crew of two persons should be standby adjacent to heli deck.
vii) Heli-deck should be properly illuminated for night landing.
viii) During switching off helicopter, persons should not be allowed to go out/ towards
helicopter
6.13 DEMOLITION
6.13.1. General provisions
i) When the demolition of any building or structure might present danger to workers or to
the public:
(a) necessary precautions, methods and procedures should be adopted,
including those for the disposal of waste or residues;
(b) the work should be planned and undertaken only under the supervision of a
competent person.
ii) Before demolition operations begin:
(a) structural details and builders' drawings should be obtained wherever
possible;
(b) details of the previous use should be obtained to identify any possible
contamination and hazards from chemicals, flammables, etc.;
(c) an initial survey should be carried out to identify any struc tural problems and
risks associated with flammable substances and substances hazardous to
health. The survey should note the type of ground on which the structure is
erected, the condition of the roof trusses, the type of framing used in framed
structures and the load-bearing walls;
(d) a method of demolition should be formulated after the survey and recorded in
a method statement having taken all the various considerations into account
and identifying the problems and their solutions;
iii) All electric, gas, water and steam service lines should be shut off and, as necessary,
capped or otherwise controlled at or outside the construction site before work
commences.
iv) If it is necessary to maintain any electric power, water or other services during
demolition operations, they should be adequately protected against damage.
v) As far as practicable, the danger zone round the building should be adequately fenced
off and sign posted. To protect the public a fence 2m high should be erected enclosing
the demolition operations and the access gates should be secured outside working
hours.
112
vi) The fabric of buildings contaminated with substances hazardous to health should be
decontaminated. Protective clothing and respiratory devices should be provided and
worn.
vii) Where plant has contained flammable materials, special precautions should be taken
to avoid fire and explosion.
viii) The plant to be demolished should be isolated from all other plant that may contain
flammable materials. Any residual flammable material in the plant should be rendered
safe by cleaning, purging or the application of an inert atmosphere as appropriate.
ix) Care should be taken not to demolish any parts, which would destroy the stability of
other parts.
x) Demolition activities should not be continued under adverse climatic conditions such
as high winds, which could cause the collapse of already weakened structures.
xi) To prevent hazards parts of struc tures should be adequately shored, braced or
otherwise supported.
xii) Structures should not be left in a condition in which they could be brought down by
wind pressure or vibration.
xiii) Where a deliberate controlled collapse technique is to be used, expert engineering
advice should be obtained, and:
(a) it should only be used where the whole structure is to come down because it
relies on the removal of key structural members to effect a total collapse;
(b) it should only be used on sites that are fairly level and where there is enough
surrounding space for all operatives and equipment to be withdrawn to a safe
distance.
xiv) When equipment such as power shovels and bulldozers are used for demolition, due
consideration should be given to the nature of the building or structure, its dimensions,
as well as to the power of the equipment being used.
xv) If a swinging weight is used for demolition, a safety zone having a width of at least
one-and-a-half times the height of the building or structure should be maintained
around the points of impact.
6.13.2. Demolition of structural steelwork
i) All precautions should be taken to prevent danger from any sudden twist, spring or
collapse of steelwork, ironwork or reinforced concrete when it is cut or released.
ii) Steel construction should be demolished tier by tier.
iii) Structural steel parts should be lowered and not dropped from a height.
6.14 RADIOGRAPHY
6.14.1 All radiography jobs shall be carried out as per BARC Safety Regulations
6.14.2 During field radiography, nearby area around the radiation source should be cordoned off.
6.14.3 If the field radiography is to be done at the same location repeatedly, it is advisable to
provide either a wire fencing around or a temporary brick enclosure.
6.14.4 Special permission/permit should be taken for radiography from area-in-charge.
6.14.5 As far as possible, field radiography should be done only during night time when there is
little or no occupancy there.
6.14.6 Radiation warning signals should be pasted all along the cordoned off area.
6.14.7 Entry into the restricted area by unauthorised persons should be strictly prohibited during
exposure.
6.14.8 The radiation level alongwith the cordon should be monitored by a suitable and well-
calibrated radiation survey meter.
113
6.14.9 All personnel working with radiography sources should wear appropriate protective
equipment and film badges issued by BARC.
6.14.10 Protection facilities such as manipulator rod, remote handling tongs, lead pots, radiation
hazard placards and means of cordon off shall be available at each site.
6.14.11 The radiography source shall never be touched or handled directly with hands.
6.14.12 The package containing radiography cameras and sources should never be carried by
public transport like bus, train etc.
6.14.13 Radiography sources and cameras, when not in use, should be stored inside a source pit
with lock and key arrangement as approved by BARC. The storage room should preferably
be located in an isolated area of minimum occupancy and radiation level outside the
storage room should not exceed 0.25 mR/hr as per BARC Regulations.
6.14.14 In case of an accident (due to loss or of damage to radiography source), action should be
taken in line with BARC Safety Rules/Guidelines.
6.15 SAND/SHOT BLASTING/ SPRAY PAINTING
6.15.1 Sand blasting should be used only after approval from competent person.
6.15.2 Air Compressor used for sand/shot blasting/painting should have guard and positioned
away from the work place.
6.15.3 Exhaust of the prime mover, if IC engine is used, should be directed away from the work
place.
6.15.4 In case of motor driven compressor, the body of the motor as well as the compressor to be
properly earthed.
6.15.5 The hoses used for compressed air should be of proper quality, and health of the same to
be ensured through regular check/ test.
6.15.6 The operator of sand/shot blasting/painting should wear suitable PPE's including mask.
6.15.7 Adequate measures to be taken to suppres s dust/spray particle.
6.15.8 Sand used for sand blasting should be suitably covered & protected from to rain/moisture.
6.15.9 When these activities are done in confined places, adequate measure to be taken for
proper ventilation.
6.16 WORK ABOVE WATER

i) Where work is done over or in close proximity to water & where possibility of
drowning exists, provision should be made for:
a) Preventing workers from falling into water;
b) The rescue of workers in danger of drowning;
c) Safe and sufficient transport.
ii) Provisions for the safe performance of work over or in close proximity to water should
include, where appropriate, the provision and use of suitable and adequate:
a) fencing, safety nets and safety harnesses;
b) lifebuoys, life jackets and manned boats;
c) protection against such hazards as reptiles and other animals.
iii) Gangways, pontoons, bridges, footbridges and other walkways or work places over
water should:
a) possess adequate strength and stability;
b) be sufficiently wide to allow safe movement of workers;
c) have level surfaces free from tripping hazards;
d) be adequately lit when natural light is insufficient;
e) where practicable and necessary, to prevent danger, be provided with toe-
boards, guard rails, hand ropes etc.
f) be secured to prevent dislodgment by rising water or high winds;
114
g) if necessary, be equipped with ladders which should be sound, of sufficient
strength and length and be securely lashed to prevent slipping.
iv) All deck openings including those for buckets should be fenced.
6.16.2 Rescue & Emergency procedures
i) Persons who work over water should be provided with some form of buoyancy aid.
Life jackets should provided sufficient freedom of movement, have sufficient
buoyancy to bring persons to the surface and keep them afloat face upwards, be
easily secured to the body, be readily visible by way of self luminous paint/strip.
ii) Nobody should work alone on or above water.
iii) Each worker should be trained in the procedure to be followed in the event of an
emergency.
7.0 ADDITIONAL SAFETY PRECAUTION FOR UNITS WITH HYDROCARBONS
In addition to general safety precautions as outlined above for the activities in Clause 6.0,
following additional safety precautions need to be taken for the sites within the operating area
or nearby, where presence of Hydrocarbons cannot be ruled out.
i) No job shall be carried out without a valid permit. Permit should be in line with OISD-
STD-105 "Work Permit System".
ii) Smoking should be prohibited in all places containing readily combustible or
flammable materials and "No Smoking" notices be prominently displayed.
iii) In confined spaces and other places where flammable gases, vapours or dusts can
cause danger, following measures should be taken:
(a) only approved type electrical installations and equipment, including portable
lamps, should be used;
(b) there should be no naked flames or source of ignition;
(c) oily rags, waste and clothes or other substances liable to spontaneous
ignition should be removed without delay to a safe place;
(d) ventilation should be provided.
iv) Regular inspections should be made of places where there are fire risks. These
include the vicinity of heating appliances, electrical installations and conductors,
stores of flammable and combustible materials, welding and cutting operations.
v) Welding, flame cutting and other hot work should only be done after issuance of work
permit in line with the requirement of OISD-STD-105 after appropriate precautions, as
required, are taken to reduce the risk of fire. For carrying out other jobs also, OISD-
STD-105 should be followed strictly.
vi) Fire-extinguishing equipment should be well maintained and inspected at suitable
intervals by a competent person. Access to fire-extinguishing equipment such as
hydrants, portable extinguishers and connections for hoses should be kept clear at all
times.
vii) All supervisors and a sufficient number of workers should be trained in the use of fire-
extinguishing equipment, so that adequate trained personnel are readily available
during all working periods.
viii) Audio means to give warning in case of fire should be provided where this is
necessary to prevent danger. Such warning should be clearly audible in all parts of
the site where persons are liable to work. There should be an effective evacuation
plan so that all persons are evacuated speedily without panic and accounted for and
all plant and processes shut down.
ix) Notices should be posted at conspicuous places indicating:
(a) the nearest fire alarm;
(b) the telephone number and address of the nearest emergency services.
x) The work site shall be cleared of all combustible materials, as Sparks and molten
metal coming from the welding job can easily ignite combustible materials near or
115
below the welding site. If the combustible materials cannot be removed from the
area, the same shall be properly shielded.
xi) A dry chemical type fire extinguisher shall be made available in the work area. Also
fire protection facilities like running hoses etc. as per permit should be complied with.
xii) Wherever required, welding screens shall be put up to protect other equipment in
adjoining areas against flying sparks. Material used should be metal/asbestos/water
curtain.
xiii) Welding or cutting of vessels/ equipments used in Hydrocarbon/ hazardous chemicals
shall be done after proper gas freeing and verifying the same with the explosive-
meter.
xiv) The confined space/equipment shall be gas freed and cleaned.
xv) Absence of any toxic gas and any flammable gas above explosion limit shall be
ensured with the help of gas detection instrument and explosive meter respectively.
xvi) Used and hot electrode stubs shall be discarded in a metal bucket.
xvii) Use approved and certified flame arrestors for vehicles.
xviii) Work permit to be obtained, if construction work is carried out within existing
operating area.
8.0 FIRST AID
First aid facilities should be provided in line with various statutory regulations like factory act
etc. However following care should be taken:
i) First aid, including the provision of trained personnel should be ensured at work sites.
Arrangement should be made for ensuring the medical attention of the injured
workers. First aid box should be as per the Factory rules.
ii) Suitable rescue equipment, like stretchers should be kept readily available at the
construction site.
iii) First-aid kits or boxes, as appropriate and as per statutory requirements, should be
provided at workplaces and be protected against contamination by dust, moisture etc.
iv) First-aid kit or boxes should not keep anything besides material for first aid in
emergencies.
v) First-aid kits and boxes should contain simple and clear instructions to be followed,
be kept under the charge of a responsible person qualified to render the first aid and
be regularly inspected and stocked.
vi) Where the work involves risk of drowning, asphyxiation or electric shock, first-aid
personnel should be proficient in the use of resuscitation and other life saving
techniques and in rescue procedures.
vii) Emergency telephone numbers of nearby Hospitals, Police, Fire Station and
Administration should be prominently displayed.
9.0 DOCUMENTATION
The intention of keeping documentation of all types of accident(s) is to prevent recurrence of
similar accident(s). All accidents should be reported as per OISD Guidelines (OISD-GDN-
107) and Factories act, 1948.
All accidents (major, minor or near miss) should be investigated, analysed and
recommendations should be documented along with implementation status.
All related data should be well-documented and further analysis highlighting the major
cause(s) of accidents be done. This will help in identifying thrust areas and training needs for
prevention of accidents.
116
10.0 SAFETY AWARENESS & TRAINING
Safety awareness to all section of personnel ranging from site-in-charge to workmen helps
not only preventing the risk but also build up the confidence. Time and expenditures also get
saved as a result.
Safety awareness basically seeks to persuade/inform people on safety besides
supplementing skill also. Awareness programme may include followings:
i) Poster: Posters with safety slogan in humorous, gruesome demonstrating manner
may be used to discourage bad habits attributable to accidents by appealing to the
workers' pride, self-love, affection curiosity or human aspects. These should be
displayed in prominent location(s).
ii) Safety Sign Boards: Different type of message of cautioning, attention, notice etc.
should be displayed at the appropriate places for learning/ awareness of the workmen
while working at site.
iii) Films & Slides: Film(s) narrating the accident including the causes and possible
remedial ways of preventing the recurrence of a similar accident should be displayed
at regular intervals. Slides consisting main points of the film show may also be shown
to workers.
iv) Talks, lectures & conferences: The success of these events would depend much on
audience’s understandings of the speaker (s). The speakers are to be knowledgeable
and good presenter. Speakers should know to hold the attention and to influence the
audiences.
v) Competitions: Organise competition(s) between the different deptts/categories of
workers. The sense of reward/recognition also will improve safety awareness and
result in enhancing safety levels.
vi) Exhibitions: Exhibitions also make the workers acquainted with hazards and means
of preventive measures.
vii) Safety Publication: Safety publications including pocket books dealing with ways of
investigation and prevention in the field of safety and so on, may be distributed to
workers to promote the safety awareness.
viii) Safety Drives: From time to time, an intensive safety drive by organising a safety day
or a safety week etc. should be launched.
ix) Training: Training for covering the hazards for different trade should be imparted.
Training should also include the specific hazards related to a job in addition to the
general safety training as has been dealt in various chapters and should include all
workers. Reference may be drawn from OISD-STD-154.
11.0 REFERRENCES
i) Factory Act, 1948
ii) Indian Electricity Rules
iii) Safety & Health in Construction by ILO
iv) The Building & Other Construction Workers (Regulation, Employment and Conditions
of Service) Act 1996
117
ANNEXURE I
LIST OF SAFETY CODES FOR CIVIL WORKS PUBLISHED BY BUREAU OF
INDIAN STANDARDS
Sr.No. Code No. Title
01. IS : 818 Code of Practice for Safety and Health Requirements in Electric and Gas Welding
and Cutting Operations – First Revision.
02. IS : 875 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry walls
03. IS : 933 Specification for Portable Chemical Fire Extinguisher, Foam Type – Second
Revision.
04. IS : 1179 Specification for Equipment for Eye and Face Protection during Welding – Firs t
Revision.
05. IS : 1904 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Shallow foundations
06. IS : 1905 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry walls
07. IS : 2171 Specification for Portable Fire Extinguishers, Dry Powder Type –Second Revision.
08. IS : 2361 Specification for Building Grips – First Revision.
09. IS : 2750 Specification for Steel Scaffoldings.
10. IS : 2925 Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets – First Revision.
11. IS : 3016 Code of Practice for Fires Precautions in Welding and Cutting Operations – First
Revision.
12. IS : 3521 Industrial safety belts and harnesses
13. IS : 3696 – Part I -Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders : Part I – Scaffolds.
14. IS : 3696 – Part II - Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders : Part II – Ladders.
15. IS : 3764 Safety Code for Excavation Work.
16. IS : 4014 - Part I & II -Code of practice for Steel tubular scaffolding
17. IS : 4081 Safety Code for Blasting and Related Drilling Operations.
18. IS : 4082 Recommendations on staking and storage of construction materials at site
19. IS : 4130 Safety Code for Demolition of Buildings – First Revision.
20. IS : 4138 Safety Code Working in Compressed Air-First Revision
21. IS : 4756 Safety code for Tunneling works
22. IS : 4912 Safety requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings and toe Boards –First
Revision.
23. IS : 5121 Safety Code for Piling and other Deep Foundations.
24. IS : 5916 Safety Code for Construction involving use of Hot Bituminous Materials.
25. IS : 5983 Specification for Eye Protectors – First Revision.
26. IS : 6922 Criteria for safety and design of Structures subject to underground blasts
27. IS : 7155 Code of recommended practices for conveyor safety
28. IS : 7205 Safety Code for Erection on Structural Steel Works.
29. IS : 7069 Safety Code for Handling and Storage of Building Materials.
30. IS : 7293 Safety Code for Working with Construction Machinery.
31. IS : 7323 Guidelines for operation of Reservoirs
32. IS : 7969 Safety code for handling and storage of building material
33. IS : 8758 Recommendation for Fire Precautionary Measures in construction of Temporary
Structures and Pandals.
34. IS : 8989 Safety Code for Erection of Concrete Framed Structures.
35. IS : 9706 Code of Practices for construction of Arial ropeways for transportation of material
36. IS : 9759 Guidelines for de-watering during construction
37. IS : 9944 Recommendations on safe working load for natural and man-made fibre rope slings
38. IS :10291 Safety code for dress divers in civil engineering works
39. IS :10386 – Part I- Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance for River Valley
Projects.
40. IS :10386 – Part II- Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance of River Valley
Projects.
41. IS :11057 Code of practice for Industrial safety nets
42. IS :13415 Code of Practice on safety for Protective barriers in and around building
43. IS :13416 Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working places
118
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
1.0 Indian Oil Corporation Limited, a company registered in India under the Companies Act, 1956,
through its (give the designation of the authority calling for tenders) invites
tenders under sealed covers from bona fide and experienced CONTRACTORS of financial
standing and reputation for the following job(s):
(a) name of work
(b) name of location
(c) unit/region/division etc.,(more specifically described in the Tender Documents, upon
the terms and conditions mentioned in the Tender Documents.)
2.0 The Tender Documents shall consist of the following:
(i) Invitation to Tender
(ii) Instructions to the Tenderers
(iii) General Conditions of Contract
(iv) Special Conditions of Contract (including Scope of Work and Time Schedule )
(v) Special Instructions to Tenderers
(vi) Specifications
(vii) Plans (Exhibits………. to …………)
(viii) Drawings (Exhibits ………. to ………..)
(ix) Form of Contract
(x) Form of Tender (including formats annexed to the Form of Tender)
(xi) Form of Schedule of Rates
(xii) Addendum/Addenda to Tender Documents.
3.0 Price of Tender Documents
(a) The Price of Rs.________________ (Rupees ____________ ______________)
payable for the Tender Documents is made up as follows:
Prices for use of Tender Document : Rs.__________________
Less paid by OWNER to tenderer by
way of adjustment to keep the Tender
offer open : Rs.__________________
Balance : Rs.__________________
(b) The price of the Tender Document is the net cost/price per set of Tender Document,
after accounting for the consideration paid by the OWNER to the tenderer, for
keeping the tenders valid for the prescribed period, and any extension thereof.
4.0 Tender Instructions
4.1 Tender Documents shall remain the property of the OWNER. Not more than 2 (two) copies of
the Tender Documents will be issued to any one intending tenderer, unless otherwise
specified. The Tender Document issued to one party cannot be transferred to or used by
another without the specific written permission of the tender issuing authority.
4.2 The Tender shall be completely filled in all respects and shall be tendered together with
requisite information and annexures. Any tender incomplete in particulars shall be liable to be
rejected.
4.3 If the space in the Tender or any schedule or annexure thereof is insufficient, pages shall be
separately added. These shall be consecutively page-numbered and also shall carry the
Tender Document numbered and shall be signed by the tenderer and entered in the Index for
the Tender.
4.4 (a) The Tender with one or more complete sets of the Tender Documents, as required,
shall be enclosed in a sealed cover superscribed with name of work and tender notice
number and addressed and sent by registered post to the Tender Receiving Authority
specified in the Invitation to Tender, or put in the Tender Box designated for the
specific work located at the address specified in the Invitation to Tender. In case
tenders have been called for in two parts separately viz., the technical and
commercial part, and the price part, these two parts shall be put in two separate
119
sealed covers superscribed “technical commercial part” and “price part” respectively.
Both the sealed covers thereafter shall be then put inside another sealed cover,
superscribed with the name of the work, the tender notice number and date, due date
for receipt of tenders, the name of the Tenderer, etc., and sent either by registered
post or dropped in the tender box designated for the purpose, located at the address
specified in the Tender Document.
(b) Where two copies of Tender Documents have been called for, they should be put in
two separate envelopes duly marked as ‘original’ and ‘copy’. Both these sealed
envelopes should then be put together inside another sealed envelope, suitably
superscribed.
4.5 The sealed tenders must reach the Tender receiving Authority, at the address specified in the
Invitation to Tender before the time limit specified therein.
4.6 The Tenders shall be opened on the date and at the time specified in the Invitation to Tender
or as soon thereafter as convenient, in the presence of such tenderers as may be present.
Tenders not received in time may not be considered.
4.7 Tenderers shall set their quotations in firm figures and without qualifications or variations or
additions in the terms of Tender Documents. Tenders containing qualifying expressions such
as “subject to minimum acceptance” or “subject to prior sale”, or any other qualifying
expression or incorporating terms and conditions at variance with the terms and conditions
incorporated in the Tender Documents shall be liable to be rejected.
4.8 The tenders, as submitted, shall consist of the following:
(i) Complete set of Tender Documents (including addenda, if any) duly filled in and
signed by the tenderers as prescribed in different clauses of the Tender Documents.
(ii) Schedule of Rates in the Form of Schedule of Rates.
(iii) Earnest money amounting to and in the manners specified in Clause 5 hereof.
(iv) Power of Attorney or other proof of authority, in favour of the person who has signed
the tender (or copy thereof duly attested by a Gazetted Officer), as required by
Clause 4.13 hereof.
(v) Income Tax Clearance Certificate (in the case of Indian Bidders)
(vi) Audited Balance Sheets for the last 3 (three) years.
(vii) Form of Tender
(viii) Information regarding tenderers in the form annexed to the Form of Tender
(ix) Information regarding the tenderer’s work of comparable nature in the form annexed
to the Form of Tender
(x) Information regarding construction, organisation and equipment in the form annexed
to the Form of Tender.
(xi) Solvency certificate from a Scheduled bank in India or a reputed foreign Bank
acceptable to the OWNER
(xii) Declaration of Blacklisting in the prescribed format.
4.9 (a) The OWNER reserves the right to reject, accept or prefer any tender or to abort the
bidding process without assigning any reason whatsoever.
(b) Although ordinarily the lowest responsive bid amongst the bids submitted by
tenderers and considered by the OWNER as qualified and competent shall be
preferred, the OWNER reserves the right not to accept the lowest bid if in its opinion
this would not be in the interest of the work.
(c) If the OWNER in its discretion considers that the interest of the work requires a split,
the OWNER may split the works between two or more tenderers.
120
4.10 The tender shall be irrevocable up to the expiry of 4 (four) months from the date of opening of
tenders. In case of a 2 (two) bid system, the 4 (four) month period shall be reckoned from the
date of opening of the techno-commercial bid.
4.11 Rates to be in Figures and Words:
The tenderer shall quote in English both in figures as well as in words the amount tendered by
him in the Form of Schedule of Rates forming part of the Tender Documents, in such a way
that interpolation is not possible. If the parties do not quote both in figures and works properly
and correctly, their tenders are liable to be rejected. The amount for each item shall be
worked out and entered and requisite totals given of all items. The tendered amount for the
work shall be entered in the tender duly signed by the tenderer.
If some discrepancies are found between the rates given in words and figures of the amount
shown in the tender, the following procedure shall be applied :
(a) When there is a difference between the rates in figures and words, the rate which
corresponds to the amount worked out by the tenderer shall be taken as correct.
(b) When the rate quoted by the tenderer in figures and words tallies but the amount is
incorrect, the rate quoted by the tenderer shall be taken as correct.
(c) When it is not possible to ascertain the correct rate in the manner prescribed above
the rate as quoted in words shall be adopted.
4.12 Corrections and Alterations
Tenderers are required to fill in the Tender Documents with all due care, avoiding
cuttings/corrections/alteration/overwriting etc. in the entries, as far as possible. In case
corrections/alterations become unavoidable or inevitable, the entry to be corrected, altered
should be neatly cancelled or scored through by striking the entry by drawing a line through it
and making the revised/corrected entry as close to the cancelled entry as possible, each such
cancellation and correction/alteration being clearly and unambiguously authenticated by the
Tenderer by his full signatures. Overwriting and/or erasing with or by the application of
correcting/erasing fluid(s) will not be permitted and shall render the Tender for rejection.
4.13 Signing of Tender
(i) The tender shall contain the name, residence and place of business of the person(s)
making the tender and shall be signed by the tenderer with his usual signature.
Partnership firms shall furnish the full names of all partners in the tender, and shall
annex a copy of the Partnership deed to the tender. It shall be signed in the
partnership name by the partners or by a duly authorised representative followed by
the name and designation of the person signing. Tenders by Corporations shall be
signed in the name of the Corporation by a person duly authorised to do so.
(ii) The person signing the tender shall state his capacity and also the source of his
ability to bind the tenderer. The power of attorney or authorisation or other document
constituting adequate proof of the ability of the signatory to bind the tenderer shall be
annexed to the tender. The OWNER may reject outright any tender unsupported by
adequate proof of the signatory’s authority.
(iii) When a tenderer signs a tender in a language other than English, the total amounts
tendered should in addition be written in the same language. The signature should
be attested by at least one witness.
4.14 Witness :
Name, occupations and addresses of the Witnesses shall be stated below their signature.
Witnesses shall be persons of status.
4.15 All pages to be initialled :
All signatures in the Tender Documents shall be dated as well. All pages of all sections of
Tender Documents shall be initialled at the lower right hand corner or signed wherever
required in the Tender Documents by the tenderer or by a person holding power of attorney
authorising him to sign on behalf of the tenderer before submission of tender.
121
4.16 Canvassing
Canvassing in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by the
tenderers who resort to canvassing shall be liable to rejection.
4.17 Past Experience
The tenderer shall enclose documents to show that he has previous experience in having
successfully completed in the recent past works of similar nature together with the name of
OWNER, location of sites and value of contract in the format annexed to the Form of Tender.
It shall be the responsibility of the Tenderers to fill complete, correct and accurate information
in line with the requirements/stipulations of the Tender Document, regarding their past
experience and other information required to facilitate due evaluation/consideration of their
tenders. In case any essential information given by a bidder is found to be incorrect or a
misrepresentation, the bid is likely to be rejected as not responsive, and if the bid has resulted
in a contract, the contract is liable to be terminated pursuant to the provisions of Clause
7.0.1.0 of the General Conditions of Contract with consequences of termination as provided in
Section 7 of the General Conditions of Contract.
4.18 P.F. Code Number to be furnished
The tenderer(s) shall indicate his/their P.F. Code Number in the Form of Information about
Tender annexed to the Form of Tender. In the absence of the same, the tender shall be liable
to be rejected.
4.19 Form of Earnest Money to be deposited :
A bank Guarantee may be accepted by the OWNER towards Earnest Money Deposit or Initial
Security Deposit or Security Deposit or otherwise, as the case may be, provided the amount
of such Bank Guarantee is not less than Rs.1 (one) lakh. Such Bank Guarantee shall be
issued by a scheduled bank in India acceptable to the OWNER and shall be strictly in the
format prescribed by the OWNER for the specific purpose for which the Bank Guarantee is
required to be furnished.
4.20 (a) Each tenderer/bidder shall give a declaration in the prescribed format annexed to the
Form of Tender that he/it/they is/are not under any blacklist declared by the OWNER
or by any Department of the State or Central Government or by any other Public
Sector Organisation, and that there is no inquiry in respect of any corrupt or
fraudulent practice pending against him/it/them. In case he/it/they are under any
such list, or any inquiry is pending, he/it/they shall in the declaration give full details
thereof. Such declaration in respect of a partnership firm or association of persons
shall cover every partner or member of the association, and in the case of Company,
shall cover every Director and Principal Shareholder of the Company and any Holding
Company and/or subsidiary Company(ies) if any.
(b) If a tenderer is on any such List or if any such inquiry is pending against it/him/them
or if the Bidder makes a false declaration, the OWNER reserves the right to reject the
Bid, and if the Bid has resulted into a contract, the contract is liable to be terminated
pursuant to the provisions of Clause 7.0.1.0 of the General Conditions of Contract.
4.21 In case pre-qualification of potential bidders/tenderers had been undertaken earlier and
completed for the work, only bids from pre-qualified bidders will be considered for evaluation
and award of the contract. It shall be incumbent on the tenderer to submit necessary
evidence of having been pre-qualified for the particular job in question or part thereof, by
submitting copies of intimation received from the OWNER/consultant intimating about their
being pre qualified.
4.22 In case no pre-qualification of bidder/tenderers had been undertaken by the
OWNER/consultant, the tenderer shall include full details in support of their capacity,
capability and financial standing for taking up and completing the work successfully.
4.23 Each tenderer can submit only one tender bid for one package. The names of specialized
sub-contractor(s) may, however, appear in different offers submitted by different tenderers.
122
(a) It is clarified that a person shall be deemed to have submitted more than one bid if a
person bids in an individual or proprietorship format and/or in a partnership or
association of persons format and/or in a Company format.
(b) A company shall for this purpose include any artificial person whether constituted
under the laws of Indian or of any other country.
(c) A person shall be deemed to have bid in a partnership format or in association of
persons format if he is a partner of the firm which has submitted the bid or is a
member of any association of persons which has submitted a bid.
(d) A person shall be deemed to have bid in a company format if the person holds more
than 10% (ten percent) of the voting share capital of the company which has
submitted a bid, or is a Director of the Company which has submitted a bid, or holds
more than 10% (ten percent) of voting share capital and/or is a Director of a holding
Company which has submitted the bid.
5.0 Earnest Money
5.1 The tenderer shall, as a condition for the consideration of the tender, pay the sum specified in
Invitation to Tender in the manner specified therein. In the case of cash deposit, he shall
attach the official receipt with the tender. The tender is liable to be rejected for failure to
deposit money in the manner aforesaid or for failure to furnish proof of having deposited
earnest money alongwith the tender.
5.2 The Earnest Money of unsuccessful tenderer(s) shall be refunded without interest only after
the award of the work is finalised.
5.3 The Earnest Money deposited by a successful tenderer shall be forfeited if the successful
tenderer fails to deposit or furnish the requisite initial Security Deposit as specified in the
General Conditions of Contract and/or fails to commence work at each job site within 10 (ten)
days of handing over the job or any part thereof to him and/or fails to execute the contract in
accordance with the Form of Contract within 10 (ten) days of receipt of Letter of Acceptance
in this behalf from the OWNER or within such extended period as may be permitted by the
OWNER for the purpose.
5.4 (a) A tenderer who has submitted his/it/their bid shall not be permitted to alter/amend or
withdraw his/it/their bid after submission of bid, notwithstanding that the bid(s)
has/have not yet been opened.
(b) A tenderer who purports to alter/modify or withdraw his/its/their bid/offer after
submission, within the period during which he/it/they promised to keep his/its/their bid
valid, shall be liable to have his/its/their tender rejected and his/its/their Earnest
Money deposit or Bank Guarantee submitted by way of earnest money forfeited
/encased.
(c) A bidder who offers unsolicited reduction in the price offer whether before or after the
opening of the price part of the tender(s)/bid(s) shall be liable to have his/its/their
bid(s) rejected. Bidders may, however, at any stage offer a reduction if such reduction
is solicited or if the OWNER gives the Bidder an opportunity to offer such reduction.
6.0 Cost of Preparation and Submission of Bids
6.1 The tenderer shall prepare the tender at his/its/their own risk and shall bear all the costs of
preparing and submitting his/its/their tenders, as well as all other costs of tendering for the
work and the OWNER shall take no liability for these costs.
7.0 Addenda
7.1 Addenda to the Tender Documents may be issued prior to the date of opening of the tender
(and in the case of 2 (two) bid system, prior to the date of opening the price part of the bid) to
clarify documents or to reflect modifications in the design or contract terms.
7.2 Such addendum(s) issued shall be distributed in duplicate, to each person or organisation to
whom Tender Documents have been issued. Each recipient will retain one signed copy of
such addendum(s) for submission alongwith his tender and return one signed copy to the
123
authority inviting tenders as acknowledgment of receipt of the addendum. All such
addendum(s) issued shall form part of Tender Documents.
8.0 Retired Company Directors
8.1 No Director of the OWNER is allowed to tender for a period of 2 (two) years after his
retirement from the employment of the OWNER, without the previous permission of the
OWNER. The Contract if awarded is liable to be cancelled if the tenderer is found at any time
to be such a person and has not obtained the permission of the OWNER before submission
of the tender. Any tender by a person aforesaid shall carry a disclosure thereof on the tender,
and shall be accompanied by a copy of the document by which the requisite consent is given.
Such disqualification shall apply to every partner of a partnership firm.
8.2 The tenderer is required to state whether he is a relative of any Director of the OWNER, or
whether the tenderer is a firm, whether a Director of the OWNER or relative of such Director
is a partner in the firm, or whether the tenderer is a Company, whether a Director of the
OWNER or relative of such Director is a substantial member holding more than 10% (ten
percent) of the paid up capital in the Company, or a Director of the Company.
9.0 Quotations
9.1 The tenderer shall quote for the jobs on the basis of the items entered in the Form of
Schedule of Rates, and shall quote separately for each and every item(s) entered in the Form
of Schedule of Rates.
9.2 The prices quoted shall be all inclusive as proved for in respect of Schedule of Rates in the
General Conditions of Contract and the OWNER shall not entertain any claim(s) for
enhancement of the price(s) on any account whatsoever.
10.0 Information
10.1 The information given in the Tender Documents and the Plans and Drawings forming part
thereof is merely intended as a general information without undertaking on the part of the
OWNER as to their accuracy and without obligation relative thereto upon the OWNER. The
tenderers are expected to conduct their own surveys and investigations prior to tendering.
10.2 All information disclosed to the tenderers by way of the Tender Documents shall be
considered confidential and shall not be disclosed to any party by the tenderers except as
may be necessary for carrying out the work. Where it is found that any tenderer has violated
and has disclosed sensitive and vital information impugning on the security of the
installation/national security, necessary action, as may be called for, may be taken against
the tenderer concerned in addition to his being liable to be black listed and/or barred from
participating in future bids.
10.3 The tenderer shall before tendering and shall be deemed before tendering to have
undertaken a thorough study of the proposed work, the job site(s) involved, the site
conditions, soil conditions, the terrain, the climatic conditions, the labour, power, material and
equipment availability and transport and communications facilities, the availability and
transport suitability or borrow areas, the availability of land for right of way and temporary
office and accommodations, quarters, and all other facts and facilities necessary or relevant
for the formulation of the tender, supply of materials and the performance of the work.
Without prejudice to the aforegoing, the tenderers may be allowed access to any information
regarding the site of the work , the investigations conducted relative thereto, such as soil
investigation etc. But, these shall be only indicative in nature and the tenderers are expected
to collect their own data for preparation and submission of their tender. Any claim at a later
date based on either incorrectness or inadequacy of the information/data made available by
the OWNER/consultant to a tenderer shall not be entertained. The OWNER/consultant shall
be fully absolved of any and all liabilities in this regard.
10.4 In case the OWNER/consultant decides to have a pre-bid conference to clarify any issues,
necessary intimation with adequate notice will be sent to the intending tenderers. Brief
summary of the queries raised by the attending tenderers and the clarifications given by the
OWNER/consultant respect thereof, as well as any further information which the
OWNER/consultant choose to furnish to the tenderers, in the form of Minutes of the Meeting
or Addendum, which shall form a part of the Tender Documents, unless otherwise specified.
124
10.5 All communication from the OWNER/consultant to the tenderers shall be sent by speed
post/courier as may be applicable. The tenderers must acknowledge each and every
communication sent by the OWNER/consultant the duplicate copy or the Xerox copy of the
said communication duly signed by the Tenderer(s) in token of receipt. Wherever feasible,
communications may be sent by Fax/E-mail also followed by confirmatory copies by post.
10.6 The OWNER/consultant may, at his discretion, call for technical/commercial clarification or
any other clarifications required, from any Tenderer(s), in respect of his/their tender(s).
10.7 The OWNER reserves the right to consider/evaluate only substantially responsive tenders. A
substantially responsive tender is one, which, in the opinion of the OWNER (which shall be
final and binding on the Tenderer(s)), substantially conforms to all the terms, conditions,
specifications and requirements of the Tender Document without material deviations or
reservations in respect of any of the following :
(a) scope, quality or performance of the work;
(b) OWNER’s rights or the tenderer’s obligations under the contract as per the tender
documentation ;
(c) Such deviations the correction of which would affect the competitive position of other
tenderers, who have submitted substantially responsive bids ;
(d) Any tender unaccompanied by the earnest money in a form which is not acceptable
as per the Tender Documents, or falling short of the requirement of the Tender
Document, shall be liable for rejection.
10.8 Bidders are expected to bid strictly on the format and subject to the terms and conditions
specified in the Tender Documents. Any bid containing any deviation which in the sole
opinion of the OWNER is material, or which in the opinion of the ONWER cannot be
evaluated so as to place other bidders at a disadvantage, shall be liable to have his/its/their
bid rejected.
10.9 In case any bidder/tenderer considers it inevitable or unavoidable to make certain deviations
from requirements and stipulations of the Tender Document, such bidder/tenderer shall bring
out the same separately and prominently in a separate statement enclosed with the tender
(or techno-commercial part of the tender in case of two part tenders) so as to make it
prominently noticeable by the authority opening the tender. Such a statement should clearly
indicate the particular page number, clause, or section of the Tender Document deviated
from, the scope and extent of the deviations and explanation as to why the said deviation is
considered inevitable or unavoidable in the view of the tenderer.
11.0 Collusive or fraudulent tenders
11.1 In case it appears to the OWNER, after examining the tenders received, that any 2 (two) or
more tenders are collusive or otherwise manipulated to the disadvantage of the OWNER and
against the spirit of ethical competition, the OWNER reserves the right to summarily reject
such tenders. It shall not be incumbent on the OWNER to prove any collusion or other
malpractice in this regard.
12.0 Signing of the Contract
12.1 The successful tenderers shall be required to execute a formal contract in accordance with
the Form of Contract within 10 (ten) days from the date of receipt of Letter of Acceptance from
the OWNER, or such extended time as may be permitted by the OWNER for the purpose to
do so.
For and on behalf of

(Refineries & Pipelines Division)
125
PROFORMA OF DECLARATION OF BLACK LISTING/HOLIDAY LISTING
In the case of a Proprietary Concern :
I hereby declare that neither I in my personal name or in the name of my Proprietary concern M/s.
which is submitting the accompanying Bid/Tender nor any other
concern in which I am proprietor nor any partnership firm in which I am involved as a Managing
Partner have been placed on black list or holiday list declared by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. or its
Administrative Ministry (presently the Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas), except as indicated
below:
(Here give particulars of blacklisting or holiday listing, and in absence thereof state “NIL”)
In the case of a Partnership Firm :
We hereby declare that neither we, M/s. , submitting the accompanying Bid/Tender
nor any partner involved in the management of the said firm either in his individual capacity or as
proprietor or managing partner of any firm or concern have or has been placed on blacklist or holiday
list declared by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. or its Administrative Ministry (presently the Ministry of
Petroleum & Natural Gas), except as indicated below :
(Here give particulars of blacklisting or holiday listing and in the absence thereof state “NIL”)
In the case of Company :
We hereby declare that we have not been placed on any holiday list or black list declared by Indian
Oil Corporation Ltd. or its Administrative Ministry (presently the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural
Gas), except as indicated below :
(Here give particulars of black listing or holiday listing and in the absence thereof state “NIL”)
It is understood that if this declaration is found to be false in any particular, Indian Oil Corporation Ltd
or its Administrative Ministry, shall have the right to reject my/our bid, and if the bid has resulted in a
contract, the contract is liable to be terminated.
Place : Signature of Bidder:
Date : Name of Signatory : ________________
126
EQUIPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE
(To be furnished with the Tender)
The tenderer shall specify in the form given below the list of equipment owned by the tenderer which
shall be used for the work if awarded to the tenderer.
Type Number Make Capacity Location Owner
Signature of tenderer
Name and address of
the tenderer
127
EXPERIENCE QUESTIONNAIRE
(To be furnished with Tenderer)
The Tenderer has completed the following similar Construction Projects in the last five years :
Type Owner Value Year completed
Signature of tenderer
Name and address of
the tenderer
128
FORM OF TENDER
(To be filled up by the Tenderer)
For Price Bid
Serial No. Date:
From
To
(Refineries/Pipelines Division)
_ Refinery/Project
Tender No.
Dear Sirs,
Having examined the Tender Documents consisting of the Short Tender Notice, General Instructions
to Tenderers, General Conditions of Contract, Special Instructions to Tenderers, Special Conditions of
Contract, Specifications, Plans (Exhibits to ), Drawings (Exhibits to
)Time Schedule, Form of Contract, Form of Tender, Form of Schedule of Rates, and
Addendum(a) to the Tender Documents, and having understood the provisions of the said Tender
Documents and having thoroughly studied the requirements of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. relative to
the work tendered for in connection with the (Name of the
Refinery/Project) and having conducted a thorough study of the job site(s) involved, the site
conditions, soil conditions, the climatic conditions, labour, power, water, material and equipment
availability, the transport and communication facilities, the availability and suitability of borrow areas,
the availability of land for right of way and temporary office accommodation and quarters and all other
facilities and things whatsoever necessary for or relative to the formulation of the tender of the
performance of work, I/we hereby submit my/our tender offer for the performance of proposed work in
accordance with the terms and conditions and within the time mentioned in the Bid Documents at the
rate(s) quoted by me/us in the accompanying Schedule of Rates based on the Form of Schedule(s) of
Rates included within the Tender Documents and arrived at a total contract value of Rs.
(Rupees only) based on an application of the rates tendered in the accompanying
Schedule(s) of Rates to the relative quantities indicated in the Form Schedule(s) of Rates forming part
of the Tender Documents.
If the work or any part thereof is awarded to me/us, I/ We undertake to perform the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents as defined in the Form of Contract forming part of the
Tender Documents and accept the terms and conditions of Contract as laid down therein and
undertake within 10 (ten) days of receipt of acceptance of Tender to pay to and/or deposit with the
Accounts Officer, (Name of the Refinery/Project) Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.
(Refineries/Pipelines Division) a sum which together with the amount of earnest money deposited by
me/us in terms hereof, shall make 2 ½% (two and one-half percent) of total contract value as specified
in the Acceptance of Tender for the purpose of security deposit, by any one or more of the modes of
payments specified in this behalf in the General Conditions of Contract, and to commence work at
each job site(s) involved within 10 (ten) days of handing over the job site or any part thereof to me/us,
and to sign the formal Contract in the terms of the form of contract forming part of Tender Documents,
within 10 (ten) days of receipt of Letter of Acceptance from and on behalf of Indian Oil Corporation
Ltd., in this behalf failing which Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., shall be at liberty, without reference to
me/us and without prejudice to any of its rights or remedies, to terminate the Contract and/or to forfeit
the earnest money deposited in terms hereof.
In consideration of the sum of Rupee 1/- (Rupee one) only paid to me/us by Indian Oil Corporation
Ltd., by adjustment in the price of Tender Documents, I/We further undertake to keep my/our this
129
tender offer open for a period of not less than 4 (four) months from the scheduled date of opening of
Tenders as specified in the General Instructions to Tenderer forming part of the Tender Documents.
I/We have annexed to this Bid the following documents:
(i) Schedule of Rates in the prescribed Form.
(ii) Original Power of Attorney or other proof of authority of the person who has signed the
Tender OR copy of Power of Attorney or other authority duly certified by a Gazetted
Officer or a Notary Public in proof of authority of the person who has signed the Tender.
I/We hereby undertake that the statements made herein/information given in the Annexures referred
to above are true in all respects and that in the event of any such statement or information being
found to be incorrect in any particular, the same may be construed to be a misrepresentation entitling
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to avoid any resultant contract.
I/We further undertake as and when called upon by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to produce, for its
inspection, original(s) of the document(s) of which copies have been annexed hereto.
(Signature(s) of the Tenderer(s))
Name & Designation of

authorised person
signing the Tender on behalf of
the Tenderer (s)
Full Name and address of the Bidder(s)
Witness :
Signature :
Name :
Occupation :
130
FORM OF TENDER
For Commercial Bid
Serial No. Date:
From
To
(Refineries/Pipelines Division)
_ Refinery/Project
Tender No.
Dear Sirs,
Having examined the Tender Documents consisting of the Tender Notice, General Instructions to
Tenderers, General Conditions of Contract, Special Instructions to Tenderers, Special Conditions of
Contract, Specifications, Plans (Exhibits to ), Drawings (Exhibits to
)Time Schedule, Form of Contract, Form of Schedule of Rates, and Addendum(a) to
the Tender Documents, and having understood the provisions of the said Tender Documents and
having thoroughly studied the requirements of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. relative to the work tendered
for in connection with the (Name of the Refinery/Project) and having
conducted a thorough study of the job site(s) involved, the site conditions, soil conditions, the climatic
conditions, labour, power, water, material and equipment availability, the transport and communication
facilities, the availability and suitability of borrow areas, the availability of land for right of way and
temporary office accommodation and quarters and all other facilities and things whatsoever necessary
for or relative to the formulation of the tender or the performance of work, I/we hereby submit my/our
tender offer for the performance of proposed work in accordance with the terms and conditions and
within the time mentioned in the Tender Documents.
In consideration of the sum of Rupee 1/- (Rupee one) only paid to me/us by Indian Oil Corporation
Ltd., by adjustment in the price of Tender Documents, I/We further undertake to keep my/our this
tender offer open for a period of not less than 4 (four) months from the scheduled date of opening of
Tenders as specified in the General Instructions to Tenderers forming part of the Tender Documents.
I/We hereby further state that I/We/None of us (in the case of partnership firm) and none of our
Directors (in the case of a Company) was/were employed as Directors of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.,
during the period of 2 (two) years immediately preceding the date hereof OR I/We hereby declare
that I/Shri one of our partners (in the case of partnership firm/Directors
in the case of a Company) was employed as a Director in Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., during the
period of 2 (two) years immediately preceding the date hereof and that I/ Shri
have/has obtained previous permission of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to make this tender.
(i) Schedule of Rates in the prescribed form.

(ii) Original Power of Attorney or other proof of authority of the person who has signed the
Tender OR copy of Power of Attorney attested by a Gazetted Officer or a Notary Public in
proof of the authority of the person who has signed the Tender.
(iii) Original Income-tax Clearance Certificate OR copy of Income-Tax Clearance Certificate duly
attested by a Gazetted Officer/Notary Public.
(iv) Information regarding tenderer in the form annexed to the Form of Tender.
(v) Information regarding experience of the tenderer in the performance of work of a comparable
nature in the form annexed to the Form of Tender.
131
(vi) Information regarding construction organisation and equipment in the form annexed to the
Form of Tender.
(vii) Solvency Certificate from a Nationalised/Scheduled Bank.
(viii) Set of Tender Documents, as issued duly signed.
(ix) Additional Documents as listed below.
I/We hereby undertake that the statements made herein/information given in the Annexures referred
to above are true in all respects and that in the event of any such statement or information being
found to be incorrect in any particular, the same may be construed to be a misrepresentation entitling
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to avoid any resultant contract.
I/We further undertake as and when called upon by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to produce, for its
inspection, original(s) of the document(s) of which copies have been annexed hereto.
I/We confirm having deposited Earnest Money of Rs. (Rupees ) as detailed

hereunder (Strike off whichever is not applicable)

authorised person
the Tenderer (s)
Witness :
Signature :
Name :
Occupation :
132
INFORMATION ABOUT TENDERER
(To be furnished with Tender)
1. In case of Individual
1.1 Name of Business :
1.2 Whether his business is registered :
1.3 Date of Commencement of business :
1.4 Whether he pays Income Tax over Rs.10,000/- per year :
1.5 Whether he is a Director or is related to any Director of IOC
present or retired within the past 2 years :
1.6 Permanent Account Number :
1.7 What are his profits/losses for the past 3 (three) years with a
copy of Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account for the
past 3 (three) years with a copy of the audited balance
sheets and Profit & Loss account for the past 3 (three) years:
1.8 What are his concurrent job commitments :
1.9 How does he propose to finance the work if awarded to him :
2. In case of Partnership
2.1 Name of Partners :
2.2 Whether the partnership is registered :
2.3 Date of establishment of firm :
2.4 If each of the partner of the firm pays Income tax over
Rs.10,000/- a year and if not, which of them pays the same :
2.5 Whether any partner of the firm is a Director or is related to
any Director of IOC, present or retired within the past 2
years.
2.6 Permanent Account Number :
2.7 What are the firm’s profits/losses for the past 3 (three) years
with a copy of Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account for
the past 3 (three) years :
2.8 What are the firm’s concurrent job commitments :
2.9 How does the firm propose to finance the work if awarded to
him :
3. In case of Limited Company or Company Limited by Guarantees :

3.1 Amount of paid up capital :
3.2 Name of Directors :
3.3 Date of Registration of Company :
3.4 Copies of the Balance Sheet of the company of the last two
years :
3.5 Whether any of the Directors of the Company is a Director or
is related to any Director of IOC, present or within the past 2
years;
3.6 Permanent Account Number
3.7 What are the Company’s profits/losses for the past 3 (three)
years with a copy of the audited Balance Sheet for the past 3
(three) years :
3.8 What are the company’s concurrent job commitments :
3.9 How does the Company propose to finance the work if
awarded to it :
FOOTNOTE: Reference is also invited to Clause 9.0 of General Instructions to the Tenderers forming
part of GCC.
Signature of Tenderer
Name & Address of the Tenderer
133
FORM OF CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT made at New Delhi this day of 200 ; BETWEEN INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION LTD., a Government of Indian Undertaking registered in India under the Indian
Companies Act 1956, having its registered office at G-9, Ali Yavar Jung Marg, Bandra (East),
Bombay- 400 051 and the Headquarters of its Refineries & Pipelines Division of Indian Oil
th
Corporation Ltd. (Refineries and Pipelines Division), Scope Complex, Core – 2, 4 Floor, 7
Institutional Area, Lodhi Road, New Delhi- 110 003 (hereinafter referred to as the “OWNER” which
expression shall include its successors and assigns) of the One Part; AND
carrying on business in sole proprietorship/carrying on business in partnership
under the name and style of a Company registered in India under the
Indian Companies Act, 1913/1956 having its registered office at (hereinafter
referred to/as collectively referred to as the “Contractor which expression shall include his/their/its
executors, administrators, representatives and permitted assigs /successors and permitted assign) of
the other part:
WHEREAS
The OWNER desires to have executed the work of
more specifically mentioned and described in the

contract documents (hereinafter called the ‘work’ which expression shall include all amendments
therein and/or modifications thereof) and has accepted the tender of the CONTRACTOR for the said
work.
NOW, THEREFORE. THIS CONTRACT WITNESSETH as follows:
ARTICLE – 1
Contract Documents
1.1 The following documents shall constitute the Contract documents, namely :
(a) This contract ;
(b) Tender documents as defined in the General Instructions to Tenderers;
(c) Letter of Acceptance of Tender alongwith Fax/Telegram of Intent.
1.2 A copy of each of the Tender Documents is annexed hereto and the said copies have been
collectively marked Annexure ‘A’ while a copy of the letter of Acceptance of Tender alongwith
annexures thereto and a copy of Fax/Telegram of Intent dated are annexed hereto and
said copies have been collectively marked as Annexure – ‘B”.
ARTICLE – 2
WORK TO BE PERFORMED
2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall perform the work upon the terms and conditions and within the item
specified in the Contract documents.
ARTICLE – 3
Compensation
3.1 Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained in the Contract documents, the
OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR compensation as specified in the Contract documents
upon the satisfactory completion of the work and/or otherwise as may be specified in the
Contract documents.
ARTICLE – 4
Jurisdiction
4.1 Notwithstanding any other court or courts having jurisdiction to decide the question(s) forming
the subject matter of the reference if the same had been the subject matter of a suit, any and
all actions and proceedings arising out of or relative to the contract (including any arbitration
in terms thereof) shall lie only in the court of competent civil jurisdiction in this behalf at
(where this Contract has been signed on behalf of the OWNER) and only
the said Court(s) shall have jurisdiction to entertain and try any such action(s) and/or
proceeding(s) to the exclusion of all other Courts.
134
ARTICLE – 5
Entire Contract
5.1 The Contract documents mentioned in Article – I hereof embody the entire Contract between
the parties hereto, and the parties declare that in entering into this Contract they do not rely
upon any previous representation, whether express or implied and whether written or oral, or
any inducement, understanding or agreements of any kind not included within the Contract
documents and all prior negotiations, representations, contracts and/or agreements and
understandings relative to the work are hereby cancelled.
ARTICLE – 6
Notices
6.1 Subject to any provisions in the Contract documents to the contrary, any notice, order or
communication sought to be served by the CONTRACTOR on the OWNER with reference to
the Contract shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served upon the OWNER
(notwithstanding any enabling provisions under any law to the contrary) only if delivered by
hand or by Registered Acknowledgment Due Post to the Engineer-in-Charge as defined in the
General Conditions of Contract.
6.2 Without prejudice to any other mode of service provided for in the Contract Documents or
otherwise available to the OWNER, any notice, order or other communication sought to be
served by the OWNER on the CONTRACTOR with reference to the Contract, shall be
deemed to have been sufficiently served if delivered by hand or through Registered Post
Acknowledgement Due to the principal office of the CONTRACTOR at …………… or to the
CONTRACTOR’s representatives as referred to in the General Conditions of Contract forming
part of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE-7
Waiver
7.1 No failure or delay by the OWNER in enforcing any right or remedy of the OWNER in terms of
the Contract or any obligation or liability of the CONTRACTOR in terms thereof shall be
deemed to be a waiver of such right, remedy, obligation or liability, as the case may be, by the
OWNER and notwithstanding such failure or delay, the OWNER shall be entitled at any time
to enforce such right, remedy, obligation or liability, as the case may be.
ARTICLE-8
Non-Assignability
The Contract and benefits and obligations thereof shall be strictly personal to the CONTRACTOR and
shall not on any account be assignable or transferable by the CONTRACTOR.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Contract in duplicate the place, day
and year first above written
SIGNED AND DELIVERED
for and on behalf of
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD.
by..........................................
in the presence of :
1.
2.
SIGNED AND DELIVERED
for and on behalf of
.......................................... (CONTRACTOR)
by..........................................
(this day of.......………. 200_)
in the presence of :
1.
2.
*(Strike off which is not applicable)
135
BANK GUARANTEE IN LIEU OF
EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
BG NO:
DATED :
VALID UPTO :
To,
(Refineries Division)
Dear Sirs,
In consideration of Indian Oil Corporation Limited (Refineries/Pipelines Division) (hereinafter called

“the Corporation” which expression shall include its successors and assigns), having agreed interalia
to consider the tender of (Name of the
Tenderer) having its Head Office/Registered Office at ___________ (Address of the
Tenderer) (hereinafter called the “Tenderer” which expression shall include its successors and
assigns), for the work of (Name of the Project/Work) at
to be awarded under Tender No. upon the Tenderer
furnishing an undertaking from the Bank as hereinafter appearing in lieu of cash deposit of the
Earnest Money.
We (Name of the Bank), a Bank constituted/Registered under the

Act, having our Head Office/Registered Office at
(hereinafter called the “Bank” which expression shall include
its successors and assigns), at the request of the Tenderer and with the intent to bind the Bank and its
successors and assigns do hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay the Corporation
at New Delhi forthwith on first demand without protest or demur or proof or satisfaction or condition
and without reference to the Tenderer, all sums payable by the Tenderer as and by way of Earnest
Money to the Corporation, upto an aggregate limit of (Amount in
figures and words).
AND THE BANK DOTH HEREBY FURTHER AGREES AS FOLLOWS:
1. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain in full force and
effect for all claims or demands made by the Corporation on the Bank until the Corporation
discharges this Guarantee/Undertaking subject, however, that the Corporation shall have no
claims under this Guarantee/Undertaking after the midnight of 200_ or any
written extension(s) thereof.
PROVIDED that if the aforesaid work tendered for or any part thereof shall be awarded to the
Tenderer on or before the said date, whether on the basis of accompanying tender or any
other basis, then the validity of this guarantee/undertaking shall stand automatically extended
for all claims and demands made by the Corporation for further three months.
2. The Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without reference to the Bank and without
affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee/Undertaking at any time
and/or from time to time any wise to postpone and/or vary any of the powers, rights, and
obligations exercisable by the Corporation against the Tenderer and either to enforce or to
forbear from enforcing all or any of the terms and conditions of or governing the said Tender
and/or any contract consequent upon any award of work or the said Earnest Money Deposit
or the securities available to the Corporation or any of them and the Bank shall not be
released from its liability under these Presents and the liability of the Bank hereunder shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any exercise by the Corporation of the liberty
with reference to any or all the matters aforesaid or by reason of any other act, matter or thing
whatsoever which under law relating to the sureties or otherwise which could, but for this
provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from all or any of its obligations hereunder or
any part thereof, and the Bank specifically waives any and all contrary rights whatsoever.
136
3. It shall not be necessary for the Corporation to proceed against the Tenderer before
proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee/Undertaking herein contained shall be
enforceable against the Bank as principal debtor notwithstanding the existence of any other
undertaking or security for any indebtedness of the Tenderer to the Corporation and
notwithstanding that any such security shall at the time when claim is made against the Bank
or proceedings taken against the Bank hereunder, be outstanding or unrealised.
4. The amount stated by the Corporation in any demand, claim or notice made with reference to
this guarantee shall as between the Bank and the Corporation for the purpose of these
Presents be conclusive of the amount payable by the Bank to the Corporation hereunder.
5. The liability of the Bank to the Corporation under this Guarantee/Undertaking shall remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding the existence of any difference or dispute between the
Tenderer and the Corporation, the Tenderer and the Bank and/or the Bank and the
Corporation or otherwise howsoever touching these Presents or the liability of the Tenderer to
the Corporation, and notwithstanding the existence of any instructions or purported
instructions by the Tenderer or any other person to the Bank not to pay or for any cause
withhold or defer payment to the Corporation under these Presents, with the intent that
notwithstanding the existing of such difference, dispute or instructions, the Bank shall be and
remain liable to make payment to the Corporation in terms thereof.
6. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or winding

up or dissolution or change of constitution or insolvency of the Tenderer or any change in the
legal constitution of the Bank or the Corporation.
7. Without prejudice to any other mode of service, a demand or claim or other communication
may be transmitted by the Corporation to the Bank either by post or by fax. If transmitted by
fax, the transmission shall be complete as soon as acknowledged by bank.
8. Notwithstanding anything contained herein:

a) The Bank’s liability under this guarantee/undertaking shall not exceed
___________________(Amount in figures & words) ;
b) This guarantee/undertaking shall remain in force upto and any
extension(s) thereof; and
c) The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this
guarantee/undertaking unless a written claim or demand is issued to the Bank on or
before or the date of expiry of any extension(s) thereof if this
guarantee/undertaking has been extended.
9. The Bank doth hereby declare that Shri who is authorised to sign this
Guarantee/Undertaking on behalf of the Bank and to bind the Bank thereby.
Dated this day of 200 .

Yours faithfully
Signature :
Name & Designation:
Name of the Branch :
137
FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE
IN LIEU OF SECURITY DEPOSIT/INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT
BG NO:
DATED:
VALID UPTO:
To,
Dear Sirs,
In consideration of Indian Oil Corporation Limited (Refineries/Pipelines Division) (hereinafter called

“the Corporation” which expression shall include its successors and assigns), having awarded certain
work for and relative to (Name of the Project/Work) to
(Name and address of the Contractor) (hereinafter called
“the Contractor” which expression shall include its successors and assigns), upon certain terms and
conditions interalia mentioned in the Corporation’s Letter of Acceptance No.
dated read with the relative Tender Documents (hereinafter
collectively called “the Contract”, which expression shall include any formal contract entered into
between the Corporation and the Contractor in supersession of the said Letter of Acceptance and all
amendments and/or modifications in the contract) inclusive of the condition that the Corporation may
accept a Bank Guarantee/Undertaking of a Scheduled Bank in India in lieu of Cash Deposit of the
Initial Security Deposit as provided for in General Conditions of Contract forming part of the said
Tender Documents:
We (Name of the Bank), a body registered/constituted under the
Act, having our Registered Office/Head Office at
(hereinafter called “the Bank” which expression shall include its successors and
assigns), at the request of the Contractor and with the intent to bind the Bank and its successors and
assigns, do hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay to the Corporation at New Delhi
forthwith on first demand without protest or demur or proof or satisfaction and without reference to this
guarantee upto an aggregate limit of Rs. (Rupees only).
AND the Bank doth hereby further agrees as follows :-
1. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain valid and
irrevocable for all claims of the Corporation upon the Bank made up to the midnight of
provided that the Bank shall upon the written request of the Corporation
made upon the Bank at any time within 6 (six) months from the said date extend the validity of
the Bank Guarantee by a further 6 (six) months so as to enable claims to be made under this
Guarantee by a further 6 (six) months from the said date with the intent that the validity of this
Guarantee shall automatically stand extended by a further 6 (six) months upon such request
by the Corporation.
affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee/Undertaking, at any time
and/or from time to time to amend or vary the Contract and/or any of the terms and conditions
thereof or relative to the said Initial Security Deposit or to extend time for performance of the
said Contract in whole or part or to postpone for any time and/or from time to time any of the
obligations of the Contractor and/or the powers or remedies exercisable by the Corporation
against the Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and
conditions of or governing the said Contract or the said Initial Security Deposit or the
securities available to the Corporation or any of them and the Bank shall not be released from
its liability under these presents and the liability of the Bank hereunder shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any exercise by the Corporation of the liberty with reference
to any or all the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any
other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the Contractor or of any indulgence by the
Corporation to the Contractors or of any other act, matter or thing whatsoever which under the
law relating to sureties or otherwise which could but for the provision have the effect of
138
releasing the Bank from its liability hereunder or any part thereof and the Bank hereby
specifically waives any and all contrary rights whatsoever.
3. The obligations of the Bank to the Corporation hereunder shall be as principal to principal and
shall be wholly independent of the contract and it shall not be necessary for the Corporation
to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the
Guarantee/Undertaking herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank
notwithstanding the existence of any other Guarantee/undertaking or security for any
indebtedness of the Contractor to the Corporation (including relative to the said Security
Deposit) and notwithstanding that any such undertaking or security shall at the time when
claim is made against the Bank or proceedings taken against the Bank hereunder, be
outstanding or unrealised.
4. The amount stated by the Corporation in any demand, claim or notice made with reference to
this guarantee shall as between the Bank and the Corporation for the purpose of these
presents be conclusive of the amount payable by the Bank to the Corporation hereunder.
5. The liability of the Bank to the Corporation under this Guarantee/undertaking shall remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding the existence of any difference or dispute between the
Contractor and the Corporation, the Contractor and the Bank and/or the Bank and the
Corporation or otherwise howsoever touching or affecting these presents for the liability of the
Contractor to the Corporation, and notwithstanding the existence of any instructions or
purported instructions by the Contractor or any other person to the Bank not to pay or for any
cause withhold or defer payment to the Corporation under these presents, with the intent that
notwithstanding the existence of such difference, dispute or instruction, the Bank shall be and
remain liable to make payment to the Corporation in terms hereof.
6. The Bank shall not revoke this undertaking during its currency except with the previous
consent of the Corporation in writing and also agrees that any change in the constitution of
the Contractor or the Bank or the Corporation shall not discharge the Bank’s liability
hereunder.
may be transmitted by fax. If transmitted by fax, the transmission shall be complete as soon
as acknowledged by bank.
(a) The Bank’s liability under this guarantee/undertaking shall not exceed
____________________________(Amount in figures & words) ;
(b) This guarantee/undertaking shall remain in force upto and any
(c) The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this
9 The Bank doth hereby declare that Shri (Name of the person signing on
behalf of the Bank) who is (his designation), is authorised to sign this
undertaking on behalf of the Bank and to bind the Bank hereby.
Yours faithfully,
Signature :
Name & Designation:
Name of the Branch:
139
FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE TO
COVER LUMPSUM ADVANCE (MOBILISATION)
BG NO:___________
DATED:___________
VALID UPTO
To,
______________________
______________________
Dear Sirs,
WHEREAS Indian Oil Corporation Limited (hereinafter called “the Corporation” which expression shall
include its successor and assigns) has awarded to (Name & Address of the Contractor)
hereinafter called “the Contractor” which expression shall include its successors and assigns)
the work of (Name of the Project/Work) under and in terms of a Contract as
evidenced by a Letter of Acceptance No.____________________________ dated__________ issued
by the Corporation to the Contractor read with the relevant Tender Documents (hereinafter collectively
called “the Contract” which expression shall include any formal contract entered into between the
Corporation and the Contractor in supersession of the said Letter of Acceptance and all amendments
and/or modifications therein or in the terms of the said advance as herein stipulated) :
AND WHEREAS the Corporation has agreed to advance the Contractor, interalia, a sum of
Rs.____________ (Rupees___________________________________ only) (hereinafter called
“the said Advance”), upon the condition, inter-alia, that the said Advance together with interest
thereon at the rate of %( percent) per annum on the amount of the said Advance for
the time being outstanding shall without prejudice to any other mode of recovery available to the
Corporation be recoverable by the Corporation by deduction from the gross accepted amount of any
Running Account Bills and the Final Bill of the Contractor commencing from the first Running Account
Bill of the Contractor, and meanwhile, the said Advance shall be secured by an undertaking from a
Bank as hereinafter appearing.
We (Name of the Bank) , a body registered/constituted under the
Act, having Registered Office/Head Office at
(hereinafter called the “Bank” which expression shall include its successors and
assigns), at the request of the Contractor and with the intent to bind the Bank and its successors and
assigns, do hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay the Corporation at New Delhi
forthwith on first demand without protest or demur or proof or satisfaction and without reference to the
Contractor, any and all amounts demanded from us by the Corporation with reference to this
Undertaking upto an aggregate limit of Rs. (Rupees
__________________________________________ only) and interest thereon at the rate
hereinabove provided.
AND the Bank doth hereby further agrees as follows : -
1. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain valid and
irrevocable for all claims of the Corporation upon the Bank made up to the midnight of
provided that the Bank shall upon the written request of the Corporation
made upon the Bank at any time within 6 (six) months from the said date extend the validity of
the Bank Guarantee by a further 6 (six) months so as to enable claims to be made under this
Guarantee by a further 6 (six) months from the said date with the intent that the validity of this
Guarantee shall automatically stand extended by a further 6 (six) months upon such request
by the Corporation.
affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this guarantee/undertaking, at any time
and/or from time to time to amend or vary the contract and/or any of the terms and conditions
thereof or relative to the said Advance and/or to extend time for performance of the said
contract in whole or part and/or payment of the said Advance in whole or part or to postpone
for any time and/or from time to time any of the said obligations of the Contractor and or the
rights, remedies or powers exercisable by the Corporation against the Contractor and either
to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions of or governing the said
140
Contract and/or the said Advance, or the securities, available to the Corporation and the Bank
shall not be released from its liability under these Presents and the liability of the Bank shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any exercise by the Corporation of the liberty
with reference to any or all the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the
Contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the Corporation or any
indulgence by the Corporation to the Contractor or of any other act, matter or thing
whatsoever which under any law could (but for this provision) have the effect of releasing the
Bank from its liability hereunder or any part thereof and the Bank hereby specifically waives
any and all contrary rights whatsoever.
3. The obligations of the Bank to the Corporation hereunder shall be as principal to principal and
shall be wholly independent of the Contract and it shall not be necessary for the Corporation
to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the
guarantee/undertaking herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank as Principal
debtor notwithstanding the existence of any undertaking or security for any indebtedness of
the Contractor to the Corporation (including relative to the said Advance) and notwithstanding
that any such undertaking or security shall at the time when claim is made against the bank or
proceedings taken against the Bank hereunder, be outstanding or unrealised.
4. As between the Bank and the Corporation for the purpose of this undertaking, the amount
stated in any claim, demand or notice made by the Corporation on the Bank with reference to
this undertaking shall be final and binding upon the Bank as to be the amount payable by the
Bank to the Corporation hereunder.
5. The liability of the Bank to the Corporation under this undertaking shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding the existence of any difference or dispute between the Contractor and
the Corporation, the Contractor and/or the Bank and/or the Bank and the Corporation or
otherwise howsoever touching or affecting these presents or the liability of the Contractor to
the Corporation, and notwithstanding the existence of any instructions or purported
instructions by the Contractor or any other person to the Bank not to pay or for any cause
withhold or defer payment to the Corporation under these presents, with the intent that
notwithstanding the existence of such difference, dispute or instruction, the Bank shall be and
remain liable to make payment to the Corporation in terms hereof.
6. This undertaking shall not be determined or affected by any change in the constitution of the
Bank or that of the Contractor or the Corporation or any irregularity in the exercise of
borrowing powers by or on behalf of the Contractor.
may be transmitted by the Corporation to the Bank either by post or by fax. If transmitted by
fax, the transmission shall be complete as soon as acknowledged by bank.
(a) The Bank’s liability under this guarantee/undertaking shall not exceed
(Amount in figures & words ) ;
(b) This guarantee/undertaking shall remain in force upto and any
(c) The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this
9. The Bank doth hereby declare that Shri ___________________ who is the
(designation) of the Bank is authorised to sign this undertaking on
behalf of the Bank and to bind the Bank thereby.
Yours faithfully,
Signature:_______________________________
Name:
Designation
Name of the Branch:______________________
141
CHAPTER - IIIA
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
[SECTION-A – TECHNICAL]
इंडियन ऑयल कॉर्पोरे शन लललिटे ि
र्पाइर्पलाइन्स िुख्यालय, नोएिा
CHAPTER-III: SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

INDEX
1.0.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 2
2.0.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................... 2
3.0.0 DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................... 3
4.0.0 SURVEY TEAMS AND EQUIPMENTS .............................................................................. 8
5.0.0 PROVISIONS NOT COVERED UNDER THE SCOPE OF CONTRACTOR .............. 10
6.0.0 STATUTORY PERMISSION & COLLECTION OF DATA ........................................... 10
7.0.0 ARRANGEMENT OF SURVEY OF INDIA TOPO SHEETS ......................................... 11
8.0.0 ASSOCIATION OF OWNER’S ENGINEER .................................................................... 11
9.0.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES AND THE PRICE OFFER ....................................................... 11
10.0.0 RE-ROUTING OF PIPELINE ALIGNMENT & DETAILED SURVEY ....................... 11
11.0.0 SUBMISSION OF REPORTS .............................................................................................. 12
12.0.0 DELETED .............................................................................................................................. 12
13.0.0 CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY............................................................................ 12
14.0.0 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD .......................................................................................... 12
15.0.0 WATER & POWER SUPPLY ............................................................................................. 13
16.0.0 TIME OF COMPLETION ................................................................................................... 13
17.0.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .................................................................................. 13
18.0.0 TERMS OF PAYMENT ....................................................................................................... 14
19.0.0 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS ...................................................... 15
20.0.0 SAFETY, FIRE & SECURITY REGULATIONS ............................................................. 16
21.0.0 SAFETY & POLLUTION CONTROL ............................................................................... 17
Tender No: PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Special Conditions of Contract [Section-A: Technical] Page 1 of 17
CHAPTER-III: SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall be read in conjunction with the General Conditions of
Contract (GCC), specifications of work, drawings and other documents forming part of this contract
wherever the context so requires.
1.2.0 Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate parts and volumes, every part
of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and complementary of every other part and shall be
read with and into the contract in so far as it may be practicable to do so.
1.3.0 Where any provision of the GCC is repugnant to or at variance with any provision of the SCC, then
the provision of the SCC shall be deemed to override the provisions of the GCC and shall, to the
extent of such repugnance or variations, prevail.
1.4.0 Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the Contractor shall perform certain works or
provide certain facilities, it is understood that the Contractor shall do so at his own cost, being deemed
to be part of the relevant item in the Schedule of Rates (SOR) whether expressly stated or not.
1.5.0 The work shall be performed in accordance with the Contract terms, conditions and instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative from time to time.
1.6.0 The job under contract includes supply of all materials, equipment, consumables, labour,
transportation to work site, lodging, boarding etc. for Contractor’s crew deployed for the job.
1.7.0 The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards, the specifications
contained herein, and codes referred to. Where the specifications stipulate requirements in addition to
these contained in the standard codes and specifications, these additional requirements shall also be
satisfied.
2.0.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1.0 Indian Oil Corporation Limited (hereinafter called as the Owner) is augmenting the processing
capacity of its Panipat Refinery and linked crude oil pipeline system. As a part of this project, the
Owner intends to carry out detailed engineering survey for laying of new crude oil pipeline from its
Mundra installation to Panipat Refinery complex.
2.2.0 The proposed pipeline will originate from existing WRPL Mundra (Gujarat) installation and will
traverse through Rajasthan & Haryana sate in North-East direction to reach the pipeline delivery point
at Panipat Refinery (Haryana). The approximate length of proposed pipeline route is 1121 Km.
Tender group-wise details of pipeline route length are as per following:
Tender Route Length

Group (Approx.)
A Gujarat WRPL Mundra to Gujarat-Rajasthan Border Point 350.50 Km
Total Route Length (Group-A) = 350.50 Km
B Rajasthan Gujarat-Rajasthan Border Point to Rajasthan-Haryana 600.00 Km

Border Point

Tender Route Length

Group (Approx.)
Haryana Rajasthan-Haryana Border Point to Pipeline Delivery 170.50 Km

Point at Panipat Refinery.
Total Route Length (Group-B) = 770.50 Km
Total Route Length (Group- A+B) = 1,121.00 Km
2.3.0 The tentative location State Border Points (Gujarat-Rajasthan & Rajasthan-Haryana) for
start/end of survey works shall be communicated by the Owner to successful bidder. Upon
completion of Reconnaissance Survey and receipt of requisite details from the Contractor(s) of
both the groups, the locations shall be finalised and communicated to the Contractor(s). The
location of State Border Points, as decided by the Owner, shall be final and binding upon the
Contractor(s) of both groups.
2.4.0 The Contractor shall take cognizance of the fact that the final route alignment decided by the Owner
as per Reconnaissance Report may undergo minor/major changes depending upon the site conditions
and as per the instructions of Engineer In-Charge. No additional compensation/ payment on account
any hardships faced due to the proposed change in the pipeline route shall be admissible at a later
stage.
3.0.0 DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK
3.1.0 The activities envisaged under this contract are as outlined below:
1) Reconnaissance Survey
2) Detailed Route Survey
3) Population Density Index Survey
4) Soil Resistivity Survey
5) Soil Chemical Analysis Survey
6) Soil Stratification Survey
7) Data Generation Survey
8) Hydrological Data Collection/ Generation for Rivers en-route.
9) Cadastral Survey
10) Preparation & Submission of Technical Report
3.2.0 The detailed scope of work for various activities to be executed under this contract shall include but
not limited to the works/ activities mentioned in subsequent clauses hereinafter. The list is only
indicative but not exhaustive. The Contractor shall carry out and complete all related works so as to
make the scheme complete in all respect of technical requirements and to deliver the desired output/
performance.
3.2.1 Reconnaissance Survey:
The Reconnaissance Survey Work shall consist of, but not limited to, the following major activities:
1) Desk-top Study to identify various alternative routes available through study of topo-sheets.

2) Field Reconnaissance Survey by verification of Ground-Truth through extensive physical

travelling along identified alternate routes and collecting details.
3) Selection of final Route satisfying all boundary conditions and due consideration to all
constraints encountered en-route.
4) Establishing & demarcating Major Ground Control points along the final route for easy
identification at a later date.
5) Collection of details along the final route.
6) Preparation of Report.
3.2.2 Detailed Route Survey:
The Detailed Route survey shall be carried out for the proposed route passing through existing/
additional ROW with a view to obtain data necessary for design of final system of the proposed
pipeline and establishing various other parameters required during construction and subsequent
operation phase. In general, activities/ work towards route survey shall be done as per details
mentioned below and as per tender specifications. Broadly, following activities shall be involved:
1) Conducting field survey and demarcating alignment on ground.
2) Deploying Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) to provide DGPS control points at
every 4 to 5 km interval based on WGS-84 UTM co-ordinate system. Total Stations shall be
employed for traverse control between DGPS stations. UTM co-ordinates shall be established
for all TPs, IPs and Flag Control Points and other important points as desired by Owner.
3) Base maps shall be procured from authorized source (having clearance from Ministry of
Defence/ Survey of India) for all districts (20 Km on both sides of ROW) and submitted to the
Owner.
4) Transferring the alignment with TP’s/ IP’s onto the SOI maps of 1:50000 scale. Number of
TP’s along the pipeline route shall be kept to a minimum. Additional traversing requirement
for TP optimization shall be carried out by the Contractor prior to finalization of TP’s.
5) Fixing of final alignment by concrete pillars of size as mentioned in the relevant item of SOR.
6) In existing route, fixing of additional ROW boundary by concrete pillars. Location of existing
boundary pillars, TP’s etc. may not indicate the exact position of ROW. Hence, with the help
of Pipeline locator, alignment of existing pipelines shall be ascertained.
7) For major River crossings (bank to bank width exceeding 800m), a minimum straight length
of 300m on either side of stable riverbanks shall be maintained to facilitate pipeline
installation by HDD technique during execution i.e. no TP shall be kept within this section.
For other river crossings minimum straight length of 200m on either side of riverbank shall be
maintained. For major Highway (NH, SH etc.) & Canal crossings, the minimum straight
length on either side of canal bank or highway edge shall be kept as 100m.
8) Preparation of Route Map by marking details falling within the 10 km strip (5 km on either
side of the identified pipeline route alignment) including marking of change in approved
city/town limit on SOI Maps of 1:50000 scale. The SOI Maps required for preparation of
Route Maps shall be digitized so as to make them compatible with latest version of AutoCAD
software & the pipeline route shall be duly marked in the digitized maps.
9) Marking-up of the final alignment of pipeline route staked on ground along with other
relevant information (e.g. ROW Limit; Turning Points; Major Crossings viz. Perennial
Rivers, Railways, NH, SH, Major Canals etc.; Forest Areas; Wildlife Sanctuaries; Restricted

ROW; etc.) on Google Earth & saving all the information layer wise in .KML format.
10) Preparing a separate .KML file (indicating pipeline ROW details & forest specific areas
etc. obtained from DGPS Survey) for obtaining necessary forest clearance as described
separately in this tender document.
11) Preparation of Profile drawing for the final pipeline route.
12) Preparation of Alignment Sheets including planimetry details of the area falling within 50m
strip from either edge of ROW, Ground profile along the pipeline route and other route
details. The scale for planimetry drawings shall be 1:2500 both along and across the
alignment. The scale for profile drawing shall be 1:2500 for horizontal distances and 1:250
for vertical distances. Further, existing IOCL facilities/ pipeline details in the proposed route
shall be clearly indicated in the planimetry details along with other features.
13) Preparation/ Collection of Hydrological Data Report of major rivers, calculation of scour
depth, collection of all details like maximum discharge/design discharge, average velocity,
high flood level at crossing locations, type of soil at river bed, extent of flood plain etc. for
each river crossing in the proposed pipeline route, including all labour, material, equipment
etc. complete in all respects as per specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge/
Site Engineer. For rivers, flowing pattern (at the crossing locations) data of last 10 years shall
be gathered and submitted along with the report. Also, the layout (as on date) of actual rivers/
water bodies shall be shown in the Route Map.
14) Obtaining seismic fault line data and plotting the fault lines on Route Map, Alignment Sheets
as well as on ground.
15) The details of existing Pipeline sections may be collected/ gathered from local Station-in-
Charge as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge and field verification of all data/ details
shall be carried out and final report shall be prepared based on the exact site condition.
16) Documentation in respect of Forest Area, if any, required for the purpose of obtaining NOC
from State/ Central level Forest Authorities, shall be prepared as per the following and
submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge after completion of both Detailed Engineering &
Cadastral survey of the proposed Pipeline, progressively, on periodical basis:
a) Copy of certificate, if Pipeline is not passing through National Parks/ Sanctuaries/ any
ecological sensitive areas.
b) Final Pipeline Route (accepted by the Owner), duly marked on 1:50000 Survey of
India (SOI) topo sheets.
c) Collection and documentation of data on distance of proposed Pipeline Route from
declared eco-sensitive zones or archaeological monuments/ structures, Mining/ Coal
belt area, Sanctuary, Marine National Park, Wildlife corridor, different type of forests
(declared Reserved, Non-reserved, Social, etc.).
d) Arranging Cadastral Maps/ Village Revenue Maps.
e) Collection of ownership details viz. certified Record of Rights (RoR) for plots falling
in ROU of proposed Pipeline from local administration.
f) Copy of village revenue maps, pertaining to village falling en-route the Pipeline, shall
be obtained from Revenue Authorities (i.e. Village Patwari etc.). The Turning Points
(TP’s) and Intermediate Points (IP’s) as staked on the ground after Detailed
Engineering Survey, shall be plotted on the above village maps in sequential order.
This involves positioning of the TP and IP locations on the village maps with respect

to the existing field boundaries and other physical features on the ground.
g) After cadastral survey of the pipeline route, Forest plots falling in the Pipeline route
shall be identified from RoR, etc. Forest land shall be categorized as wildlife,
sanctuary, wildlife corridor, reserved forest, protected forest, revenue forest, gramya
forest, jhar jungle and any area recorded as Forest as per Government records/
Revenue Department.
h) Digitization of Pipeline RoW in cadastral maps and digitization of full village maps
where forest plots are encountered shall be carried out and soft copies of the same
shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge.
17) Preparation of crossing drawing: Crossing drawings shall be prepared for each individual
obstacle like Railway Line, National Highways, State Highways, Other metalled roads,
Rivers, Canals, Watercourses etc. falling en-route the pipeline alignment. The crossing
drawings shall have a key plan indicating the location of the pipeline and its distance with
respect to nearby permanent structures and north direction upwards. All details like Chainage,
TP/IP Nos., reference points, details of Road/ Railway/ River/ Canal/ Watercourse crossing
shall be indicated in detail for quick and easy identification. The draft of the crossing
drawings shall be got approved by the Owner prior to finalization. The scale of drawing shall
be as under:
Type of Drawing/ Deliverable Scale of Drawing (As per Tender)
1) Crossing Details (Road, Railway, Stream, 1:500 Horizontal

Nala, Canal, etc.) 1:100 Vertical
2) Crossing Details (River Crossing)
a) Up to 250 M width 1:500 Horizontal

1:100 Vertical
b) Up to 500 M width 1:500 Horizontal

1:100 Vertical
c) Greater than 500 M width 1:500 Horizontal

1:100 Vertical
18) Details of High Tension (HT) power supply line (running across/ parallel to the ROW),
underground crossings such as OFC, Telephone/ Electric cable, Water/ Sewer line and any
other line crossing the pipeline ROW, or running parallel to ROW, within 100m from centre
line.
19) Selection of Entry/ Exit locations of the proposed pipeline with respect to the existing ROW
shall be as per instructions of the Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge.
20) While conducting survey for identifying the new/ diverted pipeline route, the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be consulted for obtaining necessary information of the existing pipeline route
and guidance for selecting the new/ diverted route.
21) All survey details & deliverables including base maps shall be uploaded and integrated into
Owner's Arc GIS (ESRI) server so as to obtain a seamless geo- referenced GIS database.
22) Chainage-wise details of Pipeline Length in Earthquake Zones of the total route shall be

submitted in the format as per Annexure-T#4 (DES-34).

3.2.3 Population Density Index Survey:
Carrying out Population Density Index Survey along entire pipeline route as per Tender
Specifications.
3.2.4 Soil resistivity, Soil chemical analysis, Soil stratification and Data generation surveys:
The surveys shall be conducted along the ROW of the pipeline route alignment and at station/ TOP
locations, the scope of which shall be as under:
1) Conducting Soil Resistivity Survey for the entire length of pipeline sections along the ROW
at an interval of 125m.
2) Conducting Soil Resistivity Survey at stations/ TOP locations.
3) Conducting Soil Chemical Analysis Survey for the entire length of pipeline along the ROW at
an interval of 1 Km.
4) Conducting Soil Chemical Analysis Survey at stations/ TOP locations.
5) Conducting Soil Stratification Survey along the proposed pipeline route by boring 100mm
diameter boreholes up to 2.5m depth or till rock is encountered, whichever is less and at an
interval of 250m.
6) Conducting Soil Stratification Survey across rivers (only in dry portion of the river beds
including flowing river) by boring 100mm diameter boreholes up to 5.0m depth from the river
bed or till rock is encountered, whichever is less, at an interval of 50m over the width of river
in dry portion.
7) Collection and generation of data regarding Electrical LT/HT line crossings; locations of
existing CP units and their Anode beds, foreign pipelines running parallel or crossing the
proposed pipeline ROW.
8) Submission of final technical report.
9) All details & deliverables shall be uploaded and integrated into Owner's Arc GIS (ESRI)
server so as to obtain seamless geo-referenced GIS database.
3.2.5 Cadastral Survey & Preparation of schedule u/s 3(1) of P&MP Act 1962:
The scope of work includes but not limited to carrying out Cadastral Survey and preparation of
schedule u/s 3(1) for establishing Right of User (RoU) in Right of Way (RoW) under P&MP Act
1962. Cadastral Survey shall be carried for the entire ROW, including common ROW, along the
pipeline route. The schedule u/s 3(1) of P&MP Act 1962 shall be prepared only for the new RoW
portion. Activities to be performed under the scope of work of this tender shall be as under:
1) Obtaining village maps from Revenue authorities and tracing the same on tracing cloth,
scanning the village maps and record storage in hard as well as soft reproducible forms.
2) Carrying out Cadastral survey of the proposed pipeline route.
3) Plotting the pipeline route on village maps and marking on them the Intermediate Points (IPs)
and Turning Points (TPs) of the surveyed route, as staked on ground.
4) Diversion of pipeline route, wherever necessary, as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge
and incorporating similar details on village maps.
5) Collection of Jamabandi (the record of right holders) from Revenue Authorities in respect of
each plot falling within the limits of ROW and identification of Landowner & Occupier

thereof.
6) Collection of interim mutations, if any, from the Revenue Patwari and incorporating the same
in the above Jamabandi.
7) Preparation of field book and computation of area for each plot coming within the limits of
ROW.
8) Preparation of schedule (in both Hindi & English) for publication of the notification in the
Gazette of India u/s 3(1) of P&MP Act 1962. This activity shall be carried only for new RoW
passing through private land. Notification u/s 3(1) shall not be carried out for RoW
passing through Government Land/ under jurisdiction of Government Authorities.
9) Computerization of Land Records: The database of the land records collected from the
various authorities shall be generated in a Microsoft windows-based software package in
English, Hindi & local languages as per requirement of the State/ Central Government.
The data shall include names/ details of District, Taluka/ Tehsil, Village, Village-wise plot
details, extent of area, Landowner, Land enjoyer, type of land, land cost, crop cultivation etc.
Additionally, provision for later incorporation of S.O. Nos. schedule u/s 3(1) and u/s 6(1)
publication in the Gazette including the Erratum, etc. has to be provided in the data base. It
shall be noted that the parameters mentioned above are not exhaustive and the Contractor
shall have to include additional data in the data base which are required for calculating land
compensation, crop compensation etc.
Suitable software program shall be developed using common software package (like Visual
basic) to link the data base in order to generate Schedule u/s 3(1) and Schedule u/s 6(1) in
both English & Hindi languages for publication in the Gazette, notices in local language for
serving to the individual Landowner, calculation of land compensation, crop compensation,
etc.
Final database and program shall be submitted to the IOCL in hard copy as well as in soft
copy.
10) All details & deliverables shall be uploaded and integrated into Owner's Arc GIS (ESRI)
server so as to obtain seamless geo-referenced GIS database.
4.0.0 SURVEY TEAMS AND EQUIPMENTS
4.1.0 For carrying out the work under Group-A, minimum two (2) survey teams for Detailed
Engineering Survey & Cadastral Survey works shall be deployed by the Contractor.
For carrying out the work under Group-B, minimum four (4) survey teams for Detailed
Engineering Survey & Cadastral Survey works shall be deployed by the Contractor.
4.1.1 The following minimum manpower/ equipment have been assessed by the Owner and the Contractor
shall ensure deployment of personnel of the following categories at least up to the strength indicated
against the survey team:
1) The following minimum manpower (skilled/ semi-skilled) shall constitute a single survey
team to be deployed for each group of work:
Detailed Engineering Survey & Cadastral Survey Works:
(1) Engineers …….1 (one)
(2) Senior Surveyor …….2 (two)

(3) Surveyors …….3 (three)
(4) Tehsildar / Supervisor …….1 (one)
(5) Revenue Surveyor / Revenue inspector …….2 (two)
(6) Patwari …….2 (two)
(7) Field Staff / Helpers ……. As per requirement
2) A Survey team shall be equipped with the following minimum field Survey equipment:
Minimum Equipment List:
(1) Total Station …….1 (one)
(2) Auto Level Instruments …….2 (two)
(3) DGPS …….1 (one)
(4) Pipeline Locator ……. As per requirement
4.1.2 Retired land revenue personnel like Patwari, Tehsildar, Inspector, Surveyor etc. from
respective State Government with adequate knowledge and experience of the area for carrying
out the work of this nature shall have to be hired and deployed for this work.
4.1.3 The above deployment of survey teams, manpower and survey equipment is the minimum
requirement for this work. However if, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, additional number of
survey teams/ manpower/ equipment are required to be deployed to complete the work as per tender
documents and in given time frame and approved schedule, the Contractor shall deploy the additional
requirement at his own cost and initiative immediately. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this
respect shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
4.1.4 Provision of proper and sufficient quantum of office implement, stationary etc. commensurate with
smooth functioning of the job requirements expeditiously shall be made. If at any point of time it is
found that manpower and other office implements/ facilities/ transport facilities are inadequate, the
Contractor shall mobilize additional resources at his own cost and initiative.
4.1.5 The Contractor shall provide a fully functional office set up for the entire duration of work. This shall
include computers, computer operators, stationary, draftsman, engineers, surveyors, revenue
personnel etc. including arrangement of transport facilities for survey teams. Computer operator
should be skilled for working in AutoCAD and other software and report preparation.
4.1.6 Provision of adequate skilled/ unskilled manpower/ equipment/ transport and other facilities shall be
treated as contractual obligation. Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in respect of adequacy of
services shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
4.1.7 Details of manpower and equipment deployment, office facilities, computer hardware, and field
transport facilities to be provided by the Contractor shall be submitted along with techno-commercial
offer for evaluation.
4.2.0 Deployment of Manpower and Equipment:
4.2.1 Immediately upon award of work, the Contractor shall furnish following documents/ data/ details to

the Engineer-in-Charge:
1) Organization Chart, giving details of field management at site, including biodata of key
personnel.
2) Resource-based network justifying how the Contractor proposes to execute & complete the
works to meet the specified time schedule.
3) Details of proposed manpower deployment and infrastructure details such as site office
locations, field transport facilities, computer hardware, etc. to be provided by the Contractor
for each specific work/ activity.
4) Detailed list of equipment to be deployed for Survey Works. The list shall be exhaustive &
main/ peripheral equipment shall be clearly identified.
5) List of instruments proposed to be deployed for each type of survey including details such as
Make & Model of instruments, team-wise break-up, etc.
4.2.2 The Contractor shall deploy only qualified supervisory and craft personnel who are well conversant
and authorized for this type of work.
4.2.3 Proposed Manpower/ Equipment/ Transport deployment and other facilities shall be treated as
contractual obligation in the event the Tenderer is awarded the job. Decision of the Engineer-in-
Charge in respect of adequacy of any of the aforesaid services shall be final & binding on the
Contractor.
4.2.4 The scope of work shall include arrangement of accommodation, transport facilities etc. for the field
staff.
5.0.0 PROVISIONS NOT COVERED UNDER THE SCOPE OF CONTRACTOR
5.1.0 The following are not included under the scope of the services to be provided by the Contractor:
1) Salary, TA/DA and residential accommodation for the Competent Authority.
2) Office accommodations, transport, furniture, and telephone facilities for the Competent
Authority.
3) Any fees payable to Government Authority, on behalf of IOCL.
6.0.0 STATUTORY PERMISSION & COLLECTION OF DATA
6.1.0 All necessary permissions/ licenses from the Statutory Authorities required for conducting the survey
work covered under scope of this tender shall be arranged by the Contractor themselves at his own
initiative and cost. The Owner shall render assistance in obtaining such permissions by way of issuing
necessary recommendation letter, if so required. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to
follow up and get necessary permission from the concerned Statutory Authorities.
The scope of work under collection of data/ details shall include as under:
1) Hydrological details of rivers and major watercourses falling on the route i.e. Maximum
Discharge / Design Discharge, High Flood Level at crossing locations, type of soil at
riverbed, scour depth, etc. If type of soil and scour depth details are not available, type of soil
in riverbed to be found out and scour depth to be calculated taking into consideration the site
conditions at no extra cost to the Owner.
2) Information relating to mining areas, reserve forest, city limit and industrial area expansion
plans etc. shall be collected by the Contractor at his own cost & initiative from or in
consultation with various Government/ Statutory bodies.

3) Information related to forest area falling within ROW.

4) Village Revenue maps and ownership details of the required plots.
5) Rate and Yield of various crops and trees from respective govt. departments.
6) Rate of various categories of land as declared by authorized Government Agency.
7) Rate of various temporary civil structures, falling within ROW, from concerned State
Government Authorities.
6.2.0 Necessary certificate shall be issued by the Owner in favour of the Contractor only as assistance to
establish identity of the Contractor. However, it would be the exclusive responsibility of the
Contractor to collect the aforesaid authenticated details and incorporate the same in the report.
6.3.0 The scope of work includes collection of Jamabandi, interim mutation, if any, from the local Patwari
of the Revenue Department. These details shall be collected at Contractor’s own initiative and cost, if
any.
6.4.0 All documents collected from the Government Authorities shall be duly authenticated with official
signatures and stamp. In case any fees are required to be paid for such authenticated document, the
same shall be reimbursed on production of receipt and documentary evidence.
7.0.0 ARRANGEMENT OF SURVEY OF INDIA TOPO SHEETS
7.1.0 Under the scope of work, all Survey of India topo sheets required for the work shall be arranged by
the Contractor at their own cost and initiative. The Owner shall assist in getting these maps by issuing
necessary recommendation letter, if so required.
8.0.0 ASSOCIATION OF OWNER’S ENGINEER
8.1.0 In carrying out the works as stated in the scope of work and other works as instructed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, the Owner’s Engineer shall be associated with Contractor’s Engineers and the
job shall be carried out in consultation with Owner’s Engineers, whose advice/ instructions shall be
binding on the Contractor. The concerned Station-in-Charge shall be intimated before carrying out
survey work in existing ROW.
9.0.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES AND THE PRICE OFFER
9.1.0 The format for Schedule of Rates is enclosed as separate part of this tender document.
9.2.0 All the items of work mentioned in the Schedule of Rates and covered by the Contract shall be carried
out as per the drawings, specifications and directions of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall include all
labour, materials, tools, tackles, etc. required to complete the job.
9.3.0 The Contractor shall be and remain at all-time exclusively responsible to provide all material,
consumables, labour supervision, equipment, tools, machines, permits, licenses, casements and
facilities and other items and things whatsoever required for or in connection with the work, included
but not limited to those indicated by expression or implication in the Schedule of Rates, Specification,
plans, drawings and/or other Contract documents or howsoever otherwise as shall be or may from
time to time at any time be necessary for or in connection with the work either for incorporation
within the permanent works or in relative to the execution and performance of the work.
10.0.0 RE-ROUTING OF PIPELINE ALIGNMENT & DETAILED SURVEY
10.1.0 There could be instances when the Contractor will be required and advised to carry out re-routing of
the pipeline alignment because of specific technical reasons. This will involve topographic survey,
installation of stone pillars, developments of route maps, profile maps, etc. for the re-routed portion
including preparation of enlarged profile of obstacles like crossing the railways, roads, canals, rivers,

etc. for falling within the re-routed stretch. Survey work and preparation of drawings shall be done as
per specification enclosed. No extra payment shall be made to the Contractor for the re-routing work
as long as the cumulative length of such re-routed stretches do not exceed 1.5% (one and half percent)
of the total length indicated in the Item for ‘Detailed Route Survey’ in Schedule of Rates.
10.2.0 In the event of the total re-routing being found in excess of the limit indicated aforesaid, the
Contractor will be compensated as per the Item for ‘Detailed Route Survey’ in Schedule of Rates for
the length by which the cumulative re-routed stretches exceed the aforesaid limit.
10.3.0 DELETED.
11.0.0 SUBMISSION OF REPORTS
11.1.0 Separate reports are required to be submitted by the Contractor covering following survey works as
applicable under each PART:
1) Reconnaissance Survey Report in three (3) sets.
2) Detailed Route Survey including consolidated Route Maps, Profile Maps, Alignment Sheets,
Crossing Drawings, etc. in three (3) sets.
3) Population Density Survey report in three (3) sets.
4) Cadastral Survey Report.
5) Soil Resistivity Survey, Soil Chemical Analysis Survey, Soil Stratification Survey and Data
Generation Survey Reports.
6) Hydrological Data Generation Report indicating details of High Flood Level (HFL),
Maximum Floods Discharge (Q), Average Velocity of Flow, Extent of flood plain, etc. based
on previous floods of the rivers en-route, assessment of scour depth and flow pattern of rivers
in the past 10 years.
7) Documentation of details of social forestry/ protected & reserve forest etc. for the purpose of
obtaining NOC from State/ Central level forest authorities. Data regarding Environmental
clearance to be furnished by the Contractor. If the pipeline route is passing through National
Parks/ Sanctuaries/ Coral Reefs and Ecological Sensitive Areas after the detail route survey,
the Contractor shall furnish information as per Annexure-T#4 (Format No. DES-33) for
Environmental Clearance. If the pipeline route is not passing through above mentioned
classified zones, the Contractor shall submit a copy of certificate/ undertaking stating
that the pipeline is not passing through any National Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary (WLS)/
Coral Reef/ Ecological Sensitive Area (ESA).
11.2.0 Draft reports containing details mentioned under Sl. No. (1) to (7) above shall be submitted for review
of the Owner and after Owner’s clearance, the final report shall be submitted within two (2) weeks’
time.
12.0.0 DELETED
13.0.0 CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY
13.1.0 All materials, including labour, supervision, and consumable, necessary for completing the work shall
be procured / arranged and supplied by the Contractor at his own cost & from his own resources. All
equipment (including transportation) required for field geotechnical investigation work as well as
laboratory tests shall be arranged by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
14.0.0 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD
14.1.0 In partial modification to Clause 5.6.0.0 of the General Conditions of Contract, defect liability period

is not applicable for this tender.

15.0.0 WATER & POWER SUPPLY
In partial modification of the provisions of Clause 3.3.0.0, 3.4.0.0 and 3.5.0.0 of the General
Conditions of Contract, the following may be noted:
15.1.0 Water Supply:
The Contractor shall arrange water/ procure water required for the work at his own cost for all
leads and lifts. The Owner shall not be responsible for supplying water and the Contractor shall
ensure timely and adequate supply of water to meet the schedule.
15.2.0 Power Supply:
The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for power required for the work at his own
cost. DG set of suitable capacity may be installed and operated by the Contractor at his own cost. The
Owner shall not be responsible for power supply and the Contractor shall ensure proper supply of
electricity to meet the schedule. The electrical works shall be carried out through Licensed Electrical
personal only.
16.0.0 TIME OF COMPLETION
16.1.0 The overall time of completion for entire works under the scope of this contract shall be 180 (One
Hundred & Eighty) days from the date of issuance of Letter of Acceptance (LOA) by the Owner.
16.2.0 The activity-wise breakup of time of completion is as per below:
16.2.1 All the activities related to Reconnaissance Survey and Detailed Engineering Survey viz. Detailed
Route Survey, Population Density Index Survey, Data Generation Survey and Hydrological
Data Generation, etc. shall be completed and the preliminary report of Detailed Engineering
Survey along with Population Density Index Survey shall be submitted within 90 (Ninety) days
from the date of issuance of Letter of Acceptance (LOA) by the Owner.
16.2.2 The Contractor shall submit Final Report of Detailed Engineering Survey along with
Population Density Index Survey within 120 (One Hundred & Twenty) days from the date of
issuance of Letter of Acceptance (LOA) by the Owner.
16.2.3 All the activities related to Cadastral Survey and other activities up to submission of draft 3(1)
notification documents including submission of final consolidated report of Detailed Engineering
Survey and Cadastral Survey containing consolidated route maps, profile maps, alignment sheets,
crossing drawings, cadastral maps, etc. shall be completed in its entirety as per the scope of work and
specifications within 180 (One Hundred & Eighty) days from the date of issuance of Letter of
Acceptance (LOA) by the Owner.
16.2.4 The time schedule shall include time for mobilization, carrying out investigation, conducting
laboratory tests and preparation and submission of final report, complete in all respects.
16.3.0 The Contractor shall submit, to the Engineer-in-Charge, Detailed Work Schedule in form of
Bar Chart showing details of all the aforesaid survey activities.
17.0.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
17.1.0 Payment for carrying out Reconnaissance Survey, Detailed Route Survey and Cadastral Survey, as per
the Tender Documents, shall be made on per kilometre basis as per relevant items of Schedule of
Rates.
17.2.0 Payment for Soil Resistivity Survey, Soil Chemical Analysis Survey & Soil Stratification Survey of
ROW shall be made on per kilometre basis. For station locations, unit of measurement shall be

number of locations/ points for which set of readings analyzed as per specification and Schedule of
Rates, which includes data submission in 3 sets and furnishing original reproducible (with three
prints) of graph of soil resistivity etc.
17.3.0 Payment for Data Generation Survey shall be made on Lump sum basis on submission of Final Report
by the Contractor and acceptance of the same by the Owner.
17.4.0 Payment for report submission shall be made on Lump sum basis on submission of Final Report by
the Contractor and acceptance of the same by the Owner.
17.5.0 Payment for Hydrological Data Generation shall be made as per the respective item of SOR, for each
individual river crossing en-route the pipeline.
17.6.0 The schedule of payment shall be as per “Terms of Payment” given hereinafter. Rates shall include all
charges for manpower, transportation, camping, laboratory backup, instruments, material and other
required facilities for satisfactory completion of the job in all respects.
18.0.0 TERMS OF PAYMENT
18.1.0 For Reconnaissance Survey, Detailed Engineering Survey and Population Density Index Survey,
payment shall be made as under:
Sl.
Activity of work completed Payment Schedule
No.
1. On completion of field work and submission Payment @ 60% of rate of the relevant items
of preliminary survey report. of SOR.
2. On acceptance of the Final Survey Report Balance 40% of rate of relevant items of
SOR.
18.2.0 For Reconnaissance Survey, payment shall be made only for the FINAL (SINGLE) route selected and
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for the New/ Independent ROW portion.
18.3.0 For Soil Resistivity Survey, Soil Chemical Analysis Survey, Soil Stratification Survey and Data
Generation Survey, payment shall be made based as per progress of work, as under:
Sl.
No.
1. On completion of field work and submission Payment @ 75% of rate of the relevant items
of preliminary report. of SOR.
2. On submission of the Final report/ Graph/ Balance 25% of rate of relevant items of
reproducible in required sets. SOR.
18.4.0 For Cadastral Survey, payment shall be made based on the progress of work, as under:
Sl.
No.
1. Collection of village maps, its record storage 40% of relevant item rate in SOR
and carrying out Cadastral Survey of the route

Sl.
No.
2. Plotting route on village maps, collection of 30% of relevant item rate in SOR
Jamabandi & interim mutations.
3. Preparation of field book, area calculation, 30% of relevant item rate in SOR
preparation of schedule and computerized
data base and all balance activities as per
scope of work
18.5.0 For items like Data Generation Survey, Hydrological Data Generation Report, Technical Report
(Final) submission, 100% payment shall be released on submission of report including acceptance of
the report by the Owner. For Group-B, where work is to be carried out in Rajasthan & Haryana
State, the Lumpsum item for Data Generation Survey and Technical Report (Final) shall be
considered collectively for both the states and 100% payment shall be released on submission of
consolidated report for both states including acceptance of the report by the Owner. State-wise
payment shall not be made for this items under Group-B.
18.6.0 Payment of RCC pillars shall be made for the quantities executed as per relevant SOR item.
18.7.0 All Running Account bills shall be subject to deductions towards ‘’Retention Money’’ (as per relevant
provisions of GCC) and income tax at source and any other tax or levies as applicable. Retention
money shall be refunded along with the final bill.
19.0.0 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
19.1.0 The Owner shall be engaging at the work site(s) other Contractor(s) or Agency(ies) to carry out works
relating to geological survey performance of which is contingent on and/or dependent and/or the
Contractor’s work is dependent on and/or contingent upon the performance of work by other
Contractors or agencies and therefore the Contractor shall cooperate with the other Contractor or
agencies engaged at the work sites to ensure harmonious working between the Contractor and the
Owner and the Contractors or Agencies involved and shall comply with any instruction issued by the
Engineer-in-Charge and/or Site Engineer for this purpose.
19.2.0 The Contractor shall take into account the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the
constraints, restraints and other requirements/sequence of works and prepare the progress schedule for
the work. Weekly or monthly work programmes may be drawn up by the Engineer-in-Charge/Site
Engineer taking into account the availability of work fronts and the requirements of other Contractor
or agencies involved in the work site(s) and the Contractor shall abide by the weekly or monthly work
programme so drawn up.
19.3.0 In the event of failure, on the part of the Contractor, to adhere to the weekly or monthly work
programme drawn up by the Site Engineer/Engineer-in-Charge, the provisions of the Clause 7.0 of
General Conditions of Contract shall apply. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to whether a
failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with the weekly or monthly work programmes drawn
up has occurred or not shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
19.4.0 Any delay caused due to non-availability of work fronts (including delayed availability of work front
where ever applicable) and/or due to the requirements of other Contractor and/or agencies engaged at
the work site(s), shall not entitle the Contractor to any extra payments/ claims, whatsoever. Only
suitable extension of time, for completion of work shall be granted, provided the reasons for delay are
not attributable to the Contractor.

20.0.0 SAFETY, FIRE & SECURITY REGULATIONS

20.1.0 In addition to the provisions of Clause 10.0.0 of General Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall
take all reasonable precautions to avoid pollution or contamination of the air, land or water arising out
of the performance of the work. Should there be a discharge or escape of appreciable quantity of
pollutants or contaminants during performance of its obligations under this Contract which occurs as a
result of activities of Contractor or its sub-Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately take all action
necessary to contain, control, recover or disperse the substance and to eliminate the safety and
environmental risks and correct the damage resulting there from.
20.2.0 Penalties for Violation/ Non-Adherence of Safety Procedures and Practices:
With a view to improve the safety aspects of execution of the job based on the job requirements
following penalties will be imposed for violation/non-adherence of safety procedures:
Sl.
Nature of Violation Penalty
No.
a) For non-use of PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) Rs. 1000/- per occasion
b) Working without clearance Rs. 5000/- per occasion
c) Violation of applicable safety, health and environment Rs. 5000/- per occasion
related norms
d)* Violation of applicable safety, health and environment

related norms resulting in:
i) Any physical injury 0.5% of the contract value

(maximum of Rs. 2 lakh)
per injury + Rs. 5000/-
ii) Fatal accident 1% of the contract value

(maximum of Rs. 10 lakh)
per fatality + Rs. 5000/-
e) Hot work without proper Clearance / permit Rs. 10000/- per occasion
f) Non-Display of name board / Permit etc. Rs. 500/- per occasion
g) Non fencing of excavated area in operating station Rs. 1000/- per occasion
h) Non-protection of deep excavation by way of shoring and Rs. 10000/- per occasion
strutting.
i) Over speeding of jeep / bus etc. in operating station Rs. 1000/- per occasion
j) Inadequate or non-availability of First Aid Box Rs. 500/- per occasion
*Aforesaid penalty clause is over and above, the applicable statutory requirements.
In case of accidents depending on the seriousness of injury etc. in addition to the hospitalization/
Treatment charges and PART insurance amount, compensation shall be paid by the Contractor to the

affected person/ his family members in presence of the Engineer-in-Charge as per Workmen
Compensation Act.
20.3.0 Safety practices while working at height:
In line with the OISD guidelines on “Safety practices during construction” (OISD-GDN-192), the
Contractor shall ensure that additional safety measures like providing Fall Arrestor type safety belt,
safety net for all activities being done in line with tender requirements at a height of 2.5 meters and
more depending upon the site conditions and job requirements.
21.0.0 SAFETY & POLLUTION CONTROL
21.1.0 In addition to the provisions of Clause 10.0.0 of General Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall
take all reasonable precautions to avoid pollution or contamination of the air, land or water arising out
of the performance of the work. Should there be a discharge or escape of appreciable quantity of
pollutants or contaminants during performance of its obligations under this Contract which occurs as a
result of activities of Contractor or its sub-Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately take all action
necessary to contain, control, recover or disperse the substance and to eliminate the safety and
environmental risks and correct the damage resulting therefrom.

CHAPTER - IIIB
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
[SECTION-B – COMMERCIAL]
Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
CHAPTER-III - SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

[SECTION – B- COMMERCIAL]
INDEX
1.0.0 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 2

2.0.0 INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................. 3
3.0.0 FORCE MAJEURE ..................................................................................................................... 5
4.0.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES ............................................................................................................. 5
5.0.0 PRICE ESCALATION ................................................................................................................ 5
6.0.0 TAXES & DUTIES ..................................................................................................................... 5
7.0.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ................................................................................................. 10
8.0.0 PERSONAL ACTS AND LIABILITIES .................................................................................. 10
10.0.0 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA NOT LIABLE ............................................................................. 11
11.0.0 PATENT INDEMNIFICATION ............................................................................................... 11
12.0.0 PROHIBITION OF ENGAGEMENT OF CHILD LABOUR ................................................. 11
13.0.0 GUIDELINES FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT ............................................................................. 11
14.0.0 RESTRICTION OF VISITORS ................................................................................................ 12
15.0.0 LABOUR LAWS AND REGULATIONS ................................................................................ 12
16.0.0 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................................... 13
17.0.0 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES: ..................................................................... 13
18.0.0 DAMAGE TO PROPERTIES: .................................................................................................. 13
19.0.0 CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION ............................................................................ 14
20.0.0 MOBILIZATION ADVANCE .................................................................................................. 14
21.0.0 SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO GCC CLAUSES ........................................................................ 14
22.0.0 CORRECTION IN GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) ............................... 15
23.0.0 AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ....................................... 15
25.0.0 INCENTIVE FOR COMPLETION BEFORE SCHEDULE TIME .......................................... 20
Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024 Page 1 of 20

Special Conditions of Contract [Section-B- Commercial]
Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
CHAPTER – III SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
[SECTION-B - COMMERCIAL]
1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall be read in conjunction with the General Conditions of
Contract (GCC), specifications of work, drawings and other documents forming part of this
contract wherever the context so requires.
1.2.0 Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate parts and volumes, every
part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and complementary of every other part and
shall be read with and into the contract in so far as it may be practicable to do so.
1.3.0 Where any provision of the GCC is repugnant to or at variance with any provision of the SCC,
then the provision of the SCC shall be deemed to override the provisions of the GCC and shall, to
the extent of such repugnance or variations, prevail.
1.4.0 Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the Contractor shall perform certain works or
provide certain facilities, it is understood that the Contractor shall do so at his own cost, being
deemed to be part of the relevant item in the Schedule of Rates (SOR) whether expressly stated or
not.
1.5.0 The material, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant codes and the specifications
contained herein or referred to in the bid documents where the specifications stipulate
requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and specification, these
additional requirements shall also be satisfied.
1.6.0 “Clause 9.3.0.0 stands added to the Chapter 9 of the General Conditions of Contract as herein
below:
9.3.0.0 CONCILIATION
9.3.1.0 At any time prior to or during arbitration of any arbitrable dispute(s) pursuant to Clause
9.0.1.0, the CONTRACTOR may seek resort to the Conciliation Machinery under the
Indian Oil Conciliation Rules, 2014 as amended and/or re-enacted from time to time. The
proposal for conciliation shall be made to the General Manager
9.3.2.0 The said Rules are available on the OWNER's website.
1.7.0 In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the
provisions of commercial contract(s) between Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs)/ Port
Trusts inter se and also between CPSEs and Government Departments/Organizations (excluding
disputes concerning Railways, Income Tax, Customs & Excise Departments), such dispute or
difference shall be taken up by either party for resolution through AMRCD as mentioned in DPE
OM No. 4(1)/2013-DPE(GM)/FTS-1835 dated 22-05-2018".
1.8.0 “A bill management/tracking mechanism has been devised at Owner’s end in form of a portal
namely “BILL TRACKING SYSTEM FOR VENDORS” available at
“https://associates.indianoil.co.in/Vendor/” whereby Contractor has to enter the requisite details
of its bills/invoices, raised in terms of the contract, enabling him to track the status of the same.
No bill/invoice shall be processed by the OWNER without entry of that bill/invoice in Bill
Tracking System by the Contractor.
Any bill/invoice shall only be considered to be received by the Owner on the date when the
bill/invoice is duly entered in Bill Tracking System and the original invoice is received by the
Owner, whichever is later.
All terms and conditions of payment, as provided under the contract, remain unamended.”

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
1.9.0 In consonance with the provisions of clause 5.5.3.0 of General Conditions of Contract, only a
completion certificate duly issued by Engineer In charge shall be considered to be a valid
completion certificate under the contract. Any completion certificate, communication or the like
purported to be read as a completion certificate issued by any authority/person/official other than
the Engineer In charge shall be invalid and void for all intents and purposes whatsoever.”
2.0.0 INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

2.1.0 Notwithstanding anything contained in clause 8.5.0.0 of GCC, Contractor shall undertake to
provide comprehensive accident insurance coverage in respect of every employee employed by
him for carrying out Owner’s job. Contractor shall satisfy the Owner of the same within the time
prescribed by the Owner but before the actual commencement of the job awarded to him.
2.2.0 In partial modification to clause 3.2.1.0 (m) of GCC the Storage-cum-Erection policy for the
works shall be taken by the Owner. Contractor shall be responsible to provide all the
documents required by the insurance company for full settlement of the claims.
2.3.0 Notwithstanding anything provided in Clause 2.2.0 hereof above, without prejudice to any of the
rights and/or remedies available to the OWNER in any part of the contract, in event of any loss
(es), damage(s) deterioration, misuse, theft or other application or disposal of the equipment or
material(s), supplied by the OWNER before the same is permanently incorporated in the works,
the OWNER shall be entitled to recover any amounts due on account of happening of any of
the event(s) mentioned above from the contractor. However, in the event of any payout to the
OWNER from the insurance company on account of the same event for which the amounts were
recovered from the contractor, the amount so received shall be handed over to the contractor
subject to the maximum the contractor pays to the owner for the said event.
2.4.0 No such Insurance(s), as aforesaid, shall anywise absolve the CONTRACTOR from his full
liabilities hereunder, with the intent that the same shall be held merely by way of additional
security and not by way of substitution of liability. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times be
exclusively responsible for any and all loss(es), damage(s), deterioration, misuse, theft or other
application or disposal of the equipment or material(s), supplied by the OWNER or any of them
contrary to the provisions hereof and shall keep the OWNER indemnified from and against the
same and shall forthwith at his own cost and expense replace any such equipment and material(s)
lost, damaged, deteriorated, misused, stolen, applied and/or disposed as aforesaid, with other
equipment or material of equivalent quality and quantity to the extent that the same is not
covered by any insurance as above, and if covered, payment under the relative policy(ies) is for
any reason not available to the OWNER
2.5.0 Regarding insurance following provisions are further incorporated over & above the provisions of
GCC.
2.6.0 Any loss or damage to the materials or any of them during ocean transportation, pending port/
custom clearance, during inland and port handling, Inland transportation shall be to the account of
Contractor and until then, the Contractor shall be exclusively responsible within the scope of
supplies in respect of materials to make good any damage or loss in the materials.
2.7.0 Owner shall raise the insurance claim in case of damage to the materials upon receipt at site and
all supporting documents for such claims shall be handed over by the Contractor to the Owner
immediately. Contractor shall provide all assistance for such a claim.
2.8.0 The contractor shall bear the entire cost of arranging all documents/ information, facilitating
inspection/ discussions by the officials / surveyors deputed by the Insurer. The contractor shall
make all efforts to get settlement of claim at the earliest and no time extension for completion of
work will be given for delay on this account.
2.9.0 The cost of Normal Excess (deductible) and depreciation (if any) applicable in the settlement of
insurance claims will be borne by the Contractor. The deductibles applicable on the policy are
as follows:-
Normal Period 5 % of the claim amount subject to a minimum of Rs. 4.50 lakh

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
Testing Period 5 % of the claim amount subject to a minimum of Rs. 75 lakh

AOG Peril / Major 10 % of the claim amount subject to a minimum of Rs. 75 lakh
Peril
Fire / explosion Same as Normal/ Testing period excess, as the case may be
Terrorism Rs.2.50 crore
2.10.0 Contractor shall be liable solely to adhere to the requirements of the insurer for settlement of
claims without prejudice to the rights of owner/ Insurer. During claim following steps, which are
not exhaustive, are required to be taken care by Contractor.
➢ Timely information for conducting survey.
➢ Protecting the rights of insurer while issuing acknowledgements.
➢ Lodging of monetary claims in time and furnishing of requisite documents to surveyors/
insurer.
➢ Taking necessary precautions so that the loss/ damage is not aggravated further.
➢ Damaged goods to be protected fully
2.11.0 Any money received by the Owner under any policy or policies of insurance shall be held by the
Owner for proportionate payment to the contractor in respect of any appropriate repairs
undertaken and/or replacement(s) made by the Contractor, with liberty to the Owner, should the
Contractor fail to undertake in whole or part such repairs and/or replacement(s) and other works
necessary consequent upon the occurrence of any contingency covered by such insurance,
without prejudice to any other rights or remedies available to the Owner in whole or in part
towards repair or restoration or the performance of the necessary work, as the case may be
through any other agency(ies.).
2.12.0 Insurance of all the equipments, machinery, plant, tools & tackles, vessels and any other
equipment brought to site for completion of work and which are not meant for permanent
incorporation in the work shall be to the Contractors account and suitable insurance cover should
be taken on his own.
2.13.0 In addition to documents in terms of Clause 5.5.2.0 of General Conditions of Contract,
Contractor shall submit an indemnity bond (as per Annexure-24) in non-judicial stamp
paper of appropriate value while applying for Completion Certificate in terms of Clause
5.5.2.0 sub clause (ix) of General Conditions of Contract.
2.14.0 In addition to the provision of clause No.8.5.1.0 of GCC, the contractor shall at his own cost and
initiatives at all times up to the completion of work hereof take out and maintain third party
liability insurance policy for execution of major mainline/HDD crossing works across/along
railways and irrigation canals. This insurance shall cover all the immovable property of utilities
under risk while carrying out the mainline crossing/laying work in the premises/ROW of the
respective authority. The liability cover shall be of not lesser limit than the limits as specified
hereunder
(i) If the total value of these crossing items under the contract exceeds Rs. 5 (five) crore, the
policy shall be for not less than Rs. 50 (fifty) lakhs for each accident. The sum assured shall
not be less than Rs. 1 (one) crore for all accidents; and
(ii) If the total value of these crossing items under the contract does not exceed Rs. 5 (five)
crore, the policy shall be for not less than Rs. 15 (fifteen) lakhs for each accident. The sum
assured shall not be less than Rs. 50 (fifty) lakhs for all accidents
2.15.0 It may be noted that the limits specified above shall operate only as a specification of minimum
limits for insurance purpose, but shall not anywise limit the contractor’s liability in terms of the
clause 8.5.0.0 of GCC and sub-clauses thereunder.

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
3.0.0 FORCE MAJEURE

In partial modification of clause 4.3.8.0 of GCC, Local "Bandh" shall be included in "FORCE
MAJEURE".
4.0.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES

4.1.0 All the items of work mentioned in the schedule of rates and covered by the Contract shall be
carried out as per the drawings, specifications and direction of Engineer-in-Charge and shall
include all labour, materials, tools, tackles, etc. required to complete the job.
4.2.0 The Contractor shall be and remain at all time exclusively responsible to provide all material,
consumables, labour supervision, equipment tools machines, permits, licenses, casements and
facilities and other items and things whatsoever required for or in connection with the work,
included but not limited to those indicated by expression or implication in the Schedule of Rates,
Specification, plans, drawings and/or other Contract documents or howsoever otherwise as shall
be or may from time to time at any time be necessary for or in connection with the work either
for incorporation within the permanent works or in relative to the execution and performance of
the work.
5.0.0 PRICE ESCALATION

The contract price shall be deemed to be firm and valid for the entire duration of the contract till
the completion of work, and shall not be subject to any adjustment due to increase in price of
materials, utilities, taxes, duties etc or any other input for performance of work and the contract
unless specifically mentioned in the SCC (Section A-Technical).
6.0.0 TAXES & DUTIES

6.1.0 The prices inclusive of all taxes & duties (excluding goods and service tax and cess thereon) shall
be firm without any escalation/de-escalation unless specified in the SIT (Section B- Commercial).
Price bid to be submitted strictly as per the format in the price bid. Fulfilment of all the statutory
requirements for supply of materials and services and any other statutory requirement shall be the
exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.
6.2.0 Income Tax/TDS/Withholding Tax

Income Tax along with surcharge of Income Tax as applicable at the prevailing rate on the gross
amount billed shall be deducted from the Contractor's bill as per applicable laws.
Notwithstanding anything contained anywhere in the Tender documents or any intimation, notice,
questionnaire, clarification, correspondence or communication at any time before submission of
Tender, the following clauses shall apply for the purpose of Income tax/TDS/Withholding Tax
described herein below:-
i. The BIDDER shall be exclusively responsible and liable to pay taxes on income comprised
in all or any payments arising out of the Contract; whether payable/paid in India or in any
other jurisdiction & quoted prices shall be inclusive of Income Tax.
ii. All amounts in this Tender for supply of equipment, machinery or any other Supply of
goods made from outside India is not liable for any withholding tax in India because title to
goods are transferred in favour of OWNER outside India. However, in case it is applicable,
all amounts in this Tender for supply shall be gross of withholding tax levied under Indian
Income Tax or Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement. Owner shall deduct the
Withholding Tax payable to Government of India from the total amount payable for such
supplies. All relevant documents for such payment shall be provided to the Owner.
iii. Withholding tax/tax deductible at source is applicable to all payments of Services to be made
to the BIDDER. Withholding/deduction are required to be made at the rates specified in the
Indian Income Tax Act. However, in case of non-resident BIDDERs, lower of the rate of
withholding tax as available in the relevant Double Taxation Avoidance Convention

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
Agreements (DTAA) as notified or amended from time to time as compared to the rate
applicable as per relevant Income Tax Act will be applicable subject to certain specified
documentary compliances. Therefore, it is incumbent upon the BIDDER to decide and
declare whether it intends to take benefits of lower rate of Withholding Tax and commit to
provide necessary documents. As per extant provisions of Income Tax Act and Rules made
there under following documents are mandatory for this purpose (a) Tax Residency
Certificate (TRC) issued by the competent authority of the country of residence of the
BIDDER (b) Form 10F as described in Indian Income Tax Rules, 1962 and (c) PAN No as
per Indian Income Tax Act or a declaration in specified format in lieu of Permanent Account
Number (PAN) (d) No Permanent Establishment Certificate (if applicable).
iv. The Indian Income Tax Act and rules made there under contains provisions permitting
deduction of tax at a lower rate if the BIDDER is able to justify to the Income Tax
Authorities such lower rate of deduction. However, a deduction once made has to be
deposited by the OWNER with the Income Tax Authorities in India and will not be
adjustable by the OWNER. It is therefore in the interest of the BIDDER that prior to release
of any payment due to the BIDDER under the Contract that the BIDDER obtains, from the
relevant Income Tax Authorities in India, a certificate specifying the rate of
deduction/withholding of Income tax at source, failing which, payment to the BIDDER shall
be made by the OWNER after Withholding/deduction at the highest rate as may be
applicable to the non-resident BIDDERs as per Provisions of Income Tax Act, 1961.
6.3.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST)

6.3.1 Bidders to note that rate of GST has been selected as 18% in the BoQ. In case, if Bidder
wants to modify the GST Rates, the same can be done by selecting applicable GST rates
from dropdown menu of Cell No. AY13 of the BoQ. It may be noted that the total quoted
price inclusive of GST shall be displayed in the BoQ at designated cell after considering the
selected GST rate and excess/Less/At par percentage with respect to estimate as entered by
bidder in BoQ.
6.3.2 Bidders to note that their bids will be evaluated based on the landed cost including GST. The
bidder shall also mention rate of GST in column 4 of the attachment to this Annexure-10, which
shall be same as quoted/selected by them in BoQ. In case of any mismatch between Annexure-10
and BoQ, the rate quoted/selected in the BoQ at cell AY13 shall be considered final. Also if GST
rate is not quoted/selected in BoQ, then quoted rate by bidder displayed in BoQ1 at cell against
‘quoted rates in figures’ and AY column shall be considered inclusive of GST.
BOQ Item Nos. HSN/SAC Code Item as per SOR / BOQ Rate of GST
Quoted/selected in the
price bid/BoQ
1 2 3 4
Group-1 All items of SOR/BoQ
All Items
Group-2 All items of SOR/BoQ
All Items
The above format is to be submitted with the techno-commercial bid as per Annexure – 10
(Commercial).
Note: Rate of GST and SAC for complete composite work (comprising of supply, service and
composite items) shall be specified in the separate Annexure 10 in the Technical bid.
Notes:

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
1) Bidders are requested to ascertain the applicable effective rate of GST applicable on the quoted
price on this job.
2) In case a supply/service is covered under RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism, then evaluation will
be done by considering GST rates as mentioned above.
3) Bidder to consider “Input Tax Credit” available to them under GST, and quote the prices
accordingly.
4) Bidders hereby confirm that they have taken note of Anti- profiteering measure clause (Sec 171
of CGST) wherein it is stated that any reduction in rate of tax on any supply of goods and
services or the benefit of input tax credit shall be passed on to the recipient by way of
commensurate reduction in prices, and they have quoted accordingly.
5) Bidder will be required to raise invoice indicating the GST amount separately as the Owner
intends to avail Input Tax Credit under GST. The invoice should be GST Compliant
6.3.3 Bidders to note that prices quoted for the subject work shall be exclusive of the applicable goods
and services tax and their offer shall be evaluated in regard to their declaration of goods and
services tax rate quoted by the bidder in column 4.
6.3.3.1 Goods and Services tax rates as quoted by the bidder shall be considered for evaluation of the
bids.
Payment of Goods & Service Tax will be made in accordance with invoice(s) raised by the
contractor, limited to the rate considered during evaluation, as above.
6.3.3.2 As mentioned at clause 6.3.3 above, the quoted prices shall be exclusive of goods and services
tax. However, if a bidder is found to have quoted prices inclusive of goods and services tax in the
techno commercial bid, the Owner reserves its right to bifurcate the quoted prices into basic price
and goods and services tax based on goods and services tax rate quoted by the bidder in column 4.
6.3.4 Statutory variation on Goods and Service Tax (as payable to the bidder) as applicable for the
category/service shall be to Owner’s account up to the contractual completion period. Any
statutory variation in goods and service tax after expiry of the contractual completion period shall
be to the contractor’s account. Contractual completion period mentioned above is TIME
SCHEDULE indicated in letter of Acceptance which will be inclusive of time extension, if any,
granted by the OWNER in terms of Clause 4.3.5.0 and/or 4.3.6.0 of GCC without imposition of
any price discount under clause 4.4.0.0 of GCC. Similarly, in case of any reduction in the rate(s)
of the ‘said taxes’ between last date of submission of Price bid relevant to the Contract and the
date of execution of activities under the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall pass on the benefit of
such reduction to the OWNER.
6.3.5 The goods and service tax payable by the OWNER to the contractor shall be limited to the
rate(s) considered during evaluation as per clause No.6.3.3 and its sub-clauses above (except for
condition mentioned in clause No.6.3.4) irrespective of the amount payable by the Contractor
towards goods and service tax to Statutory Authorities
6.3.6 Bidders are required to submit copies of Goods and services Tax Registration pertaining to the
State of its operation along with the techno-commercial bid as per Annexure-11. GST laws
include CGST, SGST, UTGST, IGST & compensation cess laws
6.3.7 Bidders have to be registered under applicable Goods and services tax Clause. Bidders are to give
an undertaking to comply with all Goods and services Tax clauses as soon as they become
applicable to the bidders. In case the bid involves inter-state supply of goods or services , bidder
has to be registered under the Goods and services tax laws. In such cases bidder has to submit his
Goods and services Tax registration number at the time of entering into the Contract. Bidder has
to give undertaking that he will get registered under Goods and services Tax as soon as it
becomes applicable to him.

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
Bidder is requested to acquaint themselves about Goods and services Tax Law and other tax
provisions before bidding. Bidders are advised to quote the rate considering "input tax credit"
available to bidder under Goods and services Tax.
6.3.8 Under Goods and services Tax the bidder shall be responsible for timely updating of tax details in
the GSTIN so as to enable the owner to avail input tax credit. The bidder also shall inter alia
comply with all requirements pertaining to "Input tax credit" provided under applicable Goods
and services Tax Acts. In the eventuality that the owner fails to avail "Input tax credit" due to
mismatch on account of the vendor or owing to any reason whatsoever on account of default of
the vendor, Owner, without prejudice to clause 8.15.0.0 of General Conditions of Contract and
in addition to the same, reserves the right to recover the shortfall/under recovery from the bills
and/or Security Deposit (including recourse to Bank Guarantee (s)) of the vendor.
6.3.9 Bidders to take note of Anti profiteering measure clause in Goods and Services Tax (Section 171)
wherein it is stated that any reduction in rate of tax on any supply of goods and services or the
benefit of input tax credit shall be passed on to the recipient by way of commensurate reduction
in prices."
6.3.10 The vendor will be under the obligation for invoicing correct rate of tax/duties as prescribed
under the Goods and services Tax law to IHB Private Limited, and pass on the benefits, of Goods
and services Tax including input tax credit, in line with sec 171 of Goods and services Tax Act.
6.3.11 Tax Invoice to be submitted by the bidder in compliance with the prevailing tax laws at the time
of execution/delivery. No other invoice will be accepted as Owner intends to avail Input
Tax/Cenvat Credit. Separate invoice main line item wise of the LOA shall be submitted in
consultation with EIC for ease in availing of Input Tax Credit by the OWNER. Any invoice
issued on introduction of Goods and services Tax Law shall contain the following particulars-
(a) Name, address and Goods and services TaxIN of the supplier;
(b) A consecutive serial number of the invoice;
(c) Date of issue;
(d) Name, address and Goods and services TaxIN or UIN, if registered of the recipient;
(e) Name and address of the recipient and the address of the delivery, along with the State and its
code,
(f) HSN code of goods or Accounting Code of services;
(g) Description of goods or services;
(h) Quantity in case of goods and unit or Unique Quantity Code thereof;
(i) Total value of supply of goods or services or both;
(j) Taxable value of supply of goods or services or both taking into account discount or
abatement if any;
(k) Rate of tax (Central Tax, State Tax, Integrated Tax (for inter-state supply), Union Territory
Tax or cess);
(l) Amount of tax charged in respect of taxable goods or services (Central Tax, State Tax,
Integrated Tax (for inter-state supply), Union Territory Tax or cess);
(m) Place of supply along with the name of State, in case of supply in the course of inter-state
trade or commerce;
(n) Address of the delivery where the same is different from the place of supply;
(o) Whether the tax is payable on Reverse Charge basis and

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
(p) Signature or digital signature of the supplier or his authorized representative.

6.3.12 Goods and services Tax invoice shall be prepared in triplicate, in case of supply of goods, and
duplicate in case of supply of service in the following manner-
(a) The original copy being marked as ORIGINAL FOR RECIPIENT;
(b) The duplicate copy being marked as DUPLICATE FOR TRANSPORTER and
(c) The triplicate copy being marked as TRIPLICATE FOR SUPPLIER.
(d) For supply of service duplicate copy being marked as DUPLICATE FOR SUPPLIER.
6.3.13 In case of any advance given against any supplies contract, the supplier of the goods shall issue
Receipt Voucher containing the following particulars-
(a) Name, address and Goods and services TaxIN of the supplier;
(b) Serial number of the voucher;
(c) Date of its issue;
(d) Name, address and Goods and services TaxIN or UIN if registered of the recipient;
(e) Description of goods;
(f) Amount of advance taken;
(g) Rate of tax (Central Tax, State Tax, Integrated Tax (for inter-state supply), Union Territory
Tax or cess);
(h) Amount of tax charged in respect of taxable goods or services (Central Tax, State Tax,
Integrated Tax (for inter-state supply), Union Territory Tax or cess);
(i) Place of supply along with the name of State and its code, in case of supply in the course of
inter-state trade or commerce;
(j) Whether the tax is payable on Reverse Charge basis and
(k) Signature or digital signature of the supplier or his authorized representative.
6.3.14 In case of Price Adjustment for delay in Completion applicable as per GCC Clause 4.4.0.0, the
Contractor shall issue a Credit Note for the Price Reduction amount containing all the details
stated in SCC (Commercial) clause 6.3.12 (a) to (p), for lower incidence of GST.
6.3.15 In case of non-submission of credit note by the vendor, IHB Private Limited reserve the right to
raise invoice for recovery/ adjustment of the Price discount/ risk & cost recovery / Liquidated
Damages/ Forfeiture of EMD & SD etc. along with applicable GST.
6.3.16 It’s the obligation on the part of Bidder / Vendor / Contractor / Consultant to discharge his
liability by payment of GST to Government of India in cash OR utilization of Input Tax credit in
respect of such supply of services through GST Invoice under this Contract, so that Owner can
avail Input Tax credit on such supply. In the event that the input tax credit of the GST charged by
the Bidder / Vendor / Contractor / Consultant is denied by the tax authorities to OWNER due to
delay by Bidder / Vendor / Contractor / Consultant, in issue of Invoice, Debit Notes or Credit
notes, filing of Return of Outward Supplies, payment of taxes or filing of any other Returns as
required under GST Laws and Rules, or timely corrections, rectification or modification in the
detail of Return of Outward Supplies or any other Returns, etc. Owner shall be entitled to recover
such amount from the Bidder / Vendor / Contractor / Consultant by way of adjustment from the
next invoice or from Bank Guarantee. In addition to the amount of GST, Owner shall also be
entitled to recover interest and penalty, in case same is imposed by the tax authorities on Owner.
6.4.0 Customs duty on construction equipment

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
6.4.1 Contractor is liable to pay all customs duty, as applicable on the equipment brought to India for
executing the works.
6.4.2 The Contractor shall be fully liable for observing all the formalities in this regard as well as to pay
the customs duty chargeable on the equipment, including any deposit payable for such purposes.
No adjustment in the quoted rates shall be permissible for any change in duty draw-back
applicable in respect of equipment and machinery brought to India for use in the project and for
re-export of equipment & machinery, on completion of the project.
6.5.0 Import Licence
The Contractor shall arrange import of all materials required for permanent incorporation in the
works as well as construction equipment as per the guidelines laid down by the Government of
India. Import license shall not be provided by Owner.
7.0.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

7.1.0 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents, neither the OWNER nor
the CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the other for loss of production, loss of profit or other
indirect or consequential loss or idleness or extended stay or any like damage which may be
suffered by such other party in connection with the Contract, whether arising out of any delay or
breach or otherwise.
7.2.0 Excluding the liabilities specified below, the aggregate liability of the CONTARCTOR under or
in connection with respect to any breach or delay or defect, deficiency or other infraction under
the Contract will not exceed an amount equivalent to the total Contract Value. The excluded
liabilities clauses of GCC are:
i) Liabilities under Clause 3.2.0.0 of GCC (Materials and Equipment supplied by the
OWNER);
ii) Liabilities under Clause 3.4.0.0. of GCC (For power provided by the OWNER);
iii) Liabilities under Clause 3.5.0.0 of GCC (For water provided by the OWNER);
iv) Liabilities under Clause 3.6.0.0. of GCC (For land provided by the OWNER);
v) Liabilities under Clause 3.9.0.0. of GCC (For labour, machinery and equipment provided
by the OWNER);
vi) Liabilities under Clause 3.10.1.0 of GCC (For government controlled materials for which
the OWNER is liable);
vii) Liabilities for recoverable advances and interest thereon; and
viii) Liabilities arising out of fraud, wilful misconduct or reckless negligence
8.0.0 PERSONAL ACTS AND LIABILITIES

8.1.0 Any money paid to any director, attorney, agent, officer or employee of the Contractor and any
receipt, settlement, acknowledgement of liability or other arrangement, agreement or document
whatsoever signed by any such director, attorney, agent, officer, or employee of the Contractor
or erstwhile director, attorney, agent, officer or employee of the Contractor (without notice of
his cessation of interest) or by any person held out to be a director, attorney, agent, officer or
employee of the Contractor authorized to act on behalf of and/or to bind the Contractor, be
binding upon the Contractor and shall constitute a full release and discharge to the Owner and/or
settlement, acknowledgement or obligation of, upon or with the Contractor, as the case may be,
and the Owner shall not be concerned with the actual application of any money so paid or of the
actual authority of such director, attorney, agent, officer or employee (actual, erstwhile or
purported as the case may be) vis-à-vis the company to make the settlement, receipt,
acknowledgement, agreement or other document concerned.

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
9.0.0 Deleted.
10.0.0 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA NOT LIABLE

9.1.0 It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the
Owner is entering into this agreement solely on its own behalf and not on behalf of any other
person or entity. In particular, it is expressly understood and agreed that the Government of India
is not a party to this agreement and has no liabilities, obligations or rights thereunder. It is
expressly understood and agreed that the Owner is an independent legal entity with power and
authority to enter into contracts, solely in its own behalf under the applicable laws of India and
general principles of Contract law. The Contractor expressly agrees, acknowledges and
understands that the Owner is not an agent, representative or delegate of the Government of India.
It is further understood and agreed that the Government of India is not and shall not be liable for
any acts, omissions, and commissions, breaches or other wrongs arising out of the Contract.
11.0.0 PATENT INDEMNIFICATION

10.1.0 Further to General Conditions of Contract clause no. 8.8.0.0, Contractor shall indemnify the
Owner against all losses, costs, damages and expenses arising from any claim asserted against
Owner that the work or part thereof, or any methods, designs or things furnished or specified by
Contractor or any sub-Contractor or supplier under this Contract, or any use thereof in the
reasonable contemplation of the parties at the time furnished, or any methods, processes or acts
employed by Contractor in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder
constitutes an infringement of any patent, trade secret, proprietary information, know-how
copyright (statutory or non-statutory), un-patented invention or any unauthorised use of the work
of others.
12.0.0 PROHIBITION OF ENGAGEMENT OF CHILD LABOUR

11.1.0 The contractor shall state that they are not engaging child labour as per various labour laws
applicable to them. Making a fake claim would have its contract terminated forthwith, if
detected later. It is mandatory for the Contractor to submit an undertaking as per attached
Performa (Annexure-21) for Non-engagement of child labour.
13.0.0 GUIDELINES FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT

12.1.0 ISD/ SD of value less than Rs. 1,00,000.00 shall be paid online as per remittance details
mentioned in Clause no. 5.6.0 of Special Instruction to Tenderer [Section-B (Commercial)].
12.2.0 In partial modification to clause 2.1.1.2 c) and clause 2.1.1.3 of GCC, a Bank Guarantee (BG)
may be accepted by the Owner towards ISD/SD provided the amount of such BG is not less than
Indian Rupees 100,000.00 (Indian Rupees One Lakh).
13.2.1 Selection of Banks for Bank Guarantees:
(a) A BG upto Rs. 2 crore can be accepted if it is issued by an Indian Branch of any Scheduled
Bank appearing in the Second Schedule to the RBI Act, 1934;
(b) A BG of above Rs. 2 crore can be accepted if it is issued by an Indian Branch of
i. Any Nationalized/PSU Bank appearing in the Second schedule to the RBI Act, 1934
OR
ii. Any scheduled bank (other than a Nationalized Bank/PSU Bank) having at least
Desired Credit Rating at the time of acceptance of BG
Desired Credit Rating is defined as under:
Bank If the tenure of BG is If the tenure of BG is up
more than 1 year, credit to 1 year, credit rating of
rating of

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
In case of foreign ‘A’ of Moody’s or ‘P-1’ of Moody’s or

banks equivalent equivalent i.e. highest short
term rating
In case of Indian ‘ÁA’ of CRISIL or ‘Á1+’ of CRISIL or
Banks equivalent equivalent i.e. highest short
term rating
(c) Apart from above, the BG, irrespective of its amount, issued by any other bank including but
not limited to non-scheduled bank, foreign branches of scheduled banks and foreign branches
of foreign banks can be accepted provided such BG is confirmed/ counter guaranteed by any
Bank mentioned at (b) above.
(d) In case of acceptance of BG issued or confirmed / counter guaranteed by a Bank mentioned at
para (b) ii, if the credit rating of such Bank falls below the Desired Credit Rating during the
validity period of BG, the bidder/contractor shall either submit a fresh BG or get the existing
BG confirmed / counter guaranteed, at its own cost, through a bank mentioned above at (b)
[having at least Desired Credit Rating, if applicable].
13.2.2 Contractor shall ensure that the text of bank guarantee submitted shall match the format
for BG in lieu of SECURITY DEPOSIT/INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT as given in
Annexure-9 verbatim including all comma/ full stops. In case of a deviation/variation,
necessary amendment shall be sought from the bidder/ their bankers.
13.2.3 Clause 13.2.2 shall also apply to all Bank Guarantees submitted by the contractor including but
not limited to Bank Guarantee to cover Lump sum Advance (Mobilisation), Bank Guarantee for
Lump sum Advance, Composite Bank Guarantee for Advance and Security Deposit, Bank
Guarantee for imported raw material and Bank Guarantee against delayed delivery discount, if
any.
13.2.4 Bidder to ensure that IFSC code and Swift code of IOCL’s designated SBI Branch as mentioned
in the LoA is submitted to the bidder’s bank while opening the SD/ISD/ Advance BG, so that BG
confirmation is transmitted through SWIFT message to IOCL’s designated bank under SFMS
system.
14.0.0 RESTRICTION OF VISITORS

The Contractor shall not allow any visitors on the work or premises of the sites without approval
of the Engineer-in-Charge and/or Site Engineer.
15.0.0 LABOUR LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Before starting of work, the Contractor shall obtain a licence from concerned authorities under the
Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act, 1970, and furnish a copy of the same to the
Engineer-in-Charge.
15.1.0 LABOUR LICENCE

Before starting of work, the Contractor shall obtain a licence from concerned authorities under the
Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act, 1970, and furnish a copy of the same to the
Engineer-in-Charge.
15.2.0 In addition to compliance of Labour Laws and Regulations stipulated in clause 8.3.0.0 of General
Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall also comply with the following :
a. The Contractor shall also comply with the provisions of Building and Other Construction
Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996[BOCW (RE&CS)
Act 1996] and Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996 and all
rules, regulations, notifications issued thereunder as amended from time to time including
provisions of registration of establishment of contractor hours of work, welfare measures and

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
other conditions of service of building workers, safety and health measures etc., wherever
applicable.
b. An amount of cess as per prevalent rate (presently @1% of the cost of construction incurred
by the Contractor) shall be recovered from the bills of the Contractor as per Building and
Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996 and the rules thereunder as amended
from time to time for depositing the same before appropriate authority. IOCL shall not
deduct and pay cess ,in case Contractor has already paid the cess for the works executed and
submitted proof of payment. However, primary responsibility of recovery and payment of
cess lies with IOCL.
c. All the terms and conditions pertaining to compliance of labour laws contained in the GCC
shall also be applicable mutatis mutandis to the BOCW (RE&CS) Act, 1996 and Building
and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996 and the rules thereunder.
d. The above conditions will be applicable to all the Contractors performing “building or other
construction work” as defined under BOCW (RE&CS) Act, 1996 subject to other provisions
of the Act.
15.3.0 Every worker engaged by the Contractor should be enrolled under the following scheme:
i. Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojna (PMJJBY)
ii. Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojna (PMSBY)
Under the two schemes, applicable annual premium amount (presently Rs. 342/- per person) shall
be considered by the prospective bidder while submitting the price bid. Proof of payment towards
the above two scheme shall be submitted by the Contactor to EIC for verification of the same
from time to time.
16.0.0 DEFINITIONS
“Act” shall mean the Petroleum and Minerals Pipeline (Acquisition of Right of User in Land)
Act, 1962; Amendment Act, 1977 or any amendment/ re-enactment/ replacement thereof for the
time being in force and any rules, orders, instructions and/or specifications issued thereunder.
All headings of the clauses in these conditions of contract or otherwise in any contract document
are intended solely for the purpose of giving a broad indication of the contents of the clause and
not as a summary of the contents thereof.
“Bid” and “Bidder” shall have the same meaning as “Tender” and “Tenderer” respectively, as
defined in GCC
17.0.0 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES:
The work shall be carried out in such a manner that the work of other agencies operating at site is
not hampered due to any action of the contractor. The contractor will be responsible for ensuring
proper coordination with other agencies. In the event of any dispute between the contractor and
any other agency employed at or about the job site arising out of or related to the performance of
the work, the decision of the Engineer-In- Charge shall be the final and binding on the contractor.
18.0.0 DAMAGE TO PROPERTIES:
The contractor shall be fully responsible for making good or making necessary payment for any
loss or damage caused by any structures , properties etc. belonging to the owner if such loss of
damage is due to the fault and / or sub contractor’s to the entire satisfaction of the owner whose
assessment shall be final and bring on the contractor.
The contractor shall indemnify and make the owner harmless of all claims or damage to the
property other than owner’s property arising under or by reason of disagreement if such claims
results from the fault and /or negligence of willful act or omissions of the contractor or his
employees , agents, representatives or sub-contractors.

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
19.0.0 CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION

All information obtained by Contractor in the conduct of operations and the information/ maps
provided by the Company to the Contractor shall be considered confidential and shall not be
divulged by Contractor or its employees to anyone other than the Company’s personnel. This
obligation of Contractor shall be in force even after termination of the Contract.
20.0.0 MOBILIZATION ADVANCE : Not Applicable
21.0.0 SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO GCC CLAUSES

21.1.0 The following document(s) as stated in clause No. 4.8 of Instructions to Tenderers (Page-120) &
Form of Tender (Page 131 & 132) of General Conditions of Contract are not required to be
submitted with the bidder’s offer.
(A) Income Tax Clearance Certificate (in the case of Indian Bidders)
21.2.0 In the form of tender for price bid (page-129 & 130), commercial bid (page 131 & 132) and
Format for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Earnest Money Deposit (page 136-138) of GCC, the
following changes may be incorporated while submitting the bid:
As per GCC To be changed as
Page-129 & 131 (Form of Tender – Price bid/ Form of Tender – Price bid shall be as per
Commercial bid) Annexure-16 of Annexure (Commercial) and
To, Form of tender - Commercial bid shall be as
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. per the Annexure-15 of Annexure
(Refineries/ Pipelines Division) (Commercial)
______ Refinery/ Project)
Page-136 (format for BG in lieu of EMD) Format for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Earnest
To, Money Deposit shall be as per Annexure-8 of
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Annexure (Commercial)
Page-136 (format for BG in lieu of EMD)

In consideration of Indian Oil Corporation Format for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Earnest
limited (Refineries / Pipelines Division) Money Deposit shall be as per Annexure-8 of
Annexure (Commercial)
Page-138 (format for BG in lieu of We
SECURITY DEPOSIT/INITIAL SECURITY (Name of the Bank), a body
DEPOSIT) registered/constituted under the
We (Name of the Bank),a Act, having our
body registered/constituted under Registered Office/Head Office at
the Act, having our
Registered Office/Head Office at (hereinafter called “the Bank” which
(hereinafter called“ the Bank” expression shall include its successors and
which expression shall include its successors assigns), at the request of the Contractor and
and assigns),at the request of the Contractor with the intent to bind the Bank and its
and with the intent to bind the Bank and its successors and assigns, do hereby
successors and assigns, do hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to
unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay to the Corporation at New Delhi forthwith
pay to the Corporation at New Delhi on first demand without protest or demur or
forthwith on first demand without protest or proof or satisfaction and without reference to
demur or proof or satisfaction and without the contractor up to an aggregate limit of
reference to this guarantee upto an aggregate Rs. (Rupees
limit of Rs. (Rupees only).
only).
Page-137 & 139 (format for BG in lieu of Format for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Earnest

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
EMD and ISD/SD) Money Deposit shall be as per Annexure-8 of

Signature : _______
Name & Designation: ______
Name of the Branch : _______ Form of Bank Guarantee in lieu of
SECURITY DEPOSIT/ INITIAL SECURITY
DEPOSIT shall be per Annexure-9 of
22.0.0 CORRECTION IN GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

S. Page Clause No. Correction
No. No.
1. 9 2.1.1.5 In the 2nd line, the words `2.1.1.2 (c) may be read as `2.1.1.2 (b)’.
2. 12 2.2.5.0(ii) In the 5th line, delete the words `not covered by the Schedule of
Rates or lump sum price, as the case may be,’.
3. 14 2.5.3.1 In the 1st line, the word `Providing’ may be read as `Pending’.
4. 22 3.3.2.0 In the 3rd line, the word `whatever’ may be read as `whatsoever’.
5. 23 3.5.2.0 In the 4th line, the words òther OWNER’ may be read as `the
OWNER’.
6. 28 4.0.6.0 In the 4th& 5th lines, the words from ìncluding (but not ……)…” to
`rendering’ may be read as ìncluding (but not limited to), at the
discretion of the OWNER, supervision and testing of the works
being conducted by the CONTRACTOR at the job site and / or for
rendering’.
7. 28 4.0.7.0 In the 2nd / 3rd line, `the words `founded thereon’ may be read as
`founded or dependent thereon’.
8. 31 4.3.6.0 In the 4th line, after the words ìf satisfied’, insert the words òf the
existence of any ground(s) justifying the delay, extend the date for
completion’
9. 34 4.5.2.0 In the 5th line, the words `for the calculating payments’ may be read
as `for calculating the payments’.
10. 36 4.7.4.0 In the 6th line, the words ìtem or work’ may be read as ìtem of
work’.
11. 36 4.7.4.0 In the 12th line, insert the word `to’ between the words
`CONTRACTOR’ and àppoint’.
12. 65 8.6.1.0 In the 1st line, insert the word `by’ between the words ùpon’ and
`the’.
23.0.0 AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

23.1.0 Clause 8.1.0.0 of General Conditions of Contracts regarding taxes have been amended and
amended clauses of GCC shall be read as follows:-
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere provided in these General Conditions of
Contract-
(i) If and prior to the date of Scheduled Mechanical Completion/ completion of the entire work(s)
under the contractor any extension thereof by the Engineer-in-Charge under Clause 4.3.6.0 or by
the OWNER under Clause 4.3.7.0, there is an increase in the rate of any of the following output
taxes applicable to invoices raised on the OWNER, namely, Goods and Services Tax(GST)
relevant to the execution of Contract (in this Clause referred to the "said taxes") between
rate(s)of the said taxes as exist on the last date of submission of the Price Bid relevant to the
Contract and the date of relative invoice (in the Clause referred to as the "additional tax"), the
OWNER shall pay and bear the additional tax. Similarly, if there is any reduction in any of the
said taxes between the said dates, the CONTRACTOR shall pass on the benefit of such reduction
to the OWNER with a view that the OWNER shall be invoiced for and pay the reduced tax.

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida
(ii) If after the date of the last Price Bid of the CONTRACTOR relevant to the Contract and prior to
the date of Scheduled Mechanical Completion/ completion of the entire work(s) under the
contractor any extension thereof by the Engineer-in-Charge under Clause 4.3.6.0 or by the
OWNER under Clause 4.3.7.0, any new output tax is introduced in addition to the taxes than
existing relevant to the execution of the works, on proof of payment by the CONTRACTOR,
the OWNER will reimburse the CONTRACTOR the amount of such new tax paid by the
CONTRACTOR.
(iii) If after the date of the last Price Bid of the CONTRACTOR relevant to the Contract and prior to
the date of Scheduled Mechanical Completion/completion of the entire work(s) under the
contract or any extension thereof by the Engineer-in-Charge under Clause 4.3.6.0 or by the
OW NER under Clause 4.3.7.0, a new output tax is introduced in lieu of an existing
output tax(es) and the rate and impact of the new tax is in excess in aggregate of the
rate and impact of existing tax(es) which it replaces, the OW NER shall on
satisfactory proof reimburse the CONTRACTOR the additional tax paid by the
CONTRACTOR as a result of the imposition of the new tax. If, on the other hand, the rate
and impact of the new tax is less than the aggregate rate and impact of the tax(es) which it
replaces, the CONTRACTOR shall pass on to the OW NER the benefit thereof as determined
by the OW NER (whose decision in this behalf shall be final and binding on the
CONTRACTOR) by reduction in the amounts payable by the OW NER to the
CONTRACTOR.
(iv) IOCL will issue Road Permit/E-way bill to the Contractor only in those cases where materials is
purchased by IOCL directly and the Contractor will be under obligation for proper utilization
for the specific supply. In case of seizure of goods/ vehicle, the Contractor will be wholly
responsible for release and also reimburse the litigation cost to IOCL.
(v) If after the date of the last Price Bid of the CONTRACTOR relevant to the Contract and prior to
the date of Scheduled Mechanical Completion/ completion of the entire work(s) under the
contract or any extension thereof, there is an increase in the rate of output tax (Goods and
Services Tax (GST) etc. or any new output tax is introduced in addition to/in lieu of the exiting
taxes where the total financial implication on account of new output taxes is more and arises
within the contractual completion period, Owner shall reimburse the additional tax burden. In
case beyond the contractual completion period, Owner shall also reimburse the additional tax
burden, if the increase in output taxes or new output taxes is entitled for tax credit to the extent
available to the owner. In other cases, Contractor shall bear the increase in the rates of existing
taxes or any new output tax.
Similarly, if there is any reduction in any of the said taxes, the CONTRACTOR shall pass on the
benefit of such reduction to the OWNER with a view that the OWNER shall be invoiced for and
pay the reduced tax.
23.2.0 AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

S. Section Ref Clau Subject Amendments
No. Page No. se
No.
1. 8 63 of 8.3.1 LABOUR Entire sub clause No.8.3.1.0 to be
Conventional .0 LAWS AND replaced with the following:
GCC and … of REGULA-
LSTK GCC TIONS The CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for strict compliance
of and shall ensure strict
compliance by its sub-contractors,
servants and agents of all laws,
rules or regulations having the

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida

No. Page No. se
No.
force of law affecting the
relationship of employer and
employee between the
CONTRACTOR/sub-contractors
and their respective employees
and/or otherwise concerning
labour, social welfare and
provident fund, pension, bonus,
gratuity and other benefits to
employees. Without prejudice to
the generality of this provision,
the CONTRACTOR shall comply
with and ensure that his sub-
contractors and other agencies
employed by him comply with the
provisions of the Payment of
Wages Act, 1936, Minimum
Wages Act, 1948, Employees
Liability Act 1938, Workmen’s
Compensation Act 1923,
Industrial Disputes Act 1947,
Maternity Benefit Act 1961,
Mines Act 1952, The Child
Labour (Prohibition &
Regulation) Act 1986, Contract
Labour (Abolition & Regulation)
Act 1970, Payment of Bonus Act,
Gratuity Act, Factories Act and
the Employees Act 1952 as
amended from time to time and
all rules, regulations and schemes
framed thereunder from time to
time.
2. 8 63 of 8.3.2 LABOUR Entire sub clause No.8.3.2.0 to be
LSTK GCC TIONS The contractor and sub-
contractor(s) of the
CONTRACTOR shall obtain
from the authority(ies) designated
in this behalf under any applicable
law, rule or regulation (including
but not limited to) the Factories
Act and Labour (Abolition and
Regulation) Act, 1970 (in so far
as applicable) any and all such
licence(s), consent(s),
registration(s) and/or other
authorization(s) as shall from time
to time be or become necessary
for or relative to the execution of
the work or any part or portion

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida

No. Page No. se
No.
thereof or the storage or supply of
any material(s) or otherwise in
connection with the performance
of the Contract and shall at all
times observe and ensure due
observance by the sub-
contractors, servants and agents of
all terms and conditions of the
said licence(s), consent(s)
regulation(s) and other
authorisation(s) and laws, rules
and regulations applicable thereto.
Without prejudice to the
generality of this provision, the
CONTRACTOR shall obtain and
ensure that his sub-contractors
and other agencies employed by
him on the Work, obtained a valid
Licence under the Contract
Labour (Regulation & Abolition)
Act, 1970 and shall duly and
faithfully observe and comply
with the provisions of The Child
Regulation) Act 1986, Contract
Labour (Regulation & Abolition)
Central Rules 1971 and other
Central and State Rules as
amended from time to time and
applicable to the work, and shall
duly, promptly and faithfully
maintain and/or cause to be
maintained all records and
facilities required to be
maintained and/or provided in
terms thereof or any licence
granted thereunder.
3. 8 64 of 8.3.9 LABOUR Entire sub clause no.8.3.9.0 to be
LSTK GCC TIONS The CONTRACTOR shall
indemnify and keep indemnified
the OWNER from and against all
actions, claims, demands and
liabilities whatever under and in
respect of the breach of any of the
provisions hereof and/or against
any claim, action or demand by
any workman/employee of the
CONTRACTOR or any sub-
contractor and/or from any
liability anywise to any sub-

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida

No. Page No. se
No.
contractor under any law, rules or
regulation having the force of law
including (but not limited to)
claims against the OWNER under
the Workmen’s Compensation
Act 1923, the Employees
Provident Funds and
Miscellaneous Provisions Act
1952, the Employee’s State
Insurance Act 1948, the Contract
Labour (Abolition & Regulation)
Act 1970 and/or The Child
Regulation) Act 1986.
4. - 122 of GCC 4.20 INSTRUCTION Sub clause 4.20(c) to be added as:
TO
TENDERERS Each tenderer/bidder shall give a
Declaration in the prescribed
format annexed to the Form of
Tender that he/it/they is/are not
engaging child labour as per the
applicable law in their work and
undertake to comply with all
various legislation, as may be
applicable from time to time in
case the work is awarded to them.
5. - 125 of Addi INSTRUCTION Proforma of Undertaking for Non-

Conventional tion TO engagement of child labour
GCC (New TENDERERS attached as Annexure-21 to this
page) and …. Amendment.
Of LSTK
GCC
6. Past 122 of GCC 4.17 INSTRUCTION Please refer clause 3.7.0 above.
Experie TO
nce TENDERERS
7. 5 Page 47 of 5.6.1 Defect Liability Clause is modified as below:
GCC .0 Period
The Defect Liability Period for
the works (including the
materials incorporated therein
within the CONTRACTOR’s
scope of supply) shall unless
otherwise specified be 12
(twelve) months from the date
of completion/ Mechanical
Completion stated in
Completion Certificate.
8. - Page No 8 of 2.1.0 Security Deposit In partial Modification to clause
GCC .0 (SD) for Security deposit, the security
deposit shall be 3% of Contract
value instead of 10%

Pipelines Division
PLHO, Noida

No. Page No. se
No.
9. - Page No 8 of 2.1.1 Initial Security In partial Modification to clause
GCC .2 Deposit (ISD) for Initial Security deposit, the
initial security deposit shall be 1%
of Contract value instead of 2.5%
23.3.0 INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY CODE: Not applicable
24.0.0. Deleted
25.0.0 INCENTIVE FOR COMPLETION BEFORE SCHEDULE TIME: Not applicable

CHAPTER – IV
ANNEXURES-COMMERCIAL
CHAPTER-IV
COMMERCIAL ANNEXURES
Annexure No. Description

Annexure-A Bid Security Declaration From
Annexure-1 Commercial Master Index
Annexure-2 Tender Forwarding Letter
Annexure-3 Undertaking for acceptance of tender terms & conditions
Annexure-4 Exception and Deviations (Commercial)
Annexure-5 Statement of Credentials
Annexure-8 Proforma for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)
Annexure-9 Proforma for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Initial Security Deposit/ Security Deposit
Annexure-10 GST (Goods & Service Tax) Details
Annexure-11 Confirmation regarding GST
Annexure-12 Deleted
Annexure-13 Declaration of Black Listing/ Holiday Listing
Undertaking on letterhead regarding bidder sharing border with India and for
Annexure-14
tenders involving possibility of subcontractor
Annexure-15 "Form of Tender" for commercial bid
Annexure-16 "Form of Tender" for price bid
Annexure-17 Information regarding the bidder
Annexure-18 Declaration of relationship with directors of IOCL
Annexure-19 Deleted
Annexure-20 Undertaking in support of not being under liquidation
Annexure-21 Undertaking for non–engagement of child labour
Annexure-22 Safety Declaration
Annexure-23 Format for giving consent and bank details
Proforma of Indemnity Bond to be submitted by Contractor along with request for
Annexure-24
issuance of Completion Certificate
Annexure-25 Proforma of No Claim/ No Due Certificate
Annexure-26 Deleted
Annexure-27 Undertaking by bidder for applicability of PPLC policy
Annexure-28 Deleted
Annexure-29 PPLC guidelines of MoPN&G alongwith amendment
Annexure-30 Works Awarded to MSE

Annexure_ Commercial Page 1 of 35
ANNEXURE-1
COMMERCIAL MASTER INDEX
S. LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS (COMMERCIAL) COPY
No. ATTACHED
(PLEASE TICK
 MARK)
1. EMD - As per Clause 5.1.0 of Special Instructions to Tenderers
2. Whether Proof of submission of EMD provided through e-mail at the email ID
mentioned in the detailed NIT so as to reach the tender issuing/ submission authority
on or before the bid submission date. (Refer Detailed NIT and clause 5.1.1 of SIT
(Commercial)
3. Notarized/ Attested copy of Power of Attorney for the Authorized Signatory who is
having valid Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) and participated in e-tendering
4. Please attach copies of Articles of Association, Memorandum of Understanding and
Certificate of Incorporation in case of Limited Company/ Proprietary Firm/
Partnership Firm/JV.
5. Copies of audited balance sheets for last 3 Financial years
6. Copies of Work Order and Completion Certificate, supporting the qualification
criteria (Financial) (as per Clause 7.0.0 of SIT-Commercial)
7. Copy of PF Code No. Certificate
8. Copy of PAN Card issued by Income Tax Authority
9. Tender Forwarding Letter (Annexure-2)
10. Undertaking for acceptance of tender terms & conditions (Annexure-3)
11. Exception and Deviations (Commercial) (Annexure-4)
12. Statement of Credentials(Annexure-5)
13. Concurrent Commitment(Annexure-6)
14. Proforma for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)(Annexure-8)
15. Proforma for Bank Guarantee in lieu of Initial Security Deposit/ Security Deposit
(Annexure-9)
16. GST (Goods & Service Tax) Details(Annexure-10)
17. Confirmation regarding GST(Annexure-11)
18. Declaration of Black Listing/ Holiday Listing(Annexure-13)
19. Proforma of Indemnity Bond to be submitted by Contractor along with request for
issuance of Completion Certificate(Annexure-14)
20. "Form of Tender" for commercial bid (Annexure-15)
21. "Form of Tender" for price bid (Annexure-16)
22. Information regarding the bidder (Annexure-17)
23. Declaration of relationship with directors of IOCL (Annexure-18)
24. Undertaking in support of not being under liquidation (Annexure-20)
25. Undertaking for non–engagement of child labour (Annexure-21)
26. Safety Declaration (Annexure-22)
27. Format for giving consent and bank details (Annexure-23)
28. Undertaking on letterhead regarding bidder sharing border with India and for tenders
involving possibility of subcontractor (Annexure-24)
29. Proforma of No Claim/ No Due Certificate (Annexure-25)
30. Undertaking by bidder for applicability of PPLC policy (Annexure-27)
31. PPLC guidelines of MoPN&G alongwith amendment (Annexure-29)
32. Works Awarded to MSE (Annexure-30)
(Seal & Signature of the tenderer)

Annexure- A
FORMAT OF BID SECURITY DECLARATION FROM BIDDERS IN LIEU OF EMD

(On Bidders letter Head)
I /We, the authorized signatory of M/s ……………………………………………………………………………

participating in the subject Tender No…………………………………………………………….for the job of
……………………………………………………………………………………………, do hereby declare:
(i) that I / we have availed the benefit of waiver of EMD while submitting our offer against the subject Tender
and No EMD being deposited for the said Tender
(ii) that in the event we withdraw / modify our bid during the period of validity OR I/we fail to execute formal
contract agreement within the given timeline OR I/we fail to submit a performance security within the
given timeline OR l/ We commit any other breach of Tender Conditions / Contract which attracts penal
action of forfeiture of EMD and I / we will be suspended from being eligible for bidding / award of all
future contract (s) of IHB Private Limited/Indian Oil Corporation Limited for a period of one year from the
date of committing such breach.
Signature and seal of authorized signatory of bidder

Name of authorized signatory:…………………………………………………..

ANNEXURE-2
TENDER FORWARDING LETTER

(To be filled in by the tendering party in official letter head)
M/s Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.

(Pipelines Division) Indian Oil Bhavan,
A-1 Udyog Marg, Sector-1, NOIDA-201 301 (UP). India.
Ph.: 0120-2448 409
Fax: 0120-2448 025
Name of Work: DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY FOR PROPOSED MUNDRA – PANIPAT

CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
Dear Sir,
We have gone through the complete tender documents including all addendum(s)/corrigendum(s) issued and we are
hereby submitting our TECHNO COMMERCIAL offer for providing “------------------------------------------------------
------------ Project” of M/s IOCL. We have pleasure in making our TECHNO-COMMERCIAL PROPOSAL in
accordance with your BID requirements (except deviation as per Annexure-4) for your consideration.
Moreover we have also undergone through Clause No. 8.0.0 of SIT (Section B Commercial) and hereby declare that
we are submitting our bid as
S. No. Bidding Entity Please put tick mark against ONE box ONLY out of
the following options.
1. Sole Bidder: Individual (Proprietary)/
Partnership/ Limited Company/ An
incorporated Joint Venture Company;
2 Wholly owned Indian subsidiary of a
Foreign or Indian company on the
strength of its parent company If Yes than please also fill
Parent Company:-
NOTE: Choosing more than one Option out of the above may lead to rejection of offer.
(Seal and signature of the bidder)

ANNEXURE-3
UNDERTAKING BY THE TENDERER(S)

CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
We confirm that we have quoted the rates in the tender considering Inter-alia the
1. Tender Document(s)
2. Additional Document(s) if any
3. BoQ Document (Price Bid Format)
4. Corrigendum (if any)
5. Pre Bid Meeting Minutes (if any)
We _______________________ (Name of the Tenderer) hereby certify that we have fully read and thoroughly
understood the tender requirements and accept all terms and conditions of the tender including all
corrigendum/addendum issued, if any. Our offer is in confirmation to all the terms and conditions of the tender
including all corrigendum/addendum, if any and minutes of the pre-bid meeting. In the event our offer is found
acceptable and contract is awarded to us, the complete tender document shall be considered for constitution of
Contract Agreement.
We have also confirm that we have quoted for all items of BoQ/SOR.
SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF TENDERER(S)
Name of Tenderer(s)
Date: _________
PLACE:
Seal & Signature of Tenderer

NOTE:
This declaration should be signed by the Tenderer's authorized representative ON COMPANY

LETTERHEAD who is signing the Bid and scanned copy to be uploaded.

ANNEXURE-4
FORMAT FOR TENDERER’S EXCEPTIONS / DEVIATIONS COMMERCIAL
Tender Document
Ref chapter/ Deviation /
S. No. Subject
Page No. Cl. No. Para No. Exception
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
(SEAL & SIGNATURE OF THE TENDERER)
Any clarifications / deviation / exception appearing elsewhere in the tenderer’s offer shall not be
considered. Failure to clearly define tender exceptions may be cause for Tender rejection.

ANNEXURE-5
STATEMENT OF CREDENTIALS
(To be filled by the tenderer)
NOTE:
1. Incorrect/ false declaration will result in disqualification.
2. Necessary supporting documents to be enclosed.
3. Corporation reserves the right to assess the tenderer’s capacity and capability if necessary by visiting/ inspecting
recently executed / under execution of works.
(A)
1. NAME AND CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS OF THE TENDERER
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
PERMANENT ADDRESS OF THE TENDERER
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2. TELEPHONE NO. ______________________
MOBILE NO. ______________________
3. NAME OF CONTACT PERSON(s):

__________________________________
4. NAME OF THE AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY:

____________________________
5. e-mail ID:
____________________________
(B) TYPE OF BUSINESS ENTITY:-
(Pl. provide the required applicable details as under)
1. DATE / YEAR OF ESTABLISHMENT OF THE FIRM / COMPANY:

_________________________
2. SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP: - _______________________________________

(Give Name of the Proprietor)
OR
3. PARTNERSHIP FIRM:-
(Give names of the Partners and enclose scan copy of Partnership deed)
CIN No. (If applicable)
I Names of Partners:
A.
B.
C.
II Authorized Signatory:
A.
B.

C.
OR
4. PRIVATE OR PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY?

CIN no. (If applicable)
(Upload list of Directors and copy of Certificate of Incorporation)
I Names of Directors:
A.
B.
C.
II Authorized Signatory:
A.
B.
C.
Details of Completed Work Orders of minimum value as per Pre- qualification criteria (PQC) during last
Seven Years as specified in PQC of the tender:
Sl. No Particulars WO-1 WO-2 WO-3

A Party’s Name to whom executed,
Clear Postal Address,
Telephone/Fax Nos. and
E-Mail Address.
B Work Order (WO) Details-
WO Reference No.
WO Date
WO Value ( Rs. in Lakh)
C Detail of works & Location
D Date of completion of work
E Completion certificate reference No. and
date
F Completion Value of Work, as per
Completion certificate
Note:
A. Tenderer should upload copy of the above-referred work orders and completion certificates/proof of payment as
applicable
B. Enclose a separate statement, if space is not sufficient.
(D) Annual Turnover (as per Signed and Audited Balance Sheet including P&L account) in following last THREE
financial years:
S No Financial Year Value in Rs Lakh

1 2017-18
2 2018-19
3 2019-20
Note: Tenderer should upload copy of signed and audited Balance Sheet including P&L account as proof of
turnover.

(E) INCOME TAX DETAILS:

PAN No.
TAN No.
Income Tax Returns Acknowledgement Filed for last three Assessment Years (i.e. corresponding financial
years):
Assessment Year Date ACKNOWLEDGEMENT NO.

2018-19
2019-20
2020-21
Note: Tenderer should upload copy of the Acknowledgement of Income Tax Return filed.
(F) TAX CERTIFICATE:
PARTICULARS REGISTRATION NUMBER DATE VALID UPTO

GST Identification No
Note: Tenderer should upload copies of above Tax Registration Certificates.

Tenderer is also required to necessarily fill in the following details.
(G) Mode of EMD (Online EMD):
i. If paid Online:
AMOUNT Rs.
Transaction Detail (IOC SAP PRN Number)
OR
iii. EMD Exemption Detail:
MSE / NSIC Details:
Category MSE/NSIC/ Certificate no. MSE/NSIC/ No. Valid Tendered Work is

(MSE / NSIC) upto ( If Applicable) covered in Certificate
(Yes/No)
Central Govt./ State Govt. PSU, IOCL JV:

(Strike out whichever is not applicable)
Name of Central Govt./ State PSU / State whether Central Govt./ State CIN
JV of IOCL PSU, IOCL JV
Note: EMD Exemption declaration document to be uploaded.
(I) PAN Card No. ___________________________
(Tenderer is required to upload copy of PAN card)

ANNEXURE-8
BANK GUARANTEE IN LIEU OF

EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
BG NO:
DATED:
VALID UPTO:
To,

(Pipelines Division)
Dear Sirs,
In consideration of Indian Oil Corporation Limited (Pipelines Division) (hereinafter called “the Corporation” which
expression shall include its successors and assigns), having agreed interalia to consider the tender of (Name of the
Tenderer) having its Head Office/ Registered Office at (Address of the
Tenderer) (hereinafter called the “Tenderer” which expression shall include its successors and
assigns), for the work of (Name of the Project/Work) at to be
awarded under Tender No upon the Tenderer furnishing an
undertaking from the Bank as hereinafter appearing in lieu of cash deposit of the Earnest Money.
We (Name of the Bank) , a Bank constituted/Registered under the Act, having

our Head Office/ Registered Office at (hereinafter called the “Bank” which expression shall include its successors
and assigns), at the request of the Tenderer and with the intent to bind the Bank and its successors and assigns do
hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay the Corporation at New Delhi forthwith on first demand
without protest or demur or proof or satisfaction or condition and without reference to the Tenderer, all sums
payable by the Tenderer as and by way of Earnest Money to the Corporation, upto an aggregate limit of (Amount in
figures and words) .
AND THE BANK DOTH HEREBY FURTHER AGREES AS FOLLOWS:
1. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect for all
claims or demands made by the Corporation on the Bank until the Corporation discharges this
Guarantee/Undertaking subject, however, that the Corporation shall have no claims under this
Guarantee/Undertaking after the midnight of or any written extension(s)
thereof.
PROVIDED that if the aforesaid work tendered for or any part thereof shall be awarded to the Tenderer on
or before the said date, whether on the basis of accompanying tender or any other basis, then the validity of
this guarantee/undertaking shall stand automatically extended for all claims and demands made by the
Corporation for further three months.
2. The Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without reference to the Bank and without affecting in any
way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee/Undertaking at any time and/or from time to time any
wise to postpone and/or vary any of the powers, rights, and obligations exercisable by the Corporation
against the Tenderer and either to enforce or to forbear from enforcing all or any of the terms and
conditions of or governing the said Tender and/or any contract consequent upon any award of work or the
said Earnest Money Deposit or the securities available to the Corporation or any of them and the Bank shall
not be released from its liability under these Presents and the liability of the Bank hereunder shall remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding any exercise by the Corporation of the liberty with reference to any or
all the matters aforesaid or by reason of any other act, matter or thing whatsoever which under law relating
to the sureties or otherwise which could, but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from
all or any of its obligations hereunder or any part thereof, and the Bank specifically waives any and all
contrary rights whatsoever.

3. It shall not be necessary for the Corporation to proceed against the Tenderer before proceeding against the
Bank and the Guarantee/Undertaking herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank as principal
debtor notwithstanding the existence of any other undertaking or security for any indebtedness of the
Tenderer to the Corporation and notwithstanding that any such security shall at the time when claim is
made against the Bank or proceedings taken against the Bank hereunder, be outstanding or unrealised.
4. The amount stated by the Corporation in any demand, claim or notice made with reference to this guarantee
shall as between the Bank and the Corporation for the purpose of these Presents be conclusive of the
amount payable by the Bank to the Corporation hereunder.
5. The liability of the Bank to the Corporation under this Guarantee/Undertaking shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding the existence of any difference or dispute between the Tenderer and the
Corporation, the Tenderer and the Bank and/or the Bank and the Corporation or otherwise howsoever
touching these Presents or the liability of the Tenderer to the Corporation, and notwithstanding the
existence of any instructions or purported instructions by the Tenderer or any other person to the Bank not
to pay or for any cause withhold or defer payment to the Corporation under these Presents, with the intent
that notwithstanding the existing of such difference, dispute or instructions, the Bank shall be and remain
liable to make payment to the Corporation in terms thereof.
6. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or winding up or

dissolution or change of constitution or insolvency of the Tenderer or any change in the legal constitution
of the Bank or the Corporation.
7. Without prejudice to any other mode of service, a demand or claim or other communication may be
transmitted by the Corporation to the Bank either by post or by fax. If transmitted by fax, the transmission
shall be complete as soon as acknowledged by bank.

(i) The Bank’s liability under this guarantee/undertaking shall not exceed (Amount in figures & words)
(ii) This guarantee/undertaking shall remain in force upto and any extension(s) thereof; and
(iii) The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this guarantee/undertaking unless a
written claim or demand is issued to the Bank on or before or the date
of expiry of any extension(s) thereof if this guarantee/undertaking has been extended.
The Bank doth hereby declare that Shri who is authorised to sign this
Guarantee/Undertaking on behalf of the Bank and to bind the Bank thereby.
This _____________day of _____20___ .
Yours faithfully
Signature:_________
Name & Designation: _______
Name of Issuing Branch: ________
Complete Postal Address of Issuing Branch:__________________
Telephone No.__________
Fax No.__________
Email Address of the BG issuing Bank Officer/Bank ranch______________
IFSC Code of the Branch:_________

ANNEXURE-9

PIPELINES DIVISION
FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE
IN LIEU OF SECURITY DEPOSIT/ INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT
BG NO:____________
DATED:___________
VALID UPTO: ______
To,
Dear Sirs,
In consideration of Indian Oil Corporation Limited (Pipelines Division) (hereinafter called “the
Corporation” which expression shall include its successors and assigns), having awarded certain work for and
relative to (Name of the Project/Work) to (Name and address of the Contractor) (hereinafter
called “the Contractor” which expression shall include its successors and assigns), upon certain terms and
conditions inter-alia mentioned in the Corporation’s Letter of Acceptance No. __________________dated
_______________________ read with the relative Tender Documents (hereinafter collectively called “the
Contract”, which expression shall include any formal contract entered into between the Corporation and
the Contractor in supersession of the said Letter of Acceptance and all amendments a n d / or modifications in
the contract) inclusive of the condition that the Corporation may accept a Bank Guarantee/ Undertaking
of a Scheduled Bank in India in lieu of Cash Deposit of the Initial Security Deposit as provided for in
General Conditions of Contract forming part of the said Tender Documents:
We (Name of the Bank), a body registered/constituted under the Act, having our Registered
Office/ Head Office at (hereinafter called “the Bank” which expression shall include its successors and
assigns), at the request of the Contractor and with the intent to bind the Bank and its successors and assigns,
do hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay to the Corporation at New Delhi forthwith on
first demand without protest or demur or proof or satisfaction and without reference to the contractor up to an
aggregate limit of Rs. (Rupees _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ only).
AND the Bank doth hereby further agrees as follows:
(i) This Guarantee/ Undertaking shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain valid and irrevocable for
all claims of the Corporation upon the Bank made up to the midnight of provided that the Bank shall
upon the written request of the Corporation made upon the Bank at any time within 6 (six) months from
the said date extend the validity of the Bank Guarantee by a further 6 (six) months so as to enable claims
to be made under this Guarantee by a further 6 (six) months from the said date with the intent that the
validity of this Guarantee shall automatically stand extended by a further 6 (six) months upon such
request by the Corporation.
(ii) The Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without reference to the Bank and without affecting in any
way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee/ Undertaking, at any time and/ or from time to time to
amend or vary the Contract and/ or any of the terms and conditions thereof or relative to the said Initial
Security Deposit or to extend time for performance of the said Contract in whole or part or to postpone
for any time and/ or from time to time any of the obligations of the Contractor and/ or the powers or
remedies exercisable by the Corporation against the Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from
enforcing any of the terms and conditions of or governing the said Contract or the said Initial Security
Deposit or the securities available to the Corporation or any of them and the Bank shall not be released
from its liability under these presents and the liability of the Bank hereunder shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding any exercise by the Corporation of the liberty with reference to any or all the
matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other forbearance, act or
omission on the part of the Contractor or of any indulgence by the Corporation to the Contractors or of
any other act, matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties or otherwise which
could but for the provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability hereunder or any
part thereof and the Bank hereby specifically waives any and all contrary rights whatsoever.
(iii) The obligations of the Bank to the Corporation hereunder shall be as principal to principal and shall be
wholly independent of the contract and it shall not be necessary for the Corporation to proceed against the
Contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee/ Undertaking herein contained shall be
enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding the existence of any other Guarantee/ undertaking or
security for any indebtedness of the Contractor to the Corporation (including relative to the said Security
Deposit) and notwithstanding that any such undertaking or security shall at the time when claim is made
against the Bank or proceedings taken against the Bank hereunder, be outstanding or unrealized.
(iv) The amount stated by the Corporation in any demand, claim or notice made with reference to this guarantee
shall as between the Bank and the Corporation for the purpose of these presents be conclusive of the
amount payable by the Bank to the Corporation hereunder.
(v) The liability of the Bank to the Corporation under this Guarantee/ undertaking shall remain in full force
and effect notwithstanding the existence of any difference or dispute between the Contractor and the
Corporation, the Contractor and the Bank and/ or the Bank and the Corporation or otherwise howsoever
touching or affecting these presents for the liability of the Contractor to the Corporation, and
notwithstanding the existence of any instructions or purported instructions by the Contractor or any
other person to the Bank not to pay or for any cause withhold or defer payment to the Corporation
under these presents, with the intent that notwithstanding the existence of such difference, dispute or
instruction, the Bank shall be and remain liable to make payment to the Corporation in terms hereof.
(vi) The Bank shall not revoke this undertaking during its currency except with the previous consent of the
Corporation in writing and also agrees that any change in the constitution of the Contractor or the Bank or
the Corporation shall not discharge the Bank’s liability hereunder.
(vii) Without prejudice to any other mode of service, a demand or claim or other communication may be
transmitted by fax. If transmitted by fax, the transmission shall be complete as soon as acknowledged by
bank.
(viii) Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
(a) The Bank’s liability under this guarantee/undertaking shall not exceed (Amount in figures &
words);
(b) This guarantee/ undertaking shall remain in force up to and any extension(s) thereof; and
(c) The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this guarantee/ undertaking
unless a written claim or demand is issued to the Bank on or before _______________or the date
of expiry of any extension(s) thereof if this guarantee/undertaking has been extended.
(ix) The Bank doth hereby declare that Shri (Name of the person signing on behalf of the Bank) who is
______ (his designation), is authorized to sign this undertaking on behalf of the Bank and to bind the
Bank hereby.
Dated this day of __________20________.
Yours faithfully,
Signature:
Name & Designation:
Name of Issuing Branch:

Complete Postal Address of Issuing

Branch:
Telephone No.
Fax No.
Email Address of the BG issuing Bank
Officer/Bank Branch
IFSC Code of the Branch:

ANNEXURE-10
GST (Goods & Services Tax) Details
[Please refer clause 6.3.1, 6.3.2 and its sub clauses of

Chapter III Special Conditions of Contract Section (Commercial)]
Bidders to note that the Price quote (BOQ Price) for the subject work shall be exclusive of Central Goods
& Service Tax (CGST) & State Goods & Service Tax (SGST/ Integrated Goods & Service Tax
(IGST).
Bidders shall note that Estimated Item rates specified in column F of the BoQ is excluding GST and rate of
GST has been pre-selected in the BoQ. In case, Bidder wants to modify the GST Rates, the same can be
done by selecting GST rates from dropdown menu of Cell No. AY13 (highlighted in sky blue cell) of the
BoQ. Please note that the selected GST rate shall be applicable for all items of BOQ1.
The landed cost inclusive of GST(As selected by Bidder in the cell no. AY13) shall be arrived at cell
No.BA41 for Group-A and cell no. BA63 for Group-B after factoring in the "Excess (+)" or “At Par” or
"Less (-)" selected by the Bidder.
In case of any mismatch between Annexure-10 and BoQ1, the rate quoted/selected in the BoQ1 at cell
No.BA41 for Group-A and cell no. BA63 for Group-B shall be considered final. Also if GST rate is not
quoted/selected in BoQ, then quoted rate by bidder displayed in BoQ at cell against ‘quoted rates in
figures’ and AY column shall be considered inclusive of GST.
BOQ Item Nos. HSN/SAC Code Item as per SOR / BOQ Rate of GST
Quoted/selected in the
price bid/BoQ
1 2 3 4
Group-A-All Items All items of SOR/BoQ-Group-A
Group-B-All Items All items of SOR/BoQ- Group-B
Note: Rate of GST and SAC for complete composite work (comprising of supply,
Service and composite items) shall be specified in the above table.
1. Bidders are requested to ascertain the applicable effective rate of GST applicable on the quoted
price on this job.
2. In case a supply/service is covered under RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism, then evaluation will
be done by considering GST rates as mentioned above.
3. Bidder to consider “Input Tax Credit” available to them under GST, and quote the prices
accordingly.
4. Bidders hereby confirm that they have taken note of Anti- profiteering measure clause (Sec 171 of
CGST) wherein it is stated that any reduction in rate of tax on any supply of goods and services or
the benefit of input tax credit shall be passed on to the recipient by way of commensurate reduction
in prices, and they have quoted accordingly.
5. Bidder will be required to raise invoice indicating the GST amount separately as the Owner intends
to avail Input Tax Credit under GST. The invoice should be GST Compliant.
(SEAL & SIGNATURE OF THE CONTRACTOR)

ANNEXURE-11
Confirmation regarding GST
Bidder is requested to mention details of GST registration as under:
Vendor Name e-mail ID Mobile No. GST Registration No. State
Note:
Bidders are required to submit copies of GST Registration pertaining to the State of its operation in the format given
herewith. Bidders not registered under GST Laws are liable to be rejected.
(SEAL & SIGNATURE OF THE

CONTRACTOR)

(FORMAT TO BE SUBMITTED ON BIDDER’S LETTERHEAD, AS THE CASE MAY BE)
ANNEXURE-13
PROFORMA OF DECLARATION OF BLACK LISTING/ HOLIDAY LISTING
(a) In the case of a Proprietary Concern:
I hereby declare that neither I in my personal name or in the name of my Proprietary concern
M/s_______________________ which is submitting the accompanying Bid//Tender nor any other concern in
which I am proprietor nor any partnership firm in which I am involved as a Partner, are presently or have
during the past three years, been placed on any black list or holiday list declared by Indian Oil
Corporation Ltd. Or by any department of any Government (State, Provincial, Federal or Central) or by any
Public Sector Organization in India or in any other country nor is there pending any inquiry by Indian Oil
Corporation Ltd. Or any Department of the Government or by any Public Sector Organization in India or
in any other country, in respect of any corrupt or fraudulent practice(s) against me or any other of my
proprietorship concern(s) or against any partnership firm(s) in which I am or was at the relevant time involved
as a partner, except as indicated below:
Is there any blacklisting or holiday listing, and /or p end ing inquiry :
YES/NO (Select one option)
Details in case of blacklisting or holiday listing, and /or pend ing inquiry: To be attached
It is understood that if this declaration is found to be false in any particular, Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Shall
have the right to reject my/our bid, and if the bid has resulted in a contract, the contract is liable to be
terminated without prejudice to any other right or remedy (including black listing or holiday listing)
available to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd
(b) In the case of a Partnership Firm:
We hereby declare that neither we, M/s_________________________, submitting

the accompanying Bid/Tender nor any partner involved in the said firm either in his individual capacity
or as proprietor or partner of any other firm or concern presently are or within the past three years have been or
has been placed on any blacklist or holiday list declared by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Or by any department
of Government (State, Provincial, Federal or Central) or by any Public Sector Organization in India or in any
other country nor there is any pending inquiry by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Or by any Department of any
Government (State, Provincial, Federal or Central) or by any Public Sector Organization in India or in any other
country, in respect of corrupt or fraudulence practice(s) against us or any partner or any partner or any
other concern or firm of which he is proprietor or partner, except as indicated below:
available to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd

(c) In the case of Company:
We hereby declare that neither we or a parent, subsidiary or other company under direct or indirect common
parent (associate company) are presently nor have within the past three years ,been placed on any holiday list
or black list declared by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Or by any Department of any Government (State,
Provincial, Federal or Central) or by any Public Sector Organization in India or in any other country; and that
there is no pending inquiry by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd or by any Department of any Government (State,
Provincial, Federal or Central) or any Public Sector Organization in any country against us or a parent or
subsidiary or associate company as aforesaid in India or in any other country, in respect of corrupt or
fraudulent practice(s), except as indicated below:
available to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.
Place: Signature of Bidder
Date: Name of Signatory

Annexure-14
UNDERTAKING ON LETTERHEAD
To,
M/s Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.

(Pipelines Division) Indian Oil Bhavan,
A-1 Udyog Marg, Sector-1, NOIDA-201 301 (UP). India.

CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
Dear Sir
We have read the clause regarding Provisions for Procurement from a Bidder which shares a land border with India,
we certify that, bidder M/s____________ (Name of Bidder) is:
i) Not from such a country [ ]
ii) If from such a country, has been registered [ ]
with the Competent Authority.

(Evidence of valid registration by the
Competent Authority shall be attached)
(Bidder is to tick appropriate option (✓ or x) above).

SD
We hereby certify that bidder M/s____________ (Name of Bidder) fulfills all requirements in this regard and is
eligible to be considered against the tender.
We further certify that bidder M/s____________ (Name of Bidder) will not sub-contract any work to an agency
from such countries unless such agency is registered with the Competent Authority.
Place: [Signature of Authorized Signatory of Bidder]

Date: Name:
Designation:
Seal:

ANNEXURE-15
FORM OF TENDER
For Commercial Bid

Serial No. Date:
From
To
A-1, Udyog Marg, Sector-1,
NOIDA – 201 301 (INDIA)
Dear Sirs,
Having examined the Tender Documents consisting of the Tender Notice, General Instructions to Tenderers,
General Conditions of Contract, Special Instructions to Tenderers, Special Conditions of Contract, Specifications,
Plans (Exhibits to ), Drawings (Exhibits to )Time Schedule,
Form of Contract, Form of Schedule of Rates, and Addendum(a) to the Tender Documents, and having understood
the provisions of the said Tender Documents and having thoroughly studied the requirements of Indian Oil
Corporation Ltd. relative to the work tendered for in connection with the (Name
of the Refinery/Project) and having conducted a thorough study of the job site(s) involved, the site conditions, soil
conditions, the climatic conditions, labour, power, water, material and equipment availability, the transport and
communication facilities, the availability and suitability of borrow areas, the availability of land for right of way and
temporary office accommodation and quarters and all other facilities and things whatsoever necessary for or relative
to the formulation of the tender or the performance of work, I/we hereby submit my/our tender offer for the
performance of proposed work in accordance with the terms and conditions and within the time mentioned in the
Tender Documents.
In consideration of the sum of Rupee 1/- (Rupee one) only paid to me/us by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., by
adjustment in the price of Tender Documents, I/We further undertake to keep my/our this tender offer open for a
period of not less than 4 (four) months from the scheduled date of opening of Tenders as specified in the General
Instructions to Tenderers forming part of the Tender Documents.
I/We hereby further state that I/We/None of us (in the case of partnership firm) and none of our Directors (in the
case of a Company) was/were employed as Directors of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., during the period of 2 (two)
years immediately preceding the date hereof OR I/We hereby declare that I/Mr. one of
our partners (in the case of partnership firm/Directors in the case of a Company) was employed as a Director in
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., during the period of 2 (two) years immediately preceding the date hereof and that I/Shri
have/has obtained previous permission of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to make
this tender.
(i) Schedule of Rates in the prescribed form.

(ii) Original Power of Attorney or other proof of authority of the person who has signed the Tender OR copy
of Power of Attorney attested by a Gazetted Officer or a Notary Public in proof of the authority of the
person who has signed the Tender.
(iii) Original Income-tax Clearance Certificate OR copy of Income-Tax Clearance Certificate duly attested by a
Gazetted Officer/Notary Public.
(iv) Information regarding tenderer in the form annexed to the Form of Tender.

(v) Information regarding experience of the tenderer in the performance of work of a comparable nature in the
form annexed to the Form of Tender.
(vi) Information regarding construction organization and equipment in the form annexed to the Form of Tender.
(vii) Solvency Certificate from a Nationalized/Scheduled Bank.
(viii) Set of Tender Documents, as issued duly signed.
(ix) Additional Documents as listed below.
I/We hereby undertake that the statements made herein/information given in the Annexures referred to above are
true in all respects and that in the event of any such statement or information being found to be incorrect in any
particular, the same may be construed to be a misrepresentation entitling Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to avoid any
resultant contract.
I/We further undertake as and when called upon by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to produce, for its inspection,
original(s) of the document(s) of which copies have been annexed hereto.
I/We confirm having deposited Earnest Money of Rs. (Rupees ) as detailed hereunder
(Strike off whichever is not applicable)

authorized person
the Tenderer (s)

Witness :
Signature :
Name :
Occupation :
Name & Designation of authorized

person signing the Tender on
behalf of the Tenderer (s)

Witness :
Signature :
Name :
Occupation :

Annexure-16
FORM OF TENDER
For Price Bid

Serial No. Date:
From
To
A-1, Udyog Marg, Sector-1,
NOIDA – 201 301 (INDIA)
Dear Sirs,
Having examined the Tender Documents consisting of the Short Tender Notice, General Instructions to Tenderers,
General Conditions of Contract, Special Instructions to Tenderers, Special Conditions of Contract, Specifications,
Plans (Exhibits to ), Drawings (Exhibits to )Time Schedule,
Form of Contract, Form of Tender, Form of Schedule of Rates, and Addendum(a) to the Tender Documents, and
having understood the provisions of the said Tender Documents and having thoroughly studied the requirements of
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. relative to the work tendered for in connection with the
(Name of the Project) and having conducted a thorough study of the job site(s) involved, the site
conditions, soil conditions, the climatic conditions, labour, power, water, material and equipment availability, the
transport and communication facilities, the availability and suitability of borrow areas, the availability of land for
right of way and temporary office accommodation and quarters and all other facilities and things whatsoever
necessary for or relative to the formulation of the tender of the performance of work, I/we hereby submit my/our
tender offer for the performance of proposed work in accordance with the terms and conditions and within the time
mentioned in the Bid Documents at the rate(s) quoted by me/us in the accompanying Schedule of Rates based on the
Form of Schedule(s) of Rates included within the Tender Documents and arrived at a total contract value of
USD/INR <quoted in price bid> based on an application of the rates tendered in the accompanying Schedule(s) of
Rates to the relative quantities indicated in the Form Schedule(s) of Rates forming part of the Tender Documents.
If the work or any part thereof is awarded to me/us, I/ We undertake to perform the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents as defined in the Form of Contract forming part of the Tender Documents and accept the terms
and conditions of Contract as laid down therein and undertake within 10 (ten) days of receipt of acceptance of
Tender to pay to and/or deposit with the Accounts Officer, (Name of the Project) Indian Oil
Corporation Ltd. (Pipelines Division) a sum which together with the amount of earnest money deposited by me/us
in terms hereof, shall make 2 ½% (two and one-half percent) of total contract value as specified in the Acceptance
of Tender for the purpose of security deposit, by any one or more of the modes of payments specified in this behalf
in the General Conditions of Contract, and to commence work at each job site(s) involved within 10 (ten) days of
handing over the job site or any part thereof to me/us, and to sign the formal Contract in the terms of the form of
contract forming part of Tender Documents, within 10 (ten) days of receipt of Letter of Acceptance from and on
behalf of Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., in this behalf failing which Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., shall be at liberty,
without reference to me/us and without prejudice to any of its rights or remedies, to terminate the Contract and/or to
forfeit the earnest money deposited in terms hereof.
In consideration of the sum of Rupee 1/- (Rupee one) only paid to me/us by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., by
adjustment in the price of Tender Documents, I/We further undertake to keep my/our this tender offer open for a
period of not less than 4 (four) months from the scheduled date of opening of Tenders as specified in the General
Instructions to Tenderer forming part of the Tender Documents.

(i) Schedule of Rates in the prescribed Form.
(ii) Original Power of Attorney or other proof of authority of the person who has signed the Tender OR
copy of Power of Attorney or other authority duly certified by a Gazetted Officer or a Notary Public in
proof of authority of the person who has signed the Tender.
I/We hereby undertake that the statements made herein/information given in the Annexures referred to above are
true in all respects and that in the event of any such statement or information being found to be incorrect in any
particular, the same may be construed to be a misrepresentation entitling Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to avoid any
resultant contract.
I/We further undertake as and when called upon by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. to produce, for its inspection,
original(s) of the document(s) of which copies have been annexed hereto.

authorized person
the Tenderer (s)

Witness :
Signature :
Name :
Occupation :

Annexure-17
INFORMATION ABOUT TENDERER
(To be furnished with Tender)
1. In case of Individual
1.1 Name of Business:
1.2 Whether his business is registered:
1.3 Date of Commencement of business:
1.4 Whether he pays Income Tax over Rs.10,000/- per year:
1.5 Whether he is a Director or is related to any Director of IOC present or retired within the past 2 years:
1.6 Permanent Account Number:
1.7 What are his profits/losses for the past 3 (three) years with a copy of Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss
Account for the past 3 (three) years with a copy of the audited balance sheets and Profit & Loss account for
the past 3 (three) years:
1.8 What are his concurrent job commitments:
1.9 How does he propose to finance the work if awarded to him :
2. In case of Partnership
2.1 Name of Partners:
2.2 Whether the partnership is registered:
2.3 Date of establishment of firm:
2.4 If each of the partner of the firm pays Income tax over Rs. 10,000/- a year and if not, which of them pays the
same:
2.5 Whether any partner of the firm is a Director or is related to any Director of IOC, present or retired within the
past 2 years.
2.6 Permanent Account Number:
2.7 What are the firm’s profits/losses for the past 3 (three) years with a copy of Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss
Account for the past 3 (three) years:
2.8 What are the firm’s concurrent job commitments:
2.9 How does the firm propose to finance the work if awarded to him:
3. In case of Limited Company or Company Limited by Guarantees:

3.1 Amount of paid up capital:
3.2 Name of Directors:
3.3 Date of Registration of Company:
3.4 Copies of the Balance Sheet of the company of the last two years:
3.5 Whether any of the Directors of the Company is a Director or is related to any Director of IOC, present or
within the past 2 years:
3.6 Permanent Account Number
3.7 What are the Company’s profits/losses for the past 3 (three) years with a copy of the audited Balance Sheet
for the past 3 (three) years:
3.8 What are the company’s concurrent job commitments:
3.9 How does the Company propose to finance the work if awarded to it:

ANNEXURE-18
DECLARATION OF RELATIONSHIP WITH DIRECTORS OF IOCL
The Tenderer shall declare the following information in exhaustive details:-
S. No. Description Remarks
i) Whether proprietor is a Director or is related to any Director of IOC present or

retired within the past 2 years.
ii) Whether any partner or member of the firm is a Director or is related to any
Director of IOC present or retired within the last two years.
iii) Whether any of the Directors of the Company is a Director or is related to any
Director of IOC present or retired within past two years.
Note:
• Bidder to mention Yes/ No for relevant bidding entity, e.g. Proprietorship firm should fill in against sl. no.
(i); Partnership firm should fill against sl. no.(ii) and Company should fill against sl. no. (iii)
LIST OF DIRECTORS
The list of board of directors are available in our website at http://www.iocl.com/AboutUs/Profile.aspx

Annexure-20
Undertaking in support of not under liquidation (On Letter Head)
We hereby confirm that we are not under liquidation, and there is no court receivership or similar proceedings
against us.
If there is any change in status prior to the award of work, the same shall be promptly informed by us to IOC. We
understand that Failure to do so will result in bids not being considered for evaluation.
Name & Address of the Tenderer

ANNEXURE-21

CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
UNDERTAKING FOR NON-ENGAGEMENT OF CHILD LABOUR
I/We hereby declare that:

a) We are committed to elimination of child labour in all its forms.
b) Neither we nor any of our nominated sub-contractor(s) are engaging Child Labour in any of our
work(s) in terms of the provisions of The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986 and
other applicable laws.
c) We as well as our nominated sub-contractor(s) undertake to fully comply with provisions of The Child
Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986 and other applicable labour laws, in case the work is
awarded to us.
d) It is understood that if I/We, either before award or during execution of Contract, commit a
transgression through a violation of Article b/c above or in any other form, such as to put my/our
reliability or credibility in question, the Owner is entitled to disqualify us from the Tender process or
terminate the Contract, if already executed or exclude me/us from future contract award processes. The
imposition and duration of the exclusion will be determined by the severity of transgression and
determined by the Owner. Such exclusion may be for a period of 1 year to 3 years as per the procedure
prescribed in the guidelines for holiday listing of the Owner.
e) I/We accept and undertake to respect and uphold the Owner’s absolute right to resort to and impose
such exclusion.
Place: Signature of Bidder:
Date: Name of Signatory:

ANNEXURE-22
SAFETY DECLARATION
I/We hereby declare and confirm that;
1. I/we shall strictly adhere to safety standards stipulated in the Safety Practices during construction stipulated in
the Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) without exception.
2. I/we shall provide, without any exception, safety helmets & safety shoes to all our employees/workmen/
labourers working at IOC locations (Terminals, Pump Station, Tanks Farms or any other location not specified
here) for the purpose of rendering services to the Corporation under the subject Contract
3. I/ We shall provide, without any exception, Safety Belts to all our workmen/ labourers working at heights
(Including building roof top, canopy roof top etc) for the purpose of rendering services to the Corporation under the
subject Contract
4. I/We shall take safe height working permit for working at heights.
5. I/We shall be solely responsible for any accident resulting from unsafe practices or due to non-adherence to
safety standard stipulated by the OISD. Any injury / loss of life resulting from the above shall be solely at our risk
& cost and we shall bear and pay solely and absolutely all costs, charges and expenses including legal charges
incurred in this connection.
6. That the Corporation is not bound to be responsible, legally or otherwise, for any acts and/or consequences of
unsafe practices during execution of works during the pendency of the contract.
7. The person signing this declaration is the authorized signatory.
Signature:
Name:
Address:
Date:

ANNEXURE-23
FORMAT FOR GIVING CONSENT AND BANK DETAILS

ON LETTERHEAD
Date:
To,
M/s Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.,

Pipelines Division,
A-1, Udyog Marg,
Sector-1,
Noida-201301
Dear Sir,
We hereby agree to accept henceforth all the payment of our bills through direct credit to our below mentioned
Bank account through Internet banking.
1 Beneficiary’s Name
2 Bank Name
3 Branch Name
4 Address of the Branch
5 STD code & phone No. of Branch
6 Branch Code
7 9 Digit MICR code of Branch as appearing on the
cheque (copy of cancelled cheque may be enclosed)*
8 Bank Account No
9 Account Type (SB/CA/CC)
10 PAN no.
11 Branch IFSC code
12 E mail Address of the Vendor
13 Mobile Telephone No. of Vendor
* Please attach a blank cancelled cheque or photocopy of a cheque issued by your bank relating to your
above account for verifying the accuracy of the 9 digit MICR code.
I/We, hereby declare that the particulars given above are correct and complete.
(Signature of authorized person with seal)

Encl: As above.

ANNEXURE-24
The following needs to be submitted to the EIC for obtaining completion certificate.
PROFORMA OF INDEMNITY BOND TO BE SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR NON-JUDICIAL

STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE ALONG WITH REQUEST FOR ISSUANCE OF
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
This indemnity bond is executed on this ____ at ____ by ____ hereinafter referred to as ‘Indemnifier’ which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators,
authorized representatives and assignees, having its address at __.
In favour of
Indian Oil Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as ‘indemnified’) which expression shall, unless repugnant
to the context include its successors and assignees, having its Corporate Office at 3079/3, J B Tito Marg, Sadiq
Nagar, New Delhi – 110049.
WHEREAS; the indemnifier has been awarded the contract of………………..vide………… (Hereinafter referred
to as Contract)
WHEREAS; the indemnifier declares that the work was completed on……………
WHEREAS the indemnifier under the contract, is inter alia bound by Clause No. 5.5.2.0 of the General Conditions
of contract forming the part of contract signed by him with the indemnified.
WHEREAS Indemnifier in pursuant to Clause No. 5.5.2.0 (ix) of General Conditions of Contract, declares that he
has cleared all dues, in totality of the following –
1. Labour/Piece Rate Workers
2. Sub – contractors
3. Suppliers
4. Vendors
5. Income Tax
6. Sales Tax
7. Octroi and Service Tax
8. Excise and Customs
9. Provident Fund
10. ESI and Royalties
AND WHEREAS the indemnifier has applied for issuance of completion certificate along with all the documents
required under Clause No. 5.5.2.0 of General Conditions of Contract.
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH that in the event the completion certificate is issued by the
Indemnified to the Indemnifier.

Then, the Indemnifier shall and will keep the said Indemnified fully and effectively and irrevocably indemnified
from and against all claims, demands, actions, suits and/or proceedings that maybe made or taken by any person,
body or authority claiming any interest whatsoever in respect of the amount which has to be paid to the indemnifier.
Further, the said Indemnifier shall and will keep the said Indemnified fully and effectively and irrevocably
indemnified from and against all claims, demands, actions, suits and/or proceedings that maybe made or taken by
any Third party such as any person, body or authority claiming any amount or interest either against the indemnified
directly or indirectly on account of the third party claiming to have remained unpaid by the indemnifier for any
work whatsoever undertaken by such third party upon instructions from the Indemnifier.
Further, the said Indemnifier shall and will keep the Indemnified fully and effectively and irrevocably indemnified
from and against all loss or damage that maybe caused to and or costs, charges, claims or expenses that may be
suffered or incurred by the said Indemnified on account of any of the declarations as given by the indemnifier (in
terms of Clause No. 5.5.2.0 (ix) of General Conditions of Contract) being untrue in totality or in part thereof:
It is expressly agreed that this indemnity is independent of any other indemnity, guarantee, etc provided by the
indemnifier otherwise under the contract.
Shri _______________________________who has signed this indemnity bond is duly authorised to sign this
indemnity bond and to confer the authorities herein conferred for and on behalf of the Contractor.
Signed By:
(Indemnifier Name)
Authorized Representative
Place:
Date:
WITNESSES:
1.
2.
Note:
i. This indemnity bond is to be stamped for the aggregate value of stamp duty payable on an indemnity bond in
the State in which it is executed.
ii. This indemnity bond is to be signed on behalf of the Contractor by a Director or other officer either
authorized by the Board to execute this indemnity bond or generally authorized to execute contracts and
powers of attorney on behalf of the Contractor.
iii. The signature of this indemnity bond is to be Notarially Attested.

ANNEXURE-25
The following No claim no due certificate needs to be signed and submitted to the EIC for payment of Final bill
after obtaining completion certificate.
No claim/No due certificate

Dated:
Name of Department:
Name of the work:
Name of the contractor:
SAP LOA No.:
No Claim certificate
Certified that I/We have discharged our entire obligation under abolition of Contract Labour Act,1970 and I/We
would indemnify the owner if there is any demand against the corporation on our account.
I/we certify that I/We have no further claim than those given in the final bill and I/We accept the payment as full
and final settlement of all My/Our claim.
Sign of Contractor
No Due Certificate
Certified that there is nothing due from this agency on account of T&P articles materials, electricity etc., and that the
work has been completed as per specification of contract and/or except where reduced rates proposed (Strike which
is not applicable).
Site Engg Manager Sr Manager Chief Manager

Engineer-in-Charge

Annexure-27
UNDERTAKING BY BIDDER FOR APPLICABILITY OF PPLC POLICY

To,
M/s Indian Oil Corporation Limited
Pipelines Division

CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
Dear Sir,
We, M/s ___________________________(Name of the bidder) hereby confirm that following option on purchase
preference is to be considered in the subject tender (Please read the notes mentioned below, before filling the
format):-
Policy Preference Percentage of Local Content (if

(Tick in appropriate box) “Yes”)
Purchase Preference linked with Local
Yes No
Content (PP-LC) of Ministry of _______%
Petroleum and Natural Gas
(MoPN&G) OR
Notes:
i. Please indicate your preference against only one policy by checking the appropriate box.
ii. Deleted
iii. In case a bidder is eligible to seek benefit under PP-LC policy as well as PPP for MSE 2012, then the bidder
should categorically seek benefit against only one of the two policies i.e. either PP-LC or MSE Policy.
iv. In case a MSE bidder opts for purchase preference based on PP-LC, it shall not be entitled to claim purchase
preference benefit available to MSE bidders under PPP or MSE 2012 or under DMEP. However, the
exemptions from furnishing tender fee and Bid security/ EMD shall continue to be available to MSE bidders
only.
v. In case a bidder has opted purchase preference under PP-LC of MoPN&G or DMEP, a declaration of % age of
local content is mandatory.
vi. The option once exercised can’t be modified subsequently.
We further confirm that in case we fail to meet the minimum local content, IOCL may take action as per provisions of
tender document.
Place: [Signature of Authorized Signatory of Bidder
Date: Name:
Designation:
Seal:
(Name of Bidder)

Annexure-29
PPLC guidelines of MoPN&G

Annexure-30
Works Awarded to MSE

CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
Successful Bidder(s) against the subject tender who is not a Micro or Small Enterprise (MSE) as per the Micro,
Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act 2006) and Micro, Small and Medium
enterprises order- 2012, will have to furnish the following information to the Engineer-in-Charge upon award of
work, in case they are sourcing any material/ services from any MSE sub-vendor(s) against the PO.
S. No. Name of the MSE Item(s) for which Value of the order(s) (Rs.) Whether MSE is SC/ST
sub vendor(s) order(s) placed (Y/N)
In case no material/ service is outsourced from MSE sub vendor(s), a certificate / declaration in this regard shall be
submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge by the vendor as under:
Certificate
We certify that no material/ service has been outsourced from any Micro or Small Enterprise (MSE) as per the
Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act 2006), against Purchase Order No.:
…………dated …… placed on us by M/s Indian Oil Corporation Limited, Pipelines Division.
Date:
Place:
(Signature of Competent Authority with Company Seal)

CHAPTER – V
ANNEXURES-TECHNICAL
Annexure-T#1
CHECKLIST FOR SUBMISSION OF TECHNICAL BID
Sl. Remarks
Requirement of Documents with Tender Submitted
No. (if any)
1. Duly filled “Checklist for submission of technical bid” in Yes/ No

format as per Annexure-T#1 of the Tender Document.
2. Details of Bidder’s experience meeting Technical Yes/ No

Qualification criteria in format as per Annexure-T#2 of
the Tender Document.
3. Documents in support of Technical Qualification details Yes/ No

furnished in Annexure-T#2.
4. “Exceptions & Deviations Statement (Technical)” in Yes/ No

format as per Annexure-T#3 indicating
exceptions/deviations, if any, proposed by the Bidder
to/from Technical terms & conditions and Specifications
of the Tender Document. In case no exceptions/
deviations proposed by the Bidder, the statement
shall be submitted indicating as ‘NIL”
5. Duly signed copies of the prescribed formats for Yes/ No

preparation of various Survey Reports as per
Annexure-T#4 & Annexure-T#5 of Tender Document
6. Duly signed Addendum/ Corrigendum, if any, issued to Yes/ No

the Bidder.
Signature of the Tenderer

Anneuxre-T#2
DETAILS OF SPECIFIC EXPERIENCE MEETING TECHNICAL QUALIFICATION

CRITERIA
Bidder shall furnish their experience details with reference to the Work, which pre-qualify them in
line with criteria mentioned in Special Instructions to Tenderers of the Tender Document.
S.N. Description Details
1. Name of the work
2. Whether similar nature works i.e. “Carrying

out Reconnaissance survey, Detailed
Engineering survey and Cadastral
survey of specified length for Cross
Country Hydrocarbon Pipelines/
Railways/ Highways” is included in the
overall scope of work? (Yes/No)
If yes, please indicate the exact location i.e.
Document No., Page No. etc.
3. Work Order Copy Attached (Yes/No)
4. Work Order Number
5. Work Order Date
6. Actual completion date*
7. Total length of route for which survey is

completed against Single Work Order
(in Km) **
8. Completion Certificate Attached (Yes/No)
9. Completion Certificate Number
10. Completion Certificate Date
Notes:
1) Bids not mentioning the specific experience meeting evaluation criteria AND/OR bidders not
meeting the specific experience meeting evaluation criteria are liable to be rejected.
2) *The work COMPLETED/EXECUTED BEFORE & AFTER seven (7) years period ending
on the last day of the month, immediately previous to the month in which the last date
of bid submission falls, SHALL NOT BE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION. Even in case
the date of bid submission is extended, the date originally considered as reference
date for experience criteria, shall remain unchanged.
3) **Please note that the total length of surveyed route for Cross Country Hydrocarbon
Pipelines/ Railways/ Highways should be specifically mentioned in Completion
Certificate for further consideration of the bidder for technical qualification.
(Signature of the Tenderer)

Anneuxre-T#3
EXCEPTIONS & DEVIATIONS STATEMENT (TECHNICAL)

Bidder may stipulate here exceptions and deviations to Tender Document, if considered
unavoidable, separately for technical and commercial clauses.
Ref Tender Document

Sl.
Chapter/ Subject Deviation/ Exception
No.
Page No. Cl. No. Para No.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Notes:
1. Bidders to note that this Annexure has been included in the Tender Document solely for the
convenience of the Bidders so as to facilitate them to list out the exceptions/ deviations of
technical nature from/ to the bidding document.
2. Owner will not consider any exception(s)/ deviation(s), which is not listed in this format.
Failure to clearly define tender exceptions/ deviations may be considered as a reason for
rejection of bid.
(Signature of the Tenderer)

LIST OF FORMAT Indian Oil Corporation Limited
Name of pipeline project
Annexure-T#4
Section: From Start Point to End Point
Detail Route Survey Report
LIST OF PRESCRIBED FORMATS FOR DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY REPORT
SL. NO. FORMAT NO. DESCRIPTION
1 DES-1 SALIENT FEATURES

2 DES-2 LIST OF ALL CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
3 DES-3 LIST OF ALL CROSSINGS CO-ORDINATE FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
4 DES-4 TURNING POINTS, DISTANCES & BEARING STATEMENT
5 DES-5 TP TO TP UTM CO-ORDINATES
6 DES-6 STATEMENT OF ANGULAR DEVIATIONS
7 DES-7 LIST OF DGPS CO-ORDINATE ALONG THE ROUTE
8 DES-8 LIST OF BENCH MARKS
9 DES-9 LIST OF REFERENCE POINTS
10 DES-10 POPULATION DENSITY INDEX AT A GLANCE
11 DES-11 POPULATION DENSITY & CLASS LOCATIONS
12 DES-12 POPULATION DENSITY DATA ALONG PIPELINE ROUTE
13 DES-13 LIST OF TALUK/DISTRICT/DIVISION FALLING ALONG THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
14 DES-14 DISTRICT WISE LENGTH STATEMENT
15 DES-15 VILLAGE WISE LENGTH STATEMENT
16 DES-16 TOTAL LENGTH STATEMENT
17 DES-17 DETAILS OF SOIL TYPE FALLING ALONG THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
18 DES-18 DETAILS OF CROP TYPE FALLING ON THE ROUTE
19 DES-19 LIST OF ALIGNMENT SHEETS
20 DES-20 DETAILS OF POWER TRANSMISSION LINES CROSSING
21 DES-21 DETAILS OF CART TRACK CROSSING THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
22 DES-22 LIST OF MAJOR CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
23 DES-23 LIST OF NATIONAL HIGHWAY CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
24 DES-24 LIST OF STATE HIGHWAY CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
25 DES-25 LIST OF RAILWAYS CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
26 DES-26 LIST OF RIVER CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
27 DES-27 LIST OF OTHER ROAD CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
28 DES-28 LIST OF NALA / DRAIN CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
29 DES-29 LIST OF POND CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
30 DES-30 LIST OF UNDER GROUND UTILITIES
31 DES-31 LIST OF MARSHY LAND
32 DES-32 WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT
33 DES-33 ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY REPORT
34 DES-34 EARTHQUAKE ZONE WISE PIPELINE LENGTH
Format No. - Indian Oil Corporation Limited Annexure-T#4
DES-1 Name of pipeline project
SALIENT FEATURES
(A) Total Length (Km.)
State wise Length (Km.)
(a) aa+aaa.aa
Revenue Details for the section
(a) State a
(b) District a
(c) Taluk a
(b) Village a
(B) Terrain (Km.)
(a) Plain aa+aaa.aa
(b) Slightly Undulating aa+aaa.aa
(c) Hilly aa+aaa.aa
(C) Soil Encountered (Km.)
(a) Normal Type aa+aaa.aa
(b) Murrum aa+aaa.aa
(c) Rocky Strata aa+aaa.aa
(D) Surface Features (Kms.)
(a) Private Land aa+aaa.aa
(b) Government Land aa+aaa.aa
(c) Reserved Forest aa+aaa.aa
(d) Social Forest aa+aaa.aa
(E) Road Crossing (Nos)
(a) National Highway a
(b) State Highway a
(c) MDR Road a
(d) Other Roads a
(F) Water Bodies (Nos.)
(a) Major Canal/Channels a
(b) Rivers a
(c) Major Drain/Nala/Creek a
(G) Railway Crossings (Nos.)
(a) B. G. Railway a
(b) M. G. Railway a
(H) Utility Crossings
(a) Utility-1 a
(I) Powerline Crossings
(a) Power line-1 a
(J) Population Density (Kms.)
(a) Zone-I aa+aaa.aa
(b) Zone-II aa+aaa.aa
(c) Zone-III aa+aaa.aa
(d) Zone-IV aa+aaa.aa
(K) Elevations above MSL at (Mts.)
(a) Tap Off Point a.aa
(b) Terminal Point a.aa
(c) Lowest Elevation a.aa
(d) Highest Elevation a.aa
Prepared By:- Name of survey party Page a of b

LIST OF ALL CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE

Crossing ROW
Sr. Cs. Type of Angle of
Chainage (km) Description Between Pillar Location Width Width RL
No. No. Crossing Crossing
(m) (m)

Format No. - Indian Oil Corporation Limited
DES-3 Name of pipeline project Annexure-T#4
LIST OF ALL CROSSINGS CO-ORDINATE FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE

Sr. Cs. Type of Chainage Easting Northing Easting Northing Easting Northing
Between Pillar Location Village Taluk District State
No. No. Crossing (km) Start Center End

Annexure-T#4
TURNING POINTS, DISTANCES & BEARING STATEMENT
Sr. CHAINAGE TO DEFLECTION ANGLE R.L.

TP - IP PILLAR NO. DISTANCE SIDE SIDE R.L.(M) EASTING NORTHING LATITUDE LONGITUDE
No. CHAINAGE DEG MIN SEC (M)

TP TO TP UTM CO-ORDINATES
Sl. No. TP's Chainage True Bearing Easting Northing Latitude Longitude Remark

STATEMENT OF ANGULAR DEVIATIONS
Angular Deviations
Sl. No. TP Nos
DEG MIN SEC

LIST OF DGPS CO-ORDINATE ALONG THE ROUTE

Chainage
Sl. No. Point ID Easting Northing Longitude Latitude R.L Remarks
(Km.)

LIST OF BENCH MARKS
Sl. No. TBM No. Easting Northing Longitude Latitude Level Description Remark

LIST OF REFERENCE POINTS

Traverse Angle Of Distance Of
Sl. No. TP No. Ref. No. EASTING NORTHING Details of References Reference From TP Left/ Right References
DIG MIN SEC From TP (m)

POPULATION DENSITY INDEX AT A GLANCE
ZONE LENGTH (Km.)
II
III
IV
TOTAL

POPULATION DENSITY & CLASS LOCATIONS
Sr. No. CHAINAGE (m.) CLASS
-
-

POPULATION DENSITY DATA ALONG PIPELINE ROUTE
Distance of Dwellings from Centre

Total No. of
line of Pipeline in (m) No. of
Sl. No. Chainage (m) dwelling units Class Remarks
Dwellings
in 1600 mtr
Distance Left Distance Right

LIST OF TALUK/DISTRICT/DIVISION FALLING ALONG THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
Sl. No. State District Taluk No. of Villages Remarks

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
TOTAL

DISTRICT WISE LENGTH STATEMENT

Chainage (m)
Sl. No. State District Taluk Total Length (Km)
From - To
1 aa+aaa.aa - aa+aaa.aa aa+aaa.aa
TOTAL

Annexure-T#4
VILLAGE WISE LENGTH STATEMENT

Chainage (m) Total Length
Sl. No. Village Taluk District State
From - To (m)
1 aa+aaa.aa - aa+aaa.aa
aa+aaa.aa - aa+aaa.aa
3
9
aa+aaa.aa aa+aaa.aa
15
16
TOTAL

TOTAL LENGTH STATEMENT
Sl. No. Description Total Length (km)
1 Start Point From _______ - End Point to _______
Total Length

DETAILS OF SOIL TYPE FALLING ALONG THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
Sl.No State Total Length (Km) Description
1 aa+aaa.aa
TOTAL LENGTH aa+aaa.aa

DETAILS OF CROP TYPE FALLING ON THE ROUTE
Sl.No State Total Length (Km) Description
1 aa+aaa.aa
TOTAL aa+aaa.aa

LIST OF ALIGNMENT SHEETS

ALIGNMENT SHEET
SL. NO. CHAINAGE TO CHAINAGE REMARK
NO.

DETAILS OF POWER TRANSMISSION LINES CROSSING
Sl. No. Details of Power Transmissions Lines Chainage (Km) Between Pillar Location Remarks

DETAILS OF CART TRACK CROSSING THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
Sl. No. Details of Cart track Chainage (Km) Between Pillar Location Width Remarks

DES-22 Name of pipeline project Annexure-T#4
LIST OF MAJOR CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF THE PIPELINE
ROW
Sr. Cs. Type of Chainage Crossing Angle of
Description Between Pillar Location Width RL Village Mandal District
No. No. Crossing (km) Width (m) Crossing
(m)

LIST OF NATIONAL HIGHWAY CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE

Sl. Cs. Type of Chainage ROW
Description RL Village Taluk District
No. No. Crossing (Km) Width

LIST OF STATE HIGHWAY CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
Sl. Cs. Type of Chainage ROW

Description RL Village Taluk District

Annexure-T#4
LIST OF RAILWAYS CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
Crossing
Name of
Sl. Cs. Name Of Crossing Chainage As Per Chainage As ROW
Gauge Between Railway Station village at Taluk District
No. No. Crossings Railway (Km) Per Pipeline Width
Crossing
(Km)

LIST OF RIVER CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
Sl. Cs. Crossing Chainage Perennial/ Non- HFL (m)

Name Of Crossings Bank Width Name of village at Crossing
No. No. (Km) Perennial MSL

Annexure-T#4
LIST OF OTHER ROAD CROSSINGS FALLING ON THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
Sr. Cs. Type of Chainage ROU

Description Between Pillar Location RL Village

LIST OF NALA / DRAIN CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE
Sl. Cs. ROW

Name Of Crossings Chainage (Km) Crossing Width R.L Name of Village at Crossing
No. No. Width

LIST OF POND CROSSING THE ROUTE OF PIPELINE

Sl. Chainage To Chainage Name of village at
Name of Crossings Between TP/IP Distance (M) Taluk District
No. (Km) Crossing

Annexure-T#4
LIST OF UNDER GROUND UTILITIES

Sl. Type of
Chainage (km) Description Between Pillar Location RL
No. Crossing

LIST OF MARSHY LAND

Sl.
Between Pillar Location Distance (km) Remark
No.

Format No. - Annexure-T#4
DES-32
WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT

Name of the Project : ___________
Survey Progress Report No. : ___________
Duration :
From : ___________ To : ___________
Part A :
Commenced on : ___________ Concluded on : ___________
Part B :
Commenced on : ___________ Concluded on : ___________
Progress in Kilometers
Activities Total Length Schedule as on Previous During the week Total Remarks
Alignment
Chaining
Crossing
Stone Pillar Fixing
Drawings
<> Profile
<> Route
<> Cross-section
Manpower Equipments
(Surveyor) (IOCL)

Format No. - Annexure-T#4
DES-33
ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY REPORT

Aerial distance (within 20 KM)
Sl. No. Areas Name / Identity
Proposed project location boundary
Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation
1
for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value
Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands,
2 watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains,
forests
Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora & fauna for
3
breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration
4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters
5 State, National boundaries
Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or other tourist,
6
pilgrim areas
7 Defence Installations
8 Densely populated or built-up area
Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of
9
worship, community facilities)
Area containing important, high quality or scarce resources
10 (Ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries,
tourism, minerals)
Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage
11
(Those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded)
Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present
environmental problems
12
(Earthquakes, subsidence landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse
climatic conditions)

DES-34 Indian Oil Corporation Limited Annexure-T#4
Name of pipeline project
SEISMIC ZONE WISE PIPELINE LENGTH

Sesismic Chainage
Length (Km) Remarks
Zone From (Km) To (Km)
II
III
IV
V
Total Length (Km) =
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report on Soil Resistivity Survey for pipeline ROW
(Measurement by 4 Pin Wenner method)
Name of the Pipeline:

Section:
Chainage: From ______________ Km To ________________ KM
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations (for depth of electrode insertion upto 1/20th of spacing):-
SL. Chainage Depth ‘D’ Earth Resistance ‘R’ Resistivity
Multiplier Remarks
No. (Km) (in cms) (in ohms) (ohm-cm)
Distance covered on date Distance covered previously Distance covered upto date
(Km) (Km) (Km)
Remarks: - Area covered is natural ground/rocky/water logged/river bank etc.

Resistivity Meter, Type No.:-
Signature: (IOC Representative) (Contractor’s Representative)

Date: Date:
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report on pH Value Survey for pipeline ROW

Section:
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations:-
Chainage Depth ‘D’
SL. No. pH value Remarks
(Km) (in cms)
(Km) (Km) (Km)

Date: Date:
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report on Chemical Analysis of Soil for pipeline ROW

Section:
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations:-
Location Depth ‘D’ Chemical analysis of
SL. No. Remarks
(Km) (in cms) soil / water samples
(Km) (Km) (Km)

Date: Date:
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report for Soil Stratification Survey for pipeline ROW

Section:
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations:-
SL. Borehole Location Depth & type of soil from ground level
Remarks
No. No. (Km) Clay Sand Moorum Rock
(Km) (Km) (Km)

Date: Date:
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report on Data Collection/Generation for pipeline ROW

Section:
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations:-
Location
SL. No. Observations
(Km)
(Km) (Km) (Km)

Date: Date:
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report on Soil Resistivity Survey at Station locations
(Measurement by 4 Pin Wenner method)

Name of the station:
Chainage: _______________________ Km Total Area: _____________________ Sqm
Total no. of grid:
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations (for depth of electrode insertion upto 1/20th of spacing):-
SL. Grid No. & Depth ‘D’ Earth Resistance ‘R’ Resistivity
Multiplier Remarks
No. Co-ordinate (in cms) (in ohms) (ohm-cm)
No. of grids covered on date No. of grids covered previously Total no. of grids covered upto date
(No.) (No.) (No.)
Remarks: - Area covered is natural ground/rocky/water logged/river bank etc.

Resistivity Meter, Type No.:-

Date: Date:
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report on pH value Survey at Station location

Total no. of grid:
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations:-
SL. Grid No. & Depth ‘D’
pH Value Remarks
No. Co-ordinate (in cms)
(No.) (No.) (No.)

Date: Date:
Annexure-T#5
Daily Report on Soil Chemical analysis Survey at Station location

Total no. of grid:
Report No.:
Date:
Camp:
Observations:-
SL. Grid No. & Depth ‘D’
Chemical Analysis Remarks
No. Co-ordinate (in cms)
(No.) (No.) (No.)

Date: Date:
CHAPTER – VI
Specification-S#1 (Survey Works)
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY PL/PJ/C/SPEC/RS/12.2
Revision 1
वीक्षण सवेक्षण हे तु ववनिर्दे श
SPECIFICATION FOR
RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY
Page 1 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
Table of Contents
1.0.0 GENERAL ..................................................................................................... 3
2.0.0 DESK TOP STUDY ...................................................................................... 3
3.0.0 FIELD RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY ..................................................... 4
4.0.0 SELECTION OF FINAL ROUTE .............................................................. 5
5.0.0 ESTABLISHING & DEMARCATING MAJOR GROUND CONTROL POINTS ...... 5
6.0.0 COLLECTION OF DETAILS..................................................................... 6
7.0.0 CROSSING DETAILS ................................................................................. 7
8.0.0 REPORT PREPARATION & SUBMISSION ........................................... 7
Page 2 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 Specifications and modalities of Reconnaissance survey as detailed in this
chapter are meant for identification of route for cross-country pipeline and
demarcating the same on Ground along with collection of sufficient back-up data
based on which detail engineering survey work can be carried out at a later
stage.
1.2.0 Data generated during the reconnaissance survey should be comprehensive
enough for preparing a realistic cost estimate and project proposal for cross-
country pipeline for transportation of crude oil/ petroleum products.
2.0.0 REQUIREMENTS
2.1.0 All measurements shall be in SI units.
2.2.0 All survey works shall be performed by or under the supervision of a qualified
land surveyor and surveyor should have experience of Pipeline survey.
2.3.0 The readings and noting shall be neat, legible and scorings and over-writing shall
be duly initialed by the Surveyor.
2.4.0 All survey shall be carried out by latest approved methodology and using
modern reliable equipment e.g. GPS, DGPS, Total Stations, etc. with modern
gadgets like High precision Theodolite, sophisticated level instruments etc.
2.5.0 The surveyor is expected to make himself aware of the general conditions of the
terrain before start of work. A preliminary survey for locating the Centre-line of
pipeline alignment on the ground shall be carried out and wherever it becomes
apparent that a better route could be followed, Surveyor shall consult the Owner
for authorization to make suitable changes.
3.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK
3.1.0 The Reconnaissance Survey Work shall consist of, but not limited to, the
following major activities:-
1. Desk-top Study to identify various alternative routes available through study of
topo-sheets.
2. Field Reconnaissance Survey by verification of Ground-Truth through extensive
physical travelling along identified alternate routes and collecting details.
3. Selection of final Route satisfying all boundary conditions and due consideration
to all constraints encountered en-route.
4. Establishing & demarcating Major Ground Control points along the final route
for easy identification at a later date.
5. Collection of Details along the final route.
Page 3 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
6. Preparation of Report.
4.0.0 DESK TOP STUDY
4.1.0 The owner shall provide a key map in 1:1 million scale showing originating and
terminating locations and other obligatory points en-route the proposed
pipeline. Based on these preliminary information of the pipeline route, the
“Survey agency” shall make detailed desk top study of the relevant Survey of
India (SOI) Topo Sheet ( Scale 1:50000 or 1:25000).
4.2.0 At least two to three alternate routes shall be drawn on the Topo sheet (Scale
1:50,000) supported by key map of the same routes drawn on SOI map of scale
1:1 million.
4.3.0 The paper alignment study of alternate routes shall be done satisfying the
following criteria: -
(1) Shortest possible pipeline route
(2) Avoiding hilly and highly undulated / broken areas
(3) Avoiding perennially marshy and water logged/ flood prone areas
(4) Avoiding extensively meandering stretches of rivers as far as possible
(5) Avoiding declared reserved / protected forest & wild life sanctuaries.
Minimum passage through the forest area should be kept, as far as
possible.
(6) Avoiding declared eco-sensitive zones by MOE&F
(7) Avoiding mining and coal belt areas
(8) Avoiding densely populated area and city limits
4.4.0 Thematic maps of National Atlas & Thematic Mapping Organization (NATMO)
should be studied while selecting the proposed pipeline routes.
4.5.0 A small brief of the desktop study shall be submitted along with proposed
alternate routes on 1:50,000 SOI map and key map in scale 1:1,000,000, index
number of Topo-sheet (with special mention of restricted maps, if any).
5.0.0 FIELD RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY
5.1.0 After desktop study is over, field reconnaissance along all the alternative routes
shall be carried out. Representative of the Owner shall be associated along with
the field reconnaissance survey team to show the following:
(a) Originating and terminal point of the pipeline.
(b) Intermediate obligatory points e.g. Tap-off points, booster stations etc.
Page 4 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
5.2.0 During this visit, the Survey team shall collect all necessary details for examining
feasibility of all the possible alternative routes.
6.0.0 SELECTION OF FINAL ROUTE
6.1.0 All the information collected during field reconnaissance shall be tabulated and
comparative advantages/disadvantages shall be evaluated in terms of technical
feasibility of the Pipeline Project.
6.2.0 The final analysis shall be discussed threadbare with the Owner’s representative
and the final route shall be frozen. This route shall be plotted on 1:50,000 SOI
map and submitted in the report, which shall form the basis for collection of
further details and data for subsequent surveys to follow.
6.3.0 While selecting the final route, due weightage shall be given to the following:
(a) Avoidance of populated areas
(b) Technical feasibility & ease of construction
(c) Environmental friendliness & preservation of wildlife
(d) Easy approachability for maintenance
(e) Avoidance of Reserved & Protected Forest area (both major & minor)
(f) Avoidance of declared Eco-sensitive Zones (by MOE&F) such as notified
major water bodies, heritage areas, critically polluted declared areas, etc. for
10 Km distance on either sides of the proposed pipeline route
7.0.0 ESTABLISHING & DEMARCATING MAJOR GROUND CONTROL POINTS
7.1.0 Major ground control points are required to be established for easy identification
of the route at a later date for various purposes till detailed Engineering Survey
is undertaken.
7.2.0 These ground control points shall be so chosen and spaced that no difficulty is
faced for identifying these points; nor there be appreciable deviation in the
surveyed route during Engineering Survey.
7.3.0 Ground control points shall be in form of reference to permanent structures like
wall of a building, HT / LT towers, big trees, wells etc. ,which has little or no
chance of shift in near future. Markings may be made on these ground control
points in attractive colors, preferably in yellow & red and at such height and
location so as to be easily visible and not disturbed/disfigured easily. Local
villagers and village heads also may be made aware of these markings so that
these people may be of substantial help in locating these marks at a later date. A
tabulated list with serial numbering indicating sufficient reference about
surroundings for easy identification shall be prepared and enclosed in the report.
Page 5 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
These serial numbers shall also be reflected on the route-map of the proposed
pipeline.
7.4.0 Wherever a suitable structure is not available, Contractor shall provide one such
structure in form of a 1m high concrete pillar (0.75m X 0.75m) firmly fixed in
Ground with the help of concrete foundation. These pillars shall be constructed
preferably in an open area so that it is visible from a long distance.
7.5.0 The Ground control points shall be evenly spaced along the proposed alignment
preferably not more than 3.0 KM. apart. However, spacing shall be closer in case
of turning points, Major crossings etc.
7.6.0 Elevation (MSL) details for every stretch of not more than 10 KM along the
proposed pipeline route and MSL of extreme profile in between i.e. Valley, Hill
etc.
7.7.0 The Owner shall engage a separate agency for conducting various studies like
EIA (Environmental Impact Analysis) or RA (Risk Analysis) along the proposed
route immediately after route is finalized & demarcated. The Contractor shall
depute their representative for showing/identifying these Ground Control Points
to these Agencies at no extra cost to the owner.
8.0.0 COLLECTION OF DETAILS
8.1.0 All the necessary details along the proposed pipeline alignment as has been
elaborately discussed under “Selection of Final Route” shall be collected and
submitted along with the report as detailed in respective clause under “REPORT
PREPARATION & SUBMISSION”.
8.2.0 Whenever the proposed route is passing in the vicinity of cities, towns and
industrial estates, routes alignment should be drawn avoiding the future
expansion plans as per the master plan of the local Civic Authorities. The Survey
Agency shall contact the concerned Civil authorities and collect copies of the
latest master plans so as to establish that the proposed route does not fall in the
future expansion plan of the cities, towns and industrial estates. Copies of such
master plan should be attached with the Reconnaissance survey report. Name
and address telephone nos. of the authorities from whom the information have
been obtained shall be recorded in the report.
8.3.0 Similar information and master plan shall be obtained for mining areas,
irrigation project area and catchment area thereto, in case the route is found to
be close to such areas. Name of the office, address, telephone numbers who have
been contacted for getting such information shall be recorded in the report.
8.4.0 Wherever Passage through Reserved / Protected forest areas of both Major and
Minor in nature, Wild life sanctuaries could not be avoided, Map(s) of the these
Page 6 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
area(s) shall be collected and approximate length(s) of the same on the proposed
pipeline route shall be specifically indicated in the Report.
8.5.0 Wherever passage through Eco-sensitive Zones could not be avoided,
information on Eco-sensitive Zones (as declared by Ministry of Environment &
Forest) shall be collected all along the proposed Pipeline Route alignment (i.e. for
10km distance on either sides of the pipeline alignment) and the same shall be
specifically indicated in the Report.
8.6.0 Ground information in respect of terrain condition should be observed by the
reconnaissance team and furnished in the report. If site condition, vegetation,
agricultural pattern etc. reveals probability of rocky terrain, stretches of such
rocky terrain should be mentioned in the report indicating length and chainages
of each stretch. Maps of Geological Survey of Indian should be referred for broad
idea and to be supplemented with actual observation. Information from the
local villagers/ cultivators about open well digging methodology is a very
sure and accurate tool to know about terrain condition/existence of
surface rock. A chapter on general terrain condition of the pipeline route and
approximate length of identified rocky stretches, if any, shall be furnished in the
report.
8.7.0 Information on names of the various Districts and States (as on date), through
which the proposed pipeline alignment passes, shall be collected and separately
indicated in the report along with the corresponding District-wise & State-wise
pipeline lengths.
9.0.0 CROSSING DETAILS
9.1.0 All the crossings likely to be encountered in the final route are to be listed out.
9.2.0 Approximate measurements at crossing-points of all the railways, roads, rivers,
waterways etc. falling on the route shall be taken during the field survey.
9.3.0 The width of river /major water course (width more than 100 m) shall be
measured by deploying Electronic Distance Meters (EDM). The nature of the
rivers (perennial/ non-perennial/ seasonal etc.) shall also be collected and
submitted in report.
10.0.0 REPORT PREPARATION & SUBMISSION
10.1.0 The survey report to be submitted after completion of field reconnaissance
survey shall include, but not limited to the following:
(1) Index Map showing the pipeline route alignment.
(2) Executive Summary
(3) Introduction
Page 7 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
(4) Scope of Work, approach and methodology

(5) Salient Features of the pipeline route
(6) Description of Pipeline Route
(7) Route map in Survey of India (SOI) maps of 1:50,000 scale and KMZ file
of the final pipeline route, along with the list of these maps involved in
the pipeline route separately.
(8) Elevation (MSL) details for every stretch of not more than 10 KM along
the proposed pipeline route and MSL of extreme profile in between i.e.
Valley, Hill etc.
(9) Names of Districts and States along with the approximate length of finally
proposed pipeline route through each district
(10) Demarcation of Major Ground Control Points along the route
(11) Details of proposed pump station, intermediate station (if any) & terminal
station.
(12) Crossing List (along with respective Chainage-wise width of the crossing
details)
(13) List of Railway crossings, River (Major/Minor) crossings, National & State
Highway crossings along with its chainage & approximate width.
(14) List of other metal road/cart track crossings with approx. chainage and
width.
(15) List of Canal / Nala/ Minor waterways with approx. chainage and width.
(16) Approx. length and chainage of the forest land & restricted zones (i.e.
declared Reserved/ Protected forest areas of both major and minor in
nature, wild life sanctuaries, mining / coal belt areas, marine national
park, coastal regulatory zones, declared eco-sensitive zones by MOE&F,
etc.)
(17) General terrain condition of the route i.e. Approximate length and
chainage of rocky terrain, marshy / low lying area, hilly area, if any.
(18) Data for Cost Estimate
(A) Land, ROW & CROP details along the pipe line route
(i) Approx. cost of land per acre en-route
(ii) Percentage of cultivated land en-route
(iii) Type of crops and its cost per acre per year
Page 8 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR
Revision 1
(iv) Cost of land for pump station / terminal station areas

Note:
The above information shall be collected from the villagers and local Govt.
bodies. The entire surveyed route shall be divided into suitable zones for
depiction and tabulation of most representative figures to facilitate
proper cost estimates.
(B) Cost of Building Material & Labour
(i) Material
(a) Bricks per 1000 Nos.
(b) Sand per Cum
(c) Cement per 50 kg bag
(d) Stone Aggregate per Cum
(e) Class Teak Wood per Cum
(f) Local Wood per Cum
(g) Tor Steel per MT
(ii) Daily Labour Rate
(a) Mason
(b) Carpenter
(c) Coolie / Belder
(iii) Information about predominant use of brick/stone masonry works
& local construction practices.
Page 9 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR DETAILED
ENGINEERING SURVEY PL/PJ/C/SPEC/DES/12.2
Revision 1
वतत
ृ इंजीनयरंग
सवण हे तु वनद श

ENGINEERING SURVEY
Page 1 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0.0 GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 3
2.0.0 REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 3
3.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK ......................................................................................... 4
4.0.0 METHODOLOGY .......................................................................................... 8
5.0.0 STAKING OF PIPELINE ROUTE................................................................. 9
6.0.0 STAKES AND MARKER .............................................................................. 9
7.0.0 BENCH MARKS .......................................................................................... 10
8.0.0 PIPELINE CROSSINGS .............................................................................. 11
9.0.0 ROUTE MAP ................................................................................................ 14
10.0.0 PROFILE MAP ............................................................................................. 19
11.0.0 BUILT-UP AREAS....................................................................................... 22
12.0.0 ACCURACIES IN MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 23
13.0.0 CHAINAGE .................................................................................................. 23
14.0.0 MEASUREMENT OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES ....................................... 24
15.0.0 SURVEY NOTES, OBSERVATIONS AND COMPUTATIONS .............. 24
16.0.0 MAPS & DRAWINGS ................................................................................. 25
17.0.0 PRESENTATION OF FIELD SURVEY DATA.......................................... 26
18.0.0 DOCUMENTATION & DATA SUBMISSION .......................................... 27
19.0.0 DRAWING OF RCC PRECAST PILLARS IN TP’S/IP’S .......................... 29
Page 2 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 This specification outlines the minimum requirement for survey of pipeline
route including locating & marking the center line of pipeline alignment on
ground, taking field measurements, providing bench marks and preparation of
drawings, reports & other relevant documents.
1.2.0 The owner shall provide tentative route marked on a Topo sheet (scale
1:50,000), which shall include both existing and new route. The owner shall
provide necessary assistance to identify the existing pipeline and Right of Way.
1.3.0 However, in case Reconnaissance Survey is also included under the scope of
works of the Contractor, the route finalized upon Reconnaissance survey shall
form the basis for further detailed engineering survey.
1.4.0 While deciding the final alignment of the pipeline, guidelines of existing
Codes & Standards e.g. OISD-141, OISD-214, ANSI ASME B31.4, B31.8 etc. shall
be followed.
2.0.0 REQUIREMENTS
2.1.0 All measurements shall be in SI units.
2.2.0 All survey works shall be performed by or under the supervision of a qualified
land surveyor and surveyor should have experience of Pipeline survey.
2.3.0 The readings and noting shall be neat, legible and scorings and over-writing
shall be duly initialed by the Surveyor.
2.4.0 All survey shall be carried out by latest approved methodology and using
modern reliable equipment e.g. GPS, DGPS, Total Stations, etc. with modern
gadgets like High precision Theodolite, sophisticated level instruments etc.
2.5.0 The surveyor is expected to make himself aware of the general conditions of the
terrain before start of work. A preliminary survey for locating the Centre-line of
pipeline alignment on the ground shall be carried out and wherever it becomes
Page 3 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
apparent that a better route could be followed, Surveyor shall consult the
Owner for authorization to make suitable changes.
3.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK
3.1.0 The Detailed Route survey shall be carried out for the pipeline route finalized
after Reconnaissance survey with a view to obtain data necessary for final
system design of the proposed pipeline and to establish various other
parameters required during construction and subsequent operation. In general,
the major activities involved are as follows:-
3.1.1 Conducting field survey and demarcating alignment on ground.
3.1.2 Deploying Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) to provide DGPS control
points at every 4 to 5 km interval based on WGS-84 UTM co-ordinate system. Total
Stations shall be employed for traverse control between DGPS stations. UTM co-
ordinates shall be established for all TPs, IPs and Flag Control Points and other
important points as desired by Owner.
3.1.3 Base maps shall be procured from authorized source (having clearance from
Ministry of Defense/ Survey of India) for all districts (20 Km on both sides of ROW)
and submitted to Owner.
3.1.4 Transferring the alignment with TP’s/ IP’s onto the SOI maps of 1: 50,000 scale.
Number of TP’s along the pipeline route shall be kept to a minimum. Additional
traversing requirement for TP optimization shall be carried out by the Contractor
prior to finalization of TP’s.
3.1.5 Fixing of final alignment by precast RCC pillars in new route.
3.1.6 In existing route, fixing of additional ROW boundary by precast RCC pillars.
Location of existing boundary pillars, TP’s etc. may not indicate the exact position
of ROW. Hence, with the help of Pipeline locator, alignment of existing pipelines
shall be ascertained.
Page 4 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
3.1.7 For major River crossings (bank to bank width exceeding 800m), a minimum
straight length of 300m on either side of stable river banks shall be maintained to
facilitate pipeline installation by HDD technique during execution i.e., no TP shall
be kept within this section.
3.1.8 For other river crossings minimum straight length of 200m on either side of river
bank shall be maintained.
3.1.9 For major Highway (NH, SH etc.) & Canal crossings, the minimum straight length
on either side of canal bank or highway edge shall be kept as 100m.
3.1.10 Preparation of Route Map by marking details falling within the 10 km strip (5 km
on either side of the identified pipeline route alignment) including marking of
change in approved city/town limit on SOI Maps of 1: 50,000 scale. The SOI Maps
required for preparation of Route Maps shall be digitized so as to make them
compatible with latest version of AutoCAD software & the pipeline route shall
be duly marked in the digitized maps.
3.1.11 Marking-up of the final alignment of pipeline route staked on ground along with
other relevant information (e.g. ROW limit; TPs ; major crossings viz. Perennial
Rivers, Railways, NH, SH, Major Canals etc.; Forest Areas; Wildlife Sanctuaries;
Restricted ROW; etc.) on Google Earth & saving all the information layer wise in
.kml format.
3.1.12 Preparation of Profile drawing for the final pipeline route.
3.1.13 Preparation of Alignment Sheets including planimetry details of the area falling
within 50m strip from either edge of ROW, Ground profile along the pipeline route
and other route details. The scale for planimetry drawings shall be 1:2500 both
along and across the alignment. The scale for profile drawing shall be 1:2500 for
horizontal distances and 1:250 for vertical distances. Further, existing IOCL
facilities / pipeline details in the proposed route shall be clearly indicated in
the planimetry details along with other features.
Page 5 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
3.1.14 Preparation/ Collection of Hydrological Data Report of major rivers, calculation of

scour depth, collection of other details like maximum discharge/design
discharge, average velocity, high flood level at crossing locations, type of soil at
river bed, extent of flood plain etc. for each river crossing in the proposed
pipeline route, including all labour, material, equipment etc. complete in all
respects as per specifications and direction of Engineer in charge/ Site Engineer.
For rivers, flowing pattern (at the crossing locations) data of last 10 years shall be
gathered and submitted along with the report. Also, the layout (as on date) of
actual rivers / water bodies shall be shown in the Route Map.
3.1.15 Obtaining seismic fault line data and plotting the fault lines on Route Map,
Alignment Sheets as well as on ground.
3.1.16 The details of existing Pipeline sections may be collected/gathered from local
Station-in-Charge as per direction of EIC and field verification of all data/details
shall be carried out and final report shall be prepared based on the exact site
condition.
3.1.17 Documentation in respect of Forest area, if any, required for the purpose of
obtaining NOC from State/ Central level Forest Authorities, shall be prepared as
per the following and submitted to Engineer-in-Charge after completion of both
Detailed Engineering & Cadastral survey of the proposed Pipeline, progressively, on
periodical basis:
(1) - Copy of certificate, if Pipeline is not passing through National Parks/

Sanctuaries/any ecological sensitive areas.
(2) - Final Pipeline Route (accepted by IOCL), duly marked on 1:50,000 Survey of
India (SOI) topo sheets.
(3) - Collection and documentation of data on distance of proposed Pipeline

Route from declared eco-sensitive zones or archeological monuments/
structures, Mining/ Coal belt area, Sanctuary, Marine National Park,
Page 6 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
Wildlife corridor, different type of forests (declared Reserved, Non-reserved,

Social, etc.).
(4) - Arranging Cadastral maps/ Village revenue maps.
(5) - Collection of ownership details viz. certified Record of Rights (RoR) for plots
falling in RoU of proposed Pipeline from local administration.
(6) - Copy of village revenue maps, pertaining to village falling en-route the
Pipeline, shall be obtained from Revenue Authorities (i.e. village Patwari
etc.). The Turning Points (TP’s) and Intermediate Points (IP’s) as staked on
the ground after Detailed Engineering Survey, shall be plotted on the above
village maps in sequential order. This involves positioning of the TP and IP
locations on the village maps with respect to the existing field boundaries
and other physical features on the ground.
(7) - After cadastral survey of the pipeline route, Forest plots falling in the
Pipeline route shall be identified from RoR, etc. Forest land shall be
categorized as wildlife, sanctuary, wildlife corridor, reserved forest,
protected forest, revenue forest, gramya forest, jhar jungle and any area
recorded as Forest as per government records/ Revenue Department.
(8) - Digitization of Pipeline RoW in cadastral maps and digitization of full

village maps where forest plots are encountered shall be carried out and
soft copies of the same shall be submitted to EIC.
3.1.18 Preparation of crossing drawing: Crossing drawings shall be prepared for each
individual obstacle like Railway line, National Highways, State Highways, other
metalled roads, rivers, canals, watercourses etc. falling enroute the pipeline
alignment. The crossing drawings shall have a key plan indicating the location of
the pipeline and its distance with respect to nearby permanent structures and
north direction upwards. All details like Chainage, TP/IP Nos., reference points,
details of road/ railway/ river/ canal/ watercourse crossing shall be indicated in
Page 7 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
detail for quick and easy identification. The draft of the crossing drawings shall be
got approved by the Owner prior to finalization.
3.1.19 Details of High Tension (HT) power supply line (running across / parallel to the
ROW), underground crossings such as OFC, Telephone/Electric cable, Water/Sewer
line and any other line crossing the pipeline ROW, or running parallel to ROW,
within 100m from C/L.
3.1.20 Selection of Entry / Exit locations of the proposed pipeline with respect to the
existing ROW shall be as per the instruction of Site Engineer / Engineer-in-Charge
(EIC).
3.1.21 While conducting survey for identifying the new / diverted pipeline route, EIC shall
be consulted for obtaining necessary information of the existing pipeline route and
guidance for selecting the new / diverted route.
3.1.22 All survey details & deliverables including base maps shall be uploaded and
integrated into Owner's Arc GIS (ESRI) server so as to obtain a seamless geo-
referenced GIS database.
4.0.0 METHODOLOGY
4.1.0 The field survey work shall consist broadly the following activities:
(1) - Alignment fixation and forward progress with Total Station.
(2) - Chaining and transferring each Turning Point (on the ground) to map of
1:50,000 scale by use of Total Station.
(3) - Collecting data and plotting HT power lines parallel to alignment and
across the alignment.
(4) - Levelling along the surveyed alignment with auto levels/ Total Station,
taking longitudinal profile to reflect ground elevations. The same shall be
connected with permanent bench marks in nearest proximity of the
alignment.
Page 8 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(5) - Collecting accurate details of horizontals distance and height differences

along the longitudinal section of the pipeline route at the crossing
point of each individual obstacle.
4.2.0 Activities listed against (1) and (2) will lead to preparation of the route map.
Activities shown against (4) will be required for development of the profile map
and the activity indicated against (5) above is meant for preparation of the
crossing drawings for individual obstacle.
5.0.0 STAKING OF PIPELINE ROUTE
The pipeline shall be staked by placing suitably painted marker stakes at

Turning Points (TPs) and at Intermediate Points (IPs) between consecutive TPs.
All turning Points (TPs) and intermediate points are referred as Intersection
Points. The pipeline shall be staked on the ground as follows:
5.1.0 The Turning Points (TPs) shall be staked on the ground. After locating and
marking the TPs, the intermediate points shall be staked while measuring slack
distance. The staking shall normally be done at intervals of about 250 m along
the Centre line of the pipeline.
5.2.0 The intersection Points shall be serially and logically numbered from the
starting point. The serial number of each Intersection Point shall be boldly
inscribed on the marker stake. In addition, the Turning Point (TP) marker stake
shall identify the Turning Point reference number from the starting point.
Numbering to be done in consultation with EIC.
5.3.0 The reference sketches shall carry the Turning Point reference number and
their respective distance from the TP marker stake.
5.4.0 Change in direction of line shall be marked on the TP marker stakes.
6.0.0 STAKES AND MARKER
6.1.0 All marker stakes shall be of pre-cast reinforced cement concrete pillars, having
dimensions 150 (L) x 150(B) x 300 (H) mm above ground level and having
Page 9 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
dimensions 300 mm (L) X 300 mm (B) x 300 mm (H) in foundation as shown in

the drawing and cast as a single unit for the above ground portion & foundation
portion. The reinforcement for TP/IP has been provided in the drawing
separately at the end of this section. TP/IP shall be fixed in center position with
cement concrete at intervals of 250m approx. along the center line of the
pipeline.
6.2.0 The precast RCC pillar shall be fixed for identifying TPs, IPs and crossing
location of pipeline route with NH/ SH, railway, major river, canal crossing
as follows:
(1) - For TP, two precast RCC pillars shall be fixed along the two directions of
the alignment.
(2) - For IP, one precast RCC pillar at an average interval of 250 m shall be fixed.
(3) - For crossings (metalled road, railway, canal and river crossing), 2 Nos. of
precast RCC pillar shall be fixed on either side of the crossings.
6.3.0 All TP's shall be painted ‘Post Office’ RED and all IP's shall be painted WHITE for
a height of 200 mm from the top. The TP/IP No. and the respective progressive
chainages shall be written on both sides of the painted portion with BLACK
paint.
6.4.0 The payment for TP/IP pillars shall be made as per relevant item in SOR.
7.0.0 BENCH MARKS
7.1.0 Bench Marks (BM) at approx. every 5 Km on permanent structures along the
RoU/RoW i.e. within 100 meter either side of RoU / RoW, shall be
established and described. Additional bench marks shall be established near the
major pipeline crossing sites, both sides of crossing.
7.2.0 If permanent structures are not available at 5 km interval, Permanent Bench

Mark (BM) as mentioned below under shall be established to ensure availability
of BM at every 5 km.
Page 10 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
7.3.0 Permanent Bench Mark shall be of stone blocks/RCC having size

300mmx300mmx800mm. At the top of bench mark, an insert plate (8 mm thick
steel plate of size 150x150 mm provided with holdfast/lugs) shall be
fixed/embedded in R.C.C. in centrally & horizontally leveled position.
7.4.0 Permanent bench mark shall be 300 mm above natural ground level and
500mm below ground level. Also the name of the pipeline project i.e. XYZ PL
shall be marked on the pillars.
7.5.0 The reduced level of the BM shall be paint marked in the concrete block. Letters
“BM” shall precede the reduced level of bench mark recorded to the
second place of decimal.
7.6.0 Accuracy of the reduced levels of the Bench Marks shall be verified wherever
possible by checking levels with the nearest permanent Bench Mark established
by Survey of India for India.
8.0.0 PIPELINE CROSSINGS
8.1.0 General:
8.1.1 As far as possible, all pipeline crossings shall be made at right angles. The
surveyor shall record the angles of crossing for all fences, property lines,
utilities, railways, canal-streams etc. that are crossed. In addition, the true
bearings of the centerline of the road, railway, canal as well as that of the pipe
center-line shall also be recorded.
8.1.2 An enlarged profile for each crossing shall be prepared with a suitable datum
with the help of collected survey data. The enlarged profile shall indicate
horizontal distance in meters, level, height in meters, existence of any water
(including its approximate depth), the position of the IP or TP (with its number)
on the ground and the direction of the proposed survey. The horizontal distance
shall be duly correlated with the TP/IP installed on the ground. In case of
obstacles like rivers, perennial canals etc., the profile shall be taken
Page 11 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
showing water depth for which suitable method of Sounding shall be

adopted. In case of major rivers, Eco-sounder shall be used for obtaining
profile data.
8.1.3 A key plan, showing with reasonable accuracy, the point at which the
pipeline route is crossing the concerned obstacle, shall be prepared at site.
The help of telephone pole, kilometer post or any such permanent object
shall be taken for this purpose. The key plan shall also depict the
approximate angle at which the pipeline route is crossing the concerned
obstacle.
8.1.4 In the case of smaller "Crossings", the details regarding ground levels etc.
will be shown upto 50 meters on either side from ROW limit of the
"Crossing".
8.1.5 For larger crossings like river etc., the details regarding ground levels etc.
will be furnished upto 100 meters on either side from ROW limit of the
"Crossing".
8.1.6 For railway crossing, the details for a minimum of 60m on either side of
center line of railway track at two extreme ends shall be furnished.
8.1.7 The serial number of the each crossing along with progressive chainage of the
pipeline route at which the said crossing occurs & its detailed description shall
be suitably described on the body of each "Crossing Drawing”.
8.1.8 The key plan (not to scale) for the concerned "Crossing", as described earlier in
this paragraph, shall be inserted on the bottom left hand corner of each
"Crossing Drawing". This key plan shall generally be accommodated within a
box of size not exceeding 12cm x 10cm unless specifically required to be
increased for any of "Crossing Drawing".
8.1.9 The North direction shall be correctly indicated in the Index plan.
8.1.10 No contours shall be shown on the key plan.
Page 12 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
8.2.0 Following major crossing types are generally encountered along the pipeline
route:-
8.2.1 Railway Crossings:
The angles for all railway crossings shall be as close to 90 degree as possible to
the center-line of the railway but in no case less than 85 degrees. Any other
requirements as furnished by railway authority should also be taken into
consideration.
8.2.2 Primary Road Crossings:
Primary roads are the National & State Highways, all weather roads
(paved/unpaved) and roads providing access to major cities/towns/important
installations etc. The angle of crossing shall be as close to 90 degrees as possible
but not less than 80 degrees. Any deviation, to the above shall be finalized in
consultation with EIC.
8.2.3 Secondary Road Crossing:
The angles of crossing for secondary roads shall be as close to 90 degrees as far
as possible, to the centerline of the roads. All seasonal roads, unpaved village
roads, cart -tracks, etc. come under this category. The names and sizes of all the
primary road crossings shall be included in the survey notes. Any deviation, to
the above shall be finalized in consultation with EIC.
8.2.4 River/Stream/Nala Crossings:
These crossings shall be established as close as possible to the locations shown

on the route map. Crossings shall be located in a comparatively straight reach of
the river where the banks are stable and there is sufficient area for construction.
Angle of crossing shall be as close to 90 degree as possible. Any deviation, to the
above shall be finalized in consultation with EIC.
Special considerations shall be required, while deciding the width of river

crossings which are characterized by their perennial nature, meandering
Page 13 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
course, steep and potentially erodible banks, potentially scouring bed, large
erodible flood plain and wide water course (high water mark to high water
mark). Hydrological surveys shall be carried out to establish the river bed and
water current profiles, to predict the behavior of the river with respect to
change of course, scour of bed and erosion of banks etc., to obtain all other
parameters related to design and installation of such crossings.
8.2.5 Canals/Drainages Ditch Crossings:
The angle of crossing shall be as close to 90 degrees as possible to the center -

line of the canal/drainage ditch. Crossings shall be located where there is no
evidence of slumping or erosion of banks, or bed. Any deviation, to the above
shall be finalized in consultation with EIC.
8.2.6 Utility Crossings:
Utilities crossed shall be located at centerlines with stakes in the survey. The
angle of crossing shall be measured and locations established relative to their
above-ground facilities. The names and sizes of all utility lines shall be included
in the survey notes. In the cases of overhead power and telephone lines, the
distance to the poles and towers on each side of the survey line shall be
measured, and the numbers of poles or towers noted. Line voltage shall also be
recorded. Where ever possible, the survey shall establish that there is a
minimum distance of 50 meters from the survey line to the nearest High
Tension pole or tower. Underground utilities shall be located as far as possible
and staked for a minimum distance of 50 meters on each side of the survey line.
Any deviation, to the above shall be finalized in consultation with EIC.
9.0.0 ROUTE MAP
9.1.0 All relevant Survey of India (SOI) Toposheets (1:50,000 scale) required for
the preparation of Route Maps shall be procured & digitized either
manually or with the help of software so as to make them compatible with
latest version of AutoCAD software.
Page 14 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
9.2.0 On the basis of the alignment plan proposed in reconnaissance survey, the
pipeline route shall be plotted in digitized maps (1:50,000 scales after joining
them together in proper order).
9.3.0 Following activities shall be involved in preparation of route map:-
(1) - The originating point shall be duly transferred and fixed on the ground
based on permanent reference of the topo maps using Total Station.
(2) - The alignment on the ground shall be fixed on the basis of the alignment
marked earlier on the maps based on the alignment shown as per
reconnaissance survey.
(3) - Total Station will be installed on the starting point and the alignment will
be made to progress in the same direction.
(4) - The point at which the alignment undergoes a change in direction shall
be called a "Turning Point" or a TP in the abbreviated form.
(5) - Accuracy of the direction at all angle points shall be checked by check
line measurement and verified by triangle calculations.
(6) - Pegs shall be driven at convenient points at intervals not exceeding 250
meters and at the same time ensuring inter-visibility between two
consecutive pegs. Each such peg position between any two TPs shall be
called an "Intermediate Point" or an I.P. in the abbreviated form.
(7) - Survey Engineers shall record the details of tachometry in the field books
and such data shall be fed on to the computer to produce final data.
(8) - The angle points and intermediate points shall be demarcated by precast
RCC pillars on ground and the pillars numbered as per IOC specifications.
(9) - Numbering shall be done in such a manner that the identity of a

particular IP can be established immediately, e.g. IP No. 45/17 shall
Page 15 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
mean the 17th IP after TP No. 45 towards the direction of progress of

survey.
(10) - The obstacles like railway lines, roads, rivers, canals, nallas etc. falling
en-route and across the surveyed alignment, shall be serially numbered
with the type of obstacle and its details be mentioned against each.
Additionally for the purpose of identification, the location of or
occurrence of each such crossing shall be properly recorded.
(11) - The progressive chainage of the mid-point of each obstacle shall

be considered as its crossing chainage, so far as the pipeline route is
concerned. One IP will be installed on one side of the obstacle if it is
a small one, and in the case of bigger obstacle like rivers, IP's shall
be installed on both sides of the crossing.
(12) - In order to precisely identify actual locations of the "Starting Point", "End
Point" and all the "Turning Points" on the ground (in case of any of them
being dislocated at later date), sufficient details with respect to three
reference objects (like distance of the point from the three objects and
the bearings of each line etc.) shall be recorded and furnished to IOC.
Such exercise is not considered necessary for IP's.
(13) - In order to enable IOC to ascertain as to what degree of bend will be

necessary to be provided at each TP during construction of the pipeline,
the deviation of the successive direction of the alignment with respect to
the preceding one (measured clockwise with the zero being set to the
preceding one) shall be recorded at each TP and furnished to IOC. Also
the fore-bearing of the new direction of the alignment, taken from each
TP shall be recorded and furnished to IOC.
(14) - Land required for pipeline ROW shall be classified based on usage e.g.
cultivated land (indicating the name of standing crop, if there be any),
barren land, reserved forest, orchards, sandy soil, rocky etc.
Page 16 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(15) - HT power lines running parallel to the pipeline alignment with 100
meters on both sides of the center line are to be identified. KV rating of
the line, distance from center line of the alignment are recorded and
plotted on the Route Map. Data for HT lines across the alignment shall
also be recorded and plotted on the Route Map.
(16) - All crossings shall be made in such a manner that the angle between the
centerline of the railway, highway, river, stream, canal or utility being
crossed and the centerline of the pipeline route shall be as close as
possible to 90 deg. but in no case less than 45 deg.
(17) - For railway crossings the angle of crossing shall not be less than 85
deg. to the center line of railway.
(18) - Turning points (TPs) shall not be provided very near to the crossings and
should be on stable and firm ground.
(19) - For major Rivers (bank to bank width exceeding 800m), Highways and
other important utility crossings, a minimum straight length of 300m on
either side of stable river banks shall be maintained to facilitate pipeline
installation by Directional Drilling technique during execution i.e., no TP
shall be kept within this section.
(20) - The major river crossings shall be located in a comparatively straight

reach of the river, where the banks are stable and there is sufficient area
for construction. As far as possible, crossings shall be located where
there is minimum evidence of slumping or erosion of banks or bed. The
alignment at such crossings shall be finalized after consultation with the
Engineer-in-Charge.
(21) - For other river crossings minimum straight length of 200m on either
side of river bank shall be maintained. For major Highway (NH, SH etc.) &
Canal crossings, the minimum straight length on either side of canal bank
or highway edge shall be kept as 100m.
Page 17 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(22) - With details obtained as per the methods explained above, a Route Map
shall be prepared, showing progressive number of the TP's and their
cumulative chainages. The location of each crossing shall also be
demarcated on the pipeline route indicating its serial number only.
(23) - The overall width of the Route Map in the desired scale shall be
kept limited to about 30 cms. Also a key plan in the route map shall
be depicted in scale 1:50,000.
9.4.0 Following critical details shall be indicated in the Route Maps:-
(1) - Indication of Geographical “North” direction.
(2) - Indication of corresponding SOI Topo Sheet No. of 1:50,000 scale.
(3) - Incorporation of present development details (which are not indicated

in the SOI Topo sheet) falling within 5km on either side of pipeline
alignment in 1:50,000 scale.
(4) - All the major roads and railway lines coming in (from a place) and
emerging out (to a place) on both sides of the pipeline alignment shall be
indicated on the Route Map along with approximate distances to the
places, e.g., Hyderabad (40km), Vishakhapatnam (30km) etc.
(5) - In the case of perennial rivers, flow direction of the river shall also be
indicated on the Route Maps.
(6) - National Highway, State Highway Nos. and Railway line details shall be
indicated on the Route Maps.
(7) - Pipeline Chainages in multiples of 5 KM (with respect to starting point)

and chainages of start and end point of the Route Map and Match lines
shall also be indicated on the Route Maps.
(8) - TP and IP details.
Page 18 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(9) - Indication of type of crossing e.g., Road, Railway, River, Canal etc. on the
Route Map.
(10) - Key Plan of the entire pipeline Route with the respective section (of the
Route Map sheet) highlighted shall be displayed.
(11) - A brief description of the start and end points of the Route shall be given
on the Route Map also. This shall be in addition to the details in the Main
Report.
(12) - Details of Electrical power line crossing / running parallel in the ROW
(13) - Other details as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
9.5.0 In addition to preparation of Route Map on SOI Toposheets, the final alignment of
pipeline route staked on ground shall be marked-up on Google Earth along with
other relevant information e.g. ROW limit; TPs; major crossings viz. Perennial
Rivers, Railways, NH, SH, Major Canals etc.; Forest Areas; Wildlife Sanctuaries;
Restricted ROW; etc. & all the information shall be saved layer wise in .kml format.
10.0.0 PROFILE MAP
10.1.0 Following activities shall be involved in preparation of profile map:-
(1) - The continuous profile of the proposed pipeline route shall be established
from the leveling/Total Station heighted traverse and from the reduced
levels taken. The level readings shall be recorded at following points
along the pipeline route:-
(a) At the starting point,
(b) At all Turning Points (TPs)
(c) At all Intermediate Points (IP’s) staked on the ground.
(d) At all points on the pipeline route where there is a change in slope
or a sudden/abrupt rise or fall in the ground level.
Page 19 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(2) - Due connection to the permanent bench marks (BMs) shall be provided to
suitable IP's/TP's.
(3) - When the terrain is flat, reduced level shall be recorded along the pipeline
route at 100m interval.
(4) - When the terrain is undulating observation of reduced level shall be made
at a sufficient number of points so as to give an accurate plotting of the
ground profile along the route.
(5) - For road and railway crossings, the reduced levels shall be recorded at
all points along the pipeline alignment wherever there is a change in slope
within the entire width of the Right-of-Use (RoU)/Right-of-Way (RoW) of
the road/railway.
(6) - For river/stream/nala/canal/large water-body crossings, levels shall

be taken at intervals of 5M upto30M beyond the highest banks on both
sides. Levels shall be taken at closer intervals, if there is a change in slope.
(7) - In RoU/RoW having slope across the pipeline alignment, as

encountered in hilly areas, Ghats regions, ravines and other similar
areas; cross section at 50 M interval and for a length of 50 M on
either side of the pipeline alignment shall be observed and recorded.
(8) - For major water crossing sites, cross section as mentioned in above
clause shall be observed at both banks.
(9) - Method of RISE and FALL shall be used to compute reduced levels of
various points. Check on computation shall be made by using the
following formula: [Back site - Fore Site = Rise - Fall = First R. L. - Last
R. L].
(10) - Maximum misclosure shall not exceed 24√K mm where ‘K’ is the distance
in Km. Maximum length of line of sight shall not exceed 100m.
Page 20 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(11) - All levels shall be with respect to Means Sea Level s (MSL). A chart/Table
shall be prepared and profile plotted.
10.2.0 Following details/information shall be indicated in the Profile Maps:-
(1) - TP/IP No.
(2) - Chainages & levels of all TP’s.
(3) - Deviation at TP's
(4) - Chainages and levels of every alternate IP's.
(5) - IP’s installed on the side/sides of “Crossings” shall also be shown in the
profile map.
(6) - Any abrupt rise or fall in the ground level (where neither IP nor TP has
been installed) showing the partial distance (from the previous IP or TP
as the cases may be), progressive chainages, reduced level etc.
(7) - Nature of terrain/ground
(8) - All "Crossings" shall be properly indicated with name, chainage & serial
number.
(9) - For the purpose of depiction in the Profile Map, any "Crossing" which is at
higher level than the adjoining ground, the highest level will be indicated.
Similarly, for any "Crossing" which is at lower level with respect to the
adjacent natural ground level, the lowest level will be indicated in the
profile map.
(10) - The locations of the "Crossings" (obstacles) shown in the Route Map and
the Profile Map shall accurately match mutually.
(11) - Extra horizontal column shall be provided below and left blank for being
subsequently used for indicating location of valves or other fittings on the
laid pipeline.
Page 21 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
10.3.0 Profile map of marshy / swampy area / water bodies
For marshy or swampy area, survey work shall be carried out to determine
profile of land and depth of water above ground. Marshy/swampy area shall not
be treated as "crossing". Normal surveying and scaling techniques like staffing,
stick measurement or other standard methods be adopted. Separate profile
shall be drawn for such areas. The scale shall be 1:1,000 for indicating
horizontal distance and 1:100 for vertical deviations.
11.0.0 BUILT-UP AREAS
11.1.0 Monuments and Properties
The pipeline alignment shall run clear of the existing monuments, properties &
structures etc. as follows:-
Habitable Dwellings 100 meters
Structures 50 meters
Property Corners / Monuments 200 meters
For congested areas, closer distance may be adopted; however, location shall be
approved by EIC.
11.2.0 Parallel Alignment
The pipeline alignment wherever runs parallel to an existing or planned

under/over ground facility will be treated as parallel alignment. For
underground facilities surveyor shall identify and locate them with suitable
special ground lath. The following clearances shall be observed in case of
parallel alignment defined above.
a) Between existing/planned electrical power cables/lines and the proposed

line - 50.0 meters.
Page 22 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
b) Between existing/planned communication cables/lines and the proposed line

- 25.0 meters.
11.3.0 Parallel Encroachment
Unless otherwise stated, when the pipeline alignment runs generally parallel to
a road or railway it shall be kept sufficiently clear of the RoU/RoW limits of the
facility.
12.0.0 ACCURACIES IN MEASUREMENT
12.1.0 Surveyor shall incorporate corrections to the linear ground measurement due to
standard errors, variations from standard errors, variations from standard
temperature and pull.
12.2.0 The error on closure for measurements on vertical distance to establish bench
marks shall not be more than 24√K mm (Where K is the linear distance in km).
The observations for measurement of vertical distances on bench marks shall be
read to accuracy to the nearest 5 mm and for Intersection Points and other
points also Pipeline route and at crossing to the nearest 10mm. The error of
misclosure in vertical distance shall be distributed linearly.
13.0.0 CHAINAGE
13.1.0 Distance measurement will be made with the help of Total Station. However, in
case of abrupt slope change 50 meter steel tape or 30 meter chain may be used.
13.2.0 Distance between Intersection Points staked along the pipeline route shall
be measured and recorded. In addition, distance between level points shall also
be measured and recorded.
13.3.0 Chainage will be continuous in the direction of survey i.e. for “XYZ” PL,
chainage will start from “X” and it will progressively increase towards “Y”
& “Z”.
13.4.0 “X” shall be considered as (zero) ‘0’ chainage.
Page 23 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
13.5.0 The true bearing of all straits shall be observed and recorded.
13.6.0 Data on nature of terrain, viz. sandy, stony, vegetation, etc. and type of ground
will also be recorded along with chainages of change points.
14.0.0 MEASUREMENT OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES
14.1.0 Horizontal angles are measured to indicate the change in direction of alignment
and specify the horizontal bend at the Turning Points.
14.2.0 The line at both ends shall be tied to the grid control system being used for end
facilities. True bearing at the start, end and at every 15-20 KM shall be observed
to keep a check on errors in angular measurement.
15.0.0 SURVEY NOTES, OBSERVATIONS AND COMPUTATIONS
15.1.0 The procedures followed for both field and office calculations shall be such that
the results obtained shall be maintained by surveyor and shall be readily
understood and retraceable.
15.2.0 All up-to-date notes and observations related to the basis for determination of
boundary lines and corners shall be maintained by surveyors.
15.3.0 Survey records must contain schematic diagrams of all horizontal controls
pertinent to the project showing all existing and established control points,
bench marks, and any triangulation station and boundary lines.
15.4.0 Geo-graphical and UTM co-ordinates of all Turning Points and starting/end
points of the pipeline shall be computed and furnished to EIC.
15.5.0 Survey reports in respect of Road, Railway, and River crossings /embankment
should also specify the corresponding reference chainage /reference markers
maintained respectively by the Rail way department, highway authorities and
government departments in charge of Water bodies.
15.6.0 The report should also contain all information pertaining to the
crossing; like Site office/Sectional office/Divisional office/Regional office
Page 24 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
of the respective railway, highway and water body authorities under

which crossing is proposed. The officers responsible for issue of
permission for crossings and their contact addresses etc. should also be
included in the report.
16.0.0 MAPS & DRAWINGS
16.1.0 Contractor shall perform mapping & drawing work so as to contain all relevant
data consistent with the survey notes & observations. The drawings shall
contain details of roads, streets, highways, structures, all types of crossings,
terrain, surface vegetation & all other details which will be required for the
purpose of engineering design.
16.2.0 Following types of detailed survey drawings will be made:
Drawing Name Scale

1:2500 along the line
1. Right-of-Use Planimetry in UTM grid
1:2500 across the line
1:2500 Horizontal
2. Ground Profile
1:250 Vertical
3. Profile map for marshy/swampy areas & Horizontal = 1:1,000
water bodies e.g. ponds etc. Vertical = 1:100
4. Alignment Sheet
1:2500 along the line
a. Planimetry Drawing
1:2500 across the line
1:2500 Horizontal
b. Profile Drawing
1:250 Vertical
5. Crossing Details 1:100 Horizontal
(Road, Railway, Stream, Nala, Canal, etc.) 1:100 Vertical
6. Crossing details (River Crossing)
1:100 Horizontal
a. Up to 250 M width
1:100 Vertical
1:500 Horizontal
b. Up to 500 M width
1:500 Vertical
1:1000 Horizontal
c. Greater than 500 M width
1:1000 Vertical
Page 25 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
Drawing Name Scale

7. Detailed Pipeline Route Map 1:50,000
8. Additional Route Map for Hilly, Ghats and
1:15,000
ravenous regions
1:100 Horizontal
9. Cross Section for sloping Right-of-Use
1:100 Vertical
10. Index maps
(The pipeline route shall be superimposed and incorporate on the
following SOI index maps)
a. Map showing entire pipeline route 1:2,50,000
b. Detailed Route Map 1:50,000
c. Key Maps 1:10,00,000
Note:
1. Crossing drawings shall be prepared using same horizontal and vertical scale as
indicated above. No. of sheets may be increased, if required.
17.0.0 PRESENTATION OF FIELD SURVEY DATA
17.1.0 Survey Drawing:-
Survey drawing shall contain the following data as a minimum requirement.
(1) RoU/RoW Planimetry drawings shall show all objects within 100 meters
on either side of the Pipeline in Plain.
(2) In case of all rail, road, river, steam, canal and utility crossings, the angle of
crossing shall be mentioned.
(3) In case or rail, road, river, stream and canal crossings wider than 10m, the
distances at the start and at the end of the crossing from the nearest IP
shall also be mentioned. For crossings less than 10m, the distance of the
center line of crossing from the nearest IP shall be given.
(4) For all river, stream and nala crossings, the level of water at the time of
survey and the approximate surface velocity of the flowing steam shall be
observed and recorded and reported in the survey drawings. Also, the
general nature of the surface soil (soft/hard, normal soil or rock/boulders)
at the bed and banks of the river/steam/nala shall be observed and
mentioned in the drawings.
Page 26 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(5) Ground profile (chainage v/s ground elevation) for the entire pipeline
route shall be prepared and presented in a tabular format.
17.2.0 Pipeline Route Map:-
(1) Pipeline route map shall show all features including, but not limited to
roads and railroads, canals, streams, lakes, rivers, villages, towns, and
cities that are located within a distance of 10 km from the pipeline
center-line on either side of it. For the entire region, contours
shall be plotted on the route map at 20m contour interval.
Additional information like cultivated areas, barren land,
areas prone to flooding, rocky areas and forests including
access path/roads to ROU/RoW shall also be shown on the
route maps.
(2) Additionally for areas which are undulating such as hilly areas, Ghats
regions, ravines, and other areas as directed by Company, Pipeline route
map to a scale 1: 15,000 shall be drawn over a distance of 1.0 Km from the
pipeline center-line on either side of it. For such areas, contours shall be
plotted at 10m contour interval.
18.0.0 DOCUMENTATION & DATA SUBMISSION
18.1.0 The details to be furnished by the surveyor to IOC are as follows;
(1) - Route Map on SOI Toposheets in 1:50,000 scale in hard (coloured) as

well as soft form.
(2) - Route Map of final selected route on Google Earth Application in .kml
format.
(3) - Profile Map in 1:25,000 (H) and 1:250 (V) in hard as well as soft form.
(4) - Alignment Sheets in hard as well as soft form.
(5) - Profile Map of marshy/ swampy area/ water bodies in 1:1000 (H) and
1:100 (V).
Page 27 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(6) - Crossing Drawings in hard as well as soft form.
(7) - Details of TP's & IP's (consolidated).
(8) - List of crossings (consolidated).
(9) - Statement of angular deviations and bearings.
(10) - Details of reference for all TP's, the starting point and the end point.
(11) - Details of some permanent bench marks falling near the surveyed
pipeline route.
(12) - Details of land-use along alignment.
(13) - Details of social forestry/ protected & reserve forest/ wild life sanctuary
etc., if any, for the purpose of obtaining NOC from State/ Central level
forest authorities
(14) - List of cart track along with chainages.
(15) - Details of High Tension (HT) power supply line crossing the pipeline
ROW, or running parallel to ROW, within 100 m. from C/L.
(16) - If the route is passing through very congested area where clear width of
100 meter is not available such stretches should be identified and
brought out in the report.
(17) - Details of obstructions/ encroachment like permanent structure,

electrical/ telephone pole, trees etc. on the existing ROW. Details of
Restricted ROW, if any shall also be provided separately.
(18) - Hydrological data such as High Flood Level (HFL), maximum floods
discharge (Q), Av. velocity of flow, extent of flood plain etc. based on
previous floods, of the rivers en-route and assessment of scour depth.
Relevant details shall be collected from the concerned Irrigation Deptt
office. Other data based on hydrological survey of river crossings, as per
details mentioned earlier, for design and installation of such crossings.
Page 28 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(19) - Data regarding Environmental clearance to be furnished by the party. A

copy of certificate need to be submitted if Pipeline is not passing through
National Parks/ Sanctuaries/Coral reefs and Ecological sensitive areas
after the detail route survey .If the pipeline is passing through above
mentioned classified zones, the party shall furnish information as per
Annexure-G for Environmental Clearance.
18.2.0 All drawings/reports/formats etc. submitted to IOCL shall be prepared in

electronic form. All drawings/sketches shall be prepared using latest version of
AutoCAD compatible to GIS database.
18.3.0 All the data shall be furnished in data base format agreed by IOCL. All reports
and write-ups shall be in Microsoft Office software. All photographs shall be in
JPG/TIF format.
18.4.0 Two copies of final approved survey data/documents shall be submitted to the
Owner on standard CD ROMs. In addition, three sets of hard copies of all
approved survey data/documents shall also be furnished.
19.0.0 DRAWING OF RCC PRECAST PILLARS IN TP’S/IP’S
150 mm X 150 mm X 300 mm

(above ground portion)
8 mm bar (4 nos
150 mm of length 0.7 m)
8 mm stirrups
@ 150 mm
150 mm spacing
Reinforcement
300 mm X 300 mm X 300 mm

(foundation portion)
Page 29 of 29
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR CADASTRAL
SURVEY & ROU SERVICES PL/PJ/C/SPEC/CAD-ROU/12.2
Revision 1
भूकर-सर्वेक्षण तथा आरओयू
सेर्वाएँ हे तु वर्वनिर्दे श

SURVEY & ROU SERVICES
Page 1 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
Table of Contents
1.0.0 GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 3

2.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK ......................................................................................... 3
3.0.0 DETAILED METHODOLOGY ..................................................................... 6
Page 2 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 All works under this section, except where explicitly mentioned to be carried
out by IOCL or Competent Authority, shall be in the scope of the contractor.
1.2.0 The contractor shall engage adequate & suitable number of manpower
specifically experienced and conversant with the nature of jobs to be done.
1.3.0 The works under this section require lot of liasoning with Revenue authorities,
Press etc. at various levels. The work also requires assistance to the Competent
Authority as indicated in the detailed methodology. It shall be deemed that the
tenderer is well acquainted with the nature of work and implications involved
in performing the above activities including collection of the required input data
from the concerned offices of Revenue Dept.
1.4.0 The contractor shall undertake all such works as per the specific job
requirements. The procedure for establishment of ROU in ROW shall be as per
the Petroleum & Minerals Pipelines (Acquisition of Right of User in Land) Act,
1962 and its subsequent addendum/revisions.
2.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1.0 CADASTRAL SURVEY
The scope of work shall include, but not limited to, the following works:-
(1) Arrangement of village maps from Revenue authorities and tracing the same
on good quality tracing paper.
(2) Plotting of Turning Points (T.P.’s), Intermediate Points (I.P.’s) and pipeline
route on the village maps based on their actual field positions staked after
Detailed Route Survey. Marking the ROW boundaries on the village map and
computation of area of each plot falling inside the ROW boundaries.
(3) Diversion of pipeline route, if found necessary, and incorporating similar

details on village maps.
(4) Collection of true copy of Khatauni & Jamabandi and interim mutations from
Revenue Patwari.
Page 3 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(5) Collection of rates of lands of various categories from the concerned

Collector/authority.
(6) Generation of database of the land records, collected from the various
authorities, in a Microsoft window based software package in English, Hindi &
local languages as per requirement of the State/ Central Govt.
(7) Preparation of field book and schedule for publication of Notification U/S
3(1) of P&MP Act, 1962.
2.2.0 ESTABLISHMENT OF ROW IN ROU
The scope of work shall include, but not limited to, the following works:-
(1) Liasoning with Press and expediting for publication of the notification in the
Gazette of India U/S 3(1) of P&MP Act, 1962.
(2) Comparing the published notification U/S 3(1) with the manuscript sent to
MOP&NG by the Competent Authority and identifying mistakes, errors etc.
Preparation of Erratum & Corrigendum in case of any discrepancy noticed
and following up with Press for its early notification and publication in
Gazette. Purchase of published copies (3 sets) U/S 3(1) and Certificate for
date of sale of Gazette published U/S 3(1) of P&MP Act, 1962. The cost
towards the purchase shall be reimbursed by IOCL against receipt.
(3) Preparation and serving of notices U/S 3(1) to individual landowners

and taking appropriate acknowledgement. Facilitation of hearing of
objections U/S 3(1) and their disposal by Competent Authority.
(4) Entry of Gazette notification U/S 3(1) in Rapat Roznamcha of the village
Patwari and obtaining appropriate certificates in support thereof.
(5) Preparation of schedule for publication of the notification in the Gazette of

India U/S 6(1) of P&MP Act, 1962, follow-up with Press and expediting its
publication in the Gazette.
(6) Comparing the published notification U/S 6(1) with the manuscript sent to
MOP&NG by the Competent Authority and identifying mistakes, errors etc.
Page 4 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
Preparation of Erratum & Corrigendum in case of any discrepancy noticed

and following up with Press for its early notification and publication in
Gazette.
(7) Preparation and serving of notices U/S 6(1) to individual landowners

and taking appropriate acknowledgement. Facilitation of hearing of
objections U/S 6(1) and their disposal by Competent Authority.
(8) All notices to individual landowners (after gazette notification under section
3(1) & 6(1) of P&MP Act 1962) and related other summons/ orders shall
essentially be served personally by the Contractor on behalf of the Competent
Authority. In cases where personal delivery of the notices are not possible due
to very specific and convincing reasons, the notices of this category may be
served by registered post with acknowledgement due. A copy of such notices
shall be affixed on the notice board of Competent Authority’s office,
Tehsildar’s Officer, Village Panchayat/ Village Halls and also on the wall of
the house of the concerned person. A report shall be submitted by the
Contractor to the Competent Authority in this regard in the manner
prescribed by him.
(9) Entry of Gazette notification U/S 6(1) in original Jamabandi of the concerned
plot number and obtaining a certified copy of the same in support thereof.
(10) Purchase of published Gazette copies (3 sets) in respect of all Gazette

notifications under P&MP Act. for the ongoing ROW acquisition. The cost of
the Gazette copies shall be reimbursed by IOCL against proof of receipt.
(11) Calculation of land compensation payable and serving of compensation

notices to the individual land Owners & obtaining appropriate
acknowledgement.
(12) Collection of yield/ rate of various crops and trees (involved in the ROW) from
the concerned Govt. authorities.
Page 5 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(13) Preparation of village maps on good quality tracing paper in double

scale and development of fresh field book, for submission to the State Govt.
authorities later.
(14) Any other services and facilities, not specifically mentioned hereinabove or
elsewhere in the tender document but are contingent in nature and are
essentially required for efficient and expeditious completion of the job and
for discharging the responsibility of the Competent Authority as per the
requirement of P&MP Act, 1962 shall be provided by the Contractor at no
extra cost to the Owner.
3.0.0 DETAILED METHODOLOGY
3.1.0 CADASTRAL SURVEY
Following procedure shall be adopted for carrying out various activities involved
in Cadastral Survey:-
(1) Village maps, pertaining to villages falling en-route the pipeline, shall be
obtained from Revenue authorities (village Patwari etc.) and shall be traced
on good quality tracing paper.
(2) The Turning Points (TP’s) and Intermediate Points (IP’s), as staked on the
ground after Detailed Engineering Survey, shall then be plotted on the above
traced village maps in sequential order for each village. This involves
positioning of the T.P. and I.P. locations on the village maps with respect to
the existing field boundaries and other physical features on the ground.
(3) The pipeline centerline route shall then be plotted on the village maps by
joining the TP’s and IP’s in sequence.
(4) The ROW boundaries shall then be marked, on both sides of the centerline
plotted as above, on the village maps as per ROW width to be acquired.
(5) In case of any difference between the village map and actual field
position, the respective village Patwari/ Tehsildar shall be approached and
the changes, if any, shall be incorporated in the traced village maps.
Page 6 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(6) It is understood that the route staked on the ground after Detailed Route
Survey, and for which Route Map has been prepared, is absolutely free of or
outside any religious place, burial ground, Reserved Forest, Sanctuary, land
earmarked in Master Plan for future development etc. to the maximum extent
possible. The contractor is supposed to have kept the above and other such
factors into consideration while finalizing the Route.
(7) However if, on plotting of the ROW on the village map, it is still found that the
route is passing through some religious place, burial ground, land already
acquired for some other purpose, land already earmarked for future
development in Master Plan, Reserved Forest, Sanctuary etc. or other such
features then it may, in the opinion of the EIC, require partial or complete
diversion of route to avoid these features. The diversion of route, as required,
shall be carried out and the changes in route shall be incorporated in detailed
engineering survey report and on the traced village maps also. Diversion may
also be required to be done for any other reason if so required in the opinion
of the EIC.
(8) Field book shall then be prepared by the contractor. The area for each plot/
survey No./ Khata no./ Chak no. coming within the limits of ROW shall be
computed. The dimensions of the plots coming inside the ROW shall be
computed with the help of Revenue scales (Gunia) and other Revenue
instruments. The areas thus computed shall be converted in Hectares-Acres-
Centiacres for the purpose of preparation of schedule for Gazette notification.
(9) Schedule (in both Hindi & English) shall then be prepared by the contractor
based on the above field book, for publication of the notification in the
Gazette of India U/S 3(1) of P&MP Act, 1962, for all categories of land
whether belonging to private owners or belonging to the local village Govt.
bodies like Gram Panchayat etc. Land belonging to Central or State
Government or to the Municipality, PWD, NHAI, Railways, Irrigation Deptt.,
Forest Deptt. etc. shall be identified separately for seeking permission to lay
Page 7 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
the pipeline from the respective agencies through their land. The schedule
thus prepared shall then be submitted to the IOCL for further needful.
(10) True copy of latest Khatauni & Jamabandi (the Revenue record of right
holders) shall be collected from Revenue authorities in respect of each Survey
no. falling within the limits of ROW and the actual owner and occupier
pertaining to each plot shall be identified thereof.
(11) Interim mutations, if any, shall be collected from the Revenue Patwari and the
same shall be incorporated in the above Jamabandi.
(12) The contractor shall ascertain from Revenue records and local Panchayat the
details in respect of each plot as to whether the same is under cultivation or
being used by the Owner himself or by somebody else.
(13) The contractor shall obtain a certified copy of land rates of various
categories as declared by the concerned District Collector.
3.2.0 SERVICES FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF ROU IN ROW
in establishment of ROU in ROW:-
(1) Under the scope, the Contractor shall assist Competent Authority/ IOCL for
submission of Schedule (prepared earlier in both Hindi & English) to MOP&NG
for publication in Gazette. The Contractor shall further liaison with the Press
and expedite the notification and publication of the schedule in the Gazette.
(2) The published Gazette notification U/S 3(1) shall be compared with the
manuscript originally sent to MOP&NG by the Competent Authority and the
mistakes, errors etc. shall be identified.
(3) Erratum and Corrigendum (in both Hindi & English) shall then be prepared
by the contractor in respect of the identified mistakes, errors etc. in the
published notification U/S 3(1). Competent Authority/IOCL shall send the
same to MOP&NG for publication in Gazette. The contractor shall follow up
and liaison with Press and expedite its publication in the Gazette of India.
Page 8 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(4) Notices U/S 3(1) (in local language) shall be prepared for serving on
individual landowners.
(5) Notices U/S 3(1) shall then be served on individual landowners (shown in
Revenue records as the Owner of the land on the date of the notification and
to be identified with the help of concerned Panchayat member or Govt.
Patwari or Village Watchman) and appropriate acknowledgement shall be
obtained, as per the direction of the Competent Authority.
(6) The contractor shall facilitate hearing of objections filed by the land owners
within 21 days of serving of notices U/S 3(1), by the Competent Authority and
shall also facilitate in disposal of the above objections by the Competent
Authority.
(7) Schedule (in both Hindi & English) shall then be prepared for
publication of the notification in the Gazette of India U/S 6(1) of P&MP Act,
1962 and sent by Competent Authority/IOCL to MOP&NG for notification. The
contractor shall follow up and liaison with Press and expedite its publication
in the Gazette of India.
(8) The Gazette notification U/S 3(1) shall be got entered in Rapat Roznamcha of
the village Patwari and appropriate certificates in support thereof shall be
obtained.
(9) The published notification U/S 6(1) shall be compared with the original
manuscript sent to MOP&NG by the Competent Authority and mistakes, errors
etc. shall be identified.
(10) Erratum and Corrigendum (in both Hindi & English) shall then be prepared in
respect of the identified mistakes, errors etc. in the published notification U/S
6(1). The same shall be sent by Competent Authority/IOCL to MOP&NG for
publication in Gazette. The Contractor shall follow up and liaison with Press
and expedite its publication in the Gazette of India.
(11) Notices U/S 6(1) shall be prepared for individual landowners.
Page 9 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(12) The above notices U/S 6(1) shall then be served on the individual landowners
and appropriate acknowledgement shall be obtained, as per the direction of
the Competent Authority.
(13) The contractor shall facilitate hearing of objections filed by the land owners
within 60 days of serving of notices U/S 6(1), by the Competent Authority and
shall also facilitate in disposal of the above objections by the Competent
Authority.
(14) Substance of the Gazette notifications under Sections 3(1), 6(1) and
their Erratum/Corrigendum if any, shall be published, immediately after
obtaining of the respective Gazette copies, in the offices of the respective
District Collectors, Sub- Divisional Magistrates, Tehsildars and also respective
Sarpanch/Gram Pradhans along with wide publication in the respective
villages as per the direction of the Competent Authority. Due
acknowledgement shall be obtained from the respective Govt. offices where
the substance of the Notifications has been sent for publication. Necessary
letters for wide publication of the respective Notifications in the
Govt./Revenue offices, shall be issued by the Competent Authority.
(15) All notices to individual landowners (after gazette notification under section
3(1) & 6(1) of P&MP Act 1962) and related other summons/ orders shall
essentially be served personally on behalf of the Competent Authority with
due acknowledgement from the concerned person and witnesses. In cases
where personal delivery of the notices are not possible in the event of the
person residing at some other place and there being no person authorized on
his behalf to take the notice/summon, the notice/summon shall be served to
the owner by Registered Post with acknowledgement due. Similarly there may
be a case where the person concerned refuses to take the notice/summon. In
the event of such and other very specific and convincing reasons the notices
may be served by registered post with acknowledgement due. There may also
be cases where the address of the person concerned, who is residing/working
at some other, is not available.
Page 10 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
A copy of such notices/summons, as in the above cases, shall be affixed on the

notice board of Competent Authority’s office, Tehsildar’s Officer, Village
Panchayat/ Village Halls and also on the wall of the house of the concerned
person. A report shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Competent
Authority in this regard in the manner prescribed by him.
(16) The Gazette notification U/S 6(1) shall be got entered in original Jamabandi
of the concerned plot number and a certified copy of the same shall be
obtained in support thereof.
(17) The contractor shall purchase 3 (three) sets of published Gazette copies in
respect of all Gazette notifications under P&MP Act. for the ongoing ROW
acquisition process and forward the same to IOCL.
(18) The contractor shall ascertain from Revenue records and local Panchayat the
details in respect of each plot as to whether the same is under cultivation or
being used by the Owner himself or by somebody else.
(19) The contractor shall obtain a certified copy of land rates of various
categories as declared by the concerned District Collector.
(20) The land compensation payable to each individual landowner or Govt.

authority shall then be computed based on the land rates and their individual
areas falling inside the ROW. Notices shall be prepared for compensation to
the individual land Owners and shall be duly served and appropriate
acknowledgement shall be obtained in each case as per the directions of the
Competent Authority.
(21) The contractor shall assist the Competent Authority in preparation of Award
for land compensation and its disbursement in the villages.
(22) Providing services towards compensation against acquisition of ROW and

other services shall be as under.
(a) Ascertaining from Revenue records and local Panchayat the details in
respect of each plot as to whether the same is under cultivation or being
used by the Owner himself or by somebody else.
Page 11 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(b) Collection of rates of lands of various categories from the concerned

Collector / revenue authority.
(c) Calculation of land compensation payable and serving of compensation

notices to the individual landowners and obtaining appropriate
acknowledgement.
(d) Assistance to Competent Authority in preparation of Award to

(e) Any other services not specifically mentioned here or elsewhere but are
contingent in nature and essential for the on-going job shall be provided
by the contractor at no extra cost to the owner
(23) Village maps shall be prepared on tracing cloth in double scale and fresh field
book shall be prepared, for submission to the State Govt. authorities later. A
soft copy along with original tracing shall be submitted to IOCL.
3.3.0 COMPUTERIZATION OF LAND RECORDS
in computerization of land record:-
(1) The database of the land records collected from the various authorities
shall be generated in a Microsoft windows based software package in
English, Hindi & local languages as per requirement of the State/ Central
Govt.
(2) The data shall include names/ details of district, taluka, village, village-wise
plot details, extent of area, land Owner, land enjoyer, type of land, land cost,
crop cultivation, S.O. Nos. schedule 3(1) and 6(1) publication in the Gazette
including the Erratum, etc. it shall be noted that the parameters mentioned
above are not exhaustive and the contractor shall have to include additional
data in the data base which are required for calculating land compensation,
crop compensation etc.
Page 12 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(3) Suitable software program shall be developed using common software

package (like Visual basic) to link the data base in order to generate Schedule
3(1) and Schedule 6(1) notices in both English & Hindi languages for
publication in the Gazette, notices in local language for serving to the
individual land Owner, calculation of land compensation crop compensation
etc. automatically.
(4) Final database and program shall be submitted to IOCL in hard copy as well
as in soft copy.
3.4.0 PROVIDING SERVICES RELATED TO OPENING OF RIGHT OF WAY (ROW)

AND OTHER ACTIVITIES AFTER 6(1) NOTIFICATION
Following procedure shall be adopted for providing services related to opening

of ROW & other activities after 6(1) notification:-
(1) The yield and declared rate of various crops (cereals & vegetables) and Chara
(green waste) involved in the ROW, for both Rabi & Kharif crops, shall be
collected from the concerned State Govt. authorities like Krishi Mandi, Anaj
Mandi, Ganna Vikas Parishad etc. The Competent Authority shall issue letters
to the respective Deptts. for forwarding the yield and rates. The Contractor
shall followup and obtain the yield and rates from the concerned
Departments.
(2) The yield and rates of various fruit bearing and non-fruit bearing trees
involved in the ROW shall be collected from concerned State Govt. authorities
like Forest Deptt., Horticulture Deptt. etc. This shall include the yield and cost
of fruit and the cost of timber based on the assessed age of tree and its
physical features (height & girth). The Competent Authority shall issue letters
to the respective Deptts. for forwarding the rates. The Contractor shall follow
up and obtain the rates from the concerned Departments.
(3) Activities to be followed for opening and closing of ROW related works shall
be as under:
Page 13 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(i) Notice to land owners, Panchayat, Govt Agencies etc for start/
Complete of work.
(ii) Carrying out Panchnama in acquired ROU to record the extent of land,
number, type, size and age of trees, type of crops, number and size of
structures, bore wells, fencing etc., under each land owner. Providing
copy of Panchnama to land owner and other agencies.
(iii) Services for demarcation of ROW for Pipeline laying.
(iv) Collection of yield/ rate of various crops (involved in the ROU corridor)
from the concerned State Govt. authorities.
(v) Calculation of compensation to land owner for trees / crops /

temporary civil structures etc.
(vi) Assistance to Competent Authority in preparation of Award to

(vii) Providing requisite services and preparation of all necessary

documents, related to closure of ROW including entry of final ROW
details in Revenue Records and submitting to Engineer-in-Charge.
(viii) Any other services not specifically mentioned here or elsewhere but are
contingent in nature and essential for the on-going job shall be
provided by the contractor at no extra cost to the owner.
Page 14 of 14
SPECIFICATION FOR POPULATION DENSITY DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
INDEX & LOCATION CLASSIFICATION PL/PJ/C/SPEC/PDI/12.2
SURVEY
Revision 1
जनसंख्या घनत्व सच
ू कांक एवं
स्थल वर्गीकरण सवेक्षण हे तु ववननर्दे श
SPECIFICATION FOR POPULATION

DENSITY INDEX & LOCATION
CLASSIFICATION SURVEY
Page 1 of 4
SURVEY
Revision 1
Table of Contents
1.0.0 GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 3

2.0.0 METHODOLOGY .......................................................................................... 3
Page 2 of 4
SURVEY
Revision 1
1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 When survey for gas pipeline is performed, the Location Class based on
Population Density Index as per ANSI B31.8 “Gas transmission and Distribution
piping System”, OISD-141 (Design and Construction Requirements for cross
country hydrocarbon pipelines) & OISD-226 (Natural Gas Transmission Pipelines
& City Gas Distribution Networks) shall be recorded along with chainages at
change points of each location. The methodology of the survey shall be as per the
above referred Standards.
2.0.0 METHODOLOGY
2.1.0 A zone, 400 m wide, shall be considered along the pipeline route with the
pipeline in the center-line of this zone.
2.2.0 The entire route of the pipeline shall be divided into lengths of approx. 1600 M
(one mile) on the “sliding mile” method such that the individual lengths will
include the maximum number of dwelling which is intended for human
occupancy.
2.3.0 Within each 1600 M zone, such dwellings shall be counted and reported along
with other survey data. For this purpose, each separate dwelling unit in a
multiple dwelling unit building is to be counted as a separate building intended
for human occupancy.
2.4.0 The services associated with human dwellings such as water, gas and electrical
supply, sewage systems, drainage lines and ditches, buried power and
communication cables, streets and roads, etc. shall be recorded in the report.
2.5.0 The areas shall be classified based on guidelines as given below:
(a) Location Class-1:-
A Location Class-1 is any 1600 M (one mile) section that has 10 or fewer
dwellings intended for human occupancy.
(b) Location Class-2:-
A Location Class –2 is any 1600 M (one mile) section that has more than 10 but
Page 3 of 4
SURVEY
Revision 1
less than 46 dwellings intended for human occupancy.
(c) Location Class-3:-
A Location Class –3 is any 1600 M (one mile) section that has 46 or more
dwellings intended for human occupancy, except when a location class 4
prevails.
(d) Location Class-4:-
A Location Class – 4 includes areas where multistory buildings are located

intended for human occupancy. This class includes the areas where traffic is
heavy or dense and where there may be numerous other utilities underground.
Multistory means 4 or more floors above ground including the first or ground
floor. The depth of basements or number of basement floors is immaterial. A
class-4 location ends 220 meters from the nearest building with 4 or more
stories above ground.
2.6.0 In addition to the criteria contained in aforesaid clauses, while classifying

areas, additional consideration must be given to the areas where a
concentration of people is likely, such as, temple, church, school, multiple
dwelling unit, hospital, recreational areas of an organized character, places
of assembly, places of worship, etc. in Location Class 1 or 2. If one or more of
these facilities are present in Location Class 1 or 2, the area shall be
classified as Location Class-3. Concentrations of people referred herewith,
are not intended to include groups of fewer than 20 people per instance or
location but are intended to cover people in an outside area as well as in a
building.
2.7.0 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 2.5.0 & 2.6.0 above, while determining
Location Class of an area due consideration shall be given to the possibility of
future development of the area during the design life of the pipeline. If it appears
likely that future development may cause a change in the location class; this shall
be taken into consideration while determining its Location Class.
Page 4 of 4
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR OBTAINING
STATUTORY APPROVALS PL/PJ/C/SPEC/APPROVAL/12.2
Revision 1
वैधानिक अिुमोदि प्राप्ति
हे िु ववनिदे श

STATUTORY APPROVALS
Page 1 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
Table of Contents
1.0.0 GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 3
2.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK ......................................................................................... 3
Page 2 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 All works under this section, except where explicitly mentioned to be carried
out by IOCL, shall be in the scope of the contractor.
1.2.0 Owner shall provide necessary letters to the State Govt. / Central Govt. / any
other authorities as and when necessary. Necessary technical details of the
pipeline for making the applications shall be provided by the Owner. Any
statutory and license fees applicable will be paid / reimbursed by the Owner on
production of original demand note / documentary evidence from the
concerned authorities.
1.3.0 Contractor shall mobilize all necessary resources for obtaining

approvals/permissions from respective National/State and other Statutory
Authorities for the various pipeline crossings in Existing / Additional / New
pipeline ROW (i.e. pipeline portions of which are covered under the Project) e.g.
National Highways, State Highways, other Roads, Rail, River, Canal / Drain
Crossings, any other utility crossings including Forest clearance, etc.
2.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1.0 The scope of work for obtaining pipeline crossing approvals/permissions,

except forest clearance, shall include, but not limited to, the following works:-
(1) Collection of application format for approval / permission from respective

State / Central Authorities.
(2) Preparation of applications / drawings in the required format.
(3) Submitting the application with all supporting documents and drawings to
the respective Authorities.
(4) Follow-up and expediting with the respective Authorities.
(5) Obtaining approvals / permissions from the respective final Authorities.
(6) Arranging signing of agreements if any with concerned Authorities.
Page 3 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
2.2.0 SERVICES FOR FOREST CLEARANCE
The scope of work for obtaining forest clearance shall include, but not limited
to, the following works:-
2.2.1 Submission of Application to Forest Department
Based on the inputs collected during Cadastral Survey work, for submission of
forest diversion proposal to concerned PCCF/ Forest office, following points to
be complied:
(1) Arranging Form-A PART-I and providing assistance for filling by Owner.
(2) Collection of details of reserve forest from concerned Forest Division and
making the same with DGPS/GPS coordinates on the TOPO SHEETS.
(3) Forest and non-forest land schedules containing plot No., khata No., area, type
of land and any other related data duly authenticated by concerned
Tehsildars shall be prepared in detail for each village.
(4) Forest maps and/or VEGITATION MAPS (Satellite Imageries indicating forest
areas, forest density classification) shall be collected by the contractor from
State Forest Department, if available in hard & soft copy. The pipeline route
shall be marked on these maps with GPS/DGPS coordinates.
(5) The respective cadastral maps where forest patches are encountered should
be authenticated by Revenue Officials and Tehsildars. The pipeline route and
forest patches to be highlighted properly. A proper legend should be prepared
indicating the pipeline route (preferably in red) and forest patches
(preferably in green).
(6) Preparation of division wise consolidated area of forest land including

Reserve Forests, Protected Forests, DLC forest lands (which prior to
submission of the DLC report was having the legal status of non-forest), Social
Forestry etc.
(7) Original Topographic maps collected from Survey of India should be annexed
to the diversion proposal. Pipeline route to be indicated in the map.
Page 4 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(8) Six sets of files, including TOPO SHEETS and CADASTRAL MAPS as advised by
forest department, will be prepared.
(9) Accordingly, files to be prepared for each division separately containing the
above details and any other related documents with proper indexing and
submitted to concerned PCCF/Forest office.
(10) The diversion proposals are to be forwarded to the concerned DFOs from
concerned PCCF/Forest office after obtaining the state serial number. Follow
up is to be made for the same.
(11) Joint site inspection is to be done with the Revenue and Forest officials in
presence of the Owners representative for all the forest patches.
Arrangements are to be made for organizing the same.
(12) Trees to be felled during construction should be enumerated during Joint site
inspection. Even forest density survey to be done and data to be prepared for
submission to Forest Department, if required.
(13) Forest land to be demarcated by pillars and enumerated trees should be

marked as per the advice of the Forest officials.
(14) Joint site inspection report is to be prepared and authenticated by all the
officials present during the process of site inspection. The Contractor has to
provide support for ensuring timely preparation of the same.
2.2.2 Compliance under Forest Right Act (FRA), 2006: The Schedule Tribes and
other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act , 2006
(1) A certificate under Forest Right Act (FRA), 2006 (Proforma available at any
Forest Office in the concerned State) duly signed by the District
Collector/District Authority for the concerned forest divisions in which the
forest land is falling in the pipeline route to be obtained by the Contractor.
(2) For obtaining FRA certificate, following step are required to be followed
by the Contractor:
Page 5 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(i) Requirement of obtaining certificate under FRA is normally intimated by

the concerned DFO to the respective District Collector followed by
necessary instructions to the concerned BDO for the same. Gram Sabha
has to be conducted at each and every village where forest patches are
encountered along the pipeline route
(ii) The Gram Sabha shall be conducted in the presence of Sarpanch/village

head of the respective villages, Owner, Panchayat Executive Officer,
Ward Members and villagers. The Sarpanch of the concerned village is
normally instructed to conduct Gram Sabha by the concerned Block
Development Officer.
(iii) Minimum 50% adult villagers (above 18 years of age) attendance from
the concerned village for Gram Sabha is required. For this purpose,
advance intimation, drum beating, etc. if necessary to be carried out by
the Contractor. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure
minimum attendance of villagers in the Gram Sabha.
(iv) After completion of Gram Sabha meeting, resolution is signed by

minimum 50% of adult members of the concerned village stating that
they have No Objection if pipeline will pass through the forest land.
(v) The resolution is to be endorsed by concerned Sarpanch and BDO.
(vi) Sub collector will conduct Sub divisional level (SDLC) forest committee
meeting on receipt of report from BDO. Sub collector will send the
resolution with remark of SDLC to Collector office.
(vii) Collector will conduct District level forest committee (DLC). On

resolution of DLC collector will issue certificate.
(viii) Finally Collector shall issue the certificate to DFO based on Gram
Sabha resolution. Contractor shall maintain continuous follow ups and
liaison for the same.
2.2.3 Contractor shall ensure that all the latest provisions for conducting Gram Sabha
are taken care. He would also ensure that during the periodicity of contract, if
Page 6 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
any change in any of the Act, FCA-1980, FRA-2006, Wildlife-1972 etc., are
announced by MoE&F, Delhi through any of their circular, same shall be abided
by the contractor to facilitate Forest Clearance for the project.
2.2.4 Geo referencing and preparation of shape files of Forest Plots
(1) Proposal for diversion of forest land to accompany geo-referenced maps

prepared using Differential GPS (DGPS), in shape file containing digital map
along with hard copy verified and authenticated by Competent Authority as
nominated by the respective State Government for the pipeline project.
Further the maps are to be authenticated by the respective divisional DFOs. It
is the responsibility of the Contractor for conducting DGPS survey and
preparation of geo-referenced maps in shape files and submitting the same in
hard copy (in 6 sets) and soft copy and getting the required authentication
from concerned officials.
(2) The process of geo-referencing based on DGPS data collected during Survey
and preparation of shape file involves following methodology:
(i) Primary Control Points (PCP) points collected are to be fed in

triangulation software, if required, in computer for eliminating
redundant data and establishing of useful data.
(ii) Digitized cadastral maps submitted as part of pre-requisite will be geo-

referenced with the help of concerned GIS software with DGPS data from
secondary points thus collected at least 4 points per cadastral map.
Pillars shall be posted demarcating the forest boundary and DGPS
readings should be observed for the pillars points. Care should be taken
that the area calculated from shape file and area bounded by the pillars
should match within the acceptable tolerance. The data authenticity will
be checked with high resolution satellite imagery in background of
digitized cadastral map. Faulty/ redundant data are discarded and
complete geo referencing of cadastral map is done using satellite
imagery. Thus 1:1 mapping is done for full cadastral map which enables
Page 7 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
accurate calculation of area within any given contour by moving the

cursor.
(iii) Composition of DGPS maps shall be done to show demarcating pipeline

route, forest plots, derivation of geo-coordinates of forest plots,
calculation of area of forest land requiring diversion etc. This is called
shape file which is opened by designated GIS software.
(iv) The shape file will be converted to JPG format and required number of
print outs will be taken along with incorporation of legend, marking of
forest plots etc. which will be authenticated by DFO/DFOs/Competent
authorities as nominated by respective State Govt.
2.2.5 Processing forest land diversion proposal under Forest Conservation Act
(FCA) – 1980
The diversion proposal prepared at respective DFO offices should contain the
following documents in proper format:
(1) Forest and non-forest land schedules along with cadastral maps and
topographic sheets indicating forest plots and pipeline route properly
indexed.
(2) FRA certificates received from District Collectors office
(3) DGPS maps in shape files for forest plots (soft and hard copies)
(4) Forest maps of the State Government (if available)
(5) The cadastral maps, topographic maps, joint site inspection (forest , revenue
& user agency) report, site inspection report of DFO, tree enumeration
report, timber value calculation sheet, Net Present Value of the Forest land
(NPV). forest loss calculation sheet, etc. of the concerned forest divisions
should be authenticated by the DFO concerned
(6) Compensatory afforestation (CA) scheme has to be furnished along with the
diversion proposal by respective DFO/ DFOs.
Page 8 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(7) The forest density and eco-class of forest information to be incorporated in

Part-II filled by concerned DFOs. This information will be collected by
contractor from Forest Department.
(8) In addition to existing route, two nos. alternate routes will be marked in Topo
sheet showing that the least reserve and protected forest/area is encountered
in the route selected for the proposed pipeline.
(9) Any other documents as required by the forest officials (Division profile,
District Profile etc.).
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to continuously maintain follow ups for

ensuring timely submission/forwarding of the diversion proposals accompanied
with the required documents as detailed above along with the proposal for
compensatory afforestation from the respective DFOs to the nominated Nodal
DFOs and then to concerned PCCF / Forest office through concerned RCCF, Nodal
CCF, etc. and from PCCF office to concerned State Govt. (Forest Dept.). Alternate
route study along with route maps to be submitted for justification of route
selection.
2.2.6 In case of forest clearance under Protected areas (Wildlife Sanctuary or National
Park / declared eco-fragile zones, CRZs, Elephant reserve/ Elephant corridor)
the Contractor has to provide necessary assistance as may be required by the
Owner in this regard and maintain continuous follow-ups with forest /Wild-life /
CRZ / Park / Sanctuary officials and concerned state authorities (e.g. Chief Wild
Life Warden) for obtaining the clearance including preparation of wildlife
management /conservation plan.
2.2.7 All details & deliverables shall be uploaded and integrated into Owner's Arc GIS
(ESRI) server so as to obtain seamless geo-referenced GIS database.
Page 9 of 9
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
SPECIFICATION FOR CARRYING OUT PL/PJ/C/SPEC/SOIL
SOIL SURVEY SURVEY/12.2
Revision 1
मद
ृ ा सर्वेक्षण हे तु
वर्वनिदे श
SPECIFICATION FOR CARRYING

OUT SOIL SURVEY
Page 1 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
Table of Contents
1.0.0 GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 3

2.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK ......................................................................................... 4
3.0.0 DATA PRESENTATION ............................................................................. 11
4.0.0 REPORT SUBMISSION .............................................................................. 12
Page 2 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
1.0.0 GENERAL
1.1.0 This document covers various surveys & services required for obtaining data
that necessary for final system design of the proposed pipeline and
establishing various other parameters required during construction and
subsequent operation.
1.2.0 Survey shall be carried out for the entire length of the ROW of the pipeline
and at stations / TOP locations. The soil resistivity survey, soil strata survey,
chemical analysis, pH value analysis and data collection survey shall be
carried out as per specifications forming part of this tender.
1.3.0 The contractor shall supply all materials, manpower, transportation and
camping facilities etc. to their employees, test instruments, laboratory backup
for chemical analysis, pH analysis, other analysis and other required
materials etc. which shall be required to accomplish the work.
1.4.0 Each survey crew shall be led by a competent engineer having thorough
knowledge of the job assisted by skilled/unskilled work force.
1.5.0 The equipments, test instruments etc. shall be in good working condition and
shall be got approved from Owner’s representative before conducting the
surveys. Party should furnish details of the equipment to be used for Surveys
and analysis etc. along with procedural details about conducting the surveys.
1.6.0 Only standard instruments of reputed make with null balance system shall be
used for measuring the soil resistivity.
1.7.0 Contractor shall furnish to owner schedule of surveys to be carried out in 2

sets undertaking the actual job. Schedule shall be strictly adhered to.
1.8.0 Contractor shall furnish detail procedure for conducting soil resistivity
survey, soil chemical analysis, pH measurement techniques, arrangement
for conducting soil chemical analysis, pH measurement, procedure for
measuring Redox Potential, procedure for conducting soil strata survey for
owner approval before conducting field work.
Page 3 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
2.0.0 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1.0 SOIL RESISTIVITY SURVEY
2.1.1 Brief Description
The soil resistivity method involves driving 4 steel pins into earth in a
straight line equally spaced with pin spacing equal to depth to which
knowledge of average soil resistivity is required. The average soil resistivity,
being the function of voltage drops between two outer pins, first the
resistance in ohm between center pair of pins is determined. This measured
value of resistance is multiplied by a factor 2πa to obtain average soil
resistivity, where ‘a’ is the pin spacing in feet.
2.1.2 Soil Classification
General guidelines for ascertaining the corrosive nature of soil are as

follows:-
Resistivity
Sl. No Soil Type
(ohm-cm)
(1) > 10,000 Very Low Corrosive
(2) 5,000 – 10,000 Low Corrosive
(3) 2,500 – 5,000 Medium Corrosive
(4) 1,000 – 2,5000 Highly Corrosive
(5) < 1,000 Very Highly Corrosive
The soil resistivity readings obtained after survey shall be tabulated &
the readings shall be jointly signed by Contractor’s and owner’s
engineers after completion of each day of survey.
2.1.3 Soil Resistivity Survey shall be conducted along Pipeline ROW & at
station/T-point locations as per details mentioned in subsequent
clauses.
Page 4 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
2.1.4 ROW SURVEY
(1) Soil resistivity all along the route shall be measured at 125 meter
interval by using standard 4 pin Wenner method. The soil resistivity
data shall be recorded in the presence of Owner’s representative in
a tabular form as per prescribed format. The following pin spacing shall
be used:-
a) 100 cm
b) 300cm
c) 500 cm
(2) The soil resistivity readings shall normally be taken at an interval of 125
mtrs. at a depth of 100 cm, 300 cm and 500 cm. The readings at
successive interval should not differ by a ratio greater than 2:1,
otherwise the readings shall be taken at intermediate points to meet this
condition of 2:1 ratio.
(3) Soil resistivity shall also be measured at locations of all crossings such as
road, rail, water crossing etc. and wherever there is a visible change in
soil characteristics.
(4) As an exception to point (2), the condition regarding 2:1 ratio shall not
apply when the lower of the two readings is greater than 20000 ohm-cm.
(5) Soil resistivity at locations other than the regular interval as noted in
point (2) shall be paid on prorata basis.
2.1.5 PUMP STATIONS / TAP OFF POINTS SURVEY
The pump station/TOP area shall also be surveyed for soil resistivity
measurements. Each station shall be divided in 35m x 35m grid and surveyed
for soil resistivity observation at three different soil depths namely, at 100
cm, 300 cm and 500 cm depths at each grid. For the purpose of measurement,
one unit of reading shall constitute soil resistivity measurements at all these
three depths in one grid. The places of survey i.e. station / TOP location shall
Page 5 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
be provided by owner. The soil resistivity data shall be recorded in the

presence of Owner’s representative in a tabular form as per prescribed
format.
2.2.0 SOIL CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SURVEY
(1) The following tests shall be conducted on the soil samples/water

samples for chemical analysis of aqueous extracts:
a) Cations: Ca, Mg, Na, K.
b) Anions: Chlorides, Sulphates, Sulphides, Carbonate, Bicarbonate,

Phosphate, Nitrite, Nitrate,
c) Anaerobic bacteria / aerobic bacteria
d) General: Organic matter, moisture percentage, total dissolved solids,

Oxygen activity.
(2) PH value along with Redox Potential measurements shall be undertaken

for determination of soil conductivity for Sulphate Reducing bacteria and
any other chemical analysis of relevance for correlation of soil
resistivity values for assessing soil corrosiveness. Chemical
composition results shall be co-related with soil resistivity values in
evaluating soil corrosiveness.
2.2.1 PH Value determination of Soil/Water Samples in Pipeline ROW
(1) The soil/water samples at two depths i.e. at 1m & at 2.5m en-route the
entire ROW (except where hard rock is encountered before 2.5m) shall
be collected at an average of 1 km spacing (this interval may be reduced
as per directions of owner’s representative if the marshy land is
encountered en-route) for conducting this test. pH value of soil/water
samples shall be measured by using pH meter with scale calibrated from
0 to 14 pH. Battery operated pH meter may be used for above purpose.
The hole made for taking the Soil/water samples shall be properly
backfilled. Backfilling of earth shall be done by the Contractor to restore
Page 6 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
to original specifications. For the purpose of measurement, one unit of

reading shall constitute measurement of pH value at these two depths.
(2) The pH value data shall be recorded in the presence of Owner’s

representative in a tabular form as per prescribed format.
2.2.2 PH Value determination of Soil/Water Samples at stations / TOPs
(1) The soil/water samples at two depths i.e. at 1m & at 2.5m en-route the
entire ROW (except where hard rock is encountered before 2.5m) shall
be collected at an average of 1 km spacing (this interval may be reduced
as per directions of owner’s representative if the marshy land is
encountered en-route) for conducting this test. pH value of soil/water
samples shall be measured by using pH meter with scale calibrated from
0 to 14 pH. Battery operated pH meter may be used for above purpose.
The hole made for taking the Soil/water samples shall be properly
backfilled. Backfilling of earth shall be done by the Contractor to restore
to original specifications. For the purpose of measurement, one unit of
reading shall constitute measurement of pH value at these two depths.

(3) The pump station / TOP area shall also be surveyed for PH value of soil/
water sample. Each station shall be divided in 35m x 35m grid and
surveyed for PH value of soil/ water sample at two depths i.e. at 1.0m &
at 2.5m. pH value of soil/water samples shall be measured by using PH
meter with scale calibrated from 0 to 14 pH. Battery operated PH meter
may be used for above purpose. The hole made for taking the Soil/water
samples shall be properly backfilled. Backfilling of earth shall be done by
the Contractor to restore to original specifications.
(4) For the purpose of measurement, one unit of reading shall constitute
measurement of pH value at these two depths in one grid.
Page 7 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1

2.2.3 Chemical Analysis of Soil/Water Samples in Pipeline ROW
(1) Soil samples shall be collected at two depths upto 2.5m (one at 1.0m &
other at 2.5m) en-route the entire ROW shall be collected at an average
of 1 km interval or where soil resistivity is below 1000 ohm-cm by
trenching/ excavating pits of appropriate size or auguring except where
hard rock is encountered before 2.5m. Water when encountered will also
be collected and analyzed for pH value.
(2) Chemical Analysis of Soil/Water Samples in Pipeline ROW samples

collected from two depths at each spot along with analysis of water if
found, shall be considered as one unit. Analysis of each sample will
include complete soil chemical including water analysis as mentioned
above. For analysis at any additional point other than the average of 1
Km spacing if directed by Owner, shall be payable on pro-rata basis.
(3) The chemical analysis data shall be recorded in the presence of Owner’s
2.2.4 Chemical Analysis of Soil/Water Samples at Pump Station
(1) In pump station the chemical, PH and redox potential along with all
other chemical analysis that are carried at pipeline ROW shall also to be
carried out. Each station shall be divided into 35m x 35m grid. One full
unit of analysis as mentioned above shall be carried out at each grid. For
analysis at any additional point (other than the one at each grid), if
directed by Owner, shall be payable on pro-rata basis.
(2) The chemical analysis data shall be recorded in the presence of Owner’s
2.3.0 SOIL STRATIFICATION SURVEY
Page 8 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
2.3.1 Soil/sub-soil strata for the entire ROW shall be carried out by auger boring
in respect of soil type/classification and description of soil.
2.3.2 The purpose of the survey is to know soil and rock strata beneath the
ground level upto a depth of 2.5m along the pipeline route.
2.3.3 The classification of the subsoil shall be identified and divided into following
groups:
(a) Clay soil
(b) Sandy soil
(c) Moorum/soft rock & weathered rock which can be quarried with
crow bars and picks etc.
(d) Hard rock or boulder for excavation of which chiseling, wedging

and/or blasting are required.
2.3.4 The complete report of the sub-soil strata investigation obtained by auger
boring in respect of lither logical variation, soil type/classification and
description of the soil covering information on genetic classification
(alluvium/black cotton/hard moorum etc.) and description of soil type and
classification of rocks (hard/soft rock) by visual inspection, shall be
submitted in 6 sets with reproducible copy for future needs and records in
the prescribed Proforma.
2.3.5 Soil Strata Survey along Pipeline ROW/River
(1) The contractor shall conduct soil stratification survey to determine

the sub-soil characteristics along the pipelines route by boring 100 mm
diameter upto a depth of 2.5 m from the ground level or till the rock is
encountered whichever is earlier, by using auger type equipments at an
interval of 250 m.
(2) Soil strata survey shall also be done on dry river beds (if any). Bore
holes upto a depth of 5.0 mtrs. or till the rock is encountered whichever
is earlier, will be done at an interval of 50 m in dry river beds. In case the
Page 9 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
boring of hole is becoming difficult due to loose river sand, a hole shall be
dig out around the loose hole area so as to keep away the loose sand and
then the boring shall be made to reach up to the desired depth.
(3) In case of flowing rivers, one bore hole shall be done on each bank upto
depth of 5 m or till rock is encountered whichever is earlier. For flowing
river, total two bore holes (for both the banks) shall be considered
as one unit of reading.
(4) The soil strata survey data shall be recorded in the presence of Owner’s
2.4.0 DATA COLLECTION ENROUTE PIPELINE ROW
2.4.1 Data collection along the route to generate design data for evaluation of
interaction possibilities due to presence of other service lines like
underground, over ground super structures, power supply lines, crossing of
foreign lines with existing CP system scheme, possibilities of
integration/isolation, industrial installation information on DC/AC power
sources, Electrical distribution system/Location of any nearby electrical sub-
stations in the vicinity and along the ROW. Information on occurrence of
water sources like ponds, lakes, rivers and any other ground water table
depth encountered in trial pits and sampling operation in nearby open
wells and ponds. Regarding data collection in respect of other utility
services/agency/power lines/ pipelines, contractor shall contact appropriate
authority for gathering correct data.
2.4.2 List of data to be collected along pipeline route is as follows:-
(a) Types of other utility services/lines route and ownership information

in and around ROW and pumping/terminal stations.
(b) Diameter, wall thickness, pressure, soil cover, used in case of pipeline
and voltage distribution system rating, phases and sheathing details,
alignment distance from the center of ROW, in case of underground and
above ground cables/ power line
Page 10 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
(c) Details of existing CP system protecting the services i.e. location, rating,
type of protection, anode beds, test station locations and their connection
schemes.
(d) Crossings details (crossing of foreign line).
(e) Possibilities of integration/isolation from the existing CP system.
(f) Information of occurrence of water sources like ponds, lakes, rivers, and of
the location of industrial installations etc. in the vicinity and along ROW.
(g) Pipe to soil potential in relevant section in case a CP system already in

existence in the ROW or crossing the ROW.
(h) Corrosion history of existing facilities wherever applicable.
(i) Any other relevant information.
2.4.3 Following details for electric power line crossing shall also be collected
along the pipeline route:-
(a) Voltage details, phase and sheathing details in case of underground

cable. For overhead lines, details about type of system like distribution or
power line. Voltage level, type of transmission tower and its grounding
details in case the transmission tower is located within 100 M of pipeline
ROW, location of nearest substation. In case of Electrical line crossing the
height of line from ROW center line.
(b) In case of HT Overhead Transmission line (33 kV or above) is running

parallel to RoW within 20m, indicative length for which HT line running
parallel to RoW is also to be recorded.
(c) The collected data shall be recorded in a tabular form as per

prescribed format.
3.0.0 DATA PRESENTATION
3.1.0 As on site data shall be collected as per prescribed formats.
Page 11 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
3.2.0 Soil resistivity data shall be plotted on semi log graph or as directed by the
owner. Coloured graph in bar mode shall be submitted using different colour
for data at different depth.
3.3.0 The soil resistivity data in above stated form shall be furnished to owner in
three sets.
3.4.0 In addition to submission of above stated tabulated observations, a soil

resistivity profile i.e. soil resistivity verses chainage on Graph in semi-log or
X-Y linear scale depending on convenience graph shall be plotted for
surveyed length on reproducible sheets and shall be furnished to the owner
with three prints each with original reproducible sheet.
3.5.0 pH value data shall be recorded and submitted as per prescribed format in 6
sets.
3.6.0 Soil resistivity and chemical analysis data on `Y’ axis and chainage on X-axis
shall be plotted on the same graph to facilitate analysis the results.
4.0.0 REPORT SUBMISSION
4.1.0 Contractor shall submit in three copies of a full technical report incorporating
the results of the above measurements, complete with all description,
drawings, coloured graph, tabulations complete with histograms and other
means of specifying the magnitudes and variations of measured parameters
with depths and progressive lengths as may be required for undertaking the
design of cathodic protection system. A draft report in three sets shall be
furnished to owner for review before putting up of final report.
4.2.0 The final report should be prepared in a scientific manner and would be
comprehensive in nature. A synopsis indicating different chapters which
should be included in the report has placed below for general guidelines.
Chapter-1:
Highlights indicating summary of corrosion survey and detail
Page 12 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
specification of instrument used.
Chapter-2:
Graphical display of soil resistivity results - This chapter includes

computer printout of graphs made in bar mode in 3 different colours
designating soil resistivity value in 3 different soil depths. The data
should be plotted on semi-log or X-Y linear scale depending upon
convenience.
Chapter-3:
Detail survey - This chapter includes introduction of the job carried out,
defining scope of work, a general discussion on effect of soil resistivity
on corrosion, details of activity, specifying test procedure and method.
Chapter-4:
Observation and discussion - This includes discussion of different

observation made while doing soil resistivity, soil strata survey and soil
analysis.
Chapter-5:
Recommendations.
Chapter-6:
Enclosures:
(1) Soil resistivity survey details along ROWs - tabulating data as per
daily report in a prescribed format.
(2) PH value analysis along ROW - tabulating data as per prescribed

format.
(3) Soil chemical analysis along ROW - tabulating data as per
Page 13 of 14
DOCUMENT NUMBER:-
Revision 1
prescribed format.
(4) Soil stratification survey- tabulating data as per prescribed format.
(5) Topographical details containing details for data collection /

generation - tabulating data as per prescribed format.
(6) Soil resistivity survey details of pump station with grid no.-
tabulating data as per prescribed format.
(7) PH value analysis details of pump station with grid no.- tabulating
data as per prescribed format.
(8) Soil chemical analysis survey details of pump station with grid no.-
tabulating data as per prescribed format.
Page 14 of 14
CHAPTER – VII
Specification-S#2 (Civil Works)
Document / Drawing and the design it covers are property of INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower’s express agreement that they will March– 2014 Technical Specifications - Civil
CIVIL WORK SPECIFICATIONS

not be reproduced, copied, loaned, exhibited, not used except in the limited way and private use permitted by any written consent given by the lender to the borrower.
1.0.0 GENERAL:
1.1.0 The scope of these specifications includes all civil works connected with the construction of buildings
and other facilities described in the scope of work under special conditions of contract. CPWD
specifications and relevant code may be followed for any work not covered under these
specifications.
1.2.0 All materials which may be used in the work shall be of standard quality manufactured by renowned
concerns conforming to Indian Standard Specifications (Latest Edition) or equivalent and shall bear
I.S.I. mark as far as possible unless otherwise approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.2.1 The contractor shall get all materials approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to procurement of
the same in bulk and also before using in the works. For all major items/ materials used in the
works (irrespective of the brand of material or proven source) necessary laboratory tests shall be
conducted/or test certificates from the manufacturer shall be furnished by the contractor to ensure
conformation of the material to specifications. The tests shall be conducted as directed by Engineer-
in- charge and in approved laboratory(s). The costs of all tests shall be borne by contractor.
Additionally, for testing of materials like concrete, bricks, aggregates etc. which require continuous
testing, contractor at his own cost and initiative, shall arrange for facilities for testing at site itself to
ensure proper quality control at work site. Frequency of these testing shall be as per standard
practice being followed in C.P.W.D. or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. A separate register shall
be maintained indicating the details of tests conducted/reports from laboratories and tests
conducted/ result at work site.
1.2.2 The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to determine whether all or any of the materials are
suitable for incorporation in the work. Any material procured or brought to site and not conforming
to specifications and not upto the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be rejected and the
contractor shall have to remove the same immediately from site at his own expenses and without
any claim for compensation due to such rejection.
1.2.3 The contractor shall keep a proper register at work site indicating the details of materials brought in
& the consumption details on day to day basis. The register shall be submitted to Site
Engineer/Engineer -in-charge. The contractor shall also keep, readily available at site, a copy of all
Delivery Challans and Invoices of materials being brought to site for incorporation in the works and
shall produce the same on demand by Site Engineer.
1.3.0 Method of measurement for different items of works unless otherwise specified herein shall be as
per IS:1200 (latest edition).
1.4.0 Prior to commencement of work, the contractor shall set up, at no extra cost to OWNER, a Quality
Control lab at site and shall have the following minimum test equipment(s) alongwith all relevant
BIS codes, CPWD specifications and other standards:-
Cube testing machine
IOCL – CIVIL – SPEC Page 1 of 132

PIPELINES
Cube moulds
IS sieves for sieve analysis of aggregates
Slump cone
Rebound hammer test equipment

Weigh balance with weights
Temperature controlled oven
Measuring jar, Proctor density, core cutter, screw gauge
Any other equipment as advised by Engineer-in-Charge.

PIPELINES
2.0.0 MATERIALS:
2.1.0 BRICKS:
2.1.1 The bricks shall be free from cracks, flaws, bends, organic matter and nodules of free lime. Bricks
shall be Burnt clay bricks conforming to IS:1077-1992 (latest edition) in general unless otherwise
specified & shall generally conform to the following classification.
2.1.2 Burnt clay flyash bricks conforming to IS:13757 (latest edition) may be used in the superstructure if
specified explicitly for any location in the SOR under specific instructions of EIC.
2.1.3 The common burnt clay bricks shall be classified on the basis of their average compressive strength
as given in Table-1.
TABLE - 1
CLASSIFICATION OF BRICKS
Class Designation Average Compressive strength Not more than

(kg/square cm) not less than (kg/square cm)
7.5 75 100
5 50 75
3.5 35 50
2.1.4 Bricks shall be hand moulded common burnt clay bricks of best quality and shall have a minimum
average crushing strength of 50 Kg/Cm2 (Class 50) or as specified in the relevant item of schedule
of rates. It shall be sound, hard, of homogeneous texture and of regular shape with frog and shall
emit a clear ringing sound on being struck. The bricks shall have uniform colour, smooth rectangular
faces and sharp corners.
2.1.5 Nominal size of bricks shall be 22.9 x 11.4 x 7 Cm with permissible tolerances on dimension up to +
/- 3%. However, in Eastern parts of our country, nominal size of bricks shall be 25 x 11.4 x 7 Cm
with permissible tolerances on dimension up to + /- 3%.
2.1.6 Bricks shall not absorb more than 20% of water by weight when immersed in water for 24 hours.
2.1.7 The rating of efflorescence shall not be more than “moderate”.
2.2.0 AGGREGATES FOR CEMENT CONCRETE:
2.2.1 General : Aggregate most of which is retained on 4.75 mm IS sieve & contains only as much fine
materials as permitted in IS 383-1970 for various sizes & grading is known as coarse aggregate.
Coarse aggregate (stone) shall consist of naturally occurring (crushed, broken or uncrushed) stones.
It shall be hard, strong, dense, durable, chemically inert, clean and free from injurious amounts of

PIPELINES
disintegrated pieces, alkali, vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. As far
as possible flaky, scoriaceous and elongated pieces should be avoided. Aggregate shall conform
to IS: 383 - 1970, unless otherwise specified.
Aggregate most of which passes through 4.75 mm IS sieve is known as fine aggregate. Fine
aggregate shall consist of natural sand. It shall be hard, durable, chemically inert, clean and free
from adherent coatings, organic matter etc and shall not contain any appreciable amount of clay
balls or pellets & harmful impurities e.g. salts, coal, mica, shale, iron pyrites & organic impurities.
2.2.2 Deleterious Materials - Aggregates shall not contain any harmful material, such as pyrites, coal,
lignite, mica, shale or similar laminated material, clay, alkali, soft fragments, seashells and organic
impurities in such quantity as to effect the strength or durability of the concrete. Aggregates to be
used for reinforced concrete shall not contain any material liable to attack the steel reinforcement.
Aggregates which are chemically reactive with alkalis of cement are harmful as cracking of concrete
may take place and thus shall not be used. The maximum quantity of deleterious material shall not
be more than 5% by weight of aggregate when tested in accordance with IS: 2386-1963 (Part-
II).Test shall be conducted as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Note: The presence of the chlorides and sulphates may lead to corrosion of steel reinforcement. A value
as low as 700 ppm of chloride content in concrete can start the chemical process leading to the
corrosion. Critical permissible limit for sulphate content is generally taken as 1500 ppm.
2.2.3 Size and Grading of Aggregate:
2.2.3.1 Single-sized coarse aggregate - Coarse aggregates shall be supplied in the nominal sizes given in
Table - 2. For any one of the nominal sizes, the proportion of other sizes (as determined by the
method described in IS:2386 (Part-I) -1963) shall also be in accordance with Table 2.
2.2.3.2 Fine Aggregate - The grading of fine aggregates, when determined as described in IS: 2386 (Part-I)
- 1963 shall be within the limits given in (Table 3) and shall be described as fine aggregates,
Grading Zones I, II, III & IV. When the grading falls outside the limits of any particular grading zone
of sieves other than 600- micron IS Sieve by a total amount not exceeding 5 percent, it shall be
regarded as falling within that grading zone. This tolerance shall not be applied to percentage
passing the 600 micron IS Sieve or to percentage passing any other sieve size on the coarse limit of
Grading Zone IV.
2.2.3.3 Fine Sand : Its grading shall be within the limits of grading zone IV. Maximum quantity of silt shall
not exceed 8 %.
2.2.3.4 Coarse Sand : Its grading shall be within the limits of Grading Zone II. The maximum quantity of silt
shall not exceed 8 %.
2.2.4 Sampling and Testing:
2.2.4.1 Sampling - The method of sampling shall be in accordance with IS:2430-1969. The amount of
material required for each test & the test procedure shall be as specified in the relevant method of
test given in IS:2386 (Part-I) -1963 to IS:2386 (Part - VIII) -1963.

PIPELINES
TABLE - 2 COARSE AGGREGATES
IS Percentage passing by weight for single sizes Percentage passing by weight

Sieve (ungraded) Aggregate of Nominal size for graded Aggregate of Nominal
size
63 mm 40 20 16 12.5 10 40 20 16 12.5
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
75 mm 100 - - - - - 100 - - -
63 mm 85 to 100 - - - - - - - -
100
37.5 0 to 30 85 to 100 - - - 95 to 100 - -
mm 100 100
19 mm 0 to 5 0 to 85 to 100 - - 30 to 95 to 100 100
20 100 70 100
16 mm - - - 85 to 100 - - - 90 to -
100 100
11.2 - - - - 85 to 100 - - - 90 to
mm 100 100
9.5 mm - 0 to 5 0 to 0 to 0 to 85 to 10 to 25 to 30 to 40 to 85
20 30 45 100 35 55 70
4.75 - - 0 to 0 to 5 0 to 0 to 20 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 10
mm 5 10
2.36 - - - - - 0 to 5 - - - -
mm
TABLE - 3 FINE AGGREGATES
IS Sieve Designation Percentage Passing for
Grading Zone Grading Zone Grading Zone Grading Zone

I II III IV
9.5 mm 100 100 100 100
4.75 mm 90 - 100 90 - 100 90 - 100 95 - 100
2.36 mm 60 - 95 75 - 100 85 - 100 95 - 100
1.18 mm 30 - 70 55 - 90 75 - 100 90 - 100
600 micron 15 - 34 35 - 59 60 - 79 80 - 100
300 micron 5 - 20 8 - 30 12 - 40 15 - 50
150 micron 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 15

PIPELINES
NOTE : It is recommended that fine aggregate conforming to Grading Zone IV should not be used in
reinforced concrete unless tests have been made to ascertain the suitability of proposed mix
proportions.
2.3.0 CEMENT:
2.3.1 Unless otherwise specified, cement shall be ordinary Portland cement conforming either to
IS:269 (OPC 33 Grade) or IS:8112 (OPC 43 Grade) latest edition. However, Portland
slag cement conforming to IS:455 or Portland pozzolana cement conforming to IS:1489
(part1) latest edition may be used as per instructions/ approval of Engineer-in-charge.
Contractor shall make proper storage arrangement for cement at the site of works to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Cement should always be stored in such manner as to be
easily accessible for proper inspection and in a suitable watertight building or storage shed to
protect the cement from dampness. Cement not acceptable to Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised
representative being not in conformity with relevant IS standard and/or being deteriorated due to
dampness shall be rejected.
2.3.2 Sulphate Resistant cement wherever specified for use shall conform to IS 12330-1988.
Contractor shall make proper storage arrangement for cement at the site of works to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Cement should always be stored in such manner as to be
easily accessible for proper inspection and in a suitable watertight building or storage shed to
protect the cement from dampness. Cement not acceptable to Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised
representative being not in conformity with relevant IS standard and/or being deteriorated due to
dampness shall be rejected.
2.4.0 STEEL REINFORCEMENT:
2.4.1 Mild steel reinforcement for cement concrete work shall conform to IS -432 Grade I (latest edition)
and cold twisted deformed bars shall conform to IS-1786 (latest edition) and relevant parts of IS-
456. It shall have a minimum yield stress of 415 N/mm2 and tensile strength of 485 N/mm2.
2.4.2 TMT Bars:
TMT bars (Thermo Mechanically Treated bars) shall conform to IS:1786 latest edition and shall be of
grade Fe500/500D/415 as mentioned in the item description. The bars shall be procured from
reputed/established rolling mills such as Tata Steel, SAIL, RINL , JSPL or any other equivalent
approved supplier.
2.4.3 HCR/CRS Bars:
HCR (high corrosion resistant)/Corrosion resistant bars shall conform to IS-1786 latest edition and
shall have a grade of Fe 500/500D. The bars shall be procured from reputed/established rolling mills
such as SAIL, RINL, TATA, JSPL.
2.4.4 Structural Steel:
Structural steel sections & plates shall conform to Grade Designation E 250 as per IS 2062:2011
(latest edition). Steel shall be free from all grease, oil, paint, loose mill scale and rust and shall be
free from all defects mentioned in IS 2062 (latest edition) and shall have a smooth uniform finished

PIPELINES
surface.
2.4.5 Contractor shall invariably produce test certificate from the manufacturer certifying the quality and
strength of the steel to conform to the requirement of the aforesaid Indian Standards. In absence of
such test certificate from the manufacturer, test shall be carried out in a test House/ Laboratory or
University as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and cost of such tests shall be borne by the
contractor. Tests shall be carried out as per IS:1599, 1608 and 1786 (latest edition).
2.4.6 All reinforcement bars shall be clean and free from dirt, oil, paints, grease, mill scales and loose
rust. Bars available in coils shall be uncoiled and properly straightened to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge at no extra cost to the owner.
2.5.0 WATER:
2.5.1 Water shall conform to requirements given in IS: 456- 2000. It shall be clean and free from injurious
quantities of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, sugar, organic materials, vegetable matter or other substances
that may be deleterious to brick, stone, concrete or steel. Potable water is generally considered
satisfactory for mixing concrete.
2.5.2 Permissible limits for solids when tested in accordance with IS:3025-1964 shall be as given in Table4
TABLE - 4 PERMISSIBLE LIMIT FOR SOLIDS
Permissible limit, Max.
Organic : 200 mg/l
Inorganic : 3000 mg/l
Sulphates (as SO3) : 400 mg/l
Chlorides (as Cl) : 2000 mg/l for concrete not containing

Embedded steel and 500 mg/1 for
reinforced concrete work
Suspended matter : 2000 mg/l
2.5.3 The pH valve of water shall not be less than 6. Generally PH value shall be between 6 and 8.
2.5.4 Water found satisfactory for mixing is also suitable for curing concrete. However, water used for
curing should not produce any objectionable stain or unsightly deposit on the concrete surface. The
presence of tannic acid or iron compounds is objectionable.
2.6.0 STONE FOR RANDOM RUBBLE MASONRY:
2.6.1 Stones shall be of best locally available stones within a radius of 100 km. It shall have a minimum
compressive strength (crushing strength) of 200 kg/sq.cm & shall be hard, sound, durable and free
from decay and weathering matter. It shall be obtained from an approved quarry. Stone with round
surface shall not be used. Stones shall be tested for water absorption determined as per IS:1124 -

PIPELINES
1974.
2.6.2 Dressing :
Stone shall be hammer dressed on the face, the sides and the beds, to enable it to come into close
proximity with the neighbouring stone. `The bushing' in the face shall not project more than 4 cm
on an exposed face and one cm. on a face to be plastered. The hammer-dressed stone shall also
have a rough tooling for a minimum width of 2.5 cm along the four edges of the face of the stone.
2.6.3 Bond Stones:
2.6.3.1 Bond stones or through stones running right through the thickness of walls shall be provided in
walls upto 60 cm. thick. If the walls are more than 60 cm thick, two or more bond stones
overlapping each other by atleast 15 cms shall be provided in a line from face of the Wall to the
back. At least one bond stone or a set of bond stones shall be provided for every 0.5 sq.m of wall
surface.
2.6.3.2 The quoins shall be of selected stones neatly dressed with hammer or chisel to form the required
angle, and laid header and stretcher alternatively. Those stones shall have minimum of 2.5 cm vide
chisel draft at four edges. All edges being in the same plane. No quoin shall be less than 0.025 cum.
Height of quoins shall not be less than 15 cum.
2.7.0 MARBLE STONE:
Marble stone shall be Makrana second quality / Rajnagar white marble as specified. It shall be hard,
sound, dense and homogenous in texture with crystalline texture as far as possible. It shall be
uniform in colour and free from stains, cracks, decay and weathering. Marble tiles shall be square
cut to linear dimensions in multiple of 10 cm. The tolerance limits in linear dimension and thickness
shall be 3% and 1% respectively. Marble shall be tested for water absorption as per IS provision.
Before starting the work, the contractor shall get samples of marbles approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
2.8.0 PAINTS:
2.8.1 Paints, oils, varnish spirit etc, of brand with ISI mark as approved by the Site Engineer shall be
used. Paints manufactured by M/s Berger, Asian Paints, ICI, Nerolac shall be used. Primer and
thinners used shall also be of same manufacture and brand. Ready mixed paints as received from
the manufacturer without any admixtures shall be used as per manufacturer's instruction. If, for any
reason thinning is necessary (in case of ready mixed Paint) the brand of thinner recommended by
the manufacturer or as instructed by the Site Engineer shall be used.
2.9.0 SANITARY FITTINGS:
2.9.1 All glazed earthenware shall be of "Hindustan", "Cera", "Parry" or "Neycer" make. All wall fittings
shall be fixed with wooden cleats, screw and necessary fixtures and fittings whether specifically
mentioned in the schedule of rates or not. All metallic fixtures and fittings shall be of CP brass heavy
quality of approved make.
2.10.0 LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (LDPE) FILM:
2.10.1 Low density polyethylene film shall meet IS specifications of LDPE as per IS:2508-1984 & shall be

PIPELINES
Document / Drawing and the design it covers are property of INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower’s express agreement that they will
PIPELINES
March– 2014
1.5 mm thick.
IOCL – CIVIL – SPEC

Page 9 of 132
Technical Specifications - Civil
2.11.0 MATERIALS FOR ROAD WORK:
2.11.1 Course Aggregates (Stone):

2.11.1.1 Coarse aggregate (stone) shall consist of naturally occurring (crushed, broken or uncrushed)
stones. It shall be clean, hard, durable and free from excess of flat, elongated, soft and
disintegrated particles, dirt, salt, alkali, vegetable matter, adherent coatings, organic and other
objectionable matter. The total quantity of such deleterious material including clay lumps, soft
fragment, foreign material etc. shall not exceed 5% of the weight of the aggregate.
2.11.1.2 Aggregate for bituminous wearing courses shall in addition have good hydrophobic properties i.e.
capacity of retaining the film of bituminous material applied to the stone in all weather conditions
and especially in wet conditions.
2.11.1.3 The stone aggregates shall conform to the physical requirements set forth in table 5 & 6.
TABLE 5
Physical Requirements of Coarse Aggregate for Water Bound Macadam
(Sub Base / Base Course)
Sl. No. Test Requirements Test Method
1. Los Angles Abrasion Value* 50 percent (max.) IS:2386 (Part-IV)
OR
Aggregate Impact Value* 40 percent (max.) IS:2386 (Part-IV)
OR IS : 5640
2. Flakiness Index** 15 percent (max.) IS:2386 (Part-I)
a) (*) Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of two tests.
b) (**) Requirements of flakiness index shall be enforced only in case of crushed broken
stone.
TABLE 6
Physical Requirements of Aggregates for Bituminous Wearing Course
Sl. Name of Test I.S. Code Acceptance Criteria

No.
1. Grain size analysis IS 2386 Part I Max 5% passing IS sieve 75
micron
2. Flakiness and elongation IS 2386 (Part IV) Max 30%
Index
3. Los Angeles Abration IS 2386 (Part IV) Max 30%
Value
4. Polished stone value B.S. 812 (part 114) Min 55%

PIPELINES
5. Soundness IS 2386 (Part V) Max 12%

(a) Sodium sulphate Max 18%
(b) Magnesium sulphate

6 Water absorption IS 2386 (Part III) Max 2%
7 Coating and stripping of IS 6241 Min retained coating 95%

Bitumen aggregate
Mixture
8 Water sensitivity AASHTOT 283 Min 80%
retained tensile strength
* The elongation test to be done only on non-flaky aggregate on the sample.
2.11.1.4 The coarse aggregates for sub-base/ base shall conform to one of the gradings given in table 7 as
specified.
TABLE 7
Grading Requirements of Coarse Aggregates for Sub-base/ Base Course
Grading Size Range Sieve Designation Percent by Weight
No. Passing the Sieve
1. 90 mm to 45 mm 125 mm 100
(Suitable for sub-base only) 90 mm 90-100
63 mm 25-60
45 mm 0-15
22.4 mm 0-5
2. 63 mm to 45 mm 90 mm 100
63 mm 90-100
53 mm 25-75
45 mm 0-15
22.4 mm 0-5
3. 53 mm to 22.4 mm 63 mm 100
53 mm 95-100
45 mm 65-90
22.4 mm 0-10
11.2 mm 0-5
2.11.1.5 The mineral aggregates for bituminous concrete shall conform the combined grading given in table
8 below:
TABLE 8
Mineral Aggregate Gradation For Bituminous Concrete (Macadem)
Nominal Aggregate Size 19 mm

PIPELINES
Layer Thickness 50-75 mm

Sieve Size (mm) Percent by Weight Passing the
Sieve
26.5 100
19 90-100
13.2 56-88
4.75 16-36
2.36 4-19
0.3 2-10
0.075 (75 micron) 0-8
Bitumen content (% by weight of total 3.5
mixture)
Bitumen grade As specified in the SOR
2.11.2 Screenings:
2.11.2.1 Screenings to fill voids in the coarse aggregate shall generally consist of the same materials as the
coarse aggregate. However, where permitted, predominantly non-plastic material such as moorum
or gravel (other than river borne material) may be used for this purpose provided liquid limit and
plasticity index of such material is below 20 and 6 respectively and fraction passing 75 micron sieve
does not exceed 10 percent.
2.11.2.2 Screenings shall conform to the gradings set forth in Table-9. Screenings of Type-A in Table-9 shall
be used with coarse aggregate of grading 1 in Table-7. Screenings of Type A or B, as directed, shall
be used with coarse aggregates of grading 2. Type-B screenings shall be used with coarse
aggregates of grading 3. For screening like moorum or gravel grading given in Table 9 shall not be
binding.
TABLE 9
Gradings For Screenings
Grading Classification Size Screenings Sieve Designation Percent by Weight
Passing the Sieve
A 13.2 mm 13.2 mm 100
11.2 mm 95-100
5.6 mm 15-35
180 micron 0-10
B 11.2 mm 11.2 mm 100
5.6 mm 90-100
180 micron 15-35

PIPELINES
2.11.3 Binding Material:
2.11.3.1 Binding material shall comprise of a suitable material, approved by Engineer-in-charge, having
plasticity index value of less than 6 as determined in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part-V). The
quantity of binding material used in each layer shall be as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Application of binding material may not be necessary, when the screenings used are of crushable
type material such as moorum or gravel.
2.11.4 Moorum/ Kankar/ Gravel/ Sand:
2.11.4.1 Moorum shall be obtained from pits of weathered disintegrated rocks. It should preferably contain
silicious material and natural mixture of clay of calcarious origin. The size of moorum shall not be
more than 20 mm. Moorum shall not contain more than 5% to 8% of fines passing a 75 micron
sieve.
2.11.4.2 Gravel shall be composed of large, coarse, silicious grains, sharp and gritty to the touch, thoroughly
free from dirt, organic and deleterious matter. It shall be hard, tough, dense and shall not contain
particles bigger than 12 mm and more than 10 percent silt.
2.11.4.3 Sand used for blinding the bituminous road surface, shall be coarse, sharp, gritty, clean, granular
material. The material passing through 4.75 mm sieve and retained on 75 micron sieve only shall
be used.
2.11.5 Bituminous Materials:
2.11.5.1 Bituminous materials shall conform to IS: 73, IS: 215, IS: 217 or IS: 454 as applicable and be of
the specified grade.
2.12.0 OTHER MATERIALS:
2.12.1 All other materials not fully specified herein and which may be used in the works shall be of best
quality approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and he shall have the right to determine whether all or
any of the materials offered or delivered for use in the works are suitable for the intended purpose.
Contractor shall produce the sample of materials to the Engineer-in-Charge and shall get it approved
before procurement and execution of work.

PIPELINES
3.0.0 SITE CLEANING/ SURFACE DRESSING:
3.1.0 Site Cleaning:

3.1.1 The site cleaning work shall be taken up under specific instruction of Engineer-in-charge. The areas
shall be cleared of shrubs, vegetation, brush wood, grass, sapling etc. of girth upto 30 cm measured
at a height of 1.0 m above ground level and rubbish shall be removed from the area under
clearance as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. The roots of the trees shall be removed to a
minimum depth of 60 cm below ground level or 30 cm below formation level or a minimum of 15 cm
below sub grade level whichever is lower and the hollows filled up with earth levelled and rammed.
3.1.2 All useful materials arising from clearing and grubbing operations shall be stacked in the manner as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Materials shall be property of the owner.
3.1.3 All unserviceable material shall be removed from the area under clearance and disposed off as
specified and as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.1.4 Measurements:
Only the area, which has been cleaned/ cleared, shall be measured correct to the nearest cm and
area worked out in square metre correct to two places of decimal.
3.1.5 Rate:
Rate include the cost of all the operations described above, including cost of tools, equipment etc.
necessary to complete the work. Payment shall be made as specified in the Schedule of rates for the
area cleared.
3.2.0 Felling Trees:
3.2.1 This work shall be taken up under specific instruction of Engineer-in-charge. Trees above 30 cm
girth (measured at a height of one metre above ground level) to be cut, shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge and then marked at site. Felling trees shall include taking out roots upto 60 cm
below ground level or 30 cm below formation level or 15 cm below sub-grade level whichever is
lower. All excavations arising out of the removal of trees, stumps etc. shall be filled with suitable
material/earth in 20 cm layers and compacted so that the surface conform to the surrounding area.
The trunks and branches of trees shall be cleared of limbs and tops and cut into suitable pieces as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.2.2 Measurements:
Cutting of trees shall be paid for in terms of numbers, according to the schedule of rates
3.2.3 Rate:
The rate includes the cost involved in all the operations described above. The contract unit rate for
cutting trees shall include removal of stumps as well.
3.3.0 Stacking and Disposal:
3.3.1 All useful material shall be the property of the owner and shall be stacked in the manner as directed
by Engineer-in-Charge. All unserviceable material, shall be removed from the area and disposed off
in a manner as specified and directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

PIPELINES
3.4.0 Surface Dressing, levelling & grading:
3.4.1 Surface dressing shall include removing grass, vegetation, earth cutting and filling upto depth of 15
cm and dressing/ levelling the area. High portions of ground shall be cut down, and hollows and
depressions filled up to the required level with the excavated earth so as to give an even, neat and
tidy look to the site.
3.4.2 Measurement:
Area of the ground dressed shall be measured correct to the nearest cm and area worked out in
square metre correct to two places of decimal.
3.4.3 Rate:
The rate includes cost involved in all the operations described above.

PIPELINES
4.0.0 EARTH WORK:
4.1.0 Classification of soils:

4.1.1 The earth work shall be classified under the following categories and measured separately for each
of the category.
4.1.2 All kinds of soil:
a) Sand, gravel, loam, clay, mud, black cotton soil
b) Vegetable or organic soil, turf, peats, soft shale or loose moorum.
c) Lime concrete, Mud concrete and their mixtures.
d) Stiff heavy clay, hard shale or compact moorum requiring grafting tool and/or pick and
shovel.
e) Shingle and river or nallah bed boulders.
f) Soiling of roads, paths etc. and hard core.
g) Macadam surface of any description.
h) Any mixture of soil mentioned above.
4.1.3 Ordinary rock (not requiring blasting, wedging or similar means):
Generally any rock, which can be excavated by splitting with crowbars or picks & does not require
blasting, wedging or similar means for excavation such as lime stone, sand stone, hard laterite, hard
conglomerate and un-reinforced cement concrete below ground level. If required, light blasting
may be resorted to for loosening the materials but this will not in any way entitle the material to be
classified as "Hard rock".
4.1.4 Hard rock (requiring blasting):
Any rock or boulder for the excavation of which blasting is required such as quartzite stone, granite,
basalt, reinforced cement concrete below ground level and the like.
4.1.5 The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the classification of the type of earth work as above
shall be final and binding upon the contractor.
4.1.6 Rock blasting work shall be taken up with specific instruction from Engineer-in-charge & after
obtaining necessary statutory permission from Govt. authorities and as per approved procedure.
4.1.7 No blasting work shall be permitted inside the premises of any operating installation. In all such
cases use of pneumatic chisel or any other approved method shall be resorted to for rock
excavation.

PIPELINES
4.2.0 Antiquities and Useful Materials:
4.2.1 Any finds such as relics of antiquity, coins, fossils or other articles of value shall be delivered to the
Engineer-in-Charge and shall be the property of the Government.
4.2.2 Any useful material obtained from the excavation shall be stacked separately in regular stacks as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall remain the property of the Owner.
4.3.0 Setting out and Making profiles:
4.3.1 Masonry pillar will be erected at suitable points in the area, which is visible from the largest area to
serve as Bench Mark for the execution of the work. Necessary profiles with pegs, bamboo and
strings or "Burjis" shall be made to show the correct formation levels before the work is started. The
Contractor shall supply labour and materials for these operations at his own cost. The profiles shall
be maintained during the progress of the work where so required by the Engineer- in-Charge
4.3.2 The ground levels shall be taken at 5 to 15 metres interval (as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge/
Site Engineer) in uniformly sloping ground and closer intervals where mounds, pits and undulations
are met. The ground levels shall be recorded in field books and plotted on plans with suitable scale.
North direction line and position of bench mark shall invariably be shown on the plans. These plans
shall be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge or their authorised representatives
before the earth work is started. The labour required for taking levels shall be supplied by the
Contractor at his own cost.
4.4.0 Earth Work in Excavation in All Kinds of Soils for Foundation Trenches of Buildings,
Wall/Columns, Blocks, Drains, Pits, Basements etc. including Backfilling:
4.4.1 Excavation shall be carried out at site to the lines, levels, slope, shape, pattern and contour shown
on the detailed drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Only the excavation shown in
the drawing or as required by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be measured and recorded for payment.
4.4.2 During excavation, the natural drainage of the area shall be maintained. Excavation shall be done
from top to bottom. Undermining or undercutting shall not be done.
4.4. 3 The Contractor shall remove all excavated material to soil heaps on site or transport for use as
filling, or for use by other contractors engaged at site as directed by the Site Engineer. Excavated
material shall not be deposited within 1.5 metres form the top edge of the excavation.
4.4.4 Suitable types of shoring and strutting, wherever necessary shall be adopted to withhold the face of
earth or cutting shall be done in slope as per site requirements and as directed by the site engineer.
4.4.5 Foundation pits shall be excavated to full depth. Prior to construction/ concreting work the trench
shall be cleared and the bottom properly rammed and made to level, to the satisfaction of Site
Engineer.
4.4.6 The contractor shall provide suitable drainage arrangements to prevent surface water entering
foundation pits or trenches, the contractor shall engage pumps or other approved means to keep
excavation free of water.
4.4.7 In firm soil, the sides of the trench shall be kept vertical upto a depth of 2 metres from the bottom.

PIPELINES
For greater depth, the excavation profile shall be widened by allowing steps of 50 cm on either side
after every 2 metres depth from the bottom, so as to give virtual side slopes of 1:4 (1 horizontal: 4
vertical). Where the soil is soft, loose or slushy, the width of steps shall be suitably increased, or the
sides sloped or the soil shored up as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall take
complete instruction from the Site Engineer regarding the stepping, sloping or shoring to be done
for excavation deeper than 2 metres.
4.4.8 Where excavations are made wider than required, the contractor shall at his own cost refill it with
earth duly watered, consolidated and rammed.
4.4.9 Where the excavations are made deeper than required, it shall be brought to the required level by
the Contractor at his own cost by filling in with earth duly watered, consolidated and rammed or
with lean concrete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
4.4.10 The contractor shall not undertake any concreting in foundation until the excavation pit is approved
by the Site Engineer.
4.4.11 Refilling the excavated earth in trenches, foundation & plinth etc.
4.4.11.1 Normally earth obtained from excavation of foundation trenches, drains etc. shall be used for
refilling the trenches and plinth under floors and balance earth shall be used for filling low lying
areas/ elevating the existing area/ specific areas identified by Engineer-in-charge including levelling
to grade/ slope, all complete as specified in the Schedule of Rates and as directed by Engineer-in-
charge. Salt-peter earth, black cotton soil/ expansive type of soil etc. if encountered shall not be
used for backfilling.
4.4.11.2 All clods of earth shall be broken or removed. No extra payment shall be made for lead and lift and
transportation of earth involved. The earth used for filling shall be free from all vegetation, grass,
roots, shrubs, trees, saplings, rubbish, salts harmful to foundations, organic and other foreign
matter.
4.4.11.3 Filling of trenches for pipes and drains shall be commenced as soon as the joints of the pipes and
drains have been tested and passed. Filling shall be done with earth on the sides and top of the pipe
in layers not exceeding 20 cm in thickness, watered, rammed and consolidated taking care that no
damage is caused to the pipe below. All clods and lumps of earth exceeding 8 cm in any direction
shall be broken or removed before filling.
4.4.11.4 As soon as the works in foundation have been measured, the spaces around foundation and drains
in trenches shall be cleared of all debris, brick bats, mortar dropping etc, and filled with earth in
layers, each layer not exceeding 20 cm in depth, watered, rammed and consolidated before the
succeeding one is laid. Earth shall be rammed with iron rammers where possible and with the butt
ends of crowbars where rammer cannot be used.
4.4.11.5 Plinth under floor shall be filled with earth in layers, each layer not exceeding 20 cm in thickness,
watered and consolidated by ramming. The surface shall be flooded with water for at least 24
hours, and allowed to dry and then refilled, rammed and consolidated in order to avoid settlement
at a later stage. The finished level of filling shall be kept to slope as indicated in drawing and/or as
directed at site.

PIPELINES
4.4.12 Measurement & Payment:

4.4.12.1 Payment will be made on the cubic content of earth work excavated which shall be computed by
measurement of length, width and depth of excavation made as per specifications given herein and
the dimensions shown in the approved for construction drawings. Quantity calculation shall be done
on the basis of level difference between jointly measured original ground level and the final
excavated ground level. The cubical content thus calculated shall be rounded upto two decimal
place for the purpose of payment. Excavation made in excess of specified requirement shall not be
paid for.
4.4.13 Rates:
4.4.13.1 Rates quoted are deemed to include all the activities stated above. It shall cover the following.
a) Excavation in all kinds of soil, getting out and deposition of excavated earth as specified,
backfilling in the sides of trenches, & in plinth and spreading the balance earth in low lying
areas as specified here-in-above.
b) Setting out of work, making profiles etc.
c) Bailing out of water wherever required.
d) Protection to existing structure, if any.
e) Form work, shoring, strutting, stepping & sloping, etc.
f) Removal of slips during excavation.
g) Fencing and protection against risk of accident due to open excavation.
h) Excavation for insertion of planking and strutting.
i) All lead and lift as specified in the Schedule of Rates.
j) Handling of antiquities and useful materials as specified.
4.5.0 Earth Work in Excavation in All Kinds of Soil for Foundation Trenches of Storage Tanks,
Fire Water Pond Etc.
4.5.1 The specifications as enumerated at clauses 4.4.1 to 4.4.10 is also applicable.
4.5.2 Normally earth obtained from excavation of foundation trenches, of tanks etc. shall be used for
filling low lying areas in station including levelling of the same. Filling shall be done in layers not
exceeding 20 cm. thick. Clods/lumps etc. shall be broken to dust. As the earth filling and rolling
work proceeds, the entire area shall be wetted by sprinkling water to the extent of calculated
optimum moisture content or to the moisture content required to achieve field density of 90% of
laboratory Proctor density and rolled with vibratory roller/vibrorammer/ vibrators/power/hand
roller of capacity 8 to 10 ton. During the course of earth filling, field Proctor density of the
compacted earth shall be checked and recorded for every 60 cm. depth of filling or part thereof.

PIPELINES
Samples of field Proctor density shall be taken at random for at least one for every 1000 sq. m.
area of filling. The field Proctor density shall not be less than 90% of the laboratory Proctor density
of the fill material. Records of all test results shall be maintained in a register. However in case of
fill material being predominantly sand, the above specified compaction shall achieve relative density
of minimum 90%.
4.5.3 Where excavated material is mostly rock, the boulders shall be broken to pieces not bigger than 75
mm size in any direction.
4.5.4 The area to be excavated shall be earmarked on ground jointly with Site Engineer. Levels of the
area shall be taken on a grid of 10 m. x 10 m. The grid level shall be plotted on a drawing with
benchmark reference and signed jointly by the contractor and Site Engineer. The Site Engineer
shall decide the level upto which excavation is to be made. Accordingly brick machinery pillars of
size 230 mm x 230 mm shall be erected at suitable locations. After the excavation is over, levels
shall once again be taken along the earlier established grid .
4.5.5.1 Payment will be made on the basis of quantity of excavation as per the dimensions indicated in the
approved construction drawing(s). Volume calculation shall be done on the basis of level difference
between jointly measured original ground level and the final excavated ground level taken on the
already established grid of 10 m x 10 m. The cubical content thus calculated shall be rounded upto
two decimal place for the purpose of payment.Excavation made in excess of specified requirement
shall not be paid for.
4.5.6 Rate:
4.5.6.1 Rates quoted are deemed to include all the activities stated above. It shall cover the following.
a) Excavation in all kinds of soil, getting out and deposition of excavated earth including levelling
to slope as specified here-in-above.
b) Setting out of work, profiles etc.
c) Bailing out of water wherever required.
d) Protection to existing structure, if any.
e) Form work, shoring, strutting, stepping & sloping, etc.
f) Removal of slips during excavation.
g) Fencing and protection against risk of accident due to open excavation.
4.6.0 Excavation in Ordinary Rock (Not Requiring Blasting):
4.6.1 Where ordinary rock is met during the course of excavation which requires excavation by crowbars,
pickaxes or pneumatic drills, the contractor shall intimate the Engineer-in- Charge before
commencement of rock excavation. Thereafter the cross sectional dimensions of the rock shall be
measured.

PIPELINES
4.6.2 Contractor shall be responsible for any accident to workmen, public or property damage due to rock
excavation operations.
4.6.3 Measurement:
The net quantity of ordinary rock shall be worked out by means of cross-sectional measurements.
4.6.4 Rates:
The rates quoted are deemed to include all the activities stated above including all labour,
materials, tools, tackles etc..
4.7.0 Excavation in Hard Rock (Requiring Blasting):
4.7.1 Where hard rock is met during the course of excavation & which requires blasting operations,
contractor shall intimate and obtain the approval of the Engineer-in- Charge well before actual
blasting is undertaken. Prior to blasting the cross sectional dimensions of the rock shall be
measured.
4.7.2 Contractor shall obtain licence from the District Authorities for undertaking blasting operations as
well as for obtaining and storing the explosive as per explosives Acts/Rules corrected upto date.
Explosive, fuses, detonators etc. shall be purchased from a licensed dealer. Contractor shall be
responsible for safe custody and proper accounting of explosive materials. Fuses and detonators
shall be stored separately and away from explosives. Engineer-in-Charge shall have an access to
check the contractor's store of explosives and his account.
4.7.3 Blasting operations shall be carried out under the supervision of a responsible authorised agent of
the contractor, during specified hours as approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The agent shall be
conversant with the rules of blasting. The charge per blast shall be as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
4.7.4 In case where explosives are required to be transported and stored at site, relevant clauses of
explosive rules shall apply.
4.7.5 Contractor shall be responsible for any accident to workmen, public or property damage due to
blasting operations.
4.7.6 Where excavated material is mostly rock, the boulders shall be broken to pieces not bigger than 75
mm size in any direction and mixed with fine material consisting of decomposed rock, moorum or
earth as available so as to fill up the voids as far as possible and the mixture shall used for filling.
Back filling in the sides of trench shall be as instructed by Engineer-in charge.
4.7.7 Where trenches are excavated in rock, the filling upto a depth of 30 cm above the crown of the pipe
shall be done with fine material such as earth, moorum etc. and remaining fill shall be done with
rock filling of boulders of size not exceeding 75 mm mixed with fine material as available to fill up
the voids, watered, rammed and consolidated in layers not exceeding 30 cm. Excavated material
containing deleterious material shall not be used.
4.7.8 Measurement:
The quantity of hard rock shall be worked out by means of cross-sectional measurements.

PIPELINES
4.7.9 Rates:
Rates quoted are deemed to include all the activities stated above including all labour, materials,
tools, tackles etc.
4.8.0 Earth Work for Compound Levelling (Cutting & Filling)
4.8.1 Excavation and filling for surface levelling are described as compound levelling.
4.8.2 Setting out and making profiles:
Setting out and making necessary profiles shall be as specified vide clause No.4.3.0 and its sub-
clauses.
4.8.3 Cutting and Filling:
Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances shall under mining or under
cutting be allowed. The earth from cutting higher elevations shall be directly used for filling low
lying areas and no claim for double handling of earth shall be entertained. Filling shall be done in
regular horizontal layers, not exceeding 20 cm in depth. The earth shall be free from all roots,
grass and rubbish and all lumps and clods exceeding 8 cm in any direction shall be broken. Each
layer shall be consolidated by breaking clods and compacting by usage of rollers 8 to 10 tonne
capacity. Watering shall be done as directed by the Site Engineer. Degree of compaction obtained
shall not be less than 90% proctor density.
4.8.4 All cutting shall be done to the required levels and should the cutting be taken deeper, it shall be
brought to the required level by filling in with earth duly consolidated at the Contractor's cost.
4.8.5 The finished formation levels in the case of filling shall be kept higher than the required levels by
making an allowance of 5% for consolidated fills, if so instructed by Site Engineer.
4.8.6 During excavation, the natural drainage of the area hall be maintained by contractor.

Payment shall be made as specified in the schedule of rates, only on the basis of excavation in
cutting of burrow pit. Levels of the site are to be taken before the start and after completion of the
work and the quantity of excavation in cutting shall be computed from these levels and paid for. The
payment thus made shall be deemed to include transportation, filling and compaction of the
excavated earth in low areas.
4.8.8 Rate:
Rates shall include all the operations described above inclusive of the cost of all materials labour,
tools and equipment involved.
4.9.0 Earth Work in Compound Filling (With Earth Supplied By Contractor):
4.9.1 The following specifications and steps of work shall be followed for earth work in compound filling in
large areas with earth excavated from by the contractor from borrow areas arranged by him
including transportation from the source to the site.

PIPELINES
4.9.2 Under no circumstances black cotton/expansive type of soil shall be used for filling. Samples of fill
material shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge prior to use/ supply. Laboratory test of
the fill material shall be conducted to decide optimum moisture content and the Proctor density and
record should be maintained.
4.9.3 The area to be filled up shall be earmarked on ground jointly with Site Engineer. Levels of the area
shall be taken on a grid of 10 m. x 10 m. The grid level shall be plotted on a drawing with
benchmark reference and signed jointly by the contractor and Site Engineer. The Site Engineer
shall decide the finished ground level. Filling height shall be kept 5% more than the maximum of
the filling height required in the entire area. Accordingly brick masonry pillars of size 230 mm x 230
mm shall be erected in the entire area to be filled in the form of a grid (20m x 20m) matching with
the grid levels of existing ground taken on the grid of 10m. x 10m. The levels of the pillars with
respect to the desired finished ground level (determined on the basis of maximum fill height plus
5%) shall be checked by the Site Engineer and clearance shall then be given for starting earth
filling work.
4.9.4 Filling shall be done in layers not exceeding 20 cm. thick. Clods/lumps etc. shall be broken to dust.
As the earth filling and rolling work proceeds, the entire area shall be wetted by sprinkling water to
the extent of calculated optimum moisture content or to the moisture content required to achieve
field density of 90% of laboratory Proctor density and rolled with power/hand roller of capacity 8 to
10 ton. During the course of earth filling, field Proctor density of the compacted earth shall be
checked and recorded for every 60 cm. depth of filling or part thereof. Samples of field Proctor
density shall be taken at random for at least one for every 1000 sq. m. area of filling. The field
Proctor density shall not be less than 90% of the laboratory Proctor density of the fill material.
Records of all test results shall be maintained in a register. After completion of the compound filling,
leveling, grading and compacting to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, final levels of the
finished ground shall be taken jointly by contractor and site engineer on a grid of 10 m x 10 m
matching with the original grid on which levels of the existing ground level were taken before
commencement of the filling work
4.9.5 Measurement:
Payment will be made on the consolidated earth filling volume. Volume calculation shall be done on
the basis of level difference between jointly measured original ground level and the finished ground
level taken on the grid of 10 m x 10 m. The cubical content thus calculated shall be rounded upto
two decimal place for the purpose of payment.
4.9.6 Rate:
The rate includes the cost of all the operations described above including the cost of material
(where so specified), labour, carriage and equipment etc.
4.10.0 Earth Working Compound Filling (With Earth Excavated from Owner’s Borrow Pit Areas)
4.10.1 The following specifications and steps of work shall be followed for earth work in compound filling in
large areas with earth excavated from owner’s borrow pit areas including transportation
from the source to the site. Under no circumstances black cotton/expansive type of soil shall be
used for filling. Samples of fill material shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge prior to
use/supply. Laboratory test of the fill material shall be conducted to decide optimum moisture
content and the Proctor density and record should be maintained.
4.10.2 The area to be filled up shall be earmarked on ground jointly with Site Engineer. Levels of the area

PIPELINES
shall be taken on a grid of 10 m. x 10 m. The grid level shall be plotted on a drawing with
benchmark reference and signed jointly by the contractor and Site Engineer. The Site Engineer shall
decide the finished ground level. Filling height shall be kept 5% more than the maximum of the
filling height required in the entire area. Accordingly brick machinery pillars of size 230 mm x 230
mm shall be erected in the entire area to be filled in the form of a grid 20m x 20m matching with the
grid levels of existing ground taken on the grid of 10m. x 10m. After the levels of the pillars with
respect to the desired finished ground level (determined on the basis of maximum fill height plus
5%) shall be checked by the Site Engineer and clearance shall then be given for starting earth filling
work.
4.10.3 Filling shall be done in layers not exceeding 20 cm. thick. Clods/lumps etc. shall be broken to dust.
As the earth filling and rolling work proceeds, the entire area shall be wetted by sprinkling water to
the extent of calculated optimum moisture content or to the moisture content required to achieve
field density of 90% of laboratory Proctor density and rolled with power/hand roller of capacity 8 to
10 ton. During the course of earth filling, field Proctor density of the compacted earth shall be
checked and recorded for every 60 cm. depth of filling or part thereof. Samples of field Proctor
density shall be taken at random for at least one for every 1000 sq. m. area of filling. The field
Proctor density shall not be less than 90% of the laboratory Proctor density of the fill material.
Records of all test results shall be maintained in a register. After completion of the compound
filling, leveling, grading and compacting to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, final levels of
the finished ground level shall be taken jointly by contractor and site engineer on a grid of 10 m x 10
m. matching with the original grid on which levels of the existing ground level were taken before
commencement of the filling work.
4.10.4 During excavation of borrow pit , the natural drainage of the area hall be maintained by contractor.
4.10.5 Measurement:
Payment shall be made as specified in the schedule of rates, only on the basis of excavation in
cutting. Levels of the site are to be taken before the start and after completion of the work and the
quantity of excavation in cutting shall be computed from these levels and paid for. The payment
thus made shall be deemed to include transportation, filling and compaction of the excavated earth
in low areas.
4.10.6 Rate:
Rates shall include all the operations described above inclusive of the cost of all materials labour,
tools and equipment involved.
4.11.0 Earth Work in Filling for Road Embankment/ Subgrade:
4.11.1 The following specifications and steps of work shall be followed for earthwork in filling in road
embankment/ Subgrade with earth supplied by the contractor from borrow areas arranged by him
including transportation from the source to the site.
4.11.2 Materials used for filling shall be earth, moorum, gravel, a mixture of these or any other material
approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Under no circumstances black cotton/expansive type of soil shall
be used for filling. Samples of fill material shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge prior
to use/ supply. Laboratory test of the fill material shall be conducted to decide optimum moisture
4.11.3 Earth filling shall be done in regular horizontal layers, not exceeding 20 cm in depth. The earth shall

PIPELINES
be free from all roots, grass, stumps, rubbish etc. and lumps and clods exceeding 8 cm in any
direction shall be broken. Each layer shall be compacted by rolling with 8 to 10 tonnes power roller
under suitable moisture conditions to achieve a density of at least 95% of the maximum dry density
(Proctor density). For this purpose earth shall be spread in layers with sufficient water to give field
moisture content of about +1% to -2 % of the optimum moisture content (OMC). OMC shall be
determined according to IS: 2720 (Part-VIII)-Method of tests for soils.
4.11.4 Each compacted layer shall be tested in the field for density and accepted before the operations for
next layer are begun. One measurement of density shall be made for each 500 sqm of compacted
area or for a smaller area as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Density shall be determined as per
IS:2720 (Part-XXVIII).
4.11.5 Measurement:
The filling shall be measured & quantity of earthwork computed from cross sectional measurements.
Payment will be made on the consolidated earth filling volume.
4.11.6 Rate:
The rate includes the cost of all the operations described above including the cost of material
4.12.0 Earth Work in Filling of Foundation Trenches & Plinth
4.12.1 Earth used for filling shall be either from Owner’s sources or excess excavated earth available at site
or from contractor’s supply as directed by Engineer-in- charge. Under no circumstances black
cotton/ expansive type of soil shall be used for filling. Samples shall be got approved prior to
use/supply.
4.12.2 Filling in Plinth:
Plinth under floor shall be filled with earth in layers, each layer not exceeding 20 cm in thickness,
watered and consolidated by ramming. The surface shall be flooded with water for at least 24
hours, and allowed to dry and then refilled, rammed and consolidated in order to avoid settlement
at a later stage. The finished level of filling shall be kept to slope as indicated in drawing and/or as
directed at site.
4.12.3 Filling in Foundation trenches:
As soon as the works in foundation have been measured, the spaces around foundation and drains
in trenches shall be cleared of all debris, brick bats, mortar dropping etc, and filled with earth in
layers, each layer not exceeding 20 cm in depth, watered, rammed and consolidated before the
succeeding one is laid. Earth shall be rammed with iron rammers where possible and with the butt
ends of crowbars where rammer cannot be used.
4.12.4 Where it is specified that the earth has to be supplied by the contractor, the rates are deemed to
include cost/rental of the borrow areas.
4.12.5 Measurements:
4.12.5.1 Filling sides of foundation:

Where it is specified to be paid separately in schedule of rates the cubical contents of foundation

PIPELINES
concrete and masonry in foundation upto ground level shall be worked out and the same deducted
from the cubical contents of earth work in excavation for foundations to arrive at the quantity for
filling sides of foundation.
4.12.5.2 Filling in Plinth and Floors:

Depth of consolidated earth fillings shall be measured for the purpose of payments. The dimensions
of the filling shall be on the basis of pre-measurement correct to nearest cm and cubical contents
worked out in cubic metre correct to two places of decimal.
4.12.6 Rate:
The rate includes the cost of all the operations described above. The rate shall include the cost of
material, labour, carriage, and equipment involved in all the operations described above. Where it is
specified that the earth has to be supplied by the contractor, the rates are deemed to include
cost/rental of the borrow areas.

PIPELINES
5.0.0. SAND FILLING:
5.1.1 Sand shall be clean and free from dust, organic and foreign matter and shall be corresponding to
grading zone II or as specified in the Schedule of Rates and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The
following specifications and steps of work shall be followed for sand filling in large areas with sand
supplied by the contractor. Under no circumstances black cotton/expansive type of soil shall be used
for filling. Samples of fill material shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge prior to
use/supply. Laboratory test of the fill material shall be conducted to decide optimum moisture
5.1.2 Setting out, making profiles & measurements:
Setting out and making necessary profiles shall be as specified in clause No.4.3.0.
5.1.3 Sand filling in plinth and under floors etc.
Sand filling in plinth and under floors shall be done in layers, not exceeding 20 cm in depth. Each
layers of sand shall be spread with adequate water and then be compacted by ramming. The
surface shall then be flooded with water for atleast 24 hours and allowed to dry and then refilled,
rammed and consolidated to avoid settlement at a later stage. The surface of the consolidated sand
shall be dressed to required level or slope. Concreting of floor shall not be started till the Engineer-
in-Charge has inspected and approved of the sand filling.
5.1.4 Measurements: The length, breadth & depth of consolidated sand shall be measured to the
nearest cm & cubical contents worked out .
5.1.5 Rate: The rate includes the cost of all materials & labour involved in all the operations described
above.
5.2.0 Sand filling in foundations & Tank pad foundation:
5.2.1 Sand used shall be river sand obtained from a source approved by the Owner before
commencement of work. It shall be well graded medium to coarse sand free from any vegetation,
organic, clay or other impurities. Fineness modulus of sand shall be not less than 2.2 or falling in
grading Zone-II as per table given here in below. It shall be tested in an approved laboratory to
ascertain its relative density, optimum moisture content for compaction and its suitability for use in
foundation/tank pad constructions supporting a design load intensity of 16 T/ sq.m (max.). All
expenses for the test shall be borne by the contractor. Sand shall be spread in layers not exceeding
15 cm in loose thickness. Each layer shall be adequately watered, mixed and rolled till it gets
evenly and densely compacted. The compaction shall be done by vibratory roller, vibrorammer,
vibrators, road rollers of 8 to 10 tonne capacity, mechanical rammers and vibrators so as to achieve
relative density of minimum 90%. The compaction shall be done under supervision of competent
technical personnel. Adequate arrangement of testing for degree of compaction achieved shall be
provided by the contractor at site. A minimum number of 5 tests per layer shall be conducted to
ascertain the degree of compaction achieved. In addition to these tests, site engineer, whenever
desires may ask contractor to conduct such tests and the contractor shall do so to satisfy the site
engineer about the achieved degree of compaction. All expenses to conduct these tests shall be
borne by the contractor. Before placing successive layers of sand, top surface of previous layer (the
under layer) shall be moistened and scarified thoroughly to obtain a rough surface which shall
provide a satisfactory bond with the subsequent layer. Necessary cables if any to be laid shall also

PIPELINES
be embedded in the sand pad as directed by site engineer. Sand pad shall be properly compacted
and graded true to the dimensions and levels as shown in the drawings.
GRADING OF FINE AGGREGATES AS PER IS:383
IS Sieve Percentage Passing for

Designation
Grading Zone Grading Zone Grading Zone Grading Zone
I II III IV
9.5 mm 100 100 100 100
4.75 mm 90 - 100 90 - 100 90 - 100 95 - 100
2.36 mm 60 - 95 75 - 100 85 - 100 95 - 100
1.18 mm 30 - 70 55 - 90 75 - 100 90 - 100
600 micron 15 - 34 35 - 59 60 - 79 80 - 100
300 micron 5 - 20 8 - 30 12 - 40 15 - 50
150 micron 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 15
5.2.2 Setting out , making profiles & measurements :

Setting out and making necessary profiles shall be as specified in clause No.4.3.0
5.2.3 Rate: The rate shall include the cost of all materials, labour, carriage and equipment involved in all
the operations described above.
6.0.0 MOORUM FILLING:
6.1.0 Moorum shall be of best quality available and free of all foreign matter. The source of moorum shall
be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge before procuring. Filling, compaction, finalising of
levels & measurement shall be done in the manner as specified for earthwork in
compound filling i.e. clause 4.9.0.
above.

PIPELINES
7.0.0 DRY STONE SOLING:
7.1.0 Stones aggregates of size 63 mm nominal size shall be used for soling . It shall be clean, hard
stones free from weathering, dirt, mud and other foreign materials. The stones shall be laid in
layers so that finished thickness shall not exceed 100 mm. It shall be well compacted.
7.2.0 Measurements: The length, breadth & depth of consolidated stone filling shall be measured to the
above.
8.0.0 DRY STONE PITCHING:
8.1.0 Stones shall be clean hard stones, free from decay & weathering. They shall be in blocks & hammer
dressed on all sides. The size of the pitching stone shall be 225 mm approx. in depth & not less
than 150 mm in any direction.
8.2.0 Preparation of surface : The sides & bottom of the surface to be pitched shall be brought to the
required slope & gradient & shall be compacted to a firm & even surface.
8.3.0 Pitching : Stones shall be laid closely in position to the required profile & firmly embedded with
joints staggered & with exposed faces true to line & level, gradient & uniform slope throughout.
The interstices between adjacent stones shall be filled with stones of proper size & well driven .
8.4.0 Measurements: The length & breadth of the surface pitched shall be measured for determining
the area.
8.5.0 Rate: The rate includes the cost of all materials & labour.

PIPELINES
9.0.0 CRUSHED ROCK FILLING:
9.1.0 Crushed rock shall be clean, hard, angular and shall not be less than 100 mm in any dimension. The
rocks shall be well graded and shall not disintegrate under compaction load. The contractor shall
take prior approval from Site Engineer about the quality of rock before procuring. Compaction shall
be done with power road roller of 8 to 10 tonne capacity, in layers of depth as approved by
Engineer-in-Charge. The roller shall run over the same surface of rolling for at least eight times till
the layer is well consolidated and compacted.
9.1.1 Measurements: Volume of consolidated filling shall be measured. The dimensions shall be
measured correct to the nearest cm and cubical contents worked out in cubic metre correct to two
places of decimal.
9.1.2 Rates: The rate includes the cost of materials, labour, carriage, and equipment involved in all the
operations described above.
9.2.0 CRUSHED STONE RING (for tank pad foundation):
Crushed stone ring ( of trapezoid section/ as shown in the drawing) shall be provided below the
annular plate of tank shell (along the periphery). Crushed stone(s) of size 80 mm down shall be
used in the work and voids filled with moorum. The trapezoid trench will be made after preparation
of moorum pad is laid and compacted.
9.2.1 Measurements: The length, breadth & depth of consolidated stone filling shall be measured to the
above.
9.3.0 ANTICORROSIVE LAYER:

A layer of average 50 mm thick anticorrosive layer shall be laid on top of the tank pad foundation
within the tank shell.
Anti corrosive layer shall consist of screened coarse sand mixed with bitumen 8 to 10 % by volume.
Bitumen for the carpet shall be bitumen of viscosity Grade VG-30 or equivalent. Bitumen shall be
heated to a temperature of 150 to 190 degree centigrade with kerosene, if required, and sand shall
be thoroughly mixed with it in a mixing drum to give uniform mixture and shall be laid over the
compacted surface in line, grade and levels as shown on the drawings, and as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Bitumen shall not be heated beyond the temperature limits given above.
Before laying the carpet, any unevenness in the sand/ moorum fill surface shall be made good and it
shall be ensured that the surface is free from moisture. The surface shall be lightly rolled to obtain a
smooth surface and properly graded as per drawing.
The anticorrosive layer shall be tamped to form hard mass of uniform compacted thickness as per
Schedule of rates and drawings.

PIPELINES
9.3.2 Payment:
Payment shall be made on square metre basis of the layer laid on top of the tank pads. The rate
quoted shall include material, labour, transportation, equipment, mixing, laying, lead and lift, handling
compaction etc. complete in all respects.
9.4.0 PREMIX CARPET FOR TANK PADS

A layer of average 50 mm thick premix carpet shall be laid on top of the tank pad foundation outside
the tank shell including the slope and toe portion.
9.4.1 Materials:
Sand
Sand shall be clean, dry, coarse hard angular free from coatings of clay, dust and mix of vegetable
and organic matters and shall confirm to IS:383 Grade III
Stone Chippings
Stone chippings shall be of hard black trap or granite or approved locally available stone and shall
confirm to IS:383. The grading shall be normally 12 mm down size and 6 mm down size in the ratio
of 3:2 respectively.
Bitumen
Bitumen for the carpet shall be bitumen of viscosity Grade VG-30 or equivalent.
9.4.2 Laying:
The crushed rock ring where provided and areas on which the premix is to be laid shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all dust and loose materials. On the clean surface, a tack coat at the rate of 1.0 kg/m2 of
hot bitumen shall be uniformly applied by sprayers. The applied binder shall be evenly brushed.
The binder bitumen shall be heated to the temperature of about 190 Degree centrigade and mixed
with stone chippings of size as indicated above at the rate of 400 kg with 6 sqm of stone chips for
100 sqm surface. The total mixed quantity as mentioned above is the quantity required for the total
50 mm thick layer for 100 sqm area. Mixing shall continue until the aggregate is well coated.
The premix carpet shall be laid in two layers of 30 mm and 20mm respectively. After compacting and
laying the layer of 30 mm, a tack coat of hot bitumen at the rate of 1 kg/sqm shall be uniformly
applied to the surface by means of sprayer and the second layer of 20 mm thick shall be laid taped
and compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
Sand shall be spread on the final surface at the rate of 0.5 cum per 100 sqm.
9.4.3 Payment:
Payment shall be made on square metre basis of completed surface. The rate quoted shall include
material, labour, transportation, equipments, mixing, laying, lead and lift, handling compaction etc.
complete in all respects.

PIPELINES
10.0.0 BRICK FLAT SOLING:
10.1.0 Bricks shall be of grade as specified in the schedule of rates.

10.1.1 Preparation of surface: The sides & bottom of the surface to be pitched shall be brought to the
required slope & gradient & shall be compacted to a firm & even surface.
10.1.2 Soling: Bricks shall be laid closely in position & in parallel rows breaking bond or Herring-bone bond
pattern as directed. The joints shall be filled with sand.
10.1.3 Measurements: The length & breadth of the surface shall be measured for determining the area in
square metres.
above.

PIPELINES
11.0.0 ANTITERMITE TREATMENT :
Antitermite treatment shall be carried out as per I.S. 6313 (Part II - 1981) and as mentioned herein
below:
11.1.0 Materials :
Any one of the following chemicals (as specified) in water emulsion shall be used.
Name of Chemical Concentration (Percent) by

volume
Chloropyrifos Emulsifiable concentrate 1.0
(IS: 8944)
Chemicals are available in concentrated form in the market and concentration is indicated on the
sealed containers. To achieve the percentage of concentration specified above, chemical should be
diluted with water in required quantity before it is used. Graduated containers shall be used for
dilution of chemical with water in the required proportion to achieve the desired percentage of
concentration.
11.1.1 Example : To dilute chemical of 30 percent concentration, add 59 parts of water to one part of
chemical to achieve 0.5 percent concentration. Chemicals shall be brought to site of work in sealed
original containers. The material shall be brought in at a time, in adequate quantity to suffice for the
whole or at least a fortnight's work. The material shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor
and the Engineer-in-Charge. The empties shall not be removed from the site of work, till the
relevant item of work has been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge.
11.1.2 Pre-construction chemical treatment :
This is a process in which chemical treatment is applied to a building in the early stages of its
construction. Hand operated pressure pump shall be used for uniform spraying of the chemical. To
have proper check for uniform spraying of chemical, graduated containers shall be used. Proper
check shall be kept that the specified quantity of chemical is used for the required area during the
operation.
11.1.3 Time of Application :
Soil treatment should start when foundation trenches and pits are ready to take mass concrete
foundations. Laying of mass concrete should start when the chemical emulsion has been absorbed
by the soil and the surface is quite dry. Treatment should not be carried out when it is raining or
soil is wet with rain or sub-soil water. The foregoing applies also in the case of treatment to the
filled earth surface within the plinth before laying the subgrade for the floor.
11.1.4 Disturbance :
The treated soil barriers shall not be disturbed after they are formed. If by chance, treated soil
barriers are disturbed, immediate steps shall be taken to restore the continuity and completeness of
the barrier system.

PIPELINES
11.1.5 Treatment for Masonry foundations & Basements:
a) The bottom surface and the sides (upto a height of about 300 mm) of the excavations made
for masonry foundations & basements shall be treated with the chemical at the rate of 5 litres
per sqm of the surface area as shown in the drawing.
b) After the masonry foundations and the retaining walls of the basement come up, the backfill in
immediate contact with the foundation structure shall be treated at the rate of 7.5 litre per
sq.m. of the vertical surface of the sub-structure for each side. If water is used for ramming the
earth fill, the chemical treatment shall be carried out after the ramming operation is done by
rodding the earth at 150 mm centres close to the wall surface and spraying the chemical with
the above dosage. The earth is usually returned in layers and the treatment shall be carried out
in similar stages. The chemical emulsion shall be directed towards the concrete or masonry
surfaces of the columns and walls so that the earth in contact with these surfaces is well
treated with the chemicals as per drawing.
11.1.6 Treatment for RCC Foundation and Basements :
In the case of RCC framed structures with columns and Plinth beams and R.C.C. basements the
concrete mix is rich and dense (being 1:2:4 or richer), it is unnecessary to start the treatment from
the bottom of excavations for columns and plinth beams. The treatment shall start at the depth of
500 mm below finished ground level. From this depth the back-fill around the columns, beams and
R.C.C. basement walls shall be treated at the rate of 7.5 litres/Sqm of the vertical surface. The
other details of treatment shall be as laid down in clause (b) above complete as per drawing.
11.1.7 Treatment of Top Surface of Plinth filling :
The top surface of the filled earth within plinth walls shall be treated with chemical emulsion at the
rate of 5 litres per sqm of the surface before the sand/subgrade is laid. Holes upto 50 to 75 mm
deep at 150 mm centres both ways shall be made with crow bars on the surface to facilitate
saturation of the soil with chemical emulsion.
11.1.8 Treatment of Junction of Wall and the Floor :
To achieve continuity of the vertical chemical barrier on inner wall surfaces from the ground level,
small channel 30x30 mm shall be made at all the junctions of wall and columns with the floor
(before laying the subgrade) and rod holes made in the channel upto ground level 150 mm apart
and the chemical emulsion poured along the channel @ 7.5 litres/sqm of the vertical wall or column
surface so as to soak the soil right to bottom. The soil shall be tamped back into place after this
operation.
11.1.9 Treatment of soil along external perimeter of building :
After the building is complete, provide holes in the soil with iron rods along the external perimeter of
the buildings at intervals of about 150 mm and depth 300 mm and filling these holes with chemical
emulsion at the rate of 7.5 litres per square metre of vertical surfaces.
11.1.10 Safety precautions :
All chemicals used for anti-termite treatment are poisonous and hazardous to health. These

PIPELINES
chemicals can have an adverse effect on health when absorbed through the skin, inhaled as vapours
or spray mists or swallowed. Person using or handling these chemicals should be warned of these
dangers and advised that absorption through the skin is the most likely source of accidental
poisoning. They should be cautioned to observe carefully the safety precautions given below:
11.1.11 These chemicals are usually brought to site in the form of emulsifiable concentrates. The containers
should be clearly labelled and should be stored carefully so that children and pets cannot get at
them. They should be kept securely closed.
11.1.12 Particularly, care should be taken to prevent skin contact with the concentrates. Prolonged exposure
to dilute emulsions should also be avoided. Workers should wear clean clothing and should wash
thoroughly with soap and water, especially before eating and smoking. In the event of severe
contamination, clothing should be removed at once and the skin washed with soap and water. if
chemical splash into the eyes, they shall be flushed with plenty of soap and water and immediate
medical attention should be sought.
11.1.13 The concentrates are oil solutions and present a fire hazard owing to the use of petroleum solvents.
Flames should not be allowed during mixing.
11.1.14 Care should be taken in the application of chemicals to see that they are not allowed to contaminate
wells or springs which serve as sources of drinking water.
11.1.15 Measurement :
The measurements shall be made in Sq.m. on the basis of plinth area of the building only for all
operations described above. Nothing extra shall be measured.
11.1.16 Rate :
The rate shall include the cost of all materials, equipment and labour involved in all the operations
described above including making holes and making good the same by refilling.

PIPELINES
12.0.0 BRICK WORK :
12.1.0 Brick work will be with bricks of class specified in schedule of rates, laid in cement mortar of
designed proportion as specified in item or drawings. Bricks shall be soaked in water thoroughly at
the site of work for at least 6 hours before use. When the bricks are soaked they shall be removed
from the tank sufficiently early so that at the time of laying they are skin dry. The bricks shall be
placed in the tanks by hand, one by one, and not by throwing. The mortar shall be used before it
shows any signs of setting or stiffening.
12.1.1 Unless otherwise specified, brick work shall be done in English bond with the frog upwards. No
broken brick shall be used except at closures. Brick work shall conform to IS-2212. The courses
shall be truly horizontal and the work strictly in plumb. The mortar joints should not exceed 10 mm
in thickness except where extra thickness is required for the purpose of bringing the brick work to
the required height or level or for making both faces even. The brick work shall not be raised by
more than 14 single courses per day.
12.1.2 Masonry shall be kept constantly moist while under construction and for a period of at least 10 days
after completion. Watering shall be continued twice a day for at least one month after completion.
12.1.3 Construction of walls shall, as far as possible, be carried out in regular and level course throughout
their entire length and no portion of work shall be 0.90 metre lower than the other. All cross walls,
buttresses, counterforts, steps etc. shall be built up, course by course, with the main walls carefully
embedded into them. Where such bonding is not possible in the course of the work for any reason,
necessary grooves or toothing shall be left in the brick work for subsequent bonding. No extra
payment will be made for this.
12.1.4 Brick work in foundation and plinth shall be the portion of brick work between foundation level and
plinth level. Provision of relevant clauses of Special Conditions of Contract shall be applicable for
distinguishing work in foundation from that of superstructure.
12.1.5 Brick work in superstructure will mean all brick works above plinth level. Parapet shall be considered
as part of the wall. In exposed brick work, specially selected brick shall be used for facing, ensuring
that irregular and wrinkled bricks or bricks which have irregular edges and corners are not used.
The surface shall be rubbed down with brushes if necessary and thoroughly washed. The joints in
faces which are to be plastered or pointed should be raked out to a depth of 15 mm while the
mortar is still green. The raked joints shall be brushed and well wetted, and shall be later refilled
with mortar to give ruled finish.
12.1.6 The rate for brick work shall include supplying, erecting and dismantling the necessary scaffolding.
Scaffolding shall be strong and stiff. Holes left in the brick work to take the put logs shall be
properly bricked up before plastering or pointing is done. Put-log holes shall not under any
circumstances be allowed in pillars.
Payment will be made on cubic metre basis on the volume of work done calculated on actual
measurement of length, height and thickness. Any extra work over the specified dimensions shall be
ignored. No extra payment will be made for cutting bricks if required either for openings or for
rounding or for insertion at the time of construction of small fixtures in wall such as angles, joists,
distribution boards, small size pipes, etc. No deduction will made for volumes occupied by such

PIPELINES
fixtures. No deduction shall be made for openings upto 0.1 square metre , cement concrete blocks
for holdfasts/ holding down bolts. In calculating area of opening, any separate lintel or sills shall be
included with the size of opening but end portions of lintel shall be excluded.
12.1.8 Rate :
The contractor's rate shall include cost of all material supply, fixing and removal of scaffoldings,
curing etc. and shall apply to all brick work in steps, string course, blocking course, brick work
curved in plan and parapet over roof etc.
12.2.0 HALF-BRICK MASONRY :
12.2.1 Half - brick wall (115 mm) laid in stretcher bond including reinforced wall be measured in square
metre for payment. In reinforced wall 2 no. 6 mm dia MS bars shall be provided at every fourth
course. Proper laps & end embedments (of not less than 200 mm) shall be provided. They shall be
securely anchored at their end where the partitions end.
12.2.2 Measurements :
Thickness of walls in excess of thickness computed on the basis of nominal brick sizes, if any shall
be ignored while measuring. No separate payment shall be made for steel reinforcement used in the
brick masonry. Deduction for openings shall be as per IS :1200. The area shall be calculated in
square metres.
12.2.3 Rate :
The rate includes the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described
including cost of reinforcement.

PIPELINES
13.0.0 SOLID AND HOLLOW CONCRETE BLOCK MASONARY

The specifications for concrete block masonry shall in general follow the above requirements of brick
masonry except for the following stipulations. Solid and hollow concrete block shall conform to the
requirements of IS:2185 (latest edition). Concrete blocks shall be sound, free from cracks, broken
edges, honeycombing and other defects that would interfere with the proper placing of block or
impair the strength or performance of construction.
13.1.0 Dimensions and tolerances
Solid and hollow concrete blocks shall be made in sizes and shapes to meet different requirements.
Nominal dimensions of concrete block shall be as below:
Length : 400, 500 or 600 mm

Height : 200 or 100 mm
Width : 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250 or 300 mm
In addition, blocks in half lengths i.e. 200, 250, 300 mm or any other requirements may also be
used. Maximum variation in the length of the blocks shall not be more than plus or minus 5mm and
maximum variation in height and width of unit shall not be more than plus or minus 3 mm.
13.2.0 Physical Requirements
The average crushing strength of eight blocks, when determined in accordance with IS : 2185
(latest edition) shall not be less than as specified in table 10 hereunder:-
TABLE-10
Minimum Average Minimum Strength Of
Density Of Blocks
Type Grade Compressive Strength Of Individual Units
(Kg/Mm3)
Units (N/Mm2) (N/Mm2)
A(3.5) 3.5 2.8
A(4.5) 4.5 3.6
Not less than 1500
A(5.5) 5.5 4.4
Hollow load
A(7.0) 7.0 5.6
bearing unit
B(2.0) 2.0 1.6
Less than 1500, but
B(3.0) 3.0 2.4
not less than 1000
B(5.0) 5.0 4.0
Hollow non
load Less than 1500, but
C(1.5) 1.5 1.2
bearing not less than 1000
units
Solid load D(5.0) 5.0 4.0
bearing Not less than 1800
D(4.0) 4.0 3.2
units
13.3.0 Other Properties
The drying shrinkage, moisture movement and water absorption of the blocks (average of three
blocks), when unrestrained, shall be determined in accordance with IS: 2185 (latest edition) and shall
not exceed 0.1%, 0.09% and 10% respectively.

PIPELINES
13.4.0 Wetting of Blocks

Blocks need not be wetted before or during laying in the walls. In case the climatic conditions
necessitate, the top and the sides of the blocks may only be slightly moistened so as to prevent
absorption of water from the mortar and ensure the development of the required bond with the
mortar.
13.5.0 Intersecting walls
When two walls meet or intersect and the courses are to be laid up at the same time, a true masonry
bond between at least 50% of the units at the intersection is necessary. When such intersecting walls
are laid up separately, pockets with 20 mm maximum vertical spacing shall be left in the first wall
laid. The corresponding course of the second wall shall be built into these pockets.
13.6.0 Piers
The top course of block in the pier shall be built in solid blocks. Hollow concrete block shall not be
used for isolated piers, unless their hollows are specified to be filled with cement concrete.
Fixtures, fittings, etc shall be built into the masonry in cement and coarse sand mortar 1:3 while
laying the blocks wherever possible. Hold fast shall be built into the joints of the masonry during
laying.
Holes, chases, sleeves, openings, etc of the required size and shape shall be formed in the masonry
with special blocks while laying, for fixing pipes, service lines, passage of water etc. After service
lines, pipes etc. are fixed, voids left, in any, shall be filled up with cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement:
3 coarse sand: 6 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and neatly finished.
13.7.0 Finishing
Rendering shall be done to the walls when walls are wet. Joints for plastering or pointing as specified
shall be raked to a depth of 12 mm.
Joints on internal faces, unless otherwise indicated, shall be raked for plastering. If the internal, faces
of the masonry are not to be plastered the joints shall be finished flush as the work proceeds or
pointed flush where so indicated.
13.8.0 Measurement, rate and other details:-
For measurement, payment, and other details, related clauses of Brick work shall apply.

PIPELINES
14.0.0 UN-COURSED RANDOM RUBBLE MASONRY:
14.1.0 Laying :
All stones shall be wetted before use. The work shall be carried out true to plumb or to the specified
pattern. Every stone shall be carefully fitted to the adjacent stones, so as to form neat and close
joints. Stones may be laid at random without being brought up to any level courses except at plinth,
window sills and roof level etc. Laying shall be done with (1:6) cement mortar (1 cement : 6 coarse
sand) such that thickness of mortar joints at the face is not more than 20 mm and shall be included
in the item. The bond shall be obtained by filling in closely the adjacent stone and by using bond
stones. Face stone shall extend the bond well into the packing. These shall be arranged to break
joints as much as possible and to avoid long vertical lines of joints. Their height shall not be greater
than the breadth at the face or the depth inwards. Stones for hearting or interior filling of the wall,
shall consist of rubble stones which may be of any shape but shall not pass through a circular ring
of 15 cm inner diameter, thickness of these stones in any direction shall not be less than 15 cm. The
length of stones shall not exceed three times the height and breadth shall not be greater than three
fourth the thickness of wall or 15 cm whichever is greater. These shall be carefully laid, hammered
down with a wooden mallet into position and solidly embedded in mortar. Chips and spawls of stone
may be used wherever necessary to avoid thick mortar beds or joints and at the same time ensuring
that no hollow spaces are left anywhere in the masonry. The hearting shall be laid nearly level with
facing and backing, except that at about one metre interval, vertical plump projecting about 15 cm
to 20 cm shall be firmly embedded to form a bond between successive course. The chips shall not
be used below the hearting stones to bring these upto the level of face stones. The use of chips
shall be restricted to the filling of interstices between the adjacent stones in hearting, and these
shall not exceed 20% of the quantity of stone masonry. The masonry in a structure shall be carried
regularly. Where the masonry of one part has to be delayed, the work shall be raked back at an
angle not steeper than 45 Deg. Toothing in masonry shall not be allowed.
14.2.0 Joints :
Stones shall be so laid that all joints are full of mortar. Face joints shall not be more than 2.0 cm.
thick.
When plastering or pointing is not required to be done, the joints shall be struck flush and finished
at the time of laying. Otherwise the joints shall be raked to a minimum depth of 20 mm by raking
tool during the progress of work, when the mortar is still green.
14.3.0 Curing :
Green work shall be protected from damage and mortar dropping during construction. Masonry
work in cement or composite mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all the faces for a minimum
period of seven days.
14.4.0 Scaffolding :
For this class of work, single scaffolding having one set of vertical support shall be allowed. The
supports shall be sound and strong, tied together by horizontal pieces, over which the scaffolding
planks shall be fixed. The inner and horizontal scaffolding member may rest in a hole provided in
the masonry. Such holes, however, shall not be allowed in pillars less than one metre in width. The
holes left in masonry work for supporting scaffolding, shall be filled and made good before
plastering. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining scaffolding strong
enough so as to withstand all likely load on it.

PIPELINES
14.5.0 Measurement and Payments :
Payment for un-coursed rubble masonry shall be made in cubic metre basis nearest to two places of
decimal. The length, height and thickness shall be measured correct to cm. The thickness of wall
shall be measured at joints, excluding the bushings. Only specified dimensions shall be allowed,
anything extra shall be ignored. The rate shall be inclusive of striking and raking out joints
whenever mentioned in the Schedule of Rates. Deduction for openings shall be as per IS:1200.
Pointing the joints with an admixture of pigment shall be paid separately on square metre basis.
14.6.0 Measurement, rate and other details :-
For measurement, payment, and other details, related clauses of Brick work shall apply.

PIPELINES
15.0.0 PLAIN & REINFORCED CONCRETE:
15.1.0 Except where otherwise specified, implied or authorised by the Engineer-in-charge in writing, all
materials and workmanship must conform to the latest edition of the Indian standard specification
including any amendments published by the said institution from time to time.
15.2.0 The concrete mixes should give the designed strength as mentioned in TABLE-11 during work tests
in accordance with IS 456 & IS 516.
TABLE - 11
Kind of Concrete-Mix. Minimum compressive strength for 15 cm cube
7 days (Kg/Cm2) 28 days (Kg/Cm2)

1:2:4 140 210
1:1.5:3 175 264
1:1:2 210 315
15.3.0 For the design mix (if specified in SOR), the contractor shall submit the calculations/procedure and
the mix shall be established at site for the required strength before staring the RCC work.
15.4.0 The contractor shall submit representative samples of concrete or other materials to be used in order
that they may be tested and the suitability of materials established. During the progress of work,
samples of concrete shall be taken as per I.S 456 & I.S 1199 or as may be necessary and tested as
per IS specifications. Record of all tests carried out shall be maintained by the contractor & register
submitted to Site engineer/Engineer-in-charge. All expenses in this connection with the above
mentioned tests shall be borne by the contractor.
15.5.0 In addition to above tests, the contractor shall also undertake rebound hammer test as per the
procedure prescribed in IS-13311 (part-2, 1992). These tests shall be normally carried at the rate of
one test for every 50 cum of RCC work and as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge/Site
engineer. However, at least one test shall be undertaken for every 10 structural beams/columns.
Record of all tests carried out shall be maintained by the contractor & register submitted to Site
engineer/Engineer-in-charge. All expenses in this connection with the above mentioned tests shall
be borne by the contractor.
15.6.0 If difficulty be experienced in placing the concrete of specified mix and approved consistency
between and below the reinforcement bars at the bottom of beams and similar members, the bars
shall be embedded in concrete of improved workability as directed by the site engineer. The
consistency should be determined by making trial mixes and getting the same approved. The slump
of the above trial mixes shall be measured and this slump should not exceed throughout all batches
of concrete made from the same materials mixed in the same proportion as the trial mixes and used
in those parts of the works as directed by the Site Engineer. In no case, however, shall the slump
exceed 50 mm for concrete slabs or exceed 25 mm for concrete consolidated by mechanical
vibration. The slump test shall be carried out as per IS specifications by the Contractor at his own
cost. Record of all tests carried out in relation to various grades of concrete etc. shall be maintained

PIPELINES
by the contractor.
MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT :- From durability considerations the minimum cement content to
be provided is given in table-12 below.
TABLE-12
Nominal mix Cement Content Kg per Cubic metre of
concrete
1:1:2 450
1:1.5:3 400
1:2:4 320
1:3:6 220
1:4:8 170
15.7.0 BATCHING AND MIXING CONCRETE:
Batching of cement, coarse aggregate, sand, and water should be done by volume and the concrete
ingredients shall be mixed in an approved mechanical mixer, designed to obtain positively uniform
distribution of all the component materials throughout the mass during the mixing operations. Water
shall be added prior to and during the mixing operations. The coarse aggregate and sand shall be
measured in suitable measuring boxes which shall be provided by the contractor and approved by
the Site-Engineer before using the same. The measurement boxes shall be proportioned in such a
manner to avoid the necessity of dividing the contents of bags of cement. Due allowance should be
made for bulking of sand and its moisture content in accordance with IS:2386 (Part III) - 1963. The
method of determining surface moisture content in Aggregates shall conform to IS-456 (latest
edition). Right proportion of materials shall be loaded in mixing drum and adequate water added in
accordance with water cement ratio desired and shall be mixed to form an intimate mixture of
uniform consistency. The mechanical batch type concrete mixer shall have two blades fitted with
lighting hopper type. The mixing time, for a mixer upto 0.75 m 3 capacity shall not be less than 2
minutes and not less than 2 & 1/2 minutes for a mixer of over 0.75 m 3 capacity.
In exceptional circumstances such as mechanical breakdown of mixer, work in remote areas or

when the quantity of concrete work is very small, hand mixing may be permitted subjected to
adding 10% extra cement. Hand mixing shall be carried out on a watertight platform till concrete of
uniform colour and consistency is obtained.
No concreting shall commence in any portion of work unless shuttering and reinforcement etc., have
been checked by the Site Engineer and approved by him. Mixing of concrete shall be done at a
central place as directed by the Site Engineer.
15.8.0 PLACING OF CONCRETE :
The concrete shall be placed on a clean bed having the designed level and without any interruption.
As soon as possible, after mixing, the concrete should be transported to the site by an approved
method and deposited directly in the formwork. If segregation occurs during the transportation,
concrete should be remixed adding fresh cement before being placed as per the instructions of Site
Engineer.
Concrete should in no case be dropped from a height of more than 1.0 metre and shall be carefully

PIPELINES
laid in position in horizontal layers not exceeding 15 cms. in thickness. Before depositing concrete all
debris and dirt shall be removed from the space to be occupied by concrete. The method of
concreting and compaction to be employed in any particular section of the work is to be, to the
entire satisfaction of the Site Engineer.
The concrete, after being laid shall be compacted by means of vibrators of the approved type and
design by and under proper supervision as directed by the Site Engineer. The vibrations should not
be confined only to the top surface but the whole mass of concrete should be well vibrated until the
dense mass assumes jelly like appearance and consistency with the water just appearing on the
surfaces. Over vibration or vibration of very wet mixes is harmful and shall be avoided. Care is to be
taken to avoid segregation, and the formation of air bubbles. Honey-combs shall be avoided. Hand
compaction shall be done with the help of tamping rods, before the initial setting starts. For hand
compaction the contractor shall take permission of Engineer-in-Charge. After compaction the top
surface shall be finished even and smooth with wooden trowel.
The time required from batching of concrete to placing and compaction of the concrete mass,
should in any case be within 20 minutes and the whole process completed before the initial setting
takes place.
All precautions for work in extreme weather shall be taken as mentioned in relevant clauses of
IS:456 (latest edition). Due protection shall be provided to prevent cement being blown away during
the process of proportioning and mixing during windy weather. During hot weather, it shall be
ensured that the temperature of wet concrete does not exceed 38 0 C.
For concrete under water, relevant portions of instructions given in IS-456 shall be followed except
when otherwise stated. The mix for concreting under water shall be approved by the site engineer,
depending on the conditions of placing. Great care should be taken to prevent the cement being
washed out.
Concreting for any complete member/part of a structure shall ordinarily be done in a continuous
operation. Where this is not possible prior permission of the Site Engineer should be obtained for
doing the work in parts. The site engineer will direct as to what portions should the concreting be
carried out at a stretch or where the work may be interrupted, and the work shall be done
accordingly.
Whenever the work is interrupted for more than an hour bonding grooves shall be formed in the
concrete already laid and the surface shall be roughened, thoroughly cleaned and given a wash of
neat cement @ 2 Kg/m2 of thick consistency before laying new concrete.
Starters of minimum 50mm thickness with cement concrete having the ratio similar to that of
concrete mix of the column shall be placed at the junction of plinth beam and column.
Mortar of 10-20mm thickness with cement sand ratio similar to that of concrete mix of the column
shall be placed for each lift of the column.
All R.C.C. and P.C.C. work shall be carried out in strict accordance with this specification and
detailed drawings, which will be supplied for the purpose. The working drawings and other details
shall be studied thoroughly and any point not clear to the contractor, should be brought to the
notice of the Engineer-in-Charge for clarification well in advance and before proceeding with the
work.

PIPELINES
No concrete work shall be cast in the absence of the Site Engineer or his representative.
15.9.0 CURING :
The curing of concrete shall be in accordance with IS 456 except that the concrete shall be cured for
a period of 10 days from the date of casting. Cement concrete shall not be disturbed after initial
setting has started. Care should be taken to protect green concrete from damage by falling of
debris, excessive loading or any thing that may disturb the setting process or impair its strength.
Retampering of concrete, which has partially set, is absolutely prohibited.
15.10.0 Payment :
Payment for plain and reinforced cement concrete in site shall be made on cubic metre basis of
actual finished work done. Deductions shall be made for opening as per IS: 1200. In respect of
reinforced cement concrete, Contractor shall ensure that tests as specified above are carried out to
establish conformity of stated strength requirements and the test result(s) are submitted to the
Engineer-in-charge for acceptance of the work. However, the Engineer in charge at his discretion
may release part payment pending acceptance of reinforced cement concrete work. The Contractor
at his own risk and cost shall rectify all defects observed in the work to the satisfaction of Engineer
in charge. The rate for plain and reinforced cement concrete shall be inclusive of all form work,
shuttering staging etc. The rate shall not, however, include reinforcement, which will be paid
separately. Water proofing materials when specified and used shall also be paid for separately.
15.11.0 PAINTING OF CONCRETE SURFACE WITH BITUMEN BELOW GROUND :
15.11.1 Surface Preparation : The surface shall be painted when it is thoroughly dry. The surface to be
painted shall be cleaned with wire brush and cotton or gunny cloth. All loose materials and scales
shall be removed and the surface shall be further cleaned with a piece of cloth lightly soaked in
Kerosene oil.
15.11.2 Painting with Bitumen : The contractor shall bring the bitumen to site in its original packing and
shall open and use it in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative. The
container shall not be removed from site until the painting job is completed and the Engineer-in-
Charge has a time to satisfy himself regarding the quantity of bitumen actually used and given his
permission to remove the same. The surface prepared and treated shall be painted uniformly with
bitumen of approved quality such as residual type petroleum bitumen of viscosity Grade VG-10 or
equivalent, hot cut back bitumen or equivalent, after heating it to the required temperature as per
specifications of the manufacturers. The coating of bitumen shall be continued at least 15 cm along
the vertical surfaces. In case of wall, it shall be continued upto the drip course. Care shall be taken
to see that no blank patches are left. The quantity of bitumen to be spread per 10 square metres of
roof surface shall be 17 kg. unless otherwise stipulated in the description of the item and shall be
carefully regulated so that the application is uniform at the stipulated rate of kg.
15.11.3 Spreading of Sand : Immediately after painting dry/clean sharp and coarse sand at the rate of 60
cm3 per 10 sqm shall be evenly spread over the surface when the bitumen is still hot wherever
possible.
15.11.4 Measurements : The area of the surface painted shall be measured in square metres. The
measurements of length and breadth shall be taken out to a cm.

PIPELINES
15.11.5 Rate :
The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operation described
above.
15.12.0 SUPER PLASTICISERS :
15.12.1 This item shall be operated upon specific approval of Engineer-in-charge. In case of use of
superplasticiser the type, amount & method of application proposed shall be submitted to Engineer-
in-charge for approval. Superplasticiser shall conform to IS:9103 and IS:2645 (latest addition) and
should be compatible with all the grade & brand of cement used (ordinary Portland cement).
Superplasticisers manufactured by M/s.Fosroc Chemicals (India) Pvt Ltd, M/s The structural water
proofing Co. Ltd, M/s Asian Laboratories, M/s MC-Bauchemie (India) Pvt. Ltd, M/s Sika Qualcrete
Private Ltd, shall only be approved for use. It shall be free from chlorides and its sulphate content
shall not exceed 0.1% by weight. Typical water reduction shall be in the range of 12 to 20%. The
method of use, rate of addition, dosage etc. shall be strictly as per the specifications of the
manufacturer. The optimum dosage shall be determined by trial mixes with the particular concrete
mix and shall be approved by Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative prior to use in
works. Under no circumstances, the mix proportion shall be altered. Trial mixes shall be done in
advance prior to use in work.
15.12.2 Measurement : Payment shall be made on the basis of actual quantity of superplasticiser used in
the works. This shall be measured in litres.
15.13.0 GROUT MIX FOR FOUNDATION BOLT GROUTING :
15.13.1 The grout mixture shall conform to IS:4031 for strength and expansion capability. It shall be free
from iron, chlorides and other oxidising agents. The grain size shall be 0-3 mm and water
requirement shall be 13-15%. Compressive strength at three days shall not be less than 280
Kg/Sq.cm. Maximum linear expansion shall not exceed 0.2% and 0.12% in free and restrained
states respectively. Grout materials manufactured by M/s. ACC or M/s. FOSROC or any other
equivalent approved may be used. The grouting mixture shall always be stored in a dry place. This
item shall be operated for grouting of pocket holes. Prior approval of Engineer-in-charge shall be
obtained before use. The manufacturer’s instructions shall be strictly adhered.
15.13.2 Surface Preparation, Mixing, Placement and Curing : The base concrete shall be cleaned to
remove all foreign matter and wetted thoroughly before grouting. All free water shall be removed.
The dry grout shall be mixed with recommended quantity of water in a mechanical mixer or as
specified by the manufacturer. Mixing shall be restricted to quantities which can be placed in ten to
fifteen minutes. Minimum mixing time shall be three minutes. The grouting mix shall be placed
quickly and continuously, spread and compacted by rodding care shall be taken to ensure flow and
compaction below bed plates. Grout shall be carefully observed for initial settlement. If any
settlement is observed, further grout shall be added & rodded. It shall than be cured for a minimum
period of seven days.
15.13.3 Measurement : Payment shall be made on the basis of actual quantity of dry grout material used
in the works. This shall be measured in kilograms.
15.14.0 PRECAST CEMENT CONCRETE :

PIPELINES
15.14.1 Pre-cast cement concrete slab elements shall be used for making shelves, small lintels, pit cover
slabs drain cover slab etc. All relevant specifications and workmanship mentioned for reinforced
cement concrete shall in general be observed for pre-cast elements unless otherwise specified. Form
works for pre-cast element shall be such as to ensure true corners, plain surface etc. Metal forms
shall be used when directed by the Site Engineer. Provision shall be made in the forms and moulds
to accommodate fixing devices, such as nips, clips, hook bolts and forming of notches and holes.
The units shall be pre-cast on a cement or steel platform adequately oiled. Pre-cast slabs shall have
dense surface finish free from cracks, Crevices or exposed coarse aggregates. Pre-cast concrete
element after 24 hours of casting shall be kept immersed in water tank of suitable size for at least
10 days. No pre-cast unit shall be erected or put in operation within 28 days of casting. The
longitudinal reinforcement shall have a minimum cover of 12 mm or twice the diameter of the main
bar whichever is more, unless otherwise mentioned. Stacking of the pre-cast elements shall be
done as per instructions of the Site Engineer. Pre-cast members shall be clearly marked to indicate
the top of the member, its location and orientation in the structure. Erection of pre-cast members
shall be done to the desired position, alignment, level, plumb etc. for all heights such that they are
not overstressed or damaged and jointed with such cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand)
Rates quoted for pre-cast members shall be inclusive of all labour, materials, equipment, erection
charges etc. complete. Steel reinforcements as shown in relevant drawing or as per instruction of
the Site Engineer shall be provided and shall be paid extra. Measurement: Mode of payment shall be
as per the measurement by volume of precast concreting done. Reinforcement used shall be on the
same lines as per reinforced cement concrete. No separate payment shall be made for form work.
16.0.0 REINFORCEMENT :
16.1.0 Bending, binding, lapping and placing reinforcement in position shall be done as per exhibit
drawings and as per provisions of IS: 456 and other relevant IS codes. Bars shall be bent cold
correctly to the size & shape as detailed in the drawings and as per provision of IS: 2502-1963 and
as per direction of the site engineer. Bars shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, loose mill scales,
dust, grease, oil, and any other foreign matters before placing in position. The bars crossing one
another shall be tied together at every inter section with two strands of annealed steel wire 0.9 to
1.6 mm thickness twisted tight to make the skeleton of steel work rigid & to avoid displacement of
reinforcement. Unless otherwise specified minimum cover & spacing and bond length for
reinforcement bar shall be provided as per the provisions of IS:456 (latest edition). No concrete
work shall be started prior to approval of the placing & binding of reinforcement by the Site
Engineer.
16.2.1 Payment for M.S. reinforcement, twisted bars & for all other reinforcement bars shall be on the basis
of weight. The weights shall be derived from the sizes and corresponding weights given in handbook
of Indian Standard Institution. Standard hook length, chairs, spacer bar and authorised laps shall
only be included in the calculation of total weight and paid. Binding wires shall not be included in
the calculated weight. Measurement of weight shall not include cutting allowance/wastage etc.
16.3.0 For keeping the bars in correct position pre-cast cover blocks in cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement : 2
coarse sand ) about 4cm x 4 cm section & of thickness equal to the specified cover shall be placed
between the bars & shuttering, so as to secure & maintain the requisite cover of concrete over
reinforcement.

PIPELINES
16.4.0 Rate quoted for reinforcement shall include cost of reinforcing bars, cutting, allowance/ wastage,
reinforcement straightening, bending, cleaning, binding wires, cover blocks etc. and placing in
position at all heights and depths.
17.0.0 FORM WORK:
17.1.0 General Requirement of Form Work
The form work shall be designed and constructed so as to remain sufficiently rigid during placing and
compaction of concrete, and shall be such as to prevent loss of slurry from concrete. For detailed
design and detailing etc reference made be made to IS: 14687, IS:456 and other applicable codes
latest edition.
It shall be strong enough to withstand the dead and live loads and forces caused by ramming and
vibrations of concrete and other incidental loads, imposed upon it during and after casting of
concrete. It shall be made sufficiently rigid by using adequate number of ties and braces, screw jacks
or hard board wedges where required shall be provided to make up any settlement in the form work
either before or during the placing of concrete.
Form shall be so constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence, without

damaging the surface of concrete or disturbing other sections, care shall be taken to see that no
piece is keyed into the concrete.
17.1.1 Material for Form Work
Propping and Centering: All propping and centering should be either of steel tubes (minimum 40mm
nominal bore heavy class and of grade Yst22 as per IS 1161 latest code) with extension pieces or
built up sections of rolled steel.
17.1.2 Centering/Staging
Staging should be as designed with required extension pieces as approved by Engineer-in-Charge to

ensure proper slopes, as per design for slabs/ beams etc. and as per levels as shown in drawing. All
the staging to be either of Tubular steel structure with adequate bracings as approved or made of
built up structural sections made form rolled structural steel sections.
In case of structures with two or more floors, the weight of concrete, centering and shuttering
of any upper floor being cast shall be suitably supported on one floor below the top most floor
already cast.
Form work and concreting of upper floor shall not be done until concrete of lower floor has set
at least for 14 days.
17.1.3 Shuttering
Shuttering used shall be of sufficient stiffness to avoid excessive deflection and joints shall be tightly
butted to avoid leakage of slurry. If required, rubberized lining of material as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided in the joints. Steel shuttering used for concreting should be
sufficiently stiffened. The steel shuttering should also be properly repaired before use and properly
cleaned to avoid stains, honey combing, seepage of slurry through joints etc.

PIPELINES
(a) Runner Joists: RSJ (Rolled Steel Joist), MS Channel or any other suitable section of the required
size shall be used as runners.
(b) Assembly of beam head over props. Beam head is an adopter that fits snugly on the head plates
of props to provide wider support under beam bottoms.
(c) Only steel shuttering shall be used, except for unavoidable portions and very small works for
which 12 mm thick water proofing ply of approved quality may be used.
17.1.4 Form work shall be properly designed for self weight, weight of reinforcement, weight of fresh
concrete, and in addition, the various live loads likely to be imposed during the construction process
(such as workmen, materials and equipment). In case the height of centering exceeds 3.50 metres,
the prop may be provided in multi-stages as per design requirement.
17.1.5 Camber
Sufficient camber shall be provided to the shuttering so as to offset subsequent deflection after
pouring of concrete on it. Suitable camber shall be provided in horizontal members of structure,
especially in cantilever spans to counteract the effect of deflection. The form work shall be so
assembled as to provide for camber. The camber for beams and slabs shall be 4 mm per metre (1 to
250 ) or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, so as to offset the subsequent deflection, For
cantilevers the camber at free end shall be 1/50th of the projected length or as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
17.2.6 Walls
The form faces have to be kept at fixed distance apart and an arrangement of wall ties with spacer
tubes or bolts is considered best. The two shutters of the wall are to be kept in place by appropriate
ties, braces and studs etc. as per design requirement and direction of EIC.
17.2.7 Removal of Form work (Stripping Time) : In normal circumstance and where various types of
cements are used, forms, may generally be removed after the expiry of the following periods:
Type of Form work Minimum period Minimum period Minimum period

Before Striking Before Striking Before Striking
Form work for Form work for OPC Form work for
OPC 33 grade 43 grade PPC
a) Vertical form work to 16-24 h 16-24 h 24-36 h
columns, walls, beams
(b) Soffit form work to 3 days 3 days 4 days
slabs (Props to be refixed
immediately after removal
of formwork)
(c) Soffit form work to 7 days 7 days 10 days
beams (Props to be refixed
immediately after
removal of formwork

PIPELINES
(d) Props to slabs:
(1) Spanning upto 4.5m 7 days 7 days 10 days

(2) Spanning over 4.5m 14 days 14 days 20 days
(e) Props to beams and

arches:
(1) Spanning upto 6m 14 days 14 days 20 days
(2) Spanning over 6m 21 days 21 days 30 days
Note :
1. For other types of cement, the stripping time recommended for ordinary Portland cement may be
suitably modified. Generally If Portland pozzolana or low heat cement or OPC with direct addition
of fly ash has been used for concrete, the stripping time will be 10/7 of the period stated for OPC
with 43 grade cement above.
2. The number of props left under, their sizes and disposition shall be such as to be able to
safely carry the full dead load of the slabs, beam or arch as the case may be together with
any live load likely to occur during curing or further construction.
3. For rapid hardening cement, 3/7 of above periods for OPC 33 grade will be sufficient in all
cases except for vertical side of slabs, beams and columns which should be retained for at
least 24 hours.
4. In case of cantilever slabs and beams, the centering shall remain till structures for counter
acting or bearing down have been erected and have attained sufficient strength.
5. Proper precautions should be taken to allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that
occurs with all types of cement in cold weather and accordingly stripping time shall be
increased.
6. Work damaged through premature or careless removal of forms shall be reconstructed within
24 hrs.
7. Minimum stripping period that shall elapse after the concrete is laid, before removal of centering
and shuttering shall be as per provisions of IS: 456 latest edition.
17.2.8 Surface Treatment
17.2.8.1 Oiling the Surface : Shuttering gives much longer service life if the surfaces are coated with
suitable mould oil which acts both as a parting agent and also gives surface protections.
A typical mould oil is heavy mineral oil or purified cylinder oil containing not less than 5%
pentachlorophenol conforming to IS 716 well mixed to a viscosity of 70-80 centipoises.
After 3-4 uses and also in cases when shuttering has been stored for a long time, it should be
recoated with mould oil before the next use.
The second categories of shuttering oils / leavening agents are Polymer based water soluble
Compounds. They are available as concentrates and when used diluted with water in the ratio of
1:20 or as per manufacturer specifications. The diluted solution is applied by brush applications
on the shuttering both of steel as well as ply wood. The solution is applied after every use.

PIPELINES
The surface of shuttering that would come in contact with concrete shall be covered with a thin
sheet of polythene paper rolls, after removing all rubbish such as chippings, shavings, saw dust
etc. from the shuttering, if required based on the site requirement. Alternatively application of
suitable mould oil / Polymer based water soluble Compounds to the surface of the shuttering
may be allowed at the discretion of the Site Engineer as mentioned above.
17.2.9 The design of form work shall conform to sound Engineering practices and relevant IS codes.
17.2.10 Components of Form Work
The form work shall include but not limited to the following:
(a) Splayed edges, notching, allowance for overlaps and passing at angles, sheathing battens,
strutting, bolting, nailing, wedging, easing, striking and removal.
(b) All supports, struts, braces, wedges as well as mud sills, piles or other suitable arrangements to
support the form work.
(c) Bolts, wire, ties, clamps, spreaders, nails or any other items to hold the sheathing together.
(d) Working scaffolds, ladders, gangways, and similar items.
(e) Filleting to form stop chamfered edges of splayed external angles to beams, columns and the like.
(f) Where required, the temporary openings provided in the forms for pouring concrete, inserting
vibrators, and cleaning holes for removing rubbish from the interior of the sheathing before
pouring concrete.
(g) Dressing with oil to prevent adhesion and
(h) Raking or circular cutting
(i) Any other accessories/components required etc.
17.2.11 Inspection of Form Work
The completed form work shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before the
reinforcement bars are placed in position.
Proper form work should be adopted for concreting so as to avoid honey combing, blow holes, grout
loss, stains or discoloration of concrete etc. Proper and accurate alignment and profile of finished
concrete surface will be ensured by proper designing and erection of form work which will be
approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
Shuttering surface before concreting should be free from any defect/ deposits and full cleaned so as
to give perfectly straight smooth concrete surface. Shuttering surface should be therefore checked for
any damage to its surface and excessive roughness before use.

PIPELINES
Shuttering surface before concreting should be free from any defect/ deposits and full cleaned so as
to give perfectly straight smooth concrete surface. Shuttering surface should be therefore checked for
any damage to its surface and excessive roughness before use.
Acrospan/steel tubes/couplers & other components to be used should be checked for its condition. In
case of rusting or very old material, the same has to be discarded. Steel plates are required to be in
good condition without any undulation/bend etc. The steel tubes shall be checked for its uniform
thickness, verticality and tubes with any bend or abrasion shall be discarded. The wooden
rafters/timbers should be free from barks/knots and shall be seasoned with no cracks & cuts.
No part of building shall be used to support part of scaffold unless it is sufficiently stable and strong
enough to carry the load without any settlement or damage to itself.
Steel tubes and fitting/couplers should not be stored in contact with cement or lime.
In case of roof casting, the steel tubular scaffolding/support should be so provided that load of
concrete from slab and beams independently transfer to vertical props with no eccentricity. Vertical
props of suitable height to be provided with firm support below the props. To axially transfer the
loads from props without any slip and sink, the floor/base soil should be compacted to avoid sinking
of any vertical prop and if required steel plates to be provided under props depending upon soil
condition. With provision of good quality couplers, horizontal tubes should be fixed with vertical props
to H frames. Cross bracing should be provided in uniform pattern in both the directions of H frames
Cable trench works, if any, to be taken up after casting of roof slab. This will avoid use of very high
vertical tubes for supporting the roof shuttering.
The completed form work shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before the
reinforcement bars are placed in position and the casting of roof slab is to be carried out in presence
of EIC/Site Engineer/or authorised representative.
17.2.10.1 Erection of Form Work (Centering and shuttering): Following points shall be borne in mind
while checking during erection.
(a) Any member which is to remain in position after the general dismantling is done, should be clearly
marked.
(b) Material used should be checked to ensure that, wrong items/ rejects are not used.
(c) If there are any excavations nearby which may influence the safety of form works, corrective and
strengthening action must be taken.
(d) (i) The bearing soil must be sound and well prepared and the sole plates shall bear well on the
ground.
(ii) Sole plates shall be properly seated on their bearing pads or sleepers.
(iii) The bearing plates of steel props shall not be distorted.
(iv) The steel parts on the bearing members shall have adequate bearing areas.
(e) Safety measures to prevent impact of traffic, scour due to water etc. should be taken. Adequate
precautionary measures shall be taken to prevent accidental impacts etc.

PIPELINES
(f) Bracing, struts and ties shall be installed along with the progress of form work to ensure strength
and stability of form work at intermediate stage. Steel sections (especially deep sections) shall be
adequately restrained against tilting, over turning and form work should be restrained against
horizontal loads. All the securing devices and bracing shall be tightened.
(g) The stacked materials shall be placed as catered for, in the design.
(h) When adjustable steel props are used. They should:

1. be undamaged and not visibly bent.
2. have the steel pins provided by the manufacturers for use.
3. be restrained laterally near each end.
4. have means for centralizing beams placed in the forkheads.
(i) Screw adjustment of adjustable props shall not be over extended.
(j) Double wedges shall be provided for adjustment of the form to the required position wherever any
settlement/ elastic shorting of props occurs. Wedges should be used only at the bottom end of
single prop. Wedges should not be too steep and one of the pair should be tightened/ clamped
down after adjustment to prevent shifting.
(k) No member shall be eccentric upon vertical member.
(l) The number of nuts and bolts shall be adequate.
(m) All provisions of the design and/or drawings shall be complied with.
(n) Cantilever supports shall be adequate.
(o) Props shall be directly under one another in multistage constructions as far as possible.
(p) There shall be adequate provision for the movements and operation of vibrators and other
construction plant and equipment.
(q)Required camber shall be provided over long spans.
(r) Supports shall be adequate, and in plumb within the specified tolerances as per latest IS Codes and
relevant specifications.
17.2.12 Measurement of Form Work
No payment shall be made for formwork, centering shuttering etc. Rates quoted for plain &
reinforced concrete shall be inclusive of form works, centering, shuttering and removal of form work
etc. complete.
18.0.0 EPOXY PHENOLIC IPN COATING :
Where specified this coating shall be applied over MS/CTD reinforcement bars & also on structural
steel prior to placing steel in position. This coating shall be applied by licensed applicators (as

PIPELINES
certified by CBRI). The following firms have been licensed by CBRI & is indicated below for
reference.
1. M/s Krishna Products. P.O. Box No. 17020, 5-B Mohsin Building , R.K. Vaidya Road, Dadar (
West), Bombay-400 028.
2. M/s Hariom Construction & Waterproofing Co., 652/2, Sector 29, Gandhi Nagar - 382 029,
Gujarat.
3. M/s Ciba Geigy of India Ltd., Plastics and Additives Division, Esplanade House, 29th Somani
Marg. Bombay - 400 001
4. M/s Beck & Co. (India) Ltd., Pimpri, PUNE - 411 018.
5. Yamuna Gas & Chemicals Ltd., Sardana Nagar, Ambala Road, Jagadhari - 135 003.
18.1.0 Surface Preparation :
18.1.1 i) M.S./CTD Reinforcement :
For effective bonding the surface of reinforcing steel shall be cleaned properly of all loose scales,
rust, flakes etc. by rotary wire brush so as to form a shining surface. The use of acids for cleaning is
strictly prohibited. The cleaned reinforcement bars should then be cut to size and bent to shape of
the reinforcement to be laid. It is only after these operations are over IPN coating shall be applied.
18.1.2 ii) Structural Steel :
The surface specification of structural steel shall be same as M.S. Reinforcement. However
mechanical wire brush shall be used for cleaning the surface and making it dazzling white/shining.
18.2.0 Coating (Reinforcement) :
18.2.1 Where specified Epoxy phenolic IPN coating (developed at CBRI) shall be applied to the
reinforcement. The epoxy resin solids should be more than 90 per cent in the epoxy polymer system
and the minimum epoxy resin content in the coating system should be 70%.
18.3.0 Coating (Structural Steel) :
18.3.1 Primer Coat : - One coat of Zinc Phosphate primer shall be applied on the cleaned surface.
18.3.2 Top Coat :

When the surface of primer is just dry, two coats of CBRI developed IPN system based on epoxy/
phenolic polyblend, a high build epoxy resin with aromatic adduct system as hardener should be
applied. The epoxy resin solids should be more than 90% in the epoxy polymer system and the
minimum epoxy resin content in the coating system should be 60%. Detail formulation of IPN to be
used is as below:
18.4.0 Primer :
a) Epoxy resin (condensation product of 100 PBW*
Epichlorohydrin & Bisphenol A).

PIPELINES
b) Hardener (Aromatic amine adduct) 30-35 PBW

c) Polymer of cashew nut shell liquid 30-35 PBW
d) Hexamine 1.5-2.5 PBW
e) Silica powder, flow controlling agent 50-56 PBW
18.5.0 IPN top treatment :
a) Epoxy resin (condensation product of 100 PBW*

Epichlorohydrin & Bisphenol A).
b) Hardener (Aromatic amine adduct) 30-35 PBW
c) Polymer of cashew nut shell liquid 30-35 PBW
d) Hexamine 1.5-2.5 PBW
e) Additives - flow controlling agent 50-70 PBW

thixotropic agent, extender and
pigment.
* PBW = Parts by weight
18.6.0 Mode of measurement :
For both structural steel and reinforcement steel, the mode of payment shall be on the basis of
quantity (weight) of steel coated.
19.0.0 DAMP PROOF COURSE :
19.1.0 Damp proof course shall consist of cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand: 4 graded
stone chips 10 mm nominal size) It shall be applied at the plinth level in a horizontal layer of
specified thickness.
19.1.1 The level of the surface of the plinth shall be checked longitudinally and transversely. The last
course of bricks below damp proof course shall be laid with frogs of the bricks downward. Side
forms or shuttering of strong wooden battens of 40 mm thickness shall be fixed properly and firmly
on both sides to confine the concrete so that the shuttering does not get disturbed during
compaction and leak through. The inner edge of the shuttering shall be oiled to prevent concrete
adhering to it. The surface shall be cleaned and the masonry shall be wetted before concrete is laid.
The concrete shall be laid within half an hour of mixing and compacted thoroughly by tamping to
make dense concrete and levelled both longitudinally and transversely. The DPC shall be laid in
continuation in one day without any joints. Joints or breaks, if unavoidable shall be given at places
where DPC is to be discontinued such as sills of doors or openings. Shuttering may be removed

PIPELINES
after three days. On removal of shuttering the edges should come smooth without any
honeycombing. Where specified a coat of hot residual BITUMEN of viscosity Grade VG-10 or
equivalent of approved quality @ 1.5 Kg/Sq.m shall be applied over the dried up surface of cement
concrete, properly cleaned with brushes and finally with a piece of cloth, soaked in kerosene oil. A
even layer of course sand shall be spread over hot bitumen @ 0.75 kg/sq.m.
19.1.2 DPC shall be cured by watering and kept wet for 7 days.
19.1.3 Payment shall be made on sq. metre basis of the area covered by DPC.

PIPELINES
20.0.0 SUPPLY, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS (FOR SHEDS,
FLOOD LIGHT TOWERS, STEEL GATE, RAILING, GRILL, ANGLE IRON POSTS,
SUPPORTING ARRANGEMENTS ETC.):
20.1.0 General :
In general all structural steel sections, plates etc. to be used in the work shall be arranged by the
Contractor and shall conform to Grade Designation E 250 as per IS 2062:2011 (latest edition).
The structural steel shall be free from defects, loose mill scales, rust, pits etc. Rivet bars shall
conform to IS : 1148 – 1982. Structural steel works shall in general be fabricated by welding.
Fabrication, erection and approval of steel structure shall be in compliance with IS:800. The work
shall include supply, fabrication, transportation to site and erection on prepared foundations/beds/
columns etc. of structural steel work consisting of columns, beams, trusses, bracings, purlins, ties,
holding down bolts etc.
20.2.0 Tests :
Manufacturer’s test certificates of the structural steel shall be supplied by the Contractor. Further
tests required if any as per decision of Engineer-in Charge will be carried according to IS 2062, IS-
1521, IS 1608. The cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor.
20.3.0 Fabrication :
The contractor shall fabricate and erect the structural steel work as per construction drawings
supplied to him. All necessary fabrication drawings are to be prepared by the contractor and the
same are to be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval well in advance before taking
fabrication in hand. The assembling will be done by welding unless otherwise specified. If any
modification is made in the design drawing during the course of execution of the job, the same shall
be carried out at no extra cost to the owners.
20.4.0 Welding :
Welding fabrication of structural steel shall be on the lines given in IS:800. Electrodes used for
strength welds shall conform to SFA 5.1 of AWS. They shall be of shape and size approved by the
Site Engineer. They shall be preserved from oxidation and shall be kept in a dry clean condition as
approved by manufacturer. The size of the weld and the position of the weld shall be entirely as
per the approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Design of welds, drawings, permissible
stresses in welds, welding in compression and tension members, welding in plate girders, frames,
lacing, battening, welding equipment, and electrodes shall be all as per SFA 5.1 of AWS. Welded
fabrication of structural steel shall be on the lines given in IS:800-1984. The following instructions
shall also be followed from point of view of workmanship:
i) Welders and work shall as far as possible be protected from wind and weather.
ii) Welds shall be made in the flat position whenever possible.
iii) Adequate steps shall be taken to maintain the correct arc length, rate of travel, current and
polarity for the type of electrode and nature of work.
iv) Structural steel shall not be painted or oiled on areas where welding is to be done and shall be

PIPELINES
well cleaned to remove any paint, scale, or rust and expose original clean metal surface
immediately before welding.
v) The member shall be securely held in position by means of tack welds, service bolts, clamps or
jigs before commencing welding so as to prevent any relative movement due to distortion, wind
or other causes. When wind or manual handling is liable to cause distortion, the work shall be
securely held in approved rams or jigs.
vi) Freedom of movement of one member of the joint shall be allowed wherever possible. No butt
joint shall be welded without allowing one component freedom of movement of the order of 2
mm (about 1/12").
vii) The sequence of welding shall be such that when possible, the members which offer greatest
resistance to compression are welded first.
viii) The welding of a joint shall be so done that resulting tensile and compressive stresses produced
by each portion of the weld tend to balance each other. The step back method shall be adopted
for continuous runs.
ix) Fusion faces may be cut to the required shape by shearing, chipping, machining or machine gas
cutting. Hand cutting by gas may be substituted for machine gas cutting only if the latter is
impracticable. The cutter shall be adequately guided so that the cut edge is clean and uniform.
If the fusion face is rough it shall be dressed by chipping, filling or grinding in a satisfactory
manner.
x) Welds showing slag inclusions, porosity or lack of proper penetration shall be cut out and
rewelded. Overlap of the tee of weld and undercutting of the parent metal should be avoided
and where present to a serious extent shall be rectified.
xi) All slag shall be removed from each run before another run is superimposed. When cold, the
final run shall be protected with clean bailed linseed oil and shall not be painted until approved
by the Site Engineer.
xii) Grinding of finished weld is permitted provided the weld is not reduced below the prescribed
section.
xiii) All welds which have not been ground shall be scrubbed with a 10 percent, solution of
hydrochloric acid which shall be satisfactorily washed off with water before the paint is applied
unless alkali resisting paint is used.
xiv) The contractor shall make all safety and health provisions for his welders as laid down in
IS:818. Facilities shall be provided so that during the course of welding, the Engineer-in-Charge
or his representatives may be able to inspect any layer of weld metal. Defective welds shall be
cut out and rewelded. Only qualified welders shall be permitted to carry out the work, so that
the standard of workmanship is satisfactory.
20.5.0 Tubular Steel Truss:
20.5.1 Steel tubes for tubular truss shall conform to the latest editions of IS:1161. Tubes shall be clean
finished and reasonably free from scale . They shall be free from cracks, surface flaws, laminations

PIPELINES
and other defects. The truss shall be as per drawing. Each truss may have two or three parts which
shall be assembled properly and erected over columns. Contractor shall handle the truss carefully
and observe all necessary precautions during erection of truss over columns. If any damage is
caused during erection, the same shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost. The truss
shall be fixed to the column with anchor plate, anchor bolts etc. properly grouted into the columns
as per drawing. Tubular purlins and bracing having splices welded at the ends, shall be assembled
and erected at the locations as shown in drawings and directed by Site Engineer. General
methodology described herein above, shall hold good.
20.6.0 Painting :
20.6.1 Painting of structural steel elements shall be as specified in relevant item in Schedule of Rates as
per the following combinations:
a) Two coats of synthetic enamel / aluminium paint over protective primer coat of red oxide zinc
chromate/zinc phosphate as per manufacturer’s recommendation as specified in SOR item.
b) Two coats of Epoxy paint of approved make over a coat of approved primer as per
manufacturer’s recommendation as specified in SOR item.
c) Primer shall be applied before erection and painting shall be done after erection. However,
touch up in primer shall be done before painting as per requirement without any additional
cost.
20.6.2 All Steel surface, which has to be painted, shall be dry and thoroughly cleaned to remove all oil,
spatter, loose scale and loose rust etc. prior to application of paint.
20.6.3 The surfaces that are to be embedded/in contact with concrete shall be given a coat of cement
wash. The surfaces that are in contact with ground, gravel or masonry work and subject to
moisture shall be given a bituminous coat.
20.6.4 Primer coat shall not be applied unless.
a) The surface has been wire-brushed, cleaned of loose scales, spatter, dust, oil, rust etc.
a) Erection gaps between members, spots that cannot be painted or where moisture or other
aggressive agents may penetrate, have been filled with an approved type of oil putty.
c) Welds have been accepted.
20.7.0 Payment:
Payment shall be made on theoretical weight basis of the completed structural steel elements.
Weights of welding material, rivets, washers etc shall not be taken into account & nothing extra
shall be paid for making & filling holes for temporary fastening of members. Rate quoted under
respective schedule of rate shall be inclusive of all labour, materials, fabrication, welding, fixing &
erection charges with all accessories including priming, painting etc complete. For angle iron posts,
concrete foundation shall be paid under relevant items of cement concrete works.

PIPELINES
21.0.0 CHAIN LINK FENCING :
21.1.0 Chain link fencing shall be made of 3 mm dia. G.I. Wire forming a mesh size of 50x50 mm sample of
the chain link rolls shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before use. This is to be fixed in
the slots of M.S. angle iron post duly tied up with G.I. wire, G.I. staples, nibs etc. wherever used for
which no extra payment shall be made all the welding/ staples, nibs & shall be painted with two
coats of approved aluminium/ synthetic enamel paint over a coat of primer as per SOR.
21.1.1 Payment shall be made on square metre basis of the surface of the fencing including the cost of all
material, painting, fitting, fixing, labour transportation, etc complete.
21.2.0 Welded Steel Drawn Wire Fabric :
21.2.1 This shall conform to IS 4948-1974 and shall have rectangular mesh of 75 x 25 mm size with wires
of diameter not less than 5 mm longitudinally and 3.15 mm transversely. It shall be cut in one piece
to the size of the frame and fixed to the frame by welding/staples, nibs etc. for which no extra
payment shall be made. Fence shall be painted with two coats of approved Aluminium paint/
synthetic enamel paint over a coat of primer.
21.2.2 Payment shall be made on square metre basis of the surface including the cost of all materials,
painting, fitting, fixing to the frame, labour, transportation etc. complete.

PIPELINES
22.0.0 STEEL DOORS, WINDOWS, VENTILATORS & ROLLING SHUTTERS :
22.1.0 Doors, Windows & Ventilators :

22.1.1 Steel doors, windows, ventilators etc. shall be manufactured from standard rolled steel sections. The
steel shall be of fusion welding quality S-42-W designation conforming to IS:2062-1984. In all
respects the steel section shall conform to IS:7452-1990 for structural steel. Types, overall sizes,
side opening and position shall be all as per IS:1038 (latest edition) and as per exhibit drawings.
The weight and different rolled steel sections, used in fabrication shall conform to those specified in
IS:1038 (latest edition). Lowest panel of the door, called as kick panels shall be provided of 1.25
mm MS sheet on either face of the door frames. The process of welding adopted shall be flash butt
welding.
22.1.2 The steel doors and windows shall be according to the specified size and design. The sizes of door,
window and ventilator opening shall be calculated so as to allow 1.25 cm clearance on all the four
sides of the frame to allow for easy fittings into the opening. The actual size of doors, windows and
ventilators shall not vary by more than +1.5 mm from those given in the design. All steel doors,
windows, ventilators etc. shall be provided with a shop-priming coat. All steel doors, windows and
ventilators shall be painted with two coats of ready mixed paint as per SOR.
22.1.3 Glazing :
Ordinary glass panels of not less than 4 mm thickness shall be provided. The glass panels shall be
free from flaws, specks or bubbles and shall have square corner and straight edges. Special metal
sash putty of approved make such as special Gold Size or equivalent conforming to IS:419-1967
shall be used for fixing glass panels. Putty shall be applied between glass panels and glazing bars.
Putty shall be painted within 2 to 3 weeks after glazing to avoid its cracking. Quantity of putty shall
not be less than 185 gm/m of glass perimeter. No separate payment shall be made for glazing.
Rate quoted for glazed doors/windows/ventilators shall include glazing work.
22.1.4 Payment shall be made on square metre basis of the area of the opening in the wall covered by the
door/windows/ ventilators. Rate shall include breaking and making good the walls, sill etc. glazing,
and providing and fixing all fixtures and fastening, painting, all labour, material etc. complete.
22.2.0 ROLLING SHUTTERS :
22.2.1 General :
Rolling shutters shall conform to IS:6248-1979. It shall be of best quality & obtained from approved
make. It shall have necessary locking arrangement, handles, lock plates, etc as per IS 6248 - 1979.
It shall be suitable for fixing in position as specified i.e. outside or below lintel. The door shall be of
push & pull type.
22.2.2 Shutter :
The Shutter shall be built up of interlocking lath section formed from cold rolled steel strips from
1.25 mm thick and 80 mm wide mild steel sheet or as specified. The laths shall be machine rolled
and straightened with an effective bridge depth of 16 mm and shall be interlocked together
throughout their entire length and jointed together at the end with end locks. Each lath section shall
be continuous single piece without any welded joint. These shall be mounted on specifically

PIPELINES
designed pipe shaft.
22.2.3 Springs :
The springs shall be, preferably of coiled type. The spring shall be conform to IS:4454-1981 &
manufactured from high tensile spring steel wire or strips of adequate strength to balance the
shutters in all positions. The spring pipe shaft etc. shall be supported on strong mild steel brackets.
22.2.4 Roller brackets :
The suspension shaft of roller shall be made of steel pipe & shall have a minimum nominal bore
diameter of 50 mm. The shaft shall be supported on M.S. bracket of minimum size 375x375x3.15
mm. The pulleys and pipe shaft shall be connected by means of pretensioned helical springs to
counters balance the weight of shutters and to keep it in equilibrium in partly open position.
22.2.5 Guide Channels :
The guide channels shall be of mild steel deep channel section and or rolled, pressed or built-up
construction. The thickness of the sheet used shall not be less than 3.15 mm. The minimum depth
of guide channels shall be 65 mm for clear width of shutters upto 3.5 m and 75 mm for 3.5 m and
above. The gap between the two legs of the guide channel shall be sufficient to allow the free
movement of the curtain and at the same time close enough to prevent the rattling of the shutter
due to wind. Each guide channel shall be provided with a minimum of three fixing cleats to the
walls or columns by means of bolts or screws.
22.2.6 Fixing :
Brackets shall be fixed on the lintel or under the lintel as shown with rawl plugs, screws, bolts, etc.
The shaft along with the spring shall then be fixed to the brackets. The shutters shall be laid on the
ground & the side guide channels shall be bound with it ropes etc. The shutter shall then be placed
in position & top fixed with pipe shaft with bolts & nuts. The side guide channels & the cover frame
shall then be fixed to the walls through the plate welded to the guides. Fixing shall be done
accurately in workman like manner so that the operation of the shutter is easy and smooth.
22.2.7 Grilled Curtain :
Wherever specified rolling shutter shall be provided with grill curtain at locations directed by
engineer-in-charge. The height of any individual segment of grill portion shall not exceed 0.5 m &
the total height of grill portion in all the segments shall not exceed 1.0 m. Grill shall be fabricated
from 8mm dia MS bars. Straight bars & bars bent to the required profile shall be placed
alternatively & shall be held in position with 20mm wide & 5 mm thick MS flat links. Straight bars
shall be spaced not exceeding 150 mm centre to centre & bars bent to required profile shall be
placed symmetrically between two consecutive straight bars. All bent bars shall have a uniform
profile. The pitch of the corrugation shall be 100 to 120 mm & depth of corrugation 80 to 100 mm.
22.2.8 Finishing :
The rolling shutter together with guide channel, cover and accessories shall be supplied with two
coats of approved primer and shall be painted finally with two coats of approved synthetic enamel
paint / epoxy paint, over a coat of primer, as specified.

PIPELINES
22.2.9 Payment shall be made on square metre basis of the area of the opening in the wall covered by
rolling shutters irrespective of whether grill is provided or not. Rate shall include painting and
providing and fixing all fixtures and fastening, breaking and making good the same, all materials,
labour etc. complete.

PIPELINES
23.0.0 ALUMINIUM GLAZING WORK :
23.1.0. General :
23.1.1 Aluminium Doors/Windows/ventilators shall be fabricated (by mitring) with box type frame sections
& of size as shown in the drawing & conforming to IS: 1948-1961. All sections shall be fabricated
from extruded sections as manufactured by reputed concerns & as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
The weight & thickness of walls of sections shall be as specified in relevant item of schedule of rate.
Robust construction shall be achieved by interlocking & screwing outer frame corners.
23.1.2 Finish :
Aluminium doors will be anodised or powder coated as per requirement and as mentioned in
Schedule of Rates. The average thickness of anodised coating shall not be less than 15 microns as
per IS-1868. In case of powder coating thickness shall be not less than 70 microns and of approved
shade and finish. A thick layer of clear transparent lacquer based on mathacrylates or cellulose
butyrate shall be applied on aluminium door to protect the surface from waste cement during
installation. Before handing over the building the lacquer coating shall be removed as directed by
Engineer-in-charge.
23.1.3 Hinges :
Hinges shall be projecting type, made of Aluminium alloy (cost/extruded conforming to relevant
Indian Standards and welded to frames). Minimum two hinges shall be provided for each shutter,
however, door shutter shall be provided with one additional hinge at the centre. The pins for hinge
shall also be of aluminium alloy conforming to HR 30 of Indian Standard. Pins for hinges shall have
an anodising coating of 25 micron thickness or powder coated of 70 microns thickness.
23.1.4 Fixing of panels/doors/windows/ ventilators :
Fixing of frames with walls/other members shall be done in either of the following three manners;
i) Using 30 mm x no. 10 galvanised screws in case the frame is to be fitted to a wooden member.
ii) With slotted galvanised steel lugs fitted to the frame with galvanised nuts and screws
embedded in cement concrete block (1:2:4) in case the frame is to be fitted on a brick/stone
masonry wall.
iii) With plug and galvanised screws (45 mm x 10 nos.). Position and number of fixing lugs and
screws shall be as per IS:1948: 1961 as far as practicable, Complete with all accessories
including cleaning the Aluminium sections free from lacquer.
23.2.0 ALUMINIUM GLAZED PANEL DOORS :
23.2.1 Aluminium door shall be manufactured from standard aluminium alloy extruded sections and shall
be all as per drawings. The aluminium alloy shall be as per IS-733, HE-O-WP. Hollow aluminium
alloy sections shall conform to IS designation HV-O-WP of IS 1285. Aluminium door will be made of
6 mm thick plate glass fitted and fixed with box 101.6 x 44.45 x 3.18 mm aluminium frame with
snap beadings and glazing clips as per standard practice and exhibit drawings. Aluminium beading
of approved size and make, gasket and felt will be used for holding the glass in position. One floor

PIPELINES
spring 12"x8" as per IS 7197 shall be provided with each panel at bottom unless otherwise specified
and one pivot at top of each panel shall be provided. Proper locking arrangement as per drawings
and direction of Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided.
23.2.2 Fittings & Fixtures :

All doors shall be provided with double action floor spring, suitable locking arrangement (openable
either from outside or inside), bolting devices and handles. In case of double leaf shutters doors,
the first closing shutter shall have a concealed aluminium bolt at top. All fixtures shall conform to
relevant I.S. codes.
23.2.3 Rate :
Rate shall include all materials and labour required for fixing the door including handles, tower bolts
etc., but excluding floor springs (which shall be paid as per separate SOR item), complete with all
accessories including cleaning the aluminium section free from lacquer.
23.3.0 ALUMINIUM GLAZED PANELS :
23.3.1 Aluminium sections, finish, glazing, workmanship etc. shall, in general, conform to the specifications
covered under clause 21.1.0 and its sub clauses except that floor-springs and locking arrangements
which will not be required in case of glazed panels. These panels shall have to be fixed in wall
openings (with provision for opening as directed by Engineer-in-charge) as per drawings and as per
instructions of the Site Engineer.
23.3.2 Rate :
Aluminium glazed panelling shall be paid in two following items of schedule of rates:
i) Glazed panelling with single glass sheet.
ii) Glazed panelling with double glass sheet.
Rates shall include all materials and labour required for providing and fixing the panel in
position complete.
23.4.0 ALUMINIUM GLAZED WINDOW/ VENTILATORS (OPENABLE SLIDING WINDOWS AND

TOP HUNG VENTILATORS) :
23.4.1 Frames for windows/ventilators shall be fabricated from aluminium alloy section HE9-WP confirming
IS : 733 and HE9-WP conforming to IS-1285 true to dimensions as shown in construction drawings
after making clearance for proper fittings in the wall opening as per IS:1948.
23.4.2 Glazing :
Glazing panels of not less than 5 mm thickness or as specified shall be used. Sizes of glass panels
shall conform to table I of IS:1948, wherever practicable. Specifications and fixing of glazing shall
confirm to those of steel door, windows and ventilators.

PIPELINES
23.4.3 Fittings & Fixtures :
All windows shall be provided with cast aluminium handles and peg stays conforming to A-5-M of
IS:617 with anodised finish of 15 micron thickness or powder coated. Ventilators shall either be top
hung and provided with peg stays or of louver type. The peg shall be 300 mm long complete with
peg & locking bracket. The locking bracket shall either fitted to the frame or to the ventilator.
23.4.4 Rate :
Rate quoted for glazed windows and ventilators shall be inclusive of glazing works and handles,
bolts and other standard fixtures.
23.4.6 Payment :
Payment shall be made on square metre basis of the area of the opening.

PIPELINES
24.0.0 WOOD WORKS :
24.1.0 General :
All wood works shall be second class Indian Teak Wood unless otherwise specifically mentioned. The
timber shall be of good quality, well seasoned, uniform in colour, reasonably straight grain and shall
be free from dead knots, cracks, and sap wood. Permissible defects in the timber shall be as
indicated in Indian Standard 883 (latest edition). For doors, windows, and other carpentry and
joinery works, no individual hard and sound knot shall be more than 25 mm in diameter, and the
aggregate area of all the live knots shall not exceed 1% of the area of the piece. All wood work
shall be painted/ polished as per SOR items and instructions of Engineer in Charge. Rate shall
include cost of labour and materials for painting also.
24.2.0 Wooden Frames for doors, windows, ventilators & other frames :
24.2.1 Wooden frames shall be made of second class Indian teak wood conforming to the specification
mentioned herein before. Workmanship for wooden, frames, doors, windows etc. shall in general
conform to Indian Standard 4021 - 1967 unless otherwise mentioned. The work shall be as per
detailed drawings or as directed by the Site Engineer. All members shall be straight without any
warp or bow. Frames shall have smooth, well planed surfaces except the surfaces touching the
walls, lintels etc. which may be left clean sawn. The timber shall be sawn in the direction of grains.
Rebates, roundings, and moulding as shown in drawings or as directed by the Site Engineer shall be
done at no extra cost. The scantling shall be finished smooth and rubbed plane with sand papers to
pin with hard wood or bamboo pins of 10 to 15 mm diameter. Use of iron nails shall never be
permitted. All mortice and tenon joints shall fit in fully and accurately without wedging or filling.
24.2.2 All portions of the timber frame abutting or embedded in brick work or concrete shall be painted
with coaltar before being placed in position, without any extra cost. For door or other frames
without any "Chowkat" (bottom horizontal member) the vertical members, shall be buried in the
floor for at least 40 mm depth.
24.2.3 Each frame upto 1.5 M length shall be provided with 4 nos. hold fast, two on each vertical member
and for frames above 1.5 m length 6 nos., 3 on each vertical member. Hold fasts shall be 30x6 mm
M.S. Flat 20 cm long. Hold fast shall be split and splayed at ends and embedded in cement concrete
block (1:2:4). No extra payment shall be made for the hold fasts, making holes in wall or concrete
and embedding the same in cement concrete blocks.
24.2.4 Payment for frames shall be made on gross volume of the frame. No deduction shall be made for
rebate/roundings. Rates quoted shall be inclusive of labour, materials, fabrication, fittings, fixing of
ancillary materials like hold fasts, coaltar, paints etc. complete.
24.3.0 Panel Door, Window etc. :
24.3.1 Workmanship for panel door, window shutter etc. shall conform in general to IS-1003. Timber for
panel door windows shall be second class Indian Teak conforming to the specifications. The grains
of timber panel shall run along the longer dimensions of the Panels. Door/Windows panels shall be
15 mm thick one piece plank finished smooth and fixed with style and rail 35 mm thick. Styles and
end rails and intermediate rail shall be 150 mm wide and 35 mm thick. Styles and rails shall be
properly and accurately morticed and tenon jointed and pinned with hard wood or bamboo pin 10
mm dia. Iron nails shall never be permitted. The lock rails of door shutters shall have its centre line

PIPELINES
at a height of 800 mm from the bottom of shutter unless otherwise specified. The thickness of each
tenon shall be approximately one third the finished thickness of the member and the width of each
tenon shall not exceed three times its thickness. The style and rails shall have 12 mm deep groove
in panelled portion for the panel to fit in. All pieces shall be of accurate dimension, planed smooth,
rebating, rounding, moulding etc. complete as shown in the drawing. Shutters shall not be painted,
oiled or otherwise treated before these are fixed in position and passed by Site Engineer.
24.3.2 Each double leaf door shall be provided with the following heavy quality aluminium anodised
fittings. The anodic coating shall be of grade not less than AC 15-IS:1868-1982.
a) Six 100 mm long butt hinges
b) One 300 x 16 mm Aldrop bolt.
c) Two 150 x 10 mm barrel bolts.
d) Four 150 mm long Door handles.
e) Two stoppers.
f) One Godrej or equivalent 7 levers mortice lock
Each single leaf door shall be provided with following aluminium anodised heavy
quality fittings :
a) One stopper
b) Two 150 mm long Door handles
c) Two 150 x 10 mm barrel bolts
d) One 300 x 16 mm sliding/ aldrop bolt
e) Three 100 mm long butt hinges.
f) One Godrej or equivalent 7 levers mortice lock
24.3.3 Rate quoted for respective item in Schedule of Rates for door/windows shutters shall be deemed to
include all labour, materials, fabrication and fixing in position with necessary fittings as mentioned
above, painting etc. complete. Payment will be made on square metre basis of the area of the
shutters. If any fitting is not required in a particular door, suitable deduction shall be made for the
same.
24.4.0 Flush Door Shutters :
24.4.1 Flush shutter (solid core type) shall in general conform to IS-2202 (Part-I - 1991) and of exterior
grade with block board core. Block board core shall conform to the requirements specified in Indian
Standard 1659 - 1990. The wooden strips for the core shall not exceed 25 mm in width. In any one
block board the core strip shall be one piece of timber only. Wooden frame prepared from style and
rails of well seasoned and treated good quality wood shall be provided for holding the core. The

PIPELINES
width of the member shall not be less than 75 mm and not more than 100 mm.
24.4.2 The core surface shall have two or more commercial or teak plywood veneer (as specified/ directed)
firmly glued on each face and pressed. The combined thickness of all the veneers on each face shall
not be less than 4 mm. Only phenol formaldehyde resin glue conforming to IS:848 - 1974 shall be
used for door manufacture and a certificate to this effect from the manufacturer shall be furnished
on demand. The flush door shutter shall be obtained from firms of repute and the supply shall be in
accordance with the approved full size samples. All fittings for flush doors shall be of Aluminium
anodised of approved type. Each door shutters shall be provided with the following fixtures and rate
quoted for door item in the Schedule of Rates shall be inclusive of all these fittings and on square
metre basis of the area of flush door shutter.
a) Three nos. butt hinges of size 125 mm x90 x 4 mm heavy quality (six nos. in case of double
leaf shutters).
b) One Godrej or equivalent 7 levers mortice lock with a pair of handle and latch.
c) Two nos. 150 mm long Barrel Bolt.
d) One No. wooden stopper per leaf.
Vision panel of the approved size shall be provided in the flush doors wherever provided in the
drawings or as per direction of Site Engineer. 4 mm thick plane glass with teak wood beading
shall be provided. Vision panels shall be separately paid under relevant item on square metre
basis.
24.4.3 Payment shall be made on square metre basis including the cost of all material, labour, painting etc.
but excluding cost of vision panels.
24.5.0 Partially Glazed and Partially wooden partition work:
24.5.1 Framework for partition shall be of second class good quality and well seasoned Teakwood of size 2
½” x 2 1/2" (62.5 mm x 62.5 mm). It shall have uniform colour, reasonably straight grains and
shall be free from dead knots, cracks and sap wood. The joints shall be pinned with hardwood or
bamboo pins of 10 to 15 mm diameter. The timber shall be sawn in the direction of the grains. All
mortice and tenon joints shall fit in fully and accurately without wedging or filling. All framework
shall be coated with antitermite paint of approved brand and quality. Vertical members of the frame
shall be placed not more than 60 cms apart and horizontal members not more than 100 cms apart.
Horizontal members each at top and bottom of the frame is a must. The portion of partition above
door height will be fixed with 4 mm thick frosted glass panes fixed with teak wood beads of size
25x20 mm all-round fixed with screws. Frosted glass panels shall be fixed with frosted face on the
inside.
24.5.2 After the frame is fixed, approved quality teak/ commercial ply 1/4" (6 mm) thick of approved
quality shall be pasted by phenol formaldehyde resin glue on the faces as specified in SOR or
drawings or as per directions of Engineer in Charge.
24.5.3 Teak ply and external face of glazed panelling frame shall have two or more coats of approved copal
varnish or superior spray varnish, over an undercoat of flatting varnish of the same manufacturer as
the top coat. Preparation of surface and application of varnish shall be as directed by Site Engineer.

PIPELINES
24.5.4 Commercial ply facing and interior portion of glazed panelling shall be applied with two coats of
approved synthetic enamel paint over a coat of primer.
24.5.5 Rates quoted shall be inclusive of all labour, materials, fabrication, fittings, fixing and cost of all
ancillary materials like varnish, paints etc. complete.
24.5.6 Payment will be made on square metre basis of the area of panelling/partition. Doors wherever
provided within the partition work, shall be paid separately under appropriate item.

PIPELINES
25.0.0 FLOORING :
25.1.0 Scope :
This section shall cover all floorings. No work under this section shall be started until specifically
allowed by the Engineer-in-Charge and until all other major works such as plastering, embedding of
conduits and pipes, channels, window fixing etc. have been completed. Samples of adequate size
representing the nature of variation including quality, size, texture after polishing of the tiles to be
used in the flooring work shall be prepared for all work and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge
before proceeding. The approved samples shall be retained upto the end of the project.
25.2.0 CURING : After the floor has begun to harden it shall be protected from quick drying with moist
gunny bags or by some suitable means as approved by the Site Engineer. After 24 hours of laying
floor, the surface shall be cured by flooding with water to minimum 25 mm depth or by covering
with wet gunny bags. The curing shall be continued for at least ten consecutive days.
25.3.0 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING :
Cement Concrete:
Cement Concrete of specified mix shall be used and it shall generally conform to the specifications
as described in Cement Concrete chapter.
Sub-grade :
Flooring shall be laid on concrete sub-grade where so provided. The subgrade shall be provided with
slopes required for the flooring. Flooring in verandas, kitchens, baths, water closets and courtyards
shall invariably be provided with suitable slope to drain off washing and rain water.
25.3.1 Laying in Panels :
Flooring of specified thickness shall be laid in the pattern as given in the drawings or as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The border shall have mitred joints at the corners of the room and
intermediate joints shall be in straight line with the panel joints. The panels shall be of uniform size
and no dimension of a panel shall exceed 2 m and the area of a panel shall not be more than 2
sq.m. Cement concrete shall be placed in position, in one operation, in the panels. It shall then be
levelled with the help of straight edge and trowel and beaten with a wooden "Thapply" or mason's
trowel. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as consolidation takes place, light rapid
strokes shall be given. Beating shall cease as soon as the surface is found covered with cream of
mortar. The surface shall be tested with straight edge and made true to required slopes. While
laying concrete care shall be taken to see that the strips are not damaged/disturbed. The top strips
shall be visible clearly after finishing with cement slurry.
25.3.2 Laying with Strips :
Normally cement concrete flooring shall be laid in one operation using glass sheet strip at the
junction of two panels. The glass strip shall be 4mm thick & width equal to thickness of the floor.
This method ensures uniformity in colour of all the panels and straightness at the junction of the
panels.

PIPELINES
25.3.3 Finishing :
The finishing of the surface shall follow immediately after the cessation of beating. The surface shall
be left for some time, till moisture disappears from it. Fresh quantity of cement at 2.0 kg of cement
shall be mixed with water to form a thick slurry and spread over an area of one sq.m. of flooring
while the concrete is still green. The cement slurry shall then be properly pressed and finished
smooth with steel trowel. Excessive trowelling shall be avoided. Use of dry cement or cement and
sand mixture sprinkled on the surface to stiffen the concrete or absorb excessive moisture, shall not
be permitted. The edges of sunk floors shall be finished and rounded with cement mortar 1:2 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand) and finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The junctions of floor
with wall plaster, dado or skirting shall be rounded off where so specified. The men engaged on
finishing operations shall be provided with raised wooden platform to sit on, so as to prevent
damage to new work.
25.3.4 Curing :
The curing shall be done for a minimum period of ten days. Curing shall not be commenced until the
top layer has hardened. Covering with empty cement gunnies shall be avoided as the colour is likely
to be bleached with the remnants of cement matter from the bags.
25.4.0 TERRAZZO (MARBLE CHIPS) FLOORING :
25.4.1 Cement concrete of specified mix shall be used & the specifications covered under concrete shall
apply. Fixing & laying shall be as per clause 25.3.1 & 25.3.2.
Top Layer: The mix for terrazzo topping shall consist of cement, marble powder, marble chips &
water. Cement for use in terrazo top layer shall comprise of 50% grey & 50% white cement. The
cement & marble powder shall be mixed in the proportion of three parts to one part marble powder
by weight. The marble chips shall be in white and or in black. The marble chip shall be of 6 mm
size.
Before starting the work, the contractor shall get the sample of marble chips approved by Engineer-
in-Charge. The full quantity of dry mixture of mortar required for a room shall be prepared in a lot
in order to ensure uniform colour. This mixture shall be stored in a dry place & well covered and
protected from moisture. The dry mortar shall be mixed with water in the usual way as & when
required. The mixed mortar shall be homogenous and stiff and to contain just sufficient water to
make it workable. The terrazo topping shall be laid while the under layer is still plastic. A cement
slurry preferably of the same colour as the topping shall be brushed on the surface immediately
before laying is commenced. It shall be laid to uniform thickness slightly more than that specified
thickness in order to get the specified finished thickness after rubbing. The surface of the top layer
shall be trowelled over, pressed & brought true to required level by a straight edge & steel floats in
such a manner that the maximum amount of marble chips come up & are spread uniformly over the
surface.
25.4.2 Laying :
Sub-grade concrete or the RCC slab on which the tiles are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and
mopped. The bedding for the tiles shall be with cement mortar of 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)
light shades using white cement. The ingredients, shall be thoroughly mixed by volume in dry form.
Care shall be taken to ensure that there are no hard lumps present. Water shall then be added and

PIPELINES
the ingredients thoroughly mixed. The average thickness of the bedding mortar shall be 30 mm
and the thickness at any place shall not be less than 10 mm. Cement mortar bedding shall be
spread, tamped and corrected to proper levels and allowed to slightly harden. Over this bedding,
neat grey cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread at the rate of 4.4 kg of cement
per square metre over such an area as would accommodate about twenty tiles. Tiles shall be
washed clean and shall be laid in this grout one after another, each tiles being gently tapped with a
wooden mallet till it is properly bedded, and in level with the adjoining tiles. The joints shall be kept
as thin as possible not exceeding 1.5 m and in straight lines or to suit the required pattern. The
surface of the flooring during laying shall be frequently checked with a straight edge atleast 2 metre
long, so as to obtain a true surface with the required slope. Where full size tiles cannot be fixed,
these shall be cut (swan) to the required size and their edges rubbed smooth to ensure a straight
and true joint. The tiles shall be laid as per pattern and schemes shown in drawing or as approved
by Engineer-in-charge. Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not less than
12 mm under the plaster, skirting or dado. The junction between wall plaster and tile work shall be
finished neatly and without waviness. After the tiles have been laid, surplus cement grout that may
have come out of the joint shall be cleaned off.
25.4.3 Curing, Polishing and Finishing :
Polishing shall be done by machine. About 36 hours after laying the top layer, the surface shall be
watered & ground evenly with machine fitted with special rapid cutting grit blocks ( carborundum
stone) of coarse grade (No.60) till the marble chips are evenly exposed & the floor is smooth. The
surface shall thereafter be grounded evenly with machine fitted with coarse grade grit blocks (no.
60). After the first grinding, the surface shall be thoroughly washed to remove all grinding mud,
cleaned and mopped. It shall then be covered with a thin coat of grey or white cement, mixed with
or without pigment to match the colour of the topping of the wearing surface in order to fill any pin
hole that appear. The surface shall be again cured for 5 to 7 days. . The second grinding shall then
be carried out with machine fitted with fine grade grit blocks (No.120). The final grinding with
machine fitted with the fine grade grit, blocks (no. 320) shall be carried out the day after the second
grinding described in the proceeding paragraph or before handing over the floor, as ordered by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The finished surface should show the marble chips evenly exposed.
For small areas or where circumstances so require, hand polishing shall be permitted in lieu of
machine polishing after laying. For hand polishing the following Carborundum stones, shall be used:
Ist grinding - coarse grade stone (No. 60).

Second grinding - medium grade (No. 80)
Final grinding - fine grade (No. 120).
In all other respects, the process shall be similar as for machine polishing.
After the final polish, oxalic acid shall be dusted over the surface at the rate of 33 gm per square
metre sprinkled with water and rubbed hard with a namdah block (Pad of woollen rags). The
following day the floor shall be wiped with a moist rag and dried with a soft cloth and finished
clean.

PIPELINES
25.5.0 Precast Terrazzo Tile Flooring :
25.5.1 Terrazzo Tiles :

Terrazzo tiles shall be generally conform to IS:1237-1980 with marble chips of nominal sizes 1mm
to 6mm, shades as specified in the schedule of rates and shall be of approved quality and shade.
Requirement and methods of testing shall be as per relevant I.S. Code. The sizes of tiles shall be as
specified in the drawings and or detailed in the schedule of rates. The thickness of tiles shall be
20mm/25mm or as shown with marble chips of sizes upto 6 mm.
25.5.2 Tolerances for Precast Terrazzo Tiles :
Tolerances on length and breadth shall be plus or minus one millimetre, tolerance on thickness shall
be plus 5 mm. The range of dimensions in any one delivery of tiles shall not exceed 1 mm on length
and breadth and 3 mm on thickness. The tiles shall be manufactured under hydraulic pressure of
not less than 140 kg per square centimetre and shall be given the first grinding with machine before
delivery to site. The proportion of cement to aggregate in the backing of the tiles shall not be
leaner than 1:4 by weight. Similarly the proportion of cement to marble chips aggregate in the
wearing layer of the tiles and the proportion of pigment to be used therein shall not exceed 10 per
cent of weight of cement used in mix.
25.5.3 Laying :
Sub-grade concrete or the RCC slab on which the tiles are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and
mopped. The bedding for the tiles shall be with cement mortar of 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)
light shades using white cement. The ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed by volume in dry form.
Care shall be taken to ensure that there are no hard lumps present. Water shall then be added and
the ingredients thoroughly mixed. The average thickness of the bedding mortar shall be 30 mm and
the thickness at any place shall not be less than 10 mm. Cement mortar bedding shall be spread,
tamped and corrected to proper levels and allowed to slightly harden. Over this bedding, neat grey
cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread at the rate of 4.4 kg of cement per square
metre over such an area as would accommodate about twenty tiles. Tiles shall be washed clean and
shall be laid in this grout one after another, each tiles being gently tapped with a wooden mallet till
it is properly bedded, and in level with the adjoining tiles. The joints shall be kept as thin as possible
not exceeding 1.5 m and in straight lines or to suit the required pattern. The surface of the flooring
during laying shall be frequently checked with a straight edge at least 2 metre long, so as to obtain
a true surface with the required slope. Where full size tiles cannot be fixed, these shall be cut
(swan) to the required size and their edges rubbed smooth to ensure a straight and true joint. The
tiles shall be laid as per pattern and schemes shown in drawing or as approved by Engineer-in-
charge. Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not less than 12 mm under
the plaster, skirting or dado. The junction between wall plaster and tile work shall be finished neatly
and without waviness. After the tiles have been laid, surplus cement grout that may have come out
of the joint shall be cleaned off.
25.5.4 Curing, Polishing and Finishing :
The day after the tiles are laid all joints shall be cleaned of the grey cement grout with a wire brush
or trowel to a depth of 5 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed and cleaned. Joints shall then
be grouted with grey or white cement mixed with or without pigment to match the shade of the
topping of the wearing layer of the tiles. The same cement slurry shall be applied to the entire

PIPELINES
surface of the tiles in a thin coat with a view to protect the surface from abrasive damage and fill
any pin holes that may exist on the surface. The floor shall then be kept wet for a minimum period
of 7 days. The surface shall thereafter be grounded evenly with machine fitted with coarse grade
grit blocks (no. 60). Water shall be used profusely during grinding. After grinding the surface shall
be thoroughly washed to remove all grinding mud, cleaned and mopped. It shall then be covered
with a thin coat of grey or white cement, mixed with or without pigment to match the colour of the
topping of the wearing surface in order to fill any pin hole that appear. The surface shall be again
cured. The second grinding shall then be carried out with machine fitted with fine grade grit blocks
(No.120). The final grinding with machine fitted with the fine grade grit, blocks (no. 320) shall be
carried out the day after the second grinding described in the proceeding paragraph or before
handing over the floor, as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. For small areas or where
circumstances so require, hand polishing shall be permitted in lieu of machine polishing after laying.
For hand polishing the following Carborundum stones, shall be used:
Ist grinding - coarse grade stone (No. 60).

Second grinding - medium grade (No. 80)
Final grinding - fine grade (No. 120).
In all other respects, the process shall be similar as for machine polishing.
After the final polish, oxalic acid shall be dusted over the surface at the rate of 33 gm per square
metre sprinkled with water and rubbed hard with a namdah block (Pad of woollen rags). The
following day the floor shall be wiped with a moist rag and dried with a soft cloth and finished clean.
If any tile is disturbed or damaged, it shall be refitted or replaced; properly jointed and polished.
The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet and shall be protected
with dry sand dust till it is completely set.
25.6.0 VITREOUS CERAMIC / PORCELAIN / VITRIFIED FLOOR TILES :
25.6.1 Make :
Vitreous Ceramic / Porcelain / Vitrified tiles shall be of best quality and of approved
make/manufacturer. They shall be of specified thickness and size, type and colour and laid to
pattern as shown in the drawings or as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
25.6.2 Sub-base :
The base shall first be prepared as indicated in pre-cast terrazzo floor specification herein above.
Over the prepared base, if required cement concrete screed of 1:2:4 mix shall be laid to make up
the total thickness of floor finish as specified. The surface shall be laid to falls and slopes as required
and scratched for key.
25.6.3 Laying of Floor tiles :
After the base is cured and dried, 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) shall
be laid on the surface and spread evenly with a trowel. Neat cement slurry of honey like consistency
shall be spread over. The back of the tile previously cleaned and soaked in water shall be placed
over the mortar and brought to proper level by striking gently with a wooden mallet.

PIPELINES
25.6.4 Pointing :
The tiles shall be laid in the manner as specified above in required pattern with as thin a joint as
possible. The joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and pointed with white cement slurry (1 white
cement : 2 sand) admixed with pigment of matching colour as the tiles. The pointing can
alternatively, be carried out with an approved non-shrink grout of matching colour as recommended
by the manufacturer.
25.6.5 Cutting of Tiles :
Care shall be taken to see that full tiles are used as far as possible. Where not possible, the edge
tiles shall be neatly cut with a tile cutter and the edges rubbed smooth. The cut edge of the tiles
shall not installed in exposed locations.
25.6.6 Curing :
The tiles shall be cured for 7 days with water and then thoroughly cleaned and dried.
25.7.0 CERAMIC WALL TILE IN DADO :
25.7.1 Notwithstanding anything written above, the manufacturer's printed instructions regarding laying
and curing shall be strictly followed.
25.7.2 Tiles :
The tiles shall be of approved make/manufacturer and shall generally conform to IS: 13753. They
shall be flat, and true to shape and free from cracks, crazing, spots, chipped edges and corners. The
glazing shall be of uniform shade. The tiles shall be of nominal sizes of 300 x 200 mm, 200 x 100
mm or as otherwise specified. The thickness of the tiles shall be 7 mm unless otherwise required or
shown.
25.7.3 White and Coloured Tiles :
The tiles shall be white, black matte or coloured as specified or as instructed by Engineer-in-charge.
25.7.4 Preparation of Surface :
The joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 12 mm in masonry wall, while the masonry is
being laid. In case of concrete walls, the surfaces shall be backed and roughened with wire brushes.
The surface shall be cleaned thoroughly, washed with water and kept wet before skirting/dado is
commenced.
25.7.5 Mortar :
12 mm thick plaster of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) shall be applied and allowed
slightly to harden. The plaster shall be roughened with wire brushes or by scratching diagonal at
close intervals.

PIPELINES
25.7.6 Laying of Tiles :
The tiles shall be soaked in water, adequately washed clean, and a coat of neat cement slurry
applied liberally at the back of tiles and set in the bedding mortar. The tile shall tamped and
corrected to proper plane and lines. The tiles shall be set in the required pattern and butt jointed.
The joints shall be as fine as possible and uniform. Top of dado shall be truly horizontal and joints
truly vertical except where cut to the required size and their edges rubbed smooth. are shall be
taken to ensure that as far as possible cut tile are in non-exposed locations. Works shall be carried
out in all areas only after a sample.
25.7.7 Pointing :
After laying is complete, the joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with wire brush and
all dust and loose mortar removed. The joints shall then be flush pointed with white cement slurry
added with approved pigments to match the colour of tiles.
25.7.8 Curing and Finishing :
The surface shall be cleaned and kept wet by sprinkling water for seven days. The finished surface
shall be clean, free of patches and glossy and shall not sound hollow. Finished dry surfaces shall be
washed with mild organic acid, if so required. The finished surface shall meet the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
25.8.0 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING WITH METALLIC HARDENER TOPPING :
25.8.1 Sub-grade :
Cement concrete sub grade, laying pattern shall be as specified in Cement concrete floor.
25.8.2 Under Layer :
Under layer concrete shall be as specified in the relevant specification for terrazzo flooring stated
25.8.3 Top Layer :
Metallic concrete hardener topping where so specified shall consists of 15 mm thick layer of mix 1:2
(1 cement : 2 stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume or as otherwise specified, with which
metallic hardening compound is mixed in ratio of 1:4 (1 metallic concrete hardener : 4 cement) by
weight. The metallic compound shall be of approved quality consisting of uniformly graded iron
particles, free from non-ferrous metal particles, oil, grease, sand, soluble alkaline compound.
Concrete hardener shall be dry mixed thoroughly with cement on a clean dry Pucca Platform. This
dry mixture shall be mixed with stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size or as otherwise specified in the
ratio 1:2 (1 cement mixture : 2 stone aggregate) by volume and well turned over. Just enough
water shall then be added to this dry mix as required for floor concrete. The mixture so obtained
shall be laid in 15 mm thickness over 37 mm thick under layer of cement concrete floor 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) within 2 to 4 hours of its laying.
The topping shall be laid true to provide a uniform and even surface. After the initial set has started
the surface shall be finished smooth true to slope with steel floats.
25.8.4 Curing :

PIPELINES
The floor shall be cured as specified here-in-above.

25.9.0 MARBLE FLOORING :
Marble flooring where so specified shall consist of marble slabs laid over cement mortar bed. Marble
shall be as specified in 2.7.0.
25.9.1 Dressing of slabs :
Every stone shall be cut to the required size and shape, fine chisel dressed on all sides to the full
depth. The top surface shall also be fine chisel dressed to remove all waviness. The thickness of the
slab shall be as specified. Base concrete or the RCC slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be
cleaned, wetted and mopped. The bedding for the slabs shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement
: 4 coarse sand) of 20 mm average thickness. Slabs free from all adherent materials shall be laid on
bed, pressed and tapped with wooden mallet and brought to the level of the adjoining slabs. It shall
then be lifted and laid aside. The hollows created in the mortar bed are made good. The mortar is
allowed to harden a bit and cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread at the rate of
4.4. kg of cement per sq.m. The edges of the slab already paved shall be filled with white cement
with or without admixture of pigment to match the shade of the marble slabs. The slab to be paved
shall than be placed back in position and tapped with wooden mallet till it is properly bedded in
level. After each slab has been laid surplus cement on the surface of the slabs shall be cleaned off.
Slabs adjoining the wall shall enter not less than 12 mm under the skirting or dado.
25.9.2 Curing, Polishing & Finishing :
Floor shall be kept wet for a minimum period of 7 days. The floor shall then be grounded & polished
as specified in 25.4.4 except that cement slurry with or without pigments shall not be applied to the
surface before each polishing & instead white cement may be used. Flooring shall be laid to required
slope/ level and shall be cured for a minimum of 7 days.
25.10.0 KOTA STONE FLOORING :
25.10.1 Kota stone slabs :
The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound and homogenous in texture free from cracks,
decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be hand or machine cut to the requisite thickness. They
shall be of the colour indicated in the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Every
slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed on the sides to the full
depth. The slabs shall have the top face polished before being brought to site, unless otherwise
specified. All angles and edges of the slabs shall be true square, free from chippings and the surface
shall be true and plane. The thickness of the slab shall be 25 mm. The allowed tolerance with
respect to length, breadth and thickness shall be + 2 mm.
25.10.2 Preparation of Surface and Laying :
Base concrete or RCC slab on which the stone slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned wetted and
mopped. The bedding shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) of 20 mm
average thickness. The slab shall be washed clean before laying. It shall be laid on top, pressed,
and tapped to level with the adjoining slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The mortar surface

PIPELINES
shall then be corrected by adding fresh mortar at hollows. The mortar is allowed to harden a bit and
cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread @ 4.4 kg of cement per sq.m. The edges of
already paved slabs shall be buttered with grey cement with pigment to match the shade of the
slabs. The slab to be paved shall then be lowered and tapped to level with as fine a joint as
possible. Surplus cement on the surface shall be cleaned off. The flooring shall be cared for a
minimum period of 7 days. The surface of the flooring shall be finished to the levels specified in the
drawings or as per the instructions of the Site Engineer. The day after the stone slabs are laid all
joints shall be cleaned with a wire brush or trowel to a depth of 5 mm and all dust and loose mortar
removed and cleaned. Joints shall then be grouted with grey cement mixed with pigment to match
the shade of the slabs. The floor shall then be kept wet for a minimum period of 7 days. The
surface shall then be grounded & polished as specified for cast -in-situ terrazzo floor except that (a)
first polishing with coarse grade Carborundum stone shall not be done (b) Cement slurry with or
without pigments shall not be applied on the surface before polishing.
25.11.0 ACID PROOF TILE :
Acid proof tiles in floor/ dado/ skirting etc. where so specified in general shall conform to IS : 4457.
The concrete or plastered surface should be completely dried and cleaned free of dust and other
foreign particles and levelled even. Over this surface, a coat of bituminastic paint shall be applied
and allowed to dry for 12 hours. Acid proof tiles of specified size in SOR shall be laid uniformly over
the floor/dado/skirting thus prepared. The joints between the tiles shall be 6 mm and shall be filled
with hot plasticised sulphur/ acid resisting cement. After the final setting, the joints should be
smoothened with emery stone and using water.
25.12.0 SKIRTING AND DADO WORK :
Skirting & dado shall be fixed only after flooring. The under layer shall consist of layer of stiff
cement sand mortar of 1:3 or as specified in SOR & finished rough to provide key for the topping.
Topping shall be as specified. For fixing of tiles, the back of each tile to be fixed shall be covered
with a thin layer of neat cement & the tile shall then be gently tapped against the wall with wooden
mallet. The fixing shall be done as close as possible from bottom upwards. Skirting & dado shall be
ground & polished just as floor work or polished by hand by rubbing down with suitable polishing
stones in three operations evenly & without scratching the surface. Before handing over it shall be
thoroughly washed & cleaned. Dilute oxalic acid may also be used for cleaning if required.
25.13.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
Length & breadth shall be measured correct to a cm before laying. Payment shall be made on
square metre basis. Rate shall include cost of all labour & materials involved in all the operations but
shall not include the cost of sub- grade concrete under top flooring which shall be paid under
relevant Item.

PIPELINES
26.0.0 WATER PROOFING:
26.1.0 General
26.1.1 Water Proof treatment on roof shall be as specified in Schedule of Rates.
26.1.2 The surface to be treated shall have a minimum slope of 1 in 120 or as directed by Site Engineer.
Grading shall be carried out with PCC 1:2:4 with 10 mm down aggregate to 40 mm average
thickness and finished smooth. Such grading shall be paid separately under appropriate relevant
item.
26.1.3 Junction between the roof and vertical face of parapet wall etc. shall be cased by running triangular
fillets (gola) 75x75 mm size in PCC 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size) admixed with 2% integral water proofing compound (by weight of cement) of
approved make conforming to IS: 2645. At the drain mouths the fillets shall be suitably cut back and
rounded off for easy application of water proofing treatment and easy flow of water. The fillets shall
be measured or paid separately under appropriate relevant item.
26.1.4 For carrying over and tucking in the water proofing felts/ membranes into parapet wall etc. a
horizontal groove 65 mm deep and 75 mm wide with its lower edge not less than 150 mm above
the graded roof surface shall be left on the inner face of the same during construction if possible.
When such groove has not been left, the same shall be cut out neatly. The base and rear of the
groove shall be finished smooth with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand). Such cutting of
groove and its finishing smooth shall be deemed to be part of the water proofing item and shall not
be measured or paid separately. No deduction shall be made either, for making the groove when
the later has already been left in masonry.
26.1.5 Tucking in of the water proofing felt/ membrane will be required where parapet wall exceed 45 cm
in height from graded surface. Where the height is 45 cm or less, no groove will be required as the
water proofing treatment will be carried over the top of the parapet wall to its full thickness. Edges
of the felt or membrane shall be sealed with approved sealant. Such treatment shall not be
measured or paid for separately.
26.1.6 The graded surface of the roof and concrete fillets and face of walls etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned
with wire brushes & all loose scale etc. removed. The cracked surface shall be cut to `V' Section,
cleaned and filled up flush with cement mortar slurry 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand). Such cleaning
of the surface or treating the crack shall not be paid for separately.
26.2.0 Water Proofing with Synthetic Felt
26.2.1 After grouting the crack, if any, with Cement grout, the primer (first layer of roof treatment) shall be
brushed over the cleaned and dried surface before the bonding material is applied. The primer
conforming to IS:3384-1986 shall be applied at minimum rate of 0.30 litre/sqm .
26.2.2 The second layer shall consist of straight run bitumen conforming to IS: 73-1961 @ 0.70 Kg/sqm
applied hot (not less than 50 deg. c) as per IS:7290-1979. The fourth layer shall consist of cold cut
back bitumen @ 1 kg/sqm over felt film as per IS:7290. The fifth and final course shall consist of
coarse sand @ 0.75 Kg/sqm over bitumen and subsequent preparation of the surface.
26.2.3 The self finished synthetic felts to be used shall of approved make and shall conform to IS 7941

PIPELINES
(latest edition). It shall have 3 layers of LDPE/HDPE and 1 layer of 2 mm foam insulation. It shall be
waterproof, acid resistant and fire resistant.
26.2.4 The felt film forming the 3rd course shall be cut to the required length, brushed clean of dust
materials and laid out flat to eliminate cut, and subsequent stitching. The felt shall not be laid in
single piece of very long length as they are likely to shrink. Length of 6 to 8 metres is suitable. Each
strip shall have overlap of 7.5 cm, with the adjacent strip duly bonded with cold cut back adhesive
@ 0.35 kg/sqm. All the overlaps shall be levelled and pressed down to level the unevenness. The
felt shall be carried over up to the adjacent parapet wall as per clause 24.1.5 anchored thereto with
cement grout by inserting the felt in the groove on the wall. Chase cutting on the wall for making
grooves and anchoring grout shall be done by the Contractor without any extra cost to the owner.
26.3.0 Water Proofing with Atactic Poly Propylene (APP) Membrane
26.3.1 After grouting the crack, if any, with cement grout, bitumen primer (first layer of roof treatment)
shall be applied at minimum rate of 0.40 litre/sqm over the cleaned and dried surface before the
bonding material is applied.
26.3.2 The second and fourth layer shall consist of blown type bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS:
702 (latest edition) @ 1.20 Kg/sqm.
26.3.3 The third layer shall consist of Atactic Poly Propylene (APP) modified polymeric Membrane of
approved make, 2.0 mm thick of 3.0 kg/sqm weight consisting of five layers, prefabricated with
centre core as 100 micron HMHDPE film sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix, protected on
both side with 20 micron HMHDPE film. The membrane shall be waterproof, acid resistant and fire
resistant.
26.3.4 The APP membrane shall be cut to the required length, brushed clean of dust materials and laid out
flat to eliminate cut, and subsequent stitching. Each strip of the membrane shall have overlap of 100
mm with the adjacent strip, bonded with cold appropriate splice adhesive. All the overlaps shall be
levelled and pressed down to level the unevenness. The membrane shall be carried over up to the
adjacent parapet wall as per clause 24.1.5, anchored thereto with cement grout by inserting the
membrane in the groove on the wall. Chase cutting on the wall for making grooves and anchoring
grout shall be done by the Contractor without any extra cost to the owner.
26.3.5 The fifth/ top most layer shall be of 20 mm thick precast cement concrete tiles of mix 1:2:4 (1
cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregates 12.5mm nominal thickness), which shall be
grouted with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) mixed with 2% integral water proofing
compound by weight of cement and laid over 12 mm layer of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine
sand). The top surface of the tiles shall be finished neat. The tiles shall be measured or paid
separately under appropriate relevant item.
26.4.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
26.4.1 Payment for water proofing treatment will be made on square metre basis of the area of roof
surface covered by the water proofing felt/ membrane. No extra measurement shall be made for
laps, joints, anchoring in grooves, carrying over parapet etc.

PIPELINES
27.0.0 NON-ASBESTOS HIGH IMPACT POLY PROPYLENE REINFORCED CEMENT SHEET ROOFING
27.1.0 Non-Asbestos High Impact Poly Propylene Reinforcement Cement Corrugated Sheets
The sheets shall be of the approved quality and shall conform to IS 14871. The sheets shall be free
from cracks, chipped edges or corners and other damages.
27.1.1 (a) General Composition of Sheets
The product shall be composed essentially of an inorganic hydraulic binder (see note) or a calcium
silicate binder formed by the chemical reaction of a silicate binder formed by the chemical reaction of
a siliceous (includes ground silica, pulverized fuel ash and amorphous silica) and calcareous material
reinforced by organic fibres and/or inorganic synthetic fibres. Pozzolanic materials process aids, fillers
and pigments which are compatible with the fibre reinforced cement may be added. The inorganic
hydraulic binder shall be either 33 grade ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS 269 or 43 grade
ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS 8112 or 53 grade ordinary Portland cement conforming to
IS 12269 or Portland pozzolana (fly ash based) cement conforming to IS 1489 (Part 1) or Portland
pozzolana cement (calcined clay based) conforming to IS 1489 (Part 2) or rapid hardening cement
conforming to IS 8041 or Portland slag cement conforming to IS 455. Fly ash used shall be
conforming to IS 3812.
Note : In case of Portland pozzolana cement and Portland slag cement, addition of pozzolanic
materials and slag shall not be permitted.
27.1.1 (b) Classification – Sheets may be classified according to thickness as under :
Type A - The thickness of the sheets shall be approximately constant throughout the width of profile.
Type B - The thickness of the sheets shall vary regularly between the valley and the crown for
corrugated sheets or between the lower part and the upper part of ribs for asymmetrical section
sheets, in the same cross-section.
The sheets shall be categorized based on height of corrugations and minimum thickness as per details
given in CPWD Specifications 2009.
27.1.2 Slope
The roof shall not be pitched at flatter slope than 1 vertical to 5 horizontal. The normal pitch adopted
shall usually be 1 vertical to 3 horizontal.
27.1.3 Laying
27.1.3.1 The sheets shall be laid on the purlins and other roof members as indicated in the working
drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
27.1.3.2 The maximum spacing of purlins under the sheets shall be 1.40 metres in the case of 5.5 mm thick
sheets and these shall in no case be exceeded. Ridge purlins shall be fixed at 75 mm to 115 mm
from the apex of the roof.
27.1.3.3 The top bearing surfaces of all purlins and of other roof members shall be in one plane so that the
sheets when being fixed shall not require to be forced down to rest on the purlins. The finished roof
shall present a uniform slope and the line of corrugations shall be straight and true. The sheets
shall be laid with the smooth side upwards.
27.1.3.4 The sheets shall be laid with a side lap of half a corrugation and an end lap of 15 cm minimum in
the case of roofs with a pitch flatter than 1 vertical to 2.5 horizontal (approx. 22 degree) or in the

PIPELINES
case of very exposed situations, the minimum permissible end lap shall be 20 cms. Side laps should
be laid on the side facing away from the prevailing monsoon winds.
27.1.3.5 The free overhang of the sheets at the eaves shall not exceed 30 cm. Corrugated sheets shall be
laid from left to right starting at the eaves. The first sheet shall be laid uncut but the remaining
sheets in the bottom row shall have the top left hand corners cut or mitred. The sheets in the
second and other intermediate rows except the first and the last sheets, shall have both the top left
hand corner and bottom right hand corner cut. The last or top row sheets shall all have the bottom
right hand corner cut with the exception of the last sheet which shall be laid uncut. If for any
reason such as on considerations of the direction of prevailing winds, laying is to be started from
the bottom right hand corner, then the whole procedure should be reversed.
27.1.3.6 The ‘Mitred’ described above is necessary to provide a snug fit where four sheets meet at a lap. It
is cut from a point 15 cm (or whatever the length of the end lap may be) up the vertical side of the
sheet to a point 5 cm along the horizontal edge. This cutting may be done with an ordinary wood
saw at site.
27.1.4 Fixing
27.1.4.1 Sheets shall be secured to the purlins and other roof members by means of 8 mm diameter
polymer coated iron J or L hook bolts and nuts. While, J hooks are used for fixing to angle iron
purlins, L hooks are used for fixing to R.S. joists, timber or precast concrete purlins. The grip of the
J or L hook bolt on the side of the purlin shall not be less than 25 mm. Each iron J or L hook bolt
shall have a bitumen washer and a galvanised iron washer placed over the sheet before the nut is
screwed down from above. On each purlin there shall be one hook bolt on the crown adjacent to
the side lap on either side. Bitumen washer shall be of approved manufacture. Galvanising of
washers shall be as per relevant standard. Polymer coating of hooks, bolts and nuts shall be as per
IS code 14871.
27.1.4.2 The G.I. flat washer shall be 25 mm in diameter, 1.6 mm thick and the bitumen washer shall be 35
mm in diameter and 1.5 mm thick. The length of J bolt or crank bolt shall be as specified in CPWD
Specifications 2009.
27.1.4.3 Each nut shall be screwed lightly at first. After a dozen or more sheets are laid, the nuts shall be
tightened to ensure a leak proof joint.
27.1.4.4 Holes for hook bolts etc. shall be drilled and not punched, always through the crown of the
corrugation and not in valleys, in locations to suit the purlins while the sheets are on the roof in
their correct position. The diameter of holes shall be 2 mm more than the diameter of the fixing
bolts. No hole shall be nearer than 40 mm to any edge of a sheet or any accessory.
27.1.4.5 Roof ladders or planks shall always be used when laying and fixing the sheets, to avoid damage to
the sheets, and to provide security to the workmen.
27.1.5 Wind Ties
Wind ties may be provided where the situation justify their provision. These shall be of 40 × 6 mm
flat iron section or of other size as specified. These shall be fixed at the eave ends of the sheets.
The fixing shall be done with the same hook bolts which secure the sheets to the purlins. Wind ties
shall be paid for separately unless described as included in the items of the roof work.
27.1.6 Finish
The completed roof shall present a neat and uniform appearance and be leak proof.

PIPELINES
27.1.7 Measurements
27.1.7.1 Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm and its area shall be calculated in square
metres correct to two places of decimal.
27.1.7.2 The superficial area of roof coverings shall be measured on the flat without allowance for laps and
corrugations. Portions of roof covering overlapping the ridge or hips etc. shall be included in the
measurements of the roof.
27.1.7.3 Roof with curved sheets shall be measured and paid for separately. Measurements shall be taken
on the flat and not girthed. The breadth of the roof shall be measured along the rest of the curved
sheets.
27.1.7.4 No deductions in measurements shall be made for opening upto 0.4 sqm and nothing extra shall be
allowed for forming such opening. For any opening exceeding 0.4 sqm in area, deduction in
measurements for the full opening shall be made. Cutting across corrugation shall be measured on
the flat and not girthed.
27.1.8 Rate
The rate shall include the cost of all the materials and labour involved in all the operations
described above except otherwise stated. This includes the cost of roof sheets, polymer coated or L
hook, bolts and nuts, bituminous and galvanised iron washers.
27.2.0 Non Asbestos High Impact Poly Propylene Reinforced Cement Semi Corrugated Sheets
These shall be of the specified thickness and of approved quality and shall conform to IS 14871. They
shall be free from cracks, chipped edge corners or other damages.
27.2.1 Laying
The specifications for laying shall be the same as described for corrugated sheets above except that
(a) the sheets shall be laid with the end stamped ‘Top’ on the smooth side pointing towards the ridge,
(b) the sheets shall invariably be laid from right to left starting at the eaves with the procedure for
mitring etc.,
(c) the side laps provided will be of one corrugation, the left hand small corrugation of each sheet
being covered by the right hand large corrugation of the next sheet and
(d) asbestos cement expansion joints shall be inserted every 45 metres or so in the length of the
roof.
Specially manufactured expansion joint pieces shall be used for the purpose. The end lap of
expansion
joints shall not be less than 150 mm. If the expansion joints may be between the purlins, these
should be stitched with seam bolts.
27.2.2 Fixing
The specifications shall be same as described for corrugated sheets above except that along each line
of purlin there shall be a hook bolt in every vertical side lap corrugation and at the two verges and
there shall be an additional hook-bolt through one of the two intermediate corrugations on each
sheet. When sheets are supported over intermediate purlins as in the case of length over1.40 metres
for 5.5 mm thick sheets, fixing accessories are required on the intermediate purlins, through each

PIPELINES
side lap and the verges only. The number and length of bolts and number of bitumenous felt and
galvanised iron washers shall be as per CPWD specifications 2009.
27.2.3 Wind Ties & Finish
The specifications shall be as described for corrugated sheets above.
27.2.4 Measurements
It shall be as described for corrugated sheets above in addition, the end lap of the sheets under
asbestos cement expansion joints where provided shall also be included in measurements. Gap
between the sheets under expansion joint shall not be measured. The expansion joint sheets shall be
measured for the finished work correct to one cm.
27.2.5 Rate
The rate shall include the cost of all the materials and labour involved in all the operations described
above except otherwise stated. This includes the cost of roof sheets, polymer coated J or L hook bolts
and nuts, bituminous and galvanised iron washers.
27.3.0 Ridges and Hips of Non-Asbestos High Impact Polypropylene Reinforced Cement
27.3.1 Ridges and hips shall be of the same manufacture as the corrugated or semi-corrugated sheets used
for roof, unless specifically permitted in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge. The sections shall be free
from cracks, chipped edges or corners or other damages.
Ridges shall be of the type specified in the item, such as:
1. One piece plain angular.

2. Serrated or plain wing adjustable.
3. Close fitting adjustable.
4. Northlight adjustable and appropriate for the corrugated or semi-corrugated roof which is to be
covered ‘Plain Wing Angular’ type ridges can be used only if the slope of the roof is exactly 30 degree.
Hips shall be of ‘under-rated adjustable for hips’ sections.
5. Un-serrated adjustable.
27.3.2 Laying
The ridge sections shall be laid as per manufacturer’s instructions with the rolls of the two wings in
the case of adjustable ridges fitting closely and with the serrations of serrated ridges registering
correctly with the sheets underneath. The stagger lapping or two wings of an adjustable ridge section
and the laps between adjacent pieces on the same wing of the ridges shall be as per manufacturer’s
instructions. The end portions of the wings of the adjustable ridges which project beyond the verges
of the roof shall be cut and trimmed off neatly. Asbestos cement expansion joint ridge pieces shall be
provided every 45 metres (approx.) of ridge where the latter is of the semi-corrugated serrated
adjustable type. In laying hip pieces, serrations to suit the corrugations in the sheets below should be
cut in them so that they will be a snug fit over the sheets.

PIPELINES
27.3.3 Fixing
27.3.3.1 The wings of ridges shall be fixed to the sheets below with the seam bolts and nuts 8 mm diameter
polymer coated J or L hook bolts and nuts and bitumen and G.I. washers which fix the sheets to
the purlins. In additions, in northlight adjustable ridges the curves of the two wings shall be joined
together at their crown with 8 mm dia polymer coated seam bolts and nuts, at the rate of 2
numbers per pair of wings. Each seam bolt shall be provided with one bitumen and a pair of G.I.
washers.
27.3.3.2 Where ‘Plain wing angular’ or ‘Plain wing adjustable’ ridges are used, the gaps formed by the
roofing corrugations and the wings shall be filled with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5 mm nominal size) upto the full length of the overlap. The
exposed face shall be finished perpendicular to the sheeting.
27.3.3.3 Wing of hips shall be fixed to the roof members below with the same 8 mm dia polymer coated or L
hook bolts and nuts which fix the sheet to those members. In addition, they shall be secured to the
sheets below with 8 mm dia polymer coated seam bolts, nuts and washers, so that taken together
with hook bolts there shall be bolt on each wing atleast every fifth corrugation of the sheet below in
the case of ‘Corrugation’ and at least every second corrugation of the sheet below in the case of
‘semicorrugated’ sheets. The seam bolts shall each be provided with one bitumen and a pair of G.I.
washers.
27.3.4 Measurements
The measurements for ridges and hips shall be taken for the finished work along the centre line of
the ridge and hip lines in length, correct to a cm. The laps in adjacent ridges or hip pieces shall not
be measured. The underlay of ridges under expansion joint pieces where the latter are provided shall
however be measured.
27.3.5 Rate
The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour specified above.
27.4.0 Other Roofing Accessories of Non-Asbestos High Impact Polypropylene Reinforced

Cement
27.4.1 Accessories
The other accessories that may be required to be used on a roof are (a) finishing pieces, eaves filler
pieces, northlight and ventilator curves, barge boards and expansion joint sheets (b) ridge finials,
cowl type ventilators, curved boards for northlight, curves, roof light expansion joints for ridge and
expansion joints for northlight curves and (c) ‘S’ type louver. The accessories shall be of the type
appropriate for use with corrugated or semi corrugated sheets which form the roofing. The
accessories shall be of the same manufacture as the corrugated or semi-corrugated sheets used for
the roof. The pieces shall be free from cracks, chipped edges or corners and other damages.
27.4.2 Laying & Fixing
These shall be laid and secured with the same polymer coated hook bolts which secure sheets to the
roof members below where possible or with separate polymer coated hook bolts to the roof members

PIPELINES
below and/or with 8 mm dia polymer coated seam bolts, nuts and washers to the sheeting, generally
as per manufacturers printed instructions and as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. ‘S’ type louvers
shall be fixed to ventilators to timber, M.S. angle or flat iron verticals spaced not more than 1.65
metre centres. The laps of adjacent pieces over the verticals shall not be less than 10 cm. The upper
flat of the top most row of louvers shall be fixed to the vertical by 10 mm dia polymer coated bolts
and nuts and bitumen and polymer coated washers. The lower flats of the top and intermediate rows
of louvers and the flat of the louvers pieces below shall be secured together to the verticals behind by
10 mm dia G.I. separating bolts threaded at both ends and of suitable length. Each of these bolts
shall be equipped with 2 pair of nuts, G.I. and bitumen washers. The louver flats of the lowest line of
louvers shall also be fixed to the verticals at the proper distance from the same by the use of similar
separating bolts and nuts.
27.4.3 Measurements
The accessories listed under group (a) above shall be measured for finished work in length correct
to a cm. Laps between adjacent pieces shall not be measured.
The accessories listed under group (b) above shall be measured and paid for in number. This applies
in the case of finial too where the unit shall consist of a pair of inter locking pieces.
The ‘S’ type louvers listed under group (c) above shall be measured for the finished work in length of
each row of louvers correct to a cm. The laps, between adjacent pieces of louvers will not be taken
into account in the measurements.
27.4.4 Rate
27.4.4.1 The rates for supplying and fixing, non-asbestos cement accessories listed in groups (a) & (b)
above shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described
above including bolts, nuts, washers and other fixing accessories but does not include the
members.
27.4.4.2 The rate for supplying and fixing roof lights shall not unless otherwise described in the item, include
the glazing which shall be paid for separately.
27.4.4.3 The rate for supplying and fixing ‘S’ type louvers shall include all fixing accessories such as ordinary
and separating polymer coated bolts, nuts, and bitumen washers including drilling the holes for the
same in the vertical supporting member behind but shall not unless otherwise described in the item
include the cost of supplying and fixing the supporting members which shall be paid for separately.
27.5.0 Eaves and Valley Gutters of Non-Asbestos High Impact Polypropylene Reinforced
Cement
27.5.1 Gutters and Accessories
Eaves gutters shall be of the type specified in the item such as (1) plain ended eaves, (2) boundary
wall, (3) socketed eaves ogee and (4) socketed half round. These shall be of standard size as
stipulated in the item. Valley gutters shall be of the ‘Plain’ ended valley types and of size as stipulated
in the item. These shall be of approved manufacture, approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The gutter
sections and their accessories such as drop ends, stop ends, nozzles, angles and union clips shall be
free from cracks, chipped edges or corners and other damages.

PIPELINES
27.5.2 Laying and Fixing
27.5.2.1 Gutters shall be laid with a minimum slope of 1 in 120, which should be increased where possible.
Gutters shall be true to line and slope and shall be laid with the requisite accessories such as drop
ends, stop ends, nozzles, angles and union clips as shown in the working drawing or as ordered by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
27.5.2.2 The size of outlet of drop ends and nozzles shall be of the same size as the size of the rain water
pipes into which they shall be discharging the water.
27.5.2.3 Gutters and their accessories shall be supported by M.S. flat iron bracket. Where these brackets are
to be fixed to the sides of rafters, they shall be of 40 x 3 mm section bent to shape and fixed rigidly
to the sides of the rafter with 3 Nos. 10 mm diameter bolts, nuts and washers. The brackets shall
overlap the rafter not less than 30 cm and the connecting bolts shall be 11.5 cm centres.
27.5.2.4 Where the brackets are to be fixed to the purlins they shall consist of 50 × 3 mm M.S. flat iron bent
to shape with one end turned at a right angle, and fixed to the purlin face with a 10 mm dia bolt,
nut and washer. The perpendicular over hang portion of 50 × 3 mm bracket shall be stiffened by
another 50 × 3 mm flat, bent to right angle shape with its lower leg connected to the bracket with
2 Nos. 6 mm dia M.S. bolts, nuts and washers and its shorter leg fixed to face of purlin with one
number 10 mm dia bolt, nuts and washers. The overhang of the vertical portion of the flat iron
bracket from the face of the purlin shall not exceed by 22.5 cm with this arrangement.
27.5.2.5 The requisite slope in the gutters shall be given in the line of the bracket. The brackets shall be
placed at not more than 90 cm centres.
27.5.2.6 The gutters shall be fixed to the brackets with 2 Nos. 8 mm dia polymer coated seam bolts and
nuts, each bolt and nut being equipped with a pair of bitumen and polymer coated washers. These
connecting bolts shall be above the water line of the gutters.
27.5.2.7 Spigot and socket ends of gutters of ‘socketed eaves ornamental’ or ‘socketed half round’ type and
their accessories shall be connected together at their laps with one row of 8 mm dia polymer coated
bolts and nuts, each bolt and nut being provided with a pair of bitumen and a pair of polymer
coated washers. The gap between the socket and spigot shall be packed with approved plastic
roofing compound, flanked on both sides with 6 mm dia non-asbestos rope. The connecting
polymer coated bolts are then tightened so that the lapped joints become leak proof. The outer
faces of the packed non asbestos rope shall not be farther than 6 mm from the edges of the spigot
and socketed ends.
27.5.2.8 Where both ends of gutters and or their accessories to be connected together are of spigot ends
they shall be laid as butt joints with 1.5 mm gap in between over union clips (loose socket pieces).
The union clip shall be connected to the two butt ends of the gutter or other section on both ends
with two rows (one row per ends) of 8 mm dia polymer coated bolts and nuts, each bolt and nut
being provided with a pair of bitumen and a pair of G.I. washers. The gap between the union clips
and the butt ends of the gutter sections or accessories shall be packed with approved plastic
roofing compound flanked at both edges by 6 mm dia non-asbestos rope as before. The whole joint
shall be made leak proof by tightening the bolts.

PIPELINES
27.5.2.9 The ends of ‘Plain’ ended eaves or boundary wall type and ‘Plain’ ended valley type gutters and
their accessories shall be laid with butt joints over union clips and connected together in the same
manner as for connecting spigot and socket ends described in the preceding sub-para.
27.5.2.10 The number of connecting bolts, nuts and washers and the quantities of 6 mm diameter non
asbestos rope and plastic roofing compound required per spigot socket of ‘ornamental’ and ‘half
round’ gutters of different sizes and butt joint of plain ended ‘Boundary wall or eave’ and ‘valley’
type gutters of different sizes shall be as per CPWD Specifications 2009.
The gutters and accessories when fixed shall be true to line and slope and shall be ridged. All the
joints shall be leak proof.
27.5.3 Measurements
The measurement of gutters shall be taken for the finished work in length correct to a cm along the
centre line of the gutters. The measured length of the finished gutters will include the length over
accessories such as drop ends, stop ends, nozzles and angles. Laps between the adjacent pieces of
gutter and gutter section or between gutter section and accessories shall not be measured.
27.5.4 Rate
The rate for the gutters shall include the cost of providing and fixing accessories such as drop ends,
stop ends, nozzles and angles, all union clips (loose sockets), all connecting G.I. bolts, nuts and
bitumen and G.I. washers, M.S. flat iron brackets and their fixture to the gutter sections and to the
roof members, non-asbestos rope and plastic roofing compound.
28.0.0 CI RAIN WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS :
28.1.0 Pipes and fittings shall be of approved manufacture. Pipe shall be true to shape, have smooth and
cylindrical inner and outer surfaces and be as nearly as practicable, concentric. These shall be of
sound and uniform casting, free from laps, pin holes or other imperfections and shall be neatly
finished and carefully fitted with both inside and outside. The pipes shall be factory painted with a
coat of tar both inside and outside (applicable for CI pipes).
28.1.1 Pipes shall be secured to wall at all joints with MS holder bats and clamps. The clamps shall be
made from 1.6 mm thick MS flat 30 mm width, bent to the required shape so as to fit tight on the
socket of the pipe. The clamps shall be fixed to the wall by clamping/embedding their hooks in
steelworks/cement. Concrete blocks 10 x 12 x 10 cm of mix 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
stone aggregate 10 mm nominal size) for which the necessary holes shall be made in proper places.
The annular space between spigot and socket of the pipe shall be filled with five turns of spun yarn
soaked in cement slurry and then filled with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand and
finished flush).
28.1.2 Payment will be made on running metre basis inclusive of all material, jointing, fitting and fixing in
position, including bends, shoes and other specials.
29.0.0 UPVC RAIN WATER PIPES :
29.1.0 Specification for C.I. rain water pipes shall in general apply except the pipe material.

PIPELINES
30.0.0 FINISHING :
30.1.0 Plastering :
30.1.1 Unless otherwise specified, brick surface is to be plastered with cement mortar (1:6), 15 mm
thickness using medium coarse sand. Concrete surface and ceiling etc. shall be plastered with
cement mortar (1:4), 6 mm thick using medium coarse sand. Before plastering work is started all
joints shall be raked out and loose mortar shall be brushed out. For plaster over cement concrete
surface, the surface shall be thoroughly chipped. The surface shall then be thoroughly washed with
water, cleaned and kept wet before commencement of wall plasters.
30.1.2 Curing for plastered surface shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster and shall be kept
wet for a period of 7 days.
30.1.3 Payment for plastering shall be made on square metre basis. Deduction shall not be made for
opening less than 0.5 Sq.m area and no payment shall be made for jambs, sills etc. For opening 0.5
Sq.m to 3.0 Sq.m each deduction shall be made for 50% of the opening size and no payment shall
be made for jambs and sills. For opening of area more than 3 Sq.m, deduction shall be made for
jambs and sills. For opening of area more than 3 Sq.m, deduction shall be made for the full area but
jambs, sill etc. shall be measured and paid. All measurement shall be made for each face. The rate
of plastering shall be inclusive of all cost of scaffolding, labour, material etc. complete.
30.2.0 Neat Cement Punning :
30.2.1 Punning when specified shall be done as soon as the plastered surface or concrete surface has
hardened a little and shall not be delayed too long after the same. Required quantity of cement and
water shall be thoroughly mixed together into a paste of thick consistency. The cement paste shall
be applied uniformly to a thickness of 1.5 mm to 2 mm over the surface with small steel trowel and
polished well, to smooth shining finish. Neat cement punning wherever possible shall be done in
one operation to eliminate joint marks. The surface shall be cured continuously for at least 7 days
with wet gunny bags or any other method as approved by the Site Engineer shall be used.
30.2.2 Payment shall be made on square metre basis of finished surface.
30.3.0 Rough Cast Plastering :
30.3.1 Rough Cast Plastering shall consist of two layers, under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) and a top layer of 10 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand)
mixed with 10% finally grounded hydrated lime by volume of cement. Preparation of surface shall
be as described in clause 28.1.1 top layer shall be applied a day to two after the under layer has
taken initial set. The later shall not be allowed to dry out, before the top coat is laid on. The mortar
shall be sufficiently plastic so that the mix of sand and gravel gets well pitched into the plastered
surface. In order to make the plaster base plastic, about 10% of finally grounded hydrated lime by
volume of cement shall be added to mortar to ensure even thickness and a true surface, plaster
about 15 cms x 15 cms shall be first applied horizontally and vertically, at not more than 2.0 metres
intervals.
30.3.2 Rough Cast Finish :
Rough cast mixture shall consist of sand and gravel or crushed stone from 6 mm to 12.5 mm

PIPELINES
nominal size. The mix shall be wetted and shall be dashed on the plaster base in plastic state by
hand scoop so that the mix gets well pitched into the plaster base. The mix shall again be dashed
over the vacant spaces, if any so that the finished surface represents a homogeneous surface of
sand mixed with gravel. Initially a sample of rough cast shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
30.3.3 Curing shall be done as described in clause 28.1.2 herein before.
30.3.4 Payment will be done on square metre basis, as laid down in clause 28.1.3 herein before.
30.4.0 Stone Grit Finish Plaster :
30.4.1 Stone grit plaster shall be provided on all the external surfaces as indicated in the drawings and
directed. This finish on external surfaces shall be done in two coats as under :
30.4.2 This surfaces shall be prepared by raking out all the joints in accordance with good workmanship as
described in plastering. All scaffoldings, centring and shuttering as the case may be, shall be
erected. This scaffoldings shall be sound, durable and erected tightly, adequately secured for
workmen’s movement.
30.4.3 The surface to be plastered with it shall be well moist and cured before application of base coat and
completely ready for work.
30.4.4 After wetting and cleaning the base coat/ backing coat 12 mm thick of cement plaster 1:4 (1 part of
cement to four parts coarse sand) shall be applied uniformly, levelled and made rough with wire
brush to form key/ good bond for the succeeding coat.
30.4.5 After the preceding coat has hardened after curing adequately the succeeding coat of 15 mm
thickness in cement and marble powder mix 4:1 {4 cement (50% grey cement & 50% white
cement) : 1 marble powder} by weight in proportion of 4:7 ( 4 cement marble powder mix : 7 white
marble chips 6 mm to 10 mm size) by volume with grooves all round laid in panels uniformly and
gently. The excess mortar from the top surface for aggregates by washing with water and brushes
shall be removed after sufficient internal without causing any harm to grit finish.
30.4.6 Sufficient cement slurry as required but not less than 2 kg. per square meter prior to application of
base coat/ backing coat and tops finishing coat of grit shall be applied respectively.
30.4.7 The grit finish shall be done in panels of design and pattern as indicated in the drawing and or as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The grooves shall be formed by fixing the wooden strips of
required size and shape prior to laying the grit and by fixing the strips on base coat with directed by
the Site Engineer.
30.4.8 The white marble chips required for the purpose shall be truly angular faces, nicely crushed, strong
and durable and 6 to 10 mm size.
30.4.9 The grit finish shall be nicely cured but not less than seven days by keeping constantly wet. Curing
shall commence after 24 hours of its laying.
30.4.10 The wooden strips shall be removed after the grit finish has hardened considerably. White
removing the strips the care shall be taken that the edges of panels are not broken. If the edges

PIPELINES
are broken and/or are not truly right angular or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge work shall be
redone at the Contractor’s expense.
30.4.11 The grit finish when completed in full shall be washed again by rubbing with wire brushed by using
“IMLI” water dilute acid to satisfaction of Site Engineer.
30.4.12 Any patch work or any undulation or any work not conforming to requirements shall render the
work rejected and shall redone at Contractor’s expense.
30.4.13 The application of such work shall include all heights/ depths, upon RCC or Brick masonry surfaces
and any difficult portions or access arising out of the Architectural plans and designs.
30.4.14 The cost of work shall be deemed to be included all such operations as described above or as may
be necessary to complete the work in full and final satisfaction of Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge.
30.4.15 Payment will be done on square metre basis, as laid down in clause 28.1.3 herein before.
30.4.16 Curing :
After the completion of plaster work, it shall be cured by adequate watering for a period of seven
(7) days.
30.5.0 Plastering at Junction of Masonry/ Rcc :
30.5.1 All junction of masonry wall with R.C.C structures e.g. column, beam etc. shall be plastered after
providing and fixing of approved G.I. Chicken Wire Mesh 250 mm vide centrally over the length of
junction either vertically or horizontally to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge. G.I. Chicken Wire
Mesh of required width shall also be fixed over the chasing for conduits. Pipes etc. shall be
embedded on masonry wall before plastering is commenced.
31.0.0 INTEGRAL WATER PROOFING COMPOUND :
31.1.0 Water proofing compound shall, in general, conform to IS:2645, approved brand like `CICO',
`PUDDLO', ACCOPROOF' or equivalent shall be used. Waterproofing compound shall be procured in
sealed/packed condition. Approval of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative shall
be obtained prior to using the same in works. Proportion and manner of mixing the water proofing
compound with cement shall be as per manufacturer's specification and instructions.
31.2.0 Water proofing compound shall normally be used in damp proof course and plastering works
wherever mentioned in drawings. However, contractor may be ordered to use water proofing
compound in plain or reinforced cement concrete works, flooring works etc. by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Usage of water proofing compound shall be paid for as a separate item of work under
relevant item of work in the `Schedule of Rates', payment shall be made on weight basis of water
proofing compound used.

PIPELINES
32.0.0 WHITE WASHING/COLOUR WASHING :
32.1.0 Before wash, the surfaces shall be thoroughly brushed free from mortar dropping and foreign
matters.
32.1.1 The wash shall be prepared from fresh stone shale lime. The lime shall be thoroughly soaked and
screened through a clean coarse cloth and admixed with gum and indigo. 3 gm. of indigo, 20 gm. of
gum per kg. of lime shall be used approximately, one kg of lime will produce 5 litres of white milky
solution. The solution shall be got approved by the Site Engineer before application. Number of
coats shall be as specified in the Schedule of Rates and each coat shall be allowed to dry before
next one is applied. For colour washing, pigment as per manufacturers specification is required.
Mode of measurement and payment shall be same as for plastering as mentioned in clause no.
24.1.3.
32.1.2 Dry Distemper :
32.1.3 Dry distemper of approved brand and manufacture shall be used. The shade shall be got approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge before application of the distemper. The dry distemper shall be stirred
slowly in clean water using 0.6 litre of water per kg. of distemper or as specified by the
manufacturer. Warm water shall preferably be used. It shall be allowed to stand at least 30 minutes
and the mixture shall then be well stirred before use. The finished surface shall be even and uniform
and shall show no brush marks. Mode of payment and measurement shall be same as for plastering
as mentioned in clause no. 24.1.3.
32.2.0 Water Proof Cement Paint :
32.2.1 The water proof cement paint shall be "Snowcem" or equivalent of approved brand and
manufacture. The same and the colour of the paint shall be got approved by the Site Engineer
before application.
32.2.2 The surface to be coated with water proof cement paint shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust and
falling mortar by washing and scrubbing. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water
before the water proof cement paint is applied. Water proof cement paint shall be mixed in such
quantity as can be used up within a hour of its mixing. Curing shall be done as per manufacturer's
specifications.
32.2.3 Mode of measurement and payment shall be same as for plastering as mentioned in clause 28.1.3.
32.3.0 Oil Bound Distemper :
32.3.1 Materials :
Oil bound washable distemper of approved shade, brand and manufacture shall be used. The primer
shall be of the same manufacture as oil bound distemper. The distemper and primer shall be
procured by the contractor in sealed tin in sufficient quantities at a time to suffice for a fortnight's
work and the same shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the Site Engineer. The
empty tins shall not be removed from the site of work, till this item of work has been completed
and passed by the Site Engineer.

PIPELINES
The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, old white or colour wash if any by washing and
scrubbing and then be allowed to dry for at least 48 hours. It shall then be sand-prepared to
remove any unevenness. Depressions if any, shall be made up with plaster of paris putty.
32.3.3 Application :
The primer coat shall be applied first horizontally and then vertically immediately afterwards. The
surface shall be finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush marks. It shall be allowed to dry
for at least 48 hours before oil bound distemper is applied. The surface thus prepared shall be
lightly sand papered to make it smooth for receiving distemper, taking care not to rub out the
primer coat. One coat of distemper properly diluted with thinner (as stipulated by manufacturer)
shall be applied with brush in horizontal strokes followed immediately by vertical ones which
together constitute one coat. The subsequent coat shall be applied in the same way, so as to obtain
an even shade. A time interval of at least 24 hours shall be allowed between consecutive coats to
permit proper drying of the preceding coat.
32.3.4 Mode of measurement and payment shall be same as for plastering mentioned in clause no. 28.1.3.
33.0.0 PAINTING :
33.1.0 Paints, oil etc. of approved brand and manufactures as approved by the Site Engineer shall be used.
Paints manufactured by M/s. Johnson & Nicholson, Asian Paints, British Paints, ICI, Nerolac, Bombay
paints Ltd./ Grauer & Weil (India) Limited, and Shalimar shall only be approved. Primer and thinner
used shall also be of same manufacture and brand. Ready mixed paints as received from the
manufacturer without any admixture shall be used as per manufacturer's instructions. If for any
reason thinning is necessary (in case of ready mixed paint) the brand of thinner recommended by
the manufacturer or as instructed by the Site Engineer shall be used.
33.1.1 The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted. All the rust, dirt, scales, smokes and grease
shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started. The prepared surface shall have received
the approval of the Site Engineer after inspection, before painting is commenced.
33.1.2 The wood work to be painted shall be dry and free from moisture. The unevenness shall be rubbed
down with smooth sand paper and shall be well dusted. Knots, if any, shall be covered with
preparation of red lead made by grinding lead in water and mixing with strong glue, sized and used
hot.
33.1.3 Payment shall be made on square metre basis for the area painted.

PIPELINES
34.0.0 SANITARY WORKS :
34.1.0 European type water closet :

34.1.1 Water closet shall be of white vitreous china clay and shall be of wash down type conforming to
IS:2556 Part VIII and all as described in the Schedule of Rates. The closet shall be of one piece
construction and have integral flushing rim of suitable type. Each water closet shall have four holes
with its pedestal for fixing to the floor. The water closet shall have an integral S or P trap outlet
with at least 50 mm water-seal. The closet shall be provided with 15 litres white vitreous china clay
low level flushing cistern with all fittings, MS or C.I. brackets and 40 mm dia flush bend pipe. The
closet shall be provided with black plastic seat and lid.
34.1.2 The water closet shall be fixed to the floor by means of 75 mm long 6.5 mm diameter counter sunk
bolts and nuts embedded in the floor concrete. The cisterns shall be fixed on C.I. cantilever
brackets which shall be firmly embedded in the wall in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand).
The cistern shall be connected to the closet by means of 40 mm diameter white porcelain enamelled
flush bend with rubber inlet connection.
34.1.3 Rate shall include cost of all materials, labour involved in all the operations specified above including
fixing, cutting of wall and floor and making good the same.
34.2.0 Indian Type Water Closet :
34.2.1 Water closet shall be of white vitreous china clay. Each pan shall have an integral flushing rim of
suitable type. It shall also have an inlet or supply horn for connecting the flush pipe. The flushing
rim and inlet shall be of self draining type. The pan shall be fitted with 100 mm S.C.I. trap `P' or `S'
type with approximate 50 mm water seal. White glazed foot rest and a high level C.I. flushing
cistern of 15 litre capacity with all fixtures.
34.2.2 The pan shall be sunk into the floor and embedded in a cushion of average 15 cm cement concrete
1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded brick ballast 40 mm nominal size). The concrete shall be
left 115 m below the top level of the pan so as to allow for flooring and its bed concrete. The joint
between the pan and trap shall be made leak proof with cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine
sand). Fixing of flushing cistern shall be as per clause 32.1.2. The flush pipe shall be of galvanised
steel tube of 32 mm nominal internal diameter. The flush pipe from cistern shall be connected to
pan by means of cement or putty joint. Cistern bracket flush-pipe and over-flow pipe shall be
painted with two or more coats of white zinc paint. Foot rest of size not less than 25 x 13 x 3 cm of
white glazed earthenware shall be set in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand). The
position of the foot rest with the pan shall be as per the direction of the Engineer in Charge.
34.2.3 Rate shall include cost of all material, labour involved in all the operation mentioned herein above.
No extra payment shall be made for painting, fixing, cutting or making good of the wall and floor.
34.3.0 Urinals :
34.3.1 Urinals shall be of white vitreous china clay flat back type conforming to IS:2556 Part-VI. Urinal shall
be of one piece construction with integral flushing rim. These shall be mounted on walls. The
flushing inlet pipe connection piece shall be of PVC 15 mm dia with brass union and CP. stop cock
for cistern, 25 mm dia CP. distribution pipe and waste pipe shall be 750 mm long 32 mm dia. G.I.
pipe with necessary brass union and CP. brass screws shall be used for fixing the urinals. Fixing

PIPELINES
shall ensure that no liquid is left over in the pan after flushing. Urinals shall be connected to
automatic flushing cistern either individually or in groups. For a set of three urinals one automatic
flushing cistern of 15 litre capacity shall be provided.
34.3.2 The flushing cistern shall be of C.I. conforming to IS:2326 and fixed in the same manner as stated
in clause no. 32.1.2.
34.3.3 Rate shall include cost of all material and labour involved in all the operations mentioned above.
34.4.0 Sinks :
34.4.1 The sinks shall be of white vitreous china clay conforming to IS:2556 part V and shall be of the
following size : 600x450 mm x 250 mm. They shall be one piece construction including a combined
overflow. The floor of the sink shall gently slope towards the outlet. The outlet in all cases be
suitable for waste fittings having flanges of 88 mm diameter and the waste hole shall have a
minimum diameter of 65 mm at the bottom to suit the waste fittings. Each sink shall be provided
with a non-ferrous 50 mm dia waste fitting. The sink shall have over flow of the weir type and the
inverts shall be 30 mm below the top edge.
34.4.2 Each sink shall be provided with a waste plug, of suitable chain and stay plug chains shall be of
brass wire of 1.800 mm with brazed over links approximately 13 mm in length and shall be
chromium plated. It shall have an overall length from the collar to the stay of not less than 30 mm.
There shall be triangular or D-shankle at each end, one of which shall be Abrazed to the plug and
the other securely fixed to the stay. The 50 mm long shank of the waste shall be threaded to the
full length to the under side of flange in each case. The waste fittings and plug fittings shall be
chromium plated. The chromium plating shall be of grade B conforming to IS:1068.
34.4.3 Sink shall be fitted on C.I. or M.S. brackets (conforming to IS:775) and the Brackets shall be painted
white one coat of anti-corrosive priming, the sink shall be fixed at 800 mm above finished floor level
or as directed by the Site Engineer.
34.4.4 Rate shall include cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations mentioned above.
34.5.0 Wash Basins :
34.5.1 Wash basins shall be of white vitreous china clay flat back type conforming to IS:2556 Part IV. Wash
basin shall be of one piece construction including a combined over flow. This shall be fitted on C.I.
or M.S. brackets (conforming to IS:775). The wall side shall be fixed well flushed with the plaster of
wall and the joint, if any, shall be properly finished with mortar and painted white. The basin shall
be provided with two C.P. brass pillar cocks, 32 mm dia. C.P. brass waste trap, C.P. brass chain,
rubber stopper and 32 mm dia. C.P. brass waste pipe. The basin shall be fixed at 800 mm above
finished floor level or as directed by the Site Engineer.
34.5.2 Rate shall include cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations mentioned above.
34.6.0 Bevelled Edge Mirror :
34.6.1 The bevelled edge mirror shall be of best quality of `Hindustan Pilkington' or equivalent make
approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The size of the mirror shall be 600 x 450 mm and of thickness 6
mm. Mirror shall be provided with a backing of asbestos sheet of 6 mm thickness and fixed to

PIPELINES
wooden cleat with 4 C.P. brass screws.
34.6.2 Payment shall be made on number of mirrors fixed.

35.0.0 BRICK MASONRY CHAMBERS FOR DRAINAGE :
35.1.0 Brick masonry chambers shall be constructed as per drawing true to dimensions. The chambers shall
be 600 x 600 mm in size and of average 750 mm in depth. The brick work shall be with second class
brick in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement: 5 fine sand). Bed concrete shall be 100 mm thick cement
concrete 1:4:8 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 grade stone aggregate). Brick work shall be plastered
inside with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement.
Benching shall be done with Cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 fine sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm down) finished smooth with neat cement. The Chamber shall be covered with 100
mm thick slab in 1:2:4 reinforced Concrete fitted with 540 mm diameter CI light duty cover. Cover
shall be made free from casting & other defects. All sharp edges shall be removed and finished
smooth. It shall be coated with 2 coats of anti-corrosive paints.
35.1.1 Payment shall be made on number of brick masonry chamber provided.
36.0.0 STONE WARE PIPES :
36.1.0 The stoneware pipe shall be with spigot and socket type conforming to grade A, IS 651-1965
thoroughly burnt, with uniform thickness throughout, of a close and even texture, free from air
blocks, fire bristles, cracks and other imperfections and the surfaces both internal and external shall
be smooth. Stone pipes with cracked socket or with cracks anywhere in the body shall be rejected.
Minimum thickness of 100 mm dia pipe shall be 12 mm and weight 15 kg/metre. For 150 mm dia
pipe minimum thickness shall be 18 mm and weight 24 kg/metre.
36.1.2 The excavation of the trenches for pipe sewer shall be to the exact alignment and grade as per
drawing or as directed by the Site Engineer and upto an average depth of 1.0 M as required. All
pipes shall be laid on a bed concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size) and 100 mm thick.
36.1.3 Pipes shall be laid carefully in line and grade required. The pipe joints shall be fitted with tarred
gasket in each joint and sufficiently long to surround entirely the spigot end of the pipe, the gasket
to be driven as far as possible, in the joint by means of a suitable instrument. After that C.M. 1:1 is
to be forced on top of it until the whole space around the spigot between it and the socket is full,
the cement being splayed off to form a neat fillet around the pipe and all the joints shall be cured
sufficiently to the entire satisfaction of the Site Engineer. The width of the bed concrete shall be 50
cm and shall be provided with side haunch finished tangential to the pipe. Then the lines shall be
tested for any leakage through the joints by closing the end.
36.1.4 Rate includes breaking and making good the manholes for connecting, bed concrete, excavation,
refilling the trenches and testing of water tightness and disposing of the surplus earth etc as
directed.
36.1.5 Measurement and payment shall be made on running metre basis of pipe laid.

PIPELINES
37.0.0 STONE WARE GULLY TRAP :
37.1.0 Gully trap shall conform to IS:651-1965. These shall be sound, free from visible defects such as fire
cracks or hair cracks. The glaze of the trap shall be free from crazing. They shall give a sharp clear
ringing sound when struck with light hammer. There shall be no broken blister. Each gully trap shall
have one C.I. grating of square size corresponding to the dimensions of inlet of gully trap. It will
also have a water tight. C.I. cover with inside frame dimensions of 300 x 300 mm, the cover
weighing not less than 4.52 kg. and the frame not less than 2.72 kg. The grating, cover and frame
shall be sound and of good casting and shall have truly square machined seating faces.
37.2.0 Each gully trap shall be fixed on cement concrete foundation of 68 cm. Square, inside the excavated
pit done true to level as per drawing or as directed by Site Engineer. The mix of the concrete will be
1:4:8 (1 cement : 4 fine sand : 8 Graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size). Joining of gully
outlet to the branch drain shall be done as per clause 34.1.3 stated herein before.
37.3.0 After fixing and testing gully and branch drain, a brick masonry chamber 300 x 300 mm (inside) in
brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand) shall be built with a 10 cm brick and round
the gully trap from the bed of concrete upto ground level. The space between chamber wall and
trap shall be filled in with cement concrete 1:4:8 (1 cement : 4 fine sand : 8 graded stone aggregate
40 mm nominal size). The upper portion of the chamber i.e. above the top level of the trap shall be
plastered inside with Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finishing with a floating coat of
neat cement.
37.4.0 The rate shall include cost of all material and labour involved in all the operations described above.
Payment shall be made on number basis.
38.0.0 TOILET PAPER HOLDER:
38.1.0 The toilet paper holder shall be of C.P. Brass of size 150 mm x 150 mm fixed with C.P. brass, screws
over the wooden cleat. Chromium plating shall be of Grade B type conforming to IS:1068 (latest
edition). The payment shall be made on per number basis. The rate is inclusive of providing and
fixing of toilet paper holder with screws, and making good the wall complete with all labour and
material.
39.0.0 MARBLE PARTITION BETWEEN URINALS :
39.1.0 The marble partition in between the two urinals shall be 25 mm thick, table rubbed and polished
with round edges, light ash, pink on grey in colour. The partitions shall be pushed inside the wall
upto 100 mm depth, and shall be fixed in C.M. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) and M.S. bracket
channel 2 Nos. embedded into the walls, as per drawing and directions. The payment shall be
made on square metre basis of exposed portions only. The rate shall be inclusive of cost of all
labour, material etc. involved for satisfactory completion of the above mentioned operations, and as
per drawings and direction.
40.0.0 TOWEL RAIL :
40.1.0 The towel rail shall be of chromium plated and shall be of 20 mm dia. and upto 600 mm length.
Aluminium brackets shall be fixed on both the sides. The rod shall be fixed with screws and wooden
batten on the walls as directed. The mode of measurement shall be on number basis.

PIPELINES
41.0.0 SEPTIC TANKS :

41.1.0 Specifications relating to earth work in excavation and filling, plain and reinforced concrete, brick
work, plastering etc. shall be as per the specification mentioned under different clauses. Septic
tanks shall be constructed as per IS:2470 and detailed drawings true to dimension. Payment will be
made on number of tanks completed on lumpsum basis inclusive of all works, fittings, fixtures etc.
as shown in the drawing.
42.0.0 SOAK PIT :
42.1.0 Soak pit shall be constructed as per the drawing. The earthwork in excavation shall be carried out to
the exact dimensions as shown in the drawings. In the soak pit a honey comb dry brick shaft 45 x
45 cm and 292.5 cm high shall be constructed. Round the shaft within the radius of 60 cm shall be
placed well burnt brick bats. Brick ballast of size from 50 mm to 80 mm nominal size shall be used.
The construction of shaft and filling of the bats and ballast shall progress simultaneously. Over the
filling shall be placed a single matting, which shall be covered with minimum layer of 7.5 cm earth.
The shaft shall be covered with 7.5 cm. thick R.C.C. slab, and 22.5 cm wide and 12.5 cm deep brick
edging with brick shall be provided as per drawing. The soak pit shall be connected with the septic
tank by 100 mm dia SW pipe. Relevant specifications for earthwork in excavation, filling, plain and
reinforced concrete, brick work, plastering etc. shall be followed as mentioned herein before.
However, the rate shall be inclusive of all the above operations.
42.2.0 Payment shall be made on the basis of number of Soak Pit provided.

PIPELINES
43.0.0 WATER SUPPLY WORKS :
43.1.0 Bib and Stop Cocks :

43.1.1 Bib cocks and stop cocks of screw down type shall conform to IS:781. All taps shall be of heavy
grade and chromium plated brass. Chromium plating conform to the best quality as per IS:1068
(latest edition).
43.1.2 Payment shall be made on number of each items fixed.
43.2.0 G.I. Pipe & Fittings :
43.2.1 All G.I. Pipes and fittings shall conform to IS:1239 and shall be of medium grade (Class - B) for
water supply services. All screwed tubes and sockets shall have pipe thread in accordance with the
requirement specified in IS:554.
43.2.2 All fittings shall be of malleable galvanised iron approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Fittings in G.I.
line shall include all couplings, elbows, tees, bends, union, nipples, reducers, rubber insertion etc.
No extra payment shall be made for these fittings. Payment shall be made on running metre basis.
All pipes above ground shall be fixed with G.I. holder bat clamps clear off the wall at 1 to 2 metres
centre to centre as directed. All visible pipes and clamps inside and outside the building shall be
painted with two coats of white paints or aluminium paint as directed by the Site Engineer. No extra
payment shall be made for clamps, hooks, cutting holes in walls, chasing and making good the
same with 1:3 cement mortar (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and for painting. All couplings, elbows,
tees, bends, union, nipples, reducers etc. shall also be deemed to be included and covered by the
rates for running metres of G.I. pipes.
43.2.3 All underground pipes shall be laid in trenches of 60 cm depth and 30 cm width with an all round
sand cushion of 10 cm. Before laying, the pipes shall be painted with two coats of anti-corrosive
bituminastic paint of approved quality. The excess earth after filling the trenches shall be disposed
off as directed by Site Engineer.
43.2.4 After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working conditions of
pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking shall be redone and all leaking pipes shall be replaced at
no extra cost. The pipes and fittings after laying shall be tested under a gradually applied test
hydraulic pressure of 6 kg/sq.cm. The pipe and joints shall be capable of maintaining the above
pressure for at least half an hour without any indication of fall of pressure. All expenses in carrying
out the test shall be borne by the Contractor.
43.2.5 Measurement shall be made in running metre of the finished job as described above. Rate shall
include the cost of materials and labour involved in painting, excavation, sand cushion and refilling
of trenches.
43.3.0 Poly Propylene Random Co-Polymer (PPR) Pipes
43.3.1 The PP-R is a bonded, multilayer pipe consisting of different layers of the pipe:-
(a) The inner-most layer of the pipe to be a Anti – bacterial to prevent bacteria growth inside pipe
surface.
(b) The middle layer to be of plain PP-R which is neither in contact with Water and nor under direct

PIPELINES
effect of the atmospheric conditions.

(c) The outer-most layer to be of U.V. stabilized PP-R to prevent the pipe surface from sunlight
under exposed atmospheric conditions.
43.3.2 The pipes should in general be conforming to the requirements of IS 15801 except that specified
with in nomenclature of the item. The pipes should have smooth inner surface with no contracting
diameters. The pipes shall be cleanly finished, free from cracks and other defects. The pipes shall be
clean and well cut along ends after taking into consideration the desired length, using the pipe
scissors.
43.3.3 The Polypropylene used for manufacturing the pipe shall conform to the requirements of IS 10951
and IS 10910. The specified base density shall be between 900 kg/m3 and 910 kg/m3 when
determined at 27°C. The resin should be mixed with sufficient quantity of colour master batches.
The colour master batch should be uniform throughout the pipe surface. The standard dimension
ratio (SDR) i.e. ratio of the nominal outer diameter of a pipe to its nominal wall thickness should be
7.4/11 as given in the item.
43.3.4 Pipe diameter, wall thickness, ovality, tolerances etc. shall conform to CPWD specifications 2009.
43.3.5 Fittings
Plain fittings, Chrome plated brass threaded fittings and Valves shall be as per nomenclature of item
or as directed by Engineer- in- Charge.
(a) The plain fittings shall be Polypropylene Random Copolymer and comply with all the
requirements of the pipes. The plain fittings shall comprise of Socket, Elbow, Tee, Cross,
Reducer socket, Reduction Tee, End Cap, Crossover, Omega, Threaded Plug and wall clamps in
available sizes.
(b) The Chrome Plated Brass threaded fittings shall be Chrome Plated Brass threaded piece molded
inside Polypropylene random copolymer fitting. The maternal shall comply with all the
requirements of the pipes. The Chrome plated Brass threaded fittings shall comprise of Socket,
Elbow and Tee (Male & Female) in available sizes. These are the fittings for C.P. connections
and for continuations from Galvanized Iron Pipes and fittings.
(c) The valves shall be Polypropylene Random Copolymer Valves. The valves comprise of Gate
Valve, Ball Valve, Concealed stop valve and Chrome Coated Valve in available sizes.
The other Brass/Bronze Valves can be connected to Polypropylene Random pipes using C.P.
Brass threaded fittings of desired sizes.
43.3.6 Laying and Jointing of Pipes and Fittings
The pipes and fittings shall run in wall chase as specified. Pipes shall run only in vertical or horizontal
alignment as far as possible. The installation of pipes is similar to that of the metal pipes with the
only difference in the jointing procedure. The jointing of the PP-R pipes and fittings shall be done by
fusion welding by means of a welding machine by trained/ experienced personnel as per approved
welding procedure.

PIPELINES
The quality of each installation system ultimately depends on the tightness, stability and lifetime of
its connections. The pipe of the desired length is cut using the pipe scissors. The proper heating
piece is taken and mounted on the welding machine. The welding device is switched on - Control
lamp and switch lamp will lit. When ready, control lamp gets off, which means that welding
temperature of 260 Degrees ±10 Degrees Celsius has been reached. The pipe end and the fitting to
be welded are heated on the welding machine. Before heating the fitting and the pipe, the dirty
welding tools, pipe and fitting are cleaned with a cloth. When heated up (with heating time as per
the Table shown below), the pipe and the fitting is removed from the welding machine and the two
pieces connected together by applying a little pressure without twisting. The joint is allowed to cool
down for a few seconds. The welding process is that safe because the properly heated part of
Polypropylene create a homogeneous connection.
The same procedure shall be adapted for exposed as well as concealed fittings. The Crossovers may
be used wherever the overlapping of the PP-R pipes is required. The fixing shall be done by means
of Wall Support Clamps keeping the pipes about 1.5 cm clear of the wall where to be laid on the
surface. Where it is specified to conceal the pipes, chasing may be adopted. For pipes fixed in the
shafts, ducts etc. there should be sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. Pipe
sleeves shall be fixed at a place the pipe is passing, through a wall or floor for reception of the pipe
and allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other movements. Fixed supports prevent any
movement of the pipe by fixing it at some points. Fittings are used in creating the fixed points. Fixed
supports must not but installed at bending parts and the direction changes must be done in the pipe
itself. In between the fixed supports some arrangements must be done to compensate any potential
elongation or shrinkage in the pipe length. For exposed straight pipes having length more than 5
meters, to compensate the expansion an expansion piece must be used.
43.3.7 Piping Installation Support
Piping shall be properly supported by means of wall support clamps as specified and as required,
keeping in view the proper designing for expansion and contraction. Risers shall be supported at each
floor with clamps. Due to high coefficient of thermal expansion the heat losses though the pipes is
highly reduced. Therefore, for internal Bathroom hot geyser water distribution lines, the insulation is
often not required.
43.3.8 Installation of Water Meter and Valves
PP-R lines shall be cut to the required lengths at the position where the meter and Valves are
required to be fixed. Suitable C.P. Brass threaded fittings shall be attached to the pipes. The meter
and Valves shall be fixed in a position by means of connecting pipes, jam nut and socket etc. The
stop cock shall be fixed near the inlet of the water meter. The paper disc inserted in the ripples of the
meter shall be removed. And the meter shall be installed exactly horizontally or vertically in the flow
line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of the meter. Care shall be taken not to
disturb the factory seal of the meter. Wherever the meter shall be fixed to a newly fitted pipeline, the
pipeline shall have to be completely washed before fitting the meter.
43.3.9 Testing
All water supply system shall be tested to Hydrostatic pressure test. Maximum operating pressure at
varying degree of temperature shall be as per CPWD specifications 2009. The pressure test is
performed in 3 steps being preliminary test, main test and final test. For the preliminary test a
pressure which is 1.5 times higher than the possible working pressure is applied and this is repeated

PIPELINES
two times in 30 minutes with intervals of 10 minutes. After a test period of 30 minutes, the test
pressure must not be dropped more than 0.6 bar and no leak must occur. Main test follows the
preliminary test. Test time is two hours, in doing so the test pressure taken from the preliminary test
must not have fallen more than 0.2 bar. After completion of these tests, the final test comes which
has to be done under a test pressure of 10 bars and 5 bar in the interval of 15 minutes. Between the
respective test courses, pressure has to be removed. All leaks and defects in joints revealed during
the testing shall be rectified and got approved at site by retest. Piping required subsequent to the
above pressure test shall be retested in the same manner. System may be tested in sections and such
sections shall be entirely checked on completion of connection to the overhead tanks or pumping
system or mains. In case of improper circulation, the contractor shall rectify the defective
connections. He shall bear all expenses for carrying out the above rectifications including the tearing
up and refinishing of floors and walls as required. After commissioning of the water supply system,
contractor shall test each valve by closing and opening it a number of times to observe if it is working
efficiently. Valves which are not working efficiently shall be replaced by new ones.
43.3.10 Measurements
The net length of pipes as laid or fixed shall be measured in running meters correct to a cm for the
finished work, which shall include PP-R pipe and fittings including plain fittings and Chrome Plated
Brass Threaded fittings. Deductions for the length of valves shall be made. The cost includes cutting
chases in the masonry wall and making good the same, trenching, refilling and testing of joints. The
cost of gate valves/ wheel valves/union shall be paid for separately as per relevant item of SOR.
43.4.0 Gun Metal Wheel Valve :
43.4.1 The wheel valves shall be of heavy pattern and of best approved quality and shall conform to IS:778
and tested at a pressure of 17.5 kg/sq.cm.
43.4.2 The rate shall be per number basis, the rate shall include supplying and fixing valve in position as
per drawing or direction of Site Engineer.
43.5.0 C.I. Sluice Valve :
43.5.1 The Sluice valve shall be class-I, and inside non-raising screw type double flanged with hand wheel.
These shall comply in all respect with Indian Standard specification IS:780 (1963). The body,
domes, covers, wedge gate and stuffing box shall be of good quality cast iron. The bodies, spindles
and other parts shall be truly machined with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water way
of the fittings shall be not less than the area equal to the nominal bore of the pipe. The valve shall
be marked with an arrow to show the direction of turn for closing of the valve. The valve shall be
fully examined and cleaned off all foreign matter before being fixed. The fixing of the valve shall be
done by means of bolts, nuts and 3 mm rubber insertions or chemically treated compressed fibre
board 1.5 mm thickness and weight not less than 0.183 gm/sq.cm. with the flanges of spigot and
the socketed tail pieces drilled to the same specification. The tail pieces shall be conform to IS:1938.
These shall be jointed to the pipe line by means of lead caulked joints.
43.5.2 Rising Stem Type CI Sluice gate valves shall be conforming to IS 14846 and as per details given
below. The Sluice gate valves shall have a minimum extended stem of 1.5 M with limit switches for
installation in tank dyke drainage system to isolate each tank dyke area to get ‘Open’ & ‘Close’
indication of the tank dyke drain valves in the Control Room.

PIPELINES
Sl. No. Area Description Requirements / Remarks

1.0 Scope Standard Supply of rising stem type Rating and Quantity as specified
Sluice valves having flanged end

connections conforming to IS:14846 &
BS : 5150
2.0 Service 1. Oily water / water for both above i) Continuous service
and underground installation. ii) Hazardous area, Class-I, Divn. -I & II, Group
2. Unprotected outdoor service C&D gases as classified in API RP-500 C
iii) Product / Crude as Specified
3.0 Design As per BS: 5150 (latest edition) Rising stem type having provision for limit switch
for open/close indication.
Valves to be designed as per provisions laid
down in BS: 5150 (latest edition).
4.0 Provisions 1. Rising stem i) The total effort at Hand wheel should not
2. Extended stem of minimum length exceed 80N at the periphery of Hand wheel
1.5 M on opening/ closing of valve.
3. Provision of limit switches for ii) Size of by pass arrangement shall be as per
open/ close position indication of provision laid down in IS: 14846.
these valves in the control room. iii) Gear ratio shall be worked out keeping in
4. By pass arrangement Valve view of hand wheel diameter and hand
wheel effort required for opening/ closing.
5. Air release plug
iv) Valves shall be fitted with double faced cast
6. Gear arrangement iron wedge made in one piece as per IS:
7. Hand wheel locking arrangement 14846
8. Bolted bonnet arrangement
9. Stem to gate connection : Tee-
slot Arrangement as per API 602
10. Hand Wheel : Spoke Design
5.0 Materials a) Body : CI IS 210 Gr FG

260
b) Bonnet : CI IS 210 Gr FG
260
c) Body face ring : Bronze IS: 318,
& wedge face Gr LTB2
ring
d) Wedge : CI IS 210 Gr FG
260
e) Spindle : IS 6603 Gr12
CrI2
g) Bolting : Carbon steel (IS:
1363)
h) Nut : Carbon steel (IS:

1363)
i) Hand Wheel : Grey Cast iron FG

210

PIPELINES

6.0 Dimensions 1. Face to face and end to end - As per
BS: 5150 (latest edition)

2. Flange as per ANSI B 16.5
7.0 Inspection & As per IS:14846 (latest edition) Each valve shall be Hydro tested as per
Test Annexure-B of IS: 14846.- W
Flaw detection test for stem -R
Liquid Penetrant test -R
W-witnessing by Owner/TPI
R- Review
8.0 Marking As per IS: 14846 As specified
9.0. Painting All exposed machined surfaces shall be Painting to be done after inspection of valves.
painted with one coat of red oxide
primer + 2 coats of black japan paint
conforming to Type B of IS 341
10.0 Documentation Following documents shall be submitted to EIC for approval
(i) Prior to procurement (4 Sets)
a) Complete sets of General arrangement/ Cross-sectional drawings

b) Leaflets / Catalogues
c) Bill of Material & Material of conformity
d) Supply record of Sluice valve along with size & Pressure rating for the source of
manufacturer
e) Quality Assurance Plan.
f) Testing & Inspection Plan
g) CCoE Certificate for the limit switches
ii) After Inspection, for Despatch Clearance (4 Sets)
a) Inspection and Testing certificates and inspection release note.
b) Packing List
iii)
Along with Despatch (6 sets)
a) Inspection and Testing certificates and inspection release note.
b) Packing List
c) Operation & Maintenance instruction manual
d) CCoE Certificate for the limit switches
11.0 Packing a) All valves to be supplied with the Wedge closed
b) In wooden crates suitable to weather handling and
transportation.
c) Packing list to be enclosed.
d) Crate shall have legible identification marking of
contents
e) Hand wheel of valves forwarded loose shall be
removed before despatch.

PIPELINES

12 SPECIFICATIONS OF THE LIMIT SWITCHES
a Limit Switch for Each dyke valve to be fitted with limit switches for
indication of the open and close position of the valve
Open and close
Position
Indication
Make and model of the Limit Switch Bidder to specify
Contact Rating The switch contacts shall have a
minimum rating of 2A, 24 V DC
c Service Area Classification CLASS I, DIV. I GROUP C&D AS
PER API-RP-500
Conditions
Service Area Outdoor Unprotected

Temp ((Min. / Normal / Max) 0C /30C /55C
Humidity 98%
Pressure Atmospheric
d Enclosure Enclosure class  Weather Proof - IP65
(minimum)
 Explosion proof (EExD) to
Class-I, Div-I, GR- C&D as
per API-RP-500
Enclosure class Anti – Corrosive Epoxy coated
Enclosure Class Material Aluminium
Enclosure Certification  Enclosure Certification for
weather proof and explosion
proof to be submitted along
with the bid and during
drawing approval stage.
 Certification from CCE to be
provided
e Cable Entry Number of cable entries  Vendor to specify
Details  All spare cable entries to be
plugged with explosion proof
plugs.
Cable Gland Double compression FLP & WP
cable glands, brass make with
Zinc / Nickel coated, suitable for
owner’s 4cx1.5mm2 cable entry
(typical OD:-15 mm, OAD:-
11mm, UAD:-8mm) to be
supplied with each limit switch

PIPELINES

Size of cable entry  ½" NPT (F) suitable for
Owners 4C x 1.5 control

cable conforming to IS:1554
with nominal OD – 15mm,
Over armour diameter – 11
mm and under armour
diameter – 8 mm
F Remote Indication Potential Free NO/NC Contacts
shall be provided for following
indications:-
 Valve Opened (Open Limit
Switch)
 Valve Closed (Closed Limit
Switch)
The above contacts shall be
wired with the Owner’s PLC for
open / closed indication of the
valve in the control room.
43.5.3 Payment for this item shall be made on number basis. The rate shall include cost of all materials,
labour, equipment, transportation etc. involved for the satisfactory installation of valves with tail
pieces, in the pipelines with accessories. Only valve chamber shall be paid separately.
43.6.0 Brass Ferrules :
43.6.1 The ferrules for connections with C.I. main shall generally conform to IS:2692. It shall be of non-
ferrous materials with C.I. Bell mouth cover and shall be of nominal bore as specified. The ferrule
shall be fitted with screw and plug with valve capable of completely shutting off the water supply to
the communication pipe if and when required.
43.6.2 For fixing ferrule, the empty main is drilled and tapped at 45 degree to the vertical and ferrule
screwed in. The ferrule must be so fitted that no portion of the projection of the shank shall be left
projecting within the main into which it is fitted. Payment shall be made per number of ferrule
supplied and fixed. The rate shall include necessary excavation, back filling, drilling, tapping, making
connections with the G.I. pipe, including supply of ferrule, tools, testing etc. complete in all
respect.
43.7.0 Providing and Laying Cast Iron Pipe Class LA :
43.7.1 Centrifugally cast C.I. spun pipes shall conform to IS:1536-1960 and specials shall conform to
IS:1538-1960. The pipes shall be spigot and socket end type class LA and withstand hydraulic test
pressure 20 kg/sq.cm. Pipes and specials should be sound with smooth inner and outer surface, and
shall ring clearly when struck with light hammer; the end of the pipes and specials shall be
reasonably square to their axis. All pipes and special shall be painted with two coats of anti-
corrosive paint before laying.
43.7.2 The spigot end of the pipe shall be inserted in the socket and right upto the back. Spun yarn shall
be of clean hemp and of good quality. Spun yarn twisted in rope of uniform thickness and soaked in
hot coal tar, shall be inserted carefully into the socket in two or three laps. Lead conforming to
IS:782-1962 in molten state shall then be poured into the joint filling same in one pouring. The lead

PIPELINES
shall be then caulked in by proper tools to make it even all-round. Quantity of lead used for various
sizes of pipes shall be as mentioned below:
Pipe size Quantity of lead in

Kg. per joint.
100 mm dia - 2.72
80 mm dia - 2.00
43.7.3 The pipe shall be laid on an average depth of 1.0 m below ground level as shown in drawing or as
instructed by Site Engineer. Earthwork in excavation and back filling shall be done in the manner as
specified in the relevant item, covering earthwork in excavation and back-filling. Tees, bends,
reducers, end caps etc. shall be provided in the pipeline as per the drawing or as directed by the
Site Engineer.
43.7.4 Cement concrete thrust blocks of suitable design as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
provided at 450 and 900 bends of the pipes.
43.7.5 After jointing the pipes, the whole line shall be tested at a pressure of 10 kg./sq.m for 24 hours,
without pressure drop. The line shall be disinfected with a liquid chlorine solution, hypochlorite of
lime (bleaching powder) may be used. The dose should not be less than 50 ppm of available
chlorine and time of contact shall not be less than 8-12 hours as residual of not less than 5 ppm
shall be produced in all parts of line. The pipe line shall be thoroughly flushed with clean water
afterward. Payment shall be made on running metre basis for the actual length of the pipe laid
including specials. The rate shall be inclusive of cost of all labour, materials, equipment,
transportation, earthwork in excavation and backfilling etc. necessary for laying and jointing pipes
and specials, concrete thrust block, hydraulically testing and disinfecting the line as per direction
and satisfaction of the Site Engineer.
43.8.0 Brick Masonry Chamber for Valves :
43.8.1 Specification of brick masonry chamber under sanitary work shall apply except that there shall be no
benching and channel making.
43.8.2 Payment shall be made on number of chambers completed.

PIPELINES
44.0.0 CEMENT CONCRETE HUME PIPES:
44.1.0 The pipes shall be with reinforcement conforming to IS:458-1961 and class NP-3. The pipes shall be
centrifugally cast, true to shape, straight, perfectly sound and free from cracks and flaws. The
external and internal surfaces of the pipe shall be smooth and hard. Wall thickness of the pipes shall
be 25mm, 30mm, 35mm & 100 mm for 250mm, 300mm, 450mm & 1000 mm diameter pipes
respectively.
44.2.0 The pipes shall be laid across the road, pathways and similar locations for drainage purposes as per
the drawing and instructions of the Site Engineer. Two adjoining pipes shall be butted against each
other and adjusted in correct position. The collar shall be slipped over the joint, covering both pipes
equally. The annular space shall be filled with a stiff mixture of cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2
Fine sand).
44.3.0 Earthwork in excavation & back filling shall be done in manner as specified under relevant item
covering earth work in excavation & back filling. No separate payment shall be made for excavation
& backfilling.
44.4.0 Payment shall be made on running metre basis for the actual length of pipe laid. The rate shall be
inclusive of laying & joining of pipe at all depths etc. complete inclusive of cost of all labour,
material, earth work excavation, testing , material, equipment etc.

PIPELINES
45.0.0 PLINTH PROTECTION :

45.1.0 Plinth protection shall be provided around building in width as shown in drawing. The treatment
comprises of 5 cm thick cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size) over 7.5 cms bed of dry brick aggregate 40 mm nominal size
grouted with fine sand. Plinth protection shall be laid with a minimum outward slope of 1 in 30.
45.1.1 The ground shall first be prepared to the required slope around the building including cutting, filling
if necessary. Bed shall be watered and rammed with heavy iron square rammers. Surplus earth, if
any, obtained shall be disposed off within a lead of 50 metres or as directed by Site Engineer.
45.1.2 Brick aggregate shall be spread evenly over the prepared surface to 7.5 cm depth and given a
minimum outward slope 1:30. Aggregate shall be carefully laid and packed, bigger size being placed
at the bottom. The brick aggregates shall be consolidated with heavy iron rammers. After
consolidation, the surface shall be grouted evenly with fine sand and slightly sprinkled with water
and again rammed with heavy iron rammers. The finished surface shall be given uniform
appearance.
45.1.3 After the subgrade has been compacted 5 cm thick, cement concrete 1:3:6 shall be laid in alternate
panels. The panels shall be of uniform size, not exceeding 2.5 m in length. Adjacent panels shall be
laid on different days. The panels shall be bounded by wooden battens or flat iron having the same
depth as the plinth protection floor. The plinth protection shall butt against the masonry of wall
which shall not be plastered.
45.1.4 Payment shall be made on sq.m basis, and rate shall include all the operation described above.
46.0.0 OPEN SURFACE DRAINS :
46.1.0 Open surface drains shall be constructed as per drawing. The earth work in excavation shall be
carried out to the exact dimensions as shown in the drawings and described in schedule of Rates.
Proper longitudinal slope shall be maintained as specified in the drawing or as directed by Site
Engineer.
46.2.0 Specifications relating to earth work in excavation, filling, plain and reinforced concrete, brick work,
plastering etc. shall conform to the specification described in relevant items herein before.
46.3.0 Payment shall be made as specified in schedule of rates.

PIPELINES
47.0.0 BARBED WIRE FENCING :
47.1.0 The barbed wire shall be of G.I. wire and in general conform to IS-278-1962. Line wire and point
wire shall be of 2.5 mm, 2.24 mm diameter respectively. Distance between the barbs shall be 75
mm nominal. The barb shall have a length not less than 13 mm and points shall be sharp and well
pointed. The barbs shall carry four points and shall be formed by twisting two point wires. Each two
turns, lightly round on line wire making altogether 4 complete turns. The barbs shall be so finished
that the 4 points are set and locked at right angles to each other.
47.2.0 The line wire shall be in continuous length and shall be generally free from welds. The barbed wire
shall be formed by twisting two line wires.
47.3.0 The barbed wire shall be stretched tight and fixed in the manner (horizontal & diagonal) as shown in
the drawing and fitted in slots of angle iron post and held by binding with G.I. binding wires or with
G.I. staple or nibs in case of R.C.C. posts. Turn buckles and straining bolts shall be used at the end
posts.
47.4.0 Payment will be made on running metre basis for length of barbed wire used.

PIPELINES
48.0.0 ROAD WORKS:
48.1.0 Earth Work in Embankment:

48.1.1 The specification for earthwork for roads shall be as per specifications given in clause 4.11.0 of
earthwork mentioned herein before .
48.2.0 Sub-Grade - Preparation and Consolidation:
48.2.1 In sub-grade composed of clay, fine sand, black cotton soil or other soils that may be forced up into
the coarse aggregate during rolling operation, an insulation layer of granular materials like moorum
not less than 10 cm thick or suitable thickness shall be provided for blanketing the sub-grade,
which shall be paid separately unless otherwise specified.
48.2.2 The surface of the formation for a width of the sub-base, which shall be min. 15 cms on either side
of base course or as per drawing, shall be cut to a depth equal to the combined depth of sub-base
course and surface courses below the proposed finished level (with due allowance made for
consolidation) as per drawing. The entire surface area shall be cleaned off from all foreign
substances. Any ruts or soft yielding places that may appear due to improper drainage conditions,
traffic hauling or from any other causes, shall be corrected and the sub-grade be dressed off
parallel to the finished profile.
48.2.3 The consolidation of the sub-grade shall be done by 8 to 12 tonnes power road roller, till the soil is
evenly and densely consolidated and behave as an elastic mass, (Road roller shall pass minimum 5
runs on the same surface of sub-grade). The rolling shall be done starting at edges and working
towards the centre of the road. In case of super elevated curve, the rolling shall commence from
the inside edge of the centre and progress towards the outside edge. During rolling process, all the
undulation formed shall be made good with suitable earth and finally sub-grade is to be re-rolled.
48.2.4.1 The length, width & depth shall be measured correct to a cm. Area/ volume as per SOR item shall
be worked out correct to two places of decimal.
48.2.5 Rate:
48.2.5.1 The rate includes the cost of all the operations described above including the cost of material
48.3.0 Water Bound Macadam for Sub-Base Course:
48.3.1 Surface:
48.3.1.1 The surface over which base course is to be laid shall be prepared to the specified grade and
camber and made free of dust and other extraneous material. Any ruts or soft yielding places shall
be corrected in an approved manner and rolled until firm. To prevent the spreading of the course
aggregate during rolling, if necessary, two parallel mud walls 200 mm wide and of height equal to
un-compacted Macadam course shall be made along the outer edges of the Macadam course
having a clear distance between them equal to the width to be metalled.

PIPELINES
48.3.2 Aggregates:
48.3.2.1 Course aggregate of size 90 mm to 45 mm conforming to requirements of sub-base in Table-5 with

its grading conforming to Grading 1 of Table-7 shall be used. Stone screening shall be of 13.2 mm
size conforming to grading requirement of Type A of Table-9. It shall be clean crushed coarse
aggregate free from all dirt, mud and other foreign materials.
48.3.3 Quantity of Materials:
48.3.3.1 The total consolidated thickness of the sub-base course shall be as specified in the Schedule of
Quantities/drawings. The quantity of materials to be used for 100 mm compacted thickness of sub-
base for 10 sqm area shall be as given in Table-13 below:
TABLE 13
Material *Net Quantity
Coarse aggregate 90 mm to 45 mm 1.28 cum

(Grading 1)
Stone Screenings (13.2 mm) 0.30 cum
(Type A)
Binding Material 0.10 cum
Net quantity means loose quantity measured in stack minus 7.5% for voids.
48.3.4 Spreading of aggregate:
48.3.4.1 The levels along the longitudinal direction shall be marked as per the direction of Site Engineer and
upon clearance the coarse aggregate shall be spread uniformly and evenly upon the prepared base
in such a manner as to avoid segregation. The surface of the aggregate spread shall be levelled up
and all high or low spots rectified by removing or adding aggregate as may be required. Base
course shall be laid in layers so that finished thickness of each layer after rolling shall not exceed
100mm.
48.3.5 Rolling:
48.3.5.1 Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted with power roller of minimum 8 tonnes capacity or
equivalent vibratory roller. Initially, light rolling is to be done, which shall be discontinued when the
aggregate is partially compacted with sufficient void space in them to permit application of
screenings. The rolling shall begin from the edges with the roller running forward and backward
and adding the screenings simultaneously until the edges have been firmly compacted. The roller
shall then progress gradually from the edges to the centre, parallel to the centre line of the road
and overlapping uniformly each preceding rear wheel track by one half width and shall continue
until the entire area of the course has been rolled by the rear wheel. Rolling shall continue until the
road metal is thoroughly keyed with no creeping of metal ahead of the roller. Only slight sprinkling
of water may be done during rolling, if required. On super elevated curves, the rolling shall proceed
from the lower (outside) edge and progress gradually towards the upper edge of the pavement.

PIPELINES
48.3.6 Application of Screenings, Sprinkling and Grouting:
48.3.6.1 After coarse aggregate has been lightly rolled to the required surface, screenings shall be applied
gradually over the surface to completely fill the interstices. Dry rolling shall be continued while the
screenings are being spread so that the jarring effect of the roller causes them to settle into the
voids of coarse aggregate. Screening shall be applied at a slow rate so as to ensure filling of all
voids. Rolling and brooming shall continue with spreading of the screenings. Either mechanical
brooms or hand brooms or both may be used. Damp & wet screenings shall not be used under any
circumstances.
48.3.6.2 After spreading the screening & rolling, the surface shall be sprinkled with water, swept & rolled.
Hand brooms shall be used to sweep the wet screening into voids and to distribute them evenly.
Sprinkling, sweeping and rolling operations shall be continued and additional screenings shall be
applied where necessary & rolled until coarse aggregates are well bonded & firmly set for the entire
depth and until a grout has been formed of screenings and water that will fill all voids and form a
wave of grout ahead of wheels of the roller.. The quantity of water used shall not be excessive so
as to cause damage to the sub-base or sub-grade.
48.3.7 Application of Binding Material:
48.3.7.1 After the application of screening & rolling, a suitable binding material shall be applied at a uniform
rate in two or more thin layers. After each application of binding material, the surface shall be
sprinkled with water and the resulting slurry swept in with brooms to fill the voids properly.
Spreading of binding material, sprinkling of water, sweeping with brooms and rolling shall be
continued until the slurry that is formed (after filling of voids) will form a wave ahead of wheels of
the moving roller.
48.3.8 Measurement:
48.3.8.1 The length and breadth shall be taken to the nearest centimetre. The depth of the consolidated
layer shall be computed to nearest half centimetre by taking average depths at the centre and at 30
cm from the left and right edges at a cross-section taken at 100 m interval or less as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge by making small pits. The cubical contents shall be accordingly worked out in
cubic metres correct to two decimal places.
48.3.9 Rates:
48.3.9.1 The rates shall include the cost of all materials, labour, equipment, tools, tackles etc. involved in all
the operations described above including the coarse aggregates, screenings and binding material.
48.4.0 Water Bound Macadam for Base Course:
48.4.1 Aggregates:
48.4.1.1 Stone aggregate of size 53 mm to 22.4 mm conforming to requirements of base course in Table-5
with its grading conforming to Grading 3 of Table-7 shall be used. Stone screening shall be of 11.2
mm size conforming to grading requirement of Type B of Table-9. The aggregates shall be free
from all dirt, mud and other foreign materials.

PIPELINES
48.4.2 Quantity of Materials:
48.4.2.1 The total consolidated thickness of the sub-base course shall be as specified in the Schedule of
Quantities/drawings. The quantity of materials to be used for 75 mm compacted thickness of sub-

base for 10 sqm area shall be as given in Table-14 below:
TABLE 14
Material *Net Quantity
Coarse aggregate 53 mm to 22.4 mm 0.96 cum

(Grading 3)
Stone Screenings (11.2 mm) 0.21 cum
(Type B)
Binding Material 0.90 cum
Net quantity means stack quantity minus 7.5% for voids.
48.4.3 Spreading of aggregate:
48.4.3.1 Spreading of coarse aggregate shall be as specified for sub-base above, except that the WBM base
course shall be normally constructed in layers of not more than 75 mm compacted thickness.
48.4.4 Rolling, application of screening, binding material, sprinkling & grouting:
48.4.4.1 It shall be done as specified for sub-base above.
48.4.5 Setting and Drying:
48.4.5.1 After final compaction of the course, the road shall be allowed to cure overnight. The next morning,
defective spots shall be filled with screenings or binding materials, lightly sprinkled with water, if
necessary and rolled. No traffic shall be allowed till the macadam sets.
48.4.6 Surface Unevenness:
48.4.6.1 The longitudinal and transverse profile shall be checked for undulations. Surface irregularity shall be
rectified by removing the damaged portion and by addition of requisite fresh materials duly
compacted. In no case depressions shall be filled up with screenings and binding materials
48.4.7 Measurement and rates:
48.4.7.1 It shall be as specified for sub-base above.
48.5.0 Premix Bituminous Concrete (Macadem):
48.5.1 General:
48.5.1.1 Bituminous concrete layer of 50 mm consolidated thickness shall be laid on previously prepared
base.

PIPELINES
48.5.2 Aggregate:
48.5.2.1 Course aggregate shall be crushed or broken hard stones retained on 2.36 mm sieve satisfying the
physical requirements set forth in Table-6. These shall be clean, hard, durable, of fairly cubical
shape and free from dirt, soft or friable matter, organic, deleterious and any other foreign matter
and adherent coatings. Fine aggregate shall be fraction passing 2.36 mm sieve and retained on 75
micron sieve consisting of crusher run screenings, natural sand or a mixture of both. These shall be
clean, hard, durable, dry and free from dust, soft or flaky pieces and organic or deleterious
substances. The grading for combined aggregates (mixture of coarse and fine aggregates) shall be
as per table-8.
48.5.3 Bitumen:
48.5.3.1 It shall be paving bitumen of specified grade conforming to IS: 73 or other relevant IS codes
(latest). The temperature of the bitumen at the time of mixing shall be in the range of 149 deg. C
to 177 deg. C. At no time shall bitumen be over heated. Temperature shall be checked at regular
intervals.
48.5.4 Proportioning of Material:
48.5.4.1 The aggregate shall be proportioned and blended to produce a uniform mixture complying with the
requirement of Table-8. The bitumen content for pre-mixing shall be 3.5 % of the weight of the
total mix with a tolerance of +/- 0.3 percent.
48.5.5 Preparation of the Base:
48.5.5.1 The base on which premix carpet is to be laid shall be prepared, shaped and conditioned to the
specified lines, grade and cross section by repairing all potholes or patches and ruts. The potholes
shall be drained of water and cut to regular shape with vertical sides. All loose and disintegrated
material shall be removed. The pothole shall then be filled either with (i) coarse aggregate and
screenings conforming to requirement of base course and compacted with heavy hand rammers or
approved mechanical tempers or (ii) premixed chippings with binders (bitumen of specified grade)
content of 3.5 percent by weight of total mix, after painting the sides and bottom of the holes with
a thin application of bitumen, or a combination of both (i), (ii) as directed by Engineer-in-Charge
without any extra cost. The surface shall be thoroughly swept and scraped clean free from dust and
other foreign matter. The scrap material so removed shall be disposed off as directed by the Site
Engineer.
48.5.6 Tack Coat:
48.5.6.1 A tack coat shall be applied with straight run bitumen of specified Grade conforming to IS: 73 or
other relevant IS codes (latest) on the prepared base without any extra cost. Bitumen shall be
heated in a boiler to a temperature of 165 0C to 1750C. Hot bitumen shall be sprayed on the
prepared WBM base at the rate of 0.75 kg/sqm. The bitumen shall be applied uniformly with the aid
of either self propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer with self heating arrangement and
spraying nozzle arrangement capable of spraying bitumen at the above specified rate and
temperature so as to provide uniform unbroken spread of bitumen. Bitumen shall be applied
longitudinally along the length of the pavement. The tack coat shall be applied just ahead of
oncoming premixed bituminous carpet.

PIPELINES
48.5.7 Weather and seasonal limitations:

48.5.7.1 Bituminous concrete or tack coat shall not be laid during rainy weather or when the base course is
damp or wet
48.5.8 Preparation of Bituminous Carpet Mix and Laying:
48.5.8.1 Hot mix plant of adequate capacity and capable of producing a proper and uniform quality mix shall
be used for preparing the mix. The plant may be either a weigh batch type or volumetric
proportioning continuous or drum mix type. The stone aggregate shall be surface dry and contain
not more than 2 percent moisture before use. It shall be first screened of dust and measured in
boxes, heated to 155C - 163C and then loaded into the drum mixer according to the capacity of
the mixing drum in the proportion specified. The binder shall be heated to 149C to 177C in boilers
and maintained at that temperature. At no time shall the difference in temperature between the
aggregate and binder exceed 14C. At no time the bitumen or aggregate be over heated. Mixing
shall be done thoroughly so that a homogeneous mix is produced and all particles are uniformly
coated with bitumen.
48.5.8.2 The mixed material shall be transported from the mixing plant to the point of use in clean vehicles.
Precaution shall be taken to avoid segregation of mixed materials and to ensure that the mix is not
contaminated with dust or foreign matter.
48.5.8.3 The mix shall be spread at site by means of a self propelled mechanical paver equipped with
electronic sensor with suitable screed capable of spreading, tamping and finishing the mix true to
specified width and profile without causing segregation, dragging, irregularities or other surface
defects. The paver shall be capable of being operated at a speed consistent with the character of
the mix and the thickness of the course being laid so as to produce a surface having a uniform
density and surface texture. The temperature of the mix at the time of laying shall be in the range
of 110C to 135C.
48.5.8.4 Immediately after the spreading of mix, it shall be thoroughly compacted by an approved vibratory
and tandem roller weighing not less than 8/10 tonne. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides
and proceed towards the centre of the pavement, overlapping on each successive trip by at least
one half the width of rear wheel. Speed of the roller shall not exceed 5 km per hour. When the
roller has passed over the whole area once, any high spots or depressions, which become apparent
shall be corrected by removing or adding fresh material. Rolling shall be continued till the mix is
thoroughly compacted and all roller marks are eliminated. The wheels of the roller shall be
moistened with gunny bags to prevent the mix sticking to the wheels while rolling, but in no case
shall fuel lubricating oil be used for this purpose.
48.5.9.1 The length & width of the finished work shall be measured correct to a cm. along the finished
surface of the road. Payment shall be made on square metre area of bituminous surface completed.
48.5.10 Rates:
48.5.10.1 The rates shall include the cost of all materials, plant, machinery and labour involved in all the

PIPELINES
operations described above.

48.6.0 Seal Coat:
This work shall consist of the application of a seal coat for sealing the voids in a bituminous
surface laid to the specified levels, grade and cross fall (camber).
48.6.1 Seal coat shall be of either of the two types specified below:
48.6.1.1 Liquid seal coat comprising of an application of all layer of bituminous binder followed by a
cover of stone chips.
48.6.1.2 Premixed seal coat comprising of a thin application of the aggregate premixed with bituminous
binder.
48.6.2 Materials
48.6.2.1 Binder : The binder shall be of specified grade conforming to IS: 73 or other relevant IS codes
(latest).
48.6.2.2 Stone Chips for Item 48.6.1.1 of Seal Coat :
The stone chips shall consist of angular frangments of clean, hard, tough and durable rock of
uniform quality throughout. They should be free of soft or disintegrated stone, organic or other
deleterious matter. Stone chips shall be of 6.7 mm size defined as 100 per cent passing through
11.2 mm sieve and retained on 2.36 mm sieve. The quantity used for spreading shall be 0.9
cubic metre per 100 square metre area. The stone chips shall satisfy the quality requirements in
Table 6 bituminous except that the upper limit for water absorption value shall be 1 per cent.
48.6.2.3 Fine Aggregate for Item 48.6.1.2 of Seal Coat :
The aggregate shall be sand or grit and shall consist of clean, hard durable, uncoated dry
particles and shall be free from dust, soft or flaky/elongated material, organic matter or other
deleterious substances. The aggregate shall pass 2.36 mm sieve and be retained on 180 micron
sieve. The quantity used for premixing shall be 0.06 cubic metres per 100 square metres area.
Stones or fine aggregate shall be used as specified in item.
The seal coat shall be applied immediately after laying the bituminous course which is required to
be sealed. Before application of seal coat materials, the surface shall be cleaned free of any dust
or other extraneous matter.
48.6.3.1 Construction of Seal Coat with Stone Chips :
Bitumen shall be heated to 1500C – 1630C or appropriate to the grade of bitumen or as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge and sprayed at the rate specified on the dry surface in a uniform
manner with a self-propelled mechanical sprayer.

PIPELINES
Immediately after the application of binder, stone chips which shall be clean and dry, shall be
spread uniformly at the rate specified on the surface preferably by means of a self –propelled or
towed mechanical grit spreader so as to cover the surface completely. If necessary, the surface
shall be brushed to ensure uniform spread of chips.
Immediately after the application of the cover material, the entire surface shall be rolled with a 8-
10 tonne smooth wheeled steel roller, 8-10 tonne static weight vibratory roller, or other
equipment approved by the Engineer after laying trials if required. Rolling shall commence at the
edges and progress towards the centre except in super elevated and unidirectional cambered
portions where it shall proceed from the lower edge to the higher edge. Each pass of the roller
shall uniformly overlap not less than one third of the track made in the proceeding pass. While
rolling is in progress, additional chips shall be spread by hand in necessary quantities required to
make up irregularities. Rolling shall continue until all aggregate particles are firmly embedded in
the binder and present a uniform closed surface.
48.6.3.2 Construction of Seal Coat with Premixed Fine Aggregate :
A mixer of appropriate capacity and type approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall be used for
preparation of the mixed material. The plan shall have separate dryer arrangements for heating
aggregate.
The binder shall be heated in boilers of suitable design, approved by the Engineer-in-Charge to
the temperature appropriate to the grade of bitumen or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The aggregates shall be dry and suitably heated to a temperature between 150oC and 165oC or
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge before these components are placed in the mixer. At no
time shall the difference in temperature between the aggregate and binder exceed 14C .Mixing of
binder with aggregates to the specified proportions shall be continued until the latter are
thoroughly coated with the former.
The mix shall be immediately transported from the mixing plant to the point of use and spread
uniformly on the bituminous surface to be sealed.
As soon as a sufficient length has been covered with the premixed material, the surface shall be
rolled with an 8-10 tonne smooth-wheeled static weight vibratory roller. Rolling shall be continued
until the premixed material completely seals the voids in the bituminous course and a smooth
uniform surface is obtained.
48.6.4 Opening to Traffic
In the case of seal coat with stone chips traffic shall not be permitted to run on any newly sealed
area until the following day. In special circumstances, however, the Engineer-in-charge may
open the road to traffic immediately after rolling, but in such case traffic speed shall be rigorously
limited to 16 km. per hour until the following day.
In the case of seal coat with premixed fine aggregate traffic may be allowed soon after final
rolling when the premixed material has cooled down to the surrounding temperature.
48.6.5 Measurement for Payment

PIPELINES
Seal coat, for both items shall be measured as finished work over the area specified to be
covered, in square metres at the thickness specified in the item. The rate shall include the cost of
all materials, labour, plant and equipment involved in all the operations described above
48.7.0 PAINTING/MARKING ROADS
48.7.1 Materials
48.7.1.1 Special Road marking paint of approved brand and manufacture shall be used. The paint shall
Conform to IS 164. Ready mixed paint as received from the manufacturer shall be used without
adding any admixture.
48.7.1.2 During work, if the consistency of the paint gets thick and thinning becomes necessary it shall
be done by use of thinner of the approved brand of paint recommended by the manufacturer and
with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
48.7.1.3 The paint shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in original sealed containers.
The material shall be brought in one lot in adequate quantity to suffice for the entire work. The
material shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge. The
empty container shall not be removed from the site of work, till the work has been completed and
permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge.
48.7.2 Preparation of Surface
48.7.2.1 The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and free from dust. All the dirt, scales, oil and grease
shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started. The prepared surface shall be inspected
and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before painting is commenced.
48.7.3 Application
48.7.3.1 Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its
Original container. The paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller container while applying
to road surface so that its consistency is kept uniform.
48.7.3.2 The painting shall be applied evenly and smoothly by means of crossing and laying off. The
crossing and laying off consists of covering the area over with paint, brushing the surface hard
for the first time over and then brushing alternatively in opposite direction, two or three times and
then finally brushing lightly in a direction at right angle to the same. In this process, no brush
marks shall be left after the laying off is finished. The full process of crossing and laying off will
constitute one coat.
48.7.3.3 Each coat shall be allowed to dry out thoroughly before the next coat is applied.
48.7.3.4 Earlier applied coat shall be cleaned off dust before the next coat is laid.
48.7.3.5 No left over paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When not in use, the containers shall be
kept properly closed.
48.7.3.6 No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles shall be left on the work.

PIPELINES
48.7.3.7 The surface shall ordinarily not be painted until it has dried up completely. Trial patches of
paint shall be laid at intervals to check if drying is satisfactory.
48.7.3.8 The marking shall be done in accordance with the drawing unless otherwise instructed
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
48.7.3.9 Brushes and Containers
48.7.3.9.1 After work, the brushes shall be completely cleaned of paint by rinsing with turpentine. A
brush in which paint has dried up is spoiled and shall on no account be reused for painting
work. On no account kerosene oil shall be used for washing the brush.
48.7.3.9.2 When the paint has been used, the containers shall be washed with turpentine and wiped dry
with soft clean cloth so that they are clean, and can be used again.
48.7.3.10 Measurement
48.7.3.10.1 Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. Area shall be worked out in square
metre, correct to two places of a decimal.
48.7.3.11 Rate
48.7.3.11.1 Rate shall include cost of all materials, tools and labour involved in all the operations
described above including all cartages and lifts.
48.8.0 ROAD MARKINGS STRIPS
48.8.1 The colour width and layout of road makings shall be in accordance with the Code of Practice for
Road Markings with paints, IRC : 35, and as specified in the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer-in- Charge.
48.8.2 Materials
48.8.2.1 Road markings shall be of ordinary road marking paint (retro-reflective), hot applied
thermoplastic compound as specified in the item.
48.8.2.2 Hot Applied Thermoplastic Road Marking
General
48.8.2.2.1 The thermoplastic material shall be homogenously composed of aggregate, pigment, resins
and glass reflectorizing beads.
48.8.2.2.2 The thermoplastic compound shall be screeded/extruded on to the pavement surface in a

molten state by suitable machine capable of controlled preparation and laying with surface
application of glass beads at a specific rate. Upon cooling to ambient pavement temperature,
it shall produce an adherent pavement marking of specified thickness and width and capable
of resisting deformation by traffic.

PIPELINES
48.8.2.2.3 The thermoplastic material shall conform to ASTM D36/BS-3262-(Part I).

48.8.2.2.4 The material shall meet the requirements of these specifications for a period of one year. The
thermoplastic material must also melt uniformly with no evidence of skins or unmelted
particles for the one year storage period. Any material not meeting the above requirements
shall be replaced by Contractor.
48.8.2.2.5 Marking : Each container of the thermoplastic material shall be clearly and indelibly marked
with the following information:
1. The name, trade mark or other means of identification of manufacturer.

2. Batch number
3. Date of manufacture
4. Colour (White or yellow)
5. Maximum application temperature and maximum safe heating temperature.
48.8.2.2.6 Sampling and Testing : The thermoplastic material shall be sampled and tested in
accordance with the appropriate ASTM/BS method. The Contractor shall furnish to the
Engineer-in-Charge a copy of certified test reports from the manufacturers of the
thermoplastic material showing results of all tests specified herein and shall certify that the
material meets all requirements of this Specification.
48.8.3 Preparation
48.8.3.1 The material shall be melted in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions in a heater fitted
with a mechanical stirrer to give a smooth consistency to the thermoplastic material to avoid local
overheating. The temperature of the mass shall be within the range specified by the
manufacturer, and shall on no account be allowed to exceed the maximum temperature stated by
the manufacturer. The molten material should be used as expeditiously as possible and for
thermoplastic material which has natural binders or is otherwise sensitive to prolonged healing,
the material shall not be maintained in a molten condition for more than 4 hours.
48.8.3.2 After transfer to the laying equipment, the material shall be maintained within the temperature
range specified by the manufacturer for achieving the desired consistency for laying.
48.8.4 Properties of Finished Road Marking
48.8.4.1 The stripe shall not be slippery when wet.
48.8.4.2 The marking shall not lift from the pavement in freezing weather.
48.8.4.3 After application and proper drying, the stripe shall show no appreciable deformation or
discolouration under traffic and under road temperatures upto 60oC.
48.8.4.4 The marking shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium chloride or oil
drippings from traffic.
48.8.4.5 The stripe or marking shall maintain its original dimensions and position. Cold ductility of the
material shall be such as to permit normal movement with the road surface without chopping or
cracking.

PIPELINES
48.8.4.6 The colour of yellow marking shall conform to IS Colour No. 356 as given in IS 164.
48.8.5 Application
Marking shall be done by fully /semi-automatic thermoplastic paint applicator machine fitted with
profile shoe, glass beads dispenser, propane tank heater and profile shoe heater, driven by
experienced operator as specified in item. For locations where painting cannot be done by
machine, approved manual methods shall be used with prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The Contractor shall maintain control over traffic while painting operations are in progress so as
to cause minimum inconvenience to traffic compatible with protecting the workmen.
The thermoplastic material shall be applied hot either by screeding or extrusion process. After
transfer to the laying apparatus, the material shall be laid at a temperature within the range
specified by the manufacturer or otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge for the particular
method of laying being used. The paint shall be applied using a screed or extrusion machine.
The pavement temperature shall not be less than 10oC during application. All surfaces to be
marked shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt, grease, oil and all other foreign matter before
application of the paint.
Thermoplastic paint shall be applied in intermittent or continuous lines of uniform thickness of at

least 2.5 mm unless specified otherwise. Where arrows or letters are to be provided,
thermoplastic compound may be hand-sprayed.
The minimum thickness specified is exclusive of surface applied glass beads.
The finished lines shall be free from ruggedness on sides and ends and be parallel to the general
alignment of the carriageway. The upper surface of the lines shall be level, uniform and free from
streaks.
48.8.6 Measurements for Payment
48.8.6.1 The painted markings shall be measured in sq. metres of actual area marked (excluding the
gaps, if any) correct upto the two places of decimal.
48.8.6.2 The rate include the cost of all materials, labour and equipments required in all the above
operations.
49.0.0 FACTORY MADE CEMENT CONCRETE INTERLOCKING PAVER BLOCK
49.1.0 Base
Interlocking paver block to be fixed on the minimum bed of 50 mm or as specified otherwise thick
of coarse sand of approved specification and filling the joints with the sand of approved type and
quality or as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge including ramming/compacting the
pavement, levelling, sub-base preparation etc..
49.2.0 Interlocking Paver Block

PIPELINES
Factory made precast paver block of 60 mm thick of M-30 Grade & 100 mm thick of M-50 Grade
or otherwise specified grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction of
approved size, colour, design and shape to be used. Paver blocks to be of approved brand and
manufacturer and of approved quality. Minimum strength as prescribed by manufacturer and as
per direction of Engineer-in-Charge for the grade specified to be tested at regular interval as per
IS-456 or relevant codes (latest).
49.3.0 Measurement & Rates
Area provided with paver block to be measured in sqm. correct upto two places of decimal. The
rate includes the cost of the material, labour, tools etc. including sand for filling the joint required
in all the operations described above except base sand below the paver block which shall be
paid under relevant item in the SOR.
49.0.0 PRE-CAST CONCRETE KERBS:
The precast concrete kerbs shall be cast & installed in accordance with the proportion specified in
schedule of rates & also conforming to relevant specifications of concrete.
49.1.0 Bedding & laying :
Cement concrete of 1:3:6 proportion ( 100 mm thick & 300 mm wide) shall be used as bedding for
the kerbs. Kerbs shall be laid in position in a straight line & in a profile as required. Kerbs shall be
joined & laid in a base of 12 mm thick cement mortar in CM 1:3. For kerbs in curves it shall be
cast/aligned accordingly.
Measurement : Payment shall be made in running metre of actual length of kerb stone installed.
Rate : The rate quoted shall be inclusive of all above activities including cost of all earth work
excavation, bed concrete & refilling of trenches, plastering/jointing of kerbs etc.
50.0.0 CUTTING ROAD CRUST :

50.1.0 The term Cutting Road Crust implies breaking up. This shall consist of dismantling and demolishing
in whole or part of work including all relevant items as directed. Wherever necessary, propping,
shoring and underpinning shall be provided for the safety of the adjoining work or property, which
is to be left intact, before dismantling and demolishing is taken up and the work shall be carried out
in such as way that no damage is caused to the adjoining work or property. Necessary precautions
shall be taken to keep the dust nuisance down as and where necessary. Necessary instructions
issued by Engineer-in-Charge and/or Site Engineer shall be strictly adhered to in this regard. The
demolished/ dismantled materials shall be handled carefully and properly stacked as directed by the
Site Engineer.
50.1.1 Unserviceable materials rubbish etc. shall be disposed off as directed. All materials obtained from
demolition/ dismantling of road crust shall be paid in square metre basis. For road crust, the depth
shall be taken as total summation of depth of premix carpet, WBM and base stone soling. No extra
payment will be made for reinforcement encountered. Reinforcement is to be cut out and stacked
separately.

PIPELINES
51.0.0 DISMANTLING & DEMOLISHING :

51.1.0 The term `Dismantling’ implies carefully separating the parts without damage and removing. The
term `Demolition' implies taking up or down or breaking up. This shall consist of demolishing in
whole or part of work including all relevant items as directed. The dismantling & demolition
operations shall always be well planned before hand. The operational procedure shall be got
approved by Engineer-incharge before starting of work. Use of pnuematic tools or silent non-
explosive demolition agent ( like ACCONEX of M/s. ACC or any other equivalent approved brand )
may be used as per manufacturer’s recommendation & instruction of Engineer-in-charge. Under no
circumstances blasting shall be allowed. Wherever necessary, propping, shoring and underpinning
shall be provided for the safety of the adjoining work or property, which is to left intact, before
dismantling and demolishing is taken up and work shall be carried out in such as way that no
damage is caused to the adjoining work or property. Necessary precautions shall be taken to keep
the dust nuisance down as and where necessary. Necessary instructions issued by Engineer-in-
Charge and/or Site Engineer shall be strictly adhered to in this regard. The demolished materials
shall be handled carefully and properly stacked as directed by the Site Engineer.
51.2.0 Unserviceable materials rubbish etc. shall be disposed off as directed. All materials obtained from
demolition shall be the property of the owner.
51.3.0 Demolition of reinforced concrete, plain concrete, stone masonry etc. shall be paid in cubic metres
and road crust demolishing shall be paid on sq.m basis. For road crust, the depth shall be taken as
total summation of depth of premix carpet, WBM and base stone soling, No extra payment will be
made for reinforcement encountered. Reinforcement is to be cut out and stacked separately.

PIPELINES
52.0.0 HORTICULTURE WORKS:

52.1.0 Grassing with Doob Grass and Planting Hedges: The manure used shall be dry and shall be of well
decayed organic and vegetable matters. The manure sieved through sieve I.S. designation 20 mm,
shall be used. The bed shall first be excavated to a depth of 30 cm. Weeds, rank vegetation, stone,
brickbats and any other foreign matters if met during excavation or trenching shall be removed
within initial lead and lift, and such materials as are declared unserviceable shall be disposed off at
the direction of the Site Engineer. The trench shall be refilled by the mixture of earth and manure
in the proportion specified, levelled neatly and profusely flooded. The surface after full subsidence
shall be refilled with the mixture of earth and manure. The beds for hedges shall be generally
prepared to a width of 60 cm. to 125 cm as directed. The hedges shall be planted at 7.5 cm.
spacing on either side. For lawn, doob grass shall be planted at 7.5 cm. apart in rows on either
direction, watered and maintained for 30 days. The lawns for grassing shall be measured in square
metre. The rate shall include, supplying of manure, transportation, for all leads and lifts,
consolidation in layers, watering tools, etc. complete & maintaining the lawn for 30 days.

PIPELINES
53.0.0 PILING
53.1.0 Pile shall be of bored cast-in-situ vertical piles/under reamed (single or double bulb) conforming to
the provisions of IS - 2911 and other applicable codes. For all piles, the minimum cement content
should be 400 Kg/ m3 of concrete. Entire concreting operation for a single pile shall be carried out
in a single stage operation.
53.2.0 In case water table is encountered during the boring operation protective measures such as de-
watering of the shaft, stabilising the shaft using drilling mud/casing pipe shall be adopted. While
concreting 10% additional cement shall be used at such location. However, no extra payment on
account of this shall be made
53.3.0 At locations where during course of boring boulders or rock is encountered, the piles shall be
terminated at the hard rock location and the depth of piling recorded for making payment. The
decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding in this regard.
53.4.0 Before commencement of work the exact location of bore holes shall be got approved by engineer-
in-charge. Adequate precaution in form of shoring/ strutting/ underpinning shall be taken in the
work area. All piling operations shall be as per the relevant provisions of IS-2911 & carried out
under the supervision of a competent engineer.

PIPELINES
54.0.0 GEO-TEXTILE FABRIC SHEETS

54.1.0 Material
54.1.1 The geo textile fabric sheets shall be non woven type made from high resistance polypropylene fibres
by chemically/ mechanically or thermally bonded process. The sheets shall be flexible and permeable
having high resistance to chemical and biological organisms. Properties of the polypropylene non
woven geo textile sheets shall conform to various ASTM standards as given below:
S. No. Property/ Test Unit ASTM Standard

1 Mass per unit area g/m2 D-5261
2 Thickness mm D-5199
3 Grab Tensile Strength N D-4632
4 Elongation @ Break % D-4632
5 Trapezoidal Tear Strength N D-4533
6 Puncture Strength N D-4833
7 Permittivity mm/sec D-4491
8 Apparent Opening Size (AOS) µm D-4751
9 UV Resistance after 500 hrs. % D-4355
54.1.2 Typical test properties of the polypropylene non woven geo textile sheets of one of the vendors are
given below for reference:
S. No. Property/ Test Unit NW-300 Sheet

1 Mass per unit area g/m2 300
2 Thickness mm 1.9
3 Grab Tensile Strength N 1010
4 Elongation @ Break % 60
5 Trapezoidal Tear Strength N 415
6 Puncture Strength N 650
7 Permittivity mm/sec 1.2
8 Apparent Opening Size (AOS) µm 120
9 UV Resistance after 500 hrs. % 70

PIPELINES
54.2.0 Vendors for Geo-Textile Fabric Sheets

Sl. Name of Vendor Address Contact No. e-mail ID

No.
1 M/s Gayatri 28, Unique Trade Centre, 0265-6625569/ sales@gayatrigeos
Polymers & Geo- Sayajigunj, Vadodara, 0265-6539569 ynthetics.com
Synthetics Gujarat
2 M/s Tuflex India 702/704, GIDC, Palej, 02642-277174/ sales@tuflex.net
Bharuch, Gujarat 02642-277214
3 M/s Garware-Wall Plot No. 11, Block D1, 020-30780000/ sales@garwarerop
Ropes Ltd. MIDC, Chinchwad, Pune 020-30780195 es.com
4 M/s Jeevan Products R-20, MIDC Rebale Navi 022-65299865/ info@jpnonwovens
Mumbai, Thane 9820007221 .com
5 M/s KT Exports (I) 148, Vyas Bhuvan, Hind 022-24185107/ nimesh@kt-
Pvt. Ltd. Colony Road 6, Dadar (E), 022-24104500 exports.com
Mumbai
54.3.0 Laying
54.3.1 The ground surface shall be properly levelled with suitable gradient for water drainage. Over the
levelled/ graded ground, 75 to 100 mm thick layer of coarse sand shall be laid and compacted.
Polypropylene non woven geo fabric sheet of approved make and mass (as per schedule of Rate)
shall be spread over the sand layer as per manufacturer’s recommendations. The 25 mm nominal
size stone aggregates of 100 mm thickness shall be laid evenly over the geo fabric sheet carefully
without damaging the sheet.

PIPELINES
MATERIALS OF APPROVED BRAND

AND/ OR MANUFACTURER
Sl. Description Brand Name

No.
1. Cement ACC, Ultratech, JK Lakshmi, Vikram, Ambuja
2. Anodised Aluminium Sections Jindal, Indalco, Hindalco, Ajit India,
3. Aluminium Fittings (ISI) Garnish, Adarsh, Everite
4. Reinforcement ( Steel for RCC) TATA, SAIL, RINL, JSPL
5. Structural Steel TATA, SAIL, RINL
6. G.I. Sheet 22 Gauge (Corrugated & Plain) Tata, Necon
7. A.C. Sheet & its accessories Everest, Lotus, Charminar, Ramco, Ashoka
8. Nova Teak Perforated Tiles Anchor or equivalent
9. Automatic door closer Everite
10. G.I. Pipe(s) Tata, Jindal, GST, Prakash- Surya
11. G.I. Pipe Fittings “R” Brand (ISI marked) or equivalent
12. Poly Propylene Random Co-Polymer (PPR) Swastik, Fusion, Vectors, SFMC
Pipes
13. Sanitary Fixtures Hindustan, Cera, Parry, Neycer
14. C.P. Brass fittings for water supply Jaquar, Parko, Marc
15. Water proofing compound ACCO, CICO, PUDLO, STP, PIDILITE
16. P.V.C. Flooring LG floor tiles or equivalent
17. Plastic door Sintex or equivalent
18. White Cement J.K., Birla or equivalent
19. Ceramic Glazed tiles Somany, Kajaria, Johnson
20. Vitrified & Porcelain Floor Tiles Somany, Kajaria, Johnson
21. Terrazzo Floor Tiles Nitco, Deco

PIPELINES

No.
22. Glass for Panelling, Mirror Modiguard, Asahi, Pilkington
23. C.I. Sluice Valves Kirloskar, Upadhyay
24. Overhead Tank Sintex
25. Stone Ware Pipes and Specials Perfect Pottary Bush & Co. or equivalent
26. R.C.C. Hume Pipe Indian Hume Pipe, Pragati, Spun line
(Non– pressure)
27. Synthetic Enamel /Epoxy Paint Berger, Asian, ICI, Nerolac
28. Acrylic Distemper Berger, Asian, ICI, Nerolac
29. Acrylic Emulsion Paint Berger, Asian, ICI, Nerolac
30. Waterproof Cement Paint Super Snowcem
31. Textured Exterior Paint Berger, Asian, ICI
32. Stainless Steel Sink Jayna or equivalent
33. Manhole Cover RIF, BC, Kajeco
34. Sand Cast Iron (SCI) Soil/ Waste pipes SRIF, RIF
35. False Cieling India Gypsum or equivalent
36. Prelaminated Particle Board Novapan, Bakelite Hylam, Kitply, Anchor,

Bhutan Board, Dura
37. Sun Control Film Garware
38. Water Pump Sets Wasp, Crompton, Kirloskar
39. Submersible Pump Wasp, Kirloskar
40. Gun Metal Valves, Ball Valves Leader

PIPELINES

No.
41. Water proofing Polymeric Membrane Pidilite, STP, Fosroc, Sikka
42. Geo-Textile Fabric Gayatri Polymers & Geo-Synthetics, Tuflex

India, Garware-Wall Ropes, Jeevan
Products, KT Exports (I)
Note: Samples of all materials shall be submitted and got approved from Engineer-in-Charge before
procurement and incorporation into works. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this
regard shall be final.
In case of non-availability of materials of above brands, alternate equivalent brand may be
approved/accepted by Engineer-in-Charge.

PIPELINES
Tender no.: PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024
TENDER DOCUMENT FOR
DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY FOR PROPOSED

MUNDRA – PANIPAT CRUDE OIL PIPELINE:
SCHEDULE OF RATES
(PRICE BID)
Letter Inviting Tender
Vendor No.: Tender No.: PLCC21024A

M/S RFQ No.:
RFQ Dt.
Quotation Deadline:
Tel No.
Tel No.
Fax TWO BID [Yes]
Subject:
Name of Work: DETAILED ENGINEERING SUR VEY FOR PROPOSED MUNDRA -
page 1
Tendor No.: PLCC21024A
PREAMBLE
1. This preamble is an integral part of the Schedule of Rates and any
definition and explanation given herein shall have as much force as though
they are incorporated into the description of the items themselves in the
Schedule of Rates.
2. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the contract, all work under the
contract shall be covered and paid for in accordance with the items and
relative rates mentioned in the Schedule of Rates.
3. The expressions used in the Schedule of Rates are only selected

abbreviations desired to give a general indication of the work covered by the
item, and it is intended that each item shall encompass the entire work and
operations involved in the job to the performance of work as envisaged in
terms of the contract documents and shall include all operations, auxiliary,
ancillary or incidental to or in connection therewith and all other matters,
risks and cost whatsoever provided for under the Schedule of Rates. It is,
therefore, necessary that the Contractor should read and construe the Schedule
of Rates with reference to the contract documents as a whole for proper
description/ undertaking of the work(s), responsibilities & duties,
obligations and liabilities covered by each item of the Schedule of Rates, on
the understanding that the items in the Schedule of Rates cover the entire
work under the Contract split under different heads for the purpose of
convenience in computing the payment due to the Contractor and enabling the
Contractor to quote.
4. The description given under the items of work in the Schedule of Rates
shall be deemed to include, wherever applicable, mobilisation,labour
equipments, materials, cartage, hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in
position of all materials and equipments, disposal of wastages including
dewatering, desludging and allied operations at any stage of the work) and all
other labours and operations necessary whether specifically stated/implied or
not, for the full and entire execution and completion of the relative works in
all respects according to the contract. Cost of materials under the scope of
supply of Contractor & all other consumables/inputs required for carrying out
the works & for permanent incorporation in the works for which rates are
quoted in the "Schedule of Rates" shall be inclusive of all duties, taxes
(excluding Goods and Services tax),octroi, etc. as applicable.
shall be deemed to include the relative provisions in the specifications,
drawings and other contract documents for the execution of the works in
accordance therewith and the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge and/ or
Site Engineer.
6. The Contractor shall quote rates for all items of work appearing in the
schedule of rates whether or not any quantity is indicated against any
particular item/ items of work. In case, no quantity is indicated against any
particular item/ items of work, only rates shall be quoted and no amount shall
be indicated against the particular item / items of work.
7. The amplifications detailed in the description of the items of works in the

Schedule of Rates and those in the specifications regarding the all inclusive
page 2
nature and coverage of rates are only indicative and are by no means
exhaustive. The rates quoted against each item of work in the Schedule of
Rates shall be for the complete works covering details not only enumerated
thereon, but all works of allied nature required for completion of the job
according to drawings, specifications and instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge, whether or not they are specifically stated or implied.
8. Without prejudice to any other right(s) the Owner may have under the
Contract, the Owner reserves the right to operate any and all items of works
appearing in the Schedule of Rates whether quantities are indicated or not
against any particular item/ items of work.
NOTES:
a) The price bid shall be submitted online only.

b) The rates in schedule of Rates are to be filled up in designated cells.
c) The rates are to be quoted excluding Service Tax as applicable.
d) Bidder shall sign & stamp all the pages of the Price Bid.
e) Complete contents of the Price Bid/ SOR shall be made available in the
unpriced offer with the words "PRICE" at the places wherever prices are there
in the priced part of offer.
f) Price Bid in the above format only, shall be considered. Any change in the
format may result in summary rejection of the offer without any reference
whatsoever to the bidder.
g) Bidders are requested to submit the price Bid in the above format only. It
is to be ensured that rates against each SOR item have been quoted and no
row/column has been left blank.
LEGENDS USED IN SCHEDULE OF RATES:

EA : Each
SU: Service Unit
Nos/No. : Numbers
M/m : Meter
KM/km : Kilo Meter
mm : Mili Meter
Sq.M./M2 : Square meter
Sq.mm./mm2 : Square mili meter
Cu.M/M3 : Cubic meters
Kgs : Kilograms
LS : Lumpsum
TO : Tonne/metric tonne
DRM: Drum
page 3
Schedule of Rates
Service Required for Plant: 929A ,Construction Office Gujrat
______________________________________________________________
O.Lev. Item No Quantity Unit Rate Amount
Sr.No. Item Description
______________________________________________________________
RFQ ITEM NO.00010 DERS FOR NEW MPPL-GUJARAT
00010 1.0 350.500 KM 1,094.20 383,517.10

Reconnaissance Survey: Carrying out Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.THREE LAC
Reconnaissance Survey of the NINETY-FOUR & EIGHTY-THREE
pipeline route including desktop study PAISE TWENTY THOUSAND FIVE
followed by ground truth ONLY HUNDRED
verification, evaluation of alternative SEVENTEEN &
routes, preparation of route PAISE TEN ONLY
maps, crossing details and submission
of reports in three copies
complete as per specifications and
direction of the Site Engineer/
Engineer-in-Charge.
00020 2.0 350.500 KM 1,855.38 650,310.69
Population Density Index: Carrying out Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.SIX LAC
Population Density Index survey EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND
along the pipeline route as per FIFTY-FIVE & THREE HUNDRED
specifications and directions of the PAISE TEN & PAISE
Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge. THIRTY-EIGHT SIXTY-NINE ONLY
ONLY
00030 3.0
Detailed Engineering Survey: Carrying
out detailed engineering survey of
the pipeline route for laying cross
country pipeline as per the detailed
scope of work enumerated in Special
Conditions of Contract and
specifications of the tender document
and direction of the Site
Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge including
all labour, material, etc.
00040 3.1 350.500 KM 12,832.54 4,497,805.27
In new pipeline route. Rs.TWELVE Rs.FORTY-FOUR
THOUSAND EIGHT LAC
HUNDRED NINETY-SEVEN
THIRTY-TWO & THOUSAND EIGHT
PAISE HUNDRED FIVE &
FIFTY-FOUR ONLY PAISE
TWENTY-SEVEN
ONLY
page 4
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
00050 4.0 2,110 EA 239.64 505,640.40

Precast RCC Pillars: Providing and Rs.TWO HUNDRED Rs.FIVE LAC
fixing at or near ground level THIRTY-NINE & FIVE THOUSAND
Pre-cast Reinforced Cement Concrete PAISE SIX HUNDRED
[RCC 1:1.5:3 (1 cement: 1.5 coarse SIXTY-FOUR ONLY FORTY & PAISE
sand (zone-III) : 3 graded stone FORTY ONLY
aggregate 20 mm nominal size] pillars/
markers etc. as per approved pattern
and of size 150 mm x 150 mm & 300
mm height above ground with 300 mm x
300 mm x 300 mm footing below
ground including cost of required
excavation, centering, shuttering,
reinforcement, backfilling, setting in
position with cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement : 3 coarse sand), painting
with Super Acrylic Emulsion paint
like "BERGER RANGOLI" or approved
equivalent make on the exposed surface
and writing letters, etc. complete as
per specifications and direction
of the Site Engineer/
Engineer-in-Charge.
00060 5.0
Soil Resistivity Survey: Carrying out
soil resistivity surveys as per
detailed scope enumerated in Special
Conditions of Contract and tender
specifications complete in all respect
as follows:
00070 5.1 350.500 KM 2,135.75 748,580.38
Conducting Soil Resistivity Survey at Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.SEVEN LAC
intervals of 125 metres along the ONE HUNDRED FORTY-EIGHT
pipeline route, as per the detailed THIRTY-FIVE & THOUSAND FIVE
scope of work specified in special PAISE HUNDRED EIGHTY
conditions of contract and SEVENTY-FIVE & PAISE
specifications of the tender document ONLY THIRTY-EIGHT
and ONLY
Engineer-in-Charge.
00080 5.2
Conducting Soil Resistivity Survey at
station locations as per
specifications & instructions of the
Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge
complete in all respect. (1 set of
page 5
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
reading per grid size of 75 Feet x 75

Feet) [Note: Unit 'EA' represents set
of readings at one location/ point
for purpose of payment].
00090 5.2.1 50 EA 1,118.44 55,922.00
Mundra Pump Station Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.FIFTY-FIVE
ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND NINE
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE TWENTY-TWO ONLY
FORTY-FOUR ONLY
00100 5.2.2 10 EA 1,118.44 11,184.40
Scrapper Station-01 Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.ELEVEN
ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND ONE
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE EIGHTY-FOUR &
FORTY-FOUR ONLY PAISE FORTY ONLY
00110 5.2.3 20 EA 1,118.44 22,368.80
Intermediate Pump Station (IPS)-01 Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.TWENTY-TWO
ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND THREE
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE SIXTY-EIGHT &
FORTY-FOUR ONLY PAISE EIGHTY
ONLY
00120 6.0
Soil Chemical Analysis Survey:
Conducting Soil Chemical Analysis survey
for determination of PH Value, Chemical
Analysis for Cations i.e.
Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium, Potassium
and Anions i.e Chloride, Sulphate,
Sulphide, Carbonate, Bi-carbonate,
Nitrate, Phosphate etc. including
providing data in tabular form and
uploading all data on ArcGIS server
of the Owner, etc. complete as per
specifications and direction of the
Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge in
all respect as per the following:
00130 6.1 350.500 KM 1,855.89 650,489.45
Along the pipeline route at an interval Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.SIX LAC
of 1.0 Km as per specification. EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND
FIFTY-FIVE & FOUR HUNDRED
PAISE EIGHTY-NINE &
EIGHTY-NINE ONLY PAISE
FORTY-FIVE ONLY
page 6
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
00140 6.2
At station locations, as per
specification (1 set of reading per
grid of
size 75 Feet x 75 Feet). [Note: Unit
'EA' represents set of readings at
one location/ grid for purpose of
payment].
00150 6.2.1 50 EA 2,138.81 106,940.50
Mundra Pump Station Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.ONE LAC SIX
ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND NINE
THIRTY-EIGHT & HUNDRED FORTY &
PAISE PAISE FIFTY ONLY
EIGHTY-ONE ONLY
00160 6.2.2 10 EA 2,138.81 21,388.10
Scrapper Station-01 Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.TWENTY-ONE
THIRTY-EIGHT & HUNDRED
PAISE EIGHTY-EIGHT &
EIGHTY-ONE ONLY PAISE TEN ONLY
00170 6.2.3 20 EA 2,138.81 42,776.20
Intermediate Pump Station (IPS)-01 Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.FORTY-TWO
ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND SEVEN
PAISE SEVENTY-SIX &
EIGHTY-ONE ONLY PAISE TWENTY
ONLY
00180 7.0
Soil Stratification Survey: Conducting
Soil Stratification Survey for
determining stratification of soil/rock
as detailed in tender
specifications and as per direction of
the Site Engineer/
Engineer-in-Charge including providing
data in tabular form and
uploading all data on ArcGIS server of
the Owner, etc. complete in all
respect as per the following:
00190 7.1 350.500 KM 2,157.59 756,235.30
Along the pipeline route including Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.SEVEN LAC
river crossing (except flowing river) ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-SIX
by boring 100mm diameter using Auger FIFTY-SEVEN & THOUSAND TWO
type equipment up to a depth of PAISE HUNDRED
2.5m from ground level or till rock is FIFTY-NINE ONLY THIRTY-FIVE &
encountered, whichever is less at PAISE THIRTY
an interval of 250m and providing the ONLY
page 7
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
result in tabular form as well as

bore logs, ensuring at least one
borelog at the centre location of dry
rivers, complete as per specification
Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge. [Note:
The bank to bank width of flowing
rivers shall be deducted from the total
length for payment purpose, as
payment for soil stratification at
flowing river locations shall be made
under relevant items of SOR].
00200 7.2 12 EA 8,411.43 100,937.16
At both the banks of flowing river by Rs.EIGHT Rs.ONE LAC NINE
auguring up to a depth of 5.0m THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED
from the ground level or till rock is HUNDRED ELEVEN THIRTY-SEVEN &
encountered, whichever is less in & PAISE PAISE SIXTEEN
the bank of river as per the FORTY-THREE ONLY ONLY
specifications and providing the result
in
tabular form. [Note: Readings of two
bore holes at both banks of the
river shall be considered as one unit
of reading].
00210 8.0 1 LS 73,071.09 73,071.09
Data Generation Survey: Collection/ Rs.SEVENTY-THREE Rs.SEVENTY-THREE
generation of data regarding THOUSAND THOUSAND
Electrical HT crossing, location of SEVENTY-ONE & SEVENTY-ONE &
existing CP unit & their Anode bed PAISE NINE ONLY PAISE NINE ONLY
locations, railway (both Locomotive &
Traction) etc. including
submission of data in tabular form and
uploading all data on ArcGIS
server of the Owmer, etc. complete in
all respect as per specifications
and direction of the Site Engineer/
Engineer-in-Charge.
00220 9.0 1 LS 83,782.59 83,782.59
Technical Report: Submission of final Rs.EIGHTY-THREE Rs.EIGHTY-THREE
technical report in Six (6) sets THOUSAND SEVEN THOUSAND SEVEN
complete in all respect, including HUNDRED HUNDRED
complete descriptions of tests EIGHTY-TWO & EIGHTY-TWO &
supported by tables, graphs, analysis PAISE PAISE
and any other measure as deemed FIFTY-NINE ONLY FIFTY-NINE ONLY
fit to describe the data complete in
Engineer-in-Charge.
page 8
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
00230 10.0 12 EA 13,387.70 160,652.40

Hydrological Data Generation: Rs.THIRTEEN Rs.ONE LAC
Collection of Hydrological data such as THOUSAND THREE SIXTY THOUSAND
High Flood Level (HFL), Maximum Flood HUNDRED SIX HUNDRED
Discharge (Q), Average Velocity of EIGHTY-SEVEN & FIFTY-TWO &
Flow, Extent of flood plain, etc. based PAISE SEVENTY PAISE FORTY ONLY
on previous floods, of the ONLY
rivers en-route, assessment of scour
depth and flow pattern of rivers in
the past 10 years. Relevant details
shall be collected from the
concerned Irrigation Department office
or other relevant sources. Other
data based on hydrological survey of
river crossings, as per details
mentioned earlier, for design and
installation of such crossings. [Note:
Unit 'EA' represents set of details for
one river for purpose of
payment.]
00240 11.0
Cadastral Survey: Carrying out
Cadastral Survey, for laying cross
country petroleum pipeline, obtaining/
procuring latest village maps
from Revenue authorities (actual cost
incurred on procurement to be
reimbursed by owner on reciept of proof
of payment), tracing/ scanning
the same and storage in both hard and
soft reproducible forms, plotting
the pipeline route on village maps and
marking on them the Intermediate
Points (IPs) and Turning Points (TPs)
of the surveyed route as staked on
ground, identification of survey
numbers of individual owners and
plotting on village maps as per latest
revenue records, preparation of
field book and computation of area in
each plot coming within limits of
ROU corridor, collection of Jamabandi
(the record of right holders) from
revenue authorities in respect of each
plot falling within ROU limits
and identification of owner and
occupier thereof, collection of interim
page 9
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
mutations, if any, and incorporation in

Jamabandi and other works as
per detailed scope of work specified in
Special Conditions of Contract
(SCC) and specifications of tender
documents and direction of
Engineer-in-Charge, inclusive of all
labour, material, equipment etc.
including compensation to farmers on
account of any damage to crops,
fields etc. while conducting survey
through fields, works complete in
all respects, upto and including
preparation & submission of schedule
for 3(1) Notification for establishing
right of users (ROU) in Right of
Way (ROW) under P&MP Act 1962 for
new/additonal pieline ROW, Integrating
cadastral & 3(1) details on Arc GIS
server of the Owner to obtain
seamless Geo-referenced data, etc.
00250 11.1 350.500 KM 10,390.89 3,642,006.95
For acquiring ROW of 18.0m width for Rs.TEN THOUSAND Rs.THIRTY-SIX
new pipeline route. THREE HUNDRED LAC FORTY-TWO
NINETY & PAISE THOUSAND SIX &
EIGHTY-NINE ONLY PAISE
NINETY-FIVE ONLY
Total Value of item 00010 (Rs.): 12,513,608.78
Rs.ONE CRORE TWENTY-FIVE LAC THIRTEEN THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED EIGHT & PAISE
SEVENTY-EIGHT ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
Total Estimated Value(Rs.): 12,513,608.78
Rs.ONE CRORE TWENTY-FIVE LAC THIRTEEN THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED EIGHT
& PAISE SEVENTY-EIGHT ONLY
page 10
% Above________________________________________
%Below_________________________________________
At Par
( Contractor to quote only one percentage for all items of SOR in figures and
words. )
If the bidder is registered with NSIC under Ministry of Micro, Small and
Medium enterprises, then, the bidder shall enclose the copy of the recent
valid NSIC certificate without fail. The details of the same are to be
mentioned in this page.
Signature of the Issuing Authority Signature and Stamp of Tenderer
page 11
Letter Inviting Tender
Vendor No.: Tender No.: PLCC21024B

M/S RFQ No.:
RFQ Dt.
Quotation Deadline:
Tel No.
Tel No.
Fax TWO BID [Yes]
Subject:
Name of Work: DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY FOR PROPOSED MUNDRA -
page 1
Tendor No.: PLCC21024B
PREAMBLE
1. This preamble is an integral part of the Schedule of Rates and any
definition and explanation given herein shall have as much force as though
they are incorporated into the description of the items themselves in the
Schedule of Rates.
2. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the contract, all work under the
contract shall be covered and paid for in accordance with the items and
relative rates mentioned in the Schedule of Rates.
3. The expressions used in the Schedule of Rates are only selected

abbreviations desired to give a general indication of the work covered by the
item, and it is intended that each item shall encompass the entire work and
operations involved in the job to the performance of work as envisaged in
terms of the contract documents and shall include all operations, auxiliary,
ancillary or incidental to or in connection therewith and all other matters,
risks and cost whatsoever provided for under the Schedule of Rates. It is,
therefore, necessary that the Contractor should read and construe the Schedule
of Rates with reference to the contract documents as a whole for proper
description/ undertaking of the work(s), responsibilities & duties,
obligations and liabilities covered by each item of the Schedule of Rates, on
the understanding that the items in the Schedule of Rates cover the entire
work under the Contract split under different heads for the purpose of
convenience in computing the payment due to the Contractor and enabling the
Contractor to quote.
shall be deemed to include, wherever applicable, mobilisation,labour
equipments, materials, cartage, hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in
position of all materials and equipments, disposal of wastages including
dewatering, desludging and allied operations at any stage of the work) and all
other labours and operations necessary whether specifically stated/implied or
not, for the full and entire execution and completion of the relative works in
all respects according to the contract. Cost of materials under the scope of
supply of Contractor & all other consumables/inputs required for carrying out
the works & for permanent incorporation in the works for which rates are
quoted in the "Schedule of Rates" shall be inclusive of all duties, taxes
(excluding Goods and Services tax),octroi, etc. as applicable.
shall be deemed to include the relative provisions in the specifications,
drawings and other contract documents for the execution of the works in
accordance therewith and the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge and/ or
Site Engineer.
6. The Contractor shall quote rates for all items of work appearing in the
schedule of rates whether or not any quantity is indicated against any
particular item/ items of work. In case, no quantity is indicated against any
particular item/ items of work, only rates shall be quoted and no amount shall
be indicated against the particular item / items of work.
7. The amplifications detailed in the description of the items of works in the

Schedule of Rates and those in the specifications regarding the all inclusive
page 2
nature and coverage of rates are only indicative and are by no means
exhaustive. The rates quoted against each item of work in the Schedule of
Rates shall be for the complete works covering details not only enumerated
thereon, but all works of allied nature required for completion of the job
according to drawings, specifications and instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge, whether or not they are specifically stated or implied.
8. Without prejudice to any other right(s) the Owner may have under the
Contract, the Owner reserves the right to operate any and all items of works
appearing in the Schedule of Rates whether quantities are indicated or not
against any particular item/ items of work.
NOTES:
a) The price bid shall be submitted online only.

b) The rates in schedule of Rates are to be filled up in designated cells.
c) The rates are to be quoted excluding Service Tax as applicable.
d) Bidder shall sign & stamp all the pages of the Price Bid.
e) Complete contents of the Price Bid/ SOR shall be made available in the
unpriced offer with the words "PRICE" at the places wherever prices are there
in the priced part of offer.
f) Price Bid in the above format only, shall be considered. Any change in the
format may result in summary rejection of the offer without any reference
whatsoever to the bidder.
g) Bidders are requested to submit the price Bid in the above format only. It
is to be ensured that rates against each SOR item have been quoted and no
row/column has been left blank.
LEGENDS USED IN SCHEDULE OF RATES:

EA : Each
SU: Service Unit
Nos/No. : Numbers
M/m : Meter
KM/km : Kilo Meter
mm : Mili Meter
Sq.M./M2 : Square meter
Sq.mm./mm2 : Square mili meter
Cu.M/M3 : Cubic meters
Kgs : Kilograms
LS : Lumpsum
TO : Tonne/metric tonne
DRM: Drum
page 3
Schedule of Rates
Service Required for Plant: 9290 ,Construction Office,Jaipur, RJ
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
RFQ ITEM NO.00010 DERS FOR NEW MPPL-RAJASTHAN
00010 1.0 600.000 KM 1,094.20 656,520.00

Reconnaissance Survey: Carrying out Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.SIX LAC
Reconnaissance Survey of the NINETY-FOUR & FIFTY-SIX
followed by ground truth ONLY HUNDRED TWENTY
verification, evaluation of alternative ONLY
routes, preparation of route
Engineer-in-Charge.
00020 2.0 600.000 KM 1,855.38 1,113,228.00
Population Density Index: Carrying out Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.ELEVEN LAC
Population Density Index survey EIGHT HUNDRED THIRTEEN
along the pipeline route as per FIFTY-FIVE & THOUSAND TWO
specifications and directions of the PAISE HUNDRED
Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge. THIRTY-EIGHT TWENTY-EIGHT
ONLY ONLY
00030 3.0
00040 3.1 600.000 KM 12,832.54 7,699,524.00
In new pipeline route. Rs.TWELVE Rs.SEVENTY-SIX
THOUSAND EIGHT LAC NINETY-NINE
HUNDRED THOUSAND FIVE
THIRTY-TWO & HUNDRED
PAISE TWENTY-FOUR ONLY
FIFTY-FOUR ONLY
00050 4.0 3,600 EA 239.64 862,704.00
Precast RCC Pillars: Providing and Rs.TWO HUNDRED Rs.EIGHT LAC
fixing at or near ground level THIRTY-NINE & SIXTY-TWO
page 4
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
Pre-cast Reinforced Cement Concrete PAISE THOUSAND SEVEN

[RCC 1:1.5:3 (1 cement: 1.5 coarse SIXTY-FOUR ONLY HUNDRED FOUR
sand (zone-III) : 3 graded stone ONLY
aggregate 20 mm nominal size] pillars/
markers etc. as per approved pattern
Engineer-in-Charge.
00060 5.0
as follows:
00070 5.1 600.000 KM 2,135.75 1,281,450.00
Conducting Soil Resistivity Survey at Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.TWELVE LAC
intervals of 125 metres along the ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY-ONE
pipeline route, as per the detailed THIRTY-FIVE & THOUSAND FOUR
scope of work specified in special PAISE HUNDRED FIFTY
conditions of contract and SEVENTY-FIVE ONLY
specifications of the tender document ONLY
and
Engineer-in-Charge.
00080 5.2
page 5
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

00090 5.2.1 20 EA 1,118.44 22,368.80
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE SIXTY-EIGHT &
ONLY
00100 5.2.2 10 EA 1,118.44 11,184.40
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE EIGHTY-FOUR &
00110 5.2.3 20 EA 1,118.44 22,368.80
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE SIXTY-EIGHT &
ONLY
00120 6.0
00130 6.1 600.000 KM 1,855.89 1,113,534.00
Along the pipeline route at an interval Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.ELEVEN LAC
of 1.0 Km as per specification. EIGHT HUNDRED THIRTEEN
FIFTY-FIVE & THOUSAND FIVE
PAISE HUNDRED
EIGHTY-NINE ONLY THIRTY-FOUR ONLY
00140 6.2
grid of
page 6
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

payment].
00150 6.2.1 20 EA 2,138.81 42,776.20
PAISE SEVENTY-SIX &
ONLY
00160 6.2.2 10 EA 2,138.81 21,388.10
00170 6.2.3 20 EA 2,138.81 42,776.20
PAISE SEVENTY-SIX &
ONLY
00180 7.0
the Site Engineer/
00190 7.1 600.000 KM 2,157.59 1,294,554.00
Along the pipeline route including Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.TWELVE LAC
river crossing (except flowing river) ONE HUNDRED NINETY-FOUR
by boring 100mm diameter using Auger FIFTY-SEVEN & THOUSAND FIVE
2.5m from ground level or till rock is FIFTY-NINE ONLY FIFTY-FOUR ONLY
encountered, whichever is less at
an interval of 250m and providing the
page 7
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

00200 7.2 18 EA 8,411.43 151,405.74
At both the banks of flowing river by Rs.EIGHT Rs.ONE LAC
auguring up to a depth of 5.0m THOUSAND FOUR FIFTY-ONE
from the ground level or till rock is HUNDRED ELEVEN THOUSAND FOUR
encountered, whichever is less in & PAISE HUNDRED FIVE &
the bank of river as per the FORTY-THREE ONLY PAISE
specifications and providing the result SEVENTY-FOUR
in ONLY
of reading].
00210 8.0 1 LS 73,071.09 73,071.09
Data Generation Survey: Collection/ Rs.SEVENTY-THREE Rs.SEVENTY-THREE
generation of data regarding THOUSAND THOUSAND
Electrical HT crossing, location of SEVENTY-ONE & SEVENTY-ONE &
existing CP unit & their Anode bed PAISE NINE ONLY PAISE NINE ONLY
locations, railway (both Locomotive &
Traction) etc. including
submission of data in tabular form and
uploading all data on ArcGIS
server of the Owmer, etc. complete in
Engineer-in-Charge.
00220 9.0 1 LS 83,782.59 83,782.59
Technical Report: Submission of final Rs.EIGHTY-THREE Rs.EIGHTY-THREE
technical report in Six (6) sets THOUSAND SEVEN THOUSAND SEVEN
complete in all respect, including HUNDRED HUNDRED
complete descriptions of tests EIGHTY-TWO & EIGHTY-TWO &
supported by tables, graphs, analysis PAISE PAISE
and any other measure as deemed FIFTY-NINE ONLY FIFTY-NINE ONLY
fit to describe the data complete in
Engineer-in-Charge.
00230 10.0 18 EA 13,387.70 240,978.60
Hydrological Data Generation: Rs.THIRTEEN Rs.TWO LAC
Collection of Hydrological data such as THOUSAND THREE FORTY THOUSAND
page 8
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
High Flood Level (HFL), Maximum Flood HUNDRED NINE HUNDRED

Discharge (Q), Average Velocity of EIGHTY-SEVEN & SEVENTY-EIGHT &
Flow, Extent of flood plain, etc. based PAISE SEVENTY PAISE SIXTY ONLY
payment.]
00240 11.0
page 9
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

00250 11.1 600.000 KM 10,390.89 6,234,534.00
For acquiring ROW of 18.0m width for Rs.TEN THOUSAND Rs.SIXTY-TWO
new pipeline route. THREE HUNDRED LAC THIRTY-FOUR
NINETY & PAISE THOUSAND FIVE
EIGHTY-NINE ONLY HUNDRED
THIRTY-FOUR ONLY
Rs.TWO CRORE NINE LAC SIXTY-EIGHT THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED FORTY-EIGHT & PAISE
FIFTY-TWO ONLY
Service Required for Plant: 929B ,Construction Office Haryana
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
RFQ ITEM NO.00020 DERS FOR NEW MPPL-HARYANA
00010 1.0 170.500 KM 1,094.20 186,561.10

Reconnaissance Survey: Carrying out Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.ONE LAC
Reconnaissance Survey of the NINETY-FOUR & EIGHTY-SIX
followed by ground truth ONLY HUNDRED
verification, evaluation of alternative SIXTY-ONE &
routes, preparation of route PAISE TEN ONLY
page 10
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

Engineer-in-Charge.
00020 2.0 170.500 KM 1,855.38 316,342.29
Population Density Index: Carrying out Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.THREE LAC
Population Density Index survey EIGHT HUNDRED SIXTEEN
along the pipeline route as per FIFTY-FIVE & THOUSAND THREE
specifications and directions of the PAISE HUNDRED
Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge. THIRTY-EIGHT FORTY-TWO &
ONLY PAISE
TWENTY-NINE ONLY
00030 3.0
00040 3.1 170.500 KM 12,832.54 2,187,948.07
In new pipeline route. Rs.TWELVE Rs.TWENTY-ONE
THOUSAND EIGHT LAC
HUNDRED EIGHTY-SEVEN
THIRTY-TWO & THOUSAND NINE
PAISE HUNDRED
FIFTY-FOUR ONLY FORTY-EIGHT &
PAISE SEVEN ONLY
00050 4.0 1,030 EA 239.64 246,829.20
Precast RCC Pillars: Providing and Rs.TWO HUNDRED Rs.TWO LAC
fixing at or near ground level THIRTY-NINE & FORTY-SIX
Pre-cast Reinforced Cement Concrete PAISE THOUSAND EIGHT
[RCC 1:1.5:3 (1 cement: 1.5 coarse SIXTY-FOUR ONLY HUNDRED
sand (zone-III) : 3 graded stone TWENTY-NINE &
aggregate 20 mm nominal size] pillars/ PAISE TWENTY
markers etc. as per approved pattern ONLY
page 11
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

Engineer-in-Charge.
00060 5.0
as follows:
00070 5.1 170.500 KM 2,135.75 364,145.38
Conducting Soil Resistivity Survey at Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.THREE LAC
intervals of 125 metres along the ONE HUNDRED SIXTY-FOUR
pipeline route, as per the detailed THIRTY-FIVE & THOUSAND ONE
scope of work specified in special PAISE HUNDRED
conditions of contract and SEVENTY-FIVE FORTY-FIVE &
specifications of the tender document ONLY PAISE
and THIRTY-EIGHT
direction of the Site Engineer/ ONLY
Engineer-in-Charge.
00080 5.2
00090 5.2.2 10 EA 1,118.44 11,184.40
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE EIGHTY-FOUR &
00100 5.2.3 10 EA 1,118.44 11,184.40
Panipat Delivery Station Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.ELEVEN
EIGHTEEN & HUNDRED
PAISE EIGHTY-FOUR &
page 12
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
00110 6.0
00120 6.1 170.500 KM 1,855.89 316,429.25
Along the pipeline route at an interval Rs.ONE THOUSAND Rs.THREE LAC
of 1.0 Km as per specification. EIGHT HUNDRED SIXTEEN
FIFTY-FIVE & THOUSAND FOUR
PAISE HUNDRED
EIGHTY-NINE ONLY TWENTY-NINE &
PAISE
TWENTY-FIVE ONLY
00130 6.2
grid of
payment].
00140 6.2.2 10 EA 2,138.81 21,388.10
00150 6.2.3 10 EA 2,138.81 21,388.10
Panipat Delivery Station Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.TWENTY-ONE
00160 7.0
page 13
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

the Site Engineer/
00170 7.1 170.500 KM 2,157.59 367,869.10
Along the pipeline route including Rs.TWO THOUSAND Rs.THREE LAC
river crossing (except flowing river) ONE HUNDRED SIXTY-SEVEN
by boring 100mm diameter using Auger FIFTY-SEVEN & THOUSAND EIGHT
2.5m from ground level or till rock is FIFTY-NINE ONLY SIXTY-NINE &
encountered, whichever is less at PAISE TEN ONLY
an interval of 250m and providing the
00180 7.2 2 EA 8,411.43 16,822.86
At both the banks of flowing river by Rs.EIGHT Rs.SIXTEEN
auguring up to a depth of 5.0m THOUSAND FOUR THOUSAND EIGHT
from the ground level or till rock is HUNDRED ELEVEN HUNDRED
encountered, whichever is less in & PAISE TWENTY-TWO &
the bank of river as per the FORTY-THREE ONLY PAISE
specifications and providing the result EIGHTY-SIX ONLY
in
of reading].
00190 10.0 2 EA 13,387.70 26,775.40
Hydrological Data Generation: Rs.THIRTEEN Rs.TWENTY-SIX
Collection of Hydrological data such as THOUSAND THREE THOUSAND SEVEN
High Flood Level (HFL), Maximum Flood HUNDRED HUNDRED
Discharge (Q), Average Velocity of EIGHTY-SEVEN & SEVENTY-FIVE &
Flow, Extent of flood plain, etc. based PAISE SEVENTY PAISE FORTY ONLY
page 14
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

payment.]
00200 11.0
page 15
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________

00210 11.1 170.500 KM 10,390.89 1,771,646.75
For acquiring ROW of 18.0m width for Rs.TEN THOUSAND Rs.SEVENTEEN
new pipeline route. THREE HUNDRED LAC SEVENTY-ONE
NINETY & PAISE THOUSAND SIX
EIGHTY-NINE ONLY HUNDRED
FORTY-SIX &
PAISE
SEVENTY-FIVE
ONLY
Rs.FIFTY-EIGHT LAC SIXTY-SIX THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED FOURTEEN & PAISE FORTY ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
Total Estimated Value(Rs.): 26,834,662.92
Rs.TWO CRORE SIXTY-EIGHT LAC THIRTY-FOUR THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED
SIXTY-TWO & PAISE NINETY-TWO ONLY
page 16
% Above________________________________________
%Below_________________________________________
At Par
( Contractor to quote only one percentage for all items of SOR in figures and
words. )
If the bidder is registered with NSIC under Ministry of Micro, Small and
Medium enterprises, then, the bidder shall enclose the copy of the recent
valid NSIC certificate without fail. The details of the same are to be
mentioned in this page.
Signature of the Issuing Authority Signature and Stamp of Tenderer
page 17

Tender 21024

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tender 21024

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TENDER NO.

PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

TENDER NO. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

S. DESCRIPTION PAGE No.

14. Site Location In State of Gujarat, Rajasthan & Haryana State

In such cases, CEO’s/ CFO’s certificate in original, from the company or

Wherever Chartered Accountant/ Statutory Auditor/ Certified Public

Group Amount (In Rs. Lakh)

Group Amount (In Rs. Lakh)

In case, no separate document regarding the percentage/ quantum of payment to be

16. Required Experience

Surveyed length against

8.3.0 Documents in support of above in the form of copy(ies) of Work Order(s),

Such selection/preferences are non-changeable either after vendor’s confirmation or

To avail preferential bidding successfully, vendors has to –

1. Opt as preferential bidder during the account registration process or can

CHAPTER-I: SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

3.0.0 BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK 3

4.0.0 SITE LOCATION 4

5.0.0 SITE VISIT 4

6.0.0 LOCAL CONDITIONS 4

7.0.0 SUBMISSION OF OFFER (TECHNICAL BID) 5

8.0.0 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION (TECHNICAL) 5

9.0.0 SUFFICIENCY OF TENDER 6

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

CHAPTER-I: SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS

NAME OF DETAILED ENGINEERING SURVEY FOR PROPOSED MUNDRA –

TENDER NO.: PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender Route Length

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

GENERAL MANAGER (PJ-CIVIL)

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

shall take place.

Tender Group Surveyed length against Single Work Order

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

CHAPTER-I - SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender Document Documents purchased by Bidder or issued by Owner through

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

TDS Tax Deducted at Source

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

CHAPTER – I : SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS

1.0.0 TENDER DOCUMENTS

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

1.6.0 The tender document is non-transferable.

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

5.3.0 PART – B (PRICE BID)

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

7.8.0 Entities exempted from submission of EMD:

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

8.2.0 Sole Bidder

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024

9.0.0 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION – COMMERCIAL

Wherever Chartered Accountant/ Statutory Auditor/ Certified Public Accountant (not

Tender No. PLCC/NEW MPPL /CL/21024